113 files changed, 60944 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/arceisa.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/arceisa.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df162ec7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/arceisa.h
@@ -0,0 +1,547 @@
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+//      Copyright (c) 1992  Olivetti
+//
+//      File:           arceisa.h
+//
+//      Description:    ARC-EISA Addendum Structures and Defines.
+//
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+//
+// Define the EISA firmware entry points
+//
+
+typedef enum _EISA_FIRMWARE_ENTRY
+    {
+        ProcessEOIRoutine,
+        TestIntRoutine,
+        RequestDMARoutine,
+        AbortDMARoutine,
+        GetDMAStatusRoutine,
+        DoLockRoutine,
+        RequestBusMasterRoutine,
+        ReleaseBusMasterRoutine,
+        RequestCpuAccessToBusRoutine,
+        ReleaseCpuAccessToBusRoutine,
+        FlushCacheRoutine,
+        InvalidateCacheRoutine,
+        ReservedRoutine,
+        BeginCriticalSectionRoutine,
+        EndCriticalSectionRoutine,
+        GenerateToneRoutine,
+        FlushWriteBuffersRoutine,
+        YieldRoutine,
+        StallProcessorRoutine,
+        MaximumEisaRoutine
+    } EISA_FIRMWARE_ENTRY;
+
+
+//
+// Define EISA interrupt functions
+//
+
+typedef
+ARC_STATUS
+(*PEISA_PROCESS_EOI_RTN)
+    (
+    IN ULONG    BusNumber,
+    IN USHORT   IRQ
+    );
+
+typedef
+BOOLEAN_ULONG
+(*PEISA_TEST_INT_RTN)
+    (
+    IN ULONG    BusNumber,
+    IN USHORT   IRQ
+    );
+
+//
+// Define EISA DMA functions
+//
+
+typedef enum _DMA_TRANSFER_TYPE
+    {
+        DmaVerify,
+        DmaWrite,
+        DmaRead,
+        DmaMaxType
+    } DMA_TRANSFER_TYPE, *PDMA_TRANSFER_TYPE;
+
+typedef enum _DMA_TRANSFER_MODE
+    {
+        DmaDemand,
+        DmaSingle,
+        DmaBlock,
+        DmaCascade,
+        DmaMaxMode
+    } DMA_TRANSFER_MODE, *PDMA_TRANSFER_MODE;
+
+typedef enum _DMA_TIMING_MODE
+    {
+        DmaIsaCompatible,
+        DmaTypeA,
+        DmaTypeB,
+        DmaBurst,
+        DmaMaxTiming
+    } DMA_TIMING_MODE, *PDMA_TIMING_MODE;
+
+typedef enum _DMA_ADDRESSING_MODE
+    {
+        Dma8Bit,
+        Dma16sBit,
+        Dma32Bit,
+        Dma16Bit,
+        DmaMaxAddressing
+    } DMA_ADDRESSING_MODE, *PDMA_ADDRESSING_MODE;
+
+typedef struct _DMA_TRANSFER
+    {
+        DMA_TRANSFER_MODE       TransferMode;
+        ULONG                   ChannelNumber;
+        DMA_TRANSFER_TYPE       TransferType;
+        ULONG                   Size;
+        PVOID                   Buffer;
+    } DMA_TRANSFER, *PDMA_TRANSFER;
+
+typedef struct _DMA_STATUS
+    {
+        BOOLEAN_ULONG   CompleteTransfer;
+        ULONG           ByteTransferred;
+    } DMA_STATUS, *PDMA_STATUS;
+
+typedef
+ARC_STATUS
+(*PEISA_REQ_DMA_XFER_RTN)
+    (
+    IN ULONG            BusNumber,
+    IN PDMA_TRANSFER    pDmaTransfer
+    );
+
+typedef
+ARC_STATUS
+(*PEISA_ABORT_DMA_RTN)
+    (
+    IN ULONG            BusNumber,
+    IN PDMA_TRANSFER    pDmaTransfer
+    );
+
+typedef
+ARC_STATUS
+(*PEISA_DMA_XFER_STATUS_RTN)
+    (
+    IN ULONG            BusNumber,
+    IN PDMA_TRANSFER    pDmaTransfer,
+    OUT PDMA_STATUS     pDmaStatus
+    );
+
+//
+// Define EISA lock function
+//
+
+typedef enum _EISA_LOCK_OPERATION
+    {
+           Exchange,
+           LockMaxOperation
+    } EISA_LOCK_OPERATION;
+
+
+typedef enum _SEMAPHORE_SIZE
+    {
+        ByteSemaphore,
+        HalfWordSemaphore,
+        WordSemaphore,
+        MaxSemaphore
+    } SEMAPHORE_SIZE;
+
+typedef
+ARC_STATUS
+(*PEISA_LOCK_RTN)
+    (
+    IN  ULONG           BusNumber,
+    IN  EISA_LOCK_OPERATION  Operation,
+    IN  PVOID           Semaphore,
+    IN  SEMAPHORE_SIZE  SemaphoreSize,
+    IN  PVOID           OperationArgument,
+    OUT PVOID           OperationResult
+    );
+
+//
+// Define EISA bus master functions.
+//
+
+typedef enum _BUS_MASTER_TRANSFER_TYPE
+    {
+        BusMasterWrite,
+        BusMasterRead,
+        BusMasterMaxType
+    } BUS_MASTER_TRANSFER_TYPE, *PBUS_MASTER_TRANSFER_TYPE;
+
+typedef enum _ADDRESS_RESTRICTION
+    {
+        LimitNone,
+        Limit16Mb,
+        Limit4Gb,
+        LimitMax
+    } ADDRESS_RESTRICTION, *PADDRESS_RESTRICTION;
+
+typedef struct _BUS_MASTER_TRANSFER
+    {
+        ADDRESS_RESTRICTION     Limit;
+        ULONG                   SlotNumber;
+        BUS_MASTER_TRANSFER_TYPE TransferType;
+        ULONG                   Size;
+        PVOID                   Buffer;
+    } BUS_MASTER_TRANSFER, *PBUS_MASTER_TRANSFER;
+
+typedef
+ARC_STATUS
+(*PEISA_REQUEST_BUS_MASTER_RTN)
+    (
+    IN  ULONG                   BusNumber,
+    IN  PBUS_MASTER_TRANSFER    pBusMasterTransfer,
+    OUT ULONG                   *TranslateBufferAddress
+    );
+
+typedef
+ARC_STATUS
+(*PEISA_RELEASE_BUS_MASTER_RTN)
+    (
+    IN ULONG                    BusNumber,
+    IN PBUS_MASTER_TRANSFER     pBusMasterTransfer,
+    IN ULONG                    TranslateBufferAddress
+    );
+
+//
+// Define EISA slave functions
+//
+
+typedef struct _SLAVE_TRANSFER
+    {
+        ULONG   SlotNumber;
+        ULONG   Size;
+        ULONG   Buffer;
+    } SLAVE_TRANSFER, *PSLAVE_TRANSFER;
+
+typedef
+ARC_STATUS
+(*PEISA_REQUEST_CPU_TO_BUS_ACCESS_RTN)
+    (
+    IN  ULONG           BusNumber,
+    IN  PSLAVE_TRANSFER pSlaveTransfer,
+    OUT PVOID           *TranslatedBufferAddress
+    );
+
+typedef
+ARC_STATUS
+(*PEISA_RELEASE_CPU_TO_BUS_ACCESS_RTN)
+    (
+    IN ULONG            BusNumber,
+    IN PSLAVE_TRANSFER  pSlaveTransfer,
+    IN PVOID            TranslateBufferAddress
+    );
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PEISA_FLUSH_CACHE_RTN)
+    (
+    IN PVOID Address,
+    IN ULONG Length
+    );
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PEISA_INVALIDATE_CACHE_RTN)
+    (
+    IN PVOID Address,
+    IN ULONG Length
+    );
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PEISA_RESERVED_RTN)
+    (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PEISA_BEGIN_CRITICAL_SECTION_RTN)
+    (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PEISA_END_CRITICAL_SECTION_RTN)
+    (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+typedef
+ARC_STATUS
+(*PEISA_GENERATE_TONE_RTN)
+    (
+    IN ULONG Frequency,
+    IN ULONG Duration
+    );
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PEISA_FLUSH_WRITE_BUFFER_RTN)
+    (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+typedef
+BOOLEAN_ULONG
+(*PEISA_YIELD_RTN)
+    (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PEISA_STALL_PROCESSOR_RTN)
+    (
+    IN ULONG Duration
+    );
+
+
+//
+// Define EISA callback vectors prototypes.
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaProcessEndOfInterrupt
+    (
+    IN ULONG    BusNumber,
+    IN USHORT   Irq
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN_ULONG
+EisaTestEisaInterrupt
+    (
+    IN ULONG    BusNumber,
+    IN USHORT   Irq
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaRequestEisaDmaTransfer
+    (
+    IN ULONG            BusNumber,
+    IN PDMA_TRANSFER    pDmaTransfer
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaAbortEisaDmaTransfer
+    (
+    IN ULONG            BusNumber,
+    IN PDMA_TRANSFER    pDmaTransfer
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaGetEisaDmaTransferStatus
+    (
+    IN ULONG            BusNumber,
+    IN PDMA_TRANSFER    pDmaTransfer,
+    OUT PDMA_STATUS     pDmaStatus
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaDoLockedOperation
+    (
+    IN  ULONG           BusNumber,
+    IN  EISA_LOCK_OPERATION  Operation,
+    IN  PVOID           Semaphore,
+    IN  SEMAPHORE_SIZE  SemaphoreSize,
+    IN  PVOID           OperationArgument,
+    OUT PVOID           OperationResult
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaRequestEisaBusMasterTransfer
+    (
+    IN  ULONG                   BusNumber,
+    IN  PBUS_MASTER_TRANSFER    pBusMasterTransfer,
+    OUT ULONG                   *TranslatedBufferAddress
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaReleaseEisaBusMasterTransfer
+    (
+    IN  ULONG                   BusNumber,
+    IN  PBUS_MASTER_TRANSFER    pBusMasterTransfer,
+    IN  ULONG                   TranslatedBufferAddress
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaRequestCpuAccessToEisaBus
+    (
+    IN  ULONG           BusNumber,
+    IN  PSLAVE_TRANSFER pSlaveTransfer,
+    OUT PVOID           *TranslatedAddress
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaReleaseCpuAccessToEisaBus
+    (
+    IN ULONG            BusNumber,
+    IN PSLAVE_TRANSFER  pSlaveTransfer,
+    IN PVOID            TranslatedAddress
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaFlushCache
+    (
+    IN PVOID Address,
+    IN ULONG Length
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaInvalidateCache
+    (
+    IN PVOID Address,
+    IN ULONG Length
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaBeginCriticalSection
+    (
+    IN VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaEndCriticalSection
+    (
+    IN VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaFlushWriteBuffers
+    (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaGenerateTone
+    (
+    IN ULONG Frequency,
+    IN ULONG Duration
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN_ULONG
+EisaYield
+    (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaStallProcessor
+    (
+    IN ULONG Duration
+    );
+
+
+//
+// Define macros that call the EISA firmware routines indirectly through the
+// EISA firmware vector and provide type checking of argument values.
+//
+
+#define ArcEisaProcessEndOfInterrupt(BusNumber, IRQ) \
+    ((PEISA_PROCESS_EOI_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[ProcessEOIRoutine])) \
+        ((BusNumber), (IRQ))
+
+#define ArcEisaTestEisaInterupt(BusNumber, IRQ) \
+    ((PEISA_TEST_INT_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[TestIntRoutine])) \
+        ((BusNumber), (IRQ))
+
+#define ArcEisaRequestEisaDmaTransfer(BusNumber, pDmaTransfer) \
+    ((PEISA_REQ_DMA_XFER_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[RequestDMARoutine])) \
+        ((BusNumber), (pDmaTransfer))
+
+#define ArcEisaAbortEisaDmaTransfer(BusNumber, pDmaTransfer) \
+    ((PEISA_ABORT_DMA_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[AbortDMARoutine])) \
+        ((BusNumber), (pDmaTransfer))
+
+#define ArcEisaGetEisaDmaTransferStatus(BusNumber, pDmaTransfer, pDmaStatus) \
+    ((PEISA_DMA_XFER_STATUS_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[GetDMAStatusRoutine])) \
+        ((BusNumber), (pDmaTransfer), (pDmaStatus))
+
+#define ArcEisaDoLockedOperation(BusNumber, Operation, Semaphore, SemaphoreSize, OperationArgument, OperationResult) \
+    ((PEISA_LOCK_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[DoLockRoutine])) \
+        ((BusNumber), (Operation), (Semaphore), (SemaphoreSize), (OperationArgument), (OperationResult))
+
+#define ArcEisaRequestEisaBusMasterTransferCPUAddressToBusAddress(BusNumber, pBusMasterTransfer, TranslateBufferAddress) \
+    ((PEISA_REQUEST_BUS_MASTER_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[RequestBusMasterRoutine])) \
+        ((BusNumber), (pBusMasterTransfer), (TranslateBufferAddress))
+
+#define ArcEisaReleaseEisaBusMasterTransfer(BusNumber, pBusMasterTransfer, TranslateBufferAddress) \
+    ((PEISA_RELEASE_BUS_MASTER_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[ReleaseBusMasterRoutine])) \
+        ((BusNumber), (pBusMasterTransfer), (TranslateBufferAddress))
+
+#define ArcEisaRequestCpuAccessToEisaBus(BusNumber, pSlaveTransfer, TranslatedBufferAddress) \
+    ((PEISA_REQUEST_CPU_TO_BUS_ACCESS_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[RequestCpuAccessToBusRoutine])) \
+        ((BusNumber), (pSlaveTransfer), (TranslatedBufferAddress))
+
+#define ArcEisaReleaseCpuAccessToEisaBus(BusNumber, pSlaveTransfer, TranslatedBufferAddress) \
+    ((PEISA_RELEASE_CPU_TO_BUS_ACCESS_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[ReleaseCpuAccessToBusRoutine])) \
+        ((BusNumber), (pSlaveTransfer), (TranslatedBufferAddress))
+
+#define ArcEisaFlushCache(Address, Length) \
+    ((PEISA_FLUSH_CACHE_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[FlushCacheRoutine])) \
+        ((Address), (Length))
+
+#define ArcEisaInvalidateCache(Address, Length) \
+    ((PEISA_INVALIDATE_CACHE_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[InvalidateCacheRoutine])) \
+        ((Address), (Length))
+
+#define ArcEisaBeginCriticalSection() \
+    ((PEISA_BEGIN_CRITICAL_SECTION_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[BeginCriticalSectionRoutine]))()
+
+#define ArcEisaEndCriticalSection() \
+    ((PEISA_END_CRITICAL_SECTION_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[EndCriticalSectionRoutine]))()
+
+#define ArcEisaGenerateTone() \
+    ((PEISA_GENERATE_TONE_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[GenerateToneRoutine])) \
+        ((Freqency), (Duration))
+
+#define ArcEisaFlushWriteBuffers() \
+    ((PEISA_FLUSH_WRITE_BUFFER_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[FlushWriteBuffersRoutine]))()
+
+#define ArcEisaYield() \
+    ((PEISA_YIELD_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[YieldRoutine]))()
+
+#define ArcEisaStallProcessor(Duration) \
+    ((PEISA_STALL_PROCESSOR_RTN)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector[StallProcessorRoutine])) \
+        (Duration)
+
+
+//
+// General OMF defines
+//
+
+#define OMF_BLOCK_SIZE      512                 // OMF block size in bytes
+#define OMF_MAX_SIZE        (32*1024*1024)      // max OMF size in bytes
+#define OMF_MAX_FILE_LEN    ((16*1024*1024)/(1<<WORD_2P2)) // (16 Mbytes max)/4
+#define OMF_MAX_FILE_LINK   ((16*1024*1024)/(1<<WORD_2P2)) // (16 Mbytes max)/4
+#define OMF_ID_1ST              0x55            // 1st OMF ID
+#define OMF_ID_2ND              0x00            // 2nd OMF ID
+#define OMF_ID_3RD              0xAA            // 3rd OMF ID
+#define OMF_ID_4TH              0xFF            // 4th OMF ID
+#define OMF_FILE_NAME_LEN   12                  // 12 chars
+
+//
+// Define OMF FAT file name structure
+//
+typedef struct _OMF_FAT_FILE_NAME
+    {
+        CHAR    ProductId[7];
+        CHAR    Version;
+        CHAR    Dot;
+        CHAR    Extension[2];
+        CHAR    Revision;
+    } OMF_FAT_FILE_NAME, *POMF_FAT_FILE_NAME;
+
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/ati.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/ati.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..59534c0fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/ati.h
@@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
+//;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+//;;;;;
+//;; Filename: 68800.asm
+//;; Copyright (c) 1989, ATI Technologies Inc.
+//;; Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation.
+//;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+//;;;;;;
+// $Revision:   1.2  $
+//     $Date:   20 Jul 1989 16:19:06  $
+//   $Author:   Peter Liepa  $
+//      $Log:   J:\video\vga1\inc\vcs\68800.asv 
+//       
+//          Rev 1.2   20 Jul 1989 16:19:06   Pet
+//       cosmetic changes to conform to project 
+//*************************************************************************
+//**                                                                     **
+//**                             68800.INC                               **
+//**                                                                     **
+//**     Copyright (c) 1989, ATI Technologies Inc.                       **
+//*************************************************************************
+//   
+//
+// $Revision:   1.0  $
+// $Date:   01 Jul 1992 10:28:58  $
+// $Author:   8514GRP  $
+// $Log:   D:/mach32/vcs/68800.inv  $
+// 
+//    Rev 1.0   01 Jul 1992 10:28:58   8514GRP
+// Build 30:
+//     - created the 68800.inc file which includes equates, macros, etc 
+//       from the following include files:    - 8514vesa.inc
+//                                            - vga1regs.inc
+//                                            - m32regs.inc
+//                                            - 8514.inc
+//          (these include files are no longer required)
+//     - the 8514regs.inc file is now eliminated
+//     - the makefile has been updated accordingly
+// 
+//
+//      31-March-93      Bruce Butts [DEC]
+//
+//      Converted hardcoded QVA definitions to generic QVA macros.
+//
+#include "machdef.h"
+// 
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//                 REGISTER PORT ADDRESSES
+//
+
+#define TI_DAC               4
+#define ATT_DAC              8
+#define DAC_MASK             EisaIOQva(0x02EA) // DAC Mask-
+#define INPUT_CLK_SEL	     EisaIOQva(0x02ed)
+#define OUTPUT_CLK_SEL	     EisaIOQva(0x02ea)
+#define MUX_CNTL             EisaIOQva(0x02eb)
+#define LOCAL_CNTL           EisaIOQva(0x32ee)
+#define HORIZONTAL_OVERSCAN  EisaIOQva(0x62EE)
+#define ATT_MODE_CNTL        EisaIOQva(0x02ea)
+#define ADVFUNC_CNTL         EisaIOQva(0x4AE8) // Advanced Function Control
+#define CLOCK_SEL            EisaIOQva(0x4AEE) 
+#define CONFIG_STATUS_1      EisaIOQva(0x12EE) // Read only equivalent to HORZ_CURSOR_POSN 
+#define DISP_CNTL            EisaIOQva(0x22E8) // Display Control 
+#define EXT_GE_CONFIG        EisaIOQva(0x7AEE) 
+#define MISC_CNTL            EisaIOQva(0x7EEE) 
+#define R_MISC_CNTL          EisaIOQva(0x92EE) 
+
+
+
+#if 0
+
+//
+// These ATI definitions are not believed to be needed.
+//
+
+#define SETUP_ID1            0x0100 // Setup Mode Identification (Byte 1)
+#define SETUP_ID2            0x0101 // Setup Mode Identification (Byte 2)
+#define SETUP_OPT            0x0102 // Setup Mode Option Select
+#define ROM_SETUP            0x0103 // 
+#define SETUP_1              0x0104 //
+#define SETUP_2              0x0105 //
+#define DISP_STATUS          0x02E8 // Display Status
+#define H_TOTAL              0x02E8 // Horizontal Total
+#define DAC_R_INDEX          0x02EB // DAC Read Index
+#define DAC_W_INDEX          0x02EC // DAC Write Index
+#define DAC_DATA             0x02ED // DAC Data
+#define OVERSCAN_COLOR_8     0x02EE 
+#define OVERSCAN_BLUE_24     0x02EF 
+#define H_DISP               0x06E8 // Horizontal Displayed
+#define OVERSCAN_GREEN_24    0x06EE 
+#define OVERSCAN_RED_24      0x06EF 
+#define H_SYNC_STRT          0x0AE8 // Horizontal Sync Start
+#define CURSOR_OFFSET_LO     0x0AEE 
+#define H_SYNC_WID           0x0EE8 // Horizontal Sync Width
+#define CURSOR_OFFSET_HI     0x0EEE 
+#define V_TOTAL              0x12E8 // Vertical Total
+#define HORZ_CURSOR_POSN     0x12EE 
+#define V_DISP               0x16E8 // Vertical Displayed
+#define CONFIG_STATUS_2      0x16EE // Read only equivalent to VERT_CURSOR_POSN
+#define VERT_CURSOR_POSN     0x16EE 
+#define V_SYNC_STRT          0x1AE8 // Vertical Sync Start
+#define CURSOR_COLOR_0       0x1AEE 
+#define FIFO_TEST_DATA       0x1AEE 
+#define CURSOR_COLOR_1       0x1AEF 
+#define V_SYNC_WID           0x1EE8 // Vertical Sync Width
+#define HORZ_CURSOR_OFFSET   0x1EEE 
+#define VERT_CURSOR_OFFSET   0x1EEF 
+#define CRT_PITCH            0x26EE 
+#define CRT_OFFSET_LO        0x2AEE 
+#define CRT_OFFSET_HI        0x2EEE 
+#define LOCAL_CONTROL        0x32EE 
+#define FIFO_OPT             0x36EE 
+#define MISC_OPTIONS         0x36EE 
+#define EXT_CURSOR_COLOR_0   0x3AEE 
+#define FIFO_TEST_TAG        0x3AEE 
+#define EXT_CURSOR_COLOR_1   0x3EEE 
+#define SUBSYS_CNTL          0x42E8 // Subsystem Control
+#define SUBSYS_STAT          0x42E8 // Subsystem Status
+#define MEM_BNDRY            0x42EE 
+#define SHADOW_CTL           0x46EE 
+#define ROM_PAGE_SEL         0x46E8 // ROM Page Select (not in manual)
+#define SCRATCH_PAD_0        0x52EE 
+#define SCRATCH_PAD_1        0x56EE 
+#define SHADOW_SET           0x5AEE 
+#define MEM_CFG              0x5EEE 
+#define EXT_GE_STATUS        0x62EE 
+#define HORZ_OVERSCAN        0x62EE 
+#define VERT_OVERSCAN        0x66EE 
+#define MAX_WAITSTATES       0x6AEE 
+#define GE_OFFSET_LO         0x6EEE 
+#define BOUNDS_LEFT          0x72EE 
+#define GE_OFFSET_HI         0x72EE 
+#define BOUNDS_TOP           0x76EE 
+#define GE_PITCH             0x76EE 
+#define BOUNDS_RIGHT         0x7AEE 
+#define BOUNDS_BOTTOM        0x7EEE 
+#define CUR_Y                0x82E8 // Current Y Position
+#define PATT_DATA_INDEX      0x82EE 
+#define CUR_X                0x86E8 // Current X Position
+#define SRC_Y                0x8AE8 //
+#define DEST_Y               0x8AE8 //
+#define AXSTP                0x8AE8 // Destination Y Position
+// Axial     Step Constant
+#define SRC_X                0x8EE8 //
+#define DEST_X               0x8EE8 //
+#define DIASTP               0x8EE8 // Destination X Position
+// Diagonial Step Constant
+#define PATT_DATA            0x8EEE 
+#define R_EXT_GE_CONFIG      0x8EEE 
+#define ERR_TERM             0x92E8 // Error Term
+#define MAJ_AXIS_PCNT        0x96E8 // Major Axis Pixel Count
+#define BRES_COUNT           0x96EE 
+#define CMD                  0x9AE8 // Command
+#define GE_STAT              0x9AE8 // Graphics Processor Status
+#define EXT_FIFO_STATUS      0x9AEE 
+#define LINEDRAW_INDEX       0x9AEE 
+#define SHORT_STROKE         0x9EE8 // Short Stroke Vector Transfer
+#define BKGD_COLOR           0xA2E8 // Background Color
+#define LINEDRAW_OPT         0xA2EE 
+#define FRGD_COLOR           0xA6E8 // Foreground Color
+#define DEST_X_START         0xA6EE 
+#define WRT_MASK             0xAAE8 // Write Mask
+#define DEST_X_END           0xAAEE 
+#define RD_MASK              0xAEE8 // Read Mask
+#define DEST_Y_END           0xAEEE 
+#define CMP_COLOR            0xB2E8 // Compare Color
+#define R_H_TOTAL            0xB2EE 
+#define R_H_DISP             0xB2EE 
+#define SRC_X_START          0xB2EE 
+#define BKGD_MIX             0xB6E8 // Background Mix
+#define ALU_BG_FN            0xB6EE 
+#define R_H_SYNC_STRT        0xB6EE 
+#define FRGD_MIX             0xBAE8 // Foreground Mix
+#define ALU_FG_FN            0xBAEE 
+#define R_H_SYNC_WID         0xBAEE 
+#define MULTIFUNC_CNTL       0xBEE8 // Multi-Function Control (mach 8)
+#define MIN_AXIS_PCNT        0xBEE8 
+#define SCISSOR_T            0xBEE8 
+#define SCISSOR_L            0xBEE8 
+#define SCISSOR_B            0xBEE8 
+#define SCISSOR_R            0xBEE8 
+#define MEM_CNTL             0xBEE8 
+#define PATTERN_L            0xBEE8 
+#define PATTERN_H            0xBEE8 
+#define PIXEL_CNTL           0xBEE8 
+#define SRC_X_END            0xBEEE 
+#define SRC_Y_DIR            0xC2EE 
+#define R_V_TOTAL            0xC2EE 
+#define EXT_SSV              0xC6EE // (used for MACH 8)
+#define EXT_SHORT_STROKE     0xC6EE 
+#define R_V_DISP             0xC6EE 
+#define SCAN_X               0xCAEE 
+#define R_V_SYNC_STRT        0xCAEE 
+#define DP_CONFIG            0xCEEE 
+#define VERT_LINE_CNTR       0xCEEE 
+#define PATT_LENGTH          0xD2EE 
+#define R_V_SYNC_WID         0xD2EE 
+#define PATT_INDEX           0xD6EE 
+#define EXT_SCISSOR_L        0xDAEE // "extended" left scissor (12 bits precision)
+#define R_SRC_X              0xDAEE 
+#define EXT_SCISSOR_T        0xDEEE // "extended" top scissor (12 bits precision)
+#define R_SRC_Y              0xDEEE 
+#define PIX_TRANS            0xE2E8 // Pixel Data Transfer
+#define EXT_SCISSOR_R        0xE2EE // "extended" right scissor (12 bits precision)
+#define EXT_SCISSOR_B        0xE6EE // "extended" bottom scissor (12 bits precision)
+#define SRC_CMP_COLOR        0xEAEE // (used for MACH 8)
+#define DEST_CMP_FN          0xEEEE 
+#define LINEDRAW             0xFEEE 
+//---------------------------------------------------------
+// macros (from 8514.inc)
+//
+//      I/O macros:
+//
+//mov if port NOT = to DX
+//
+//mov if port NOT = to DX
+//
+//
+//
+//Following are the FIFO checking macros:
+//
+//
+//
+//FIFO space check macro:
+//
+#define ONE_WORD             0x8000 
+#define TWO_WORDS            0xC000 
+#define THREE_WORDS          0xE000 
+#define FOUR_WORDS           0xF000 
+#define FIVE_WORDS           0xF800 
+#define SIX_WORDS            0xFC00 
+#define SEVEN_WORDS          0xFE00 
+#define EIGHT_WORDS          0xFF00 
+#define NINE_WORDS           0xFF80 
+#define TEN_WORDS            0xFFC0 
+#define ELEVEN_WORDS         0xFFE0 
+#define TWELVE_WORDS         0xFFF0 
+#define THIRTEEN_WORDS       0xFFF8 
+#define FOURTEEN_WORDS       0xFFFC 
+#define FIFTEEN_WORDS        0xFFFE 
+#define SIXTEEN_WORDS        0xFFFF 
+//
+//
+//
+//---------------------------------------
+//
+//
+// Draw Command (DRAW_COMMAND)    (from 8514regs.inc)
+//      note: required by m32poly.asm
+//
+// opcode field
+#define OP_CODE              0xE000 
+#define SHIFT_op_code        0x000D 
+#define DRAW_SETUP           0x0000 
+#define DRAW_LINE            0x2000 
+#define FILL_RECT_H1H4       0x4000 
+#define FILL_RECT_V1V2       0x6000 
+#define FILL_RECT_V1H4       0x8000 
+#define DRAW_POLY_LINE       0xA000 
+#define BITBLT_OP            0xC000 
+#define DRAW_FOREVER         0xE000 
+// swap field
+#define LSB_FIRST            0x1000 
+// data width field
+#define DATA_WIDTH           0x0200 
+#define BIT16                0x0200 
+#define BIT8                 0x0000 
+// CPU wait field
+#define CPU_WAIT             0x0100 
+// octant field
+#define OCTANT               0x00E0 
+#define SHIFT_octant         0x0005 
+#define YPOSITIVE            0x0080 
+#define YMAJOR               0x0040 
+#define XPOSITIVE            0x0020 
+// draw field
+#define DRAW                 0x0010 
+// direction field
+#define DIR_TYPE             0x0008 
+#define DEGREE               0x0008 
+#define XY                   0x0000 
+#define RECT_RIGHT_AND_DOWN  0x00E0 // quadrant 3
+#define RECT_LEFT_AND_UP     0x0000 // quadrant 1
+// last pel off field
+#define SHIFT_last_pel_off   0x0002 
+#define LAST_PEL_OFF         0x0004 
+#define LAST_PEL_ON          0x0000 
+// pixel mode
+#define PIXEL_MODE           0x0002 
+#define MULTI                0x0002 
+#define SINGLE               0x0000 
+// read/write
+#define RW                   0x0001 
+#define WRITE                0x0001 
+#define READ                 0x0000 
+//
+// ---------------------------------------------------------
+//   8514 register definitions  (from vga1regs.inc)
+//
+// Internal registers (read only, for test purposes only)
+#define _PAR_FIFO_DATA       0x1AEE 
+#define _PAR_FIFO_ADDR       0x3AEE 
+#define _MAJOR_DEST_CNT      0x42EE 
+#define _MAJOR_SRC_CNT       0x5EEE 
+#define _MINOR_DEST_CNT      0x66EE 
+#define _MINOR_SRC_CNT       0x8AEE 
+#define _HW_TEST             0x32EE 
+//
+// Extended Graphics Engine Status (EXT_GE_STATUS)
+// -rn- used in mach32.asm
+//
+#define POINTS_INSIDE        0x8000 
+#define EE_DATA_IN           0x4000 
+#define GE_ACTIVE            0x2000 
+#define CLIP_ABOVE           0x1000 
+#define CLIP_BELOW           0x0800 
+#define CLIP_LEFT            0x0400 
+#define CLIP_RIGHT           0x0200 
+#define CLIP_FLAGS           0x1E00 
+#define CLIP_INSIDE          0x0100 
+#define EE_CRC_VALID         0x0080 
+#define CLIP_OVERRUN         0x000F 
+//
+// Datapath Configuration Register (DP_CONFIG) 
+//  note: some of the EQU is needed in m32poly.asm
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC         0xE000 
+#define SHIFT_fg_color_src   0x000D 
+#define DATA_ORDER           0x1000 
+#define DATA_WIDTH           0x0200 
+#define BG_COLOR_SRC         0x0180 
+#define SHIFT_bg_color_src   0x0007 
+#define EXT_MONO_SRC         0x0060 
+#define SHIFT_ext_mono_src   0x0005 
+#define DRAW                 0x0010 
+#define READ_MODE            0x0004 
+#define POLY_FILL_MODE       0x0002 
+#define SRC_SWAP             0x0800 
+//
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC_BG      0x0000 // Background Color Register
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC_FG      0x2000 // Foreground Color Register
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC_HOST    0x4000 // CPU Data Transfer Reg
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC_BLIT    0x6000 // VRAM blit source
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC_GS      0x8000 // Grey-scale mono blit
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC_PATT    0xA000 // Color Pattern Shift Reg
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC_CLUH    0xC000 // Color lookup of Host Data
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC_CLUB    0xE000 // Color lookup of blit src
+//
+#define BG_COLOR_SRC_BG      0x0000 // Background Color Reg
+#define BG_COLOR_SRC_FG      0x0080 // Foreground Color Reg
+#define BG_COLOR_SRC_HOST    0x0100 // CPU Data Transfer Reg
+#define BG_COLOR_SRC_BLIT    0x0180 // VRAM blit source
+//
+// Note that "EXT_MONO_SRC" and "MONO_SRC" are mutually destructive, but that
+// "EXT_MONO_SRC" selects the ATI pattern registers.
+//
+#define EXT_MONO_SRC_ONE     0x0000 // Always '1'
+#define EXT_MONO_SRC_PATT    0x0020 // ATI Mono Pattern Regs
+#define EXT_MONO_SRC_HOST    0x0040 // CPU Data Transfer Reg
+#define EXT_MONO_SRC_BLIT    0x0060 // VRAM Blit source plane
+//
+// Linedraw Options Register (LINEDRAW_OPT) 
+//
+//  note: some of the EQUS are needed in m32poly.asm
+#define CLIP_MODE            0x0600 
+#define SHIFT_clip_mode      0x0009 
+#define CLIP_MODE_DIS        0x0000 
+#define CLIP_MODE_LINE       0x0200 
+#define CLIP_MODE_PLINE      0x0400 
+#define CLIP_MODE_PATT       0x0600 
+#define BOUNDS_RESET         0x0100 
+#define OCTANT               0x00E0 
+#define SHIFT_ldo_octant     0x0005 
+#define YDIR                 0x0080 
+#define XMAJOR               0x0040 
+#define XDIR                 0x0020 
+#define DIR_TYPE             0x0008 
+#define DIR_TYPE_DEGREE      0x0008 
+#define DIR_TYPE_OCTANT      0x0000 
+#define LAST_PEL_OFF         0x0004 
+#define POLY_MODE            0x0002 
+//
+//
+// ------------------------------------------------------------
+//  Mach32 register equates (from m32regs.inc)
+//
+#define REVISION             0x0000 
+//HORIZONTAL_OVERSCAN     equ     062EEh
+//VERTICAL_OVERSCAN       equ     066EEh
+
+#endif
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/atidisk/68800.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/atidisk/68800.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..44ae5ba2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/atidisk/68800.h
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+//;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+//;;;;;
+//;; Filename: 68800.asm
+//;; Copyright (c) 1989, ATI Technologies Inc.
+//;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+//;;;;;;
+// $Revision:   1.2  $
+//     $Date:   20 Jul 1989 16:19:06  $
+//   $Author:   Peter Liepa  $
+//      $Log:   J:\video\vga1\inc\vcs\68800.asv 
+//       
+//          Rev 1.2   20 Jul 1989 16:19:06   Pet
+//       cosmetic changes to conform to project 
+//*************************************************************************
+//**                                                                     **
+//**                             68800.INC                               **
+//**                                                                     **
+//**     Copyright (c) 1989, ATI Technologies Inc.                       **
+//*************************************************************************
+//   
+//
+// $Revision:   1.0  $
+// $Date:   01 Jul 1992 10:28:58  $
+// $Author:   8514GRP  $
+// $Log:   D:/mach32/vcs/68800.inv  $
+// 
+//    Rev 1.0   01 Jul 1992 10:28:58   8514GRP
+// Build 30:
+//     - created the 68800.inc file which includes equates, macros, etc 
+//       from the following include files:    - 8514vesa.inc
+//                                            - vga1regs.inc
+//                                            - m32regs.inc
+//                                            - 8514.inc
+//          (these include files are no longer required)
+//     - the 8514regs.inc file is now eliminated
+//     - the makefile has been updated accordingly
+// 
+// 
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//                 REGISTER PORT ADDRESSES
+//
+#define SETUP_ID1            0x0100 // Setup Mode Identification (Byte 1)
+#define SETUP_ID2            0x0101 // Setup Mode Identification (Byte 2)
+#define SETUP_OPT            0x0102 // Setup Mode Option Select
+#define ROM_SETUP            0x0103 // 
+#define SETUP_1              0x0104 //
+#define SETUP_2              0x0105 //
+#define DISP_STATUS          0x02E8 // Display Status
+#define H_TOTAL              0x02E8 // Horizontal Total
+#define DAC_MASK             0x02EA // DAC Mask
+#define DAC_R_INDEX          0x02EB // DAC Read Index
+#define DAC_W_INDEX          0x02EC // DAC Write Index
+#define DAC_DATA             0x02ED // DAC Data
+#define OVERSCAN_COLOR_8     0x02EE 
+#define OVERSCAN_BLUE_24     0x02EF 
+#define H_DISP               0x06E8 // Horizontal Displayed
+#define OVERSCAN_GREEN_24    0x06EE 
+#define OVERSCAN_RED_24      0x06EF 
+#define H_SYNC_STRT          0x0AE8 // Horizontal Sync Start
+#define CURSOR_OFFSET_LO     0x0AEE 
+#define H_SYNC_WID           0x0EE8 // Horizontal Sync Width
+#define CURSOR_OFFSET_HI     0x0EEE 
+#define V_TOTAL              0x12E8 // Vertical Total
+#define CONFIG_STATUS_1      0x12EE // Read only equivalent to HORZ_CURSOR_POSN 
+#define HORZ_CURSOR_POSN     0x12EE 
+#define V_DISP               0x16E8 // Vertical Displayed
+#define CONFIG_STATUS_2      0x16EE // Read only equivalent to VERT_CURSOR_POSN
+#define VERT_CURSOR_POSN     0x16EE 
+#define V_SYNC_STRT          0x1AE8 // Vertical Sync Start
+#define CURSOR_COLOR_0       0x1AEE 
+#define FIFO_TEST_DATA       0x1AEE 
+#define CURSOR_COLOR_1       0x1AEF 
+#define V_SYNC_WID           0x1EE8 // Vertical Sync Width
+#define HORZ_CURSOR_OFFSET   0x1EEE 
+#define VERT_CURSOR_OFFSET   0x1EEF 
+#define DISP_CNTL            0x22E8 // Display Control 
+#define CRT_PITCH            0x26EE 
+#define CRT_OFFSET_LO        0x2AEE 
+#define CRT_OFFSET_HI        0x2EEE 
+#define LOCAL_CONTROL        0x32EE 
+#define FIFO_OPT             0x36EE 
+#define MISC_OPTIONS         0x36EE 
+#define EXT_CURSOR_COLOR_0   0x3AEE 
+#define FIFO_TEST_TAG        0x3AEE 
+#define EXT_CURSOR_COLOR_1   0x3EEE 
+#define SUBSYS_CNTL          0x42E8 // Subsystem Control
+#define SUBSYS_STAT          0x42E8 // Subsystem Status
+#define MEM_BNDRY            0x42EE 
+#define SHADOW_CTL           0x46EE 
+#define ROM_PAGE_SEL         0x46E8 // ROM Page Select (not in manual)
+#define ADVFUNC_CNTL         0x4AE8 // Advanced Function Control
+#define CLOCK_SEL            0x4AEE 
+#define SCRATCH_PAD_0        0x52EE 
+#define SCRATCH_PAD_1        0x56EE 
+#define SHADOW_SET           0x5AEE 
+#define MEM_CFG              0x5EEE 
+#define EXT_GE_STATUS        0x62EE 
+#define HORZ_OVERSCAN        0x62EE 
+#define VERT_OVERSCAN        0x66EE 
+#define MAX_WAITSTATES       0x6AEE 
+#define GE_OFFSET_LO         0x6EEE 
+#define BOUNDS_LEFT          0x72EE 
+#define GE_OFFSET_HI         0x72EE 
+#define BOUNDS_TOP           0x76EE 
+#define GE_PITCH             0x76EE 
+#define BOUNDS_RIGHT         0x7AEE 
+#define EXT_GE_CONFIG        0x7AEE 
+#define BOUNDS_BOTTOM        0x7EEE 
+#define MISC_CNTL            0x7EEE 
+#define CUR_Y                0x82E8 // Current Y Position
+#define PATT_DATA_INDEX      0x82EE 
+#define CUR_X                0x86E8 // Current X Position
+#define SRC_Y                0x8AE8 //
+#define DEST_Y               0x8AE8 //
+#define AXSTP                0x8AE8 // Destination Y Position
+// Axial     Step Constant
+#define SRC_X                0x8EE8 //
+#define DEST_X               0x8EE8 //
+#define DIASTP               0x8EE8 // Destination X Position
+// Diagonial Step Constant
+#define PATT_DATA            0x8EEE 
+#define R_EXT_GE_CONFIG      0x8EEE 
+#define ERR_TERM             0x92E8 // Error Term
+#define R_MISC_CNTL          0x92EE 
+#define MAJ_AXIS_PCNT        0x96E8 // Major Axis Pixel Count
+#define BRES_COUNT           0x96EE 
+#define CMD                  0x9AE8 // Command
+#define GE_STAT              0x9AE8 // Graphics Processor Status
+#define EXT_FIFO_STATUS      0x9AEE 
+#define LINEDRAW_INDEX       0x9AEE 
+#define SHORT_STROKE         0x9EE8 // Short Stroke Vector Transfer
+#define BKGD_COLOR           0xA2E8 // Background Color
+#define LINEDRAW_OPT         0xA2EE 
+#define FRGD_COLOR           0xA6E8 // Foreground Color
+#define DEST_X_START         0xA6EE 
+#define WRT_MASK             0xAAE8 // Write Mask
+#define DEST_X_END           0xAAEE 
+#define RD_MASK              0xAEE8 // Read Mask
+#define DEST_Y_END           0xAEEE 
+#define CMP_COLOR            0xB2E8 // Compare Color
+#define R_H_TOTAL            0xB2EE 
+#define R_H_DISP             0xB2EE 
+#define SRC_X_START          0xB2EE 
+#define BKGD_MIX             0xB6E8 // Background Mix
+#define ALU_BG_FN            0xB6EE 
+#define R_H_SYNC_STRT        0xB6EE 
+#define FRGD_MIX             0xBAE8 // Foreground Mix
+#define ALU_FG_FN            0xBAEE 
+#define R_H_SYNC_WID         0xBAEE 
+#define MULTIFUNC_CNTL       0xBEE8 // Multi-Function Control (mach 8)
+#define MIN_AXIS_PCNT        0xBEE8 
+#define SCISSOR_T            0xBEE8 
+#define SCISSOR_L            0xBEE8 
+#define SCISSOR_B            0xBEE8 
+#define SCISSOR_R            0xBEE8 
+#define MEM_CNTL             0xBEE8 
+#define PATTERN_L            0xBEE8 
+#define PATTERN_H            0xBEE8 
+#define PIXEL_CNTL           0xBEE8 
+#define SRC_X_END            0xBEEE 
+#define SRC_Y_DIR            0xC2EE 
+#define R_V_TOTAL            0xC2EE 
+#define EXT_SSV              0xC6EE // (used for MACH 8)
+#define EXT_SHORT_STROKE     0xC6EE 
+#define R_V_DISP             0xC6EE 
+#define SCAN_X               0xCAEE 
+#define R_V_SYNC_STRT        0xCAEE 
+#define DP_CONFIG            0xCEEE 
+#define VERT_LINE_CNTR       0xCEEE 
+#define PATT_LENGTH          0xD2EE 
+#define R_V_SYNC_WID         0xD2EE 
+#define PATT_INDEX           0xD6EE 
+#define EXT_SCISSOR_L        0xDAEE // "extended" left scissor (12 bits precision)
+#define R_SRC_X              0xDAEE 
+#define EXT_SCISSOR_T        0xDEEE // "extended" top scissor (12 bits precision)
+#define R_SRC_Y              0xDEEE 
+#define PIX_TRANS            0xE2E8 // Pixel Data Transfer
+#define EXT_SCISSOR_R        0xE2EE // "extended" right scissor (12 bits precision)
+#define EXT_SCISSOR_B        0xE6EE // "extended" bottom scissor (12 bits precision)
+#define SRC_CMP_COLOR        0xEAEE // (used for MACH 8)
+#define DEST_CMP_FN          0xEEEE 
+#define LINEDRAW             0xFEEE 
+//---------------------------------------------------------
+// macros (from 8514.inc)
+//
+//      I/O macros:
+//
+//mov if port NOT = to DX
+//
+//mov if port NOT = to DX
+//
+//
+//
+//Following are the FIFO checking macros:
+//
+//
+//
+//FIFO space check macro:
+//
+#define ONE_WORD             0x8000 
+#define TWO_WORDS            0xC000 
+#define THREE_WORDS          0xE000 
+#define FOUR_WORDS           0xF000 
+#define FIVE_WORDS           0xF800 
+#define SIX_WORDS            0xFC00 
+#define SEVEN_WORDS          0xFE00 
+#define EIGHT_WORDS          0xFF00 
+#define NINE_WORDS           0xFF80 
+#define TEN_WORDS            0xFFC0 
+#define ELEVEN_WORDS         0xFFE0 
+#define TWELVE_WORDS         0xFFF0 
+#define THIRTEEN_WORDS       0xFFF8 
+#define FOURTEEN_WORDS       0xFFFC 
+#define FIFTEEN_WORDS        0xFFFE 
+#define SIXTEEN_WORDS        0xFFFF 
+//
+//
+//
+//---------------------------------------
+//
+//
+// Draw Command (DRAW_COMMAND)    (from 8514regs.inc)
+//      note: required by m32poly.asm
+//
+// opcode field
+#define OP_CODE              0xE000 
+#define SHIFT_op_code        0x000D 
+#define DRAW_SETUP           0x0000 
+#define DRAW_LINE            0x2000 
+#define FILL_RECT_H1H4       0x4000 
+#define FILL_RECT_V1V2       0x6000 
+#define FILL_RECT_V1H4       0x8000 
+#define DRAW_POLY_LINE       0xA000 
+#define BITBLT_OP            0xC000 
+#define DRAW_FOREVER         0xE000 
+// swap field
+#define LSB_FIRST            0x1000 
+// data width field
+#define DATA_WIDTH           0x0200 
+#define BIT16                0x0200 
+#define BIT8                 0x0000 
+// CPU wait field
+#define CPU_WAIT             0x0100 
+// octant field
+#define OCTANT               0x00E0 
+#define SHIFT_octant         0x0005 
+#define YPOSITIVE            0x0080 
+#define YMAJOR               0x0040 
+#define XPOSITIVE            0x0020 
+// draw field
+#define DRAW                 0x0010 
+// direction field
+#define DIR_TYPE             0x0008 
+#define DEGREE               0x0008 
+#define XY                   0x0000 
+#define RECT_RIGHT_AND_DOWN  0x00E0 // quadrant 3
+#define RECT_LEFT_AND_UP     0x0000 // quadrant 1
+// last pel off field
+#define SHIFT_last_pel_off   0x0002 
+#define LAST_PEL_OFF         0x0004 
+#define LAST_PEL_ON          0x0000 
+// pixel mode
+#define PIXEL_MODE           0x0002 
+#define MULTI                0x0002 
+#define SINGLE               0x0000 
+// read/write
+#define RW                   0x0001 
+#define WRITE                0x0001 
+#define READ                 0x0000 
+//
+// ---------------------------------------------------------
+//   8514 register definitions  (from vga1regs.inc)
+//
+// Internal registers (read only, for test purposes only)
+#define _PAR_FIFO_DATA       0x1AEE 
+#define _PAR_FIFO_ADDR       0x3AEE 
+#define _MAJOR_DEST_CNT      0x42EE 
+#define _MAJOR_SRC_CNT       0x5EEE 
+#define _MINOR_DEST_CNT      0x66EE 
+#define _MINOR_SRC_CNT       0x8AEE 
+#define _HW_TEST             0x32EE 
+//
+// Extended Graphics Engine Status (EXT_GE_STATUS)
+// -rn- used in mach32.asm
+//
+#define POINTS_INSIDE        0x8000 
+#define EE_DATA_IN           0x4000 
+#define GE_ACTIVE            0x2000 
+#define CLIP_ABOVE           0x1000 
+#define CLIP_BELOW           0x0800 
+#define CLIP_LEFT            0x0400 
+#define CLIP_RIGHT           0x0200 
+#define CLIP_FLAGS           0x1E00 
+#define CLIP_INSIDE          0x0100 
+#define EE_CRC_VALID         0x0080 
+#define CLIP_OVERRUN         0x000F 
+//
+// Datapath Configuration Register (DP_CONFIG) 
+//  note: some of the EQU is needed in m32poly.asm
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC         0xE000 
+#define SHIFT_fg_color_src   0x000D 
+#define DATA_ORDER           0x1000 
+#define DATA_WIDTH           0x0200 
+#define BG_COLOR_SRC         0x0180 
+#define SHIFT_bg_color_src   0x0007 
+#define EXT_MONO_SRC         0x0060 
+#define SHIFT_ext_mono_src   0x0005 
+#define DRAW                 0x0010 
+#define READ_MODE            0x0004 
+#define POLY_FILL_MODE       0x0002 
+#define SRC_SWAP             0x0800 
+//
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC_BG      0x0000 // Background Color Register
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC_FG      0x2000 // Foreground Color Register
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC_HOST    0x4000 // CPU Data Transfer Reg
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC_BLIT    0x6000 // VRAM blit source
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC_GS      0x8000 // Grey-scale mono blit
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC_PATT    0xA000 // Color Pattern Shift Reg
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC_CLUH    0xC000 // Color lookup of Host Data
+#define FG_COLOR_SRC_CLUB    0xE000 // Color lookup of blit src
+//
+#define BG_COLOR_SRC_BG      0x0000 // Background Color Reg
+#define BG_COLOR_SRC_FG      0x0080 // Foreground Color Reg
+#define BG_COLOR_SRC_HOST    0x0100 // CPU Data Transfer Reg
+#define BG_COLOR_SRC_BLIT    0x0180 // VRAM blit source
+//
+// Note that "EXT_MONO_SRC" and "MONO_SRC" are mutually destructive, but that
+// "EXT_MONO_SRC" selects the ATI pattern registers.
+//
+#define EXT_MONO_SRC_ONE     0x0000 // Always '1'
+#define EXT_MONO_SRC_PATT    0x0020 // ATI Mono Pattern Regs
+#define EXT_MONO_SRC_HOST    0x0040 // CPU Data Transfer Reg
+#define EXT_MONO_SRC_BLIT    0x0060 // VRAM Blit source plane
+//
+// Linedraw Options Register (LINEDRAW_OPT) 
+//
+//  note: some of the EQUS are needed in m32poly.asm
+#define CLIP_MODE            0x0600 
+#define SHIFT_clip_mode      0x0009 
+#define CLIP_MODE_DIS        0x0000 
+#define CLIP_MODE_LINE       0x0200 
+#define CLIP_MODE_PLINE      0x0400 
+#define CLIP_MODE_PATT       0x0600 
+#define BOUNDS_RESET         0x0100 
+#define OCTANT               0x00E0 
+#define SHIFT_ldo_octant     0x0005 
+#define YDIR                 0x0080 
+#define XMAJOR               0x0040 
+#define XDIR                 0x0020 
+#define DIR_TYPE             0x0008 
+#define DIR_TYPE_DEGREE      0x0008 
+#define DIR_TYPE_OCTANT      0x0000 
+#define LAST_PEL_OFF         0x0004 
+#define POLY_MODE            0x0002 
+//
+//
+// ------------------------------------------------------------
+//  Mach32 register equates (from m32regs.inc)
+//
+#define REVISION             0x0000 
+//HORIZONTAL_OVERSCAN     equ     062EEh
+//VERTICAL_OVERSCAN       equ     066EEh
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/atidisk/sample.txt b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/atidisk/sample.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ad0662be6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/atidisk/sample.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+
+#define ATI68830_DAC    0
+#define SIERRA_DAC      2
+#define TI_DAC          4
+#define BROOKTREE_DAC   6
+#define ATT_DAC         8
+#define INPUT_CLK_SEL	0x2ed
+#define OUTPUT_CLK_SEL	0x2ea
+#define MUX_CNTL        0x2eb
+#define HORIZONTAL_OVERSCAN     0x62EE
+#define ATT_MODE_CNTL   0x2ea
+#define LOCAL_CNTL      0x32ee
+#define NUM_ROM_BASE_RANGES 2
+
+
+/*
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------
+; UNINIT_TI_DAC
+;   Prepare DAC for 8514/A compatible mode
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+void Uninit_ti_dac ()
+{
+
+    passth_8514(OFF);       // can only program DAC in 8514 mode
+
+    switch (INP(CONFIG_STATUS_1+1)&0xe)
+        {
+        case TI_DAC:
+
+            /* set EXT_DAC_ADDR field */
+
+	    OUTPW (EXT_GE_CONFIG,0x201a);
+
+	    /* INPut clock source is CLK0 */
+
+	    OUTP (INPUT_CLK_SEL,0);
+
+	    /* OUTPut clock is SCLK/1 and VCLK/1 */
+
+	    OUTP (OUTPUT_CLK_SEL,0);
+
+            /* set MUX CONTROL TO 8/16 */
+            
+	    OUTP (MUX_CNTL,0x1d);
+
+            /* set default 8bpp pixel delay and blank adjust */
+
+
+	    OUTPW (LOCAL_CNTL,INPW(LOCAL_CNTL) | 8);	// TI_DAC_BLANK_ADJUST is always on
+
+            Set_blank_adj(0xc);
+
+            /* set horizontal skew */
+
+	    OUTP (HORIZONTAL_OVERSCAN,1);
+            break;
+
+
+        case ATT_DAC:
+
+	    OUTPW(EXT_GE_CONFIG,0x101a);
+	    OUTP(ATT_MODE_CNTL,0);
+
+
+        default:           
+            /* PIXEL_DELAY=0 */
+
+            Set_blank_adj(0);
+    
+            /* set horizontal skew */
+
+	    OUTPW(HORIZONTAL_OVERSCAN,0);
+            break;
+        }
+
+//
+// reset EXT_DAC_ADDR, put DAC in 6 bit mode, engine in 8 bit mode
+//
+    OUTPW(EXT_GE_CONFIG,0x1a);
+    passth_8514(ON);
+}
+
+
+/*
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------
+; SET_BLANK_ADJ
+;   Sets the blank adjust and pixel delay values
+;   INPUT: blank adjust and pixel delay
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+void Set_blank_adj(BYTE adjust)
+{
+BYTE misc;
+
+    misc=INP(R_MISC_CNTL+1) & 0xf0 | adjust;
+
+    OUTP(MISC_CNTL+1,misc);
+
+}
+
+
+
+/************************************************************************
+ * passth_8514()
+ *   Turn passthrough off (8514 mode) or on (vga passthrough)
+ *   Note that this routine is specific to ATI graphics accelerators.
+ *   Generic 8514/A routine should also include setting up CRT parameters
+ *   to ensure that the DAC gets a reasonable clock rate.
+ ************************************************************************/
+
+void passth_8514(int status)
+	{
+	OUTP(DISP_CNTL,0x53);		/* disable CRT controller */
+
+	if (status == OFF)
+            {
+	    OUTPW(ADVFUNC_CNTL,0x7);
+	    OUTPW(CLOCK_SEL,INPW(CLOCK_SEL)|1);        /* slow down the clock rate */
+            }
+	else
+            {
+	    OUTPW(ADVFUNC_CNTL,0x6);
+	    OUTPW(CLOCK_SEL,INPW(CLOCK_SEL)&0xfffe);	/* speed up the clock rate */
+            }
+	OUTP(DISP_CNTL,0x33);		/* enable CRT controller */
+	}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/bldrstub.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/bldrstub.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fe742f9ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/bldrstub.c
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+/*++
+
+Module Name:
+
+    bldrstub.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements stub routines for the boot code.
+
+Author:
+
+    David N. Cutler (davec) 7-Nov-1990
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode only.
+
+Revision History:
+
+    5-April-1993	John DeRosa	[DEC]
+
+    This takes the place of bldr\alpha\stubs.c.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "ntos.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+
+//
+// Define global data.
+//
+
+ULONG BlDcacheFillSize = 32;
+
+VOID
+KeBugCheck (
+    IN ULONG BugCheckCode
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function crashes the system in a controlled manner.
+
+    Alpha/Jensen firmware will try to run the Monitor instead of the
+    kernel debugger.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    BugCheckCode - Supplies the reason for the bug check.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+    //
+    // Print out the bug check code and break.
+    //
+
+    DbgPrint(ST_BUGCHECK_MSG, BugCheckCode);
+    while(TRUE) {
+        DbgBreakPoint();
+    };
+#else
+
+    //
+    // Print out the bug check code and go to the monitor as an exception.
+    //
+
+    FwPrint(ST_BUGCHECK_MSG, BugCheckCode);
+    FwMonitor(0);
+
+#endif
+
+    return;
+}
+
+LARGE_INTEGER
+KeQueryPerformanceCounter (
+    OUT PLARGE_INTEGER Frequency OPTIONAL
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine is a stub for the kernel debugger and always returns a
+    value of zero.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Frequency - Supplies an optional pointer to a variable which receives
+        the performance counter frequency in Hertz.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    A value of zero is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    LARGE_INTEGER Counter;
+
+    //
+    // Return the current system time as the function value.
+    //
+
+    Counter.LowPart = 0;
+    Counter.HighPart = 0;
+
+    return Counter;
+
+}
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+KeFreezeExecution (
+    IN PKTRAP_FRAME TrapFrame,
+    IN PEXCEPTION_RECORD ExceptionRecord
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function freezes the execution of all other processors in the host
+    configuration and then returns to the caller. It is intended for use by
+    the kernel debugger.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Whether interrupts were previously enabled.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+VOID
+KeThawExecution (
+    IN KIRQL Irql
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function unfreezes the execution of all other processors in the host
+    configuration and then returns to the caller. It is intended for use by
+    the kernel debugger.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Irql - Supplies the level that the IRQL is to be lowered to after having
+        unfrozen the execution of all other processors.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    return;
+}
+
+PVOID
+MmDbgReadCheck (
+    IN PVOID VirtualAddress
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine returns the phyiscal address for a virtual address
+    which is valid (mapped) for read access.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    VirtualAddress - Supplies the virtual address to check.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns NULL if the address is not valid or readable, otherwise
+    returns the physical address of the corresponding virtual address.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    return VirtualAddress;
+}
+
+PVOID
+MmDbgTranslatePhysicalAddress (
+    IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PhysicalAddress
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine returns the phyiscal address for a physical address
+    which is valid (mapped).
+
+Arguments:
+
+    PhysicalAddress - Supplies the physical address to check.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns NULL if the address is not valid or readable, otherwise
+    returns the physical address of the corresponding virtual address.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    return (PVOID)PhysicalAddress.LowPart;
+}
+
+PVOID
+MmDbgWriteCheck (
+    IN PVOID VirtualAddress
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine returns the phyiscal address for a virtual address
+    which is valid (mapped) for write access.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    VirtualAddress - Supplies the virtual address to check.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns NULL if the address is not valid or readable, otherwise
+    returns the physical address of the corresponding virtual address.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return VirtualAddress;
+}
+
+VOID
+RtlAssert(
+    IN PVOID FailedAssertion,
+    IN PVOID FileName,
+    IN ULONG LineNumber,
+    IN PCHAR Message OPTIONAL
+    )
+{
+
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+    DbgPrint( "\n*** Assertion failed\n");
+    while (TRUE) {
+        DbgBreakPoint();
+    }
+#else
+    // Print out the assertion failure and go to the monitor.
+    FwPrint("\r\n*** Assertion failed\r\n");
+    FwMonitor(0);
+
+#endif
+
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/conftest.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/conftest.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f96b2877a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/conftest.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1065 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    conftest.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This program tests the ARC configuration functions.
+
+Author:
+
+    David M. Robinson (davidro) 4-Sept-1991
+
+Revision History:
+
+    26-August-1992	John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Added Alpha/Jensen modifications.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "jnsnvdeo.h"
+#include "oli2msft.h"
+#include "inc.h"
+#include "xxstring.h"
+
+
+VOID
+CtGetString(
+    OUT PCHAR String,
+    IN ULONG StringLength
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine reads a string from standardin until a
+    carriage return is found or StringLength is reached.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    String - Supplies a pointer to where the string will be stored.
+
+    StringLength - Supplies the Max Length to read.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    CHAR    c;
+    ULONG   Count;
+    PCHAR   Buffer;
+    Buffer = String;
+    while (ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT,&c,1,&Count)==ESUCCESS) {
+        if ((c=='\r') || (c=='\n') || (Buffer-String == StringLength)) {
+            *Buffer='\0';
+            ArcWrite(ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT,"\r\n",2,&Count);
+            return;
+        }
+        //
+        // Check for backspace;
+        //
+        if (c=='\b') {
+            if (((ULONG)Buffer > (ULONG)String)) {
+                Buffer--;
+                ArcWrite(ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT,"\b \b",3,&Count);
+            }
+        } else {
+            //
+            // Store the character and display it.
+            //
+            *Buffer++ = c;
+            ArcWrite(ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT,&c,1,&Count);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+VOID
+CtPrintData(
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    EISA_ADAPTER_DETAILS EisaDetails;
+    PCM_VIDEO_DEVICE_DATA VideoDeviceData;
+    PCM_MONITOR_DEVICE_DATA MonitorDeviceData;
+    PCM_SONIC_DEVICE_DATA SonicDeviceData;
+    PCM_SCSI_DEVICE_DATA ScsiDeviceData;
+    PCM_FLOPPY_DEVICE_DATA FloppyDeviceData;
+    PCM_SERIAL_DEVICE_DATA SerialDeviceData;
+    EXTENDED_SYSTEM_INFORMATION SystemInfo;
+    ULONG LineSize;
+    UCHAR Buffer[sizeof(CM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST) +
+                 (sizeof(CM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR) * 5) +
+                 MAXIMUM_DEVICE_SPECIFIC_DATA];
+    PCM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST Descriptor = (PCM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST)&Buffer;
+    ULONG Count;
+    PCM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR Partial;
+    ULONG Prid;
+    BOOLEAN OldData;
+    ULONG Version;
+    ULONG Index;
+    BOOLEAN ChildOfEISAAdapter;
+
+    VenPrint("\n\r");
+
+    if (Component == NULL) {
+        VenPrint(" NULL component");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If the parent of this node is the EISA adapter, then the configuration
+    // data, if present, has an ARC-style header with EISA entries, which
+    // we will not attempt to decode.
+    //
+
+    if ((ArcGetParent(Component) != NULL) &&
+	(ArcGetParent(Component)->Type == EisaAdapter)) {
+	ChildOfEISAAdapter = TRUE;
+    } else {
+	ChildOfEISAAdapter = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (Component->IdentifierLength != 0) {
+        VenPrint(" Identifier  = ");
+        VenPrint(Component->Identifier);
+    }
+    VenPrint("\r\n");
+
+    OldData = FALSE;
+    switch (Component->Class) {
+
+    case SystemClass:
+        VenPrint(" Class       = System\r\n");
+        VenPrint(" Type        = ");
+        if (Component->Type == ArcSystem) {
+            VenPrint("Arc");
+        } else {
+            VenPrint("Unknown");
+        }
+        VenPrint("\r\n");
+        break;
+
+    case ProcessorClass:
+        VenPrint(" Class       = Processor\r\n");
+        VenPrint(" Type        = ");
+
+        switch (Component->Type) {
+        case CentralProcessor:
+            VenPrint("CPU");
+            break;
+
+        case FloatingPointProcessor:
+            VenPrint("FPU");
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            VenPrint("Unknown");
+            break;
+        }
+
+        VenPrint("\r\n");
+        VenPrint1(" Number      = %d\r\n", Component->Key);
+
+	VenReturnExtendedSystemInformation(&SystemInfo);
+        VenPrint1(" Processor Id= %d.\r\n", SystemInfo.ProcessorId);
+	VenPrint1(" Revision    = %d.\r\n", SystemInfo.ProcessorRevision);
+	VenPrint1(" Firmware Rev= %s\r\n", &SystemInfo.FirmwareVersion[0]);
+
+        break;
+
+    case CacheClass:
+        VenPrint(" Class       = Cache\r\n");
+        VenPrint(" Type        = ");
+
+        switch (Component->Type) {
+        case PrimaryIcache:
+            VenPrint("Primary Instruction");
+            break;
+
+        case PrimaryDcache:
+            VenPrint("Primary Data");
+            break;
+
+        case SecondaryIcache:
+            VenPrint("Secondary Instruction");
+            break;
+
+        case SecondaryDcache:
+            VenPrint("Secondary Data");
+            break;
+
+        case SecondaryCache:
+            VenPrint("Secondary");
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            VenPrint("Unknown");
+            break;
+
+        }
+
+        LineSize = 1 << ((Component->Key & 0xFF0000) >> 16);
+        VenPrint("\r\n");
+        VenPrint1(" Block       = %d\r\n", ((Component->Key & 0xFF000000) >> 24) * LineSize);
+        VenPrint1(" Line        = %d\r\n", LineSize);
+        VenPrint1(" Size        = %d\r\n", (1 << (Component->Key & 0xFFFF) << PAGE_SHIFT));
+        break;
+
+    case MemoryClass:
+        VenPrint(" Class       = Memory\r\n");
+        VenPrint(" Type        = ");
+    
+        switch (Component->Type) {
+        case SystemMemory:
+            VenPrint("SystemMemory\r\n");
+            break;
+	
+        default:
+	    VenPrint("Unknown\r\n");
+            break;
+        }
+    break;
+    
+    case AdapterClass:
+        VenPrint(" Class       = Adapter\r\n");
+        VenPrint(" Type        = ");
+
+        switch (Component->Type) {
+        case EisaAdapter:
+            VenPrint("EISA");
+            OldData = TRUE;
+            break;
+
+        case TcAdapter:
+            VenPrint("Turbochannel");
+            break;
+
+        case ScsiAdapter:
+            VenPrint("SCSI");
+            break;
+
+        case DtiAdapter:
+            VenPrint("Desktop Interface");
+            break;
+
+        case MultiFunctionAdapter:
+            VenPrint("Multifunction");
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            VenPrint("Unknown");
+            break;
+
+        }
+        VenPrint("\r\n");
+        break;
+
+    case ControllerClass:
+        VenPrint(" Class       = Controller\r\n");
+        VenPrint(" Type        = ");
+
+        switch (Component->Type) {
+
+        case DiskController:
+            VenPrint("Disk");
+            break;
+
+        case TapeController:
+            VenPrint("Tape");
+            break;
+
+        case CdromController:
+            VenPrint("CDROM");
+            break;
+
+        case WormController:
+            VenPrint("WORM");
+            break;
+
+        case SerialController:
+            VenPrint("Serial");
+            break;
+
+        case NetworkController:
+            VenPrint("Network");
+            break;
+
+        case DisplayController:
+            VenPrint("Display");
+            break;
+
+        case ParallelController:
+            VenPrint("Parallel");
+            break;
+
+        case PointerController:
+            VenPrint("Pointer");
+            break;
+
+        case KeyboardController:
+            VenPrint("Keyboard");
+            break;
+
+        case AudioController:
+            VenPrint("Audio");
+            break;
+
+        case OtherController:
+            VenPrint("Other");
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            VenPrint("Unknown");
+            break;
+
+        }
+        VenPrint("\r\n");
+        break;
+
+    case PeripheralClass:
+        VenPrint(" Class       = Peripheral\r\n");
+        VenPrint(" Type        = ");
+
+        switch (Component->Type) {
+
+        case DiskPeripheral:
+            VenPrint("Disk");
+            break;
+
+        case FloppyDiskPeripheral:
+            VenPrint("Floppy disk");
+            break;
+
+        case TapePeripheral:
+            VenPrint("Tape");
+            break;
+
+        case ModemPeripheral:
+            VenPrint("Modem");
+            break;
+
+        case PrinterPeripheral:
+            VenPrint("Printer");
+            break;
+
+        case KeyboardPeripheral:
+            VenPrint("Keyboard");
+            break;
+
+        case PointerPeripheral:
+            VenPrint("Pointer");
+            break;
+
+        case MonitorPeripheral:
+            VenPrint("Monitor");
+            break;
+
+        case TerminalPeripheral:
+            VenPrint("Terminal");
+            break;
+
+        case OtherPeripheral:
+            VenPrint("Other");
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            VenPrint("Unknown");
+            break;
+
+        }
+        VenPrint("\r\n");
+        break;
+
+
+    default:
+        VenPrint(" Unknown class,");
+        break;
+    }
+
+    VenPrint1(" Key         = %08lx\r\n", Component->Key);
+    VenPrint1(" Affinity    = %08lx\r\n", Component->AffinityMask);
+    VenPrint(" Flags:\r\n");
+
+    if (Component->Flags.Failed) {
+        VenPrint("   Failed\r\n");
+    }
+
+    if (Component->Flags.ReadOnly) {
+        VenPrint("   ReadOnly\r\n");
+    }
+
+    if (Component->Flags.Removable) {
+        VenPrint("   Removable\r\n");
+    }
+
+    if (Component->Flags.ConsoleIn) {
+        VenPrint("   ConsoleIn\r\n");
+    }
+
+    if (Component->Flags.ConsoleOut) {
+        VenPrint("   ConsoleOut\r\n");
+    }
+
+    if (Component->Flags.Input) {
+        VenPrint("   Input\r\n");
+    }
+
+    if (Component->Flags.Output) {
+        VenPrint("   Output\r\n");
+    }
+
+    VenPrint("\r\n");
+
+    if (!ChildOfEISAAdapter &&
+        !OldData &&
+        (Component->ConfigurationDataLength != 0) &&
+        (Component->ConfigurationDataLength < sizeof(Buffer))) {
+
+	//
+	// This is not a child of the EISA adapter, and it is also not the
+	// EISA adapter itself.  Try to get and print out the configuration
+	// data.
+	//
+
+        Status = ArcGetConfigurationData( Descriptor, Component );
+
+        if ((Status != ESUCCESS) || (Descriptor->Count > 10)) {
+
+            VenPrint(" Error reading configuration data");
+
+        } else {
+
+            VenPrint2(" Version %d.%d\r\n", Descriptor->Version, Descriptor->Revision);
+            Version = Descriptor->Version * 100 + Descriptor->Revision;
+
+            for (Count = 0 ; Count < Descriptor->Count ; Count++ ) {
+
+                Partial = &Descriptor->PartialDescriptors[Count];
+
+                switch (Partial->Type) {
+
+                case CmResourceTypePort:
+                    VenPrint2(" Port Config -- %08lx - %08lx\r\n",
+                              Partial->u.Port.Start.LowPart,
+                              Partial->u.Port.Start.LowPart +
+                              Partial->u.Port.Length - 1);
+                    break;
+                case CmResourceTypeInterrupt:
+                    VenPrint(" Interrupt Config -- ");
+                    if (Partial->Flags & CM_RESOURCE_INTERRUPT_LEVEL_SENSITIVE) {
+                        VenPrint(" Level triggered,");
+                    } else {
+                        VenPrint(" Edge triggered,");
+                    }
+                    VenPrint(" Irql = ");
+                    switch (Partial->u.Interrupt.Level) {
+                    case DEVICE_LEVEL:
+                        VenPrint("DEVICE_LEVEL");
+                        break;
+                    case PASSIVE_LEVEL:
+                        VenPrint("PASSIVE_LEVEL");
+                        break;
+                    case APC_LEVEL:
+                        VenPrint("APC_LEVEL");
+                        break;
+                    case DISPATCH_LEVEL:
+                        VenPrint("DISPATCH_LEVEL");
+                        break;
+                    case IPI_LEVEL:
+                        VenPrint("IPI_LEVEL");
+                        break;
+                    case HIGH_LEVEL:
+                        VenPrint("HIGH_LEVEL");
+                        break;
+                    default:
+                        VenPrint("Unknown level");
+                    }
+                    VenPrint1(", Vector = %08lx\r\n", Partial->u.Interrupt.Vector);
+                    break;
+                case CmResourceTypeMemory:
+                    VenPrint2(" Memory Config -- %08lx - %08lx\r\n",
+                              Partial->u.Memory.Start.LowPart,
+                              Partial->u.Memory.Start.LowPart +
+                              Partial->u.Memory.Length - 1);
+                    break;
+                case CmResourceTypeDma:
+                    VenPrint1(" DMA Config -- Channel = %d\r\n",
+                              Partial->u.Dma.Channel);
+                    break;
+                case CmResourceTypeDeviceSpecific:
+                    switch (Component->Class) {
+
+                    case AdapterClass:
+                        switch (Component->Type) {
+                        case ScsiAdapter:
+                            ScsiDeviceData = (PCM_SCSI_DEVICE_DATA)&Descriptor->PartialDescriptors[Count+1];
+                            VenPrint1(" Scsi Host Identifier = %d\r\n",
+                                       ScsiDeviceData->HostIdentifier);
+                            break;
+                        default:
+                            break;
+                        }
+
+                    case ControllerClass:
+                        switch (Component->Type) {
+                        case DisplayController:
+                            VideoDeviceData = (PCM_VIDEO_DEVICE_DATA)&Descriptor->PartialDescriptors[Count+1];
+                            VenPrint1(" Video Clock = %d\r\n",
+                                       VideoDeviceData->VideoClock);
+                            break;
+                        case NetworkController:
+                            SonicDeviceData = (PCM_SONIC_DEVICE_DATA)&Descriptor->PartialDescriptors[Count+1];
+                            VenPrint1(" Sonic Data Configuration Register = %04x\r\n",
+                                      SonicDeviceData->DataConfigurationRegister);
+                            if (Version >= 101) {
+                                VenPrint(" Sonic Ethernet Address  = ");
+                                for (Index = 0; Index < 6 ; Index++) {
+                                    VenPrint1("%02lx", SonicDeviceData->EthernetAddress[Index]);
+                                }
+                                VenPrint("\r\n");
+                                VenPrint(" Sonic Ethernet Checksum = ");
+                                for (Index = 6; Index < 8 ; Index++) {
+                                    VenPrint1("%02lx", SonicDeviceData->EthernetAddress[Index]);
+                                }
+                                VenPrint("\r\n");
+
+                            }
+                            break;
+
+                        case SerialController:
+                            SerialDeviceData = (PCM_SERIAL_DEVICE_DATA)&Descriptor->PartialDescriptors[Count+1];
+                            VenPrint1(" Serial Baud Clock = %d\r\n",
+                                      SerialDeviceData->BaudClock);
+                            break;
+
+                        default:
+                            break;
+                        }
+                        break;
+
+                    case PeripheralClass:
+
+                        switch (Component->Type) {
+
+                        case FloppyDiskPeripheral:
+                            FloppyDeviceData = (PCM_FLOPPY_DEVICE_DATA)&Descriptor->PartialDescriptors[Count+1];
+                            VenPrint(" Floppy data:\n\r");
+                            VenPrint1("   Size       = %s\n\r", FloppyDeviceData->Size);
+                            VenPrint1("   MaxDensity = %d Kb\n\r", FloppyDeviceData->MaxDensity);
+                            break;
+
+                        case MonitorPeripheral:
+                            MonitorDeviceData = (PCM_MONITOR_DEVICE_DATA)&Descriptor->PartialDescriptors[Count+1];
+                            VenPrint(" Monitor data:\n\r");
+                            VenPrint1("   HorizontalResolution  = %d\n\r", MonitorDeviceData->HorizontalResolution);
+                            VenPrint1("   HorizontalDisplayTime = %d\n\r", MonitorDeviceData->HorizontalDisplayTime);
+                            VenPrint1("   HorizontalBackPorch   = %d\n\r", MonitorDeviceData->HorizontalBackPorch);
+                            VenPrint1("   HorizontalFrontPorch  = %d\n\r", MonitorDeviceData->HorizontalFrontPorch);
+                            VenPrint1("   HorizontalSync        = %d\n\r", MonitorDeviceData->HorizontalSync);
+                            VenPrint1("   VerticalResolution    = %d\n\r", MonitorDeviceData->VerticalResolution);
+                            VenPrint1("   VerticalBackPorch     = %d\n\r", MonitorDeviceData->VerticalBackPorch);
+                            VenPrint1("   VerticalFrontPorch    = %d\n\r", MonitorDeviceData->VerticalFrontPorch);
+                            VenPrint1("   VerticalSync          = %d\n\r", MonitorDeviceData->VerticalSync);
+                            VenPrint1("   HorizontalScreenSize  = %d\n\r", MonitorDeviceData->HorizontalScreenSize);
+                            VenPrint1("   VerticalScreenSize    = %d\n\r", MonitorDeviceData->VerticalScreenSize);
+                            break;
+
+                        default:
+                            break;
+                        }
+                        break;
+
+                    default:
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    break;
+
+                default:
+                    VenPrint(" Unknown data\r\n");
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+    } else if (OldData &&
+	       (Component->ConfigurationDataLength != 0) &&
+	       (Component->ConfigurationDataLength < sizeof(Buffer))) {
+
+	//
+	// This is old-style configuration data, i.e. the eisa adapter
+	// itself.
+	//
+
+                Status = ArcGetConfigurationData( &EisaDetails, Component);
+                if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+                    VenPrint(" Error reading Eisa bus data");
+                } else {
+                    VenPrint(" Eisa Details:\n\r");
+                    VenPrint1("   Number of slots       = %d\n\r", EisaDetails.NumberOfSlots);
+                    VenPrint1("   Io start address      = %08lx\n\r", EisaDetails.IoStart);
+                    VenPrint1("   Io size               = %lx\n\r", EisaDetails.IoSize);
+                }
+            }
+
+    return;
+}
+VOID
+main(
+    int argc,
+    char *argv[],
+    char *envp[]
+    )
+{
+    BOOLEAN EisaMachine;
+    ULONG Index;
+    UCHAR Character;
+    ULONG Count;
+    LONG DefaultChoice = 0;
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    CHAR PathName[80];
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component;
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT NewComponent;
+    PSYSTEM_ID SystemId;
+    BOOLEAN Update;
+    PMEMORY_DESCRIPTOR MemoryDescriptor;
+    PCHAR Choices[] = {
+        "Walk through the configuration tree",
+        "Enter a pathname and display the configuration data",
+        "Display memory configuration",
+        "Test Unicode",
+        "Other ARC Tests",
+        "Exit"
+    };
+#define NUMBER_OF_CHOICES (sizeof(Choices) / sizeof(ULONG))
+    ULONG Fid;
+    ULONG CrLf;
+    ULONG Space;
+    ULONG i, j;
+    BOOLEAN Unicode;
+    PARC_DISPLAY_STATUS DisplayStatus;
+    ULONG x, y;
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+
+        VenSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
+        VenPrint1("%c2J", ASCII_CSI);
+        VenSetPosition( 0, 0);
+
+#if defined(JENSEN)
+        VenPrint(" Jensen Configuration Test Program   Version 1.09\r\n");
+#elif defined(MORGAN)
+        VenPrint(" Morgan Configuration Test Program   Version 1.09\r\n");
+#endif
+
+        VenPrint(" Copyright (c) 1993  Microsoft Corporation, Digital Equipment Corporation\r\n\n");
+
+        for (Index = 0; Index < NUMBER_OF_CHOICES ; Index++ ) {
+            VenSetPosition( Index + 4, 5);
+            if (Index == DefaultChoice) {
+                VenSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
+                VenPrint(Choices[Index]);
+                VenSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
+            } else {
+                VenPrint(Choices[Index]);
+            }
+        }
+
+        VenSetPosition(NUMBER_OF_CHOICES + 5, 0);
+        SystemId = ArcGetSystemId();
+        VenPrint1(" System = %s\r\n", &SystemId->VendorId[0]);
+        VenPrint1(" Serial = %s\r\n", &SystemId->ProductId[0]);
+
+        Character = 0;
+        do {
+            if (ArcGetReadStatus(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT) == ESUCCESS) {
+                ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+                switch (Character) {
+
+                case ASCII_ESC:
+
+                VenStallExecution(10000);
+                if (ArcGetReadStatus(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT) == ESUCCESS) {
+		    ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+		    if (Character != '[') {
+			return;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    return;
+		}
+
+		// We purposely fall through to ASCII_CSI.
+
+                case ASCII_CSI:
+                    ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+                    VenSetPosition( DefaultChoice + 4, 5);
+                    VenPrint(Choices[DefaultChoice]);
+                    switch (Character) {
+                    case 'A':
+                    case 'D':
+                        DefaultChoice--;
+                        if (DefaultChoice < 0) {
+                            DefaultChoice = NUMBER_OF_CHOICES-1;
+                        }
+                        break;
+                    case 'B':
+                    case 'C':
+                        DefaultChoice++;
+                        if (DefaultChoice == NUMBER_OF_CHOICES) {
+                            DefaultChoice = 0;
+                        }
+                        break;
+                    case 'H':
+                        DefaultChoice = 0;
+                        break;
+                    default:
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    VenSetPosition( DefaultChoice + 4, 5);
+                    VenSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
+                    VenPrint(Choices[DefaultChoice]);
+                    VenSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
+                    continue;
+
+                default:
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+
+        } while ((Character != '\n') && (Character != '\r'));
+
+        switch (DefaultChoice) {
+
+        case 0:
+
+            Component = ArcGetChild(NULL);
+            NewComponent = Component;
+            Character = 0;
+            do {
+
+                VenSetPosition( 4, 5);
+                VenPrint("\x9BJ");
+                VenPrint("Use arrow keys to walk the tree, ESC to return");
+                VenPrint("\n\r\n");
+
+                CtPrintData(Component);
+                Update = FALSE;
+                do {
+                    if (ArcGetReadStatus(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT) == ESUCCESS) {
+                        ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+                        switch (Character) {
+
+	                case ASCII_ESC:
+
+			    VenStallExecution(10000);
+
+			    if (ArcGetReadStatus(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT) == ESUCCESS) {
+				ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+				if (Character != '[') {
+				    Character = ASCII_ESC;
+				    break;
+				}
+			    } else {
+				Character = ASCII_ESC;
+				break;
+			    }
+			    
+			    // We purposely fall through to ASCII_CSI.
+
+
+                        case ASCII_CSI:
+                            ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+                            switch (Character) {
+                            case 'A':
+                                NewComponent = ArcGetParent(Component);
+                                Update = TRUE;
+                                break;
+
+                            case 'B':
+                                NewComponent = ArcGetChild(Component);
+                                Update = TRUE;
+                                break;
+
+                            case 'C':
+                                NewComponent = ArcGetPeer(Component);
+                                Update = TRUE;
+                                break;
+
+                            case 'D':
+                                NewComponent = ArcGetParent(Component);
+                                NewComponent = ArcGetChild(NewComponent);
+                                while ((NewComponent != NULL) &&
+                                       (ArcGetPeer(NewComponent) != Component)) {
+                                    NewComponent = ArcGetPeer(NewComponent);
+                                }
+                                Update = TRUE;
+                                break;
+
+                            default:
+                                break;
+
+                            }
+
+                            if (NewComponent != NULL) {
+                                Component = NewComponent;
+                            }
+
+                        default:
+                            break;
+                        }
+                    }
+                } while (!Update && (Character != ASCII_ESC));
+            } while (Character != ASCII_ESC);
+            break;
+
+        case 1:
+
+            VenSetPosition( 4, 5);
+            VenPrint("\x9BJ");
+            VenPrint("Enter component pathname: ");
+            CtGetString( PathName, sizeof(PathName));
+            VenPrint("\n\r");
+
+            Component = ArcGetComponent(PathName);
+
+            CtPrintData(Component);
+
+            VenPrint(" Press any key to continue...");
+            ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+            continue;
+
+        case 2:
+
+            MemoryDescriptor = ArcGetMemoryDescriptor(NULL);
+            while (MemoryDescriptor != NULL) {
+
+                VenSetPosition( 4, 5);
+                VenPrint("\x9BJ");
+
+                VenPrint("Memory type  = ");
+                switch (MemoryDescriptor->MemoryType) {
+                case MemoryExceptionBlock:
+                    VenPrint("ExceptionBlock");
+                    break;
+                case MemorySystemBlock:
+                    VenPrint("SystemBlock");
+                    break;
+                case MemoryFree:
+                    VenPrint("Free");
+                    break;
+                case MemoryBad:
+                    VenPrint("Bad");
+                    break;
+                case MemoryLoadedProgram:
+                    VenPrint("LoadedProgram");
+                    break;
+                case MemoryFirmwareTemporary:
+                    VenPrint("FirmwareTemporary");
+                    break;
+                case MemoryFirmwarePermanent:
+                    VenPrint("FirmwarePermanent");
+                    break;
+                case MemoryFreeContiguous:
+                    VenPrint("FreeContiguous");
+                    break;
+                case MemorySpecialMemory:
+                    VenPrint("SpecialMemory");
+                    break;
+                default:
+                    VenPrint("Unknown");
+                    break;
+                }
+
+                VenSetPosition( 5, 5);
+                VenPrint1("Base Page  = %08lx", MemoryDescriptor->BasePage);
+                VenSetPosition( 6, 5);
+                VenPrint1("Page Count = 0x%x", MemoryDescriptor->PageCount);
+                VenSetPosition( 7, 5);
+
+
+                VenPrint(" Press any key to continue, ESC to return");
+                ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+                if (Character == ASCII_ESC) {
+                    break;
+                }
+
+                MemoryDescriptor = ArcGetMemoryDescriptor(MemoryDescriptor);
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case 3:
+
+            VenPrint("\r\n\n");
+            CrLf = (ASCII_CR << 16) + ASCII_LF;
+            Space = ' ';
+
+            ArcClose(ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT);
+
+	    //
+	    // Try opening all the possible legal output devices.
+	    //
+
+	    EisaMachine = TRUE;
+	    if (ArcOpen(EISA_UNICODE_CONSOLE_OUT,ArcOpenWriteOnly,&Fid) != ESUCCESS) {
+		EisaMachine = FALSE;
+		ArcOpen(MULTI_UNICODE_CONSOLE_OUT,ArcOpenWriteOnly,&Fid);
+	    }
+
+            for (j = 0; j < 16 ; j++ ) {
+                for (i = 0 ; i < 9 ; i++ ) {
+                    Index = 0x2500 + (i << 4) + j;
+                    ArcWrite(ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT, &Space, 2, &Count);
+                    ArcWrite(ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT, &Index, 2, &Count);
+                }
+                ArcWrite(ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT, &CrLf, 4, &Count);
+            }
+
+            ArcClose(ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT);
+
+	    if (EisaMachine) {
+		ArcOpen(EISA_NORMAL_CONSOLE_OUT,ArcOpenWriteOnly,&Fid);
+	    } else {
+		ArcOpen(MULTI_NORMAL_CONSOLE_OUT,ArcOpenWriteOnly,&Fid);
+	    }
+
+            VenPrint("\r\nPress any key to continue");
+            ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+
+
+            ArcClose(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT);
+
+	    ArcOpen(MULTI_UNICODE_KEYBOARD_IN,ArcOpenReadOnly,&Fid);
+	    if (EisaMachine) {
+		ArcOpen(EISA_UNICODE_CONSOLE_OUT,ArcOpenWriteOnly,&Fid);
+	    } else {
+		ArcOpen(MULTI_UNICODE_CONSOLE_OUT,ArcOpenWriteOnly,&Fid);
+	    }
+
+            do {
+                VenPrint("\r\nPress any key, ESC to stop: ");
+                ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Index, 2, &Count);
+                ArcWrite(Fid, &Index, 2, &Count);
+            } while ( Index != ASCII_ESC );
+
+            VenPrint("  \r\n Searching for valid Unicode ranges...");
+
+            Unicode = FALSE;
+            for (Index = 0; Index < 0xffff ; Index++ ) {
+                if (ArcTestUnicodeCharacter(Fid, (WCHAR)Index) == ESUCCESS) {
+                    if (!Unicode) {
+                        VenPrint1("\r\n Start = %04lx, ", Index);
+                        Unicode = TRUE;
+                    }
+                } else {
+                    if (Unicode) {
+                        VenPrint1("End = %04lx, ", Index);
+                        Unicode = FALSE;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            ArcClose(Fid);
+            ArcClose(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT);
+	    ArcOpen(MULTI_NORMAL_KEYBOARD_IN,ArcOpenReadOnly,&Fid);
+	    
+            VenPrint("\r\nPress any key to continue");
+            ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+
+            break;
+
+        case 4:
+
+            DisplayStatus = ArcGetDisplayStatus(ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT);
+
+            x = (DisplayStatus->CursorMaxXPosition / 2) - 24;
+            y = (DisplayStatus->CursorMaxYPosition / 2) - 7;
+
+            VenSetPosition(y++,x);
+
+            VenPrint("ÉÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ»");
+
+            for (Index = 0; Index < 10 ; Index++ ) {
+                VenSetPosition(y++,x);
+                VenPrint("º                                              º");
+            }
+            VenSetPosition(y++,x);
+            VenPrint("ÈÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍͼ");
+
+            x = (DisplayStatus->CursorMaxXPosition / 2) - 23;
+            y = (DisplayStatus->CursorMaxYPosition / 2) - 6;
+
+            VenSetPosition(y++,x);
+            VenSetScreenColor(ArcColorCyan,ArcColorBlack);
+
+            VenPrint("ÉÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ»");
+
+            for (Index = 0; Index < 6 ; Index++ ) {
+                VenSetPosition(y++,x);
+                VenPrint("º                                            º");
+            }
+            VenSetPosition(y++,x);
+            VenPrint("ÇÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄĶ");
+            VenSetPosition(y++,x);
+            VenPrint("º                                            º");
+            VenSetPosition(y++,x);
+            VenPrint("ÈÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍͼ");
+
+            x = (DisplayStatus->CursorMaxXPosition / 2) - 22;
+            y = (DisplayStatus->CursorMaxYPosition / 2) - 5;
+            VenSetPosition(y++,x);
+
+            DisplayStatus = ArcGetDisplayStatus(ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT);
+
+            VenPrint1("X Cursor = %d", DisplayStatus->CursorXPosition);
+            VenSetPosition(y++,x);
+            VenPrint1("Y Cursor = %d", DisplayStatus->CursorYPosition);
+            VenSetPosition(y++,x);
+            VenPrint1("Max X Cursor = %d", DisplayStatus->CursorMaxXPosition);
+            VenSetPosition(y++,x);
+            VenPrint1("Max Y Cursor = %d", DisplayStatus->CursorMaxYPosition);
+
+
+            VenSetPosition(y++,x);
+            VenPrint("Press any key to continue...");
+            ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+
+            for (Index = 0; Index < argc ; Index++ ) {
+                VenPrint1("\r\n Argument #%d = ", Index);
+                VenPrint(argv[Index]);
+            }
+
+            if (argc == 0) {
+                VenPrint("\r\n No arguments");
+            }
+
+            VenPrint("\r\n Press any key to continue...");
+            ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+
+            break;
+
+        case 5:
+            return;
+
+        default:
+            continue;
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/conftest.rsp b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/conftest.rsp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..88a06e30d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/conftest.rsp
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+-machine:alpha
+-fixed
+-rom
+-base:0x80080000
+-align:0x100
+-debug:none
+-debugtype:coff
+-entry:main
+obj\alpha\conftest.obj
+obj\alpha\xxstring.obj
+\nt\public\sdk\lib\alpha\libcnt.lib
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/debug.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/debug.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d72c62146
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/debug.h
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+
+#if OMF_DEBUG==TRUE
+  #define PRINTDBG(x) FwPrint(x); \
+                      FwStallExecution(50*1000);
+#else
+    #define PRINTDBG(x) //
+#endif
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisafunc.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisafunc.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..119a041c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisafunc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,693 @@
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Copyright (c) 1992 Olivetti
+// Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+//
+// File:            eisafunc.c
+//
+// Description:     Eisa code support functions.
+//
+// Revision:
+//
+// 	3-December-1992		John DeRosa [DEC]
+//
+// 	Alpha_AXP/Jensen compiles disable the same code as Jazz
+//	compiles.  An additional disables was added.  The result is that
+//	this file generates no code for Jensen.
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "oli2msft.h"
+#include "arceisa.h"
+#include "inc.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+
+extern EISA_BUS_INFO EisaBusInfo[];
+extern  BL_FILE_TABLE BlFileTable [BL_FILE_TABLE_SIZE];
+
+// Function prototypes.
+
+
+VOID
+EisaFlushCache
+    (
+    IN PVOID Address,
+    IN ULONG Length
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaInvalidateCache
+    (
+    IN PVOID Address,
+    IN ULONG Length
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaDoLockedOperation
+    (
+    IN  ULONG           BusNumber,
+    IN  EISA_LOCK_OPERATION  Operation,
+    IN  PVOID           Semaphore,
+    IN  SEMAPHORE_SIZE  SemaphoreSize,
+    IN  PVOID           OperationArgument,
+    OUT PVOID           OperationResult
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaCheckLockPassingParameters
+    (
+    IN  ULONG           BusNumber,
+    IN  EISA_LOCK_OPERATION  Operation,
+    IN  PVOID           Semaphore,
+    IN  SEMAPHORE_SIZE  SemaphoreSize,
+    IN  PVOID           OperationArgument,
+    OUT PVOID           OperationResult
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaFlushWriteBuffers
+    (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaGenerateTone
+    (
+    IN ULONG Frequency,
+    IN ULONG Duration
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN_ULONG
+EisaYield
+    (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaFlushCache:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function flushes the instruction and data caches
+//                  starting at the address specified in "Address" for
+//                  number of bytes specified in "Length".
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           Address - Starting virtual address of a range of virtual
+//                   addresses that are to be flushed from the instruction
+//                   and data caches. If Address is 0 the entire instruction
+//                   and data caches are flushed.
+//
+//                      Length  - The length of range of virtual addresses that
+//                   are to be flushed from the instruction and data caches.
+//
+// RETURN:                  none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:           GetICacheSize, GetDCacheSize, FlushInvalidateDCacheIndex
+//
+// GLOBALS:         none.
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+// NOTE: Not used on JAZZ or Jensen.
+#if 0
+
+VOID
+EisaFlushCache
+    (
+    IN PVOID Address,
+    IN ULONG Length
+    )
+{
+    ULONG   CacheSize;
+    ULONG   CacheLineSize;
+
+    if ( !Length )                  // flush entire cache ?
+    {                               // yes, get cache sizes and flush
+
+        GetDCacheSize( (ULONG)&CacheSize, (ULONG)&CacheLineSize );
+        FlushInvalidateDCacheIndex( (PVOID)KSEG0_BASE, CacheSize );
+
+        return;                                 // return to caller
+    }
+
+//
+//  User specified a specific address to flush. So take the users starting
+//  virtual address and size and flush data cache.
+//
+
+    Address = (PVOID)((ULONG)Address & 0x1FFFFFFF | KSEG0_BASE);
+    FlushInvalidateDCacheIndex( Address, Length );
+
+    return;                                     // return
+}
+
+#endif // 0
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaInvalidateCache:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This functions sets the invalid bit in the cache line for
+//                  the specified range of addresses.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           Address - Starting virtual address of a range of virtual
+//                   addresses that are to be invalidated in the instruction
+//                   and data caches. If Address is 0 the entire instruction
+//                   and data caches are invalidated.
+//
+//                      Length  - The length of range of virtual addresses that
+//                   are to be invalidated in the instruction and data caches.
+//
+// RETURN:                  none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:     none
+//
+// CALLS:           GetICacheSize, GetDCacheSize, InvalidateICacheIndex,
+//                  FlushInvalidateDCacheIndex
+//
+// GLOBALS:         none
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+// NOTE: Not used on JAZZ or Jensen.
+#if 0
+
+VOID
+EisaInvalidateCache
+    (
+    IN PVOID Address,
+    IN ULONG Length
+    )
+{
+    ULONG   CacheSize;
+    ULONG   CacheLineSize;
+
+    if ( !Length )                  // invalidate entire cache ?
+    {                               // yes, get cache sizes and invalidate
+
+        GetDCacheSize( (ULONG)&CacheSize, (ULONG)&CacheLineSize );
+        FlushInvalidateDCacheIndex( (PVOID)KSEG0_BASE, CacheSize );
+
+        GetICacheSize( (ULONG)&CacheSize, (ULONG)&CacheLineSize );
+        InvalidateICacheIndex( (PVOID)KSEG0_BASE, CacheSize );
+
+        return;                     // return to caller
+    }
+
+//
+//  User specified a specific address to invalidate. So take the users
+//  starting virtual address and size and invalidate both instruction and
+//  data caches.
+//
+
+    Address = (PVOID)((ULONG)Address & 0x1FFFFFFF | KSEG0_BASE);
+    FlushInvalidateDCacheIndex( Address, Length );
+    InvalidateICacheIndex( Address, Length );
+
+    return;                             // return to caller
+}
+
+#endif // 0
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaDoEISALockedOperation:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         A CPU or a bus master can assert LOCK* to guarantee
+//                      exclusive memory access during the time LOCK* is
+//                      asserted.  Assertion of LOCK* allows bit test and set
+//                      operations (as used for semaphores) to be executed
+//                      as a unit (atomically), with the bus lock preventing
+//                      multiple devices from simultaneously modifying the
+//                      semaphore bit.  The MIPS family of microprocessors
+//                      does not assert LOCK* during the execution of any
+//                      function.  As such, the system firmware provides an
+//                      abstracted programmatic interface through which option
+//                      module firmware (OMF) can assert and negate LOCK*.
+//
+//                      EISA option module firmware's LOCK* requests are
+//                      performed by the EISA LOCK function.  If there are
+//                      multiple EISA buses in the system, the buses may share
+//                      the LOCK hardware among the different EISA buses.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           BusNumber       The bus that contains the device that
+//                                      is sharing semaphore.  This number is
+//                                      the Key of the buses' component
+//                                      structure.
+//
+//                      Opeation        The type of locked operation to be
+//                                      performed.
+//
+//                      Semaphore       A pointer to the varialbe in EISA or
+//                                      system memory.
+//
+//                      SemaphoreSize   The size of the semaphore.
+//
+//                      OperationArgument  The value to change the Semaphore to.
+//
+//                      OperationResult    A pointer to a memory location that
+//                                         will receive the value of Semaphore
+//                                         before Operation.
+//
+// RETURN:              ESUCCESS        all done
+//                      EINVAL          passing parameters error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:               EisaCheckLockPassingParameters
+//
+// GLOBALS:             none
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+// NOTE: Not used on JAZZ or Jensen.
+#if 0
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaDoLockedOperation
+    (
+    IN  ULONG           BusNumber,
+    IN  EISA_LOCK_OPERATION  Operation,
+    IN  PVOID           Semaphore,
+    IN  SEMAPHORE_SIZE  SemaphoreSize,
+    IN  PVOID           OperationArgument,
+    OUT PVOID           OperationResult
+    )
+{
+    ARC_STATUS  Status;
+
+    //
+    //  validate the passing parameters to avoind exceptions.
+    //
+
+    if ( Status = EisaCheckLockPassingParameters( BusNumber,  Operation,
+            Semaphore, SemaphoreSize, OperationArgument, OperationResult ))
+    {
+        return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    //  assert lock on the BUS.
+    //
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR( EISA_LOCK_VIRTUAL_BASE,
+                READ_PORT_UCHAR( EISA_LOCK_VIRTUAL_BASE ) | 0x01 );
+
+    //
+    //  Now check to see what type of operation the caller is asking us
+    //  to perform.
+    //
+
+    if (Operation == Exchange)
+    {
+        //
+        //  User wants to exchange the current semaphore value with the
+        //  one passed. So, lets get the semaphore size and do the
+        //  exchange.
+        //
+
+        switch(SemaphoreSize)
+        {
+            case ByteSemaphore:
+                *(PUCHAR)OperationResult = *(PUCHAR)Semaphore;
+                *(PUCHAR)Semaphore       = *(PUCHAR)OperationArgument;
+                break;
+
+            case HalfWordSemaphore:
+                *(PUSHORT)OperationResult = *(PUSHORT)Semaphore;
+                *(PUSHORT)Semaphore       = *(PUSHORT)OperationArgument;
+                break;
+
+            case WordSemaphore:
+                *(PULONG)OperationResult = *(PULONG)Semaphore;
+                *(PULONG)Semaphore       = *(PULONG)OperationArgument;
+                break;
+
+            default:
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    //  The operation on the semaphore is now complete. Now we need to
+    //  negate the LOCK* signal.
+    //
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR( EISA_LOCK_VIRTUAL_BASE,
+                READ_PORT_UCHAR( EISA_LOCK_VIRTUAL_BASE ) & 0xFE );
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+#endif // 0
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaCheckLockPassingParameters:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         The functions checks the lock function passing
+//                      parameters.  This is neccessary to avoin exceptions.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           BusNumber       The bus that contains the device that
+//                                      is sharing semaphore.  This number is
+//                                      the Key of the buses' component
+//                                      structure.
+//
+//                      Opeation        The type of locked operation to be
+//                                      performed.
+//
+//                      Semaphore       A pointer to the varialbe in EISA or
+//                                      system memory.
+//
+//                      SemaphoreSize   The size of the semaphore.
+//
+//                      OperationArgument  The value to change the Semaphore to.
+//
+//                      OperationResult    A pointer to a memory location that
+//                                         will receive the value of Semaphore
+//                                         before Operation.
+//
+// RETURN:              ESUCCESS        parameters are correct.
+//                      EINVAL          at least one parameter was not correct.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:               EisaCheckBusNumber
+//
+// GLOBALS:             none
+//
+// NOTES:               none
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+// NOTE: Not used on JAZZ or Jensen.
+#if 0
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaCheckLockPassingParameters
+    (
+    IN  ULONG           BusNumber,
+    IN  EISA_LOCK_OPERATION  Operation,
+    IN  PVOID           Semaphore,
+    IN  SEMAPHORE_SIZE  SemaphoreSize,
+    IN  PVOID           OperationArgument,
+    OUT PVOID           OperationResult
+    )
+{
+    ARC_STATUS  Status = EINVAL;
+    ULONG       Size   = 1 << SemaphoreSize;    // semaphore size (# bytes)
+
+    //
+    // check the bus number
+    //
+
+    if ( EisaCheckBusNumber( BusNumber ) != ESUCCESS );
+
+    //
+    // check lock operation
+    //
+
+    else if ( Operation >= LockMaxOperation );
+
+    //
+    // check semaphore size
+    //
+
+    else if ( SemaphoreSize >= MaxSemaphore );
+
+    //
+    // make sure that there is physical memory at the specified locations
+    //
+
+    else if ( EisaCheckVirtualAddress( BusNumber, Semaphore, Size ));
+    else if ( EisaCheckVirtualAddress( BusNumber, OperationArgument, Size ));
+    else if ( EisaCheckVirtualAddress( BusNumber, OperationResult, Size ));
+
+    //
+    // check pointers boundaries
+    //
+
+    else if ( ((ULONG)Semaphore | (ULONG)OperationArgument |
+               (ULONG)OperationResult) & ((1 << SemaphoreSize)-1) );
+
+    //
+    // if we got here, the parameters are correct
+    //
+
+    else
+    {
+        Status = ESUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    return Status;
+}
+
+#endif // 0
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaFlushWriteBuffers:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function flushes any external write buffers.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           none.
+//
+// RETURN:                  none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:     none
+//
+// CALLS:           FlushWriteBuffers
+//
+// GLOBALS:         none
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+// NOTE: Not used on JAZZ or Jensen.
+#if 0
+
+VOID
+EisaFlushWriteBuffers
+    (
+    VOID
+    )
+{
+    FlushWriteBuffers();        // flush external write buffers.
+    return;                     // return to caller.
+}
+
+#endif // 0
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaGenerateTone:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function generate tones of a specified
+//                      frequency and duration an the system speaker.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           Frequency       the frequency of the tone in hertz
+//                      Duration        The duration of the tone in msec
+//
+// RETURN:              ESUCCESS        Operation completed successfully
+//                      ENODEV          System can not generate tones
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:               none
+//
+// GLOBALS:             none
+//
+// NOTES:               The routine uses the timer1-counter2 and the system
+//                      control port B of the 1st EISA bus to generate the
+//                      specified tone.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+// NOTE: Not used on Jensen.
+#if 0
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaGenerateTone
+    (
+    IN ULONG Frequency,
+    IN ULONG Duration
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    PUCHAR EisaIoStart, Ctrl, Data, Port61;             // general I/O address
+
+    //
+    // exit if duration is null
+    //
+
+    if ( !Duration )
+    {
+        return ESUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // initialize local variables
+    //
+
+    EisaIoStart = EisaBusInfo[ 0 ].IoBusInfo->VirAddr;
+    Ctrl        = EisaIoStart + EISA_TIMER1_CTRL;
+    Data        = EisaIoStart + EISA_TIMER1_COUNTER2;
+    Port61      = EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_CTRL_PORTB;
+
+    //
+    // make sure that the speaker is disabled
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( Port61,  ( EisaInUchar( Port61 ) &
+                ~( EISA_SPEAKER_GATE | EISA_SPEAKER_TIMER )) & 0x0F );
+
+    //
+    // if frequency value is valid, program timer1-counter2 and enable speaker
+    //
+
+    if (Frequency>=EISA_SPEAKER_MIN_FREQ && Frequency<=EISA_SPEAKER_MAX_FREQ)
+    {
+        //
+        // initialize timer1 counter2 in 16-bit , mode 3
+        //
+
+// NOTE: CriticalSection not supported in JAZZ.
+//        EisaBeginCriticalSection();
+        EisaOutUchar( Ctrl, 0xB6 );
+        EisaOutUchar( Data, (UCHAR)(EISA_SPEAKER_CLOCK/Frequency));
+        EisaOutUchar( Data, (UCHAR)(EISA_SPEAKER_CLOCK/Frequency >> 8));
+// NOTE: CriticalSection not supported in JAZZ.
+//        EisaEndCriticalSection();
+
+        //
+        // enable speaker gate and speaker output
+        //
+
+        EisaOutUchar( Port61,  ( EisaInUchar( Port61 ) |
+                EISA_SPEAKER_GATE | EISA_SPEAKER_TIMER ) & 0x0F );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // ... wait
+    //
+
+    while ( Duration-- )
+    {
+        ArcEisaStallProcessor( 1000 );          // 1 msec
+    }
+
+    //
+    // disable speaker before returning
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( Port61,  ( EisaInUchar( Port61 ) &
+                ~( EISA_SPEAKER_GATE | EISA_SPEAKER_TIMER )) & 0x0F );
+
+    //
+    // all done
+    //
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+#endif // 0
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaYield:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         System utilities and option module firmware
+//                      must surrender the processor so that the system
+//                      module firmware can check for pending input.
+//                      To surrender the prcessor, call this function.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           none
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            Indicates that the BREAK key was
+//                                      pressed.  Yield continues to return
+//                                      TREUE until the BREAK key is read
+//                                      from the console input device.
+//                      FALSE           Inidicates that the BREAK key has
+//                                      not been pressed.
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:               none
+//
+// GLOBALS:             none
+//
+// NOTES:               none
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+// NOTE: Not used on JAZZ or Jensen.
+#if 0
+
+BOOLEAN_ULONG
+EisaYield
+    (
+    VOID
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // call all device strategy routines with FC_POLL command
+    //
+
+    EisaOmfPoll();
+
+    //
+    // read any char available from the console in into the console in buffer
+    //
+
+    if ( !BlFileTable[ 0 ].Flags.Open )
+    {
+        //
+        // the console in device is not available, return no Ctrl-C.
+        //
+
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // read any available data from the console in device
+    //
+
+    ConsoleInFill();
+
+    //
+    // and scan buffer checking contrl-C
+    //
+
+    return ConsoleInCtrlC();
+}
+
+#endif // 0
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisaini.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisaini.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8a22a089d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisaini.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3420 @@
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Copyright (c) 1992 Olivetti
+// Copyright (c) 1992, 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+//
+// File:            eisaini.c
+//
+// Description:     EISA initialization routines.
+//
+//		    This is also built in for ISA machines, as a simple
+//	  	    way of initializing the System Parameter Block vectors.
+//		    Another way of doing this would be to change the code
+//		    in jxboot.c and fwio.c
+//
+// Revision:
+//
+//	3-December-1992		John DeRosa [DEC]
+//
+//	Added Alpha_AXP/Jensen modifications.  Most of these were for
+//	page size effects.
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "oli2msft.h"
+#include "arceisa.h"
+#include "inc.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "eisastr.h"
+
+
+//extern BL_DEVICE_ENTRY_TABLE OmfEntryTable[];
+
+// NOTE: Not used in JAZZ.
+//extern ULONG    ErrorWord;                      // POD error flags
+//extern ULONG    FlagWord;                       // system flags
+extern ULONG    MemorySize;                     // size of memory in Mb
+
+extern PCHAR    MnemonicTable[];
+
+extern ULONG    EisaPoolSize;                   // # bytes really used
+extern ULONG    EisaDynMemSize;                 // dynamic memory size (bytes)
+extern ULONG    EisaFreeTop;                    // top of free mem
+extern ULONG    EisaFreeBytes;                  // free bytes left
+
+
+
+// remove the following function prototypes when using common code
+
+PFW_MD
+GetFwMd
+    (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+PFW_MD
+LinkPhysFwMd
+    (
+    PFW_MD * pFwMdBase,
+    PFW_MD   pFwMd
+    );
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//  Declare Function Prototypes
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+VOID
+EisaIni
+    (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaGeneralIni
+    (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaBusStructIni
+    (
+    IN ULONG    BusNumber
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaCheckAdapterComponent
+    (
+    IN  ULONG                     BusNumber,
+    OUT PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT *pEisaComp
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaBusPod
+    (
+    IN ULONG    BusNumber
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaPortIni
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR   EisaIoStart
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaIntIni
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_INT_INFO   pIntInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaDmaIni
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaBusCfg
+    (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT EisaComponent
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaPhysSlotCfg
+    (
+    IN ULONG    BusNumber,
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Controller,
+    IN ULONG    AdapId
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaVirSlotCfg
+    (
+    IN ULONG    BusNumber,
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Controller
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaSlotCfg
+    (
+    IN ULONG    BusNumber,
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Controller,
+    IN UCHAR    FunctionsNumber
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaSlotCfgMem
+    (
+    IN ULONG    BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG    SlotNumber,
+    IN PUCHAR   EisaFuncInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaSlotCfgIrq
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_INT_INFO   pIntInfo,
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaFuncInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaSlotCfgDma
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo,
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaFuncInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaSlotCfgIni
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR    EisaIoStart,
+    IN PUCHAR    EisaFuncInfo,
+    OUT PBOOLEAN EnabAdapter
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaSlotErrorLog
+    (
+    IN ULONG            BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG            SlotNumber,
+    IN EISA_CFG_ERROR   ErrorCode
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaPathErrorLog
+    (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Controller,
+    IN EISA_CFG_ERROR           ErrorCode
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaStrErrorLog
+    (
+    IN PCHAR            Str,
+    IN EISA_CFG_ERROR   ErrorCode
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaCheckpointFirstFase
+    (
+    IN EISA_CHECKPOINT  Chk
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaCheckpointFinalFase
+    (
+    IN EISA_CHECKPOINT  Chk,
+    IN BOOLEAN          Passed
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaReadReadyId
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart,
+    IN ULONG SlotNumber,
+    OUT PULONG AdapId
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaReadId
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart,
+    IN ULONG SlotNumber,
+    OUT PULONG AdapId
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaMemIni
+    (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaDynMemIni
+    (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT
+FwGetChild
+    (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component OPTIONAL
+    );
+
+PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT
+FwGetPeer
+    (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component
+    );
+
+PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT
+FwAddChild
+    (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component,
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT NewComponent,
+    IN PVOID ConfigurationData OPTIONAL
+    );
+
+PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT
+FwGetComponent
+    (
+    IN PCHAR Pathname
+    );
+
+PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT
+FwGetParent
+    (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwStallExecution
+    (
+    IN ULONG Seconds
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+AllocateMemoryResources
+    (
+    IN OUT PFW_MD       pBuffFwMd
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwRememberEisabuffer(
+    IN ULONG Addr,
+    IN ULONG Size
+    );
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//  Declare General Function Prototypes
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+PCHAR
+FwToUpperStr
+    (
+    IN OUT PCHAR s
+    );
+
+PCHAR
+FwToLowerStr
+    (
+    IN OUT PCHAR s
+    );
+
+PCHAR
+FwGetPath
+    (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component,
+    OUT PCHAR String
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwDelCfgTreeNode
+    (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT pComp,
+    IN BOOLEAN                  Peer
+    );
+
+PCHAR
+FwGetMnemonic
+    (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwValidMnem
+    (
+    IN PCHAR Str
+    );
+
+ULONG
+Fw2UcharToUlongLSB
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR String
+    );
+
+ULONG
+Fw3UcharToUlongLSB
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR String
+    );
+
+ULONG
+Fw4UcharToUlongLSB
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR String
+    );
+
+ULONG
+Fw4UcharToUlongMSB
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR String
+    );
+
+PCHAR
+FwStoreStr
+    (
+    IN PCHAR Str
+    );
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// GLOBAL:      EISA configuration variables
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+//
+// Build this in only if doing a build for a real EISA machine, and not ISA.
+//
+
+// EISA buses info
+
+EISA_BUS_INFO EisaBusInfo[ EISA_BUSES ];        // eisa bus info pointers
+
+// descriptor pointers
+
+PFW_MD  LogFwMdBase = NULL;             // starting logical descriptors pointer
+PFW_MD  VirFwMdBase = NULL;             // starting virtual descriptors pointer
+PFW_MD  pFwMdPool;                      // descriptors pool
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaIni:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function does the eisa controller configuration.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           none
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:             ErrorWord
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaIni
+    (
+    VOID
+    )
+{
+    // define local variables
+
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT pEisaComp;         // eisa bus component
+    CHAR    EisaMnemonic[MAX_MNEMONIC_LEN +1];  // to hold the eisa path
+    ULONG   EisaBus;                            // eisa bus number
+    BOOLEAN IniOk;                              // EISA configuration bus status
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaIni\n\r");                    // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // perform any general initialization
+    //
+
+    EisaGeneralIni();
+
+#ifdef ISA_PLATFORM
+
+    //
+    // ISA machines need to call this function just to set up
+    // the adapter vectors.  They should return now.
+    //
+
+    return;
+
+#else
+
+// NOTE: EisaMemIni not used on JAZZ.
+//    if ( !EisaMemIni() )
+//    {
+//        EisaStrErrorLog("EISA Initialization", MemAllocError);
+//        return;
+//    }
+
+    //
+    // initialize and configure the eisa buses (one per loop)
+    //
+
+    for ( EisaBus = 0;  EisaBus < EISA_BUSES;  EisaBus++ )
+    {
+        //
+        // display message
+        //
+
+        FwPrint(EISA_INIT_MSG, EisaBus);
+
+        //
+        // eisa bus structures initialization
+        //
+
+        if ( !EisaBusStructIni( EisaBus ))
+        {
+            EisaStrErrorLog( EISA_BUS_MSG, MemAllocError);
+            return;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // eisa bus hardware test and initialization
+        //
+
+        if ( EisaBusInfo[ EisaBus ].Flags.Error = !EisaBusPod( EisaBus ))
+        {
+//            ErrorWord |= E_HARDWARE_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // check the EISA adapter component
+        //
+
+        IniOk = TRUE;
+        EisaCheckpointFirstFase( EisaCfg );
+        if ( !EisaCheckAdapterComponent( EisaBus, &pEisaComp ))
+        {
+                IniOk = FALSE;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // configure the bus if no hardware errors and configuration jumper not
+        // present.
+        //
+
+// NOTE: FlagWord is not used in JAZZ.
+//        if (!EisaBusInfo[EisaBus].Flags.Error && !(FlagWord & F_CONFIG_JUMPER))
+        if (!EisaBusInfo[EisaBus].Flags.Error)
+        {
+            if ( !EisaBusCfg( pEisaComp ))
+            {
+                IniOk = FALSE;
+            }
+        }
+        EisaCheckpointFinalFase( EisaCfg, IniOk );
+
+        if ( IniOk != TRUE )
+        {
+// NOTE: Not used in JAZZ.
+//            ErrorWord |= E_CONFIG_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // store the POD initialization status
+        //
+
+        EisaBusInfo[ EisaBus ].Flags.IniDone    = 1;
+        pEisaComp->Flags.Failed = EisaBusInfo[ EisaBus ].Flags.Error;
+
+        if (IniOk == TRUE) {
+            FwPrint(EISA_OK_MSG);
+	    FwStallExecution(500000);
+        }
+        FwPrint(EISA_CRLF_MSG);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Big Endian initialization
+    //
+
+// NOTE: BigEndian is not used on JAZZ.
+//    BiEndianIni();
+
+    //
+    // EISA dynamic memory initializzation
+    //
+
+// NOTE: EisaDynMemIni not used on JAZZ.
+//    EisaDynMemIni();
+
+    //
+    // OMF initialization:  final phase
+    //
+
+// NOTE: EisaOmfIni not used on JAZZ.
+//    EisaOmfIni();
+
+    //
+    // all done
+    //
+
+    return;
+
+#endif 	// ISA_PLATFORM
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaGeneralIni:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function performs general initialization
+//                      for the EISA buses.
+//
+//			For ISA machines, this routine is used as an easy
+//			way to initialize the SPB vectors properly.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           none
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaGeneralIni
+    (
+    VOID
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("EisaGeneralIni\n\r");             // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // update system parameter block
+    //
+
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->AdapterCount      = 1;
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Type      = EisaAdapter;
+#else
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Type      = MultiFunctionAdapter;
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the Adapter Length.  For ISA machines, this wastes a small
+    // amount of memory after the vendor vector.
+    //
+
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Length    = (ULONG)MaximumEisaRoutine * sizeof(ULONG);
+
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector    = (PVOID)((PUCHAR)SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector +
+                                                      SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVectorLength);
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+    //
+    // initialize EISA call back vectors
+    //
+
+    (PEISA_PROCESS_EOI_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [ProcessEOIRoutine] = EisaProcessEndOfInterrupt;
+    [ProcessEOIRoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_TEST_INT_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [TestIntRoutine] = EisaTestEisaInterrupt;
+    [TestIntRoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_REQ_DMA_XFER_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [RequestDMARoutine] = EisaRequestEisaDmaTransfer;
+    [RequestDMARoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_ABORT_DMA_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [AbortDMARoutine] = EisaAbortEisaDmaTransfer;
+    [AbortDMARoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_DMA_XFER_STATUS_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [GetDMAStatusRoutine] = EisaGetEisaDmaTransferStatus;
+    [GetDMAStatusRoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_LOCK_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [DoLockRoutine] = EisaDoLockedOperation;
+    [DoLockRoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_REQUEST_BUS_MASTER_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [RequestBusMasterRoutine] = EisaRequestEisaBusMasterTransfer;
+    [RequestBusMasterRoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_RELEASE_BUS_MASTER_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [ReleaseBusMasterRoutine] = EisaReleaseEisaBusMasterTransfer;
+    [ReleaseBusMasterRoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_REQUEST_CPU_TO_BUS_ACCESS_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [RequestCpuAccessToBusRoutine] = EisaRequestCpuAccessToEisaBus;
+    [RequestCpuAccessToBusRoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_RELEASE_CPU_TO_BUS_ACCESS_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [ReleaseCpuAccessToBusRoutine] = EisaReleaseCpuAccessToEisaBus;
+    [ReleaseCpuAccessToBusRoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_FLUSH_CACHE_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [FlushCacheRoutine] = EisaFlushCache;
+    [FlushCacheRoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_INVALIDATE_CACHE_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [InvalidateCacheRoutine] = EisaInvalidateCache;
+    [InvalidateCacheRoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_BEGIN_CRITICAL_SECTION_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [BeginCriticalSectionRoutine] = EisaBeginCriticalSection;
+    [BeginCriticalSectionRoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_RESERVED_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+    [ReservedRoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_END_CRITICAL_SECTION_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [EndCriticalSectionRoutine] = EisaEndCriticalSection;
+    [EndCriticalSectionRoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_GENERATE_TONE_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [GenerateToneRoutine] = EisaGenerateTone;
+    [GenerateToneRoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_FLUSH_WRITE_BUFFER_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [FlushWriteBuffersRoutine] = EisaFlushWriteBuffers;
+    [FlushWriteBuffersRoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_YIELD_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+//    [YieldRoutine] = EisaYield;
+    [YieldRoutine] = FwpReservedRoutine;
+
+    (PEISA_STALL_PROCESSOR_RTN)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector
+    [StallProcessorRoutine] = FwStallExecution;
+
+#endif	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+    //
+    // all done
+    //
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaBusStructIni:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function builds all the required structures
+//                      for the specified EISA bus.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           BusNumber       EISA bus number
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:               This routine is hardware design dependent.
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaBusStructIni
+    (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber
+    )
+{
+
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    PVOID               pInfo;                  // General pointer
+    PEISA_BUS_INFO      pBusInfo;               // EISA bus info pointer
+    PFW_MD              pIoBusInfo;             // I/O info pointer
+    PFW_MD              pMemBusInfo;            // Memory info pointer
+    PEISA_SLOTS_INFO    pSlotsInfo;             // Slots info pointer
+    PEISA_DMA_INFO      pDmaInfo;               // DMA info pointer
+    PEISA_INT_INFO      pIntInfo;               // INT info pointer
+    PEISA_PORT_INFO     pPortInfo;              // port info pointer
+    ULONG               Index;                  // general index
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaBusStructIni\n\r");           // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // initialize variables
+    //
+
+    pBusInfo = &EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ];
+    pBusInfo->Flags.IniDone = 0;
+
+    //
+    // first EISA bus
+    //
+
+    if ( BusNumber == 0 )
+    {
+        //
+        // perform any info structure initialization
+        //
+
+        if ((pInfo = (PVOID)FwAllocatePool( sizeof( FW_MD ) +
+                                            sizeof( FW_MD ) +
+                                            sizeof( EISA_SLOTS_INFO ) +
+                                            sizeof( EISA_DMA_INFO ) +
+                                            sizeof( EISA_INT_INFO ))) == NULL )
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+
+        //
+        // I/O bus info initialization
+        //
+
+        pBusInfo->IoBusInfo = pIoBusInfo = (PFW_MD)pInfo;
+
+        // set link and flags
+
+        pIoBusInfo->Link                = NULL;
+        pIoBusInfo->Flags.Busy          = 1;
+        pIoBusInfo->Counter             = 1;
+
+        // set window size in 8k units
+
+        pIoBusInfo->PhysAddr            = EISA_IO_PHYSICAL_BASE/PAGE_SIZE;
+        pIoBusInfo->PagOffs             = 0;
+        pIoBusInfo->VirAddr             = (PVOID)EISA_EXTERNAL_IO_VIRTUAL_BASE;
+        pIoBusInfo->Size                = 64 * 1024;
+//        pIoBusInfo->PagNumb             = 64/4;
+        pIoBusInfo->PagNumb             = 64 * 1024 / PAGE_SIZE;
+
+        ((PFW_MD)pInfo)++;
+
+
+        //
+        // memory bus info initialization
+        //
+
+        pBusInfo->MemBusInfo = pMemBusInfo      = (PFW_MD)pInfo;
+
+        // set link and flags
+
+        pMemBusInfo->Link               = NULL;
+        pMemBusInfo->Flags.Busy         = 0;  // window busy flag
+        pMemBusInfo->Counter            = 0;
+
+#ifdef  KPW4010
+
+        // set size of window in 4k units
+
+        pMemBusInfo->PhysAddr           = EISA_MEM_PHYSBASE_KPW4010; // #4kpages
+        pMemBusInfo->PagOffs            = 0;
+        pMemBusInfo->VirAddr            = (PVOID)EISA_VIR_MEM;
+        pMemBusInfo->Size               = 0;                         // 4 Gbytes
+        pMemBusInfo->PagNumb            = PAGES_IN_4G;
+
+        //
+        // Because the EISA memory space in some designs can reach
+        // 4Gbytes of length, it is not possible to map the entire area.
+        // The allocation of the TLB entries for this space is done at
+        // run time using the general calls to the TLB services.
+        //
+
+        pMemBusInfo->u.em.WinRelAddr     = 0;
+        pMemBusInfo->u.em.WinRelAddrCtrl = NULL;
+        pMemBusInfo->u.em.WinShift       = PAGE_4G_SHIFT;
+
+#else // KPW 4000
+
+        // set size of window in 8k units
+
+        pMemBusInfo->PhysAddr           = EISA_MEMORY_PHYSICAL_BASE/PAGE_SIZE;
+        pMemBusInfo->PagOffs            = 0;
+        pMemBusInfo->VirAddr            = (PVOID)EISA_MEMORY_VIRTUAL_BASE;
+        pMemBusInfo->Size               = PAGE_16M_SIZE;
+        pMemBusInfo->PagNumb            = PAGE_16M_SIZE/PAGE_SIZE;
+
+        //
+        // Because the EISA memory space in some designs can reach
+        // 4Gbytes of length, it is not possible to map the entire area.
+        // The allocation of the TLB entries for this space is done at
+        // run time using the general calls to the TLB services.
+        //
+
+        pMemBusInfo->u.em.WinRelAddr     = 0;
+        pMemBusInfo->u.em.WinRelAddrCtrl = (PVOID)EISA_LATCH_VIRTUAL_BASE;
+        pMemBusInfo->u.em.WinShift       = PAGE_16M_SHIFT;
+
+#endif
+
+        ((PFW_MD)pInfo)++;
+
+
+        //
+        // slot info initialization
+        //
+
+        pBusInfo->SlotsInfo = pSlotsInfo        = (PEISA_SLOTS_INFO)pInfo;
+        pSlotsInfo->PhysSlots = PHYS_0_SLOTS;
+        pSlotsInfo->VirSlots = VIR_0_SLOTS;
+        ((PEISA_SLOTS_INFO)pInfo)++;
+
+
+        //
+        // DMA info initialization
+        //
+
+        pBusInfo->DmaInfo       = pDmaInfo      = (PEISA_DMA_INFO)pInfo;
+        pDmaInfo->Flags.IniDone = 0;
+        ((PEISA_DMA_INFO)pInfo)++;
+
+
+        //
+        // PIC info initialization
+        //
+
+        pBusInfo->IntInfo       = pIntInfo      = (PEISA_INT_INFO)pInfo;
+        pIntInfo->Flags.IniDone = 0;
+        ((PEISA_INT_INFO)pInfo)++;
+
+
+        //
+        // port info initialization
+        //
+
+        pBusInfo->PortInfo      = pPortInfo     = (PEISA_PORT_INFO)pInfo;
+        pPortInfo->Flags.IniDone = 0;
+
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        //
+        // invalid bus number
+        //
+
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // all done
+    //
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaCheckAdapterComponent:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function makes sure that there is an EISA adapter
+//                      component with the correct configuration data for the
+//                      specified EISA bus number.  The routine uses the
+//                      following logic :
+//
+//                      if !(ARC component present)
+//                      {
+//                          add ARC component;
+//                      }
+//                      if (EISA bus component present)
+//                      {
+//                         if !(configuration data correct)
+//                         {
+//                              display error message;
+//                              delete EISA bus node;
+//                              add EISA bus component;
+//                              return FALSE;
+//                         }
+//                      }
+//                      else
+//                      {
+//                          add EISA bus component;
+//                      }
+//                      return TRUE;
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           BusNumber       EISA bus number
+//                      pEisaComp       address where to store the EISA
+//                                      configuration pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              FALSE           The configuration tree was incorrect.
+//                      TRUE            The configuration tree is correct.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         The ARC component is present.
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaCheckAdapterComponent
+    (
+    IN  ULONG                     BusNumber,
+    OUT PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT *pEisaComp
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT    pComp;
+    CONFIGURATION_COMPONENT     Comp;
+    EISA_ADAPTER_DETAILS        ConfigData;
+    BOOLEAN     CfgOk = TRUE;
+    CHAR        EisaMnemonic[MAX_MNEMONIC_LEN +1];
+    PVOID       IoStart;
+    ULONG       IoSize;
+    ULONG       Slots;
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaCheckAdapterComponent\n\r");          // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // initialize varables
+    //
+
+    sprintf( EisaMnemonic, "eisa(%lu)", BusNumber );
+    *pEisaComp  = NULL;
+    IoStart     = EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].IoBusInfo->VirAddr;
+    IoSize      = EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].SlotsInfo->PhysSlots * 0x1000;
+    Slots       = EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].SlotsInfo->VirSlots ?
+                  EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].SlotsInfo->VirSlots + 16 :
+                  EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].SlotsInfo->PhysSlots;
+
+    //
+    // if EISA adapter component is present, check its configuration data
+    //
+
+    if ((*pEisaComp = FwGetComponent(EisaMnemonic)) != NULL)
+    {
+        if ((*pEisaComp)->ConfigurationDataLength !=
+                     sizeof(EISA_ADAPTER_DETAILS) ||
+             FwGetConfigurationData( (PVOID)&ConfigData, *pEisaComp ) ||
+             ConfigData.NumberOfSlots !=  Slots   ||
+             ConfigData.IoStart       !=  IoStart ||
+             ConfigData.IoSize        !=  IoSize   )
+        {
+            EisaPathErrorLog( *pEisaComp, CfgIncorrect );
+            FwDelCfgTreeNode( *pEisaComp, FALSE );
+            *pEisaComp  = NULL;
+            CfgOk       = FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // add EISA adapter component if not present
+    //
+
+    if ( *pEisaComp == NULL )
+    {
+        // get the root component pointer
+
+        if ((pComp = FwGetChild(NULL)) == NULL) {
+	    return(FALSE);
+	}
+
+        // component structure
+
+        RtlZeroMemory( &Comp, sizeof(CONFIGURATION_COMPONENT));
+        Comp.Class                              = AdapterClass;
+        Comp.Type                               = EisaAdapter;
+        Comp.Version                            = ARC_VERSION;
+        Comp.Revision                           = ARC_REVISION;
+        Comp.Key                                = BusNumber;
+        Comp.ConfigurationDataLength            = sizeof(EISA_ADAPTER_DETAILS);
+        Comp.IdentifierLength                   = sizeof("EISA");
+        Comp.Identifier                         = "EISA";
+
+        // configuration data structure
+
+        RtlZeroMemory( &ConfigData, sizeof(EISA_ADAPTER_DETAILS));
+// NOTE: ConfigDataHeader is not used in JAZZ.
+//        ConfigData.ConfigDataHeader.Version     = ARC_VERSION;
+//        ConfigData.ConfigDataHeader.Revision    = ARC_REVISION;
+//        ConfigData.ConfigDataHeader.Type        = NULL;
+//        ConfigData.ConfigDataHeader.Vendor      = NULL;
+//        ConfigData.ConfigDataHeader.ProductName = NULL;
+//        ConfigData.ConfigDataHeader.SerialNumber = NULL;
+        ConfigData.NumberOfSlots                = Slots;
+        ConfigData.IoStart                      = IoStart;
+        ConfigData.IoSize                       = IoSize;
+
+        *pEisaComp = FwAddChild( pComp, &Comp, (PVOID)&ConfigData );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // return status
+    //
+
+    return CfgOk;
+}
+
+
+
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaBusCfg:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function configures the slots of the specified
+//                      eisa bus.
+//
+//                      if we detect a "not-ready" board, we have to retry
+//                      reading the ID again and report a time-out error if
+//                      the ID is still not available after 100 msecs.
+//                      (according to the EISA specs, the board should be
+//                      ready within 100 msecs after reporting the "not-ready"
+//                      status).  However, due to the slow init process of
+//                      the ESC-1, we need to go with the following algorithm:
+//                      - cfg the physical slots, marking the ones not ready.
+//                      - cfg the virtual slots
+//                      - go back to cfg the not-ready physical slots.
+//                      A time of 2 sec will be given to all these not-ready
+//                      slots : 200 loops of 10 msec. This period does not
+//                      include configuration time for any slot which now
+//                      comes up with a valid ID.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaComponent   EISA component pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            Configuration completed successfully
+//                      FALSE           At least one configuration error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaBusCfg
+    (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT EisaComponent
+    )
+{
+
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    BOOLEAN     CfgOk = TRUE;                   // starting value: all fine
+    ULONG       IdTimeoutFlags = 0;             // eisa controllers in time-out
+    USHORT      WaitTimeout=TIMEOUT_UNITS;      // time to wait before aborting
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT FirstController;   // first eisa controller
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Controller;        // eisa controller to configure
+    ULONG       BusNumber;                      // eisa bus number
+    ULONG       PhysSlots;                      // eisa physical slots
+    ULONG       MaxSlots;                       // eisa last slot
+    ULONG       SlotNumber;                     // slot number configured
+    PULONG      pSlotCfgMap;                    // slot cfg map pointer
+    PUCHAR      EisaIoStart;                    // i/o eisa starting space
+    ULONG       AdapId;                         // eisa controller id
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaBusCfg\n\r");                 // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // initialize same variables using the eisa component structure
+    //
+
+    BusNumber   = EisaComponent->Key;
+    EisaIoStart = EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].IoBusInfo->VirAddr;
+    PhysSlots   = EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].SlotsInfo->PhysSlots;
+    MaxSlots    = EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].SlotsInfo->VirSlots + 16;
+    pSlotCfgMap = &EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].SlotsInfo->SlotCfgMap;
+    *pSlotCfgMap    = 0;
+    FirstController = FwGetChild(EisaComponent);
+
+    //
+    // physical slot initialization : one loop per physical slot
+    //
+
+    for (SlotNumber=0; SlotNumber<PhysSlots; SlotNumber++)
+    {
+        // read eisa controller id
+
+        if (!EisaReadReadyId(EisaIoStart, SlotNumber, &AdapId))
+        {
+            IdTimeoutFlags |= 1<<SlotNumber;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // find the eisa controller for the specified slot
+
+        for (Controller = FirstController;
+             Controller!=NULL  && Controller->Key!=SlotNumber;
+             Controller = FwGetPeer(Controller));
+
+        // skip cfg if empty slot; report an error if ARC cfg is missing
+
+        if (Controller==NULL)
+        {
+            if (AdapId!=NO_ADAP_ID)
+            {
+                EisaSlotErrorLog( BusNumber, SlotNumber, CfgMissing );
+                CfgOk = FALSE;
+            }
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // one physical slot configuration
+
+        if (!EisaPhysSlotCfg(BusNumber, Controller, AdapId))
+        {
+            CfgOk = FALSE;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // set the "slot" bit to indicate configuration ok
+
+        *pSlotCfgMap |= 1<<SlotNumber;
+
+        // I/O function structures initialization
+
+// NOTE: EisaOmf is not supported in JAZZ.
+//        EisaOmfCheck( BusNumber, Controller, AdapId );
+
+    }
+
+
+
+    //
+    // virtual slot initialization : one loop per virtual slot
+    //
+
+    for (SlotNumber=16; SlotNumber<MaxSlots; SlotNumber++)
+    {
+        // find the eisa controller for the specified slot
+
+        for (Controller = FirstController;
+             Controller!=NULL  && Controller->Key!=SlotNumber;
+             Controller = FwGetPeer(Controller));
+
+        // if component not present, skip to next virtual slot
+
+        if (Controller==NULL)
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // one virtual slot configuration
+
+        if(!EisaVirSlotCfg(BusNumber, Controller))
+        {
+            CfgOk = FALSE;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // set the "slot" bit to indicate configuration ok
+
+        *pSlotCfgMap |= 1<<SlotNumber;
+    }
+
+
+
+    //
+    // time-out slot initialization
+    //
+
+    while(IdTimeoutFlags && WaitTimeout--)
+    {
+        for ( SlotNumber = 0;
+              IdTimeoutFlags && SlotNumber < PHYS_0_SLOTS;
+              SlotNumber++ )
+        {
+            // check if the slot was not ready.
+
+            if ( !(IdTimeoutFlags & 1<<SlotNumber))
+            {
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            // read eisa controller id
+
+            if (!EisaReadReadyId(EisaIoStart, SlotNumber, &AdapId))
+            {
+                continue;
+            }
+            IdTimeoutFlags &= ~(1<<SlotNumber);
+
+            // find the eisa controller for the specified slot
+
+            for (Controller = FirstController;
+                 Controller!=NULL  && Controller->Key!=SlotNumber;
+                 Controller = FwGetPeer(Controller));
+
+            // skip cfg if empty slot; report an error if ARC cfg is missing
+
+            if (Controller==NULL)
+            {
+                if (AdapId!=NO_ADAP_ID)
+                {
+                    EisaSlotErrorLog(BusNumber, SlotNumber, CfgMissing);
+                    CfgOk = FALSE;
+                }
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            // one physical slot configuration
+
+            if (!EisaPhysSlotCfg(BusNumber, Controller, AdapId))
+            {
+                CfgOk = FALSE;
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            // set the "slot" bit to indicate configuration ok
+
+            *pSlotCfgMap |= 1<<SlotNumber;
+
+            // I/O function structures initialization
+
+// NOTE: EisaOmf is not supported in JAZZ.
+//            EisaOmfCheck( BusNumber, Controller, AdapId );
+        }
+
+        // if there are still some slots in time-out stall execution
+        // for 10 msec (10,000 usec).
+
+        if (IdTimeoutFlags)
+        {
+            FwStallExecution (10000l);
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // if controllers in time-out, display error messages and set the
+    // failed bit within the associated "components".
+    //
+
+    if (IdTimeoutFlags)
+    {
+        for ( SlotNumber = 0;  SlotNumber < PHYS_0_SLOTS;  SlotNumber++ )
+        {
+            if ( IdTimeoutFlags & 1<<SlotNumber )
+            {
+                // display error message
+
+                EisaSlotErrorLog( BusNumber, SlotNumber, IdTimeout );
+
+                // find the eisa controller for the specified slot
+
+                for (Controller = FirstController;
+                     Controller!=NULL  &&  Controller->Key!=SlotNumber;
+                     Controller = FwGetPeer(Controller));
+
+                // if component present, set failed bit
+
+                if (Controller != NULL)
+                {
+                    Controller->Flags.Failed = 1;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        CfgOk = FALSE;
+    }
+
+//    //
+//    // add a wild omf path name for the physical slots non configurated.
+//    //
+//
+//    for ( SlotNumber = 0;  SlotNumber < PHYS_0_SLOTS;  SlotNumber++ )
+//    {
+//      if ( !(*pSlotCfgMap & 1<<SlotNumber) )
+//      {
+//          EisaOtherOmfIni( EisaComponent, SlotNumber );
+//      }
+//    }
+
+    //
+    // return configuration status
+    //
+
+    return CfgOk;
+}
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaPhysSlotCfg:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function configures the specified physical slot.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           BusNumber       EISA bus number
+//                      Controller      eisa controller component pointer.
+//                      AdapId          Eisa Id read from hardware.
+//
+//
+// RETURN:              FALSE           Error
+//                      TRUE            All done
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaPhysSlotCfg
+    (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Controller,
+    IN ULONG AdapId
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    EISA_SLOT_INFO EisaSlotInfo;                // pointer to first eisa info
+    EISA_CFG_ERROR ErrMessage = CfgNoErrCode;   // eisa cfg error code
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaPhysSlotCfg\n\r");            // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // validate physical slot configuration
+    //
+
+    if (Controller->Flags.Failed)
+    {
+        ErrMessage = CfgDeviceFailed;   // device failure
+    }
+
+    else if ( !(Controller->ConfigurationDataLength) )
+    {
+        ErrMessage = CfgMissing;        // eisa configuration missing
+    }
+
+    else if (Controller->ConfigurationDataLength < EISA_SLOT_MIN_INFO)
+    {
+        ErrMessage = CfgIncorrect;      // configuration length incorrect
+    }
+
+    else if (FwGetConfigurationDataIndex( (PVOID)&EisaSlotInfo,
+                                          Controller,
+                                          CONFIGDATAHEADER_SIZE,
+                                          EISA_SLOT_INFO_SIZE ))
+    {
+        ErrMessage = CfgIncorrect;      // invalid component
+    }
+
+    else if (EisaSlotInfo.FunctionsNumber * EISA_FUNC_INFO_SIZE +
+                EISA_SLOT_MIN_INFO != Controller->ConfigurationDataLength)
+    {
+        ErrMessage = CfgIncorrect;      // configuration length incorrect
+    }
+
+    else if (!(EisaSlotInfo.IdInfo & CFG_UNREADABLE_ID)^(AdapId != NO_ADAP_ID))
+    {
+        ErrMessage = CfgIdError;        // wrong configuration
+    }
+
+    else if (AdapId != NO_ADAP_ID  &&
+                AdapId != Fw4UcharToUlongMSB(&EisaSlotInfo.Id1stChar))
+    {
+        ErrMessage = CfgIdError;        // wrong configuration
+    }
+
+    else if ((EisaSlotInfo.IdInfo & CFG_SLOT_MASK) != CFG_SLOT_EXP &&
+             (EisaSlotInfo.IdInfo & CFG_SLOT_MASK) != CFG_SLOT_EMB )
+    {
+        ErrMessage = CfgIncorrect;      // wrong configuration
+    }
+
+    //
+    // if any error, dispaly error message and set the failed bit
+    //
+
+    if (ErrMessage != CfgNoErrCode)
+    {
+        EisaSlotErrorLog( BusNumber, Controller->Key, ErrMessage );
+        Controller->Flags.Failed = 1;
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // eisa adapter configuration
+    //
+
+    return( EisaSlotCfg( BusNumber,
+                         Controller,
+                         EisaSlotInfo.FunctionsNumber ));
+}
+
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaVirSlotCfg:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function configures the specified virtual slot.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           BusNumber       EISA bus number
+//                      Controller      eisa controller component pointer.
+//
+//
+// RETURN:              FALSE           Error
+//                      TRUE            All done
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaVirSlotCfg
+    (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Controller
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    EISA_SLOT_INFO EisaSlotInfo;                // pointer to first eisa info
+    EISA_CFG_ERROR ErrMessage = CfgNoErrCode;   // eisa cfg error code
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaVirSlotCfg\n\r");     // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // validate virtual slot configuration
+    //
+
+    if (Controller->Flags.Failed)
+    {
+        ErrMessage = CfgDeviceFailed;   // device failure
+    }
+
+    else if ( !(Controller->ConfigurationDataLength) )
+    {
+        ErrMessage = CfgMissing;        // configuration missing
+    }
+
+    if (Controller->ConfigurationDataLength < EISA_SLOT_MIN_INFO)
+    {
+        ErrMessage = CfgIncorrect;      // configuration length incorrect
+    }
+
+    else if (FwGetConfigurationDataIndex( (PVOID)&EisaSlotInfo,
+                                          Controller,
+                                          CONFIGDATAHEADER_SIZE,
+                                          EISA_SLOT_INFO_SIZE ))
+    {
+        ErrMessage = CfgIncorrect;      // invalid component
+    }
+
+    else if (EisaSlotInfo.FunctionsNumber * EISA_FUNC_INFO_SIZE +
+                EISA_SLOT_MIN_INFO != Controller->ConfigurationDataLength)
+    {
+        ErrMessage = CfgIncorrect;      // configuration length incorrect
+    }
+
+    else if ( !(EisaSlotInfo.IdInfo & CFG_UNREADABLE_ID) )
+    {
+        ErrMessage = CfgIdError;                // wrong configuration
+    }
+
+    else if ( (EisaSlotInfo.IdInfo & CFG_SLOT_MASK) != CFG_SLOT_VIR)
+    {
+        ErrMessage = CfgIncorrect;      // wrong configuration
+    }
+
+    //
+    // if any error, display error message and set the failed bit
+    //
+
+    if (ErrMessage != CfgNoErrCode)
+    {
+        EisaSlotErrorLog( BusNumber, Controller->Key, ErrMessage );
+        Controller->Flags.Failed = 1;
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // eisa adapter configuration
+    //
+
+    return( EisaSlotCfg( BusNumber,
+                         Controller,
+                         EisaSlotInfo.FunctionsNumber ));
+}
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaSlotCfg:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function configures the specified slot.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           BusNumber       EISA bus number
+//                      Controller      Controller component pointer
+//                      FunctionsNumber Number of function to configure
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            Configuration done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaSlotCfg
+    (
+    IN ULONG    BusNumber,
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Controller,
+    IN UCHAR    FunctionsNumber
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    UCHAR       FuncFlags;              // function info flags
+    UCHAR       Function;               // current function number
+    BOOLEAN     CfgOk       = TRUE;     // local configuration status
+    BOOLEAN     EnabAdapter = TRUE;     // adapter enable flag
+    PUCHAR      EnabPort;               // used to enable the adapter
+    PUCHAR      EisaIoStart;            // Eisa I/O virtual space
+    PEISA_DMA_INFO pDmaInfo;            // DMA info pointer
+    PEISA_INT_INFO pIntInfo;            // interrupts info pointer
+    BOOLEAN     CfgMemOk    = TRUE;     // prevent multiple messages
+    BOOLEAN     CfgIrqOk    = TRUE;     //      "       "       "
+    BOOLEAN     CfgDmaOk    = TRUE;     //      "       "       "
+    BOOLEAN     CfgIniOk    = TRUE;     //      "       "       "
+    UCHAR       EisaFuncInfo[ EISA_FUNC_INFO_SIZE ];
+    ULONG       EisaFuncIndex;
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaSlotCfg\n\r");        // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // initialize variables
+    //
+
+    EisaIoStart = (PUCHAR)EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].IoBusInfo->VirAddr;
+    pDmaInfo    = EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].DmaInfo;
+    pIntInfo    = EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].IntInfo;
+    EisaFuncIndex = EISA_SLOT_MIN_INFO;
+
+    //
+    // one function per loop
+    //
+
+    for ( Function = 0;
+          Function < FunctionsNumber;
+          Function++, EisaFuncIndex += EISA_FUNC_INFO_SIZE )
+    {
+        //
+        // read function info
+        //
+
+        FwGetConfigurationDataIndex( (PVOID)EisaFuncInfo,
+                                     Controller,
+                                     EisaFuncIndex,
+                                     EISA_FUNC_INFO_SIZE );
+        //
+        // check if configuration complete, exit if not.
+        //
+
+        if ( EisaFuncInfo[ CFG_SLOT_INFO_OFS ] & CFG_INCOMPLETE )
+        {
+            EisaSlotErrorLog( BusNumber, Controller->Key, CfgIncomplete );
+            CfgOk = FALSE;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        // update eisa function flags
+
+        FuncFlags = EisaFuncInfo[ CFG_FN_INFO_OFS ];
+
+        // skip if free form function
+
+        if ( FuncFlags & CFG_FREE_FORM )
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // check if there are any memory entries
+        //
+
+        //
+        // The Alpha AXP/Jensen machine needs to mark EISA memory buffers
+        // as "Bad" in the memory descriptors so that NT will not try to
+        // use them for anything.  
+        //
+        // So, EISA memory functions are not supported on Jazz, and they
+        // are supported only for memory marking on Jensen.
+        //
+
+        if ( FuncFlags & CFG_MEM_ENTRY )
+        {
+            if ( !EisaSlotCfgMem( BusNumber, Controller->Key, EisaFuncInfo ) &&
+                 CfgMemOk )
+            {
+                EisaSlotErrorLog( BusNumber, Controller->Key, CfgMemError );
+                CfgOk = CfgMemOk = FALSE;
+            }
+        }
+
+
+        //
+        // check if there is any interrupt entry
+        //
+
+        if ( FuncFlags & CFG_IRQ_ENTRY )
+        {
+            if (!EisaSlotCfgIrq( EisaIoStart, pIntInfo, EisaFuncInfo ) &&
+                 CfgIrqOk )
+            {
+                EisaSlotErrorLog( BusNumber, Controller->Key, CfgIrqError );
+                CfgOk = CfgIrqOk = FALSE;
+            }
+        }
+
+
+        //
+        // check if there is any DMA entry
+        //
+
+        if ( FuncFlags & CFG_DMA_ENTRY )
+        {
+            if ( !EisaSlotCfgDma( EisaIoStart, pDmaInfo, EisaFuncInfo ) &&
+                 CfgDmaOk )
+            {
+                EisaSlotErrorLog( BusNumber, Controller->Key, CfgDmaError );
+                CfgOk = CfgDmaOk = FALSE;
+            }
+        }
+
+
+        //
+        // check if there is any port init entry
+        //
+
+        if ( FuncFlags & CFG_INI_ENTRY )
+        {
+            if ( !EisaSlotCfgIni( EisaIoStart, EisaFuncInfo, &EnabAdapter ) &&
+                 CfgIniOk )
+            {
+                EisaSlotErrorLog( BusNumber, Controller->Key, CfgIniError );
+                CfgOk = CfgIniOk = FALSE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // if all fine, enable the adapter
+    //
+
+    if (CfgOk && EnabAdapter)
+    {
+        EnabPort=EisaIoStart+ Controller->Key*0x1000 +EXPANSION_BOARD_CTRL_BITS;
+        EisaOutUchar(EnabPort, EisaInUchar(EnabPort) | 0x01);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // return status of configuration process
+    //
+
+    return CfgOk;
+}
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaSlotCfgMem:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         The original version of this function configured
+//			the eisa memory registers based on info from NVRAM.
+//
+//			This version will mark the EISA buffer addresses as
+//			"Bad" in the memory descriptors, to fix the Jensen
+//			EISA/memory aliasing problem.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           BusNumber       EISA bus number.
+//                      SlotNumber      EISA slot number.
+//                      EisaFuncInfo    Function info pointer.
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+#if 0
+
+//
+// Original version
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaSlotCfgMem
+    (
+    IN ULONG  BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG  SlotNumber,
+    IN PUCHAR EisaFuncInfo
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    BOOLEAN     CfgOk = TRUE;           // local configuration status
+    PUCHAR      MemBlock;               // start of DMA data buffer
+    USHORT      Index = 0;              // index within the memory block
+    PFW_MD      pFwMd;                  // memory decriptor pointer
+    ULONG       Addr;                   // address in 256 units
+    ULONG       Size;                   // size in 1k units
+    ULONG       WinSize, WinOffs;       // EISA windows characteristic
+    PFW_MD      pMemInfo;               // EISA memory address space info
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaSlotCfgMem\n\r");     // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // initialize variables
+    //
+
+    pMemInfo = EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].MemBusInfo;
+    MemBlock = &EisaFuncInfo[ CFG_MEM_BLK_OFS ];
+
+    //
+    // one loop per each memory entry
+    //
+
+    do
+    {
+        //
+        // get a memory descriptor
+        //
+
+        if ( (pFwMd = GetFwMd()) == NULL )
+        {
+            EisaSlotErrorLog( BusNumber, SlotNumber, MemAllocError);
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // memory block start and length
+        //
+
+        Addr = Fw3UcharToUlongLSB( &MemBlock[Index + 2] );
+        Size = Fw2UcharToUlongLSB( &MemBlock[Index + 5] );
+
+        pFwMd->VirAddr  = NULL;
+        pFwMd->PhysAddr = Addr >> 4;
+        pFwMd->PagOffs  = (Addr << 8) & (PAGE_SIZE - 1);
+        pFwMd->Size     = Size ? Size << 10 : 64*1024*1024 ;
+        pFwMd->PagNumb  = (pFwMd->PagOffs + Size + PAGE_SIZE - 1) >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+        pFwMd->Cache    = FALSE;
+        pFwMd->u.m.BusNumber  = BusNumber;
+        pFwMd->u.m.SlotNumber = SlotNumber;
+        pFwMd->u.m.Type       = MemBlock[ Index ] & CFG_MEM_TYPE;
+
+        //
+        // check if the memory size fits within the EISA window
+        //
+
+        if ( pMemInfo->u.em.WinShift != PAGE_4G_SHIFT )
+        {
+            // window size < 4 Gbytes
+
+            WinSize  = 1 << pMemInfo->u.em.WinShift;
+            WinOffs  = (Addr << 8) & (WinSize - 1);
+            if ( WinSize - WinOffs < pFwMd->Size )
+            {
+                ReleaseFwMd( &pMemInfo->Link, pFwMd );
+                CfgOk = FALSE;
+                continue;
+            }
+        }
+
+        //
+        // link the memory descriptor
+        //
+
+        if ( LinkPhysFwMd( &pMemInfo->Link, pFwMd ) == NULL )
+        {
+            ReleaseFwMd( &pMemInfo->Link, pFwMd );
+            CfgOk = FALSE;
+            continue;
+        }
+    }
+    while ((MemBlock[Index]&CFG_MORE_ENTRY) && ((Index+=7)<CFG_MEM_BLK_LEN));
+
+    //
+    // check final index
+    //
+
+    if ( !(Index < CFG_MEM_BLK_LEN) )
+    {
+        CfgOk=FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // return configuration status
+    //
+
+    return CfgOk;
+}
+
+#else
+
+//
+// Alpha/AXP Jensen version.
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaSlotCfgMem
+    (
+    IN ULONG  BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG  SlotNumber,
+    IN PUCHAR EisaFuncInfo
+    )
+{
+    ARC_STATUS  Status;
+    PUCHAR      MemBlock;               // start of DMA data buffer
+    USHORT      Index = 0;              // index within the memory block
+    ULONG       Addr;                   // address in 256 units
+    ULONG       Size;                   // size in 1k units
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaSlotCfgMem\n\r");     // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // initialize variables
+    //
+
+    MemBlock = &EisaFuncInfo[ CFG_MEM_BLK_OFS ];
+
+    //
+    // one loop per each memory entry
+    //
+
+    do {
+        //
+        // memory block start and length
+        //
+
+        Addr = Fw3UcharToUlongLSB( &MemBlock[Index + 2] ) * 0x100;
+        Size = Fw2UcharToUlongLSB( &MemBlock[Index + 5] ) * 0x400;
+
+	if ((Status = FwRememberEisaBuffer((Addr >> PAGE_SHIFT),
+					   (Size >> PAGE_SHIFT)) != ESUCCESS)) {
+	    FwPrint(EISA_CANT_MARK_BUFFER_MSG, Status);
+            EisaSlotErrorLog( BusNumber, SlotNumber, BufferMarkError);
+	    FwStallExecution(2000000);
+            return(FALSE);
+        }
+
+    } while ((MemBlock[Index]&CFG_MORE_ENTRY) && ((Index+=7)<CFG_MEM_BLK_LEN));
+
+    //
+    // check final index
+    //
+
+    if (Index >= CFG_MEM_BLK_LEN) {
+	FwPrint(EISA_BAD_INDEX_MSG, Index, CFG_MEM_BLK_LEN);
+	FwStallExecution(2000000);
+	return(FALSE);
+    } else {
+	return(TRUE);
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaSlotCfgIrq:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function configures the interrupt registers
+//                      based on info from NVRAM.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pIntInfo        interrupt info pointer
+//                      EisaFuncInfo    function info pointer.
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaSlotCfgIrq
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_INT_INFO   pIntInfo,
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaFuncInfo
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    BOOLEAN     CfgOk   = TRUE;         // local configuration status
+    PUCHAR      IrqBlock;               // start of IRQ data buffer
+    USHORT      Index   = 0;            // index within the IRQ block
+    USHORT      IrqBit;                 // 0x1=IRQ0... 0x8000=IRQ15
+    UCHAR       Register;               // used to update the registers
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaSlotCfgIrq\n\r");     // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // initialize variables
+    //
+
+    IrqBlock = &EisaFuncInfo[ CFG_IRQ_BLK_OFS ];
+
+    //
+    // one loop per each IRQ entries
+    //
+
+    do
+    {
+        IrqBit = 1 << ( IrqBlock[ Index ] & CFG_IRQ_MASK ); // compute IRQ bit
+
+        //
+        // check shareable and edge/level trigger mode
+        //
+
+        if ( pIntInfo->IrqPresent & IrqBit )
+        {
+            //
+            // IRQ already used: check if it is shareable
+            //
+
+            if ( !(pIntInfo->IrqShareable & IrqBit) )
+            {
+                CfgOk = FALSE;
+                continue;
+            }
+            else if ( !(IrqBlock[Index] & CFG_IRQ_SHARE) )
+            {
+                CfgOk = FALSE;
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // IRQ is shareable: check if the levels are compatible
+            //
+
+            else if (  (pIntInfo->IrqLevel & IrqBit) &&
+                      !(IrqBlock[Index] & CFG_IRQ_LEVEL)  )
+            {
+                CfgOk=FALSE;
+                continue;
+            }
+            else if ( !(pIntInfo->IrqLevel & IrqBit) &&
+                       (IrqBlock[Index] & CFG_IRQ_LEVEL)  )
+            {
+                CfgOk=FALSE;
+                continue;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            //
+            // new IRQ: check if the IRQ 0, 1, 2, 8 and 13 are configurated
+            //          for edge triggered.
+            //
+
+            switch(IrqBit)
+            {
+                case (0x0001):  // IRQ 0        only edge triggered
+                case (0x0002):  // IRQ 1         "    "    "
+                case (0x0004):  // IRQ 2         "    "    "
+                case (0x0100):  // IRQ 8         "    "    "
+                case (0x2000):  // IRQ 13        "    "    "
+
+                    if (IrqBlock[Index] & CFG_IRQ_LEVEL)
+                    {
+                        CfgOk=FALSE;
+                        continue;
+                    }
+                    break;
+
+                default:
+                    break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        //
+        // set the present bit and update sharable and edge/level
+        // triggered variables
+        //
+
+        pIntInfo->IrqPresent |= IrqBit;
+
+        if (IrqBlock[Index] & CFG_IRQ_SHARE)
+        {
+            pIntInfo->IrqShareable |= IrqBit;
+        }
+
+        if (IrqBlock[Index] & CFG_IRQ_LEVEL)
+        {
+            pIntInfo->IrqLevel |= IrqBit;
+        }
+    }
+    while ((IrqBlock[Index]&CFG_MORE_ENTRY) && ((Index+=2)<CFG_IRQ_BLK_LEN));
+
+    //
+    // check final index
+    //
+
+    if ( !( Index < CFG_IRQ_BLK_LEN ) )
+    {
+        CfgOk=FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // initialize ELCR registers with new values.
+    //
+
+    Register  = EisaInUchar(EisaIoStart + PIC1_ELCR);
+    Register &= ~(pIntInfo->IrqPresent);
+    Register |=   pIntInfo->IrqLevel;
+    EisaOutUchar(EisaIoStart + PIC1_ELCR, Register);
+
+    Register = EisaInUchar(EisaIoStart + PIC2_ELCR);
+    Register &= ~(pIntInfo->IrqPresent >> BITSXBYTE);
+    Register |=   pIntInfo->IrqLevel >> BITSXBYTE;
+    EisaOutUchar(EisaIoStart + PIC2_ELCR, Register);
+
+    //
+    // return configuration status
+    //
+
+    return CfgOk;
+}
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaSlotCfgDma:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function configures the DMA registers
+//                      based on info from NVRAM.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pDmaInfo        DMA info pointer
+//                      EisaFuncInfo    function info pointer.
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaSlotCfgDma
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo,
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaFuncInfo
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    BOOLEAN CfgOk=TRUE;                 // local configuration status
+    PUCHAR DmaBlock;                    // start of DMA data buffer
+    USHORT Index=0;                     // index within the DMA block
+    UCHAR DmaNumber;                    // DMA under configuration
+    UCHAR Register;                     // used to update the registers
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaSlotCfgDma\n\r");     // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // initialize variables
+    //
+
+    DmaBlock = &EisaFuncInfo[ CFG_DMA_BLK_OFS ];
+
+    //
+    // one loop per each DMA entry
+    //
+
+    do
+    {
+        //
+        // skip if shareable. device drivers should init DMA, not ROM
+        //
+
+        // NOTE: the following code has been removed because all the
+        //       EISA cards that share the same DMA channel have the
+        //       same value in this register.  This is guaranteed by
+        //       the configuration utility.
+
+        //if ( DmaBlock[Index] & CFG_DMA_SHARED )
+        //{
+        //    continue;
+        //}
+
+        //
+        // Program the specified DMA channel using the new info.
+        //
+
+        DmaNumber = DmaBlock[Index] & CFG_DMA_MASK;
+
+        // keep the "stop register" and "T-C" bits
+
+        Register  = pDmaInfo->DmaExtReg[ DmaNumber ] & ~CFG_DMA_CFG_MASK;
+
+        // use the new timing and bit I/O selection
+
+        Register |= DmaBlock[Index+1] & CFG_DMA_CFG_MASK;
+
+        // update the register
+
+        if (DmaNumber < 4)
+        {
+            EisaOutUchar(EisaIoStart + DMA_EXTMODE03, Register);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            EisaOutUchar(EisaIoStart + DMA_EXTMODE47, Register);
+        }
+
+        // This register value is used to validate the DMA requestes
+        // (see the "EisaRequestEisaDmaTransfer" function).
+        // The DMA channels used by more than one card have always the
+        // same value ( check with the configuration guys ).
+
+        pDmaInfo->DmaExtReg[ DmaNumber ] = Register;
+
+    }
+    while ((DmaBlock[Index]&CFG_MORE_ENTRY) && ((Index+=2)<CFG_DMA_BLK_LEN));
+
+    //
+    // check final index
+    //
+
+    if ( !(Index < CFG_DMA_BLK_LEN) )
+    {
+        CfgOk=FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // return configuration status
+    //
+
+    return CfgOk;
+}
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaSlotCfgIni:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function configures the I/O port registers
+//                      based on info from NVRAM.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     Starting eisa I/O area.
+//                      EisaFuncInfo    Function info pointer.
+//                      EnabAdapter     Enable adapter flag pointer.
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaSlotCfgIni
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR    EisaIoStart,
+    IN PUCHAR    EisaFuncInfo,
+    OUT PBOOLEAN EnabAdapter
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    BOOLEAN CfgOk = TRUE;               // local configuration status
+    PUCHAR IniBlock;                    // start of init data buffer
+    USHORT Index = 0;                   // index within the init block
+    USHORT Next = 0;                    // index within the entry
+    USHORT IoPort;                      // I/O address port
+    UCHAR ByteValue;                    // used to init the registers
+    UCHAR ByteMask;                     //
+    USHORT ShortValue;                  // used to init the registers
+    USHORT ShortMask;                   //
+    ULONG WordValue;                    // used to init the registers
+    ULONG WordMask;                     //
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaSlotCfgIni\n\r");     // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    // initialize variables
+
+    IniBlock = &EisaFuncInfo[CFG_INI_BLK_OFS];
+
+    //
+    // one loop per each init entries
+    //
+
+    do
+    {
+        // load the i/o address port
+
+        Next = 1;
+        IoPort  = IniBlock[Index + Next++];
+        IoPort |= IniBlock[Index + Next++] << BITSXBYTE;
+
+        switch(IniBlock[Index] & CFG_INI_MASK)
+        {
+            //
+            // 8-bit I/O access
+            //
+
+            case(CFG_INI_BYTE):
+
+                ByteValue = IniBlock[Index + Next++];
+
+                if (IniBlock[Index] & CFG_INI_PMASK)    // use the mask
+                {
+                    ByteMask   = IniBlock[Index + Next++];
+                    ByteValue |= READ_PORT_UCHAR(EisaIoStart+IoPort) & ByteMask;
+                    EISA_IO_DELAY;
+                }
+
+                if ((IoPort & 0x0FFF) == EXPANSION_BOARD_CTRL_BITS)
+                {
+                    *EnabAdapter=FALSE;
+                }
+                WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(EisaIoStart+IoPort,
+				     ByteValue);
+                EISA_IO_DELAY;
+                break;
+
+            //
+            // 16-bit I/O access
+            //
+
+            case(CFG_INI_HWORD):
+
+                ShortValue  = IniBlock[Index + Next++];
+                ShortValue |= IniBlock[Index + Next++] << BITSXBYTE;
+
+                if (IniBlock[Index] & CFG_INI_PMASK)    // use the mask
+                {
+                    ShortMask   = IniBlock[Index + Next++];
+                    ShortMask  |= IniBlock[Index + Next++] << BITSXBYTE;
+                    ShortValue |= READ_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)(EisaIoStart + IoPort)) &
+		                                       ShortMask;
+                    EISA_IO_DELAY;
+                }
+
+                WRITE_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)(EisaIoStart + IoPort),
+				      ShortValue);
+                EISA_IO_DELAY;
+                break;
+
+            //
+            // 32-bit I/O access
+            //
+
+            case(CFG_INI_WORD):
+
+                WordValue = Fw4UcharToUlongLSB( &IniBlock[Index + Next] );
+                Next += 4;
+
+                if (IniBlock[Index]&CFG_INI_PMASK)      // use the mask
+                {
+                    WordMask   = Fw4UcharToUlongLSB( &IniBlock[Index + Next] );
+                    Next += 4;
+                    WordValue |= READ_PORT_ULONG((PULONG)(EisaIoStart + IoPort)) &
+		                                     WordMask;
+                    EISA_IO_DELAY;
+                }
+
+                WRITE_PORT_ULONG((PULONG)(EisaIoStart + IoPort),
+				     WordValue);
+                EISA_IO_DELAY;
+                break;
+
+            //
+            // error
+            //
+
+            default:
+                CfgOk=FALSE;
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+    while ((IniBlock[Index]&CFG_MORE_ENTRY) && ((Index+=Next)<CFG_INI_BLK_LEN));
+
+    //
+    // check final index
+    //
+
+    if ( !(Index < CFG_INI_BLK_LEN) )
+    {
+        CfgOk=FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // return configuration status
+    //
+
+    return CfgOk;
+}
+
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaSlotErrorLog:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function displays the corresponding eisa
+//                      error message.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           BusNumber               BusNumber (not used)
+//                      SlotNumber              Slot in error
+//                      ErrorCode               Error number.
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaSlotErrorLog
+    (
+    IN ULONG            BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG            SlotNumber,
+    IN EISA_CFG_ERROR   ErrorCode
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("EisaSlotErrorLog\n\r");   // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    // display the error message
+
+    EISAErrorFwPrint2(EISA_ERROR_SLOT_MSG, SlotNumber, EisaCfgMessages[ErrorCode] );
+    FwMoveCursorToColumn( 37 );
+    EISAErrorFwPrint(EISA_ERROR1_MSG);
+
+    // all done
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaPathErrorLog:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function displays the corresponding eisa
+//                      error message.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           Component               Component in error.
+//                      ErrorCode               Error number.
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaPathErrorLog
+    (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Controller,
+    IN EISA_CFG_ERROR           ErrorCode
+    )
+{
+    CHAR        Path[ MAX_DEVICE_PATH_LEN +1 ];
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaPathErrorLog\n\r");           // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    EisaStrErrorLog( FwGetPath( Controller, Path ), ErrorCode );
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaStrErrorLog:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function displays the corresponding eisa
+//                      error message.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           Str                     String Message
+//                      ErrorCode               Error number.
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaStrErrorLog
+    (
+    IN PCHAR            Str,
+    IN EISA_CFG_ERROR   ErrorCode
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("EisaStrErrorLog\n\r");    // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    EISAErrorFwPrint2( "\r\n %s %s ", Str, EisaCfgMessages[ErrorCode] );
+    if ( strlen(Str) + strlen(EisaCfgMessages[ErrorCode]) + 2 < 36 )
+    {
+        FwMoveCursorToColumn( 37 );
+    }
+
+    EISAErrorFwPrint(EISA_ERROR1_MSG);
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaCheckpointFirstFase:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function displays the specified checkpoint
+//                      number on the internal LED and sends it to the
+//                      parallel port.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           Chk             checkpoint number
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaCheckpointFirstFase
+    (
+    IN EISA_CHECKPOINT  Chk
+    )
+{
+    ULONG TestFlags;
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaCheckpointFirstFase\n\r");    // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    TestFlags = ( (ULONG)EisaCheckpointInfo[ Chk ].SubLed << 28 ) +
+                ( (ULONG)EisaCheckpointInfo[ Chk ].Led    << 24 ) +
+                ( (ULONG)EisaCheckpointInfo[ Chk ].SubPar << 8  ) +
+                ( (ULONG)EisaCheckpointInfo[ Chk ].Par          );
+
+// NOTE: The parallel port test flag support is not used on JAZZ.
+//    DisplayOnParallelPort( TestFlags );
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaCheckpointFinalFase:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function returns the value of the specified
+//                      real-time clock internal address.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           Chk             checkpoint number
+//                      Passed          pass or fail
+//
+// RETURN:              Repeat          = TRUE  repeat checkpoint
+//                                      = FALSE continue
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaCheckpointFinalFase
+    (
+    IN EISA_CHECKPOINT  Chk,
+    IN BOOLEAN          Passed
+    )
+{
+    ULONG       TestFlags;
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaCheckpointFinalFase\n\r");    // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    if ( Passed )
+    {
+        EisaCheckpointInfo[ Chk ].Flags &= ~0x01;       // all fine
+        EisaCheckpointInfo[ Chk ].Flags &= ~0x08;       // no message
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        EisaCheckpointInfo[ Chk ].Flags |= 0x01;        // error
+
+        if ( EisaCheckpointInfo[ Chk ].Flags & 0x08 )   // display message
+        {
+            EISAErrorFwPrint1( "%s", EisaCheckpointInfo[ Chk ].Msg );
+        }
+    }
+
+    TestFlags = (( (ULONG)EisaCheckpointInfo[ Chk ].SubLed << 28 ) +
+                 ( (ULONG)EisaCheckpointInfo[ Chk ].Led    << 24 ) +
+                 ( (ULONG)EisaCheckpointInfo[ Chk ].Flags  << 16 ) +
+                 ( (ULONG)EisaCheckpointInfo[ Chk ].SubPar << 8  ) +
+                 ( (ULONG)EisaCheckpointInfo[ Chk ].Par          ));
+
+// TEMPTEMP: Changed until we get the EvaluateTestResult routine from Olivetti.
+//    return EvaluateTestResult( TestFlags ) == ESUCCESS ? FALSE : TRUE;
+
+    return(FALSE);    	// Never repeat.
+}
+
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaReadReadyId:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function reads the eisa id of the specified
+//                      slot.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     Starting eisa I/O address.
+//                      SlotNumber      Eisa slot number.
+//                      AdapId          Eisa ID returned.
+//
+// RETURN:              FALSE           Time-out error
+//                      TRUE            Valid adapter Id
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaReadReadyId
+        (
+        IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart,
+        IN ULONG SlotNumber,
+        OUT PULONG AdapId
+        )
+{
+    // define local variables
+
+    BOOLEAN Ready=TRUE;
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaReadReadyId\n\r");    // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+
+    //
+    // read adapter id
+    //
+
+    EisaReadId(EisaIoStart, SlotNumber, AdapId);
+
+
+    //
+    // check if adapter id is ready
+    //
+
+    if ( *AdapId & NO_ADAP_ID )
+    {
+        *AdapId = NO_ADAP_ID;                   // empty slot
+    }
+    else if ((*AdapId & WAIT_ADAP_ID) == WAIT_ADAP_ID)
+    {
+        Ready = FALSE;                          // adapter not ready
+    }
+
+    return Ready;
+}
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaReadId:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function reads the eisa id of the specified
+//                      slot.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     Starting eisa I/O address.
+//                      SlotNumber      Eisa slot number.
+//                      AdapId          Eisa ID returned.
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaReadId
+        (
+        IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart,
+        IN ULONG SlotNumber,
+        OUT PULONG AdapId
+        )
+{
+    // define local variables
+
+    PUCHAR AdapIdPort;                  // eisa I/O ID port
+    PUCHAR RefreshPort;                 // eisa refresh port
+    UCHAR  RefreshStatus;               // eisa refresh status (port 61h)
+    ULONG  Retry;                       // # retry
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaReadId\n\r");         // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    // initialize variables
+
+    AdapIdPort = EisaIoStart + SlotNumber * 0x1000 + EISA_PRODUCT_ID;
+    RefreshPort = EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_CTRL_PORTB;
+
+    // wait for the end of a refresh cycle (bit 4 of port 61h toggles)
+
+    for ( Retry = EISA_RFR_RETRY,
+          RefreshStatus = READ_PORT_UCHAR(RefreshPort) & EISA_REFRESH;
+
+          Retry &&
+          RefreshStatus == (READ_PORT_UCHAR(RefreshPort) & EISA_REFRESH);
+
+          Retry-- );
+
+    // write 0xFF to the adapter ID port
+
+    EisaOutUchar(AdapIdPort, 0xFF);
+
+    // read adapter id
+
+    *AdapId = EisaInUchar(AdapIdPort++);
+    *AdapId = *AdapId << BITSXBYTE | EisaInUchar(AdapIdPort++);
+    *AdapId = *AdapId << BITSXBYTE | EisaInUchar(AdapIdPort++);
+    *AdapId = *AdapId << BITSXBYTE | EisaInUchar(AdapIdPort++);
+
+    // all done, return.
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaMemIni:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function allocates memory for the descriptor
+//                      pool and computes the top address and the length
+//                      of a physical contiguous memory block to be used as
+//                      OMF device drivers and dynamic memory pool.
+//                      Note that only the memory really used will be
+//                      allocated.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           none
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            all done
+//                      FALSE           memory initialization error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:             pFwMdPool               // descriptor pool
+//                      MemorySize              // memory size in Mbytes
+//                      EisaPoolSize            // # bytes really used
+//                      EisaFreeTop             // top of free mem
+//                      EisaDynMemSize          // dynamic memory size (bytes)
+//                      EisaFreeBytes           // free bytes left
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+// NOTE: Not used for JAZZ.
+#if 0
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaMemIni
+    (
+    VOID
+    )
+{
+    FW_MD BuffFwMd;
+    PVOID Dummy;
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaMemIni\n\r");                 // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // allocate descriptor pool
+    //
+
+    if ( (pFwMdPool = (PFW_MD)FwAllocatePool( sizeof(FW_MD)*FW_MD_POOL ))
+                    == NULL )
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // set all the necessary TLB entries to map the whole system memory
+    //
+
+    RtlZeroMemory( &BuffFwMd, sizeof(FW_MD));
+    BuffFwMd.Size       = 256 << 20;
+    BuffFwMd.PagNumb    = 256 << (20 - PAGE_SHIFT);
+    BuffFwMd.Cache      = TRUE;
+
+    if ( AllocateMemoryResources( &BuffFwMd ) != ESUCCESS )
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // compute OMF device drivers and dynamic memory pool area
+    //
+
+    EisaPoolSize = EisaDynMemSize = EISA_DYN_MEM_SIZE;
+
+    if ( MemorySize >= 16 )
+    {
+        //
+        // we don't use the memory above 16Mbytes because in this way we
+        // can use this logic in a machine without translation registers
+        // (logical I/O to physical) for the ISA boards which have a
+        // transfer range of 24 bits (16Mbytes).
+        //
+
+        EisaFreeTop      = EISA_FREE_TOP_16;
+        EisaFreeBytes    = EISA_FREE_BYTES_16;
+    }
+    else if ( MemorySize >= 12 )
+    {
+        EisaFreeTop      = EISA_FREE_TOP_12;
+        EisaFreeBytes    = EISA_FREE_BYTES_12;
+    }
+    else if ( MemorySize >= 8 )
+    {
+        EisaFreeTop     = EISA_FREE_TOP_8;
+        EisaFreeBytes   = EISA_FREE_BYTES_8;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    EisaFreeBytes   -= EisaDynMemSize;
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#endif // 0
+
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaDynMemIni:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function allocates the requested space for the
+//                      the dynamic memory allocation.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           none
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:             EisaFreeTop             top of free mem
+//                      EisaDynMemSize          dynamic memory size (bytes)
+//                      EisaPoolSize            EISA pool size (bytes)
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+// NOTE: Not used for JAZZ.
+#if 0
+
+VOID
+EisaDynMemIni
+    (
+    VOID
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    ULONG       BytesToPage;                    // bytes left to make a page
+    PHEADER     pHdr;                           // memory descriptor header ptr
+    PVOID       Buffer;                         // data area
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaDynMemIni\n\r");              // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // align the dynamic memory buffer on a page boundary
+    //
+
+    BytesToPage      = PAGE_SIZE - (EisaDynMemSize & ((1 << PAGE_SHIFT) - 1));
+    EisaDynMemSize  += BytesToPage;
+    EisaPoolSize    += BytesToPage;
+    EisaFreeTop     -= EisaDynMemSize;
+
+    //
+    // initialize first memory descriptor
+    //
+
+    pHdr         = (PHEADER)EisaFreeTop;
+    Buffer       = (PVOID)(pHdr + 1);
+    pHdr->m.id   = Buffer;
+    pHdr->m.size = EisaDynMemSize/sizeof(HEADER);
+    EisaFreeMemory( Buffer );
+
+    return;
+}
+
+#endif // 0
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           FwGetPath:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function builds the path name for the specified
+//                      component.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           Component       Component pointer.
+//                      Str             Path name pointer.
+//
+// RETURN:              Str             Path name pointer.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         The string must be large enoungh to hold the
+//                      requested path name.
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+PCHAR
+FwGetPath
+        (
+        IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component,
+        OUT PCHAR Str
+        )
+{
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT    pComp;
+
+    PRINTDBG("FwGetPath\n\r");  // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    if ( (pComp = FwGetParent( Component )) != NULL )
+    {
+        FwGetPath( pComp, Str);
+        strcat( Str, FwGetMnemonic( Component ) );
+        sprintf( Str + strlen( Str ), "(%lu)", Component->Key);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        *Str = '\0';
+    }
+    return Str;
+}
+
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           FwDelCfgTreeNode:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function removes from the configuration tree
+//                      the specified component and all its children.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           pComp           component pointer.
+//                      Peer            = TRUE  delete all its peers.
+//                                      = FALSE delete just this branch.
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+FwDelCfgTreeNode
+    (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT pComp,
+    IN BOOLEAN                  Peer
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT NextComp;
+
+    PRINTDBG("FwDelCfgTreeNode\n\r");           // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // check for a child
+    //
+
+    if ( (NextComp = FwGetChild( pComp )) != NULL )
+    {
+        FwDelCfgTreeNode( NextComp, TRUE );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // check for a peer.
+    //
+
+    if ( Peer  &&  (NextComp = FwGetPeer( pComp )) != NULL )
+    {
+        FwDelCfgTreeNode( NextComp, TRUE );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // this is a leaf, delete it
+    //
+
+    FwDeleteComponent( pComp );
+
+    //
+    // all done
+    //
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           FwGetMnemonic:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function stores the mnemonic name for the
+//                      requested component type.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           Component       Component pointer.
+//
+// RETURN:              Str             Mnemonic pointer
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+PCHAR
+FwGetMnemonic
+        (
+        IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component
+        )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("FwGetMnemonic\n\r");      // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    return MnemonicTable[Component->Type];
+}
+
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           FwValidMnem:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function validates the specified mnemonic.
+//                      If the mnemonic is valid, a TURE value is returned,
+//                      otherwise a FALSE is returned.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           Str             Mnemonic pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              FALSE           Mnemonic incorrect
+//                      TRUE            Mnemonic correct
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwValidMnem
+        (
+        IN PCHAR Str
+        )
+{
+    // define local variables
+
+    CONFIGURATION_TYPE CfgType;
+
+    PRINTDBG("FwValidMnem\n\r");        // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    // check the mnemonic table
+
+    for ( CfgType = ArcSystem;
+          CfgType < MaximumType  &&  strcmp( MnemonicTable[ CfgType ], Str );
+          CfgType++ );
+
+    return CfgType < MaximumType ? TRUE : FALSE;
+}
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// GLOBAL:      I/O functions variables
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+PCHAR   AsciiBlock;                     // pointer the ASCII block
+ULONG   AsciiBlockLength = 0;           // length of the ASCII block
+
+
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           FwStoreStr:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function stores the specified string within
+//                      the ASCII block.  The NULL pointer is returned if
+//                      there isn't space available for the string.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           Str             String pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              Str             String pointer
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+PCHAR
+FwStoreStr
+    (
+    IN PCHAR Str
+    )
+{
+
+    PRINTDBG("FwStoreStr\n\r");         // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    // if not enough space, allocate new ASCII block
+
+    if ( AsciiBlockLength < strlen( Str ) + 1 )
+    {
+        if((AsciiBlock = (PUCHAR)FwAllocatePool(ASCII_BLOCK_SIZE)) == NULL)
+        {
+            return NULL;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // store the string and update the pointers.
+
+    Str = strcpy( AsciiBlock, Str );
+    AsciiBlock       += strlen( Str ) + 1;
+    AsciiBlockLength  = ASCII_BLOCK_SIZE - (strlen( Str ) + 1);
+
+    // all done, return the new string pointer
+
+    return Str;
+}
+
+
+
+
+#endif 	// EISA_PLATFORM
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisamisc.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisamisc.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b35d3e110
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisamisc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Copyright (c) 1992 Olivetti
+//
+// File:            eisamisc.c
+//
+// Description:     Miscellaneous EISA routines.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "oli2msft.h"
+#include "arceisa.h"
+#include "inc.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           Fw2UcharToUlongLSB:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function converts 2 uchars to an ulong.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           String          String holding 2 uchars:
+//
+//                                      String[0] LSB
+//                                      String[1] MSB
+//
+// RETURN:              ULONG           corrisponding ulong value:
+//
+//                                              0       +
+//                                              0       +
+//                                      String[1] <<  8 +
+//                                      String[0]
+//
+//
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:               none
+//
+// GLOBALS:             none
+//
+// NOTES:               none
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ULONG
+Fw2UcharToUlongLSB
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR String
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("Fw2UcharToUlongLSB\n\r"); // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    return ((ULONG)(String[1]) << BITSXBYTE) + (ULONG)(String[0]);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           Fw3UcharToUlongLSB:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function converts 3 uchars to an ulong.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           String          String holding 3 uchars:
+//
+//                                      String[0] LSB
+//                                      String[1] 2nd
+//                                      String[2] MSB
+//
+// RETURN:              ULONG           corrisponding ulong value:
+//
+//                                              0       +
+//                                      String[2] << 16 +
+//                                      String[1] <<  8 +
+//                                      String[0]
+//
+//
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:               none
+//
+// GLOBALS:             none
+//
+// NOTES:               none
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ULONG
+Fw3UcharToUlongLSB
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR String
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("Fw2UcharToUlongLSB\n\r"); // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    return  ((ULONG)(String[2]) << 2*BITSXBYTE) +
+            ((ULONG)(String[1]) <<   BITSXBYTE) +
+             (ULONG)(String[0]);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           Fw4UcharToUlongLSB:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function converts 4 uchars to an ulong.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           String          String holding 4 uchars:
+//
+//                                      String[0] LSB
+//                                      String[1] 2nd
+//                                      String[2] 3rd
+//                                      String[3] MSB
+//
+// RETURN:              ULONG           corrisponding ulong value:
+//
+//                                      String[3] << 24 +
+//                                      String[2] << 16 +
+//                                      String[1] <<  8 +
+//                                      String[0]
+//
+//
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ULONG
+Fw4UcharToUlongLSB
+        (
+        IN PUCHAR String
+        )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("Fw4UcharToUlongLSB\n\r"); // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    return  ((ULONG)(String[3]) << 3*BITSXBYTE) +
+            ((ULONG)(String[2]) << 2*BITSXBYTE) +
+            ((ULONG)(String[1]) <<   BITSXBYTE) +
+             (ULONG)(String[0]);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           Fw4UcharToUlongMSB:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function converts 4 uchars to an ulong.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           String          String holding 4 uchars:
+//
+//                                      String[0] MSB
+//                                      String[1] 3rd
+//                                      String[2] 2nd
+//                                      String[3] LSB
+//
+// RETURN:              ULONG           corrisponding ulong value:
+//
+//                                      String[0] << 24 +
+//                                      String[1] << 16 +
+//                                      String[2] <<  8 +
+//                                      String[3]
+//
+//
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ULONG
+Fw4UcharToUlongMSB
+        (
+        IN PUCHAR String
+        )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("Fw4UcharToUlongMSB\n\r"); // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    return  ((ULONG)(String[0]) << 3*BITSXBYTE) +
+            ((ULONG)(String[1]) << 2*BITSXBYTE) +
+            ((ULONG)(String[2]) <<   BITSXBYTE) +
+             (ULONG)(String[3]);
+}
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisapod.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisapod.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..34ec93d1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisapod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3694 @@
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Copyright (c) 1992 Olivetti
+// Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+//
+// File:            	eisapod.c
+//
+// Description:		EISA power-on diagnostics.
+//
+// Revision:
+//
+//	3-December-1992		John DeRosa [DEC]
+//
+//	Added Alpha_AXP/Jensen modifications.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "oli2msft.h"
+#include "arceisa.h"
+#include "inc.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "eisastr.h"
+
+extern EISA_BUS_INFO EisaBusInfo[];
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//      Define Function Prototypes
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaBusPod
+    (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaIntPod
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_INT_INFO   pIntInfo
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaPicIni
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_INT_INFO   pIntInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaPicRegTest
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_INT_INFO   pIntInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaClearPendingInts
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_INT_INFO   pIntInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaDmaPod
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaDmaMaskTest
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaDmaPageTest
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaDmaAddressTest
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaDmaCountTest
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaDmaStopTest
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaDmaIni
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaOtherPod
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_PORT_INFO  pPortInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaNmiTest
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_PORT_INFO  pPortInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaNmiHandlerTest
+    (
+    IN ULONG Couse
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaNmiHandler
+    (
+    IN ULONG Couse
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaParityError
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaIoChkError
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart,
+    IN ULONG  Slots
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaBusTimeoutError
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart,
+    IN ULONG  Slots
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaSlaveTimeoutError
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart,
+    IN ULONG  Slots
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaRefreshTest
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_PORT_INFO  pPortInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaPort61Test
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_PORT_INFO  pPortInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaTimer1Test
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_PORT_INFO  pPortInfo
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaTimer2Test
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_PORT_INFO  pPortInfo
+    );
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//      Define EISA Function Prototypes
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+VOID
+EisaClearPendingInt
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_INT_INFO   pIntInfo,
+    IN USHORT           Irq
+    );
+
+UCHAR
+EisaAckInt
+    (
+    IN PEISA_INT_INFO    pIntInfo
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaSendSpecificEoi
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN USHORT           Irq
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaDisableParityIoCheck
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaEnableParityIoCheck
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaDisableInt
+    (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaDisableNmi
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaEnableNmi
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaCheckReg
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR Port,
+    IN UCHAR  DataMask
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaCheckDeepReg
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR Port
+    );
+
+UCHAR
+EisaReadRtc
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart,
+    IN ULONG  RtcIndex
+    );
+
+VOID
+EisaOutUchar
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR Addr,
+    IN UCHAR  Value
+    );
+
+UCHAR
+EisaInUchar
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR Addr
+    );
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//      Define Global Variables
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+EISA_DMA_REGS_TEST EisaDmaRegsTest[ EISA_DMAS ] =
+    {
+        { DMA_ADDR_0,  DMA_PAGE_0,   DMA_HPAGE_0,
+          DMA_COUNT_0, DMA_HCOUNT_0, DMA_STOP_0   },
+        { DMA_ADDR_1,  DMA_PAGE_1,   DMA_HPAGE_1,
+          DMA_COUNT_1, DMA_HCOUNT_1, DMA_STOP_1   },
+        { DMA_ADDR_2,  DMA_PAGE_2,   DMA_HPAGE_2,
+          DMA_COUNT_2, DMA_HCOUNT_2, DMA_STOP_2   },
+        { DMA_ADDR_3,  DMA_PAGE_3,   DMA_HPAGE_3,
+          DMA_COUNT_3, DMA_HCOUNT_3, DMA_STOP_3   },
+        { DMA_ADDR_4,  DMA_PAGE_RFR, 0,
+          DMA_COUNT_4, 0,            0            },
+        { DMA_ADDR_5,  DMA_PAGE_5,   DMA_HPAGE_5,
+          DMA_COUNT_5, DMA_HCOUNT_5, DMA_STOP_5   },
+        { DMA_ADDR_6,  DMA_PAGE_6,   DMA_HPAGE_6,
+          DMA_COUNT_6, DMA_HCOUNT_6, DMA_STOP_6   },
+        { DMA_ADDR_7,  DMA_PAGE_7,   DMA_HPAGE_7,
+          DMA_COUNT_7, DMA_HCOUNT_7, DMA_STOP_7   }
+    };
+
+EISA_DMA_CTRL_TEST EisaDmaCtrlTest[ 2 ] =
+    {
+        {DMA_MASK_CLR03, DMA_MASKS03, DMA_1MASK03, DMA_MASK_STAT03, DMA_CHAIN03},
+        {DMA_MASK_CLR47, DMA_MASKS47, DMA_1MASK47, DMA_MASK_STAT47, DMA_CHAIN47}
+    };
+
+
+BOOLEAN EisaNmiFlag;            // for NMI testing
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaBusPod:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function initializes the hardware of the
+//                      specified EISA bus.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           BusNumber       EISA bus number
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaBusPod
+    (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    BOOLEAN             IniOk = TRUE;           // initialization status
+    PEISA_DMA_INFO      pDmaInfo;               // DMA info pointer
+    PEISA_INT_INFO      pIntInfo;               // INT info pointer
+    PEISA_PORT_INFO     pPortInfo;              // PORT info pointer
+    PUCHAR              EisaIoStart;            // EISA I/O virtual address
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaBusPod\n\r");                 // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // initialize variables
+    //
+
+    pDmaInfo    = EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].DmaInfo;
+    pIntInfo    = EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].IntInfo;
+    pPortInfo   = EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].PortInfo;
+    EisaIoStart = EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].IoBusInfo->VirAddr;
+
+    //
+    // perform any PIC testing and initialization
+    //
+
+    if ( !EisaIntPod( EisaIoStart, pIntInfo ) )
+    {
+        IniOk = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // perform any DMA testing and initialization
+    //
+
+    if ( !EisaDmaPod( EisaIoStart, pDmaInfo ) )
+    {
+        IniOk = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // perform any other port testing and initialization
+    //
+
+    if ( !EisaOtherPod( EisaIoStart, pPortInfo ) )
+    {
+        IniOk = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // return status
+    //
+
+    return IniOk;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaIntPod:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function tests and initializes the PIC for the
+//                      specified EISA bus.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pIntInfo        Interrupt info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaIntPod
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_INT_INFO   pIntInfo
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("EisaIntPod\n\r");                 // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // if ini already done, return status
+    //
+
+    if ( pIntInfo->Flags.IniDone )
+    {
+        return (BOOLEAN)(pIntInfo->Flags.Error);
+    }
+    pIntInfo->Flags.Error = 1;                  // be pessimistic
+
+    //
+    // first part of checkpoint
+    //
+
+    EisaCheckpointFirstFase( EisaPic );
+
+    // NOTE: Interrupts are disabled for Jensen firmware.
+#if 0
+    //
+    // disable EISA PICs interrupt chain
+    //
+
+    EisaDisableInt();
+#endif
+
+
+    do
+    {
+        //
+        // initialize PICs
+        //
+
+        EisaPicIni( EisaIoStart, pIntInfo );
+
+        //
+        // test registers
+        //
+
+        if ( !EisaPicRegTest( EisaIoStart, pIntInfo ));
+
+        //
+        // clear any pending interrupt
+        //
+
+        else if ( !EisaClearPendingInts( EisaIoStart, pIntInfo ));
+
+        //
+        // all done
+        //
+
+        else
+        {
+            pIntInfo->IrqPresent        = 0;
+            pIntInfo->IrqShareable      = 0;
+            pIntInfo->IrqLevel          = 0;
+            pIntInfo->Flags.Error       = 0;
+        }
+    }
+    while ( EisaCheckpointFinalFase( EisaPic,
+                                     pIntInfo->Flags.Error ? FALSE : TRUE ));
+
+    //
+    // return to caller
+    //
+
+    pIntInfo->Flags.IniDone = 1;
+    return !(BOOLEAN)(pIntInfo->Flags.Error);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaPicIni:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function initializes the PICs of the specified
+//                      EISA bus.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pIntInfo        Interrupt info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaPicIni
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_INT_INFO   pIntInfo
+    )
+{
+    PUCHAR Pic1Port1, Pic1Port2, Pic2Port1, Pic2Port2;
+
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaPicIni\n\r");                 // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // initialize variables
+    //
+
+    Pic1Port1 = EisaIoStart + PIC1;
+    Pic1Port2 = EisaIoStart + PIC1 + 1;
+    Pic2Port1 = EisaIoStart + PIC2;
+    Pic2Port2 = EisaIoStart + PIC2 + 1;
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the EISA interrupt controller.  There are two cascaded
+    // interrupt controllers, each of which must initialized with 4 initialize
+    // control words.
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( Pic1Port1, 0x11 );
+    EisaOutUchar( Pic2Port1, 0x11 );
+
+    //
+    // The second intitialization control word sets the iterrupt vector to
+    // 0-15.
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( Pic1Port2, 0x00 );
+    EisaOutUchar( Pic2Port2, 0x08 );
+
+    //
+    // The thrid initialization control word set the controls for slave mode.
+    // The master ICW3 uses bit position and the slave ICW3 uses a numberic.
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( Pic1Port2, 0x04 );
+    EisaOutUchar( Pic2Port2, 0x02 );
+
+    //
+    // The fourth initialization control word is used to specify normal
+    // end-of-interrupt mode and not special-fully-nested mode.
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( Pic1Port2, 0x01 );
+    EisaOutUchar( Pic2Port2, 0x01 );
+
+    //
+    // Mask all the interrupts.
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( Pic1Port2, 0xFF );
+    EisaOutUchar( Pic2Port2, 0xFF );
+
+    //
+    // set all interrupts to edge sensitive
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + PIC1_ELCR, 0 );
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + PIC2_ELCR, 0 );
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaPicRegTest:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function performs a test on the PIC registers.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pIntInfo        Interrupt info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            all correct
+//                      FALSE           error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaPicRegTest
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_INT_INFO   pIntInfo
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // initialize variables
+    //
+
+    BOOLEAN  RegOk = FALSE;                     // be pessimistic
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaPicRegTest\n\r");             // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // check mask of 1st PIC
+    //
+
+    if ( !EisaCheckReg( EisaIoStart + PIC1_MASK,  0xFF ));
+
+    //
+    // check mask of 2nd PIC
+    //
+
+    else if ( !EisaCheckReg( EisaIoStart + PIC2_MASK,  0xFF ));
+
+    //
+    // check ELCR 1, but skip bits 0, 1 and 2 (they are reserved)
+    //
+
+    else if ( !EisaCheckReg( EisaIoStart + PIC1_ELCR,  0xF8 ));
+
+    //
+    // check ELCR 2, but skip bits 0 and 5 (they are reserved)
+    //
+
+    else if ( !EisaCheckReg( EisaIoStart + PIC2_ELCR,  0xDE ));
+
+    //
+    // if we got here, everything is fine
+    //
+
+    else
+    {
+        EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + PIC1_MASK, 0xFF );
+        EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + PIC2_MASK, 0xFF );
+        EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + PIC1_ELCR, 0 );
+        EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + PIC2_ELCR, 0 );
+        RegOk = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    return RegOk;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaClearPendingInts:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function cleares any pending interrupt at
+//                      the CPU level.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pIntInfo        Interrupt info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            all correct
+//                      FALSE           error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         interrupts disabled, PIC lines masked and
+//                      all the IRQ lines are edge triggered.
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaClearPendingInts
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_INT_INFO   pIntInfo
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // initialize variables
+    //
+
+    UCHAR       Irr;                            // interrupt request register
+    UCHAR       Isr;                            // interrupt service register
+    USHORT      Irq;                            // interrupt level
+    PUCHAR      PicPort;                        // I/O address
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaClearPendingInts\n\r");       // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //--------------------------------------------------
+    // send a specific EOI for each in service interrupt
+    //--------------------------------------------------
+
+    //
+    // read ISR PIC1
+    //
+
+    PicPort = EisaIoStart + PIC1;
+    EisaOutUchar( PicPort, OCW3_ISR );
+    Isr = EisaInUchar( PicPort );
+
+    //
+    // send SEOI for each interrupt that was in service
+    //
+
+    for ( Irq=IRQ0;  Isr;  Irq++, Isr >>= 1 )
+    {
+        //
+        // check if this IRQ was in service
+        //
+
+        if ( !(Isr & 0x1) )
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // send a specific and of interrupt
+        //
+
+        EisaSendSpecificEoi( EisaIoStart, Irq );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // read ISR PIC2
+    //
+
+    PicPort = EisaIoStart + PIC2;
+    EisaOutUchar( PicPort, OCW3_ISR );
+    Isr = EisaInUchar( PicPort );
+
+    //
+    // send SEOI for each interrupt that was in service
+    //
+
+    for ( Irq=IRQ8;  Isr;  Irq++, Isr >>= 1 )
+    {
+        //
+        // check if this IRQ was in service
+        //
+
+        if ( !(Isr & 0x1) )
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // send a specific and of interrupt
+        //
+
+        EisaSendSpecificEoi( EisaIoStart, Irq );
+    }
+
+    //--------------------------------------------------
+    // reset all the pending interrupt in the EISA bus
+    //--------------------------------------------------
+
+    //
+    // read IRR PIC1
+    //
+
+    PicPort = EisaIoStart + PIC1;
+    EisaOutUchar( PicPort, OCW3_IRR );
+
+    // don't play with IRQ 0, 1 and 2
+
+    Irr = EisaInUchar( PicPort ) & 0xF8;
+
+    //
+    // clear any PIC1 pending interrupt
+    //
+
+    for ( Irq=IRQ0;  Irr;  Irq++, Irr >>= 1 )
+    {
+        //
+        // check if this IRQ was pending
+        //
+
+        if ( !(Irr & 0x1) )
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // reset the specified IRQ
+        //
+
+        EisaClearPendingInt( EisaIoStart, pIntInfo, Irq );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // read IRR PIC2
+    //
+
+    PicPort = EisaIoStart + PIC2;
+    EisaOutUchar( PicPort, OCW3_IRR );
+
+    // don't play with IRQ 8
+
+    Irr = EisaInUchar( PicPort ) & 0xFE;
+
+    //
+    // clear any PIC1 pending interrupt
+    //
+
+    for ( Irq=IRQ8;  Irr;  Irq++, Irr >>= 1 )
+    {
+        //
+        // check if this IRQ was pending
+        //
+
+        if ( !(Irr & 0x1) )
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // reset the specifed IRQ
+        //
+
+        EisaClearPendingInt( EisaIoStart, pIntInfo, Irq );
+    }
+
+    //----------------------------------------------------
+    // error if it is possible to acknowledge an interrupt
+    //----------------------------------------------------
+
+    EisaAckInt( pIntInfo );
+
+    //
+    // read the ISR
+    //
+
+    PicPort = EisaIoStart + PIC1;
+    EisaOutUchar( PicPort, OCW3_ISR );
+
+    return EisaInUchar( PicPort ) ? FALSE : TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaDmaPod:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function tests and initializes the DMA for the
+//                      specified EISA bus.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pDmaInfo        DMA info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaDmaPod
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("EisaDmaPod\n\r");                 // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // if ini already done, return status
+    //
+
+    if ( pDmaInfo->Flags.IniDone )
+    {
+        return (BOOLEAN)(pDmaInfo->Flags.Error);
+    }
+    pDmaInfo->Flags.Error = 1;                  // be pessimistic
+
+
+    do
+    {
+        //
+        // first part of checkpoint
+        //
+
+        EisaCheckpointFirstFase( EisaDma );
+
+        //
+        // Clear the DMA controllers and disable all the channels.
+        //
+
+        EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + DMA_MASTER_CLR03, 0);
+        EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + DMA_COMMAND03, 4);        // Set channel 0-3 disable
+        EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + DMA_MASTER_CLR47, 0);
+        EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + DMA_COMMAND47, 4);        // Set channel 4-7 disable
+
+        //
+        // check mask register
+        //
+
+        if ( !EisaDmaMaskTest( EisaIoStart, pDmaInfo ));
+
+        //
+        // check the low and high page
+        //
+
+        else if ( !EisaDmaPageTest( EisaIoStart, pDmaInfo ));
+
+        //
+        // check the base/current address register
+        //
+
+        else if ( !EisaDmaAddressTest( EisaIoStart, pDmaInfo ));
+
+        //
+        // check the count register
+        //
+
+        else if ( !EisaDmaCountTest( EisaIoStart, pDmaInfo ));
+
+        //
+        // check stop register
+        //
+
+        else if ( !EisaDmaStopTest( EisaIoStart, pDmaInfo ));
+
+        //
+        // if we got here everything is fine
+        //
+
+        else
+        {
+            EisaDmaIni( EisaIoStart, pDmaInfo );
+            pDmaInfo->Flags.Error       = 0;
+        }
+    }
+    while ( EisaCheckpointFinalFase( EisaDma,
+                                     pDmaInfo->Flags.Error ? FALSE : TRUE ));
+    //
+    // return to caller
+    //
+
+    pDmaInfo->Flags.IniDone = 1;
+    return !(BOOLEAN)(pDmaInfo->Flags.Error);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaDmaMaskTest:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function tests the mask register.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pDmaInfo        DMA info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:               if any error, all DMA channels will be masked.
+//                      if  no error, all DMA channels will be masked except
+//                      for channel 4 which is used to cascade the two DMA
+//                      controllers.
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaDmaMaskTest
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    UCHAR       DmaIndex;                       // DMA channel within controller
+    ULONG       DmaCtrl = 0;                    // DMA controller
+    PUCHAR      Clear, MaskAll, Mask, MaskStatus; // port address
+    BOOLEAN     CheckOk = TRUE;                 // check status
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaDmaMaskTest\n\r");            // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // one loop per DMA controller
+    //
+
+    do
+    {
+        //
+        // initialize port values
+        //
+
+        Clear      = EisaIoStart + EisaDmaCtrlTest[ DmaCtrl ].Clear;
+        MaskAll    = EisaIoStart + EisaDmaCtrlTest[ DmaCtrl ].MaskAll;
+        Mask       = EisaIoStart + EisaDmaCtrlTest[ DmaCtrl ].Mask;
+        MaskStatus = EisaIoStart + EisaDmaCtrlTest[ DmaCtrl ].MaskStatus;
+
+        //
+        // test mask clear register
+        //
+
+        EisaOutUchar( Clear, 0x00 );
+        if ( EisaInUchar( MaskStatus ) & 0xF )
+        {
+            CheckOk = FALSE;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // now set all the mask bits
+        //
+
+        EisaOutUchar( MaskAll, 0x0F );
+        if ( (EisaInUchar( MaskStatus ) & 0x0F) != 0x0F )
+        {
+            CheckOk = FALSE;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // now test each single mask bit
+        //
+
+        for ( DmaIndex=0;  DmaIndex < 4;  DmaIndex++ )
+        {
+            //
+            // clear single bit
+            //
+
+            EisaOutUchar( Mask, DmaIndex );
+            if ( EisaInUchar( MaskStatus ) & (1 << DmaIndex))
+            {
+                CheckOk = FALSE;
+                break;
+            }
+
+            //
+            //  set single bit
+            //
+
+            EisaOutUchar( Mask, 0x04 | DmaIndex );
+            if ( !(EisaInUchar( MaskStatus ) & (1 << DmaIndex)))
+            {
+                CheckOk = FALSE;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    while( CheckOk  &&  !DmaCtrl++ );
+
+    //
+    // return check status
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + DMA_MASKS03, 0x0F );
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + DMA_MASKS47, CheckOk ? 0x0E : 0x0F );
+
+    return CheckOk;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaDmaPageTest:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function tests the low and high pages.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pDmaInfo        DMA info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:               The low and high page registers will be left in
+//                      the power-on state of 0x00.
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaDmaPageTest
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    ULONG       DmaChannel;                     // # of DMA channel
+    PUCHAR      Port1, Port2;                   // general I/O ports
+    BOOLEAN     CheckOk = TRUE;                 // check status
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaDmaPageTest\n\r");            // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // one loop per DMA channel
+    //
+
+    for ( DmaChannel = 0;  DmaChannel < EISA_DMAS;  DmaChannel++ )
+    {
+
+        Port1 = EisaIoStart + EisaDmaRegsTest[ DmaChannel ].LowPage;
+        Port2 = EisaIoStart + EisaDmaRegsTest[ DmaChannel ].HighPage;
+
+        //
+        // check high page address
+        //
+
+        if ( DmaChannel != 4 )
+        {
+            EisaOutUchar( Port2, 0xFF );
+
+            if ( !EisaCheckReg( Port2, 0xFF ) )
+            {
+                //
+                // error
+                //
+
+                CheckOk = FALSE;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        //
+        // check low page register
+        //
+
+        EisaOutUchar( Port1, 0x00 );
+
+        if ( !EisaCheckReg( Port1, 0xFF ) )
+        {
+            //
+            // error
+            //
+
+            CheckOk = FALSE;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // check if high reg has been cleared writing to low reg
+        //
+
+        if ( DmaChannel != 4  &&  EisaInUchar( Port2 ) != 0 )
+        {
+            //
+            // error
+            //
+
+            CheckOk = FALSE;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // return check status
+    //
+
+    return CheckOk;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaDmaAddressTest:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function tests the address register.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pDmaInfo        DMA info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:               The address registers will be left in the power-on
+//                      state of 0x0000.
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaDmaAddressTest
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    ULONG       DmaChannel;                     // # of DMA channel
+    PUCHAR      Port1, Port2;                   // general I/O ports
+    BOOLEAN     CheckOk = TRUE;                 // check status
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaDmaAddressTest\n\r");         // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // reset the internal DMA pointers
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + DMA_FF_CLR03, 0x00 );
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + DMA_FF_CLR47, 0x00 );
+
+    //
+    // one loop per DMA channel
+    //
+
+    for ( DmaChannel = 0;  DmaChannel < EISA_DMAS;  DmaChannel++ )
+    {
+        //
+        // load high and address register addresses
+        //
+
+        Port1 = EisaIoStart + EisaDmaRegsTest[ DmaChannel ].Address;
+        Port2 = EisaIoStart + EisaDmaRegsTest[ DmaChannel ].HighPage;
+
+        //
+        // write a value different from zero in high page
+        //
+
+        if ( DmaChannel != 4 )
+        {
+            EisaOutUchar( Port2, 0xFF );
+        }
+
+        //
+        // check word register using one 8 bit port
+        //
+
+        if ( !EisaCheckDeepReg( Port1 ) )
+        {
+            //
+            // error
+            //
+
+            CheckOk = FALSE;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // initialize register
+        //
+
+        EisaOutUchar( Port1, 0x00 );
+        EisaOutUchar( Port1, 0x00 );
+
+        //
+        // check if high reg has been cleared writing to low reg
+        //
+
+        if ( DmaChannel != 4  &&  EisaInUchar( Port2 ) != 0 )
+        {
+            //
+            // error
+            //
+
+            CheckOk = FALSE;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // return check status
+    //
+
+    return CheckOk;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaDmaCountTest:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function tests the count register.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pDmaInfo        DMA info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:               The count registers will be left in the power-on
+//                      state of 0x00 (high) and 0xFFFF (low).
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaDmaCountTest
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    ULONG       DmaChannel;                     // # of DMA channel
+    PUCHAR      Port1, Port2;                   // general I/O ports
+    BOOLEAN     CheckOk = TRUE;                 // check status
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaDmaCountTest\n\r");           // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // reset the internal DMA pointers
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + DMA_FF_CLR03, 0x00 );
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + DMA_FF_CLR47, 0x00 );
+
+    //
+    // one loop per DMA channel
+    //
+
+    for ( DmaChannel = 0;  DmaChannel < EISA_DMAS;  DmaChannel++ )
+    {
+        //
+        // load high and address register addresses
+        //
+
+        Port1 = EisaIoStart + EisaDmaRegsTest[ DmaChannel ].LowCount;
+        Port2 = EisaIoStart + EisaDmaRegsTest[ DmaChannel ].HighCount;
+
+        //
+        // check high count register
+        //
+
+        if ( DmaChannel != 4 )
+        {
+            EisaOutUchar( Port2, 0xFF );
+
+            if ( !EisaCheckReg( Port2, 0xFF ) )
+            {
+                //
+                // error
+                //
+
+                CheckOk = FALSE;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        //
+        // check word register using one 8 bit port
+        //
+
+        if ( !EisaCheckDeepReg( Port1 ) )
+        {
+            //
+            // error
+            //
+
+            CheckOk = FALSE;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // initialize register
+        //
+
+        EisaOutUchar( Port1, 0xFF );
+        EisaOutUchar( Port1, 0xFF );
+
+        //
+        // check if high reg has been cleared writing to low reg
+        //
+
+        if ( DmaChannel != 4  &&  EisaInUchar( Port2 ) != 0 )
+        {
+            //
+            // error
+            //
+
+            CheckOk = FALSE;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // return check status
+    //
+
+    return CheckOk;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaDmaStopTest:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function tests the stop register.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pDmaInfo        DMA info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:               The count registers will be left in the power-on
+//                      state of 0xFFFFFC.
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaDmaStopTest
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    ULONG       DmaChannel;                     // # of DMA channel
+    PUCHAR      Stop;                           // general I/O ports
+    BOOLEAN     CheckOk = TRUE;                 // check status
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaDmaStopTest\n\r");            // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // one loop per DMA channel
+    //
+
+    for ( DmaChannel = 0;  DmaChannel < EISA_DMAS;  DmaChannel++ )
+    {
+
+        Stop = EisaIoStart + EisaDmaRegsTest[ DmaChannel ].Stop;
+
+        //
+        // check high page address
+        //
+
+        if ( DmaChannel != 4 )
+        {
+            //
+            // initialize stop registers and test them
+            //
+
+            EisaOutUchar( Stop,  0x00 );
+            EisaOutUchar( Stop+1, 0x00 );
+            EisaOutUchar( Stop+2, 0x00 );
+
+            if ( !EisaCheckReg( Stop, 0xFC )   ||
+                 !EisaCheckReg( Stop+1, 0xFF ) ||
+                 !EisaCheckReg( Stop+2, 0xFF )  )
+            {
+                //
+                // error
+                //
+
+                CheckOk = FALSE;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // return check status
+    //
+
+    return CheckOk;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaDmaIni:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function initializes the DMA controllers of
+//                      the specified EISA bus.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pDmaInfo        DMA info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaDmaIni
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_DMA_INFO   pDmaInfo
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    ULONG   Index;                      // general index
+    ULONG   DmaCtrl     = 0;            // DMA controller
+    UCHAR   Reg         = 0;            // DMA command Register
+    PUCHAR  Port;                       // general port
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaDmaIni\n\r");         // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //-----------------------------------------------------------------
+    //
+    // set command registers for fixed priority, DREQ active high,
+    // DACK# active low and channels enabled
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + DMA_COMMAND03, Reg );
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + DMA_COMMAND47, Reg );
+
+    //-----------------------------------------------------------------
+    //
+    // initialize mode register for channel 4.  The other channels will
+    // be initializated during the EisaRequestDmaTransfer functions.
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + DMA_MODE47, 0xC0 );
+
+    //-----------------------------------------------------------------
+    //
+    // disable the chaining mode
+    //
+
+    do
+    {
+        //
+        // load the controller port address
+        //
+
+        Port = EisaIoStart + EisaDmaCtrlTest[ DmaCtrl ].Chain;
+
+        //
+        // disable chaining mode
+        //
+
+        for ( Index = 0; Index < 4 ; Index++ )
+        {
+            EisaOutUchar( Port, 0x00 );
+        }
+    }
+    while( !DmaCtrl++ );
+
+    //-----------------------------------------------------------------
+    //
+    // initialize DMA structures
+    //
+
+    for ( Index = 0; Index < EISA_DMAS; Index++ )
+    {
+        pDmaInfo->DmaFlags[ Index ].Busy = 0;
+        pDmaInfo->DmaFlags[ Index ].Tc   = 0;
+
+        // stop enabled,  T-C output, ISA compatible,
+        // 8 bit I/O byte count and DMA channel
+        // (see DMA configuration).
+
+        pDmaInfo->DmaExtReg[ Index ] = Index < 4 ? Index : Index - 4;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // all done
+    //
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaOtherPod:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function tests and initializes all the general
+//                      ports of the EISA bus.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pPortInfo       port info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaOtherPod
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_PORT_INFO  pPortInfo
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    BOOLEAN     ChkOk;
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaOtherPod\n\r");               // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // if ini already done, return status
+    //
+
+    if ( pPortInfo->Flags.IniDone )
+    {
+        return (BOOLEAN)(pPortInfo->Flags.Error);
+    }
+    pPortInfo->Flags.Error = 0;
+
+    //
+    // check and initialize NMI
+    //
+
+    do
+    {
+        EisaCheckpointFirstFase( EisaNmi );
+        if ( !( ChkOk = EisaNmiTest( EisaIoStart, pPortInfo )))
+        {
+            pPortInfo->Flags.Error = 1;
+        }
+    }
+    while ( EisaCheckpointFinalFase( EisaNmi, ChkOk ));
+
+    //
+    // check and initialize refresh
+    //
+
+    do
+    {
+        EisaCheckpointFirstFase( EisaRefresh );
+        if ( !( ChkOk = EisaRefreshTest( EisaIoStart, pPortInfo )))
+        {
+            pPortInfo->Flags.Error = 1;
+        }
+    }
+    while ( EisaCheckpointFinalFase( EisaRefresh, ChkOk ));
+
+    //
+    // check and initialize port 61
+    //
+
+    do
+    {
+        EisaCheckpointFirstFase( EisaPort61 );
+        if ( !( ChkOk = EisaPort61Test( EisaIoStart, pPortInfo )))
+        {
+            pPortInfo->Flags.Error = 1;
+        }
+    }
+    while ( EisaCheckpointFinalFase( EisaPort61, ChkOk ));
+
+    //
+    // check and initialize timer1
+    //
+
+    do
+    {
+        EisaCheckpointFirstFase( EisaTimer1 );
+        if ( !( ChkOk = EisaTimer1Test( EisaIoStart, pPortInfo )))
+        {
+            pPortInfo->Flags.Error = 1;
+        }
+    }
+    while ( EisaCheckpointFinalFase( EisaTimer1, ChkOk ));
+
+    //
+    // check and initialize timer2
+    //
+
+    do
+    {
+        EisaCheckpointFirstFase( EisaTimer2 );
+        if ( !( ChkOk = EisaTimer2Test( EisaIoStart, pPortInfo )))
+        {
+            pPortInfo->Flags.Error = 1;
+        }
+    }
+    while ( EisaCheckpointFinalFase( EisaTimer2, ChkOk ));
+
+    //
+    // return check status
+    //
+
+    pPortInfo->Flags.IniDone = 1;
+    return !(BOOLEAN)(pPortInfo->Flags.Error);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaNmiTest:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function tests and initializes the EISA NMI.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pPortInfo       port info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:             EisaNmiFlag
+//
+// NOTES:               if any error, the NMI will be disabled (real-time clock)
+//                      if  no error, the NMI will be left enabled but with all
+//                      the NMI sources disabled.
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaNmiTest
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_PORT_INFO  pPortInfo
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("EisaNmiTest\n\r");                // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    // NOTE: NMI test is disabled for JAZZ and Jensen.
+#if 0
+    //
+    // install an NMI interrupt handler
+    //
+
+    EisaNmiFlag = FALSE;
+
+    FwInstallIntVector( EISA_NMI_VECTOR, EisaNmiHandlerTest );
+
+    //----------------------------------------------------------------
+    //
+    // disable all the NMI sources
+    // (using the extended NMI status and contrl port and system control port B)
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_EXT_NMI, 0x00 );
+
+    //
+    // note that the following operation clears any pending parity or I/O check
+    // errors.
+    //
+
+    EisaDisableParityIoCheck( EisaIoStart );
+    EisaEnableNmi( EisaIoStart );
+
+    //
+    //  ... wait.
+    //
+
+    ArcEisaStallProcessor( EISA_WAIT_NMI_TEST );
+    EisaDisableNmi( EisaIoStart );
+
+    //
+    // return error if an hot EISA NMI
+    //
+
+    if ( EisaNmiFlag )
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+
+    //----------------------------------------------------------------
+    //
+    // enable all the NMI sources used by the fw
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_EXT_NMI, EISA_ENABLE_NMI_32 );
+    EisaEnableParityIoCheck( EisaIoStart );
+    EisaEnableNmi( EisaIoStart );
+
+    //
+    // ... wait
+    //
+
+    ArcEisaStallProcessor( EISA_WAIT_NMI_TEST );
+    EisaDisableNmi( EisaIoStart );
+
+    //
+    // return error if an hot EISA NMI
+    //
+
+    if ( EisaNmiFlag )
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+
+    //----------------------------------------------------------------
+    //
+    // enable NMI I/O port and NMI; and force one to come
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_EXT_NMI, EISA_ENABLE_NMI_IO );
+    EisaEnableNmi( EisaIoStart );
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + EISA_SW_NMI_PORT, 0x00 );
+
+    //
+    // ... wait
+    //
+
+    ArcEisaStallProcessor( EISA_WAIT_NMI_TEST );
+    EisaDisableNmi( EisaIoStart );
+
+    //
+    // return an error if not NMI
+    //
+
+    if ( !EisaNmiFlag )
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // enable the NMI and all the NMI sources used by fw
+    // ( the software NMI will be disabled )
+    //
+
+    FwInstallIntVector( EISA_NMI_VECTOR, EisaNmiHandler );
+
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_EXT_NMI, EISA_ENABLE_NMI_32 );
+    EisaEnableNmi( EisaIoStart );
+
+    //
+    // return
+    //
+
+#endif // 0
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaNmiHandlerTest:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function is the NMI handler during the NMI test.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           Cause           R4000 cause register
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            interrupt recognized
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:             EisaNmi
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+#if 0 	// This is disabled for Jensen.
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaNmiHandlerTest
+    (
+    IN ULONG Couse
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("EisaNmiHandlerTest\n\r");         // DEBUG SUPPORT
+    StatusReg( ~STATUS_EISA_NMI, (ULONG)0 );
+    EisaNmiFlag = TRUE;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaNmiHandler:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function handles the EISA NMI.
+//                      An NMI can be caused by :
+//
+//                      1) System/Adapter board memory parity error
+//                              ( port 61h bit 7 set )
+//                      2) Adapter I/O channel check error
+//                              ( port 61h bit 6 set )
+//                      3) Fail-Safe Timer (channle 2 or the interval Timer 2)
+//                              ( port 461h bit 7 set )    - NOT CHECKED *
+//                      4) DMA bus timeout error
+//                              ( port 461h bit 6 set )
+//                      5) Write to NMI port 462h
+//                              ( port 461h bit 5 set )    - NOT CHECKED *
+//                      6) Coprocessor exception interrupt - NOT CHECKED *
+//
+//                      An error message will be displayed indicating the
+//                      cause of the error and the system will halt.
+//                      The only allowed operation after an NMI is to reset
+//                      the machine.
+//
+//                      * The firmware doesn't enable these NMI sources.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           Cause           R4000 cause register
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            interrupt recognized
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:             EisaBusInfo
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+#if 0	// This is disabled on Jensen.
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaNmiHandler
+    (
+    IN ULONG Couse
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    PUCHAR      EisaIoStart;                    // eisa I/O virtual address
+    UCHAR       NmiData, ExtNmiData;            // NMI status
+    ULONG       BusNumber = 0;                  // eisa bus number
+    ULONG       Slots;                          // # slots
+    BOOLEAN     NmiPresent;                     // NMI source status
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaNmiHandler\n\r");             // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // disable NMI at CPU level
+    //
+
+    StatusReg( ~STATUS_EISA_NMI, (ULONG)0 );
+
+    //
+    // clear screen and display message
+    //
+
+    FwClearScreen();
+    FwPrint(EISA_HOT_NMI_MSG);
+    EisaCheckpointFirstFase( EisaHotNmi );
+
+    do
+    {
+        //
+        // print eisa bus number
+        //
+
+        FwPrint( EISA_BUS_NUMBER_MSG, BusNumber );
+
+        //
+        // initialize variables
+        //
+
+        EisaIoStart = EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].IoBusInfo->VirAddr;
+        Slots       = EisaBusInfo[ BusNumber ].SlotsInfo->PhysSlots;
+        NmiPresent  = FALSE;
+
+        //
+        // read NMI status
+        //
+
+        NmiData     = EisaInUchar( EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_CTRL_PORTB );
+        ExtNmiData  = EisaInUchar( EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_EXT_NMI );
+
+        //
+        // check if there is a parity error
+        //
+
+        if ( NmiData & EISA_PARITY_STATUS )
+        {
+            EisaParityError( EisaIoStart );
+            NmiPresent = TRUE;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // check if there is a I/O channel check
+        //
+
+        if ( NmiData & EISA_IOCHK_STATUS )
+        {
+            EisaIoChkError( EisaIoStart, Slots );
+            NmiPresent = TRUE;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // check if there is a DMA or bus master timeout error
+        //
+
+        if ( ExtNmiData & EISA_NMI_32_STATUS )
+        {
+            if ( ExtNmiData & EISA_NMI_32_CAUSE )
+            {
+                EisaBusTimeoutError( EisaIoStart, Slots );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                EisaSlaveTimeoutError( EisaIoStart, Slots );
+            }
+            NmiPresent = TRUE;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // if no NMI for this bus, display "no problem"
+        //
+
+        if ( !NmiPresent )
+        {
+            FwPrint(EISA_NMI_NOT_FOUND_MSG);
+        }
+    }
+    while( ++BusNumber < EISA_BUSES );
+
+    //
+    // print final message and hang
+    //
+
+    EisaCheckpointFinalFase( EisaHotNmi, FALSE );
+    while(1);  // just to be sure
+}
+
+#endif
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaParityError:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function displays the error message and
+//                      returns to the caller without do any other thing.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaParityError
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("EisaParityError\n\r");            // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    EISAErrorFwPrint1( EISA_PARITY_ERROR_MSG, ASCII_CSI );
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaIoChkError:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function tries to find the slot in error.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      Slots           # slots
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaIoChkError
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart,
+    IN ULONG  Slots
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variabls
+    //
+
+    ULONG       AdapId;                         // adapter ID
+    PUCHAR      ExpCtrl;                        // expansion board ctrl addr
+    UCHAR       CtrlBits;                       // port value
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaIoChkError\n\r");             // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // display first message
+    //
+
+    EISAErrorFwPrint1( EISA_IO_CHECK_ERROR_MSG, ASCII_CSI);
+
+    //
+    // check all slots starting from the last one
+    //
+
+    while( --Slots )
+    {
+        //
+        // check if there is an adapter with a readable ID
+        //
+
+        if ( !EisaReadReadyId( EisaIoStart, Slots, &AdapId )  ||
+                AdapId == NO_ADAP_ID )
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        ExpCtrl = EisaIoStart + 0x1000 * Slots + EXPANSION_BOARD_CTRL_BITS;
+
+        //
+        // test the IOCHKERR bit of the Expansion Board Contrl Bits.
+        // the IOCHKERR bit can be read to determine if an expansion
+        // board has a pending error. The expansion board indicates a
+        // pending error by setting IOCHKERR, clearing the ENABLE bit
+        // and entering the disabled state.
+        //
+        // note: because the EISA expansion boards are not required to
+        //       support this port, we need the following simple
+        //       assumption:  this I/O port is not supported if the value
+        //       read from it is 0xFF.
+        //
+
+        if ((CtrlBits = EisaInUchar( ExpCtrl )) != 0xFF )
+        {
+            if ( CtrlBits & EISA_IOCHKERR )
+            {
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // print final message
+    //
+
+    if ( !Slots )
+    {
+        FwPrint( EISA_IO_CHECK_NOT_SUP_MSG );      // slot not found
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        FwPrint( EISA_IN_SLOT_MSG, Slots );           // slot in error
+    }
+
+    //
+    // all done, exit
+    //
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaBusTimeoutError:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function displays the bus master number in error.
+//                      If a 32-bit bus master tries to hold the bus beyond
+//                      the BUS limit (8 usec if BCLK = 8 MHz), the ISP will
+//                      assert the NMI and RSTDRV signals togheter.
+//                      The RSTDRV signal will remain aserted until the NMI has
+//                      been reset by plsing bit 3 of I/O port 461h.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      Slots           # slots
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaBusTimeoutError
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart,
+    IN ULONG  Slots
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    UCHAR       Status;                         // 32-bit bus master status
+    ULONG       BusMaster = 0;                  // bus master number in error
+    PUCHAR      ExtNmi;                         // extended NMI control
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaBusTimeoutError\n\r");        // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // find the bus master group in error
+    //
+
+    if ( ~(Status = EisaInUchar(EisaIoStart+EISA_BUSMASTER_LSTATUS)) & 0xFF )
+    {
+        BusMaster = 1;
+    }
+    else if ( ~(Status = (EisaInUchar(EisaIoStart+EISA_BUSMASTER_HSTATUS) |
+                 0x80)) & 0xFF )
+    {
+        BusMaster = 9;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // find the bus master number in error and display it
+    //
+
+    EISAErrorFwPrint1( EISA_BUS_MASTER_MSG, ASCII_CSI );
+
+    if ( BusMaster )
+    {
+        for (;  Status & 1;  Status >>= 1, BusMaster++ );
+        FwPrint( EISA_TIMEOUT_MSG, BusMaster );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        FwPrint( EISA_TIMEOUT2_MSG );             // bus master not found
+    }
+
+    //
+    // reset NMI
+    //
+
+    ExtNmi = EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_EXT_NMI;
+    EisaOutUchar( ExtNmi, EisaInUchar( ExtNmi ) & ~EISA_ENABLE_NMI_32 );
+
+    //
+    // all done
+    //
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaSlaveTimeoutError:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function displays an error message.
+//                      If a memory slave extends a cycle long enough that
+//                      CMD# is active for more than 256 BCLKs (32usec if
+//                      BCLK = 8MHz), the ISP will assert the NMI and RSTDRV
+//                      signals togheter.
+//                      The RSTDRV signal will remain aserted until the NMI has
+//                      been reset by plsing bit 3 of I/O port 461h.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      Slots           # slots
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaSlaveTimeoutError
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart,
+    IN ULONG  Slots
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    PUCHAR      ExtNmi;                         // extended NMI control
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaSlaveTimeoutError\n\r");      // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // display the error message
+    //
+
+    EISAErrorFwPrint1( EISA_SLAVE_TIMEOUT_MSG, ASCII_CSI );
+
+    //
+    // reset NMI
+    //
+
+    ExtNmi = EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_EXT_NMI;
+    EisaOutUchar( ExtNmi, EisaInUchar( ExtNmi ) & ~EISA_ENABLE_NMI_32 );
+
+    //
+    // all done
+    //
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaRefreshTest:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function tests and initializes the EISA refresh.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pPortInfo       port info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:               the refresh will be left enabled.
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaRefreshTest
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_PORT_INFO  pPortInfo
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    BOOLEAN     CheckOk = FALSE;                // checking status
+    ULONG       Retry;                          // # retry
+    PUCHAR      Port;                           // general I/O port
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaRefreshTest\n\r");            // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // clear refresh pages
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + DMA_PAGE_RFR, 0x00 );
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + DMA_HPAGE_RFR, 0x00 );
+
+    //
+    // start timer 1, counter 1
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + EISA_TIMER1_CTRL, 0x54 );
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + EISA_TIMER1_COUNTER1, EISA_RFR_COUNT );
+
+    //
+    // check if refresh bit in the system control port B is toggling
+    //
+
+    Port = EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_CTRL_PORTB;
+
+    for ( CheckOk = FALSE, Retry = EISA_RFR_RETRY;  Retry;  Retry-- )
+    {
+        //
+        // check if refresh bit is set
+        //
+
+        if ( READ_PORT_UCHAR( Port ) & EISA_REFRESH )
+        {
+            //
+            // yes, exit loop
+            //
+
+            CheckOk = TRUE;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // if time-out, exit with error
+    //
+
+    if ( !Retry )
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // check if refresh bit in the system control port B is toggling
+    //
+
+    for ( CheckOk = FALSE, Retry = EISA_RFR_RETRY;  Retry;  Retry-- )
+    {
+        //
+        // check if refresh bit is cleared
+        //
+
+        if ( !(READ_PORT_UCHAR( Port ) & EISA_REFRESH) )
+        {
+            //
+            // yes, exit loop
+            //
+
+            CheckOk = TRUE;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // return check status
+    //
+
+    return CheckOk;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaPort61Test:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function tests and initializes the system
+//                      control port B.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pPortInfo       port info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         NMI has already been tested.
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:               The parity and the I/O channel check, The speaker gate
+//                      and speaker timer will be left disabled.
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaPort61Test
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_PORT_INFO  pPortInfo
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    PUCHAR      Port;                   // genearl I/O port
+    BOOLEAN     CheckOk = TRUE;         // check status
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaPort61Test\n\r");     // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    Port = EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_CTRL_PORTB;
+
+    //
+    // gate signal for speaker timer
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( Port, EISA_SPEAKER_GATE );
+    if ( (EisaInUchar( Port ) & 0x0F)  !=  EISA_SPEAKER_GATE )
+    {
+        CheckOk = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // speaker timer contrl
+    //
+
+    if ( CheckOk )
+    {
+        EisaOutUchar( Port, EISA_SPEAKER_TIMER);
+        if ( (EisaInUchar( Port ) & 0x0F)  !=  EISA_SPEAKER_TIMER )
+        {
+            CheckOk = FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // parity bit
+    //
+
+    if ( CheckOk )
+    {
+        EisaOutUchar( Port, EISA_PARITY_OFF);
+        if ( (EisaInUchar( Port ) & 0x0F)  !=  EISA_PARITY_OFF )
+        {
+            CheckOk = FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // I/O channel check
+    //
+
+    if ( CheckOk )
+    {
+        EisaOutUchar( Port, EISA_IOCHK_OFF );
+        if ( (EisaInUchar( Port ) & 0x0F)  !=  EISA_IOCHK_OFF )
+        {
+            CheckOk = FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // initialize port 61h.
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( Port, 0x00 );
+
+    //
+    // return check status
+    //
+
+    return CheckOk;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaTimer1Test:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function tests only the counter 2 of
+//                      timer 1 (speaker).
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pPortInfo       port info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//                      FALSE           Error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         NMI has already been tested.
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:               The functions stops timer1 counter0, turns off the
+//                      timer1 counter2 gate and disable the speaker output.
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaTimer1Test
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_PORT_INFO  pPortInfo
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    BOOLEAN     CheckOk = FALSE;                // check status
+    PUCHAR      Ctrl, Port, Port61;             // genearl I/O ports
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaTimer1Test\n\r");             // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // initialize variables
+    //
+
+    Ctrl   = EisaIoStart + EISA_TIMER1_CTRL;
+    Port   = EisaIoStart + EISA_TIMER1_COUNTER2;
+    Port61 = EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_CTRL_PORTB;
+
+    //
+    // disable timer1 counter2 gate, speaker output
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( Port61, 0x00 );
+
+    //
+    // program timer 1, counter 2 (speaker) in 16-bit count, mode 0
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( Ctrl, 0xB0 );
+    EisaOutUchar( Port, 0x00 );
+    EisaOutUchar( Port, 0x80 );
+
+    //
+    // check register
+    //
+
+    if ( !(EisaCheckDeepReg( Port )));
+
+    //
+    // check speaker output. It must be low otherwise there is an error
+    //
+
+    else if ( EisaInUchar( Port61 ) & EISA_SPEAKER_OUT );
+
+    //
+    // enable speaker gate to enable the counter, wait for some time and
+    // check if speaker output is high, if not error out
+    //
+
+    else
+    {
+        //
+        // enable speaker gate
+        //
+
+        EisaOutUchar( Port61, EISA_SPEAKER_GATE );
+
+        //
+        // wait 40msec = ~ ( 0x8000 / 1.193 Mhz ) + something
+        //
+
+// NOTE: Wait longer for JAZZ.
+//        ArcEisaStallProcessor( 40 * 1000 );
+        ArcEisaStallProcessor( 160 * 1000 );
+
+        //
+        // check speaker output
+        //
+
+        if ( EisaInUchar( Port61 ) & EISA_SPEAKER_OUT )
+        {
+            //
+            // initialize timer1 counter2 in 16-bit , mode 3
+            //
+
+            // EisaOutUchar( Ctrl, 0xB6 );
+            // EisaOutUchar( Port,
+            //          (UCHAR)( EISA_SPEAKER_CLOCK/EISA_SPEAKER_FREQ ));
+            // EisaOutUchar( Port,
+            //          (UCHAR)( (EISA_SPEAKER_CLOCK/EISA_SPEAKER_FREQ) >> 8 ));
+
+            //
+            // all done
+            //
+
+            CheckOk = TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // disable speaker gate, speaker output
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( Port61, 0x00 );
+
+    //
+    // stop timer1 counter0 sending the control word without the count value
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( Ctrl, 0x30 );
+
+    //
+    // all done, exit
+    //
+
+    return CheckOk;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaTimer2Test:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function stops the timer2 counter0 (Fail-safe).
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pPortInfo       port info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            All done
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaTimer2Test
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_PORT_INFO  pPortInfo
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("EisaTimer2Test\n\r");             // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // stop timer2 counter0 sending the control word without the count value
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + EISA_TIMER2_CTRL, 0x30 );
+
+    //
+    // all done, exit
+    //
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaClearPendingInt:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function cleares the specified pending interrupt.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pIntInfo        interrupt info pointer
+//                      Irq             IRQ to reset
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaClearPendingInt
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN PEISA_INT_INFO   pIntInfo,
+    IN USHORT           Irq
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    PUCHAR      PicMask1, PicMask2;             // I/O port address
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaClearPendingInt\n\r");        // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // initialize variables
+    //
+
+    PicMask1 = EisaIoStart + PIC1_MASK;
+    PicMask2 = EisaIoStart + PIC2_MASK;
+
+    //
+    // unmask the specified IRQ
+    //
+
+    if ( Irq > IRQ7 )
+    {
+        EisaOutUchar( PicMask1, (UCHAR)(~(1 << IRQ2)));
+        EisaOutUchar( PicMask2, (UCHAR)(~(1 << (Irq % 8))));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        EisaOutUchar( PicMask1, (UCHAR)(~(1 << Irq )));
+    }
+
+    //
+    // acknowledge the interrupt
+    //
+
+    EisaAckInt( pIntInfo );
+
+    //
+    // mask off all the IRQ lines
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( PicMask1, 0xFF );
+    EisaOutUchar( PicMask2, 0xFF );
+
+    //
+    // and send a specific EOF
+    //
+
+    EisaSendSpecificEoi( EisaIoStart, Irq );
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaIntAck:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function acknowledges the highest priority
+//                      interrupt.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           pIntInfo        interrupt info pointer (not used)
+//
+// RETURN:              Int             interrupt acknowledged.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+UCHAR
+EisaAckInt
+    (
+    IN PEISA_INT_INFO pIntInfo
+    )
+{
+    UCHAR  Int;
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaAckInt\n\r");                 // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    Int = READ_PORT_UCHAR( (PUCHAR)EISA_INT_ACK_ADDR );
+    EISA_IO_DELAY;
+
+    return Int;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaSendSpecificEoi:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function sends a specific EOI to the spcified
+//                      IRQ line.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      Irq             IRQ to reset
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaSendSpecificEoi
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR           EisaIoStart,
+    IN USHORT           Irq
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    PUCHAR      PicPort1, PicPort2;
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaSendSpecificEoi\n\r");        // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // initialize local variables
+    //
+
+    PicPort1 = EisaIoStart + PIC1;
+    PicPort2 = EisaIoStart + PIC2;
+
+    //
+    // send a specific EOI
+    //
+
+    if ( Irq > IRQ7 )
+    {
+        EisaOutUchar( PicPort2, OCW2_SEOI | ( Irq % 8 ));
+        EisaOutUchar( PicPort1, OCW2_SEOI |  IRQ2 );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        EisaOutUchar( PicPort1, OCW2_SEOI | Irq );
+    }
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaDisableParityIoCheck:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function disables the partiy and I/O check NMIs.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaDisableParityIoCheck
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("EisaDisableParityIoCheck\n\r");           // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_CTRL_PORTB,
+        ( EisaInUchar( EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_CTRL_PORTB ) |
+                EISA_PARITY_OFF | EISA_IOCHK_OFF ) & 0x0F );
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaEnableParityIoCheck:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function enables the partiy and I/O check NMIs.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaEnableParityIoCheck
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("EisaEnableParityIoCheck\n\r");            // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_CTRL_PORTB,
+        ( EisaInUchar( EisaIoStart + EISA_SYS_CTRL_PORTB ) &
+                ~(EISA_PARITY_OFF | EISA_IOCHK_OFF)) & 0x0F );
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// NOTE: Not needed in Jensen.
+#if 0
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaDisableInt:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         The function disables the EISA interrupts at CPU
+//                      level.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           none
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaDisableInt
+    (
+    VOID
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("EisaDisableInt\n\r");             // DEBUG SUPPORT
+    StatusReg( ~STATUS_EISA, (ULONG)0 );
+    return;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaDisableNmi:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         The function disables the NMI using the real-time
+//                      clock port.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           none
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaDisableNmi
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("EisaDisableNmi\n\r");             // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // at real-time clock address port
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar(EisaIoStart+EISA_RTC_CTRL, EISA_DISABLE_NMI+RTC_C_REG);
+    READ_PORT_UCHAR( (PUCHAR)RTC_VIRTUAL_BASE );
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// Note: Not needed on Jensen.
+
+#if 0
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaEnableNmi:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         The function enables the NMI line.
+//                      The following ports are used :
+//
+//                       . real-time clock ctrl port
+//                       . CPU status register port
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           none
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaEnableNmi
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("EisaEnableNmi\n\r");              // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // at real-time clock address port
+    //
+    EisaReadRtc( EisaIoStart, RTC_C_REG );
+
+
+//  NOTE: this code has been removed because of a R4000 CPU bug.
+//
+//    //
+//    // at interrupt enable register
+//    //
+//
+//    EisaBeginCriticalSection();
+//    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(INT_ENABLE_ADDR, READ_PORT_UCHAR(INT_ENABLE_ADDR) | 0x08);
+//    EisaEndCriticalSection();
+//
+
+    //
+    // at CPU level
+    //
+    StatusReg( (ULONG)-1, STATUS_EISA_NMI + STATUS_IE );
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaCheckReg:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function performs read/write test on an 8 bit
+//                      I/O port using the following patterns: FFh, AAh, 55h
+//                      and 00h.  The original part value is restored before
+//                      returning.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           Port            port address
+//                      DataMask        mask for test pattern to compare with
+//                                      data
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            test completed successfully
+//                      FALSE           error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         none
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaCheckReg
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR Port,
+    IN UCHAR  DataMask
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    BOOLEAN     CompOk = TRUE;
+    UCHAR       Save, Program;
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaCheckReg\n\r");               // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // save original value
+    //
+
+    Save = EisaInUchar( Port );
+
+    //
+    // one loop per each value
+    //
+
+    for ( Program = 0;  ; Program += 0x55 )
+    {
+        //
+        //  write port, read it back and compare values
+        //
+
+        EisaOutUchar( Port, Program );
+
+        if ((EisaInUchar( Port ) & DataMask) != (Program & DataMask))
+        {
+            //
+            // error, value are not the same
+            //
+
+            CompOk = FALSE;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // exit loop if last value
+        //
+
+        if ( Program == 0xFF )
+        {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // restore original value before returning
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( Port, Save );
+
+    return CompOk;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaCheckDeepReg:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function checks the 2x8bit registers.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      pDmaInfo        DMA info pointer
+//
+// RETURN:              TRUE            check completed successfully
+//                      FALSE           error
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:         The internal pointer has already been resetted.
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+EisaCheckDeepReg
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR Port
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    UCHAR       LSave, HSave, Program, LCheck, HCheck;
+    BOOLEAN     CompOk = TRUE;
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaCheckDeepReg\n\r");           // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // save original value
+    //
+
+    LSave = EisaInUchar( Port );
+    HSave = EisaInUchar( Port );
+
+    //
+    // one loop per each value
+    //
+
+    for ( Program = 0;  ; Program += 0x55 )
+    {
+        //
+        //  write port  and  read it back
+        //
+
+        EisaOutUchar( Port, Program );
+        EisaOutUchar( Port, Program );
+
+        EISA_IO_DELAY;  //
+        EISA_IO_DELAY;  // for the timer chip
+        EISA_IO_DELAY;  //
+
+        LCheck = EisaInUchar( Port );
+        HCheck = EisaInUchar( Port );
+
+        //
+        // check the read values
+        //
+
+        if ( LCheck != Program  ||  HCheck != Program )
+        {
+            //
+            // error, value are not the same
+            //
+
+            CompOk = FALSE;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // exit loop if last value
+        //
+
+        if ( Program == 0xFF )
+        {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // restore the original value
+    //
+
+    EisaOutUchar( Port, LSave );
+    EisaOutUchar( Port, HSave );
+
+    return CompOk;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaReadRtc:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function returns the value of the specified
+//                      real-time clock internal address.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           EisaIoStart     EISA I/O virtual address
+//                      RtcIndex        index within the RTC
+//
+// RETURN:              Value           register value
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+UCHAR
+EisaReadRtc
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR EisaIoStart,
+    IN ULONG  RtcIndex
+    )
+{
+    UCHAR       Value;
+
+    PRINTDBG("EisaReadRtc\n\r");                // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+// NOTE: CriticalSection is not supported on JAZZ.
+//    EisaBeginCriticalSection();
+    EisaOutUchar( EisaIoStart + EISA_RTC_CTRL, RtcIndex );
+    Value = READ_PORT_UCHAR( (PUCHAR)RTC_VIRTUAL_BASE );
+//    EisaEndCriticalSection();
+
+    return Value;
+}
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaOutUchar:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function writes an uchar within the EISA I/O
+//                      space and delays before returning.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           Addr            Address where the value has to be
+//                                      write to.
+//                      Value           Value to write
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+EisaOutUchar
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR Addr,
+    IN UCHAR  Value
+    )
+{
+//    PRINTDBG("EisaOutUchar\n\r");               // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR( Addr, Value );
+    EISA_IO_DELAY;
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:           EisaInUchar:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION:         This function reads an uchar from the EISA I/O
+//                      space and delays before returning.
+//
+//			This does an EISAReadPortUCHAR call so that reads
+//			to the system board ID can be trapped by the firmware
+//			on certain Alpha AXP machines.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:           Addr            Address where the value has to be
+//                                      read from.
+//
+// RETURN:              none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+UCHAR
+EisaInUchar
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR Addr
+    )
+{
+    UCHAR       Value;
+
+//    PRINTDBG("EisaInUchar\n\r");                // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+//    Value = READ_PORT_UCHAR( Addr );
+    Value = EISAReadPortUCHAR( 0, (ULONG)Addr );
+    EISA_IO_DELAY;
+
+    return Value;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisastr.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisastr.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..edda28ff6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisastr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+//
+// Common strings.
+//
+
+extern PCHAR EISA_OK_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_CRLF_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_ERROR1_MSG;
+
+//
+// Eisa strings.
+//
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// GLOBAL:      EISA error messages
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+//                 1         2         3         4         5         6         7
+//       01234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890
+
+extern PCHAR EisaCfgMessages[];
+
+extern EISA_CHECKPOINT_INFO EisaCheckpointInfo[];
+
+extern PCHAR EISA_INIT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_BUS_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_ERROR_SLOT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_HOT_NMI_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_BUS_NUMBER_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_NMI_NOT_FOUND_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_PARITY_ERROR_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_IO_CHECK_ERROR_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_IO_CHECK_NOT_SUP_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_IN_SLOT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_BUS_MASTER_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_TIMEOUT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_TIMEOUT2_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_SLAVE_TIMEOUT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_CANT_MARK_BUFFER_MSG;
+extern PCHAR EISA_BAD_INDEX_MSG;
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisausa.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisausa.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dd7aadfa2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/eisausa.c
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Microsoft Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    eisausa.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains the eisa english strings.
+
+Author:
+
+    David M. Robinson (davidro) 21-May-1993
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+
+--*/
+
+#include "ntos.h"
+#include "oli2msft.h"
+#include "inc.h"
+
+//
+// Common strings.
+//
+
+PCHAR EISA_OK_MSG = "OK.";
+PCHAR EISA_CRLF_MSG = "\r\n";
+PCHAR EISA_ERROR1_MSG = "Error";
+
+//
+// Eisa strings.
+//
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// GLOBAL:      EISA error messages
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+//                 1         2         3         4         5         6         7
+//       01234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890
+
+PCHAR EisaCfgMessages[] = {
+        "Invalid Message",
+        "ID Timeout",
+        "ID Configuration",
+        "Missing Configuration",
+        "Incomplete Configuration",
+        "Configuration",
+        "Failed Bit Set",
+        "Memory Configuration",
+        "IRQ Configuration",
+        "DMA Configuration",
+        "Port Configuration",
+        "OMF ROM",
+        "OMF",
+        "Out of Memory",
+        "Too Many Devices",
+	"Memory Buffer Mark Failure"
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// GLOBAL:      EISA Checkpoint matrix
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+//              1         2         3         4         5         6         7
+//     1234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890
+
+
+EISA_CHECKPOINT_INFO EisaCheckpointInfo[] = {
+    //      Descriptions               Flags  Par  SubPar Led  SubLed
+
+    { "Interrupt Controller (PIC)",     0x08, 0x20, 0x00, 0xE, 0x00 },
+    { "Direct Memory Access (DMA)",     0x08, 0x21, 0x00, 0xE, 0x01 },
+    { "Non Maskable Interrupt (NMI)",   0x0A, 0x22, 0x00, 0xE, 0x02 },
+    { "Memory Refresh",                 0x08, 0x23, 0x00, 0xE, 0x03 },
+    { "System Control Port B",          0x08, 0x24, 0x00, 0xE, 0x04 },
+    { "Timer 1",                        0x08, 0x25, 0x00, 0xE, 0x05 },
+    { "Timer 2",                        0x08, 0x26, 0x00, 0xE, 0x06 },
+    { NULL,                             0x04, 0x27, 0x00, 0xE, 0x07 },
+    { NULL,                             0x02, 0x30, 0x00, 0xF, 0x00 }
+};
+
+PCHAR EISA_INIT_MSG = " EISA Bus %lu Initialization in progress...";
+PCHAR EISA_BUS_MSG = "EISA Bus";
+PCHAR EISA_ERROR_SLOT_MSG = "\r\n Slot(%lu) %s";
+PCHAR EISA_HOT_NMI_MSG = "Hot NMI Detected\n\r";
+PCHAR EISA_BUS_NUMBER_MSG = "\n\rEISA Bus %lu : ";
+PCHAR EISA_NMI_NOT_FOUND_MSG = "NMI not found\n\r";
+PCHAR EISA_PARITY_ERROR_MSG = "\r%c16CParity Error\r\n";
+PCHAR EISA_IO_CHECK_ERROR_MSG = "\r%c16CI/O Check Error";
+PCHAR EISA_IO_CHECK_NOT_SUP_MSG = ", IOCHKERR not supported\n\r";
+PCHAR EISA_IN_SLOT_MSG = " in Slot %lu\n\r";
+PCHAR EISA_BUS_MASTER_MSG = "\r%c16CBus Master ";
+PCHAR EISA_TIMEOUT_MSG = "%lu Timeout\n\r";
+PCHAR EISA_TIMEOUT2_MSG = "? Timeout\n\r";
+PCHAR EISA_SLAVE_TIMEOUT_MSG = "\r%c16CSlave Timeout\n\r";
+PCHAR EISA_CANT_MARK_BUFFER_MSG = "? ERROR: Cannot mark buffer, Status = 0x%x.\r\n";
+PCHAR EISA_BAD_INDEX_MSG = "? ERROR: Index = 0x%x, which is greater than 0x%x.\r\n";
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fakebldr.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fakebldr.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..38153d82e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fakebldr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "jnsnvdeo.h"
+#include "jnvendor.h"
+
+VOID
+main(
+    int argc,
+    char *argv[],
+    char *envp[]
+    )
+{
+    ULONG Index;
+    UCHAR Character;
+    ULONG Count;
+    LONG DefaultChoice = 0;
+    PCHAR Choices[] = {
+        "Print out argc",
+        "Print out argv list",
+        "Print out envp list",
+        "Exit"
+    };
+#define NUMBER_OF_CHOICES (sizeof(Choices) / sizeof(ULONG))
+
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+
+        VenSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
+        VenPrint1("%c2J", ASCII_CSI);
+        VenSetPosition( 0, 0);
+	VenPrint("Welcome to the Alpha fake osloader!!\r\n");
+
+        for (Index = 0; Index < NUMBER_OF_CHOICES ; Index++ ) {
+            VenSetPosition( Index + 2, 5);
+            if (Index == DefaultChoice) {
+                VenSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
+                VenPrint(Choices[Index]);
+                VenSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
+            } else {
+                VenPrint(Choices[Index]);
+            }
+        }
+
+        VenSetPosition(NUMBER_OF_CHOICES + 2, 0);
+
+        Character = 0;
+        do {
+            if (ArcGetReadStatus(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT) == ESUCCESS) {
+                ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+                switch (Character) {
+
+                case ASCII_ESC:
+                    ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+                    if (Character != '[') {
+                        break;
+                    }
+
+                case ASCII_CSI:
+                    ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+                    VenSetPosition( DefaultChoice + 2, 5);
+                    VenPrint(Choices[DefaultChoice]);
+                    switch (Character) {
+                    case 'A':
+                    case 'D':
+                        DefaultChoice--;
+                        if (DefaultChoice < 0) {
+                            DefaultChoice = NUMBER_OF_CHOICES-1;
+                        }
+                        break;
+                    case 'B':
+                    case 'C':
+                        DefaultChoice++;
+                        if (DefaultChoice == NUMBER_OF_CHOICES) {
+                            DefaultChoice = 0;
+                        }
+                        break;
+                    case 'H':
+                        DefaultChoice = 0;
+                        break;
+                    default:
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    VenSetPosition( DefaultChoice + 2, 5);
+                    VenSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
+                    VenPrint(Choices[DefaultChoice]);
+                    VenSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
+                    continue;
+
+                default:
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+
+        } while ((Character != '\n') && (Character != '\r'));
+
+        switch (DefaultChoice) {
+
+	    //
+	    // Print out argc
+	    //
+
+        case 0:
+
+	    VenSetPosition( 3, 5);
+            VenPrint("\x9BJ");
+            VenPrint1("argc is %x (hex).\r\n", argc);
+
+            VenPrint(" Press any key to continue...");
+            ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+	    break;
+
+	    
+	    //
+	    // Print out argv list
+	    //
+
+        case 1:
+
+            VenSetPosition( 3, 5);
+            VenPrint("\x9BJ");
+            VenPrint("argv list is...\r\n\n");
+
+	    for (Index = 0; Index < argc; Index++) {
+		VenPrint2("argv[%d]=%s\r\n",
+			  Index,
+			  argv[Index]
+			  );
+	    }
+
+            VenPrint("\r\n Press any key to continue...");
+            ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+	    break;
+
+
+	    //
+	    // Print out envp list
+	    //
+
+	case 2:
+
+            VenSetPosition( 3, 5);
+            VenPrint("\x9BJ");
+            VenPrint("envp list is...\r\n\n");
+
+	    Index = 0;
+	    while (envp[Index] != NULL) {
+		VenPrint2("envp[%d]=%s\r\n", Index, envp[Index]);
+		Index++;
+	    }
+	    VenPrint1("envp[%d]=NULL\r\n", Index);
+
+            VenPrint("\r\n Press any key to continue...");
+            ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+	    break;
+
+
+
+		
+	default:
+        case 3:
+            return;
+
+	}
+
+    }
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fakebldr.rsp b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fakebldr.rsp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..afc4db8fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fakebldr.rsp
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+-machine:alpha
+-fixed
+-rom
+-base:0x80600000
+-align:0x100
+-debug:none
+-debugtype:coff
+-entry:main
+obj\alpha\fakebldr.obj
+\nt\public\sdk\lib\alpha\libcnt.lib
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwcallbk.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwcallbk.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..04fd1e490
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwcallbk.h
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    fwcallbk.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module defines the firmware vendor vector callbacks that
+    will be implemented on all Alpha AXP platforms.
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa	[DEC]	10-December-1993
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#ifndef _FWCALLBK_
+#define _FWCALLBK_
+
+//
+// This module contains typedefs, which are not parsable by the assembler.
+//
+
+#ifndef _LANGUAGE_ASSEMBLY
+
+#include "arc.h"
+
+//
+// Structure used to return system and processor information.
+//
+
+typedef struct _EXTENDED_SYSTEM_INFORMATION {
+    ULONG   ProcessorId;
+    ULONG   ProcessorRevision;
+    ULONG   ProcessorPageSize;
+    ULONG   NumberOfPhysicalAddressBits;
+    ULONG   MaximumAddressSpaceNumber;
+    ULONG   ProcessorCycleCounterPeriod;
+    ULONG   SystemRevision;
+    UCHAR   SystemSerialNumber[16];
+    UCHAR   FirmwareVersion[16];
+    UCHAR   FirmwareBuildTimeStamp[12];
+} EXTENDED_SYSTEM_INFORMATION, *PEXTENDED_SYSTEM_INFORMATION;
+
+//
+// Define structure used to call BIOS emulator.  This mimics the
+// VIDEO_X86_BIOS_ARGUMENTS typedef in \nt\private\ntos\inc\video.h.
+//
+
+typedef struct X86_BIOS_ARGUMENTS {
+    ULONG Eax;
+    ULONG Ebx;
+    ULONG Ecx;
+    ULONG Edx;
+    ULONG Esi;
+    ULONG Edi;
+    ULONG Ebp;
+} X86_BIOS_ARGUMENTS, *PX86_BIOS_ARGUMENTS;
+
+//
+// Define the firmware vendor specific entry point numbers that are
+// common to all Alpha AXP platforms.
+//
+
+typedef enum _VENDOR_GENERIC_ENTRY {
+    AllocatePoolRoutine,
+    StallExecutionRoutine,
+    PrintRoutine,
+    ReturnExtendedSystemInformationRoutine,
+    VideoDisplayInitializeRoutine,
+    EISAReadRegisterBufferUCHARRoutine,
+    EISAWriteRegisterBufferUCHARRoutine,
+    EISAReadPortUCHARRoutine,
+    EISAReadPortUSHORTRoutine,
+    EISAReadPortULONGRoutine,
+    EISAWritePortUCHARRoutine,
+    EISAWritePortUSHORTRoutine,
+    EISAWritePortULONGRoutine,
+    FreePoolRoutine,
+    CallBiosRoutine,
+    MaximumVendorRoutine
+    } VENDOR_GENERIC_ENTRY;
+
+//
+// Define vendor specific routine types.
+//
+
+typedef
+PVOID
+(*PVEN_ALLOCATE_POOL_ROUTINE) (
+    IN ULONG NumberOfBytes
+    );
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PVEN_STALL_EXECUTION_ROUTINE) (
+    IN ULONG Microseconds
+    );
+
+typedef
+ULONG
+(*PVEN_PRINT_ROUTINE) (
+    IN PCHAR Format,
+    ...
+    );
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PVEN_RETURN_EXTENDED_SYSTEM_INFORMATION_ROUTINE) (
+    OUT PEXTENDED_SYSTEM_INFORMATION SystemInfo
+    );
+
+typedef
+ARC_STATUS
+(*PVEN_VIDEO_DISPLAY_INITIALIZE_ROUTINE) (
+    OUT PVOID UnusedParameter
+    );
+
+typedef
+ULONG
+(*PVEN_EISA_READ_REGISTER_BUFFER_UCHAR_ROUTINE) (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset,
+    OUT PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length
+    );
+
+typedef
+ULONG
+(*PVEN_EISA_WRITE_REGISTER_BUFFER_UCHAR_ROUTINE) (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset,
+    OUT PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length
+    );
+
+typedef
+UCHAR
+(*PVEN_EISA_READ_PORT_UCHAR_ROUTINE) (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset
+    );
+
+typedef
+USHORT
+(*PVEN_EISA_READ_PORT_USHORT_ROUTINE) (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset
+    );
+
+typedef
+ULONG
+(*PVEN_EISA_READ_PORT_ULONG_ROUTINE) (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset
+    );
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PVEN_EISA_WRITE_PORT_UCHAR_ROUTINE) (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset,
+    IN UCHAR Datum
+    );
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PVEN_EISA_WRITE_PORT_USHORT_ROUTINE) (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset,
+    IN USHORT Datum
+    );
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PVEN_EISA_WRITE_PORT_ULONG_ROUTINE) (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset,
+    IN ULONG Datum
+    );
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PVEN_FREE_POOL_ROUTINE) (
+    IN PVOID MemoryPointer
+    );
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PVEN_CALL_BIOS_ROUTINE) (
+    IN ULONG InterruptNumber,
+    IN OUT PX86_BIOS_ARGUMENTS BiosArguments
+    );
+
+
+//
+// Define vendor specific macros for use by programs that run on
+// Alpha AXP ARC firmware.
+//
+// These calls are guaranteed to return legitimate values.  If a function
+// is not defined for a particular platform, it will return with an error
+// code or just return normally, as appropriate.
+//
+
+#define VenAllocatePool(NumberOfBytes) \
+    ((PVEN_ALLOCATE_MEMORY_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[AllocatePoolRoutine])) \
+        ((NumberOfBytes))
+
+#define VenStallExecution(Microseconds) \
+    ((PVEN_STALL_EXECUTION_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[StallExecutionRoutine])) \
+        ((Microseconds))
+
+#define VenPrint(x) \
+    ((PVEN_PRINT_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[PrintRoutine])) \
+        ((x))
+
+#define VenPrint1(x,y) \
+    ((PVEN_PRINT_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[PrintRoutine])) \
+        ((x), (y))
+
+#define VenPrint2(x,y,z) \
+    ((PVEN_PRINT_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[PrintRoutine])) \
+        ((x), (y), (z))
+
+#define VenReturnExtendedSystemInformation(x) \
+    ((PVEN_RETURN_EXTENDED_SYSTEM_INFORMATION_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[ReturnExtendedSystemInformationRoutine]))(x)
+
+#define VenVideoDisplayInitialize(x) \
+    ((PVEN_VIDEO_DISPLAY_INITIALIZE_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[VideoDisplayInitializeRoutine]))(x)
+
+#define VenEISAReadRegisterBufferUCHAR(BusNumber, Offset, Buffer, Length) \
+    ((PVEN_EISA_READ_REGISTER_BUFFER_UCHAR_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[EISAReadRegisterBufferUCHARRoutine])) \
+	((BusNumber), (Offset), (Buffer), (Length))
+
+#define VenEISAWriteRegisterBufferUCHAR(BusNumber, Offset, Buffer, Length) \
+    ((PVEN_EISA_WRITE_REGISTER_BUFFER_UCHAR_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[EISAWriteRegisterBufferUCHARRoutine])) \
+	((BusNumber), (Offset), (Buffer), (Length))
+
+#define VenEISAReadPortUCHAR(BusNumber, Offset) \
+    ((PVEN_EISA_READ_PORT_UCHAR_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[EISAReadPortUCHARRoutine])) \
+	((BusNumber), (Offset))
+
+#define VenEISAReadPortUSHORT(BusNumber, Offset) \
+    ((PVEN_EISA_READ_PORT_USHORT_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[EISAReadPortUSHORTRoutine])) \
+	((BusNumber), (Offset))
+
+#define VenEISAReadPortULONG(BusNumber, Offset) \
+    ((PVEN_EISA_READ_PORT_ULONG_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[EISAReadPortULONGRoutine])) \
+	((BusNumber), (Offset))
+
+#define VenEISAWritePortUCHAR(BusNumber, Offset, Datum) \
+    ((PVEN_EISA_WRITE_PORT_UCHAR_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[EISAWritePortUCHARRoutine])) \
+	((BusNumber), (Offset), (Datum))
+
+#define VenEISAWritePortUSHORT(BusNumber, Offset, Datum) \
+    ((PVEN_EISA_WRITE_PORT_USHORT_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[EISAWritePortUSHORTRoutine])) \
+	((BusNumber), (Offset), (Datum))
+
+#define VenEISAWritePortULONG(BusNumber, Offset, Datum) \
+    ((PVEN_EISA_WRITE_PORT_ULONG_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[EISAWritePortULONGRoutine])) \
+	((BusNumber), (Offset), (Datum))
+
+#define VenFreePool(MemoryPointer) \
+    ((PVEN_FREE_POOL_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[FreePoolRoutine])) \
+        ((MemoryPointer))
+
+#define VenCallBios(InterruptNumber, BiosArguments) \
+    ((PVEN_CALL_BIOS_ROUTINE)(SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[CallBiosRoutine])) \
+        ((InterruptNumber), (BiosArguments))
+
+
+#endif // _LANGUAGE_ASSEMBLY not defined
+
+#endif // _FWCALLBK_
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwchkstk.s b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwchkstk.s
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..88343dc5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwchkstk.s
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+//      TITLE("Firmware Runtime Stack Checking")
+//++
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+//
+// Module Name:
+//
+//    fwchkstk.s
+//
+// Abstract:
+//
+//    This module implements runtime stack checking for the Alpha AXP
+//    NT firmware.
+//
+//    Original comments are from David Cutler of Microsoft and Thomas
+//    VanBaak of Digital.
+//
+// Author:
+//
+//    John DeRosa [DEC]	26-January-1993
+//
+// Environment:
+//
+//    Any mode.
+//
+// Revision History:
+//
+//
+//--
+
+#include "ksalpha.h"
+#include "fwmemdef.h"
+
+//
+// Static data
+//
+
+.align 4
+
+FwRtlStackLowerBound:
+.long FW_STACK_LOWER_BOUND
+
+        SBTTL("Check Stack")
+//++
+//
+// ULONG
+// _RtlCheckStack (
+//    IN ULONG Allocation
+//    )
+//
+// Routine Description:
+//
+//    This function provides runtime stack checking for local allocations
+//    within the executing environment of the NT Firmware.  On Alpha AXP,
+//    the firmware runs in superpage mode (physical = virtual).  The requested
+//    stack allocation is compared against the stack low limit, and if it
+//    would exceed the stack then an error message is printed on the screen.
+//
+//    The call to the FwPrint function for the error message will wind up
+//    using stack space.  This is accomplished by using a global variable
+//    (FwRtlStackPanic) to indicate that _RtlCheckStack should just 
+//    return.  Also, the 64KB underneath the Firmware stack is unused by
+//    the Firmware, and will be used by the FwPrint functions to output
+//    the error message.
+//
+//    N.B. This routine is called using a non-standard calling sequence since
+//       it is typically called from within the prologue. The allocation size
+//       argument is in register t12 and it must be preserved. Register t11
+//       may contain the callers saved ra and it must be preserved. The choice
+//       of these registers is hard-coded into the acc C compiler. Register v0
+//       may contain a static link pointer (exception handlers) and so it must
+//       be preserved. Since this function is called from within the prolog,
+//       the a' registers must be preserved, as well as all the s' registers.
+//       Registers t8, t9, and t10 are used by this function and are not
+//       preserved.
+//
+//       The typical calling sequence from the prologue is:
+//
+//           mov   ra, t11              // save return address
+//           ldil  t12, SIZE            // set requested stack frame size
+//           bsr   ra, _RtlCheckStack   // check stack page allocation
+//           subq  sp, t12, sp          // allocate stack frame
+//           mov   t11, ra              // restore return address
+//
+// Arguments:
+//
+//    Allocation (t12) - Supplies the size of the allocation on the stack.
+//
+// Return Value:
+//
+//    None.
+//
+//--
+
+        LEAF_ENTRY(_RtlCheckStack)
+
+	ldl	t8, FwRtlStackPanic	// do we already have a bad stack?
+	bne	t8, 40f			// branch if t8<>0, = yes a bad stack.
+
+        subq    sp, t12, t8             // compute requested new stack address
+	ldl	t9, FwRtlStackLowerBound  // get low limit of stack address
+
+//
+// The requested bottom of the stack is in t8.
+// The current low limit of the stack is in t9.
+//
+// If the new stack address is greater than the current stack limit then
+// the stack is good and nothing further needs to be done.
+//
+
+        cmpult  t8, t9, t10             // t8<t9? new stack base within limit?
+        beq     t10, 40f                // if eq [false], then t8>=t9, so yes
+
+
+//
+// The requested lower stack address is below the bottom of the legal stack.
+//
+	ldl	t8, 0x1
+	stl	t8, FwRtlStackPanic
+
+//
+// The 64KB below the bottom of the stack is unused, so it is available
+// as a panic stack.  The rest of the work is done in C, and there is no
+// reason to save the s0--s5 registers.
+//
+
+	mov	t12, a2			# the requested stack allocation
+	mov	t11, a1			# the caller of the caller
+	mov	ra, a0			# the caller of _RtlCheckStack
+	jsr  	ra, FwErrorStackUnderflow	# go do the work.
+
+10:	br	zero, 10b		# it should never have returned.
+
+40:     ret     zero, (ra)              // return
+
+        .end    _RtlCheckStack
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwhalt.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwhalt.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..853df392e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwhalt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    fwhalt.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+
+    This module implements routines to process halts from the operating
+    system.
+
+Author:
+
+    Joe Notarangelo 24-Feb-1993
+
+Environment:
+
+    Firmware in Kernel mode only.
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "fwpexcpt.h"
+#include "axp21064.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+
+//
+// Maximum size of Machine Check output string.
+//
+
+#define MAX_ERROR_STRING 100
+
+//
+// Function prototypes
+//
+
+VOID
+FwDisplayMchk(
+    IN PLOGOUT_FRAME_21064 LogoutFrame,
+    IN ULONG HaltReason
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwHaltToMonitor(
+    IN PALPHA_RESTART_SAVE_AREA AlphaSaveArea,
+    IN ULONG Reason
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwHalt(
+    VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function receives control on a halt from the operating
+    system.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    PRESTART_BLOCK RestartBlock;
+    PALPHA_RESTART_SAVE_AREA AlphaSaveArea;
+    ALPHA_VIDEO_TYPE VideoType;
+    UCHAR Character;
+    ULONG Count;
+
+    //
+    // N.B. we will continue running on the stack re-established by
+    //      the operating system for us.
+    //
+
+    //
+    // Reset the video state.  If video init fails, continue as we may
+    // be directing output to the serial port.
+    //
+
+    DisplayBootInitialize(&VideoType);
+	
+
+    //
+    // Verify the restart block.
+    //
+
+    if (FwVerifyRestartBlock() == FALSE) {
+        FwPrint (FW_INVALID_RESTART_BLOCK_MSG);  // temp message
+	FwStallExecution(2 * 1000 * 1000);
+        //FwRestart(); // this will be real one day
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Dispatch on the halt reason code in the restart block.
+    //
+
+//    AlphaSaveArea = (PALPHA_RESTART_SAVE_AREA)
+//                        &SYSTEM_BLOCK->RestartBlock->SaveArea;
+    AlphaSaveArea = (PALPHA_RESTART_SAVE_AREA)
+                        &SYSTEM_BLOCK->RestartBlock->u.SaveArea;
+
+    switch (AlphaSaveArea->HaltReason) {
+
+
+    case AXP_HALT_REASON_HALT:
+
+        //
+        // Dispatch to monitor so that Joe can find his bug.
+        //
+
+        FwHaltToMonitor(AlphaSaveArea, FW_EXC_HALT);
+
+        //
+        // If we return then it is time to restart to get a real stack.
+        //
+
+        FwRestart();
+
+
+    case AXP_HALT_REASON_DBLMCHK:
+    case AXP_HALT_REASON_PALMCHK:
+
+        //
+        // Machine Check.
+        //
+
+        FwDisplayMchk(AlphaSaveArea->LogoutFrame, AlphaSaveArea->HaltReason);
+        
+        //
+        // Find out what the user wants to do next.  We will give her
+        // 2 choices: 1. enter monitor  2. restart
+        //
+
+        FwPrint(FW_SYSRQ_MONITOR_MSG);
+        FwRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+
+        if (Character == ASCII_SYSRQ) {
+            FwHaltToMonitor(AlphaSaveArea, FW_EXC_MCHK);
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Restart the firmware when we return.
+        //
+
+        FwRestart();
+
+
+    case AXP_HALT_REASON_REBOOT:
+
+        FwReboot();
+
+
+    case AXP_HALT_REASON_RESTART:
+    default:
+
+        FwRestart();
+
+    }
+
+}
+
+
+VOID
+FwDisplayMchk(
+    IN PLOGOUT_FRAME_21064 LogoutFrame,
+    IN ULONG HaltReason
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function displays the logout frame for a 21064.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    LogoutFrame - Supplies a pointer to the logout frame.
+    HaltReason - Supplies the reason for the halt.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    UCHAR OutBuffer[ MAX_ERROR_STRING ];
+
+
+    //
+    // PRINT_LOGOUT_VERBOSE controls the amount of text displayed
+    // of the logout frame.  The macro can be undefined to save code and
+    // initialized data space in the rom.  If the space exists it would be
+    // preferable to give the entire print out.
+    //
+
+#define PRINT_LOGOUT_VERBOSE 1
+
+
+    switch (HaltReason) {
+
+    case AXP_HALT_REASON_DBLMCHK:
+
+        FwPrint(FW_FATAL_DMC_MSG);
+        break;
+
+    case AXP_HALT_REASON_PALMCHK:
+
+        FwPrint(FW_FATAL_MCINPALMODE_MSG);
+        break;
+
+    default:
+
+        FwPrint(FW_FATAL_UNKNOWN_MSG);
+    }
+
+
+#ifdef PRINT_LOGOUT_VERBOSE
+
+    FwPrint("BIU_STAT : %16Lx BIU_ADDR: %16Lx\r\n",
+	    BIUSTAT_ALL_21064(LogoutFrame->BiuStat),
+	    LogoutFrame->BiuAddr.QuadPart);
+
+    FwPrint("FILL_ADDR: %16Lx FILL_SYN: %16Lx\r\n",
+	    LogoutFrame->FillAddr.QuadPart,
+	    FILLSYNDROME_ALL_21064(LogoutFrame->FillSyndrome) );
+
+    FwPrint("DC_STAT  : %16Lx BC_TAG  : %16Lx\r\n",
+	    DCSTAT_ALL_21064(LogoutFrame->DcStat),
+	    BCTAG_ALL_21064(LogoutFrame->BcTag) );
+
+    FwPrint("ICCSR    : %16Lx ABOX_CTL: %16Lx EXC_SUM: %16Lx\r\n",
+	    ICCSR_ALL_21064(LogoutFrame->Iccsr),
+	    ABOXCTL_ALL_21064(LogoutFrame->AboxCtl),
+	    EXCSUM_ALL_21064(LogoutFrame->ExcSum) );
+
+    FwPrint("EXC_ADDR : %16Lx VA      : %16Lx MM_CSR : %16Lx\r\n",
+	    LogoutFrame->ExcAddr.QuadPart,
+	    LogoutFrame->Va.QuadPart,
+	    MMCSR_ALL_21064(LogoutFrame->MmCsr) );
+
+    FwPrint("HIRR     : %16Lx HIER    : %16Lx PS     : %16Lx\r\n",
+	    IRR_ALL_21064(LogoutFrame->Hirr),
+	    IER_ALL_21064(LogoutFrame->Hier),
+	    PS_ALL_21064(LogoutFrame->Ps) );
+
+    FwPrint("PAL_BASE: %16Lx\r\n",
+	    LogoutFrame->PalBase.QuadPart);
+
+#endif //PRINT_LOGOUT_VERBOSE
+
+
+    //
+    // Print out interpretation of the error.
+    //
+
+    //
+    // Check for tag control parity error.
+    //
+
+    if (BIUSTAT_TCPERR_21064(LogoutFrame->BiuStat) == 1) {
+
+        FwPrint(FW_FATAL_TAGCNTRL_PE_MSG,
+		BCTAG_TAGCTLP_21064(LogoutFrame->BcTag),
+		BCTAG_TAGCTLD_21064(LogoutFrame->BcTag),
+		BCTAG_TAGCTLS_21064(LogoutFrame->BcTag),
+		BCTAG_TAGCTLV_21064(LogoutFrame->BcTag) );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check for tag parity error.
+    //
+
+    if (BIUSTAT_TPERR_21064(LogoutFrame->BiuStat) == 1) {
+
+        FwPrint(FW_FATAL_TAG_PE_MSG,
+		BCTAG_TAG_21064(LogoutFrame->BcTag),
+		BCTAG_TAG_21064(LogoutFrame->BcTag) );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check for hard error.
+    //
+
+    if (BIUSTAT_HERR_21064(LogoutFrame->BiuStat) == 1) {
+    
+        FwPrint(FW_FATAL_HEACK_MSG,
+		BIUSTAT_CMD_21064(LogoutFrame->BiuStat),
+		LogoutFrame->BiuAddr.QuadPart);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check for soft error.
+    //
+
+    if( BIUSTAT_SERR_21064(LogoutFrame->BiuStat) == 1 ){
+    
+        FwPrint(FW_FATAL_SEACK_MSG,
+		BIUSTAT_CMD_21064(LogoutFrame->BiuStat),
+		LogoutFrame->BiuAddr.QuadPart);
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // Check for fill ECC errors.
+    //
+
+    if( BIUSTAT_FILLECC_21064(LogoutFrame->BiuStat) == 1 ){
+
+        FwPrint(FW_FATAL_ECC_ERROR_MSG,
+		(BIUSTAT_FILLIRD_21064(LogoutFrame->BiuStat) ? 
+                    "Icache Fill" : "Dcache Fill") ); 
+
+        FwPrint(FW_FATAL_QWLWLW_MSG,
+		LogoutFrame->FillAddr.QuadPart,
+		BIUSTAT_FILLQW_21064(LogoutFrame->BiuStat),
+		FILLSYNDROME_LO_21064(LogoutFrame->FillSyndrome),
+		FILLSYNDROME_HI_21064(LogoutFrame->FillSyndrome) );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check for fill Parity errors.
+    //
+
+    if( BIUSTAT_FILLDPERR_21064(LogoutFrame->BiuStat) == 1 ){
+
+        FwPrint(FW_FATAL_PE_MSG,
+		(BIUSTAT_FILLIRD_21064(LogoutFrame->BiuStat) ? 
+                    "Icache Fill" : "Dcache Fill") ); 
+
+        FwPrint(FW_FATAL_QWLWLW_MSG,
+		LogoutFrame->FillAddr.QuadPart,
+		BIUSTAT_FILLQW_21064(LogoutFrame->BiuStat),
+		FILLSYNDROME_LO_21064(LogoutFrame->FillSyndrome),
+		FILLSYNDROME_HI_21064(LogoutFrame->FillSyndrome) );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check for multiple hard errors.
+    //
+
+    if (BIUSTAT_FATAL1_21064(LogoutFrame->BiuStat) == 1) {
+        FwPrint(FW_FATAL_MULTIPLE_EXT_TAG_ERRORS_MSG);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check for multiple fill errors.
+    //
+
+    if (BIUSTAT_FATAL2_21064(LogoutFrame->BiuStat) == 1) {
+        FwPrint(FW_FATAL_MULTIPLE_FILL_ERRORS_MSG);
+    }
+    
+
+    //
+    // return to caller
+    //
+
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+FwHaltToMonitor(
+    IN PALPHA_RESTART_SAVE_AREA AlphaSaveArea,
+    IN ULONG Reason
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function transfers control to the firmware Monitor.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    AlphaSaveArea - Supplies a pointer to the Alpha save area portion
+                    of the restart block.
+
+    Reason	  - The reason for going to the monitor.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME ExceptionFrame;
+
+    //
+    // Allocate the exception frame.
+    //
+
+    ExceptionFrame = FwAllocatePool(sizeof(FW_EXCEPTION_FRAME));
+
+    //
+    // Copy the integer registers to the exception frame.
+    //
+
+    RtlMoveMemory(&ExceptionFrame->ExceptionV0, &AlphaSaveArea->IntV0,
+		  32 * 8);
+
+    //
+    // Copy the floating point registers to the exception frame.
+    //
+
+    RtlMoveMemory(&ExceptionFrame->ExceptionF0, &AlphaSaveArea->FltF0,
+		  32 * 8);
+
+    //
+    // Copy miscellaneous registers.
+    //
+
+    ExceptionFrame->ExceptionFaultingInstructionAddress =
+                      (LONG)(AlphaSaveArea->ReiRestartAddress - 4);
+
+    ExceptionFrame->ExceptionProcessorStatus = AlphaSaveArea->Psr;
+
+    ExceptionFrame->ExceptionType = Reason;
+
+    ExceptionFrame->ExceptionParameter1 = (LONG)AlphaSaveArea;
+
+    //
+    // Dispatch to the monitor.
+    //
+
+    Monitor( 0, ExceptionFrame );
+
+    return;
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwio.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwio.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d8fed7671
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwio.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1628 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    fwio.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements the ARC firmware I/O operations for a MIPS
+    R3000 or R3000 Jazz system, or for the DEC Alpha/Jensen system.
+
+Author:
+
+    David N. Cutler (davec) 14-May-1991
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    Lluis Abello (lluis) 20-Jun-1991
+
+    15-April-1992   John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+        Added Alpha/Jensen hooks.
+
+--*/
+
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+
+
+// 
+// Needed to fix a bug in the bldr\scsiboot.c file where repeated reboots
+// would cause a crash due to walking off the end of an array.
+//
+
+ULONG ScsiPortCount;
+PDEVICE_OBJECT ScsiPortDeviceObject[10];
+
+//
+// Define file table.
+//
+
+BL_FILE_TABLE BlFileTable[BL_FILE_TABLE_SIZE];
+
+#define DEVICE_DEVICE 0xDEAD
+
+extern PADAPTER_OBJECT MasterAdapterObject;
+extern PADAPTER_OBJECT HalpEisaAdapter[8];
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && defined(EISA_PLATFORM)
+extern BL_DEVICE_ENTRY_TABLE OmfEntryTable;
+extern BL_DEVICE_ENTRY_TABLE OmfFileEntryTable;
+#endif
+
+//
+// Declare the table of opened devices.
+//
+OPENED_PATHNAME_ENTRY OpenedPathTable[SIZE_OF_OPENED_PATHNAME_TABLE];
+
+//
+// Declare the table of opened drivers.
+//
+DRIVER_LOOKUP_ENTRY DeviceLookupTable[SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE];
+
+//
+// Define data structure for the file system structure context.
+//
+
+typedef union _FILE_SYSTEM_STRUCTURE {
+    FAT_STRUCTURE_CONTEXT   FatContext;
+    NTFS_STRUCTURE_CONTEXT  NtfsContext;
+    ULONG                   Tmp;
+} FILE_SYSTEM_STRUCTURE, *PFILE_SYSTEM_STRUCTURE;
+
+typedef struct _FS_POOL_ENTRY {
+    BOOLEAN     InUse;
+    FILE_SYSTEM_STRUCTURE Fs;
+} FS_POOL_ENTRY, *PFS_POOL_ENTRY;
+
+
+//
+// The pool size was reduced from eight to five as an easy way to include
+// NTFS booting without radically changing the manipulation of the firmware
+// file system pool.
+//
+//#define FS_POOL_SIZE 8
+//
+#define FS_POOL_SIZE 5
+
+PFS_POOL_ENTRY FileSystemStructurePool;
+
+//
+// Declare local procedures
+//
+
+VOID
+FiFreeFsStructure(
+    IN PFILE_SYSTEM_STRUCTURE PFs
+    );
+
+PVOID
+FiAllocateFsStructure(
+    VOID
+    );
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FiGetFileTableEntry(
+    OUT PULONG  Entry
+    );
+
+PFAT_STRUCTURE_CONTEXT
+FiAllocateFatStructure(
+    VOID
+    );
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwGetFileInformation (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    OUT PFILE_INFORMATION Finfo
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function gets the file information for the specified FileId.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies the file table index.
+
+    Finfo - Supplies a pointer to where the File Informatino is stored.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the specified file is open then this routine dispatches to the
+    File routine.
+    Otherwise, returns an unsuccessful status.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    if (BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Open == 1) {
+        return (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->GetFileInformation)(FileId,
+                                                                          Finfo);
+    } else {
+        return EACCES;
+    }
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwSetFileInformation (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN ULONG AttributeFlags,
+    IN ULONG AttributeMask
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function sets the file attributes for the specified FileId.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies the file table index.
+
+    AttributeFlags - Supply the attributes to be set for the file.
+    AttributeMask
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the specified file is open and is not a device then this routine
+    dispatches to the file system  routine.
+    Otherwise, returns an unsuccessful status.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    if ((BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Open == 1) &&
+        (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceId != DEVICE_DEVICE)) {
+        return (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->SetFileInformation)(FileId,
+                                                                          AttributeFlags,
+                                                                          AttributeMask);
+    } else {
+        return EACCES;
+    }
+}
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwMount (
+    IN PCHAR MountPath,
+    IN MOUNT_OPERATION Operation
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwRead (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    OUT PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function reads from a file or a device that is open.
+
+    Alpha/Jensen cannot do DMA in the .5MB -- 1MB memory space, so
+    transfers within that space are done through another buffer.  This is
+    transparent to the code that called this function.   \TBD\: whether
+    other Alpha PC's need this fix too.  We will leave the fix in for
+    now as Alpha-generic.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies the file table index.
+
+    Buffer - Supplies a pointer to the buffer that receives the data
+        read.
+
+    Length - Supplies the number of bytes that are to be read.
+
+    Count - Supplies a pointer to a variable that receives the number of
+        bytes actually transfered.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the specified file is open for read, then a read is attempted
+    and the status of the operation is returned. Otherwise, return an
+    unsuccessful status.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+#ifdef ALPHA
+
+    // These are for buffering DMA data destined for .5MB -- 1MB addresses.
+
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    UCHAR LocalSectorBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE];
+    PUCHAR LocalBuffer = Buffer;
+    ULONG LocalLengthRemaining = Length;
+    ULONG LocalCountSum = 0;
+    ULONG LocalLength;
+    ULONG LocalCount;
+    PUCHAR P_512KB;
+    PUCHAR P_1MB;
+
+#endif
+                     
+    //
+    // If the file is open for read, then attempt to read from it. Otherwise
+    // return an access error.
+    //
+
+    if ((BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Open == 1) &&
+        (BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Read == 1)) {
+
+#ifdef ALPHA
+
+    // 
+    // These pointers are used to compare buffer addresses to the
+    // Alpha/Jensen missing memory DMA section of .5MB -- 1MB.
+    // The KSEG0_BASE bit is set if the incoming Buffer address has it
+    // set.
+    //
+
+    P_512KB = (PUCHAR)(_512_KB | ((ULONG)Buffer & KSEG0_BASE));
+    P_1MB   = (PUCHAR)(ONE_MB | ((ULONG)Buffer & KSEG0_BASE));
+
+
+
+
+    //
+    // LocalBuffer and LocalLengthRemaining are bumped along by each
+    // section of the JENSEN code to simplify the comparisons.
+    //
+    // LocalCountSum will keep a running total of the bytes actually
+    // transferred.  This is initialized to zero.
+    //
+
+
+    //
+    // Read the part below .5MB.
+    //
+
+    if (LocalBuffer < P_512KB) {
+
+        LocalLength = ((LocalBuffer + LocalLengthRemaining) > P_512KB) ?
+                      (P_512KB - LocalBuffer) : LocalLengthRemaining;
+
+        Status = (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->Read)(FileId,
+                                  LocalBuffer,
+                                  LocalLength,
+                                  &LocalCount);
+
+        LocalBuffer += LocalLength;
+        LocalLengthRemaining -= LocalLength;
+        LocalCountSum += LocalCount;
+
+
+        if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+        *Count = LocalCountSum;
+        return (Status);   
+        }
+
+    }
+        
+
+    //
+    // Read the part between .5MB and 1MB.
+    //
+
+    if ((LocalBuffer >= P_512KB) &&
+        (LocalBuffer < P_1MB) &&
+        (LocalLengthRemaining > 0)) {
+
+        // Calculate amount to read
+
+        LocalLength = LocalLengthRemaining > _512_KB ?
+                      _512_KB : LocalLengthRemaining;
+
+        //
+        // Now read the data into this region via LocalSectorBuffer.
+        //
+        // First read in data in chunks of SECTOR_SIZE size, and then
+        // read in any remaining bytes.  Note: C integer division
+        // truncates any fractional part.
+        //
+
+        while (LocalLength / SECTOR_SIZE) {
+
+        Status = (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->Read)(FileId,
+                                      LocalSectorBuffer,
+                                      SECTOR_SIZE,
+                                      &LocalCount);
+        
+
+        RtlMoveMemory ( LocalBuffer, LocalSectorBuffer, SECTOR_SIZE );
+
+        LocalBuffer += SECTOR_SIZE;
+        LocalLengthRemaining -= SECTOR_SIZE;
+        LocalLength -= SECTOR_SIZE;
+        LocalCountSum += LocalCount;
+          
+        if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+            *Count = LocalCountSum;
+            return (Status);   
+        }
+
+           }
+
+        
+        //
+        // Now read in any remaining bytes.
+        //
+
+        if (LocalLength) {
+        
+        Status = (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->Read)(FileId,
+                                      LocalSectorBuffer,
+                                      LocalLength,
+                                      &LocalCount);
+        
+
+        RtlMoveMemory ( LocalBuffer, LocalSectorBuffer, LocalLength );
+
+        LocalBuffer += LocalLength;
+        LocalLengthRemaining -= LocalLength;
+        LocalCountSum += LocalCount;
+          
+        if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+            *Count = LocalCountSum;
+            return (Status);   
+        }
+
+        }
+
+    }
+
+
+
+    //
+    // Read the part above 1MB.
+    //
+
+
+    if ((LocalBuffer >= P_1MB) &&
+        (LocalLengthRemaining > 0)) {
+
+        Status = (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->Read)(FileId,
+                                  LocalBuffer,
+                                  LocalLengthRemaining,
+                                  &LocalCount);
+
+
+        LocalCountSum += LocalCount;
+
+        }
+
+
+
+    //
+    // The read must have succeeded.  Return Status and Count.
+    //
+        *Count = LocalCountSum;
+    return (ESUCCESS);   
+
+#else
+    // Non-JENSEN code.
+
+        return (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->Read)(FileId,
+                                                            Buffer,
+                                                            Length,
+                                                            Count);
+#endif
+
+    } else {
+        return EACCES;
+    }
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwGetReadStatus (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    //
+    // If the file is open for read, then call the call the specific routine.
+    // Otherwise return an access error.
+
+    if ((BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Open == 1) &&
+        (BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Read == 1)) {
+
+        //
+        // Make sure there is a valid GetReadStatus entry.
+        //
+
+        if (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->GetReadStatus != NULL) {
+            return(BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->GetReadStatus)(FileId);
+        } else {
+            return(EACCES);
+        }
+
+    } else {
+        return EACCES;
+    }
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwSeek (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PLARGE_INTEGER Offset,
+    IN SEEK_MODE SeekMode
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the specified file is open, then a seek is attempted and
+    the status of the operation is returned. Otherwise, return an
+    unsuccessful status.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    //
+    // If the file is open, then attempt to seek on it. Otherwise return an
+    // access error.
+    //
+
+    if (BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Open == 1) {
+        return (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->Seek)(FileId,
+                                                            Offset,
+                                                            SeekMode);
+    } else {
+        return EACCES;
+    }
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwWrite (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function writes to a file or a device that is open.
+
+    Alpha/Jensen cannot do DMA in the .5MB -- 1MB memory space, so
+    transfers within that space are done through another buffer.  This is
+    transparent to the code that called this function.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies the file table index.
+
+    Buffer - Supplies a pointer to the buffer that contains the data
+        to write.
+
+    Length - Supplies the number of bytes that are to be written.
+
+    Count - Supplies a pointer to a variable that receives the number of
+        bytes actually transfered.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the specified file is open for write, then a write is attempted
+    and the status of the operation is returned. Otherwise, return an
+    unsuccessful status.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+#ifdef ALPHA
+
+    // These are for buffering DMA data from .5MB -- 1MB addresses.
+
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    UCHAR LocalSectorBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE];
+    PUCHAR LocalBuffer = Buffer;
+    ULONG LocalLengthRemaining = Length;
+    ULONG LocalCountSum = 0;
+    ULONG LocalLength;
+    ULONG LocalCount;
+    PUCHAR P_512KB;
+    PUCHAR P_1MB;
+
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // If the file is open for write, then attempt to write to it. Otherwise
+    // return an access error.
+    //
+
+    if ((BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Open == 1) &&
+        (BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Write == 1)) {
+
+#ifdef ALPHA
+
+    // 
+    // These pointers are used to compare buffer addresses to the
+    // Alpha/Jensen missing memory DMA section of .5MB -- 1MB.
+    // The KSEG0_BASE bit is set if the incoming Buffer address has it
+    // set.
+    //
+
+    P_512KB = (PUCHAR)(_512_KB | ((ULONG)Buffer & KSEG0_BASE));
+    P_1MB   = (PUCHAR)(ONE_MB | ((ULONG)Buffer & KSEG0_BASE));
+
+
+
+
+    //
+    // LocalBuffer and LocalLengthRemaining are bumped along by each
+    // section of the JENSEN code to simplify the comparisons.
+    //
+    // LocalCountSum will keep a running total of the bytes actually
+    // transferred.  This is initialized to zero.
+    //
+
+
+    //
+    // Write the part below .5MB.
+    //
+
+    if (LocalBuffer < P_512KB) {
+
+        LocalLength = ((LocalBuffer + LocalLengthRemaining) > P_512KB) ?
+                      (P_512KB - LocalBuffer) : LocalLengthRemaining;
+
+        Status = (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->Write)(FileId,
+                                   LocalBuffer,
+                                   LocalLength,
+                                   &LocalCount);
+
+        LocalBuffer += LocalLength;
+        LocalLengthRemaining -= LocalLength;
+        LocalCountSum += LocalCount;
+
+
+        if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+        *Count = LocalCountSum;
+        return (Status);   
+        }
+
+    }
+        
+
+    //
+    // Write the part between .5MB and 1MB.
+    //
+
+    if ((LocalBuffer >= P_512KB) &&
+        (LocalBuffer < P_1MB) &&
+        (LocalLengthRemaining > 0)) {
+
+        // Calculate amount to write
+
+        LocalLength = LocalLengthRemaining > _512_KB ?
+                      _512_KB : LocalLengthRemaining;
+
+        //
+        // Now write the data into this region via LocalSectorBuffer.
+        //
+        // First write data in chunks of SECTOR_SIZE size, and then
+        // write any remaining bytes.  Note: C integer division
+        // truncates any fractional part.
+        //
+
+        while (LocalLength / SECTOR_SIZE) {
+        
+        RtlMoveMemory ( LocalSectorBuffer, LocalBuffer, SECTOR_SIZE );
+
+        Status = (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->Write)(FileId,
+                                       LocalSectorBuffer,
+                                       SECTOR_SIZE,
+                                       &LocalCount);
+        
+        LocalBuffer += SECTOR_SIZE;
+        LocalLengthRemaining -= SECTOR_SIZE;
+        LocalLength -= SECTOR_SIZE;
+        LocalCountSum += LocalCount;
+          
+        if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+            *Count = LocalCountSum;
+            return (Status);   
+        }
+
+        }
+
+        
+        //
+        // Now write any remaining bytes.
+        //
+
+        if (LocalLength) {
+        
+        RtlMoveMemory ( LocalSectorBuffer, LocalBuffer, LocalLength );
+
+        Status = (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->Write)(FileId,
+                                       LocalSectorBuffer,
+                                       LocalLength,
+                                       &LocalCount);
+        
+
+        LocalBuffer += LocalLength;
+        LocalLengthRemaining -= LocalLength;
+        LocalCountSum += LocalCount;
+          
+        if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+            *Count = LocalCountSum;
+            return (Status);   
+        }
+
+        }
+
+    }
+
+
+
+    //
+    // Write the part above 1MB.
+    //
+
+
+    if ((LocalBuffer >= P_1MB) &&
+        (LocalLengthRemaining > 0)) {
+
+        Status = (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->Write)(FileId,
+                                   LocalBuffer,
+                                   LocalLengthRemaining,
+                                   &LocalCount);
+
+
+        LocalCountSum += LocalCount;
+
+    }
+        
+
+
+    //
+    // The write must have succeeded.  Return Status and Count.
+    //
+    *Count = LocalCountSum;
+    return (ESUCCESS);   
+
+#else
+    // Non-JENSEN code.
+
+        return (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->Write)(FileId,
+                                 Buffer,
+                                 Length,
+                                 Count);
+#endif
+
+    } else {
+        return EACCES;
+    }
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwGetDirectoryEntry (
+    IN  ULONG FileId,
+    OUT PDIRECTORY_ENTRY Buffer,
+    IN  ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function reads from a file the requested number of directory entries.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies the file table index.
+
+    Buffer - Supplies a pointer to the buffer to receive the directory
+             entries.
+
+    Length - Supplies the number of directory entries to be read.
+
+    Count - Supplies a pointer to a variable that receives the number of
+        directory entries actually read..
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the specified file is open for read, then a read is attempted
+    and the status of the operation is returned. Otherwise, return an
+    unsuccessful status.
+
+--*/
+{
+    //
+    //  If the file is open for read, then call the specific routine.
+    //  Otherwise return an access error.
+    //
+
+    if ((FileId < BL_FILE_TABLE_SIZE) &&
+        (BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Open  == 1) &&
+        (BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Read  == 1) &&
+        (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceId != DEVICE_DEVICE)) {
+
+        //
+        // Check to make sure a GetDirectoryEntry routine exists
+        //
+
+        if (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->GetDirectoryEntry != NULL) {
+            return (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->GetDirectoryEntry)
+                         (FileId, Buffer, Length, Count);
+        }
+    } else {
+        return EBADF;
+    }
+}
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwClose (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function closes a file or a device if it's open.
+    The DeviceId field indicates if the FileId is a device
+    (it has the value DEVICE_DEVICE) or is a file.
+    When closing a file, after the file is closed the
+    reference counter for the device is decremented and if zero
+    the device is also closed and the device name removed from
+    the table of opened devices.
+    If FileId specifies a device, the reference counter is
+    decremented and if zero the device is closed and the device
+    name removed from the table of opened devices.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies the file table index.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the specified file is open, then a close is attempted and
+    the status of the operation is returned. Otherwise, return an
+    unsuccessful status.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG DeviceId;
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    if (BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Open == 1) {
+        //
+        // Check if closing a file or a device
+        //
+        if (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceId == DEVICE_DEVICE) {
+            //
+            // Decrement reference counter, if it's zero call the device
+            // close routine.
+            //
+            OpenedPathTable[FileId].ReferenceCounter--;
+            if (OpenedPathTable[FileId].ReferenceCounter == 0) {
+                //
+                // Remove the name of the device from the table of opened devices.
+                //
+                OpenedPathTable[FileId].DeviceName[0] = '\0';
+
+                //
+                // Call the device specific close routine.
+                //
+                Status = (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->Close)(FileId);
+
+                //
+                //  If the device has a file system, free the memory used for
+                //  the STRUCTURE_CONTEXT.
+                //
+                if (BlFileTable[FileId].StructureContext != NULL) {
+                    FiFreeFsStructure(BlFileTable[FileId].StructureContext);
+                }
+                return Status;
+            } else {
+                return ESUCCESS;
+            }
+        } else {
+            //
+            // Close the file
+            //
+            DeviceId= BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceId;
+            Status = (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->Close)(FileId);
+            if (Status) {
+                return Status;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Close also the device
+            //
+            return FwClose(DeviceId);
+        }
+    } else {
+        return EACCES;
+    }
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwOpen (
+    IN PCHAR OpenPath,
+    IN OPEN_MODE OpenMode,
+    OUT PULONG FileId
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function opens the file specified by OpenPath.
+    If the device portion of the pathanme is already opened, it reuses
+    the fid. Otherwise it looks for a driver able to handle this
+    device and logs the opened device so that it can be reused.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    OpenPath   -    ARC compliant pathname of the device/file to be opened.
+    OpenMode   -    Supplies the mode in wich the file is opened.
+    FileId     -    Pointer to a variable that receives the fid for this
+                    pathname.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the file is successfully opened returns ESUCCESS otherwise
+    returns an unsuccessfull status.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG i;
+    ULONG DeviceId;
+    PCHAR FileName ;
+    PCHAR TempString1;
+    PCHAR TempString2;
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    CHAR DeviceName[80];
+    PVOID TmpStructureContext;
+    OPEN_MODE DeviceOpenMode;
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && defined(EISA_PLATFORM)
+    BOOLEAN OmfProtocol;
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // Split OpenPath into DeviceName and FileName.
+    // Search for the last ')'
+    //
+    FileName = OpenPath;
+    for (TempString1 = OpenPath; *TempString1; TempString1++) {
+        if ( *TempString1 == ')') {
+            FileName = TempString1+1;
+        }
+    }
+    if (FileName == OpenPath) {
+        return ENODEV;
+    }
+
+    //
+    //  Extract the device pathname, convert it to lower case and
+    //  put zeros where the "key" is not specified.
+    //
+    TempString1=DeviceName;
+    for (TempString2=OpenPath;TempString2 != FileName ;TempString2++) {
+        //
+        // If about to copy ')' and previous char was '('
+        // put a zero in between.
+        //
+        if (((*TempString2 == ')') && (*(TempString1-1)) == '(')){
+            *TempString1++ = '0';
+        }
+        *TempString1++ = tolower(*TempString2);
+    }
+    *TempString1 = '\0';
+
+    //
+    // Translate the open mode to its equivalent for devices.
+    //
+    DeviceOpenMode = OpenMode;
+
+    if (FileName[0] == '\0') {
+        //
+        // On an attempt to open a device with an invalid OpenMode
+        // return an error.
+        //
+        if (OpenMode > ArcOpenReadWrite) {
+            return EINVAL;
+        }
+    } else {
+
+        //
+        // A file is being opened, set the right Open Mode for the device.
+        //
+        if (OpenMode > ArcOpenReadOnly)  {
+            DeviceOpenMode = ArcOpenReadWrite;
+        }
+    }
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && defined(EISA_PLATFORM)
+    //
+    // Check for OMF protocol.
+    //
+
+    if ( strstr(DeviceName, ")omf(0)" ) != NULL ) {
+        OmfProtocol = TRUE;
+    } else {
+        OmfProtocol = FALSE;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // Search for a matching entry in the table of opened devices.
+    //
+    for (DeviceId = 0;DeviceId < SIZE_OF_OPENED_PATHNAME_TABLE;DeviceId++) {
+        if (strcmp(DeviceName,OpenedPathTable[DeviceId].DeviceName)==0) {
+            //
+            // device already opened. Check that it is also opened in
+            // the same mode.
+            //
+            if ((DeviceOpenMode != ArcOpenWriteOnly) && (BlFileTable[DeviceId].Flags.Read != 1)) {
+                continue;
+            }
+            if ((DeviceOpenMode != ArcOpenReadOnly) && (BlFileTable[DeviceId].Flags.Write != 1)) {
+                continue;
+            }
+            //
+            // If opened for the same Mode then just increment reference counter.
+            //
+            OpenedPathTable[DeviceId].ReferenceCounter++;
+            Status = ESUCCESS;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    if (DeviceId == SIZE_OF_OPENED_PATHNAME_TABLE) {
+
+        //
+        // Device not opened. Look for a driver that handles this device.
+        //
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && defined(EISA_PLATFORM)
+        if ( OmfProtocol ) {
+
+            //
+            //  omf protocol, let the omf software layer validate the path.
+            //  Get a free entry in the file table for the device.
+            //
+
+            if ( Status = FiGetFileTableEntry( &DeviceId ) ) {
+                return Status;
+            }
+
+            BlFileTable[DeviceId].DeviceEntryTable = &OmfEntryTable;
+
+        } else {
+#else
+               {
+#endif
+
+            for (i=0;i < SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE; i++) {
+                if (DeviceLookupTable[i].DevicePath == NULL) {
+
+                    //
+                    // Driver not found
+                    //
+
+                    return ENODEV;
+                }
+                if (strstr(DeviceName,DeviceLookupTable[i].DevicePath) == DeviceName) {
+
+                    //
+                    // Get a free entry in the file table for the device.
+                    //
+
+                    if (Status = FiGetFileTableEntry(&DeviceId)) {
+                        return Status;
+                    }
+
+                    //
+                    // Set the dispatch table in the file table.
+                    //
+
+                    BlFileTable[DeviceId].DeviceEntryTable = DeviceLookupTable[i].DispatchTable;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+
+            //
+            //  if end of table, drive not found
+            //
+
+            if ( i == SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE )
+            {
+                return ENODEV;
+            }
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Call the device specific open routine.  Use the DeviceName instead of
+        // the OpenPath so that the drivers always see a lowercase name.
+        //
+
+        Status = (BlFileTable[DeviceId].DeviceEntryTable->Open)(DeviceName,
+                                                                DeviceOpenMode,
+                                                                &DeviceId);
+        if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+            return Status;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // if the device was successfully opened. Log this device name
+        // and initialize the file table.
+        //
+
+        strcpy(OpenedPathTable[DeviceId].DeviceName,DeviceName);
+        OpenedPathTable[DeviceId].ReferenceCounter =  1;
+
+        //
+        // Set flags in file table.
+        //
+
+        BlFileTable[DeviceId].Flags.Open = 1;
+
+        if (DeviceOpenMode != ArcOpenWriteOnly) {
+            BlFileTable[DeviceId].Flags.Read = 1;
+        }
+        if (DeviceOpenMode != ArcOpenReadOnly) {
+            BlFileTable[DeviceId].Flags.Write = 1;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Mark this entry in the file table as a device itself.
+        //
+
+        BlFileTable[DeviceId].DeviceId = DEVICE_DEVICE;
+        BlFileTable[DeviceId].StructureContext = NULL;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If we get here the device was successfully open and DeviceId contains
+    // the entry in the file table for this device.
+    //
+
+    if (FileName[0]) {
+
+        //
+        // Get an entry for the file.
+        //
+
+        if (Status=FiGetFileTableEntry(FileId)) {
+            FwClose( DeviceId );
+            return Status;
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && defined(EISA_PLATFORM)
+
+        //
+        // check if "omf" file system
+        //
+
+        } else if ( OmfProtocol ) {
+            BlFileTable[ *FileId ].DeviceEntryTable = &OmfFileEntryTable;
+#endif
+
+        //
+        // Check if the device has a recognized file system on it.  If not
+        // present, allocate a structure context.
+        //
+
+        } else if (((TmpStructureContext = BlFileTable[DeviceId].StructureContext) == NULL) &&
+                   ((TmpStructureContext = FiAllocateFsStructure()) == NULL)) {
+            FwClose( DeviceId );
+            return EMFILE;
+
+        //
+        // Check for FAT filesystem.
+        //
+
+        } else if ((BlFileTable[*FileId].DeviceEntryTable =
+                    IsFatFileStructure(DeviceId,TmpStructureContext))
+                       != NULL) {
+            BlFileTable[DeviceId].StructureContext = TmpStructureContext;
+
+        //
+        // Check for CD filesystem.
+        //
+
+        } else if ((BlFileTable[*FileId].DeviceEntryTable =
+                    IsCdfsFileStructure(DeviceId,TmpStructureContext))
+                       != NULL) {
+            BlFileTable[DeviceId].StructureContext = TmpStructureContext;
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && !defined(ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS)
+
+//
+// Do not build in this clause if this is a FailSafe Booter build, or
+// if we are building in the kernel debugger stub.
+//
+
+        //
+        // Check for NTFS filesystem.
+        //
+
+        } else if ((BlFileTable[*FileId].DeviceEntryTable =
+                    IsNtfsFileStructure(DeviceId,TmpStructureContext))
+                       != NULL) {
+            BlFileTable[DeviceId].StructureContext = TmpStructureContext;
+#endif
+
+        } else {
+
+            FiFreeFsStructure(TmpStructureContext);
+            FwClose(DeviceId);
+            FwPrint(FW_FILESYSTEM_NOT_REQ_MSG);
+            return EIO;
+        }
+
+        //
+        //  Set the DeviceId in the file table.
+        //
+
+        BlFileTable[*FileId].DeviceId = DeviceId;
+
+        //
+        // Copy the pointer to FatStructureContext from the device entry
+        // to the file entry.
+        //
+
+        BlFileTable[*FileId].StructureContext = BlFileTable[DeviceId].StructureContext;
+        Status = (BlFileTable[*FileId].DeviceEntryTable->Open)(FileName,
+                                                               OpenMode,
+                                                               FileId);
+
+
+        //
+        // If the file could not be opened. Then close the device and
+        // return the error
+        //
+
+        if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+            FiFreeFsStructure(TmpStructureContext);
+            FwClose(DeviceId);
+    }
+
+    return Status;
+
+    } else {
+
+        //
+        //  No file specified return the fid for the device.
+        //
+        *FileId = DeviceId;
+        return Status;
+    }
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FiGetFileTableEntry(
+    OUT PULONG  Entry
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function looks for an unused entry in the FileTable.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Entry - Pointer to the variable that gets an index for the file table.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns ESUCCESS if a free entry is found
+    or      EMFILE  if no entry is available.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG   Index;
+    for (Index=0;Index < BL_FILE_TABLE_SIZE;Index++) {
+        if (BlFileTable[Index].Flags.Open == 0) {
+            *Entry = Index;
+            return ESUCCESS;
+        }
+    }
+    return EMFILE;
+}
+ULONG
+FiGetFreeLookupEntry (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine looks for the first available entry in the device
+    lookup table, that is the entry where DevicePath is NULL.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns the Index of the first free entry of the DeviceLookupTable
+    or SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE is the table is full.
+
+
+--*/
+
+{
+ULONG  Index;
+    //
+    // Search for the first free entry in the Lookup table
+    //
+    for (Index=0;Index < SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE;Index++) {
+        if (DeviceLookupTable[Index].DevicePath == NULL) {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return Index;
+}
+
+VOID
+FwIoInitialize1(
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the file table used by the firmware to
+    export I/O functions to client programs loaded from the system
+    partition, initializes the I/O entry points in the firmware
+    transfer vector and initializes the display driver.
+
+    Note: This routine is called at phase 1 initialization.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    ULONG Index;
+    //
+    // Initialize the I/O entry points in the firmware transfer vector.
+    //
+
+    (PARC_CLOSE_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[CloseRoutine] = FwClose;
+    (PARC_MOUNT_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[MountRoutine] = FwMount;
+    (PARC_OPEN_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[OpenRoutine] = FwOpen;
+    (PARC_READ_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[ReadRoutine] = FwRead;
+    (PARC_READ_STATUS_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[ReadStatusRoutine] =
+                                                                FwGetReadStatus;
+    (PARC_SEEK_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[SeekRoutine] = FwSeek;
+    (PARC_WRITE_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[WriteRoutine] = FwWrite;
+    (PARC_GET_FILE_INFO_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[GetFileInformationRoutine] = FwGetFileInformation;
+    (PARC_SET_FILE_INFO_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[SetFileInformationRoutine] = FwSetFileInformation;
+    (PARC_GET_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[GetDirectoryEntryRoutine] = FwGetDirectoryEntry;
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the file table.
+    //
+
+    for (Index = 0; Index < BL_FILE_TABLE_SIZE; Index += 1) {
+        BlFileTable[Index].Flags.Open = 0;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the driver lookup table.
+    //
+    for (Index=0;Index < SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE;Index++) {
+        DeviceLookupTable[Index].DevicePath = NULL;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the table of opened devices.
+    //
+    for (Index = 0;Index < SIZE_OF_OPENED_PATHNAME_TABLE;Index++) {
+        OpenedPathTable[Index].DeviceName[0]='\0';
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Call the Display driver initialization routine
+    //
+    DisplayInitialize(&DeviceLookupTable[0],
+                      SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE);
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+FwIoInitialize2(
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine calls the device driver initialization routines.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG Index;
+
+    //
+    // Call the Keyboard driver initialization routine
+    //
+    if ((Index=FiGetFreeLookupEntry()) == SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE) {
+        FwPrint(FW_NOT_ENOUGH_ENTRIES_MSG);
+    } else {
+        KeyboardInitialize(&DeviceLookupTable[Index],
+                           SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE-Index);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Look for first free entry and call
+    // floppy driver initialization routine
+    //
+
+    if ((Index=FiGetFreeLookupEntry()) == SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE) {
+        FwPrint(FW_NOT_ENOUGH_ENTRIES_MSG);
+    } else {
+        FloppyInitialize(&DeviceLookupTable[Index],
+                         SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE-Index);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the MasterAdapterObject for the pseudo-Hal support
+    // functions in jxhwsup.c.
+    //
+
+    MasterAdapterObject = NULL;
+    for (Index = 0; Index < 8; Index++) {
+        HalpEisaAdapter[Index] = 0;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Initialize global variables.  This fixes a bug where the firmware 
+    // will crash after (10/number of SCSI busses) reboots.
+    // Init is done here since aha154x driver calls scsiportinitialize
+    // twice (for isa then mca) so can't init this there.
+    //
+
+    for (ScsiPortCount = 0; ScsiPortCount < 10; ScsiPortCount++) {
+    ScsiPortDeviceObject[ScsiPortCount] = 0;
+    }
+
+    ScsiPortCount = 0;
+    
+    //
+    // Call the mini-port driver initialization routine.
+    //
+
+    DriverEntry(NULL, NULL);
+
+    //
+    // Call the scsi driver initialization routine
+    //
+
+    {
+    
+    //
+    // This is a temporary bugfix for the FwAddChild failure bug in
+    // scsidisk.c
+    //
+
+    CHAR ComponentPath[10];
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT ControllerComponent;
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT ScsiComponent;
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT NextComponent;
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT PeripheralComponent;
+
+    //
+    // Search the configuration database for scsi disk and cdrom devices and
+    // delete them.
+    //
+
+    sprintf(ComponentPath,"scsi(%1d)", 0);
+    ScsiComponent = FwGetComponent(ComponentPath);
+
+    if (ScsiComponent != NULL) {
+    if (ScsiComponent->Type == ScsiAdapter) {
+        ControllerComponent = FwGetChild(ScsiComponent);
+
+        while (ControllerComponent != NULL) {
+        NextComponent = FwGetPeer(ControllerComponent);
+
+        if ((ControllerComponent->Type == DiskController) ||
+            (ControllerComponent->Type == CdromController)) {
+
+            PeripheralComponent = FwGetChild(ControllerComponent);
+            if (FwDeleteComponent(PeripheralComponent) == ESUCCESS) {
+            FwDeleteComponent(ControllerComponent);
+            }
+        }
+        ControllerComponent = NextComponent;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    FwPrint(FW_DO_NOT_POWER_OFF_MSG);
+
+    FwSaveConfiguration();
+
+    FwPrint(FW_OK_MSG);
+    FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+
+    }
+
+    if ((Index=FiGetFreeLookupEntry()) == SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE) {
+        FwPrint(FW_NOT_ENOUGH_ENTRIES_MSG);
+    } else {
+        HardDiskInitialize(&DeviceLookupTable[Index],
+                          SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE-Index,
+                          NULL);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Call the serial port driver initialization routine
+    //
+    if ((Index=FiGetFreeLookupEntry()) == SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE) {
+        FwPrint(FW_NOT_ENOUGH_ENTRIES_MSG);
+    } else {
+        SerialInitialize(&DeviceLookupTable[Index],
+                           SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE-Index);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Pre allocate memory for the File system structures.
+    //
+
+    FileSystemStructurePool =
+        FwAllocatePool(sizeof(FS_POOL_ENTRY) * FS_POOL_SIZE);
+
+    return;
+}
+
+PVOID
+FiAllocateFsStructure(
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine allocates a File System structure
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns a pointer to the Allocated File System structure or NULL.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    PFS_POOL_ENTRY TmpPointer,Last;
+
+    if (FileSystemStructurePool == NULL) {
+    return NULL;
+    }
+
+    TmpPointer =  FileSystemStructurePool;
+
+    Last = FileSystemStructurePool+FS_POOL_SIZE;
+    do {
+        if (TmpPointer->InUse == FALSE) {
+            TmpPointer->InUse = TRUE;
+            return &TmpPointer->Fs;
+        }
+        TmpPointer++;
+    } while (TmpPointer != Last);
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+VOID
+FiFreeFsStructure(
+    IN PFILE_SYSTEM_STRUCTURE PFs
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine frees a File System structure previously allocated.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    PFs pointer to the file system structure to free.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    CONTAINING_RECORD(PFs, FS_POOL_ENTRY, Fs)->InUse = FALSE;
+    return;
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwkd.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwkd.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4701f7801
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwkd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,699 @@
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1990  Microsoft Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    fwkd.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements the code to interface the firware exception
+    path with the kernel debugger stub.
+
+Author:
+
+    Joe Notarangelo  31-Mar-93
+
+Environment:
+
+    Firmware.
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "fwpexcpt.h"
+#include "ntosdef.h"
+
+VOID
+FwFrameToKdFrames(
+    PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME FirmwareFrame,
+    PKTRAP_FRAME TrapFrame,
+    PCONTEXT Context
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwFrameFromKdFrames(
+    PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME FirmwareFrame,
+    PKTRAP_FRAME TrapFrame,
+    PCONTEXT Context
+    );
+
+VOID
+KeContextFromKframes (
+    IN PKTRAP_FRAME TrapFrame,
+    IN PKEXCEPTION_FRAME ExceptionFrame,
+    IN OUT PCONTEXT ContextFrame
+    );
+
+VOID
+KeContextToKframes (
+    IN OUT PKTRAP_FRAME TrapFrame,
+    IN OUT PKEXCEPTION_FRAME ExceptionFrame,
+    IN PCONTEXT ContextFrame,
+    IN ULONG ContextFlags,
+    IN KPROCESSOR_MODE PreviousMode
+    );
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwKdProcessBreakpoint(
+    PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME FirmwareExceptionFrame
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function implements the glue logic between the firmware
+    exception path and the kernel debugger stub.  It must translate
+    the firmware exception frame to a kernel trap and context frame.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FirmwareExceptionFrame - supplies a pointer to the firmware exception
+                             frame.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    The value TRUE is returned if the breakpoint is processed by the
+    kernel debugger stub, FALSE is returned otherwise.
+
+--*/
+{
+    KTRAP_FRAME TrapFrame;
+    CONTEXT     Context;
+    PEXCEPTION_RECORD ExceptionRecord; 
+
+
+    //
+    // Translate the firmware exception frame to the frames expected
+    // by the kernel debugger stub.
+    //
+
+    FwFrameToKdFrames( FirmwareExceptionFrame, &TrapFrame, &Context );
+
+
+    ExceptionRecord = (PEXCEPTION_RECORD)&TrapFrame.ExceptionRecord;
+
+    //
+    // Determine if this is a kernel debugger breakpoint, if it is not
+    // return FALSE to indicate that the breakpoint was not handled.
+    //
+
+    if( !KdIsThisAKdTrap(ExceptionRecord, 
+                         &Context, 
+                         KernelMode) ) {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Call the kernel debugger to handle the breakpoint.
+    //
+
+    (VOID)KdpTrap( &TrapFrame,
+                   ExceptionRecord,
+                   &Context,
+                   KernelMode,
+                   FALSE ); 
+
+    //
+    // Transfer the kernel frames back into the firmware frame.
+    //
+
+    FwFrameFromKdFrames( FirmwareExceptionFrame, &TrapFrame, &Context );
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+VOID
+FwFrameToKdFrames(
+    PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME FirmwareFrame,
+    PKTRAP_FRAME TrapFrame,
+    PCONTEXT Context
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    Convert the firmware exception frame to the kernel frames format.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FirmwareFrame - supplies a pointer to the firmware exception frame.
+
+    TrapFrame - supplies a pointer to the kernel trap frame.
+
+    Context - supplies a pointer to the kernel context
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+
+    PEXCEPTION_RECORD ExceptionRecord;
+    KEXCEPTION_FRAME ExceptionFrame;
+
+    //
+    // Build the kernel trap frame.
+    //
+
+    //
+    // Volatile floating registers.
+    //
+
+    TrapFrame->FltF0 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF0;
+    TrapFrame->Fpcr = 0;   				//not saved by firmware
+    TrapFrame->FltF1 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF1;
+    
+    TrapFrame->FltF10 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF10;
+    TrapFrame->FltF11 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF11;
+    TrapFrame->FltF12 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF12;
+    TrapFrame->FltF13 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF13;
+    TrapFrame->FltF14 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF14;
+    TrapFrame->FltF15 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF15;
+    TrapFrame->FltF16 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF16;
+    TrapFrame->FltF17 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF17;
+    TrapFrame->FltF18 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF18;
+    TrapFrame->FltF19 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF19;
+    TrapFrame->FltF20 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF20;
+    TrapFrame->FltF21 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF21;
+    TrapFrame->FltF22 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF22;
+    TrapFrame->FltF23 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF23;
+    TrapFrame->FltF24 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF24;
+    TrapFrame->FltF25 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF25;
+    TrapFrame->FltF26 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF26;
+    TrapFrame->FltF27 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF27;
+    TrapFrame->FltF28 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF28;
+    TrapFrame->FltF29 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF29;
+    TrapFrame->FltF30 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF30;
+    
+    //
+    // Volatile integer registers.
+    //
+
+    TrapFrame->IntV0 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionV0;
+    TrapFrame->IntT0 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT0;
+    TrapFrame->IntT1 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT1;
+    TrapFrame->IntT2 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT2;
+    TrapFrame->IntT3 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT3;
+    TrapFrame->IntT4 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT4;
+    TrapFrame->IntT5 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT5;
+    TrapFrame->IntT6 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT6;
+    TrapFrame->IntT7 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT7;
+    
+    TrapFrame->IntFp = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionFp;
+    
+    TrapFrame->IntA0 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionA0;
+    TrapFrame->IntA1 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionA1;
+    TrapFrame->IntA2 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionA2;
+    TrapFrame->IntA3 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionA3;
+    
+    TrapFrame->IntA4 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionA4;
+    TrapFrame->IntA5 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionA5;
+    TrapFrame->IntT8 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT8;
+    TrapFrame->IntT9 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT9;
+    TrapFrame->IntT10 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT10;
+    TrapFrame->IntT11 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT11;
+    
+    TrapFrame->IntRa = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionRa;
+    TrapFrame->IntT12 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT12;
+    TrapFrame->IntAt = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionAt;
+    TrapFrame->IntGp = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionGp;
+    TrapFrame->IntSp = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionSp;
+    
+    //
+    // Exception Record.
+    //
+
+    ExceptionRecord = (PEXCEPTION_RECORD)&TrapFrame->ExceptionRecord;
+
+    ExceptionRecord->ExceptionCode = STATUS_BREAKPOINT;
+    ExceptionRecord->ExceptionAddress = (PVOID)(LONG)
+      FirmwareFrame->ExceptionFaultingInstructionAddress;
+    ExceptionRecord->ExceptionInformation[0] =
+      FirmwareFrame->ExceptionParameter1;
+    ExceptionRecord->ExceptionFlags = 0;
+    ExceptionRecord->ExceptionAddress = NULL;
+    ExceptionRecord->NumberParameters = 0;
+    
+    //
+    // Control data.
+    //
+
+    TrapFrame->Fir = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionFaultingInstructionAddress;
+    TrapFrame->Psr = 0;
+    TrapFrame->OldIrql = 0;
+    TrapFrame->PreviousMode = 0;
+    
+    //
+    // Build the Context Frame, using the standard kernel routines to
+    // transfer kernel frames to a context frame.  This strategy requires
+    // building a local exception frame to pass in to the common routine.
+    //
+	      
+    ExceptionFrame.IntS0 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionS0;
+    ExceptionFrame.IntS1 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionS1;
+    ExceptionFrame.IntS2 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionS2;
+    ExceptionFrame.IntS3 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionS3;
+    ExceptionFrame.IntS4 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionS4;
+    ExceptionFrame.IntS5 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionS5;
+    
+    ExceptionFrame.FltF2 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF2;
+    ExceptionFrame.FltF3 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF3;
+    ExceptionFrame.FltF4 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF4;
+    ExceptionFrame.FltF5 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF5;
+    ExceptionFrame.FltF6 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF6;
+    ExceptionFrame.FltF7 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF7;
+    ExceptionFrame.FltF8 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF8;
+    ExceptionFrame.FltF9 = FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF9;
+    
+    Context->ContextFlags = CONTEXT_FULL;
+    KeContextFromKframes( TrapFrame, &ExceptionFrame, Context );
+
+}
+
+VOID
+FwFrameFromKdFrames(
+    PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME FirmwareFrame,
+    PKTRAP_FRAME TrapFrame,
+    PCONTEXT Context
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    Convert the firmware exception frame to the kernel frames format.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FirmwareFrame - supplies a pointer to the firmware exception frame.
+
+    TrapFrame - supplies a pointer to the kernel trap frame.
+
+    Context - supplies a pointer to the kernel context
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+
+    KEXCEPTION_FRAME ExceptionFrame;
+
+//
+// Build the kernel frames (trap and exception) from the 
+// context frame using the standard kernel routines.
+//
+
+   KeContextToKframes( TrapFrame, 
+                       &ExceptionFrame, 
+                       Context, 
+                       CONTEXT_FULL,
+                       KernelMode );
+
+//
+// Extract the non-volatile register state from the ExceptionFrame
+// and re-populate the firmware frame.
+//
+
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionS0 = ExceptionFrame.IntS0;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionS1 = ExceptionFrame.IntS1;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionS2 = ExceptionFrame.IntS2;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionS3 = ExceptionFrame.IntS3;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionS4 = ExceptionFrame.IntS4;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionS5 = ExceptionFrame.IntS5;
+
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF2 = ExceptionFrame.FltF2;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF3 = ExceptionFrame.FltF3;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF4 = ExceptionFrame.FltF4;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF5 = ExceptionFrame.FltF5;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF6 = ExceptionFrame.FltF6;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF7 = ExceptionFrame.FltF7;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF8 = ExceptionFrame.FltF8;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF9 = ExceptionFrame.FltF9;
+
+//
+// Extract the volatile register state from the TrapFrame and 
+// re-populate the firmware frame.
+//
+
+   //
+   // Volatile floating registers.
+   //
+
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF0 = TrapFrame->FltF0;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF1 = TrapFrame->FltF1;
+
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF10 = TrapFrame->FltF10;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF11 = TrapFrame->FltF11;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF12 = TrapFrame->FltF12;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF13 = TrapFrame->FltF13;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF14 = TrapFrame->FltF14;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF15 = TrapFrame->FltF15;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF16 = TrapFrame->FltF16;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF17 = TrapFrame->FltF17;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF18 = TrapFrame->FltF18;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF19 = TrapFrame->FltF19;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF20 = TrapFrame->FltF20;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF21 = TrapFrame->FltF21;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF22 = TrapFrame->FltF22;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF23 = TrapFrame->FltF23;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF24 = TrapFrame->FltF24;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF25 = TrapFrame->FltF25;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF26 = TrapFrame->FltF26;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF27 = TrapFrame->FltF27;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF28 = TrapFrame->FltF28;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF29 = TrapFrame->FltF29;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionF30 = TrapFrame->FltF30;
+
+   //
+   // Volatile integer registers.
+   //
+
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionV0 = TrapFrame->IntV0;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT0 = TrapFrame->IntT0;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT1 = TrapFrame->IntT1;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT2 = TrapFrame->IntT2;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT3 = TrapFrame->IntT3;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT4 = TrapFrame->IntT4;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT5 = TrapFrame->IntT5;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT6 = TrapFrame->IntT6;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT7 = TrapFrame->IntT7;
+
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionFp = TrapFrame->IntFp;
+
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionA0 = TrapFrame->IntA0;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionA1 = TrapFrame->IntA1;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionA2 = TrapFrame->IntA2;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionA3 = TrapFrame->IntA3;
+
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionA4 = TrapFrame->IntA4;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionA5 = TrapFrame->IntA5;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT8 = TrapFrame->IntT8;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT9 = TrapFrame->IntT9;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT10 = TrapFrame->IntT10;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT11 = TrapFrame->IntT11;
+
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionRa = TrapFrame->IntRa;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionT12 = TrapFrame->IntT12;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionAt = TrapFrame->IntAt;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionGp = TrapFrame->IntGp;
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionSp = TrapFrame->IntSp;
+
+
+   //
+   // Control data.
+   //
+
+   FirmwareFrame->ExceptionFaultingInstructionAddress = TrapFrame->Fir;
+
+   return;
+}
+
+
+VOID
+KeContextFromKframes (
+    IN PKTRAP_FRAME TrapFrame,
+    IN PKEXCEPTION_FRAME ExceptionFrame,
+    IN OUT PCONTEXT ContextFrame
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine moves the selected contents of the specified trap and exception
+    frames into the specified context frame according to the specified context
+    flags.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    TrapFrame - Supplies a pointer to a trap frame from which volatile context
+        should be copied into the context record.
+
+    ExceptionFrame - Supplies a pointer to an exception frame from which
+        context should be copied into the context record.
+
+    ContextFrame - Supplies a pointer to the context frame that receives the
+        context copied from the trap and exception frames.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+Implementation Notes:
+
+    The mix of structure element assignments and memory copies in the code
+    below is completely dependent on the layout of the context structure.
+
+    Since this code is not executed often, it is optimized for minimum size
+    (memory copies), rather than maximum speed (individual assignments).
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    //
+    // Set control information if specified.
+    //
+
+    if ((ContextFrame->ContextFlags & CONTEXT_CONTROL) == CONTEXT_CONTROL) {
+
+        //
+        // Set integer register gp, ra, sp, FIR, and PSR from trap frame.
+        //
+
+        ContextFrame->IntGp = TrapFrame->IntGp;
+        ContextFrame->IntSp = TrapFrame->IntSp;
+        ContextFrame->IntRa = TrapFrame->IntRa;
+        ContextFrame->Fir = TrapFrame->Fir;
+        ContextFrame->Psr = TrapFrame->Psr;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Set integer register contents if specified.
+    //
+
+    if ((ContextFrame->ContextFlags & CONTEXT_INTEGER) == CONTEXT_INTEGER) {
+
+        //
+        // Set volatile integer registers v0 and t0 - t7 from trap frame.
+        //
+
+        RtlMoveMemory(&ContextFrame->IntV0, &TrapFrame->IntV0,
+                      sizeof(ULONGLONG) * 9);
+
+        //
+        // Set nonvolatile integer registers s0 - s5 from exception frame.
+        //
+
+        RtlMoveMemory(&ContextFrame->IntS0, &ExceptionFrame->IntS0,
+                      sizeof(ULONGLONG) * 6);
+
+        //
+        // Set volatile integer registers a0 - a3, a4 - a5, and t8 - t11
+        // from trap frame.
+        //
+
+        RtlMoveMemory(&ContextFrame->IntA0, &TrapFrame->IntA0,
+                      sizeof(ULONGLONG) * 4);
+        ContextFrame->IntA4 = TrapFrame->IntA4;
+        ContextFrame->IntA5 = TrapFrame->IntA5;
+        RtlMoveMemory(&ContextFrame->IntT8, &TrapFrame->IntT8,
+                      sizeof(ULONGLONG) * 4);
+
+        //
+        // Set volatile integer registers fp, t12 and at from trap frame.
+        // Set integer register zero.
+        //
+
+        ContextFrame->IntFp = TrapFrame->IntFp;
+        ContextFrame->IntT12 = TrapFrame->IntT12;
+        ContextFrame->IntAt = TrapFrame->IntAt;
+        ContextFrame->IntZero = 0;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Set floating register contents if specified.
+    //
+
+    if ((ContextFrame->ContextFlags & CONTEXT_FLOATING_POINT) == CONTEXT_FLOATING_POINT) {
+
+        //
+        // Set volatile floating registers f0 - f1 from trap frame.
+        // Set volatile floating registers f10 - f30 from trap frame.
+        // Set floating zero register f31 to 0.
+        //
+
+        ContextFrame->FltF0 = TrapFrame->FltF0;
+        ContextFrame->FltF1 = TrapFrame->FltF1;
+        RtlMoveMemory(&ContextFrame->FltF10, &TrapFrame->FltF10,
+                      sizeof(ULONGLONG) * 21);
+        ContextFrame->FltF31 = 0;
+
+        //
+        // Set nonvolatile floating registers f2 - f9 from exception frame.
+        //
+
+        RtlMoveMemory(&ContextFrame->FltF2, &ExceptionFrame->FltF2,
+                      sizeof(ULONGLONG) * 8);
+
+        //
+        // Set floating point control register from trap frame.
+        //
+
+        ContextFrame->Fpcr = TrapFrame->Fpcr;
+    }
+
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+KeContextToKframes (
+    IN OUT PKTRAP_FRAME TrapFrame,
+    IN OUT PKEXCEPTION_FRAME ExceptionFrame,
+    IN PCONTEXT ContextFrame,
+    IN ULONG ContextFlags,
+    IN KPROCESSOR_MODE PreviousMode
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine moves the selected contents of the specified context frame
+    into the specified trap and exception frames according to the specified
+    context flags.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    TrapFrame - Supplies a pointer to a trap frame that receives the volatile
+        context from the context record.
+
+    ExceptionFrame - Supplies a pointer to an exception frame that receives
+        the nonvolatile context from the context record.
+
+    ContextFrame - Supplies a pointer to a context frame that contains the
+        context that is to be copied into the trap and exception frames.
+
+    ContextFlags - Supplies the set of flags that specify which parts of the
+        context frame are to be copied into the trap and exception frames.
+
+    PreviousMode - Supplies the processor mode for which the trap and exception
+        frames are being built.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+Implementation Notes:
+
+    The mix of structure element assignments and memory copies in the code
+    below is completely dependent on the layout of the context structure.
+
+    Since this code is not executed often, it is optimized for minimum size
+    (memory copies), rather than maximum speed (individual assignments).
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    //
+    // Set control information if specified.
+    //
+
+    if ((ContextFlags & CONTEXT_CONTROL) == CONTEXT_CONTROL) {
+
+        //
+        // Set integer register gp, sp, ra, FIR, and PSR in trap frame.
+        //
+
+        TrapFrame->IntGp = ContextFrame->IntGp;
+        TrapFrame->IntSp = ContextFrame->IntSp;
+        TrapFrame->IntRa = ContextFrame->IntRa;
+        TrapFrame->Fir = ContextFrame->Fir;
+        TrapFrame->Psr = SANITIZE_PSR(ContextFrame->Psr, PreviousMode);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Set integer register contents if specified.
+    //
+
+    if ((ContextFlags & CONTEXT_INTEGER) == CONTEXT_INTEGER) {
+
+        //
+        // Set volatile integer registers v0 and t0 - t7 in trap frame.
+        //
+
+        RtlMoveMemory(&TrapFrame->IntV0, &ContextFrame->IntV0,
+                      sizeof(ULONGLONG) * 9);
+
+        //
+        // Set nonvolatile integer registers s0 - s5 in exception frame.
+        //
+
+        RtlMoveMemory(&ExceptionFrame->IntS0, &ContextFrame->IntS0,
+                      sizeof(ULONGLONG) * 6);
+
+        //
+        // Set volatile integer registers a0 - a3, a4 - a5, and t8 - t11
+        // in trap frame.
+        //
+
+        RtlMoveMemory(&TrapFrame->IntA0, &ContextFrame->IntA0,
+                      sizeof(ULONGLONG) * 4);
+        TrapFrame->IntA4 = ContextFrame->IntA4;
+        TrapFrame->IntA5 = ContextFrame->IntA5;
+        RtlMoveMemory(&TrapFrame->IntT8, &ContextFrame->IntT8,
+                      sizeof(ULONGLONG) * 4);
+
+        //
+        // Set volatile integer registers fp, t12 and at in trap frame.
+        //
+
+        TrapFrame->IntFp = ContextFrame->IntFp;
+        TrapFrame->IntT12 = ContextFrame->IntT12;
+        TrapFrame->IntAt = ContextFrame->IntAt;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Set floating register contents if specified.
+    //
+
+    if ((ContextFlags & CONTEXT_FLOATING_POINT) == CONTEXT_FLOATING_POINT) {
+
+        //
+        // Set volatile floating registers f0 - f1 in trap frame.
+        // Set volatile floating registers f10 - f30 in trap frame.
+        //
+
+        TrapFrame->FltF0 = ContextFrame->FltF0;
+        TrapFrame->FltF1 = ContextFrame->FltF1;
+        RtlMoveMemory(&TrapFrame->FltF10, &ContextFrame->FltF10,
+                      sizeof(ULONGLONG) * 21);
+
+        //
+        // Set nonvolatile floating registers f2 - f9 in exception frame.
+        //
+
+        RtlMoveMemory(&ExceptionFrame->FltF2, &ContextFrame->FltF2,
+                      sizeof(ULONGLONG) * 8);
+
+        //
+        // Set floating point control register in trap frame.
+        //
+
+        TrapFrame->Fpcr = SANITIZE_FPCR(ContextFrame->Fpcr, PreviousMode);
+    }
+
+    return;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwload.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwload.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bb78077ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwload.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1035 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    fwload.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements the ARC software loadable functions.
+
+Author:
+
+    Lluis Abello (lluis) 19-Sep-1991
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode only.
+
+Revision History:
+
+    15-June-1992	John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Added Alpha/Jensen hooks.  These changes will themselves change
+    as the coff file format work is completed.
+
+    PENDING WORK: MIPS relocation types, structures.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "ntimage.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+
+//
+// Declare external variables.
+//
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+extern BOOLEAN BreakAfterLoad;
+#endif
+
+#define	MAX_ARGUMENT	( 512 - sizeof(ULONG) - 16*sizeof(PUCHAR) )
+
+typedef struct _SAVED_ARGUMENTS {
+    ULONG Argc;
+    PUCHAR Argv[16];
+    UCHAR  Arguments[MAX_ARGUMENT];
+} SAVED_ARGUMENTS, *PSAVED_ARGUMENTS;
+
+//
+// Static variables.
+//
+
+PSAVED_ARGUMENTS PSavedArgs;
+ULONG FwTemporaryStack;
+ULONG FwActualBasePage;
+ULONG FwPageCount;
+BOOLEAN MatchedReflo;
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwExecute(
+    IN PCHAR Path,
+    IN ULONG Argc,
+    IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    IN PCHAR Envp[]
+    );
+
+
+//
+// s_flags values
+//
+
+#define STYP_REG      0x00000000
+#define STYP_TEXT     0x00000020
+#define STYP_INIT     0x80000000
+#define STYP_RDATA    0x00000100
+#define STYP_DATA     0x00000040
+#define STYP_LIT8     0x08000000
+#define STYP_LIT4     0x10000000
+#define STYP_SDATA    0x00000200
+#define STYP_SBSS     0x00000080
+#define STYP_BSS      0x00000400
+#define STYP_LIB      0x40000000
+#define STYP_UCODE    0x00000800
+#define S_NRELOC_OVFL 0x20000000
+
+//
+// Section numbers for local relocation entries
+//
+
+#define R_SN_TEXT   1
+#define R_SN_INIT   7
+#define R_SN_RDATA  2
+#define R_SN_DATA   3
+#define R_SN_SDATA  4
+#define R_SN_SBSS   5
+#define R_SN_BSS    6
+#define R_SN_LIT8   8
+#define R_SN_LIT4   9
+#define R_SN_MAX    10
+
+typedef struct _MIPS_RELOCATION_TYPE {
+    ULONG   SymbolIndex:24;
+    ULONG   Reserved:3;
+    ULONG   Type:4;
+    ULONG   External:1;
+} MIPS_RELOCATION_TYPE, *PMIPS_RELOCATION_TYPE;
+
+typedef struct _MIPS_RELOCATION_ENTRY {
+    ULONG   VirtualAddress;
+    MIPS_RELOCATION_TYPE Type;
+} MIPS_RELOCATION_ENTRY, *PMIPS_RELOCATION_ENTRY;
+
+typedef struct _MIPS_SYMBOLIC_HEADER {
+    SHORT   Magic;
+    SHORT   VersionStamp;
+    ULONG   NumOfLineNumberEntries;
+    ULONG   BytesForLineNumberEntries;
+    ULONG   PointerToLineNumberEntries;
+    ULONG   NumOfDenseNumbers;
+    ULONG   PointerToDenseNumbers;
+    ULONG   NumOfProcedures;
+    ULONG   PointerToProcedures;
+    ULONG   NumOfLocalSymbols;
+    ULONG   PointerToLocalSymbols;
+    ULONG   NumOfOptimizationEntries;
+    ULONG   PointerToOptimizationEntries;
+    ULONG   NumOfAuxSymbols;
+    ULONG   PointerToAuxSymbols;
+    ULONG   NumOfLocalStrings;
+    ULONG   PointerToLocalStrings;
+    ULONG   NumOfExternalStrings;
+    ULONG   PointerToExternalStrings;
+    ULONG   NumOfFileDescriptors;
+    ULONG   PointerToFileDescriptors;
+    ULONG   NumOfRelativeFileDescriptors;
+    ULONG   PointerToRelativeFileDescriptors;
+    ULONG   NumOfExternalSymbols;
+    ULONG   PointerToExternalSymbols;
+} MIPS_SYMBOLIC_HEADER, *PMIPS_SYMBOLIC_HEADER;
+
+typedef struct _MIPS_LOCAL_SYMBOL {
+    ULONG   IndexToSymbolString;
+    ULONG   Value;
+    ULONG   Type:6;
+    ULONG   StorageClass:5;
+    ULONG   Reserved:1;
+    ULONG   Index:20;
+} MIPS_LOCAL_SYMBOL, *PMIPS_LOCAL_SYMBOL;
+
+//
+// Types for external symbols
+//
+#define EST_NIL  0
+#define EST_GLOBAL  1
+#define EST_STATIC  2
+#define EST_PARAM  3
+#define EST_LOCAL  4
+#define EST_LABEL 5
+#define EST_PROC  6
+#define EST_BLOCK 7
+#define EST_END  8
+#define EST_MEMBER 9
+#define EST_TYPEDEF 10
+#define EST_FILE 11
+#define EST_STATICPROC 14
+#define EST_CONSTANT 15
+
+//
+// Storage class for external symbols
+//
+#define ESSC_NIL 0
+#define ESSC_TEXT 1
+#define ESSC_DATA 2
+#define ESSC_BSS 3
+#define ESSC_REGISTER 4
+#define ESSC_ABS 5
+#define ESSC_UNDEFINED 6
+#define ESSC_BITS 8
+#define ESSC_DBX 9
+#define ESSC_REGIMAX 10
+#define ESSC_INFO 11
+#define ESSC_USER_STRUCT 12
+#define ESSC_SDATA 13
+#define ESSC_SBSS 14
+#define ESSC_SRDATA 15
+#define ESSC_VAR 16
+#define ESSC_COMMON 17
+#define ESSC_SCOMMON 18
+#define ESSC_VARREGISTER 19
+#define ESSC_VARIANT 20
+#define ESSC_SUNDEFINED 21
+#define ESSC_INIT 22
+
+typedef struct _MIPS_EXTERNAL_SYMBOL {
+    USHORT  Reserved;
+    USHORT  PointerToFileDescriptor;
+    MIPS_LOCAL_SYMBOL Symbol;
+} MIPS_EXTERNAL_SYMBOL, *PMIPS_EXTERNAL_SYMBOL;
+
+typedef struct _SECTION_RELOCATION_ENTRY {
+    ULONG FixupValue;
+    ULONG PointerToRelocations;
+    USHORT NumberOfRelocations;
+} SECTION_RELOCATION_ENTRY, *PSECTION_RELOCATION_ENTRY;
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PTRANSFER_ROUTINE) (
+    IN ULONG Argc,
+    IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    IN PCHAR Envp[]
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwRelocateImage (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    PSECTION_RELOCATION_ENTRY RelocationTable
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwGenerateDescriptor (
+    IN PFW_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR MemoryDescriptor,
+    IN MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
+    IN ULONG BasePage,
+    IN ULONG PageCount
+    );
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwLoad (
+    IN PCHAR ImagePath,
+    IN ULONG TopAddress,
+    OUT PULONG EntryAddress,
+    OUT PULONG LowAddress
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine attempts to load the specified file from the specified
+    device.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    ImagePath - Supplies a pointer to the path of the file to load.
+
+    TopAddress - Supplies the top address of a region of memory into which
+                 the file is to be loaded.
+
+    EntryAddress - Supplies a pointer to a variable to receive the entry point
+                   of the image, if defined.
+
+    LowAddress - Supplies a pointer to a variable to receive the low address
+                 of the loaded file.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned if the specified image file is loaded
+    successfully. Otherwise, an unsuccessful status is returned
+    that describes the reason for failure.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    SECTION_RELOCATION_ENTRY RelocationTable[R_SN_MAX];
+    ULONG ActualBase;
+    ULONG SectionBase;
+    ULONG SectionOffset;
+    ULONG SectionIndex;
+    ULONG Count;
+    PIMAGE_FILE_HEADER FileHeader;
+    ULONG FileId;
+    ULONG Index;
+    UCHAR LocalBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE+32];
+    PUCHAR LocalPointer;
+    ULONG NumberOfSections;
+    PIMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER OptionalHeader;
+    PIMAGE_SECTION_HEADER SectionHeader;
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    LARGE_INTEGER SeekPosition;
+    ULONG SectionFlags;
+
+    //
+    // Zero The relocation table
+    //
+    RtlZeroMemory((PVOID)RelocationTable,sizeof(RelocationTable));
+
+    //
+    // Align the buffer on a Dcache line size.
+    //
+
+    LocalPointer =  (PVOID) ((ULONG) ((PCHAR) LocalBuffer + KeGetDcacheFillSize() - 1)
+        & ~(KeGetDcacheFillSize() - 1));
+
+    //
+    // Set the image start address to null.
+    //
+
+    *EntryAddress = 0;
+
+    //
+    // Attempt to open the load file.
+    //
+
+    Status = ArcOpen(ImagePath, ArcOpenReadOnly, &FileId);
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+        return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Read the image header from the file.
+    //
+
+    Status = ArcRead(FileId, LocalPointer, SECTOR_SIZE, &Count);
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+        ArcClose(FileId);
+        return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Get a pointer to the file header and begin processing it.
+    //
+
+    FileHeader = (PIMAGE_FILE_HEADER)LocalPointer;
+    OptionalHeader =
+            (PIMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER)(LocalPointer + sizeof(IMAGE_FILE_HEADER));
+    SectionHeader =
+            (PIMAGE_SECTION_HEADER)(LocalPointer + sizeof(IMAGE_FILE_HEADER) +
+                                            FileHeader->SizeOfOptionalHeader);
+
+    //
+    // If the image file is not the specified type, then return bad image
+    // type status.
+    //
+
+    //
+    // During NT/Alpha development, the magic number definition in Alpha
+    // images was incremented by one.  Old and new images should both still
+    // be loadable by the firmware.  So to facilitate support of older
+    // standalone images, as a temporary hack the firmware will load both
+    // old and new Alpha AXP image file types.
+    //
+
+    if (!((FileHeader->Machine == IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_R3000) ||
+          (FileHeader->Machine == IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_R4000) ||
+          (FileHeader->Machine == (IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_ALPHA - 1)) ||
+          (FileHeader->Machine == IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_ALPHA)) ||
+        ((FileHeader->Characteristics & IMAGE_FILE_EXECUTABLE_IMAGE) == 0)) {
+        ArcClose(FileId);
+        return EBADF;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If the image cannot be relocated, set the ActualBase to the code base,
+    // and compute the image size by subtracting the code base from the data
+    // base plus the size of the data.  If the image can be relocated,
+    // set ActualBase to the TopAddress minus the image size, and compute the
+    // image size by adding the size of the code, initialized data, and
+    // uninitialized data.
+    //
+
+    NumberOfSections = FileHeader->NumberOfSections;
+
+    if ((FileHeader->Characteristics & IMAGE_FILE_RELOCS_STRIPPED) != 0) {
+        ActualBase = OptionalHeader->BaseOfCode;
+        FwPageCount = (OptionalHeader->BaseOfData + OptionalHeader->SizeOfInitializedData) -
+                      ActualBase;
+    } else {
+        FwPageCount = OptionalHeader->SizeOfCode +
+                      OptionalHeader->SizeOfInitializedData +
+                      OptionalHeader->SizeOfUninitializedData;
+
+        ActualBase = (TopAddress - FwPageCount) & ~(PAGE_SIZE - 1);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Convert ActualBasePage and PageCount to be in units of pages instead of
+    // bytes.
+    //
+
+    FwActualBasePage = (ActualBase & 0x1fffffff) >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+
+    if (strcmp((PCHAR)&SectionHeader[NumberOfSections - 1].Name, ".debug") == 0) {
+        NumberOfSections -= 1;
+        FwPageCount -= SectionHeader[NumberOfSections].SizeOfRawData;
+    }
+    FwPageCount = (FwPageCount + PAGE_SIZE - 1) >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+
+    *LowAddress = ActualBase | KSEG0_BASE;
+
+    //
+    // Return the entry address to the caller.
+    //
+
+    *EntryAddress = ((ActualBase | KSEG0_BASE) +
+                     (OptionalHeader->AddressOfEntryPoint - OptionalHeader->BaseOfCode)
+                     );
+
+
+    //
+    // Scan through the sections and either read them into memory or clear
+    // the memory as appropriate.
+    //
+
+    SectionOffset = 0;
+    for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfSections; Index += 1) {
+
+        //
+        // Compute the destination address for the current section.
+        //
+        if ((FileHeader->Characteristics & IMAGE_FILE_RELOCS_STRIPPED) != 0) {
+            SectionBase = SectionHeader->VirtualAddress | KSEG0_BASE;
+        } else {
+            SectionBase = ActualBase + SectionOffset;
+            //
+            //  Store the section relocation information in the table.
+            //
+            SectionFlags = SectionHeader->Characteristics;
+            if (SectionFlags & STYP_TEXT) {
+                SectionIndex = R_SN_TEXT;
+            } else if (SectionFlags & STYP_INIT) {
+                SectionIndex = R_SN_INIT;
+            } else if (SectionFlags & STYP_RDATA) {
+                SectionIndex = R_SN_RDATA;
+            } else if (SectionFlags & STYP_DATA) {
+                SectionIndex = R_SN_DATA;
+            } else if (SectionFlags & STYP_SDATA) {
+                SectionIndex = R_SN_SDATA;
+            } else if (SectionFlags & STYP_SBSS) {
+                SectionIndex = R_SN_SBSS;
+            } else if (SectionFlags & STYP_BSS) {
+                SectionIndex = R_SN_BSS;
+            } else {
+                VenPrint(FW_UNKNOWN_SECTION_TYPE_MSG);
+                return EBADF;
+            }
+            RelocationTable[SectionIndex].PointerToRelocations = SectionHeader->PointerToRelocations;
+            RelocationTable[SectionIndex].NumberOfRelocations = SectionHeader->NumberOfRelocations;
+            RelocationTable[SectionIndex].FixupValue = SectionBase - SectionHeader->VirtualAddress;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // If the section is code, initialized data, or other, then read
+        // the code or data into memory.
+        //
+
+        if ((SectionHeader->Characteristics &
+             (STYP_TEXT | STYP_INIT | STYP_RDATA | STYP_DATA | STYP_SDATA)) != 0) {
+
+            SeekPosition.LowPart = SectionHeader->PointerToRawData;
+            SeekPosition.HighPart = 0;
+            Status = ArcSeek(FileId,
+                            &SeekPosition,
+                            SeekAbsolute);
+
+            if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+                break;
+            }
+
+            Status = ArcRead(FileId,
+                            (PVOID)SectionBase,
+                            SectionHeader->SizeOfRawData,
+                            &Count);
+
+            if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+                break;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Set the offset of the next section
+            //
+            SectionOffset += SectionHeader->SizeOfRawData;
+
+        //
+        // If the section is uninitialized data, then zero the specifed memory.
+        //
+
+        } else if ((SectionHeader->Characteristics & (STYP_BSS | STYP_SBSS)) != 0) {
+
+            RtlZeroMemory((PVOID)(SectionBase), SectionHeader->SizeOfRawData);
+
+            //
+            // Set the offset of the next section
+            //
+
+            SectionOffset += SectionHeader->SizeOfRawData;
+
+        }
+
+        SectionHeader += 1;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If code has to be relocated do so.
+    //
+    if ((FileHeader->Characteristics & IMAGE_FILE_RELOCS_STRIPPED) == 0) {
+        Status=FwRelocateImage(FileId,RelocationTable);
+
+        //
+        // Flush the data cache.
+        //
+
+        HalSweepDcache();
+    }
+    //
+    // Close file and return completion status.
+    //
+    ArcClose(FileId);
+    if (Status == ESUCCESS) {
+
+        //
+        // Flush the instruction cache.
+        //
+
+        HalSweepIcache();
+
+    }
+    return Status;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwRelocateImage (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    PSECTION_RELOCATION_ENTRY RelocationTable
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine relocates an image file that was not loaded into memory
+    at the prefered address.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies the file identifier for the image file.
+
+    RelocationTable - Supplies a pointer to a table of section relocation info.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned in the scan is successful. Otherwise, return an
+    unsuccessful status.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    PULONG FixupAddress;
+    PUSHORT FixupAddressHi;
+    ULONG FixupValue;
+    ULONG Index,Section;
+    ULONG Count;
+    ULONG NumberOfRelocations;
+    PMIPS_RELOCATION_ENTRY RelocationEntry;
+    UCHAR LocalBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE+32];
+    PUCHAR LocalPointer;
+    ULONG Offset;
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    MIPS_EXTERNAL_SYMBOL MipsExternalSymbol;
+    ULONG PointerToSymbolicHeader;
+    ULONG PointerToExternalSymbols;
+    ULONG NumberOfExternalSymbols;
+    LARGE_INTEGER SeekPosition;
+    BOOLEAN MatchedReflo;
+
+    //
+    // Align the buffer on a Dcache line size.
+    //
+
+    LocalPointer =  (PVOID) ((ULONG) ((PCHAR) LocalBuffer + KeGetDcacheFillSize() - 1)
+        & ~(KeGetDcacheFillSize() - 1));
+
+    //
+    // Read the File Header To find out where the symbols are.
+    //
+
+    SeekPosition.LowPart = 0;
+    SeekPosition.HighPart = 0;
+
+    if ((Status = ArcSeek(FileId,&SeekPosition,SeekAbsolute)) != ESUCCESS) {
+        return Status;
+    }
+
+    if ((Status = ArcRead(FileId,LocalPointer,SECTOR_SIZE,&Count)) != ESUCCESS) {
+        return Status;
+    }
+
+    PointerToSymbolicHeader = ((PIMAGE_FILE_HEADER)LocalPointer)->PointerToSymbolTable;
+    // SizeOfSymbolicHeader = ((PIMAGE_FILE_HEADER)LocalPointer)->NumberOfSymbols;
+
+    //
+    // Read the symbolic header to find out where the external symbols are.
+    //
+
+    SeekPosition.LowPart = PointerToSymbolicHeader;
+
+    if ((Status = ArcSeek(FileId,&SeekPosition ,SeekAbsolute)) != ESUCCESS) {
+        return Status;
+    }
+
+    if ((Status = ArcRead(FileId,LocalPointer,SECTOR_SIZE,&Count)) != ESUCCESS) {
+        return Status;
+    }
+
+    PointerToExternalSymbols = ((PMIPS_SYMBOLIC_HEADER)LocalPointer)->PointerToExternalSymbols;
+    NumberOfExternalSymbols =  ((PMIPS_SYMBOLIC_HEADER)LocalPointer)->NumOfExternalSymbols;
+
+
+    //
+    // Read the relocation table for each section.
+    //
+
+    MatchedReflo = FALSE;
+    for (Section=0; Section < R_SN_MAX; Section++) {
+        NumberOfRelocations = RelocationTable[Section].NumberOfRelocations;
+        for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfRelocations; Index ++) {
+            if ((Index % (SECTOR_SIZE/sizeof(MIPS_RELOCATION_ENTRY))) == 0) {
+                //
+                // read a sector worth of relocation entries.
+                //
+                SeekPosition.LowPart = RelocationTable[Section].PointerToRelocations+Index*sizeof(MIPS_RELOCATION_ENTRY);
+                ArcSeek(FileId,
+                        &SeekPosition,
+                        SeekAbsolute);
+
+                Status = ArcRead(FileId,
+                                 LocalPointer,
+                                 SECTOR_SIZE,
+                                 &Count);
+                if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+                    return Status;
+                }
+                RelocationEntry = (PMIPS_RELOCATION_ENTRY)LocalPointer;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Get the address for the fixup.
+            //
+
+            FixupAddress = (PULONG)(RelocationEntry->VirtualAddress +
+                           RelocationTable[Section].FixupValue);
+            //
+            // Apply the fixup.
+            //
+
+            if (RelocationEntry->Type.External == 0) {
+
+                //
+                // If the relocation is internal, SymbolIndex
+                // supplies the number of the section containing the symbol.
+                // Compute the Offset for that section.
+                //
+
+                Offset = RelocationTable[RelocationEntry->Type.SymbolIndex].FixupValue;
+            } else {
+
+                // sprintf(Message,"External Relocation at:%lx\r\n",FixupAddress);
+                // VenPrint(Message);
+                //
+                // This is an external reference. Read the symbol table.
+                //
+
+                SeekPosition.LowPart = PointerToExternalSymbols+
+                                       RelocationEntry->Type.SymbolIndex*sizeof(MIPS_EXTERNAL_SYMBOL);
+                if ((Status =
+                    ArcSeek(FileId,
+                          &SeekPosition,
+                          SeekAbsolute)) != ESUCCESS) {
+                    return Status;
+                }
+
+                if ((Status = ArcRead(FileId,
+                                      &MipsExternalSymbol,
+                                      sizeof(MIPS_EXTERNAL_SYMBOL),
+                                      &Count)) != ESUCCESS) {
+                    return Status;
+                }
+
+                //
+                // Check that the value of the symbol is an address.
+                //
+
+                Offset = MipsExternalSymbol.Symbol.Value;
+
+                if ((MipsExternalSymbol.Symbol.StorageClass == ESSC_TEXT) ||
+                    (MipsExternalSymbol.Symbol.StorageClass == ESSC_DATA)) {
+                    Offset+= RelocationTable[Section].FixupValue;
+                } else {
+                    return EBADF;
+                }
+            }
+
+            switch (RelocationEntry->Type.Type) {
+
+                //
+                // Absolute - no fixup required.
+                //
+
+                case IMAGE_REL_MIPS_ABSOLUTE:
+                    break;
+
+                //
+                // Word - (32-bits) relocate the entire address.
+                //
+
+                case IMAGE_REL_MIPS_REFWORD:
+
+                    *FixupAddress += (ULONG)Offset;
+                    break;
+
+                //
+                // Adjust high - (16-bits) relocate the high half of an
+                //      address and adjust for sign extension of low half.
+                //
+
+                case IMAGE_REL_MIPS_JMPADDR:
+
+                    FixupValue = ((*FixupAddress)&0x03fffff) + (Offset >> 2);
+                    *FixupAddress = (*FixupAddress & 0xfc000000) | (FixupValue & 0x03fffff);
+                    break;
+
+                case IMAGE_REL_MIPS_REFHI:
+
+                //
+                // Save the address and go to get REF_LO paired with this one
+                //
+
+                    FixupAddressHi = (PUSHORT)FixupAddress;
+                    MatchedReflo = TRUE;
+                    break;
+
+                //
+                // Low - (16-bit) relocate high part too.
+                //
+
+                case IMAGE_REL_MIPS_REFLO:
+
+                    if (MatchedReflo) {
+                        FixupValue = (ULONG)(LONG)((*FixupAddressHi) << 16) +
+                                                   *(PSHORT)FixupAddress +
+                                                   Offset;
+
+                        //
+                        // Fix the High part
+                        //
+
+                        *FixupAddressHi = (SHORT)((FixupValue + 0x8000) >> 16);
+                        MatchedReflo = FALSE;
+                    } else {
+                        FixupValue = *(PSHORT)FixupAddress + Offset;
+                    }
+
+                    //
+                    // Fix the lower part.
+                    //
+
+                    *(PUSHORT)FixupAddress = (USHORT)(FixupValue & 0xffff);
+                    break;
+
+                //
+                // Illegal - illegal relocation type.
+                //
+
+                default :
+                    VenPrint(FW_UNKNOWN_RELOC_TYPE_MSG);
+                    return EBADF;
+
+            }
+            RelocationEntry++;
+        }
+    }
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+//
+//ARC_STATUS
+//FwInvoke(
+//    IN ULONG ExecAddr,
+//    IN ULONG StackAddr,
+//    IN ULONG Argc,
+//    IN PCHAR Argv[],
+//    IN PCHAR Envp[]
+//    )
+//
+///*++
+//
+//Routine Description:
+//
+//    This routine invokes a loaded program.
+//
+//Arguments:
+//
+//    ExecAddr - Supplies the address of the routine to call.
+//
+//    StackAddr - Supplies the address to which the stack pointer is set.
+//
+//    Argc, Argv, Envp - Supply the arguments and endvironment to pass to
+//                       Loaded program.
+//
+//
+//Return Value:
+//
+//    ESUCCESS is returned if the address is valid.
+//    EFAULT indicates an invalid addres.
+//
+//--*/
+//
+//{
+//    //
+//    // Check for aligned address.
+//    //
+//    if ((ExecAddr & 0x3) == 0) {
+//        ((PTRANSFER_ROUTINE)ExecAddr)(Argc, Argv, Envp);
+//        return ESUCCESS;
+//    } else {
+//        return EFAULT;
+//    }
+//}
+
+
+VOID
+FwCopyArguments(
+    IN ULONG Argc,
+    IN PCHAR Argv[]
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine copies the supplied arguments into the Fw
+    space.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Argc, Argv, - Supply the arguments to be copied.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned if the arguments were successfully copied.
+    EFAULT if there is not enough room for them.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PUCHAR Source,Destination;
+    ULONG Arg;
+
+    PSavedArgs->Argc = Argc;
+    Destination = &PSavedArgs->Arguments[0];
+    for (Arg = 0; Arg < Argc; Arg++) {
+        Source = Argv[Arg];
+        PSavedArgs->Argv[Arg] = Destination;
+        while(*Destination++ = *Source++) {
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwPrivateExecute(
+    IN PCHAR Path,
+    IN ULONG Argc,
+    IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    IN PCHAR Envp[]
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine loads and invokes a program.
+    FwExecute sets the right stack pointer and calls this routine which
+    does all the work. When this routine returns (after the loaded
+    program has been executed) the stack is restored to the Fw stack
+    and control is returned to the firmware.
+    Therefore a loaded program that executes another program does not
+    get control back once the executed program is finished.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Path  - Supplies a pointer to the path of the file to load.
+
+    Argc, Argv, Envp - Supply the arguments and environment to pass to
+                       Loaded program.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned if the address is valid.
+    EFAULT indicates an invalid addres.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    PULONG TransferRoutine;
+    ULONG BottomAddress;
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    PMEMORY_DESCRIPTOR MemoryDescriptor;
+    PFW_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR FwMemoryDescriptor;
+    CHAR TempPath[256];
+
+    //
+    // Copy the Arguments to a safe place as they can be in the
+    // running program space which can be overwritten by the program
+    // about to be loaded.
+    //
+    FwCopyArguments(Argc,Argv);
+    strcpy(TempPath, Path);
+
+    //
+    // Reinitialize the memory descriptors
+    //
+    FwResetMemory();
+
+    //
+    // Look for a piece of free memory.
+    //
+    MemoryDescriptor = ArcGetMemoryDescriptor(NULL);
+    while (MemoryDescriptor != NULL){
+
+        //
+        // If the memory is at least 4 megabytes and is free attempt to
+        // load the program.
+        //
+
+#ifdef ALPHA
+        if ((MemoryDescriptor->MemoryType == MemoryFree) &&
+            (MemoryDescriptor->PageCount >= FOUR_MB_PAGECOUNT)) {
+#else
+        if ((MemoryDescriptor->MemoryType == MemoryFree) &&
+            (MemoryDescriptor->PageCount >= 1024)) {
+#endif
+
+            //
+            // Set the top address to the top of the descriptor.
+            //
+
+            Status = FwLoad(TempPath,
+                            ((MemoryDescriptor->BasePage +
+                              MemoryDescriptor->PageCount) << PAGE_SHIFT) | KSEG0_BASE,
+                            (PULONG)&TransferRoutine,
+                            &BottomAddress);
+
+            if (Status == ESUCCESS) {
+
+                //
+                // Find the actual area of memory that was used, and generate a
+                // descriptor for it.
+                //
+
+                MemoryDescriptor = ArcGetMemoryDescriptor(NULL);
+                while (MemoryDescriptor != NULL){
+                    if ((MemoryDescriptor->MemoryType == MemoryFree) &&
+                        (FwActualBasePage >= MemoryDescriptor->BasePage) &&
+                        ((FwActualBasePage + FwPageCount) <=
+                                (MemoryDescriptor->BasePage + MemoryDescriptor->PageCount))) {
+                        break;
+                    }
+
+                    MemoryDescriptor = ArcGetMemoryDescriptor(MemoryDescriptor);
+                }
+
+                if (MemoryDescriptor != NULL) {
+                    FwMemoryDescriptor = CONTAINING_RECORD(MemoryDescriptor,
+                                                         FW_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR,
+                                                         MemoryEntry);
+
+                    FwGenerateDescriptor(FwMemoryDescriptor,
+                                         MemoryLoadedProgram,
+                                         FwActualBasePage,
+                                         FwPageCount);
+                }
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+                if (BreakAfterLoad == TRUE) {
+                    DbgBreakPoint();
+                }
+#endif
+
+                AlphaInstIMB();
+                return FwInvoke((ULONG)TransferRoutine,
+                                BottomAddress,
+                                PSavedArgs->Argc,
+                                PSavedArgs->Argv,
+                                Envp
+                                );
+            }
+
+            if (Status != ENOMEM) {
+                return Status;
+            }
+        }
+        MemoryDescriptor = ArcGetMemoryDescriptor(MemoryDescriptor);
+    }
+    return ENOMEM;
+}
+
+VOID
+FwLoadInitialize(
+    IN VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the firmware load services.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    (PARC_LOAD_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[LoadRoutine] = FwLoad;
+    (PARC_INVOKE_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[InvokeRoutine] = FwInvoke;
+    (PARC_EXECUTE_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[ExecuteRoutine] = FwExecute;
+    FwTemporaryStack = (ULONG) FwAllocatePool(0x3000) + 0x3000;
+    PSavedArgs = (PSAVED_ARGUMENTS) FwAllocatePool(sizeof(SAVED_ARGUMENTS));
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwmemdef.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwmemdef.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f20701661
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwmemdef.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    fwmemdef.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains firmware memory space definitions used to
+    configure the memory descriptors and initialize memory.  They are
+    all physical (non-KSEG0_BASE) addresses.  See
+    \nt\private\ntos\fw\alpha\jxmemory.c for more information.
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa [DEC]	26-Jan-1993
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#ifndef _FWMEMDEF_
+#define _FWMEMDEF_
+
+
+//
+// The byte address of the first byte beyond the firmware
+// SYSTEM_BLOCK, PALcode, code, data, and stack.
+//
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+#define FW_TOP_ADDRESS           0x770000
+#else
+#define FW_TOP_ADDRESS           0x780000
+#endif
+
+//
+// The byte address of the lowest byte in the firmware stack.  This
+// is used by the firmware RtlCheckStack to check for stack underflow.
+//
+
+#define FW_STACK_SIZE            0x10000
+#define FW_STACK_LOWER_BOUND	 (FW_TOP_ADDRESS - FW_STACK_SIZE)
+
+//
+// The byte address of the base of the firmware SYSTEM_BLOCK, PALcode, code,
+// data, and stack.
+//
+
+#define FW_BOTTOM_ADDRESS        0x6FE000
+
+//
+// The size of the firmware SYSTEM_BLOCK, PALcode, code, data, and stack,
+// in pages.
+//
+
+#define FW_PAGES                 ( (FW_TOP_ADDRESS - FW_BOTTOM_ADDRESS) >> PAGE_SHIFT )
+
+//
+// Byte address and size of the firwmare pool.
+// It is located directly after the PALcode, code, and stack.
+//
+// It is 128KB.  On Mips it was only 64KB, and the Alpha firmware ran with
+// 64KB for a long time.  But an easy fix for a bug in EISA I/O on 64MB
+// Jensens is to double the pool size.
+//
+// ** Because of the way that the memory descriptors work, the size
+// ** must be an even multiple of the page size.
+//
+
+#define FW_POOL_BASE		FW_TOP_ADDRESS
+#define FW_POOL_SIZE 		0x20000
+
+//
+// Byte address of the first location after the firmware pool.  From here
+// to the end of memory is initialized as MemoryFree by the firwmare.
+//
+
+#define FW_BASE_REMAINDER_MEMORY    ( FW_POOL_BASE + FW_POOL_SIZE )
+
+
+//
+// Convenient numbers.
+//
+
+#define SIXTY_FOUR_KB  		  0x010000
+#define _512_KB	  		  0x080000
+#define ONE_MB      		  0x100000
+#define FOUR_MB      		  0x400000
+#define FOUR_MB_PAGECOUNT	  ( FOUR_MB >> PAGE_SHIFT )
+#define SEVEN_MB  		  0x700000
+#define EIGHT_MB  		  0x800000
+#define NINE_MB  		  0x900000
+#define SIXTEEN_MB  		 0x1000000
+#define THIRTY_ONE_MB  		 0x1f00000
+#define THIRTY_TWO_MB  		 0x2000000
+
+
+#endif // _FWMEMDEF_
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwp.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwp.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b88171557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,720 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    fwp.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains extensions to the firmware.h and alpharefs.h files.
+
+    N.B. This is *not* a private file.  Although "p" versions of
+    .h files are normally private in the source pool, fwp.h is included
+    by other builds.
+
+    This version is for use at Microsoft, to enable bldr files to
+    build correctly.  (scsiboot.c, scsidisk.c)
+
+Author:
+
+    David M. Robinson (davidro) 29-Aug-1991
+
+Revision History:
+
+    15-April-1992	John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Modified for Alpha.
+
+--*/
+
+#ifndef _FWP_
+#define _FWP_
+
+
+#include "bldr.h"
+#include "firmware.h"
+#include "iodevice.h"
+#include "vendor.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "fwcallbk.h"
+
+//
+// Current version and revision numbers.
+//
+
+#define ARC_VERSION     1
+#define ARC_REVISION    2
+
+//
+// In the running system, this is held in the PCR.  We hardcode it
+// for Alpha/Jensen Firmware.
+//
+
+#undef KeGetDcacheFillSize
+#define KeGetDcacheFillSize()	32L
+
+
+//
+// Needed by conftest.c, jxboot,c jnsetcfg.c
+//
+
+#define MAXIMUM_DEVICE_SPECIFIC_DATA 32
+
+
+
+//
+// Define the ROM types supported by this code package.
+//
+
+typedef enum _ROM_TYPE {
+    I28F008SA,
+    Am29F010,
+    InvalidROM
+} ROM_TYPE, *PROM_TYPE;
+
+//
+// Masks used by FwSystemConsistencyCheck for returning machine state.
+//
+// These are divided into "red" and "yellow" problems.  Red problems
+// will prevent the system from booting properly.  Yellow problems may
+// or may not prevent the system from booting properly.
+//
+// The order of the red and yellow problem bits must match the
+// order of SetupMenuChoices[] and MachineProblemAreas[].  This
+// makes the bit-shifting and bit-peeling easier in jnsetset.c 
+// and jxboot.c.
+//
+// Firmware code assumes that the right 16 bits are red problems, and the
+// left 16 bits are yellow problems.
+//
+
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_NOPROBLEMS		0		// No problems
+
+    //
+    // Red problems.
+    //
+    // These will, in all likelyhood, prevent a good boot.
+    // If these are set, we will not allow an NT installation.
+    // If any of these besides the ECU bit are set, we will not auto-run the ECU.
+    //
+
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_TIME 		0x01	// System time
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_EV 		0x02	// Environment variables
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_CDS 		0x04	// CDS tree
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_MPRESERVEDBOOT 	0x08	// Reserved
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_MPRESERVEDR1       0x10	// Unused
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_MPRESERVEDR2	0x20	// Unused
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_ECU 		0x40	// EISA config. data
+
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_RED		0xffff  // Some Red bit is set
+
+    //
+    // Yellow problems.
+    //
+    // These may not cause any difficulty in booting.
+    // We will allow NT to be installed even if these are set.
+    // We will auto-run the ECU even if any of these are set.
+    //
+
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_MPRESERVEDTIME 	0x010000 // Reserved
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_MPRESERVEDEV 	0x020000 // Reserved
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_MPRESERVEDCDS 	0x040000 // Reserved
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_BOOT	 	0x080000 // Boot selections
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_MPRESERVEDY1	0x100000 // Unused
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_MPRESERVEDY2	0x200000 // Unused
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_MPRESERVEDECU 	0x400000 // Reserved
+
+#define FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_YELLOW		0xffff0000  // Some Yellow bit is set
+
+
+//
+// These control FwSystemConsistencyCheck.
+//
+
+#define FWSCC_STALL_RETURN		0
+#define FWSCC_KEY_INPUT_THEN_RETURN	1
+
+
+//
+// Define the Lookup table. At initialization, the driver must fill this table
+// with the device pathnames it can handle.
+//
+
+typedef struct _DRIVER_LOOKUP_ENTRY {
+    PCHAR                    DevicePath;
+    PBL_DEVICE_ENTRY_TABLE   DispatchTable;
+} DRIVER_LOOKUP_ENTRY, *PDRIVER_LOOKUP_ENTRY;
+
+#define	SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE	BL_FILE_TABLE_SIZE
+
+extern DRIVER_LOOKUP_ENTRY DeviceLookupTable[SIZE_OF_LOOKUP_TABLE];
+
+//
+// Define the Device Pathname. This table is indexed with the FileId.
+// FwOpen tries to match the OpenPath with the entries in this table, and
+// if it finds a match it increments the reference counter.  If it doesn't
+// find a match it tries to match an entry in the DRIVER_LOOKUP_TABLE
+// and then calls the Open routine of that driver.
+//
+
+#define SIZE_OF_ARC_DEVICENAME	64
+
+typedef struct _OPENED_PATHNAME_ENTRY {
+    ULONG   ReferenceCounter;
+    CHAR    DeviceName[SIZE_OF_ARC_DEVICENAME];
+} OPENED_PATHNAME_ENTRY, *POPENED_PATHNAME_ENTRY;
+
+#define SIZE_OF_OPENED_PATHNAME_TABLE	BL_FILE_TABLE_SIZE
+
+extern OPENED_PATHNAME_ENTRY OpenedPathTable[SIZE_OF_OPENED_PATHNAME_TABLE];
+
+//
+// Driver initialization routines.
+//
+
+VOID
+FwOpenConsole(
+    IN VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwInitializeMemory(
+    IN VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwResetMemory(
+    IN VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+DisplayInitialize(
+    IN OUT PDRIVER_LOOKUP_ENTRY LookupTableEntry,
+    IN ULONG Entries
+    );
+
+VOID
+KeyboardInitialize(
+    IN OUT PDRIVER_LOOKUP_ENTRY LookupTableEntry,
+    IN ULONG Entries
+    );
+
+VOID
+SerialInitialize(
+    IN OUT PDRIVER_LOOKUP_ENTRY LookupTableEntry,
+    IN ULONG Entries
+    );
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PSCSI_INFO_CALLBACK_ROUTINE) (
+    IN ULONG AdapterNumber,
+    IN ULONG ScsiId,
+    IN ULONG Lun,
+    IN BOOLEAN Cdrom
+    );
+
+#define SCSI_INFO_CALLBACK_DEFINED 1
+
+VOID
+HardDiskInitialize(
+    IN OUT PDRIVER_LOOKUP_ENTRY LookupTable,
+    IN ULONG Entries,
+    IN PSCSI_INFO_CALLBACK_ROUTINE DeviceFound
+    );
+
+VOID
+FloppyInitialize(
+    IN OUT PDRIVER_LOOKUP_ENTRY LookupTableEntry,
+    IN ULONG Entries
+    );
+
+
+//
+// Platforms with true NVRAM for the ARC data area uses different code
+// than the platforms that store the data in a Flash ROM.
+//
+// Platforms using NVRAM:
+//
+// Morgan
+// eb66
+// e64p
+// Mustang
+//
+// Platforms using Flash ROM:
+//
+// Jensen
+// Culzean
+//
+
+#if defined(NV_RAM_PLATFORM)
+
+#define FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode()
+#define FwROMResetStatus(x)
+
+#elif defined(FLASH_ROM_PLATFORM)
+
+//
+// Flash ROM machines
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwROMByteWrite(
+    IN PUCHAR WriteAddress,
+    IN UCHAR  WriteData
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwROMResetStatus(
+    IN PUCHAR Address
+    );
+
+#endif
+
+extern ULONG IdentifierIndex;
+extern ULONG DataIndex;
+extern ULONG EisaDataIndex;
+//extern PCONFIGURATION Configuration;
+
+extern PUCHAR VolatileEnvironment;
+
+extern ULONG MemorySize;
+
+//
+// Define special character values. TEMPTEMP These should go somewhere else.
+//
+
+#define ASCII_NUL 0x00
+#define ASCII_BEL 0x07
+#define ASCII_BS  0x08
+#define ASCII_HT  0x09
+#define ASCII_LF  0x0A
+#define ASCII_VT  0x0B
+#define ASCII_FF  0x0C
+#define ASCII_CR  0x0D
+#define ASCII_CSI 0x9B
+#define ASCII_ESC 0x1B
+#define ASCII_SYSRQ 0x80
+
+//
+// Define screen colors.
+//
+
+typedef enum _ARC_SCREEN_COLOR {
+    ArcColorBlack,
+    ArcColorRed,
+    ArcColorGreen,
+    ArcColorYellow,
+    ArcColorBlue,
+    ArcColorMagenta,
+    ArcColorCyan,
+    ArcColorWhite,
+    MaximumArcColor
+    } ARC_SCREEN_COLOR;
+
+
+//
+// Define firmware routine prototypes.
+//
+
+PVOID
+FwAllocatePool (
+    IN ULONG NumberOfBytes
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwStallExecution (
+    IN ULONG Microseconds
+    );
+
+ULONG
+FwPrint (
+    IN PCHAR Format,
+    ...
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwReturnExtendedSystemInformation (
+    OUT PEXTENDED_SYSTEM_INFORMATION SystemInfo
+    );
+    
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayBootInitialize (
+    OUT PVOID UnusedParameter
+    );
+    
+ULONG
+EISAReadRegisterBufferUCHAR (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset,
+    OUT PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length
+    );
+
+ULONG
+EISAWriteRegisterBufferUCHAR (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset,
+    OUT PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length
+    );
+
+UCHAR
+EISAReadPortUCHAR (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset
+    );
+
+USHORT
+EISAReadPortUSHORT (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset
+    );
+
+ULONG
+EISAReadPortULONG (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset
+    );
+
+VOID
+EISAWritePortUCHAR (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset,
+    IN UCHAR Datum
+    );
+
+VOID
+EISAWritePortUSHORT (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset,
+    IN USHORT Datum
+    );
+
+VOID
+EISAWritePortULONG (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset,
+    IN ULONG Datum
+    );
+
+USHORT
+EISAReadPortUSHORT (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwDriverEntry (
+    IN PVOID DriverObject,
+    IN PVOID Argument2
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwIoInitialize1 (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwIoInitialize2 (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+JzGetPathMnemonicKey(
+    IN PCHAR OpenPath,
+    IN PCHAR Mnemonic,
+    OUT PULONG Key
+    );
+#define FwGetPathMnemonicKey JzGetPathMnemonicKey	// For bldr\scsidisk.c
+
+PCHAR
+FwEnvironmentLoad(
+    VOID
+    );
+
+PCHAR
+FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable (
+    IN PCHAR Variable
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwROMDetermineMachineROMType (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwROMSetReadMode(
+    IN PUCHAR Address
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwROMErase64KB(
+    IN PUCHAR EraseAddress
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable (
+    IN PCHAR Variable,
+    IN PCHAR Value,
+    IN BOOLEAN UpdateTheRom
+    );
+
+VOID
+ParseARCErrorStatus(
+    IN ARC_STATUS Status
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+JzMakeDefaultConfiguration (
+    IN BOOLEAN DoFactoryDefaults
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwSystemConsistencyCheck (
+    IN BOOLEAN Silent,
+    IN PCHAR BottomMessage,
+    IN ULONG BottomMethod,
+    OUT PULONG Problems
+    );
+    
+VOID
+JzCheckBootSelections (
+    IN BOOLEAN Silent,
+    OUT PBOOLEAN FoundProblems		       
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+JzMakeDefaultEnvironment (
+    IN BOOLEAN DoFactoryDefaults
+    );
+
+VOID
+JzDisplayOtherEnvironmentVariables (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+HalpWriteVti(
+    IN ULONG RTCIndex,
+    IN UCHAR Data
+    );
+
+UCHAR
+HalpReadVti(
+    IN ULONG RTCIndex
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayBootInitialize(
+    PVOID UnusedParameter
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwGetVideoData (
+    OUT PMONITOR_CONFIGURATION_DATA MonitorData
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwTerminationInitialize(
+    IN VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwHalt(
+    IN VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwMonitor(
+    IN ULONG
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwExceptionInitialize(
+    IN VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+ResetSystem (
+    IN VOID
+    );
+
+
+VOID
+FwpFreeStub(
+    IN PVOID Buffer
+    );
+
+typedef enum _GETSTRING_ACTION {
+    GetStringSuccess,
+    GetStringEscape,
+    GetStringUpArrow,
+    GetStringDownArrow,
+    GetStringMaximum
+} GETSTRING_ACTION, *PGETSTRING_ACTION;
+
+GETSTRING_ACTION
+JzGetString(
+    OUT PCHAR String,
+    IN ULONG StringLength,
+    IN PCHAR InitialString OPTIONAL,
+    IN ULONG CurrentRow,
+    IN ULONG CurrentColumn,
+    IN BOOLEAN ShowTheTime
+    );
+
+ULONG
+JzDisplayMenu (
+    IN PCHAR Choices[],
+    IN ULONG NumberOfChoices,
+    IN LONG DefaultChoice,
+    IN ULONG CurrentLine,
+    IN LONG AutobootValue,
+    IN BOOLEAN ShowTheTime
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwConfigurationCheckChecksum (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+JzEnvironmentCheckChecksum (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwpReservedRoutine(
+    VOID
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialBootWrite(
+    CHAR Char,
+    ULONG SP
+    );
+
+VOID
+FirmwareSetupProgram(
+    OUT PBOOLEAN RunProgram,
+    OUT PCHAR PathName
+    );
+
+
+//
+// This macro should be used when adding a descriptor to the memory
+// descriptor list.
+//
+
+#define	INCREMENT_FWMEMORYFREE	\
+                      if (FwMemoryFree == (FW_MEMORY_TABLE_SIZE - 1)) { \
+		          KeBugCheck(ENOMEM); \
+		      } else { \
+		          FwMemoryFree++; \
+		      }
+
+//
+// Print macros.
+//
+
+extern BOOLEAN DisplayOutput;
+extern BOOLEAN SerialOutput;
+extern BOOLEAN FwConsoleInitialized;
+extern ULONG DisplayWidth;
+
+
+//
+// Fw____ screen manipulation macros.
+//
+
+#define FwClearScreen() \
+    FwPrint("%c2J", ASCII_CSI)
+
+#define FwMoveCursorToColumn(Spaces) \
+    FwPrint("\r\x9B"#Spaces"C")
+
+#define FwSetScreenColor(FgColor, BgColor) \
+    FwPrint("%c3%dm", ASCII_CSI, (UCHAR)FgColor); \
+    FwPrint("%c4%dm", ASCII_CSI, (UCHAR)BgColor)
+
+#define FwSetScreenAttributes( HighIntensity, Underscored, ReverseVideo ) \
+    FwPrint("%c0m", ASCII_CSI); \
+    if (HighIntensity) { \
+        FwPrint("%c1m", ASCII_CSI); \
+    } \
+    if (Underscored) { \
+        FwPrint("%c4m", ASCII_CSI); \
+    } \
+    if (ReverseVideo) { \
+        FwPrint("%c7m", ASCII_CSI); \
+    }
+
+#define FwSetPosition( Row, Column ) \
+    FwPrint("%c%d;", ASCII_CSI, Row); \
+    FwPrint("%dH", Column)
+
+
+    
+
+//
+// Error printing macro for the EISA configuration code.  The global
+// that is set to TRUE will cause execution to stall so that the user
+// can see the error messages.
+//
+
+extern BOOLEAN ErrorsDuringEISABusConfiguration;
+
+#define EISAErrorFwPrint(x)	FwPrint(x); \
+                                ErrorsDuringEISABusConfiguration = TRUE;
+#define EISAErrorFwPrint1(x,y)	FwPrint(x,y); \
+                                ErrorsDuringEISABusConfiguration = TRUE;
+#define EISAErrorFwPrint2(x,y,z) FwPrint(x,y,z); \
+                                 ErrorsDuringEISABusConfiguration = TRUE;
+
+
+//
+// Definitions for the setup program
+//
+
+extern PCHAR BootString[];
+
+extern BOOLEAN SetupROMPendingModified;
+
+typedef enum _BOOT_VARIABLES {
+    LoadIdentifierVariable,
+    SystemPartitionVariable,
+    OsLoaderVariable,
+    OsLoadPartitionVariable,
+    OsLoadFilenameVariable,
+    OsLoadOptionsVariable,
+    MaximumBootVariable
+    } BOOT_VARIABLE;
+
+
+//
+// Convenient numbers.
+//
+
+#define SIXTY_FOUR_KB  		  0x010000
+#define _512_KB	  		  0x080000
+#define ONE_MB      		  0x100000
+#define FOUR_MB      		  0x400000
+#define FOUR_MB_PAGECOUNT	  ( FOUR_MB >> PAGE_SHIFT )
+#define SEVEN_MB  		  0x700000
+#define EIGHT_MB  		  0x800000
+#define NINE_MB  		  0x900000
+#define SIXTEEN_MB  		 0x1000000
+#define THIRTY_ONE_MB  		 0x1f00000
+#define THIRTY_TWO_MB  		 0x2000000
+
+
+#endif // _FWP_
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwpexcpt.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwpexcpt.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e888da2ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwpexcpt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/*++
+
+   fwpexcpt.h
+  
+   Copyright (C) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+  
+  
+   Description:
+       fw (firmware) pal code exception frame definitions
+       fw (firmware) pal code specific definitions
+  
+   Author:
+       Joe Notarangelo  18-Jun-1992
+  
+   Revisions:
+	Bruce Butts	14-Apr-1993
+
+	Removed definitions of FW_INITIAL_SP and FW_SP_LOW_LIMIT.
+	Firmware memory map defined in ntos\fw\alpha\fwmemdef.h
+
+--*/
+
+//
+// Firmware processor information definition
+//
+
+typedef struct _FW_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION{
+  ULONG  ProcessorId;
+  ULONG  ProcessorRevision;
+  ULONG  PhysicalAddressBits;
+  ULONG  MaximumAddressSpaceNumber;
+  ULONG  PageSize;
+} FW_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION, *PFW_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION;
+
+//
+// Firmware system information definition
+//
+
+typedef struct _FW_SYSTEM_INFORMATION{
+  ULONG  MemorySizeInBytes;
+  ULONG  SystemRevisionId;
+  ULONG  SystemCycleClockPeriod;
+  ULONG  Unused;	         // Was the restart address field.
+} FW_SYSTEM_INFORMATION, *PFW_SYSTEM_INFORMATION;
+
+//
+//  Firmware exception type definitions
+//
+#define  FW_EXC_MCHK      0xdec0
+#define  FW_EXC_ARITH     0xdec1
+#define  FW_EXC_INTERRUPT 0xdec2
+#define  FW_EXC_DFAULT    0xdec3
+#define  FW_EXC_ITBMISS   0xdec4
+#define  FW_EXC_ITBACV    0xdec5
+#define  FW_EXC_NDTBMISS  0xdec6
+#define  FW_EXC_PDTBMISS  0xdec7
+#define  FW_EXC_UNALIGNED 0xdec8
+#define  FW_EXC_OPCDEC    0xdec9
+#define  FW_EXC_FEN       0xdeca
+#define  FW_EXC_HALT      0xdecb
+#define  FW_EXC_BPT       0xdecc
+#define  FW_EXC_GENTRAP   0xdecd
+
+#define  FW_EXC_FIRST     FW_EXC_MCHK
+#define  FW_EXC_LAST      FW_EXC_GENTRAP
+
+
+//
+// Firmware exception frame definition
+//
+
+typedef struct _FW_EXCEPTION_FRAME {
+    ULONG ExceptionType;
+    ULONG Filler;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionParameter1;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionParameter2;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionParameter3;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionParameter4;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionParameter5;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionProcessorStatus;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionMmCsr;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionVa;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionFaultingInstructionAddress;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionV0;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionT0;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionT1;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionT2;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionT3;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionT4;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionT5;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionT6;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionT7;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionS0;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionS1;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionS2;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionS3;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionS4;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionS5;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionFp;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionA0;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionA1;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionA2;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionA3;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionA4;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionA5;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionT8;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionT9;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionT10;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionT11;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionRa;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionT12;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionAt;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionGp;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionSp;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionZero;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF0;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF1;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF2;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF3;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF4;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF5;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF6;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF7;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF8;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF9;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF10;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF11;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF12;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF13;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF14;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF15;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF16;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF17;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF18;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF19;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF20;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF21;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF22;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF23;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF24;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF25;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF26;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF27;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF28;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF29;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF30;
+    ULONGLONG ExceptionF31;
+} FW_EXCEPTION_FRAME, *PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME;
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwprint.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwprint.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c6803cdcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwprint.c
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+//      TITLE("Debug Support Functions")
+//++
+//
+// Copyright (c) 1990  Microsoft Corporation
+// Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+//
+// Module Name:
+//
+//    fwprint.c
+//
+// Abstract:
+//
+//    This module implements functions to support debugging NT.
+//
+// Author:
+//
+//    Steven R. Wood (stevewo) 3-Aug-1989
+//
+// Environment:
+//
+//    Any mode.
+//
+// Revision History:
+//
+//    18-Dec-1992	John DeRosa [DEC]
+//
+//	Added Alpha_AXP/Jensen modifications.
+//--
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include "string.h"
+
+
+//
+// Define variable argument list parameters.
+//
+
+BOOLEAN DisplayOutput;
+BOOLEAN SerialOutput;
+BOOLEAN FwConsoleInitialized;
+
+
+
+//
+// Debug support, to let us direct printfs to the serial line.
+//
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_SERDEB
+
+
+//
+// If this is TRUE, SerFwPrint will output to the serial line.
+// If this is FALSE, SerFwPrint will return without printing anything.
+// This lets me insert SerFwPrint into low-level functions, and enable
+// diagnostic output in a high-level caller.
+//
+
+BOOLEAN SerSnapshot;
+
+
+ULONG
+SerFwPrint (
+    PCHAR Format,
+    ...
+    )
+
+{
+
+    va_list arglist;
+    UCHAR Buffer[256];
+    ULONG Count;
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG Length;
+
+    if (SerSnapshot) {
+
+	//
+	// Format the output into a buffer and then print it.
+	//
+
+	va_start(arglist, Format);
+	Length = vsprintf(Buffer, Format, arglist);
+
+	for ( Index = 0 ; Index < Length ; Index++ ) {
+	    SerialBootWrite(Buffer[Index], COMPORT1_VIRTUAL_BASE);
+	}
+
+	va_end(arglist);
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+ULONG
+FwPrint (
+    PCHAR Format,
+    ...
+    )
+
+{
+
+    va_list arglist;
+    UCHAR Buffer[256];
+    ULONG Count;
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG Length;
+
+    //
+    // Format the output into a buffer and then print it.
+    //
+
+    va_start(arglist, Format);
+    Length = vsprintf(Buffer, Format, arglist);
+
+    if (FwConsoleInitialized) {
+
+        FwWrite( ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT, Buffer, Length, &Count);
+
+    } else {
+
+        if (SerialOutput) {
+            for ( Index = 0 ; Index < Length ; Index++ ) {
+                SerialBootWrite(Buffer[Index],COMPORT1_VIRTUAL_BASE);
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (DisplayOutput) {
+            DisplayWrite( ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT, Buffer, Length, &Count);
+        }
+    }
+
+    va_end(arglist);
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwrstb.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwrstb.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d37a7636f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwrstb.c
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+#if defined(ALPHA)
+
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    fwrstb.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+
+    This module implements routines to initialize and verify the
+    restart block for JENSEN.
+
+Author:
+
+    Joe Notarangelo 24-Feb-1993
+
+Environment:
+
+    Firmware in Kernel mode only.
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+
+
+VOID
+FwInitializeRestartBlock(
+    VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function initializes the restart block for JENSEN.  This must
+    be called after all other System Parameter Block initialization is
+    done, because it creates the Restart Block structures after the
+    EISA Adapter vector.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    PRESTART_BLOCK RestartBlock;
+    PALPHA_RESTART_SAVE_AREA AlphaSaveArea;
+
+    //
+    // The following steps must be taken here:
+    //
+    //     1. Determine the restart block pointer
+    //     2. Write the restart block pointer into the system block
+    //     3. Initialize the restart block
+    //        a. Set the length of the restart block
+    //        b. Initialize the signature
+    //        c. Clear the halt reason code in the Alpha area
+    //        d. Clear the logout frame pointer in the Alpha area
+    //
+
+    //
+    // Create the restart block after EISA Adapter Vector.  The base
+    // address must be at least quadword aligned.  To be safe, align
+    // it to a cache block.
+    //
+
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->RestartBlock = (PVOID)
+                                     (((ULONG)SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Vector +
+				       SYSTEM_BLOCK->Adapter0Length +
+				       KeGetDcacheFillSize())
+				      &
+				      ~(KeGetDcacheFillSize() - 1));
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the restart block.
+    //
+
+    RestartBlock = SYSTEM_BLOCK->RestartBlock;
+
+    //
+    // The -4 accounts for the fact that the Alpha AXP restart save
+    // area actually begins at the last longword of the Restart Block.
+    //
+
+    RestartBlock->Length = sizeof(RESTART_BLOCK) +
+                           sizeof(ALPHA_RESTART_SAVE_AREA) -
+			   4;
+
+    RestartBlock->Signature = ARC_RESTART_BLOCK_SIGNATURE;
+
+    AlphaSaveArea = (PALPHA_RESTART_SAVE_AREA)&RestartBlock->u.SaveArea;
+
+    AlphaSaveArea->HaltReason = AXP_HALT_REASON_HALT;
+
+    AlphaSaveArea->LogoutFrame = NULL;
+
+}
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwVerifyRestartBlock(
+    VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function verifies that the restart block for JENSEN is valid.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    TRUE is returned if the restart block is valid, otherwise FALSE is
+    returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+
+    PRESTART_BLOCK RestartBlock = SYSTEM_BLOCK->RestartBlock;
+    LONG RestartBlockSum;
+    ULONG I;
+    ULONG RestartBlockLength;
+    PLONG CheckSumPointer;
+
+    //
+    // Is the restart block valid?
+    //
+
+    if (RestartBlock->Signature != ARC_RESTART_BLOCK_SIGNATURE ) {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Is the checksum valid?
+    //
+
+    RestartBlockSum = 0;
+    RestartBlockLength = RestartBlock->Length;
+    CheckSumPointer = (PLONG)RestartBlock;
+
+    for (I = 0; I < RestartBlockLength; I += 4 ) {
+        RestartBlockSum += *CheckSumPointer++;
+    }
+
+    if (RestartBlockSum != 0) {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // All checks have passed.
+    //
+
+    return TRUE;
+
+}
+
+#endif //ALPHA
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwsignal.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwsignal.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9e0df889b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwsignal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1992, 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    fwsignal.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements the ARC firmware Signal Handling Functions.
+
+Author:
+
+    Lluis Abello (lluis) 24-Sep-1991
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    22-May-1992         John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Modified this for Alpha.  The vestigal interrupt and signal
+    support was removed, and keyboard input is done by polling.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "iodevice.h"
+
+extern KEYBOARD_BUFFER KbdBuffer;
+
+//
+// Keyboard static variables.
+//
+
+BOOLEAN Scan0xE0 = FALSE;
+
+//                             1111 1 1111122222222 2 2333333333344 4 44444445555 5 5 55
+// Character #         234567890123 4 5678901234567 8 9012345678901 2 34567890123 4 5 67
+PCHAR NormalLookup =  "1234567890-=\b\tqwertyuiop[]\n\0asdfghjkl;'`\0\\zxcvbnm,./\0\0\0 ";
+PCHAR ShiftedLookup = "!@#$%^&*()_+\b\0QWERTYUIOP{}\n\0ASDFGHJKL:\"~\0\|ZXCVBNM<>?\0\0\0 ";
+
+extern BOOLEAN FwLeftShift;
+extern BOOLEAN FwRightShift;
+extern BOOLEAN FwControl;
+extern BOOLEAN FwAlt;
+extern BOOLEAN FwCapsLock;
+
+
+VOID
+StoreKeyboardChar(
+    IN UCHAR Character
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine stores the given character into the circular
+    buffer if there is enough room. Otherwise the character is lost.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Character - Supplies the translated scan code to store into the buffer
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    //
+    // Store scan code in buffer if there is room.
+    //
+    if (((KbdBuffer.WriteIndex+1) % KBD_BUFFER_SIZE) != KbdBuffer.ReadIndex) {
+        KbdBuffer.WriteIndex = (KbdBuffer.WriteIndex+1) % KBD_BUFFER_SIZE;
+        KbdBuffer.Buffer[KbdBuffer.WriteIndex] = Character;
+    }
+}
+
+
+VOID
+TranslateScanCode(
+    IN UCHAR Scan
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine translates the given keyboard scan code into an
+    ASCII character and puts it in the circular buffer.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Scan - Supplies the scan code read from the keyboard.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    UCHAR FwControlCharacter=0;
+    UCHAR FwFunctionCharacter;
+    BOOLEAN MakeCode;
+    UCHAR Char;
+
+    //
+    // Check 0xE0, which introduces a two key sequence.
+    //
+
+    if (Scan == 0xE0) {
+        Scan0xE0 = TRUE;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (Scan0xE0 == TRUE) {
+
+        //
+        // Check for PrintScrn (used as SysRq, also found in its true Alt
+        // form below).
+        //
+
+        if (Scan == KEY_PRINT_SCREEN) {
+            StoreKeyboardChar(ASCII_SYSRQ);
+            Scan0xE0 = FALSE;
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Look for scan codes that indicate shift, control, or alt keys.  Bit 7
+    // of scan code indicates upward or downward keypress.
+    //
+    // N.B. By masking the scan code with 0x7f, both the make and break codes
+    // are covered.
+    //
+
+    MakeCode = !(Scan & 0x80);
+    switch (Scan & 0x7F) {
+
+        case KEY_LEFT_SHIFT:
+            FwLeftShift = MakeCode;
+            return;
+
+        case KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT:
+            FwRightShift = MakeCode;
+            return;
+
+        case KEY_CONTROL:
+            FwControl = MakeCode;
+            Scan0xE0 = FALSE;
+            return;
+
+        case KEY_ALT:
+            FwAlt = MakeCode;
+            return;
+
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // The rest of the keys only do something on make.
+    //
+
+    if (MakeCode) {
+
+        //
+        // Check for control keys.
+        //
+
+        switch (Scan) {
+
+            case KEY_UP_ARROW:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'A';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_DOWN_ARROW:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'B';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_RIGHT_ARROW:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'C';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_LEFT_ARROW:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'D';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_HOME:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'H';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_END:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'K';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_PAGE_UP:
+                FwControlCharacter = '?';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_PAGE_DOWN:
+                FwControlCharacter = '/';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_INSERT:
+                FwControlCharacter = '@';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_DELETE:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'P';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_SYS_REQUEST:
+                StoreKeyboardChar(ASCII_SYSRQ);
+                return;
+
+            case KEY_ESC:
+                StoreKeyboardChar(ASCII_ESC);
+                return;
+
+            case KEY_CAPS_LOCK:
+                FwCapsLock = !FwCapsLock;
+                return;
+
+            case KEY_F1:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'O';
+                FwFunctionCharacter = 'P';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_F2:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'O';
+                FwFunctionCharacter = 'Q';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_F3:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'O';
+                FwFunctionCharacter = 'w';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_F4:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'O';
+                FwFunctionCharacter = 'x';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_F5:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'O';
+                FwFunctionCharacter = 't';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_F6:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'O';
+                FwFunctionCharacter = 'u';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_F7:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'O';
+                FwFunctionCharacter = 'q';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_F8:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'O';
+                FwFunctionCharacter = 'r';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_F9:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'O';
+                FwFunctionCharacter = 'p';
+                break;
+
+            case KEY_F10:
+                FwControlCharacter = 'O';
+                FwFunctionCharacter = 'M';
+                break;
+
+//            case KEY_F11:
+//                FwControlCharacter = 'O';
+//                FwFunctionCharacter = 'A';
+//                break;
+//
+//            case KEY_F12:
+//                FwControlCharacter = 'O';
+//                FwFunctionCharacter = 'B';
+//                break;
+
+            default:
+
+                //
+                // Some kind of character.
+                //
+
+                Char = 0;
+
+                //
+                // Check for keypad + or -.  This is done here because we only
+                // recognize a two keypad keys.  Full keypad support should be
+                // done by a lookup table.
+                //
+
+                if (Scan == KEY_KEYPAD_MINUS) {
+
+                    Char = '-';
+
+                } else if (Scan == KEY_KEYPAD_PLUS) {
+
+                    Char = '+';
+
+                } else if (((Scan >= 16) && (Scan <= 25)) ||
+                           ((Scan >= 30) && (Scan <= 38)) ||
+                           ((Scan >= 44) && (Scan <= 50))) {
+
+                    //
+                    // Alphabetic character
+                    //
+
+                    if (FwControl) {
+
+                        //
+                        // Control character.
+                        //
+                        // This works for ^A -- ^Z.
+                        //
+
+                        Char = NormalLookup[Scan - 2] - 'A';
+
+                    } else {
+
+                        //
+                        // ASCII alphanumeric character.   Set up to store
+                        // either the main key or shifted key character.
+                        //
+
+                        if (((FwLeftShift || FwRightShift) && !FwCapsLock) ||
+                            (!(FwLeftShift || FwRightShift) && FwCapsLock)) {
+                            Char = ShiftedLookup[Scan - 2];
+                        } else {
+                            Char = NormalLookup[Scan - 2];
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                } else if ((Scan > 1) && (Scan < 58)) {
+
+                    //
+                    // It is ASCII but not alpha, so do not shift on CapsLock.
+                    //
+
+                    if (FwLeftShift || FwRightShift) {
+                        Char = ShiftedLookup[Scan - 2];
+                    } else {
+                        Char = NormalLookup[Scan - 2];
+                    }
+                }
+
+                //
+                // If a character, store it in buffer.
+                //
+
+                if (Char) {
+                    StoreKeyboardChar(Char);
+                    return;
+                }
+                break;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // This is for ASCII_CSI sequences, not normal control characters.
+        //
+
+        if (FwControlCharacter) {
+            StoreKeyboardChar(ASCII_CSI);
+            StoreKeyboardChar(FwControlCharacter);
+            if (FwControlCharacter == 'O') {
+               StoreKeyboardChar(FwFunctionCharacter);
+            }
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwstring.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwstring.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ae0522c63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwstring.h
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    fwstring.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains the extern statements and #defines for
+    the firmware English strings.  This is fwstring.h and the
+    jzstring.h files concatenated together.
+
+Author:
+
+    David M. Robinson (davidro) 21-May-1993
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    7-June-1993	John DeRosa	[DEC]
+
+    Modified for Alpha AXP and Jensen.
+
+--*/
+
+//
+// Common strings.
+//
+
+extern PCHAR FW_OK_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_CRLF_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_ERROR2_MSG;
+
+//
+// Firmware strings.
+//
+
+extern PCHAR FW_BOOT_MSG;
+#define FW_BOOT_MSG_SIZE		5
+
+extern PCHAR FW_INVALID_RESTART_BLOCK_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_NOT_ENOUGH_ENTRIES_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_FILESYSTEM_NOT_REQ_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_UNKNOWN_SECTION_TYPE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_UNKNOWN_RELOC_TYPE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_UNKNOWN_ROM_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_DEFAULT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_SEARCH_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_NO_BOOT_SELECTIONS_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_DO_NOT_POWER_OFF_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_USE_ARROW_AND_ENTER_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_AUTOBOOT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_INTERNAL_ERROR_ENVIRONMENT_VARS_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_PROGRAM_TO_RUN_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_PATHNAME_NOT_DEF_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_PRESS_ANY_KEY_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_ERROR_CODE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_PRESS_ANY_KEY2_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_INITIALIZING_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_IN_ERROR_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_TRYING_TO_OPEN_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_IN_FAILSAFE_ERROR_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_OUT_FAILSAFE_ERROR_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_IN_PLEASE_REPAIR_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_OUT_PLEASE_REPAIR_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_IN_ERROR2_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_OUT_ERROR_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_OUT_ERROR2_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_CONTACT_FIELD_SERVICE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_SPIN_DISKS_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_NO_CDROM_DRIVE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_WNT_INSTALLATION_ABORTED_MSG;
+
+extern PCHAR FW_MARKING_EISA_BUFFER_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_MARKING_EISA_BUFFER_ERROR_MSG;
+
+extern PCHAR FW_RED_BANNER_PRESSKEY_MSG;
+
+extern PCHAR FW_SYSTEM_INCONSISTENCY_WARNING_MSG[];
+#define FW_SYSTEM_INCONSISTENCY_WARNING_MSG_SIZE	3
+
+extern PCHAR FW_SYSTEM_INCONSISTENCY_WARNING_HOWTOFIX_MSG[];
+#define FW_SYSTEM_INCONSISTENCY_WARNING_HOWTOFIX_MSG_SIZE	3
+
+extern PCHAR FW_ERROR_MSG[];
+
+
+//
+// Halt, machine check messages
+//
+
+extern PCHAR FW_SYSRQ_MONITOR_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_FATAL_DMC_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_FATAL_MCINPALMODE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_FATAL_UNKNOWN_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_FATAL_TAGCNTRL_PE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_FATAL_TAG_PE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_FATAL_HEACK_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_FATAL_SEACK_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_FATAL_ECC_ERROR_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_FATAL_QWLWLW_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_FATAL_PE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_FATAL_MULTIPLE_EXT_TAG_ERRORS_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_FATAL_MULTIPLE_FILL_ERRORS_MSG;
+
+
+//
+// Menu types
+//
+
+extern PCHAR FW_MENU_BOOT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_MENU_SUPPLEMENTARY_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_MENU_SETUP_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_MENU_BOOT_SELECTIONS_MSG;
+
+
+//
+// Menu strings
+//
+
+extern PCHAR BootMenuChoices[];
+extern PCHAR SupplementaryMenuChoices[];
+extern PCHAR OperatingSystemSwitchChoices[];
+extern PCHAR MachineProblemAreas[];
+
+#define NUMBER_OF_BOOT_CHOICES		4
+#define NUMBER_OF_SUPP_CHOICES		6
+#define NUMBER_OF_OS_CHOICES  		4
+#define NUMBER_OF_MACHINE_PROBLEM_AREAS	8
+
+
+//
+// Monitor Strings.
+//
+
+extern PCHAR MON_INVALID_ARGUMENT_COUNT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR MON_UNALIGNED_ADDRESS_MSG;
+extern PCHAR MON_INVALID_VALUE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR MON_INVALID_REGISTER_MSG;
+extern PCHAR MON_BAD_IO_OPERATION_MSG;
+extern PCHAR MON_NOT_VALID_ADDRESS_MSG;
+extern PCHAR MON_INVALID_ADDRESS_RANGE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR MON_AVAILABLE_HW_DEVICES_MSG;
+extern PCHAR MON_MONITOR_MSG;
+extern PCHAR MON_PRESS_H_MSG;
+extern PCHAR MON_EXCEPTION_MSG;
+extern PCHAR MON_NO_RETURN_MSG;
+extern PCHAR MON_RESET_MACHINE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR MON_UNRECOGNIZED_COMMAND_MSG;
+
+extern PCHAR MON_HELP_TABLE[];
+#define MON_HELP_SIZE 		16
+
+//
+// Selftest module strings.
+//
+
+extern PCHAR ST_ALL_IO_TO_SERIAL_LINES_MSG;
+extern PCHAR ST_BAD_PAGE_SIZE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR ST_BAD_MEMORY_SIZE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR ST_BAD_CLOCK_PERIOD_MSG;
+extern PCHAR ST_EISA_ISP_ERROR_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_ARC_MULTIBOOT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FW_COPYRIGHT_MSG;
+
+//
+// FailSafe Booter strings.  If necessary, this could be an entirely
+// separate message file to conserve space.
+//
+
+extern PCHAR FSB_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FSB_WHY_RUNNING_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FSB_FIELD_SERVICE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FSB_LOOKING_FOR_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FSB_UPGRADE_ABORTED_MSG;
+extern PCHAR FSB_POWER_CYCLE_TO_REBOOT_MSG;
+
+
+//
+// Stubs strings.
+//
+
+extern PCHAR ST_RESERVED_ROUTINE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR ST_STACK_UNDERFLOW_1_MSG;
+extern PCHAR ST_STACK_UNDERFLOW_2_MSG;
+extern PCHAR ST_STACK_UNDERFLOW_3_MSG;
+extern PCHAR ST_HIT_KEY_FOR_MONITOR_MSG;
+extern PCHAR ST_BUGCHECK_MSG;
+extern PCHAR ST_ASSERT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR ST_HIT_KEY_FOR_REBOOT_MSG;
+
+
+//
+// Definitions for the built-in ROM setup utility
+//
+
+#define SS_CRLF_MSG	FW_CRLF_MSG
+
+//
+// Prompt strings.
+//
+
+extern PCHAR SS_TOO_MANY_BOOT_SELECTIONS;
+extern PCHAR SS_COUNTDOWN_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_OSLOADER_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_OS_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_OS_ROOT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_BOOT_NAME_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_INIT_DEBUG_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_CANT_SET_VARIABLE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_NO_SELECTIONS_TO_DELETE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_SELECTION_TO_DELETE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_ENVIR_FOR_BOOT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_FORMAT1_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_USE_ARROWS_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_NO_SELECTIONS_TO_EDIT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_SELECTION_TO_EDIT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_NO_SELECTIONS_TO_REARRANGE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_PICK_SELECTION_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_SHOULD_AUTOBOOT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_ENVIRONMENT_VARS_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_CHECKING_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_CHECKING_BOOT_SEL_NUMBER_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_FORMAT2_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_VARIABLE_NULL_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_CANT_BE_FOUND_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_PROBLEMS_FOUND_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_PROBLEMS_CHOOSE_AN_ACTION_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_SELECTION_MENU_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_ECU_WILL_NOW_REBOOT_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_RESET_TO_FACTORY_DEFAULTS_WARNING_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_ARE_YOU_SURE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_ESCAPE_FROM_SETUP_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_PRESS_KEY_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_PRESS_KEY2_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_NAME_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_VALUE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_NO_NVRAM_SPACE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_NVRAM_CHKSUM_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_ROM_UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_ROM_UPDATE_FAILED_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_SELECT_MEDIA_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_SELECT_MONITOR_RESOLUTION_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_ENTER_FAT_OR_NTFS_PART_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_ENTER_PART_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_SELECT_SYS_PART_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_SCSI_HD_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_FL_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_SCSI_CD_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_NEW_SYS_PART_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_LOCATE_SYS_PART_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_ENTER_SCSI_ID_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_ENTER_FLOPPY_DRIVE_NUMBER_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_LOCATE_OS_PART_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_FLOPPY_SIZE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_2ND_FLOPPY_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_SCSI_HOST_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_DEFAULT_SYS_PART_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_ENTER_DATE_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_ENTER_TIME_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_ILLEGAL_TIME_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_PM;
+extern PCHAR SS_AM;
+extern PCHAR SS_WHICH_OS_QUERY_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_BOOT_SELECTION_IS_MSG;
+extern PCHAR SS_POWER_CYCLE_FOR_NEW_OS_MSG;
+
+extern PCHAR SETUP_HELP_TABLE[];
+#define SETUP_HELP_TABLE_SIZE		18
+
+//
+// Menus.
+//
+
+extern PCHAR ProblemChoices[];
+#define NUMBER_OF_PROBLEMS 3
+
+extern PCHAR YesNoChoices[];
+#define NUMBER_OF_YES_NO 2
+
+extern PCHAR MediaChoices[];
+#define NUMBER_OF_MEDIA 3
+
+extern PCHAR ManageBootSelectionChoices[];
+#define NUMBER_OF_SS_MANAGE_BOOT_CHOICES	7
+
+extern PCHAR ResolutionChoices[];
+#define NUMBER_OF_RESOLUTIONS 4
+
+extern PCHAR FloppyChoices[];
+#define NUMBER_OF_FLOPPIES 3
+
+extern PCHAR Weekday[];
+
+extern PCHAR SetupMenuChoices[];
+#define NUMBER_OF_SETUP_MENU_CHOICES 	14
+
+extern PCHAR OperatingSystemNames[];
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwtime.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwtime.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95ed0a83a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwtime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    fwtime.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements the ARC firmware time operations.
+
+Author:
+
+    David M. Robinson (davidro) 19-Aug-1991
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    21-July-1992   John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Made Alpha/Jensen modifications.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "jxhalp.h"
+
+//
+// Static data.
+//
+
+TIME_FIELDS FwTime;
+ULONG Seconds;
+ULONG FwDays;
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwTimeInitialize (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the time routine addresses.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the time routine addresses in the system
+    // parameter block.
+    //
+
+    (PARC_GET_TIME_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[GetTimeRoutine] =
+                                                            FwGetTime;
+    (PARC_GET_RELATIVE_TIME_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[GetRelativeTimeRoutine] =
+                                                            FwGetRelativeTime;
+
+    //
+    // Initialize pointers that the HAL routines use to access the RTC.  Note
+    // that these routines are linked with the firmware and so this does not
+    // affect the actual HAL.
+    //
+
+    HalpEisaControlBase = (PVOID)EISA_IO_VIRTUAL_BASE;
+#ifndef ALPHA
+    // This does not exist on Alpha/Jensen.
+    HalpRealTimeClockBase = (PVOID)RTC_VIRTUAL_BASE;
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // Initialize static data.
+    //
+
+    Seconds = 0;
+    FwDays = 0;
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+PTIME_FIELDS
+FwGetTime (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine returns a time structure filled in with the current
+    time read from the RTC.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns a pointer to a time structure.  If the time information is
+    valid, valid data is returned, otherwise all fields are returned as zero.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    if (!HalQueryRealTimeClock(&FwTime)) {
+        FwTime.Year = 0;
+        FwTime.Month = 0;
+        FwTime.Day = 0;
+        FwTime.Hour = 0;
+        FwTime.Minute = 0;
+        FwTime.Second = 0;
+        FwTime.Milliseconds = 0;
+        FwTime.Weekday = 0;
+    }
+    return &FwTime;
+}
+
+
+ULONG
+FwGetRelativeTime (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine returns a ULONG which increases at a rate of one per second.
+    This routine must be called at least once per day for the number to maintain
+    an accurate count.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns a ULONG.  If the time information is valid, valid
+    data is returned, otherwise a zero is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    TIME_FIELDS Time;
+    ULONG TempTime;
+
+    TempTime = Seconds;
+    if (HalQueryRealTimeClock(&Time)) {
+        Seconds = ((FwDays * 24 + Time.Hour) * 60 + Time.Minute) * 60 + Time.Second;
+        if (Seconds < TempTime) {
+            FwDays++;
+            Seconds += 24 * 60 * 60;
+        }
+    } else {
+        Seconds = 0;
+    }
+    return Seconds;
+}
+
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwupusa.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwupusa.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..edc0d3d62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwupusa.c
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    fwupusa.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains English strings for the firmware update
+    tool (jnupdate.exe).
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa	[DEC]	18-June-1993
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include "ntos.h"
+
+
+//
+// Menus
+//
+
+#if defined(JENSEN)
+
+PCHAR UpdateLocationChoices[] = {
+        "Floppy #0\\jensfw.bin",
+        "CD-ROM\\jensfw.bin",
+        "Other location",
+	"Exit"
+    };
+
+#elif defined(MORGAN)
+
+PCHAR UpdateLocationChoices[] = {
+        "Floppy #0\\mrgnfw.bin",
+        "CD-ROM\\mrgnfw.bin",
+        "Other location",
+	"Exit"
+    };
+
+#endif
+
+
+//
+// Machine-specific strings
+//
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+
+PCHAR FWUP_INTRO1_MSG = " DECpc AXP 150 FlashFile Update Utility, revision %s\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_DEFAULT_FLOPPY_LOCATION = "eisa()disk()fdisk()jensfw.bin";
+PCHAR FWUP_DEFAULT_CDROM_FILENAME = "\\jensfw.bin";
+
+#elif defined(MORGAN)
+
+PCHAR FWUP_INTRO1_MSG = " Morgan FlashFile Update Utility, revision %s\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_DEFAULT_FLOPPY_LOCATION = "eisa()disk()fdisk()mrgnfw.bin";
+PCHAR FWUP_DEFAULT_CDROM_FILENAME = "\\mrgnfw.bin";
+
+PCHAR FWUP_ABOUT_TO_WRITE_ROM_MSG = "about to write FLASH ROM #%d\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_ROM_CHIP_SELECT_MSG = "MorganFlashRomChipSelect = %d, must be 1 or 2\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_ROM_UPDATE_SUCCEEDED_MSG = "FLASH ROM update succeeded.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_ROM_UPDATE_FAILED_MSG = "FLASH ROM update failed.\r\n";
+
+#endif
+
+
+//
+// Common strings
+//
+
+PCHAR FWUP_INTRO2_MSG = " Copyright (c) 1992, 1993 Microsoft Corporation\r\n Copyright (c) 1993 Digital Equipment Corporation\r\n\n\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_INTRO3_MSG = " This will update your machine's firmware.\r\n\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_SELECT_LOCATION_MSG = " Select location of update file.\r\n\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_USE_ARROW_KEYS_MSG = " Use the arrow keys to select, then press Enter.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_HIT_ESC_TO_ABORT_MSG = " Hit Escape to abort.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_LOCATION_OF_UPDATE_FILE_MSG = " Location of update file:  ";
+PCHAR FWUP_UNDEFINED_PATHNAME_MSG = " Pathname is not defined.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_BAD_PATHNAME_MSG = " Bad Pathname: %s\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_LOCATING_THE_FILE_MSG = " Locating the update file...\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_UPDATE_FILE_IS_GOOD_MSG = " The update file is good!\r\n The name of this firmware update is...:\r\n\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_ARE_YOU_REALLY_SURE_MSG = "\r\n Are you *really* sure?\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_FAILED_UPDATE_MSG = "Your machine state may have been corrupted.  Re-do the\r\ninstallation immediately, or call Digital Field Service.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_SUCCESSFUL_UPDATE_MSG = "\r\n\nThe update has succeeded.  Power-cycle the machine to see the changes.\r\n\n";
+
+PCHAR FWUP_YORN_MSG = "\r\nY = continue, N = iterate: ";
+UCHAR FWUP_LOWER_Y = 'y';
+UCHAR FWUP_UPPER_Y = 'Y';
+
+PCHAR FWUP_UNKNOWN_ROM_MSG = "?? Unknown ROM in machine.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_ROM_TYPE_IS_MSG = "Machine ROM type is 0x%x.\r\n";
+
+PCHAR FWUP_CLEARING_LOW_PROM_BLOCK_MSG = "Clearing the low PROM block...\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_BLOCK_CANNOT_BE_ERASED_MSG = "** Block %d cannot be erased after %d tries.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_KEEP_TRYING_MSG = "\r\nShould I keep trying?\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_CLEARING_AND_WRITING_HIGHER_BLOCKS_MSG = "Clearing and writing the higher PROM blocks";
+PCHAR FWUP_SOME_BLOCKS_CANNOT_BE_ERASED_MSG = "\r\n** Some blocks cannot be erased or written after %d attempts.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_LOW_BLOCK_CANNOT_BE_ERASED_MSG = "\r\n** The low block cannot be erased or written after %d attempts.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_ERASE_FAILURES_MSG = "Erase failures: ";
+PCHAR FWUP_WRITE_FAILURES_MSG = "\r\nWrite failures: ";
+PCHAR FWUP_NONE_MSG = "None.";
+PCHAR FWUP_INTERNAL_ERROR_MSG = "** INTERNAL JNUPDATE ERROR **";
+PCHAR FWUP_DO_YOU_WISH_TO_KEEP_TRYING_MSG = "\r\nDo you wish to keep trying?\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_WRITING_THE_BLOCK_MSG = "Writing the PROM block.";
+PCHAR FWUP_WRITING_THE_LOW_BLOCK_MSG = "\r\nWriting the low PROM block.";
+PCHAR FWUP_BLOCK_CANNOT_BE_ERASED_AFTER_10_MSG = "\r\n? The block could not be erased after 10 tries!\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_ERASURE_VERIFICATION_FAILED_MSG = "\r\n? The block failed erasure verification!\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_BAD_DATA_MSG = "\r\n?? BAD DATA:   ROM: %x = %x     ";
+PCHAR FWUP_BUFFER_MSG = "BUFFER: %x = %x";
+
+PCHAR FWUP_READ_CANT_OPEN_MSG = "Error: Cannot open the update file.\r\n       Check the filespec and make sure the update device is present.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_READ_CANT_GET_FILE_INFO_MSG = "Error: Cannot get file information from file system.\r\n       The file system may be corrupted.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_READ_BAD_SIZE_MSG = "Error: The update file is too small or too large to be legitimate.\r\n        Contact your Digital Sales or Field Service representative.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_READ_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY = "Error: %d. pages of memory could not be found to read in the update file.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_READ_READING_MSG = " Reading the update file...\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_READ_BAD_READ_COUNT_MSG = "Error: Wanted to read %d. bytes and instead read %d. bytes\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_READ_VERIFYING_CHECKSUM_MSG = " Verifying the checksum...\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_READ_BAD_CHECKSUM_MSG = "Error: Additive checksum was 0x%x; it should be 0.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_READ_IDENTIFIER_TOO_LONG_MSG = "Error: Identifier string is too long.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_READ_BAD_START_BLOCK_MSG = "Error: Starting ROM block number is %d.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_READ_BAD_BINARY_DATA_MSG = "Error: Binary data is not a multiple of 64KB.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_READ_TOO_MUCH_DATA_MSG = "Error: Too much binary data (%d. %d.).\r\n";
+
+PCHAR FWUP_PRESS_Y_TO_CONTINUE_MSG = " Press the \"Y\" key to continue with the update.\r\n Hit any other key to abort.\r\n";
+PCHAR FWUP_UPDATE_ABORTED_MSG = "\r\n *** The update has been aborted!\r\n";
+
+PCHAR FWUP_ERROR_MSG[] = {
+    "Argument list is too long",
+    "Access violation",
+    "Resource temporarily unavailable",
+    "Bad image file type",
+    "Device is busy",
+    "Fault occured",
+    "Invalid argument",
+    "Device error",
+    "File is a directory",
+    "Too many open files",
+    "Too many links",
+    "Name is too long",
+    "Bad device name/number or partition number",
+    "No such file or directory",
+    "Execute format error",
+    "Not enough memory",
+    "No space left on device",
+    "File is not a directory",
+    "Inappropriate directory path or control operation",
+    "Media not loaded",
+    "Read-only file system"
+};
+
+PCHAR FWUP_ERROR_CODE_MSG = "Error code = %d";
+
+//
+// Strings defined in fwusa.c that must also be defined here
+// because of code that is common between jnupdate and the firmware.
+//
+
+PCHAR SS_PRESS_KEY_MSG = " Press any key to continue...\r\n";
+PCHAR ST_STACK_UNDERFLOW_1_MSG = "\r\n\n************\r\n************\r\n? Internal Firmware Error!!\r\n   Reason: STACK UNDERFLOW\r\n\n";
+PCHAR ST_STACK_UNDERFLOW_2_MSG = "Caller = %x, Caller of the Caller = %x\r\n";
+PCHAR ST_STACK_UNDERFLOW_3_MSG = "Requested area = %x, Stack bottom = %x\r\n\n";
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwusa.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwusa.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c4e84b122
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/fwusa.c
@@ -0,0 +1,470 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    fwusa.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains the fw english strings.
+
+Author:
+
+    David M. Robinson (davidro) 21-May-1993
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    7-June-1993	John DeRosa	[DEC]
+
+    Modified for Alpha AXP and Jensen.  This is now the fwusa.c module
+    and the jzusa.c module.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "ntos.h"
+
+//
+// Common strings.
+//
+
+PCHAR FW_OK_MSG = " ..OK.";
+PCHAR FW_CRLF_MSG = "\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_ERROR2_MSG = "\r\n Error: ";
+
+//
+// Firmware strings.
+//
+
+PCHAR FW_INVALID_RESTART_BLOCK_MSG = "Invalid Restart Block\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_NOT_ENOUGH_ENTRIES_MSG = "Error: Not enough entries in the lookup table.\n";
+PCHAR FW_FILESYSTEM_NOT_REQ_MSG = "File system not recognized.\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_UNKNOWN_SECTION_TYPE_MSG = "Unknown section type\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_UNKNOWN_RELOC_TYPE_MSG = "Relocator: Unknown relocation type\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_UNKNOWN_ROM_MSG = "?? Unknown ROM in machine.  Call Digital Field Service.\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_BOOT_MSG = "Boot ";
+PCHAR FW_DEFAULT_MSG = " (Default)";
+PCHAR FW_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_SEARCH_MSG = "Searching floppy and CD-ROM for the firmware update tool...\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_NO_BOOT_SELECTIONS_MSG = "No boot selections, press any key to continue";
+PCHAR FW_DO_NOT_POWER_OFF_MSG = "\r\n Do not power off the machine...";
+PCHAR FW_USE_ARROW_AND_ENTER_MSG = " Use the arrow keys to select, then press Enter.\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_AUTOBOOT_MSG = " Seconds until auto-boot, select another option to override:\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_INTERNAL_ERROR_ENVIRONMENT_VARS_MSG = "Internal error, too many environment variables!\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_PROGRAM_TO_RUN_MSG = "    Program to run:  ";
+PCHAR FW_PATHNAME_NOT_DEF_MSG = " Pathname is not defined\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_PRESS_ANY_KEY_MSG = "\n\r Press any key to continue...\n\r";
+PCHAR FW_ERROR_CODE_MSG = "Error code = %d";
+PCHAR FW_PRESS_ANY_KEY2_MSG = ", press any key to continue";
+PCHAR FW_INITIALIZING_MSG = "\r\n Initializing firmware...";
+PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_IN_ERROR_MSG = "\r\n Error: Firmware could not open StandardIn\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_TRYING_TO_OPEN_MSG = " Trying to open %s instead...";
+PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_IN_FAILSAFE_ERROR_MSG = "\r\n Firmware could not open failsafe StandardIn!\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_OUT_FAILSAFE_ERROR_MSG = "\r\n Firmware could not open failsafe StandardOut!\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_IN_PLEASE_REPAIR_MSG = " Please repair the CONSOLEIN environment variable before you boot\r\n the operating system.\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_OUT_PLEASE_REPAIR_MSG = " Please repair the CONSOLEOUT environment variable before you boot\r\n the operating system.\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_IN_ERROR2_MSG = "\r\n Error: Fid for StandardIn device is not zero\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_OUT_ERROR_MSG = "\r\n Error: Firmware could not open StandardOut\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_OUT_ERROR2_MSG = "\r\n Error: Fid for StandardOut device is not one\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_CONTACT_FIELD_SERVICE_MSG = " Contact Digital Field Service.\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_SPIN_DISKS_MSG = " Spinning up disks";
+PCHAR FW_NO_CDROM_DRIVE_MSG = "\r\n\n CD-ROM drive not found.";
+PCHAR FW_WNT_INSTALLATION_ABORTED_MSG = "\r\n\n Windows NT installation has been aborted.\r\n";
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+PCHAR FW_MARKING_EISA_BUFFER_MSG = "\r\nMarking EISA buffer: addr 0x%x, size 0x%x...\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_MARKING_EISA_BUFFER_ERROR_MSG = "? ERROR during memory descriptor init: cannot allocate EISA buffer.\r\n  Error information: %x, %x, %x, %x.\r\n";
+#endif
+
+
+PCHAR FW_RED_BANNER_PRESSKEY_MSG = "º           Press any key to continue.                     º";
+
+PCHAR FW_SYSTEM_INCONSISTENCY_WARNING_MSG[] = {
+    "º  WARNING: These system areas have problems and may       º\r\n",
+    "º           prevent Windows NT for Alpha AXP from booting: º\r\n",
+    "º                                                          º\r\n"
+};
+
+PCHAR FW_SYSTEM_INCONSISTENCY_WARNING_HOWTOFIX_MSG[] = {
+    "º                                                          º\r\n",
+    "º           Select \"Set up the system\" from the            º\r\n",
+    "º           Supplementary menu to correct.                 º\r\n"
+};
+
+
+//
+// Halt, machine check messages
+//
+
+PCHAR FW_SYSRQ_MONITOR_MSG = "Press SysRq to enter the monitor, press any other key to restart";
+PCHAR FW_FATAL_DMC_MSG = "\r\nFatal system hardware error: double machine check.\r\n\n";
+PCHAR FW_FATAL_MCINPALMODE_MSG = "\r\nFatal system hardware error: machine check in PALmode.\r\n\n";
+PCHAR FW_FATAL_UNKNOWN_MSG = "\r\nUnknown fatal system hardware error.\r\n\n";
+PCHAR FW_FATAL_TAGCNTRL_PE_MSG = "Tag control parity error, Tag control: P: %1x D: %1x S: %1x V: %1x\r\n"; 
+PCHAR FW_FATAL_TAG_PE_MSG = "Tag parity error, Tag: 0b%17b  Parity: %1x\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_FATAL_HEACK_MSG = "Hard error acknowledge: BIU CMD: %x PA: %16Lx\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_FATAL_SEACK_MSG = "Soft error acknowledge: BIU CMD: %x PA: %16Lx\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_FATAL_ECC_ERROR_MSG = "ECC error: %s\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_FATAL_QWLWLW_MSG = "PA: %16Lx Quadword: %x Longword0: %x  Longword1: %x\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_FATAL_PE_MSG = "Parity error: %s\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_FATAL_MULTIPLE_EXT_TAG_ERRORS_MSG = "Multiple external/tag errors detected.\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_FATAL_MULTIPLE_FILL_ERRORS_MSG =  "Multiple fill errors detected.\r\n";
+
+
+//
+// Menu types
+//
+
+PCHAR FW_MENU_BOOT_MSG = "Boot";
+PCHAR FW_MENU_SUPPLEMENTARY_MSG = "Supplementary";
+PCHAR FW_MENU_SETUP_MSG = "Setup";
+PCHAR FW_MENU_BOOT_SELECTIONS_MSG = "Boot selections";
+
+//
+// Menu strings
+//
+
+PCHAR BootMenuChoices[] = {
+        "Boot the default operating system",
+        "Boot an alternate operating system",
+        "Run a program",
+	"Supplementary menu..."
+};
+
+PCHAR SupplementaryMenuChoices[] = {
+	"Install new firmware",
+	"Install Windows NT from CD-ROM",
+	"Set up the system...",
+	"List available devices",
+        "Execute monitor",
+	"Boot menu..."
+};
+
+PCHAR OperatingSystemSwitchChoices[] = {
+        "Switch to NT",
+	"Switch to OpenVMS",
+	"Switch to OSF",
+	"Setup menu..."
+};
+
+//
+// N.B. This must match the order of MACHINE_PROBLEM.
+//
+
+PCHAR MachineProblemAreas[] = {
+    "None                 ",
+    "System time          ",
+    "Environment variables",
+    "Configuration tree   ",
+    "Boot selections      ",
+    "",
+    "",
+    "EISA configuration   "
+};
+
+
+
+//
+// Error messages
+//
+
+PCHAR FW_ERROR_MSG[] = {
+    "Argument list is too long",
+    "Access violation",
+    "Resource temporarily unavailable",
+    "Bad image file type",
+    "Device is busy",
+    "Fault occured",
+    "Invalid argument",
+    "Device error",
+    "File is a directory",
+    "Too many open files",
+    "Too many links",
+    "Name is too long",
+    "Bad device name/number or partition number",
+    "No such file or directory",
+    "Execute format error",
+    "Not enough memory",
+    "No space left on device",
+    "File is not a directory",
+    "Inappropriate directory path or control operation",
+    "Media not loaded",
+    "Read-only file system"
+};
+
+//
+// Monitor Strings.
+//
+
+PCHAR MON_INVALID_ARGUMENT_COUNT_MSG = "Invalid number of arguments.\r\n";
+PCHAR MON_UNALIGNED_ADDRESS_MSG = "Unaligned address.\r\n";
+PCHAR MON_INVALID_VALUE_MSG = " is not a valid value.\r\n";
+PCHAR MON_INVALID_REGISTER_MSG = " is not a valid register name.\r\n";
+PCHAR MON_BAD_IO_OPERATION_MSG = "Bad I/O operation data size.\r\n";
+PCHAR MON_NOT_VALID_ADDRESS_MSG = " is not a valid address.\r\n";
+PCHAR MON_INVALID_ADDRESS_RANGE_MSG = "Invalid address range.\r\n";
+PCHAR MON_AVAILABLE_HW_DEVICES_MSG = "Available hardware devices:\r\n\n";
+PCHAR MON_MONITOR_MSG = "\r\nNT firmware Monitor.\r\n";
+PCHAR MON_PRESS_H_MSG = "Press H for help, Q to quit.\r\n";
+PCHAR MON_EXCEPTION_MSG = " occurred.\r\n";
+PCHAR MON_NO_RETURN_MSG = "No place to return.\r\n";
+PCHAR MON_RESET_MACHINE_MSG = "Reset the machine? ";
+PCHAR MON_UNRECOGNIZED_COMMAND_MSG = "Unrecognized command.\r\n";
+
+PCHAR MON_HELP_TABLE[] = {
+  "Cmnd      Args      Operation",
+  "de[bwlq]  #1 #2     deposit #2 into \(#1\)",
+  "ex[bwlq]  #         examine",
+  "d[bwlq]   [# [#]]   dump bytes/words/longs/quads",
+  "e[bwlq]   [# [#]]   query deposit",
+  "                    \(value, sp=next loc, -=prev loc, crlf=exit enter\)",
+  "h                   this text",
+  "ior[bwl]  #         I/O space read",
+  "ir, fr              dump integer or fp registers",
+  "r         id        dump the specified register",
+  "z         #1 [#2]   #1 to #2, or #1 to #1+128",
+  "z         #1 l #2   #1 to #1+#2",
+  "f                   repeated fill with <= 16 values, same args as z.",
+  "q                   leave monitor\n",
+  "# = @reg|address.  enter = do last command for next 128 locs.",
+  "addresses are 32 bit superpage physical."
+};
+
+//
+// Selftest module strings.
+//
+
+PCHAR ST_ALL_IO_TO_SERIAL_LINES_MSG = "Error on keyboard controller or keyboard initialization.\r\nAll I/O will go to the serial ports.\r\n";
+PCHAR ST_BAD_PAGE_SIZE_MSG = "? Bad page size: 0x%x\r\n";
+PCHAR ST_BAD_MEMORY_SIZE_MSG = "? Bad memory size: 0x%x\r\n";
+PCHAR ST_BAD_CLOCK_PERIOD_MSG = "? Bad (zero) cycle clock period.\r\n  Clock cycle forced to %d.\r\n";
+PCHAR ST_EISA_ISP_ERROR_MSG = "EISA ISP error.\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_ARC_MULTIBOOT_MSG = " ARC Multiboot DEC Version %s\r\n";
+PCHAR FW_COPYRIGHT_MSG = " Copyright (c) 1993  Microsoft Corporation\r\n Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation\r\n\n";
+
+
+//
+// FailSafe Booter strings.  If necessary, this could be an entirely
+// separate message file to conserve space.
+//
+
+PCHAR FSB_MSG = " DEC FailSafe Booter, Version %s\r\n";
+PCHAR FSB_WHY_RUNNING_MSG = " This is running because an update to your system firmware was\r\n interrupted.\r\n\n";
+PCHAR FSB_FIELD_SERVICE_MSG = " ** If you were not just attempting a firmware update, contact\r\n ** your Digital Field Service representative!\r\n\n";
+PCHAR FSB_LOOKING_FOR_MSG = " Looking for eisa()disk()fdisk()jnupdate.exe...\r\n";
+PCHAR FSB_UPGRADE_ABORTED_MSG = ", upgrade aborted.";
+PCHAR FSB_POWER_CYCLE_TO_REBOOT_MSG = "\r\nPower cycle your system to reboot.";
+
+
+//
+// Stubs strings.
+//
+
+PCHAR ST_RESERVED_ROUTINE_MSG = "ERROR: Unimplemented or reserved routine was called.\r\n";
+PCHAR ST_STACK_UNDERFLOW_1_MSG = "\r\n\n************\r\n************\r\n? Internal Firmware Error!!\r\n   Reason: STACK UNDERFLOW\r\n\n";
+PCHAR ST_STACK_UNDERFLOW_2_MSG = "Caller = %x, Caller of the Caller = %x\r\n";
+PCHAR ST_STACK_UNDERFLOW_3_MSG = "Requested area = %x, Stack bottom = %x\r\n\n";
+PCHAR ST_HIT_KEY_FOR_MONITOR_MSG = "Hit any key to jump to the Monitor...\r\n";
+PCHAR ST_BUGCHECK_MSG = "\r\n*** BugCheck (%lx) ***\n\n";
+PCHAR ST_ASSERT_MSG = "\r\n*** Assertion failed ***\r\n";
+PCHAR ST_HIT_KEY_FOR_REBOOT_MSG = "*** Press any key to reboot the system ***\r\n";
+
+
+//
+// Strings used by the built-in system setup utility.  These came from
+// jzusa.c
+//
+
+//
+// Prompt strings.
+//
+
+PCHAR SS_TOO_MANY_BOOT_SELECTIONS = " Too many boot selections, delete some before adding another.\r\n";
+PCHAR SS_COUNTDOWN_MSG = "      Enter Countdown value (in seconds): ";
+PCHAR SS_OSLOADER_MSG = " Enter the osloader directory and name:  ";
+PCHAR SS_OS_MSG = " Is the operating system in the same partition as the osloader: ";
+PCHAR SS_OS_ROOT_MSG = " Enter the operating system root directory:  ";
+PCHAR SS_BOOT_NAME_MSG = " Enter a name for this boot selection:  ";
+PCHAR SS_INIT_DEBUG_MSG = " Do you want to initialize the debugger at boot time: ";
+PCHAR SS_CANT_SET_VARIABLE_MSG = "Can't set an environment variable\r\n";
+PCHAR SS_NO_SELECTIONS_TO_DELETE_MSG = " No selections to delete, ";
+PCHAR SS_SELECTION_TO_DELETE_MSG = " Selection to delete: ";
+PCHAR SS_ENVIR_FOR_BOOT_MSG = "\r\n Environment variables for boot selection %d:\r\n";
+PCHAR SS_FORMAT1_MSG = "     %s\r\n";
+PCHAR SS_USE_ARROWS_MSG = " Use Arrow keys to select a variable, ESC to exit: ";
+PCHAR SS_NO_SELECTIONS_TO_EDIT_MSG = " No selections to edit, ";
+PCHAR SS_SELECTION_TO_EDIT_MSG = " Selection to edit: ";
+PCHAR SS_NO_SELECTIONS_TO_REARRANGE_MSG = " No selections to rearrange, ";
+PCHAR SS_PICK_SELECTION_MSG = " Pick selection to move to the top, ESC to exit: ";
+PCHAR SS_SHOULD_AUTOBOOT_MSG = "      Should the system autoboot: ";
+PCHAR SS_ENVIRONMENT_VARS_MSG = " Environment variables:\r\n";
+PCHAR SS_CHECKING_MSG = " Checking ";
+PCHAR SS_CHECKING_BOOT_SEL_NUMBER_MSG = "boot selection number %d...";
+PCHAR SS_FORMAT2_MSG = "%s...";
+PCHAR SS_VARIABLE_NULL_MSG = " %s variable is NULL\r\n";
+PCHAR SS_CANT_BE_FOUND_MSG = " %s cannot be found, value is:\r\n";
+PCHAR SS_PROBLEMS_FOUND_MSG = " Problems were found with ";
+PCHAR SS_PROBLEMS_CHOOSE_AN_ACTION_MSG = "  Choose an action:";
+PCHAR SS_SELECTION_MENU_MSG = " %s menu:\r\n";
+PCHAR SS_ECU_WILL_NOW_REBOOT_MSG = "\n This machine will now reboot.  Make sure there is an ECU floppy\r\n in the floppy drive.\r\n";
+
+#ifdef ISA_PLATFORM
+PCHAR SS_RESET_TO_FACTORY_DEFAULTS_WARNING_MSG = "This command will overwrite the environment, configuration, and\r\nboot selections with new information.";
+#else
+PCHAR SS_RESET_TO_FACTORY_DEFAULTS_WARNING_MSG = "This command will overwrite the environment, configuration, and\r\nboot selections with new information.  You will have to re-execute\r\nthe EISA configuration utility.";
+#endif
+
+PCHAR SS_ARE_YOU_SURE_MSG = "Are you sure you want to do this?";
+PCHAR SS_ESCAPE_FROM_SETUP_MSG = "ESCape from Setup menu...\r\n\nPress ESCape again to abort the changes.\r\nPress Return to save the changes.";
+PCHAR SS_PRESS_KEY_MSG = " Press any key to continue...\r\n";
+PCHAR SS_PRESS_KEY2_MSG = ", press any key to continue";
+PCHAR SS_NAME_MSG = "Name: ";
+PCHAR SS_VALUE_MSG = "Value: ";
+PCHAR SS_NO_NVRAM_SPACE_MSG = "Error: No space in the ROM for this variable";
+PCHAR SS_NVRAM_CHKSUM_MSG = "Error: The ROM checksum is invalid";
+PCHAR SS_ROM_UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS_MSG = " ROM update in progress.  Please wait.\r\n";
+PCHAR SS_ROM_UPDATE_FAILED_MSG = "\r\n ERROR: ROM update failed!  Your changes may not have been saved.\r\n\n Error info:\r\n";
+PCHAR SS_SELECT_MEDIA_MSG = "      Select media: ";
+
+#ifdef ISA_PLATFORM
+PCHAR SS_SELECT_MONITOR_RESOLUTION_MSG = " Select monitor resolution: ";
+#endif
+
+PCHAR SS_ENTER_FAT_OR_NTFS_PART_MSG = "      Enter partition (must be FAT or NTFS):  ";
+PCHAR SS_ENTER_PART_MSG = "      Enter partition:  ";
+PCHAR SS_SELECT_SYS_PART_MSG = " Select a system partition for this boot selection:";
+PCHAR SS_SCSI_HD_MSG = "Scsi Hard Disk %1d Partition %1d";
+PCHAR SS_FL_MSG = "Floppy Disk %1d";
+PCHAR SS_SCSI_CD_MSG = "Scsi CD-ROM %1d";
+PCHAR SS_NEW_SYS_PART_MSG = "New system partition";
+PCHAR SS_LOCATE_SYS_PART_MSG = " Enter location of system partition for this boot selection: ";
+PCHAR SS_ENTER_SCSI_ID_MSG = "      Enter SCSI ID: ";
+PCHAR SS_ENTER_FLOPPY_DRIVE_NUMBER_MSG = "      Enter floppy drive number: ";
+PCHAR SS_LOCATE_OS_PART_MSG = " Enter location of os partition: ";
+PCHAR SS_FLOPPY_SIZE_MSG = " Select floppy drive capacity: ";
+PCHAR SS_2ND_FLOPPY_MSG = " Is there a second floppy: ";
+
+#ifdef ISA_PLATFORM
+PCHAR SS_SCSI_HOST_MSG = "      Enter SCSI Host ID (0 - 7): ";
+#endif
+
+PCHAR SS_DEFAULT_SYS_PART_MSG = " Enter location of default system partition:";
+PCHAR SS_ENTER_DATE_MSG = "Enter the new date (mm-dd-yy) : ";
+PCHAR SS_ENTER_TIME_MSG = "Enter time (hh:mm:ss) : ";
+PCHAR SS_ILLEGAL_TIME_MSG = "Illegal time value";
+PCHAR SS_PM = "PM";
+PCHAR SS_AM = "AM";
+PCHAR SS_WHICH_OS_QUERY_MSG = "Which operating system console should be launched at the next power-cycle?\r\n\n";
+PCHAR SS_BOOT_SELECTION_IS_MSG = "Boot selection is currently %s.\r\n";
+PCHAR SS_POWER_CYCLE_FOR_NEW_OS_MSG = "Power-cycle the system to implement the change.\r\nOr, return to this menu to change the selection.\r\n\n";
+
+
+PCHAR SETUP_HELP_TABLE[] = {
+  "Do the following steps, in this order, to set up the system:",
+  "",
+  "1. Set system time.",
+  "2. Set default environment variables.",
+  "3. Set default configuration.",
+  "4. Create at least one boot selection.",
+  "5. Setup autoboot, if desired.",
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+  "6. Run the EISA configuration utility.",
+#else
+  "",
+#endif
+  "",
+  "-> An arrow next to a menu item means that something is wrong in this",
+  "area of the machine, and you should select this item to fix it.",
+  "",
+  "\"Reset system to factory defaults\" does steps 2 -- 5 for a typical system.",
+  "",
+  "The ESCape key returns from a menu, and aborts a sequence.",
+  "",
+  "The firmware automatically reboots if the configuration is changed.",
+  ""
+};
+
+//
+// Setup Menus.
+//
+
+PCHAR ProblemChoices[] = {
+    "Ignore problems with this boot selection",
+    "Delete this boot selection",
+    "Change this boot selection"
+};
+
+PCHAR YesNoChoices[] = {
+    "Yes",
+    "No"
+};
+
+PCHAR MediaChoices[] = {
+    "Scsi Hard Disk",
+    "Floppy Disk",
+    "CD-ROM"
+};
+
+PCHAR ManageBootSelectionChoices[] = {
+    "Add a boot selection",
+    "Change a boot selection",
+    "Check boot selections",
+    "Delete a boot selection",
+    "Dump boot selections",
+    "Rearrange boot selections",
+    "Setup menu..."
+};
+
+#ifdef ISA_PLATFORM
+PCHAR ResolutionChoices[] = {
+    "1280x1024",
+    "1024x768",
+    "800x600",
+    "640x480"
+};
+#endif
+
+PCHAR FloppyChoices[] = {
+    "5.25\" 1.2MB",
+    "3.5\" 1.44MB",
+    "3.5\" 2.88MB"
+};
+
+PCHAR Weekday[] = {
+    "Sunday",
+    "Monday",
+    "Tuesday",
+    "Wednesday",
+    "Thursday",
+    "Friday",
+    "Saturday"
+    };
+
+PCHAR SetupMenuChoices[] = {
+        "  Set system time",
+        "  Set default environment variables",
+        "  Set default configuration",
+	"  Manage boot selections...",
+        "  Setup autoboot",
+	"",
+#ifdef ISA_PLATFORM
+        "",
+#else
+	"  Run EISA configuration utility from floppy",
+#endif
+        "  Edit environment variables",
+        "  Reset system to factory defaults",
+	"",
+	"  Help",
+	"  Switch to OpenVMS or OSF console",
+        "  Supplementary menu, and do not save changes...",
+	"  Supplementary menu, and save changes..."
+    };
+	
+PCHAR OperatingSystemNames[] = {
+    "NT",
+    "OpenVMS",
+    "OSF"
+};
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/inc.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/inc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5b88e0559
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/inc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,908 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1990  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1992, 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    inc.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    Definitions needed for firmware EISA configuration code.
+
+Author:
+
+    ??
+
+Revision History:
+
+    3-December-1992		John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Alpha/Jensen modifications.
+
+--*/
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//              General definitions
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+#define WORD_2P2                2               // 2^2 = 4 bytes
+#define HALFWORD_2P2            1               // 2^1 = 2 bytes
+#define BYTE_2P2                0               // 2^0 = 1 bytes
+#define BITSXBYTE               8               // 8 bits = 1 byte
+
+#define ASCII_BLOCK_SIZE 512                    // ASCII block size
+
+#define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x))        // minimum number
+
+
+#define INSTRUCTION_DELAY       10              // nsec for each instruction
+                                                //  using 50MHZ externl clock
+#define MAX_DCACHE_LINE_SIZE    32              // max bytes per Data cache line
+
+#define UNMAPPED_SIZE           (512*1024*1024) // 512 Mbytes of unmapped space
+
+#define PAGE_4G_SHIFT           32              // 2^32 = 4Gbytes
+#define PAGE_32M_SHIFT          25              // 2^25 = 32Mbytes
+#define PAGE_32M_SIZE   (1 << PAGE_32M_SHIFT)   // 32 Mbytes
+#define PAGE_16M_SHIFT          24              // 2^24 = 16Mbytes
+#define PAGE_16M_SIZE   (1 << PAGE_16M_SHIFT)   // 16 Mbytes
+#define PAGE_8M_SHIFT           23              // 2^23 = 8Mbytes
+#define PAGE_8M_SIZE    (1 << PAGE_8M_SHIFT)    // 8 Mbytes
+#define PAGE_4M_SHIFT           22              // 2^22 = 4Mbytes
+#define PAGE_4M_SIZE    (1 << PAGE_4M_SHIFT)    // 4 Mbytes
+#define PAGE_2M_SHIFT           21              // 2^21 = 2Mbytes
+#define PAGE_2M_SIZE    (1 << PAGE_2M_SHIFT)    // 2 Mbytes
+#define PAGE_1M_SHIFT           20              // 2^20 = 1Mbyte
+#define PAGE_1M_SIZE    (1 << PAGE_1M_SHIFT)    // 1 Mbyte
+#define PAGE_MAX_SHIFT        PAGE_16M_SHIFT    // max TLB page shift.
+#define PAGE_MAX_SIZE   (1 << PAGE_MAX_SHIFT)   // max TLB page (one entry)
+#define PAGES_IN_4G     (1 << (PAGE_4G_SHIFT  - PAGE_SHIFT)) // # 4k in 4Gbytes
+#define PAGES_IN_16M    (1 << (PAGE_16M_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT)) // # 4k in 16Mbytes
+#define PAGES_IN_1M     (1 << (PAGE_1M_SHIFT  - PAGE_SHIFT)) // # 4k in 1Mbyte
+
+//#define HIT_WRITEBACK_D       0x19            // hit write back 1st cache
+//#define HIT_WRITEBACK_SD      0x1B            // hit write back 2nd cache
+
+#define EISA_LATCH_VIRTUAL_BASE (DEVICE_VIRTUAL_BASE + 0xE000)
+#define EISA_LOCK_VIRTUAL_BASE  (DEVICE_VIRTUAL_BASE + 0xE800)
+#define EISA_INT_ACK_ADDR       (DEVICE_VIRTUAL_BASE + 0x238)
+#define INT_ENABLE_ADDR         (DEVICE_VIRTUAL_BASE + 0xE8)
+
+//
+// coff image info structure
+//
+
+typedef struct _IMAGE_FLAGS
+    {
+        ULONG   Exec  : 1;
+        ULONG   Reloc : 1;
+
+    } IMAGE_FLAGS, *PIMAGE_FLAGS;
+
+
+typedef struct _IMAGE_INFO
+    {
+        IMAGE_FLAGS     Flags;                  // image characteristic
+        ULONG           ImageBase;              // base address
+        ULONG           ImageSize;              // in 4k units
+
+    } IMAGE_INFO, *PIMAGE_INFO;
+
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//              General function prototypes
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+PCHAR
+FwToUpperStr
+    (
+    IN OUT PCHAR s
+    );
+
+PCHAR
+FwToLowerStr
+    (
+    IN OUT PCHAR s
+    );
+
+PCHAR
+FwGetPath
+    (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component,
+    OUT PCHAR String
+    );
+
+PCHAR
+FwGetMnemonic
+    (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwValidMnem
+    (
+    IN PCHAR Str
+    );
+
+ULONG
+Fw4UcharToUlongLSB
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR String
+    );
+
+
+ULONG
+Fw4UcharToUlongMSB
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR String
+    );
+
+PCHAR
+FwStoreStr
+    (
+    IN PCHAR Str
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetNumMnemonicKey
+    (
+    IN PCHAR Path,
+    IN UCHAR KeyNumber,
+    IN PULONG Key
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetMnemonicKey
+    (
+    IN PCHAR Path,
+    IN PCHAR Mnemonic,
+    IN PULONG Key
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetNextMnemonic
+    (
+    IN PCHAR Path,
+    IN PCHAR Mnemonic,
+    OUT PCHAR NextMnemonic
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetMnemonicPath
+    (
+    IN PCHAR Path,
+    IN PCHAR Mnemonic,
+    OUT PCHAR MnemonicPath
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetEisaId
+    (
+    IN PCHAR PathName,
+    OUT PCHAR EisaId,
+    OUT PUCHAR IdInfo
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwUncompressEisaId
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR CompEisaId,
+    OUT PUCHAR UncompEisaId
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetEisaBusIoCpuAddress
+    (
+    IN PCHAR EisaPath,
+    OUT PVOID *IoBusAddress
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+GetNextPath
+    (
+    IN OUT PCHAR *PPathList,
+    OUT PCHAR PathTarget
+    );
+
+//PDRIVER_STRATEGY
+//FwGetStrategy
+//    (
+//    IN PCHAR Path
+//    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwGetImageInfo
+    (
+    IN PCHAR            ImagePath,
+    OUT PIMAGE_INFO     pImageInfo
+    );
+
+PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT
+FwGetControllerComponent
+    (
+    IN PCHAR Path
+    );
+
+PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT
+FwGetPeripheralComponent
+    (
+    IN PCHAR Path
+    );
+
+PCHAR
+FwGetControllerMnemonic
+    (
+    IN PCHAR Path
+    );
+
+PCHAR
+FwGetPeripheralMnemonic
+    (
+    IN PCHAR Path
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwSizeToShift
+    (
+    IN  ULONG Size,
+    OUT ULONG Shift
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwGetImageInfo
+    (
+    IN PCHAR            ImagePath,
+    OUT PIMAGE_INFO     pImageInfo
+    );
+
+
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//                      EISA configuration
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+
+#define NO_ADAP_ID      0x80000000      // adapter id not present
+#define WAIT_ADAP_ID    0x70000000      // adapter not ready yet
+#define TIMEOUT_UNITS   200             // 200 units of 10msec
+
+
+typedef struct _EISA_SLOT_INFO
+                {
+                UCHAR           IdInfo;
+                UCHAR           MajorRevLevel;
+                UCHAR           MinorRevLevel;
+                UCHAR           LSByteChecksum;
+                UCHAR           MSByteChecksum;
+                UCHAR           FunctionsNumber;
+                UCHAR           FunctionInfo;
+                UCHAR           Id1stChar;
+                UCHAR           Id2ndChar;
+                UCHAR           Id3rdChar;
+                UCHAR           Id4thChar;
+                } EISA_SLOT_INFO, *PEISA_SLOT_INFO;
+
+
+#define ID_DIGIT_SIZE           4                       // # of bits
+#define ID_CHAR_SIZE            5                       // # of bits
+#define ID_DIGIT_MASK           ((1<<ID_DIGIT_SIZE)-1)  // field size
+#define ID_CHAR_MASK            ((1<<ID_CHAR_SIZE)-1)   // field size
+#define EISA_SLOT_INFO_SIZE     sizeof(EISA_SLOT_INFO)
+#define EISA_FUNC_INFO_SIZE     320                     // fixed length
+
+#define EISA_SLOT_MIN_INFO     ( CONFIGDATAHEADER_SIZE + EISA_SLOT_INFO_SIZE )
+
+//
+// EISA configuration data extensions
+//
+
+typedef struct _EISA_ADAPTER_DETAILS
+    {
+    CONFIGDATAHEADER    ConfigDataHeader;
+    ULONG               NumberOfSlots;
+    PVOID               IoStart;
+    ULONG               IoSize;
+    } EISA_ADAPTER_DETAILS, *PEISA_ADAPTER_DETAILS;
+
+
+
+//
+// EISA_FUNC_INFO block offsets
+//
+
+#define CFG_ID_INFO_OFS         0x04    // offset to Id info byte
+#define CFG_SLOT_INFO_OFS       0x05    // offset to slot info byte
+#define CFG_FN_INFO_OFS         0x22    // offset to function info byte
+#define CFG_ASC_BLK_OFS         0x23    // offset to ASCII data block
+#define CFG_MEM_BLK_OFS         0x73    // offset to mem cfg data block
+#define CFG_IRQ_BLK_OFS         0xB2    // offset to IRQ cfg data block
+#define CFG_DMA_BLK_OFS         0xC0    // offset to DMA cfg data block
+#define CFG_PRT_BLK_OFS         0xC8    // offset to port I/O data block
+#define CFG_INI_BLK_OFS         0x104   // offset to port init data block
+
+#define CFG_FREE_BLK_OFS        0x73    // offset of free form cfg data block
+
+//
+// EISA_FUNC_INFO block lengths
+//
+
+#define CFG_ASC_BLK_LEN         80      // length of ASCII data block
+#define CFG_MEM_BLK_LEN         63      // length of mem cfg data block
+#define CFG_IRQ_BLK_LEN         14      // length of IRQ cfg data block
+#define CFG_DMA_BLK_LEN         8       // length of DMA cfg data block
+#define CFG_PRT_BLK_LEN         60      // length of port I/O data block
+#define CFG_INI_BLK_LEN         60      // length of port init data block
+
+#define CFG_FREE_BLK_LEN        205     // length of free form cfg data block
+
+//
+// ID info byte layout
+//
+
+#define CFG_DUPLICATE_ID        0x80    // more IDs with the same value
+#define CFG_UNREADABLE_ID       0x40    // the ID is not readable
+#define CFG_SLOT_MASK           0x30    // slot mask
+#define CFG_SLOT_EXP            0x00    // expansion slot
+#define CFG_SLOT_EMB            0x10    // embedded slot
+#define CFG_SLOT_VIR            0x20    // virtual slot
+
+//
+// slot info byte layout
+//
+
+#define CFG_INCOMPLETE          0x80    // configuration is incomplete
+#define CFG_EISA_IOCHKERR       0x02    // support for EISA IOCHKERR signal
+#define CFG_EISA_ENABLE         0x01    // support for disable feature
+
+//
+// function information byte layout
+//
+
+#define CFG_FN_DISABLED         0x80    // function is disabled
+#define CFG_FREE_FORM           0x40    // free-form data
+#define CFG_INI_ENTRY           0x20    // port init entry(s) exists
+#define CFG_PRT_ENTRY           0x10    // port range entry(s) exists
+#define CFG_DMA_ENTRY           0x08    // DMA entry(s) exists
+#define CFG_IRQ_ENTRY           0x04    // IRQ entry(s) exists
+#define CFG_MEM_ENTRY           0x02    // memory entry(s) exists
+#define CFG_ASC_ENTRY           0x01    // type/subtype entry follows
+
+#define CFG_MORE_ENTRY          0x80    // more mem/DMA/int/port entries
+
+//
+// memory configuration byte layout
+//
+
+#define CFG_MEM_RW              0x01    // memory is read/write
+#define CFG_MEM_CACHE           0x02    // enable caching of memory
+#define CFG_MEM_WRBACK          0x04    // cache is write-back
+#define CFG_MEM_TYPE            0x18    // memory type mask
+#define CFG_MEM_SYS             0x00    // base or extended
+#define CFG_MEM_EXP             0x08    // expanded
+#define CFG_MEM_VIR             0x10    // virtual
+#define CFG_MEM_OTHER           0x18    // other
+
+//
+// interrupt configuration byte layout
+//
+
+#define CFG_IRQ_SHARE           0x40    // IRQ is sharable
+#define CFG_IRQ_LEVEL           0x20    // IRQ is level triggered
+#define CFG_IRQ_MASK            0x0F    // IRQ mask
+
+//
+// DMA configuration byte layout
+//
+
+#define CFG_DMA_SHARED          0x40    // DMA has to be chared
+#define CFG_DMA_MASK            0x07    // DMA mask
+#define CFG_DMA_CFG_MASK        0x3C    // used to mask off the reserved bits
+#define CFG_DMA_TIM_MASK        0x30    // timing mode bits mask
+#define CFG_DMA_ADD_MASK        0x0C    // addressing mode bits mask
+
+//
+// init configuration byte layout
+//
+
+#define CFG_INI_PMASK           0x04    // Port value or port and mask value
+#define CFG_INI_MASK            0x03    // Type of access (byte, word or dword)
+#define CFG_INI_BYTE            0x00    // Byte address (8-bit)
+#define CFG_INI_HWORD           0x01    // HalfWord address (16-bit)
+#define CFG_INI_WORD            0x02    // Word address (32-bit)
+
+
+//
+// eisa cfg errors
+//
+
+typedef enum _EISA_CFG_ERROR
+        {
+            CfgNoErrCode,
+            IdTimeout,
+            CfgIdError,
+            CfgMissing,
+            CfgIncomplete,
+            CfgIncorrect,
+            CfgDeviceFailed,
+            CfgMemError,
+            CfgIrqError,
+            CfgDmaError,
+            CfgIniError,
+            OmfRomError,
+            OmfError,
+            MemAllocError,
+            TooManyDeviceError,
+	    BufferMarkError,
+            MaximumValue
+        }   EISA_CFG_ERROR;
+
+
+//
+// eisa pod messages index
+//
+
+typedef enum _EISA_CHECKPOINT
+        {
+            EisaPic,
+            EisaDma,
+            EisaNmi,
+            EisaRefresh,
+            EisaPort61,
+            EisaTimer1,
+            EisaTimer2,
+            EisaCfg,
+            EisaHotNmi,
+            EisaPodMaxMsg
+
+        }   EISA_CHECKPOINT;
+
+//
+// define pod structure
+//
+
+typedef struct _EISA_CHECKPOINT_INFO
+    {
+        PCHAR   Msg;                    // pod message
+        UCHAR   Flags;                  // control flags
+                                        // bit 0 = error
+                                        // bit 1 = fatal
+                                        // bit 2 = configuration
+                                        // bit 3 = display pass/error message
+        UCHAR   Par;                    // PARALLEL test number
+        UCHAR   SubPar;                 // PARALLEL subtest number
+        UCHAR   Led;                    // LED test number
+        UCHAR   SubLed;                 // LED subtest number
+
+    }  EISA_CHECKPOINT_INFO, *PEISA_CHECKPOINT_INFO;
+
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//                      EISA I/O ports
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+//
+// PIC
+//
+
+#define PIC1                    0x20    // 1st PIC address (0-7  IRQs)
+#define PIC1_MASK               0x21    // 1st PIC mask port (0-7 IRQs)
+#define PIC1_ELCR               0x4D0   // 1st Edge/Level Control Register
+
+#define PIC2                    0xA0    // 2nd PIC address (8-15 IRQs)
+#define PIC2_MASK               0xA1    // 2nd PIC mask port (8-15 IRQs)
+#define PIC2_ELCR               0x4D1   // 2nd Edge/Level Control Register
+
+#define EISA_IRQS               16      // # IRQ lines
+
+#define IRQ0                    0x00    // 1st IRQ (1st PIC)
+#define IRQ1                    0x01    // 2nd IRQ (1st PIC)
+#define IRQ2                    0x02    // 3th IRQ (1st PIC)
+#define IRQ3                    0x03    // 4th IRQ (1st PIC)
+#define IRQ4                    0x04    // 5th IRQ (1st PIC)
+#define IRQ5                    0x05    // 6th IRQ (1st PIC)
+#define IRQ6                    0x06    // 7th IRQ (1st PIC)
+#define IRQ7                    0x07    // 8th IRQ (1st PIC)
+#define IRQ8                    0x08    // 9th  IRQ (2nd PIC)
+#define IRQ9                    0x09    // 10th IRQ (2nd PIC)
+#define IRQ10                   0x0A    // 11th IRQ (2nd PIC)
+#define IRQ11                   0x0B    // 12th IRQ (2nd PIC)
+#define IRQ12                   0x0C    // 13th IRQ (2nd PIC)
+#define IRQ13                   0x0D    // 14th IRQ (2nd PIC)
+#define IRQ14                   0x0E    // 15th IRQ (2nd PIC)
+#define IRQ15                   0x0F    // 16th IRQ (2nd PIC)
+
+#define OCW3_IRR                0x0A    // OCW3 command to read the IRR
+#define OCW3_ISR                0x0B    // OCW3 command to read the ISR
+#define OCW2_EOI                0x20    // OCW2 non specific EOI
+#define OCW2_SEOI               0x60    // OCW2 specific EOI mask
+
+
+
+//
+// DMA
+//
+
+
+#define EISA_DMAS               8       // # of DMA channels
+
+#define DMA_COUNT_0             0x01    // 16-bit count register
+#define DMA_COUNT_1             0x03    // 16-bit count register
+#define DMA_COUNT_2             0x05    // 16-bit count register
+#define DMA_COUNT_3             0x07    // 16-bit count register
+#define DMA_COUNT_4             0x0C2   // 16-bit count register
+#define DMA_COUNT_5             0x0C6   // 16-bit count register
+#define DMA_COUNT_6             0x0CA   // 16-bit count register
+#define DMA_COUNT_7             0x0CE   // 16-bit count register
+
+#define DMA_HCOUNT_0            0x0401  // I/O address high word count reg.
+#define DMA_HCOUNT_1            0x0403  // I/O address high word count reg.
+#define DMA_HCOUNT_2            0x0405  // I/O address high word count reg.
+#define DMA_HCOUNT_3            0x0407  // I/O address high word count reg.
+#define DMA_HCOUNT_5            0x04C6  // I/O address high word count reg.
+#define DMA_HCOUNT_6            0x04CA  // I/O address high word count reg.
+#define DMA_HCOUNT_7            0x04CE  // I/O address high word count reg.
+
+#define DMA_ADDR_0              0x00    // 16-bit address register
+#define DMA_ADDR_1              0x02    // 16-bit address register
+#define DMA_ADDR_2              0x04    // 16-bit address register
+#define DMA_ADDR_3              0x06    // 16-bit address register
+#define DMA_ADDR_4              0x0C0   // 16-bit address register
+#define DMA_ADDR_5              0x0C4   // 16-bit address register
+#define DMA_ADDR_6              0x0C8   // 16-bit address register
+#define DMA_ADDR_7              0x0CC   // 16-bit address register
+
+#define DMA_PAGE_0              0x087   // 8-bit address, low page
+#define DMA_PAGE_1              0x083   // 8-bit address, low page
+#define DMA_PAGE_2              0x081   // 8-bit address, low page
+#define DMA_PAGE_3              0x082   // 8-bit address, low page
+#define DMA_PAGE_RFR            0x08F   // DMA lo page register refresh
+#define DMA_PAGE_5              0x08B   // 8-bit address, low page
+#define DMA_PAGE_6              0x089   // 8-bit address, low page
+#define DMA_PAGE_7              0x08A   // 8-bit address, low page
+
+#define DMA_HPAGE_0             0x0487  // I/O address, high page
+#define DMA_HPAGE_1             0x0483  // I/O address, high page
+#define DMA_HPAGE_2             0x0481  // I/O address, high page
+#define DMA_HPAGE_3             0x0482  // I/O address, high page
+#define DMA_HPAGE_RFR           0x048F  // DMA hi page register refresh
+#define DMA_HPAGE_5             0x048B  // I/O address, high page
+#define DMA_HPAGE_6             0x0489  // I/O address, high page
+#define DMA_HPAGE_7             0x048A  // I/O address, high page
+
+#define DMA_STOP_0              0x04E0  // stop register
+#define DMA_STOP_1              0x04E4  // stop register
+#define DMA_STOP_2              0x04E8  // stop register
+#define DMA_STOP_3              0x04EC  // stop register
+#define DMA_STOP_5              0x04F4  // stop register
+#define DMA_STOP_6              0x04F8  // stop register
+#define DMA_STOP_7              0x04FC  // stop register
+
+// channels 0 to 3
+
+#define DMA_STATUS03            0x08    // status register
+#define DMA_COMMAND03           0x08    // command register
+#define DMA_REQUEST03           0x09    // request register
+#define DMA_1MASK03             0x0A    // set/clear one mask reg
+#define DMA_MODE03              0x0B    // 6-bit write mode register
+#define DMA_FF_CLR03            0x0C    // clear byte pointer flip/flop
+#define DMA_TEMP                0x0D    // 8-bit read temporary register
+#define DMA_MASTER_CLR03        0x0D    // master clear reg
+#define DMA_MASK_CLR03          0x0E    // clear all mask reg bits
+#define DMA_MASKS03             0x0F    // write all mask reg bits
+#define DMA_MASK_STAT03         0x0F    // mask status register
+#define DMA_CHAIN03             0x040A  // chaining mode register
+#define DMA_EXTMODE03           0x040B  // extended mode register
+
+// channels 4 to 7
+
+#define DMA_STATUS47            0x0D0   // status register
+#define DMA_COMMAND47           0x0D0   // command register
+#define DMA_REQUEST47           0x0D2   // request register
+#define DMA_1MASK47             0x0D4   // set/clear one mask reg
+#define DMA_MODE47              0x0D6   // 6-bit write mode register
+#define DMA_FF_CLR47            0x0D8   // clear byte pointer flip/flop
+#define DMA_MASTER_CLR47        0x0DA   // master clear reg
+#define DMA_MASK_CLR47          0x0DC   // clear all mask reg bits
+#define DMA_MASKS47             0x0DE   // write all mask reg bits
+#define DMA_MASK_STAT47         0x0DE   // mask status register
+#define DMA_CHAIN47             0x04D4  // chaining mode register
+#define DMA_EXTMODE47           0x04D6  // extended mode register
+
+typedef struct _EISA_DMA_REGS_TEST
+    {
+        USHORT  Address;                // address register
+        USHORT  LowPage;                // low page register
+        USHORT  HighPage;               // high page register
+        USHORT  LowCount;               // low count register
+        USHORT  HighCount;              // high count register
+        USHORT  Stop;                   // stop count register
+
+    } EISA_DMA_REGS_TEST, *PEISA_DMA_REGS_TEST;
+
+typedef struct _EISA_DMA_CTRL_TEST
+    {
+        USHORT  Clear;                  // clear mask register
+        USHORT  MaskAll;                // set global mask register
+        USHORT  Mask;                   // set single mask register
+        USHORT  MaskStatus;             // status mask register
+        USHORT  Chain;                  // chaining register
+
+    } EISA_DMA_CTRL_TEST, *PEISA_DMA_CTRL_TEST;
+
+//
+// Option Boards
+//
+
+
+#define EISA_PRODUCT_ID                 0xC80   // word
+#define EXPANSION_BOARD_CTRL_BITS       0xC84   // byte
+#define EISA_IOCHKERR                   0x02    // IOCHKERR bit
+#define EISAROMBIT                      0x08    // ARC ROM bit
+#define ROMINDEX                        0xCB0   // word
+#define ROMREAD                         0xCB4   // word
+
+
+//
+// General ports
+//
+
+#define EISA_TIMER1_CTRL        0x43            // interval timer1 ctrl port
+#define EISA_TIMER1_COUNTER0    0x40            // timer1 counter 0
+#define EISA_TIMER1_COUNTER1    0x41            // timer1 counter 1
+#define EISA_TIMER1_COUNTER2    0x42            // timer1 counter 2
+#define EISA_RFR_COUNT          0x12            // refresh count ~15usec
+#define EISA_SPEAKER_CLOCK      1193000         // timer1 counter2 clock
+#define EISA_SPEAKER_FREQ       896             // fw speaker frequence in Hz
+#define EISA_SPEAKER_MAX_FREQ   EISA_SPEAKER_CLOCK
+#define EISA_SPEAKER_MIN_FREQ   (EISA_SPEAKER_CLOCK/0xFFFF + 1)
+
+#define EISA_TIMER2_CTRL        0x4B            // interval timer2 ctrl port
+#define EISA_TIMER2_COUNTER0    0x48            // timer2 counter 0
+#define EISA_TIMER2_COUNTER2    0x4A            // timer2 counter 2
+
+// the meaning of EISA_RFR_RETRY is as follow :
+//              35usec ( 15usec * 2) = 35*1000 nsec
+//              3 instructions       = read, test, jump (the worst case)
+
+#define EISA_RFR_RETRY          ((35*1000)/(3*INSTRUCTION_DELAY))
+
+#define EISA_SYS_CTRL_PORTB     0x61            // System Control Port B
+
+#define EISA_SPEAKER_GATE       0x01            // gate signal for speaker timer
+#define EISA_SPEAKER_TIMER      0x02            // speaker timer on
+#define EISA_PARITY_OFF         0x04            // parity error disabled
+#define EISA_IOCHK_OFF          0x08            // I/O channel check disabled
+#define EISA_REFRESH            0x10            // refresh bit ( bit 4 )
+#define EISA_SPEAKER_OUT        0x20            // speaker output
+#define EISA_IOCHK_STATUS       0x40            // IOCHK# asserted
+#define EISA_PARITY_STATUS      0x80            // parity error
+
+#define EISA_RTC_CTRL           0x70            // real time clock address
+#define EISA_DISABLE_NMI        0x80            // disable nmi bit
+#define RTC_A_REG               0x0A            // status reg a
+#define RTC_B_REG               0x0B            // status reg b
+#define RTC_C_REG               0x0C            // status reg c
+#define RTC_D_REG               0x0D            // status reg d
+
+#define EISA_SYS_EXT_NMI        0x461           // ext NMI control and bus reset
+#define EISA_SW_NMI_PORT        0x462           // software NMI generation port
+#define EISA_BUSMASTER_LSTATUS  0x464           // 32-bit bus master status low
+#define EISA_BUSMASTER_HSTATUS  0x465           // 32-bit bus master status high
+
+#define EISA_BUS_RESET          0x01            // bus reset asserted bit
+#define EISA_ENABLE_NMI_IO      0x02            // NMI I/O port bit
+#define EISA_ENABLE_NMI_SAFE    0x04            // Fail-safe NMI bit
+#define EISA_ENABLE_NMI_32      0x08            // 32-bit bus timeout
+#define EISA_NMI_32_CAUSE       0x10            // 0=slave 1=bus master timeout
+#define EISA_NMI_IO_STATUS      0x20            // NMI I/O port status bit
+#define EISA_NMI_32_STATUS      0x40            // 32-bit bus timeout
+#define EISA_NMI_SAFE_STATUS    0x80            // Fail-save NMI status bit
+#define EISA_WAIT_NMI_TEST      500             // usec.
+
+
+
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//  Map Descriptor
+//
+//  The following map descriptor is used to describe a specific region in
+//  memory mapped through an entry/entries within the TLB (CPU) or within
+//  the logical to physical table (bus master).
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+#define TLB_FW_RES      0x00000020              // 0x20 (even + odd)
+#define TLB_BE_SPT      0x0000001C              // TLB entry for the BE SPT
+#define BE_SPT_VIR_ADDR 0x70000000              // BE SPT virtual address
+#define TLB_USER        0x0000001E              // user TLB entry (0-based)
+#define USER_VIR_ADDR   0x00000000              // user virtual address
+#define TLB_EISA_START  TLB_FW_RES              // TLB base for EISA descript.
+#define TLB_EISA_END    0x00000060              // last available TLB + 1
+#define TLB_EISA_NUMB   TLB_EISA_END - TLB_EISA_START
+#define EISA_VIR_MEM    0x02000000              // start EISA mem virtual addr.
+#define EISA_MEM_BLOCKS 30                      // max memory descriptors
+#define BUS_MASTERS     25                      // max bus masters number
+
+#define FW_MD_POOL      (BUS_MASTERS + TLB_EISA_NUMB + EISA_MEM_BLOCKS)
+
+
+
+typedef struct _FW_MD_FLAGS
+        {
+            ULONG       Busy    :       1;
+        } FW_MD_FLAGS, *PFW_MD_FLAGS;
+
+typedef struct _LOG_CONTEXT
+        {
+            ULONG       LogAddr;                // starting logical address
+            ULONG       LogNumb;                // # entries to map transfer
+            ULONG       LogLimit;               // logical limit
+            ULONG       LogShift;               // page shift (0xC=4k, 2^0xC=4k)
+            PVOID       BuffVir;                // virtual address buffer
+        } LOG_CONTEXT, *PLOG_CONTEXT;
+
+typedef struct _MEM_CONTEXT
+        {
+            //ULONG     BusType;                // memory bus type
+            ULONG       BusNumber;              // key of bus type
+            ULONG       SlotNumber;             // slot number if applicable
+            ULONG       Type;                   // memory type
+        } MEM_CONTEXT, *PMEM_CONTEXT;
+
+typedef struct _EMEM_CONTEXT
+        {
+            ULONG       WinRelAddr;             // EISA
+            ULONG       WinShift;               // window size
+            PVOID       WinRelAddrCtrl;         // window ctrl port (vir.addr.)
+        } EMEM_CONTEXT, PEMEM_CONTEXT;
+
+typedef struct _FW_MD
+        {
+
+        // general fields
+
+            struct _FW_MD * Link;               // next entry
+            FW_MD_FLAGS     Flags;              // map entry flags
+            ULONG           Counter;            // # entities sharing this entry
+
+        //  physical and virtual address (size of page fixed to 4k)
+
+            ULONG           PhysAddr;           // physical address (4k)
+            ULONG           PagOffs;            // page offset (within 4k)
+            PVOID           VirAddr;            // virtual address
+            ULONG           Size;               // buffer size in bytes
+            ULONG           PagNumb;            // buffer in 4k pages
+            BOOLEAN         Cache;              // cache status
+
+        // private section
+
+            union
+            {
+                LOG_CONTEXT     l;              // logical context
+                MEM_CONTEXT     m;              // physical memory context
+                EMEM_CONTEXT    em;             // EISA memory space
+            } u;
+        } FW_MD, *PFW_MD;
+
+
+
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//                      EISA buses defines
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+#define EISA_BUSES              1               // number of eisa buses
+
+//
+// moved to respective machdef.h file
+//
+//#define PHYS_0_SLOTS            8               // physical slots (max number)
+//
+
+#define VIR_0_SLOTS             16              // virtual slots (max number )
+// NOTE: Wait longer for JAZZ and Jensen.
+//#define EISA_IO_DELAY FwStallExecution(1);      // to define !
+#define EISA_IO_DELAY FwStallExecution(4);      // to define !
+
+
+// note: the following structs have to be half word aligned
+
+typedef struct _EISA_POD_FLAGS
+        {
+            ULONG       IniDone : 1;            // POD initialization done
+            ULONG       Error   : 1;            // POD status
+
+        } EISA_POD_FLAGS, *PEISA_POD_FLAGS;
+
+
+typedef struct _EISA_SLOTS_INFO
+        {
+            ULONG       PhysSlots;              // # of physical slots
+            ULONG       VirSlots;               // # of virtual slots
+            ULONG       SlotCfgMap;             // one bit x slot; 1 = slot ok
+
+        } EISA_SLOTS_INFO, *PEISA_SLOTS_INFO;
+
+
+typedef struct _EISA_DMA_FLAGS
+        {
+            UCHAR       Busy    : 1;            // DMA channel busy flag
+            UCHAR       Tc      : 1;            // Terminal count reached
+
+        } EISA_DMA_FLAGS, *PEISA_DMA_FLAGS;
+
+
+typedef struct _EISA_DMA_INFO
+        {
+            EISA_POD_FLAGS      Flags;                  // POD flags
+            EISA_DMA_FLAGS      DmaFlags[  EISA_DMAS ]; // DMA status
+            UCHAR               DmaExtReg[ EISA_DMAS ]; // DMA extended reg.
+            ULONG         TransferAddress[ EISA_DMAS ]; // Logical addresses
+
+        } EISA_DMA_INFO, *PEISA_DMA_INFO;
+
+
+typedef struct _EISA_INT_INFO
+        {
+            EISA_POD_FLAGS      Flags;          // POD flags
+            USHORT              IrqPresent;     // IRQ present   (1 bit per IRQ)
+            USHORT              IrqShareable;   // IRQ shareable (1 bit per IRQ)
+            USHORT              IrqLevel;       // IRQ level     (1 bit per IRQ)
+
+        } EISA_INT_INFO, *PEISA_INT_INFO;
+
+
+typedef struct _EISA_PORT_INFO
+        {
+            EISA_POD_FLAGS      Flags;          // POD flags
+
+        } EISA_PORT_INFO, *PEISA_PORT_INFO;
+
+
+typedef struct _EISA_BUS_INFO
+        {
+            EISA_POD_FLAGS      Flags;          // Bus Flags
+            PFW_MD              IoBusInfo;      // EISA I/O bus info
+            PFW_MD              MemBusInfo;     // EISA memory bus info
+            PEISA_SLOTS_INFO    SlotsInfo;      // physical slots info
+            PEISA_DMA_INFO      DmaInfo;        // DMA info struct pointer
+            PEISA_INT_INFO      IntInfo;        // Interrupts info struct point.
+            PEISA_PORT_INFO     PortInfo;       // Interrupts info struct point.
+
+        } EISA_BUS_INFO, *PEISA_BUS_INFO;
+
+
+
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//                      EISA call back support
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+#define STATUS_INT_MASK 0x0000FF01              // Hardware Interrupt Mask
+#define STATUS_IE       0x00000001              // Interrupts enable bit
+#define STATUS_SW0      0x00000100              // Software interrupt
+#define STATUS_SW1      0x00000200              // Software interrupt
+#define STATUS_MCT_ADR  0x00000400              // MCT_ADR interrupt
+#define STATUS_DEVICE   0x00000800              // I/O device interrupt
+#define STATUS_EISA     0x00001000              // EISA device interrupt
+#define STATUS_EISA_NMI 0x00002000              // EISA NMI interrupt
+#define STATUS_EX_TIMER 0x00004000              // Interval timer interrupt
+#define STATUS_IN_TIMER 0x00008000              // Internal timer interrupt
+#define EISA_VECTOR     0x04                    // EISA device interrupt vector
+#define EISA_NMI_VECTOR 0x05                    // EISA NMI interrupt vector
+
+
+
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/iodevice.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/iodevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..85c712049
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/iodevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1990  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    iodevice.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains definitions to access the IO devices in the
+    Alpha Jensen system.
+
+Author:
+
+    Lluis Abello (lluis) 03-Jan-1991
+
+Environment:
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    21-May-1992		John DeRosa	[DEC]
+
+    Modified Lluis's original Jazz file for Alpha/Jensen.
+
+--*/
+
+#ifndef _IODEVICE_
+#define _IODEVICE_
+
+//#include <jnsndef.h>
+//#include <jnsnrtc.h>
+
+#include "machdef.h"
+#include <jnsnserp.h>
+#include <eisa.h>                   // for the isp interrupt controller init.
+
+
+//
+// Not defined in the Alpha/Jensen firmware.  The one place where this was
+// used, the floppy driver, now uses WaitForFloppyInterrupt.
+//
+
+#if 0
+ARC_STATUS
+FwWaitForDeviceInterrupt(
+    USHORT  InterruptMask,
+    ULONG Timeout
+    );
+#endif // 0
+
+
+
+//
+// HAE and SYSCTL structure, values, and pointers.
+//
+
+typedef struct _HAE_REGISTER {
+  UCHAR Reserved : 1;
+  UCHAR UpperEisaAdd : 7;
+} HAE_REGISTER, *PHAE_REGISTER;
+
+#define HAE	( (volatile PHAE_REGISTER) HAE_VIRTUAL_BASE )
+
+typedef struct _SYSCTL_REGISTER {
+  UCHAR Reserved : 2;
+  UCHAR MemConfig : 2;
+  UCHAR LED : 4;
+} SYSCTL_REGISTER, *PSYSCTL_REGISTER;
+
+#define SYSCTL	( (volatile PSYSCTL_REGISTER) SYSCTL_VIRTUAL_BASE )
+
+
+
+//
+// COM controller register pointer definitions.
+//
+#define SP1_READ	( (volatile PSP_READ_REGISTERS) COMPORT1_VIRTUAL_BASE )
+#define SP1_WRITE	( (volatile PSP_WRITE_REGISTERS)COMPORT1_VIRTUAL_BASE )
+
+#define SP2_READ	( (volatile PSP_READ_REGISTERS) COMPORT2_VIRTUAL_BASE )
+#define SP2_WRITE	( (volatile PSP_WRITE_REGISTERS)COMPORT2_VIRTUAL_BASE )
+
+
+
+//
+// PARALLEL port write registers.
+//
+
+typedef struct _PARALLEL_WRITE_REGISTERS {
+    UCHAR Data;
+    UCHAR Invalid;
+    UCHAR Control;
+    } PARALLEL_WRITE_REGISTERS, * PPARALLEL_WRITE_REGISTERS;
+
+//
+// PARALLEL port read Registers
+//
+
+typedef struct _PARALLEL_READ_REGISTERS {
+    UCHAR Data;
+    UCHAR Status;
+    UCHAR Control;
+    } PARALLEL_READ_REGISTERS,* PPARALLEL_READ_REGISTERS;
+
+//
+// PARALLEL controller register pointer definitions.
+//
+
+#define	PARALLEL_READ	( (volatile PPARALLEL_READ_REGISTERS)PARALLEL_VIRTUAL_BASE )
+#define PARALLEL_WRITE	( (volatile PPARALLEL_WRITE_REGISTERS)PARALLEL_VIRTUAL_BASE )
+
+//
+// FLOPPY read registers.
+//
+
+typedef struct _FLOPPY_READ_REGISTERS {
+    UCHAR StatusA;
+    UCHAR StatusB;
+    UCHAR DigitalOutput;
+    UCHAR Reserved1;
+    UCHAR MainStatus;
+    UCHAR Fifo;
+    UCHAR Reserved2;
+    UCHAR DigitalInput;
+    } FLOPPY_READ_REGISTERS, * PFLOPPY_READ_REGISTERS;
+
+//
+// FLOPPY write registers.
+//
+
+typedef struct _FLOPPY_WRITE_REGISTERS {
+    UCHAR StatusA;
+    UCHAR StatusB;
+    UCHAR DigitalOutput;
+    UCHAR Reserved1;
+    UCHAR DataRateSelect;
+    UCHAR Fifo;
+    UCHAR Reserved2;
+    UCHAR ConfigurationControl;
+    } FLOPPY_WRITE_REGISTERS, * PFLOPPY_WRITE_REGISTERS ;
+
+//
+// FLOPPY controller register pointer definitions.
+//
+
+
+#define FLOPPY_READ ((volatile PFLOPPY_READ_REGISTERS)FLOPPY_VIRTUAL_BASE)
+#define FLOPPY_WRITE ((volatile PFLOPPY_WRITE_REGISTERS)FLOPPY_VIRTUAL_BASE)
+
+//
+// KEYBOARD write registers.
+//
+typedef struct _KEYBOARD_WRITE_REGISTERS {
+    UCHAR Data;			// port 60H
+    UCHAR Filler[3];
+    UCHAR Command;		// port 64H
+    } KEYBOARD_WRITE_REGISTERS, * PKEYBOARD_WRITE_REGISTERS;
+
+//
+// KEYBOARD read Registers
+//
+
+typedef struct _KEYBOARD_READ_REGISTERS {
+    UCHAR Data;			// port 60H
+    UCHAR Filler[3];
+    UCHAR Status;		// port 64H
+    } KEYBOARD_READ_REGISTERS, * PKEYBOARD_READ_REGISTERS;
+
+//
+// KEYBOARD controller register pointer definitions.
+//
+#define KEYBOARD_READ	( (volatile PKEYBOARD_READ_REGISTERS)KEYBOARD_VIRTUAL_BASE )
+#define KEYBOARD_WRITE	( (volatile PKEYBOARD_WRITE_REGISTERS)KEYBOARD_VIRTUAL_BASE)
+
+//
+// Keyboard circular buffer type definition.
+//
+#define KBD_BUFFER_SIZE	32
+
+typedef struct _KEYBOARD_BUFFER {
+    volatile UCHAR Buffer[KBD_BUFFER_SIZE];
+    volatile UCHAR ReadIndex;
+    volatile UCHAR WriteIndex;
+} KEYBOARD_BUFFER, *PKEYBOARD_BUFFER;
+
+
+#define TIME_OUT    0xdead
+
+//
+// EISA Stuff
+// ***** temp **** this should be replaced by the definition in
+//                 "ntos\inc\eisa.h" as soon as it is complete.
+//
+
+typedef struct _EISA {
+    UCHAR   Dma1Ch0Address;                 //0x00
+    UCHAR   Dma1Ch0Count;                   //0x01
+    UCHAR   Dma1Ch1Address;                 //0x02
+    UCHAR   Dma1Ch1Count;                   //0x03
+    UCHAR   Dma1Ch2Address;                 //0x04
+    UCHAR   Dma1Ch2Count;                   //0x05
+    UCHAR   Dma1Ch3Address;                 //0x06
+    UCHAR   Dma1Ch3Count;                   //0x07
+    UCHAR   Dma1StatusCommand;              //0x08
+    UCHAR   Dma1Request;                    //0x09
+    UCHAR   Dma1SingleMask;                 //0x0a
+    UCHAR   Dma1Mode;                       //0x0b
+    UCHAR   Dma1ClearBytePointer;           //0x0c
+    UCHAR   Dma1MasterClear;                //0x0d
+    UCHAR   Dma1ClearMask;                  //0x0e
+    UCHAR   Dma1AllMask;                    //0x0f
+    ULONG   Fill01;                         //0x10-13
+    ULONG   Fill02;                         //0x14-17
+    ULONG   Fill03;                         //0x18-1b
+    ULONG   Fill04;                         //0x1c-1f
+    UCHAR   Int1Control;                    //0x20
+    UCHAR   Int1Mask;                       //0x21
+    USHORT  Fill10;                         //0x22-23
+    ULONG   Fill11;                         //0x24
+    ULONG   Fill12;                         //0x28
+    ULONG   Fill13;                         //0x2c
+    ULONG   Fill14;                         //0x30
+    ULONG   Fill15;                         //0x34
+    ULONG   Fill16;                         //0x38
+    ULONG   Fill17;                         //0x3c
+    UCHAR   IntTimer1SystemClock;           //0x40
+    UCHAR   IntTimer1RefreshRequest;        //0x41
+    UCHAR   IntTimer1SpeakerTone;           //0x42
+    UCHAR   IntTimer1CommandMode;           //0x43
+    ULONG   Fill20;                         //0x44
+    UCHAR   IntTimer2FailsafeClock;         //0x48
+    UCHAR   IntTimer2Reserved;              //0x49
+    UCHAR   IntTimer2CPUSpeeedCtrl;         //0x4a
+    UCHAR   IntTimer2CommandMode;           //0x4b
+    ULONG   Fill30;                         //0x4c
+    ULONG   Fill31;                         //0x50
+    ULONG   Fill32;                         //0x54
+    ULONG   Fill33;                         //0x58
+    ULONG   Fill34;                         //0x5c
+    UCHAR   Fill35;                         //0x60
+    UCHAR   NMIStatus;                      //0x61
+    UCHAR   Fill40;                         //0x62
+    UCHAR   Fill41;                         //0x63
+    ULONG   Fill42;                         //0x64
+    ULONG   Fill43;                         //0x68
+    ULONG   Fill44;                         //0x6c
+    UCHAR   NMIEnable;                      //0x70
+    }EISA, * PEISA;
+
+#define ISP		( (volatile PEISA) EISA_IO_VIRTUAL_BASE )
+
+#define EISA_CONTROL	( (volatile PEISA_CONTROL) EISA_IO_VIRTUAL_BASE )
+
+
+#endif // _IODEVICE_
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jenassem.s b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jenassem.s
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aaf4545a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jenassem.s
@@ -0,0 +1,579 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jenassem.s
+
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This contains assembler code routines for the Alpha PCs.
+
+    The first section contains functions that need to explicitly
+    generate Alpha macroinstructions (e.g., mb, PALcode calls).
+    These could be asm() calls within the C code, but our compiler does
+    not now handle asm()'s and may not for some time.
+
+    The second section has linkages for "Fw" calls.
+
+    The last section has stubs for functions that should be defined
+    elsewhere, but are not.  When the real code appears in the
+    Alpha build tree, these stub routines should be deleted.
+
+    Most of the "Fw" call section is directly patterned after
+    \nt\private\ntos\fw\mips\fwtrap.s, written by Lluis Abello of 
+    Microsoft.
+
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa  [DEC]	21-May-1992
+
+
+Environment:
+
+    Executes in kernel mode.
+
+Revision History:
+
+
+--*/
+
+
+#include "ksalpha.h"
+#include "selfmap.h"
+#include "machdef.h"
+
+//
+// Static data
+//
+
+.align 4
+RegisterTable:
+.space RegisterTableSize
+
+
+/*++
+
+VOID
+FwStallExecution (
+    IN ULONG MicroSeconds
+)
+
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This stalls for at least the requested number of microseconds.
+    Current timing on a Jensen indicates that this is pessimistic
+    by a factor of 1.2.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Microseconds (a0)  -	The number of microseconds to stall.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+	LEAF_ENTRY( FwStallExecution)
+
+	beq	a0, 20f			// exit if zero delay requested
+
+//	lda	t0, 20000(zero)		// force small delays to 20 milliseconds
+//	subl	a0, 5, t1
+//	cmoveq	t1, t0, a0
+
+10:	bsr	t3, 100f		// call 1 microsecond delay subroutine
+
+	subl	a0, 1, a0		// decrement requested microseconds
+	zap	a0, 0xf0, a0		// unsigned long a0
+
+	bgt	a0, 10b
+
+20:	ret	zero, (ra)
+
+//
+//	1 microsecond delay subroutine
+//
+
+100:	ldl	t0, CyclesPerMicrosecond	// init 1 microsecond delay
+
+	rpcc	t1			// get entry time rpcc value
+	zap	t1, 0xf0, t1		// clear <63:32>
+
+200:	rpcc	t2			// get current rpcc value
+	zap	t2, 0xf0, t2		// clear <63:32>
+
+	subl	t2, t1, t2		// compute unsigned 32b difference
+	zap	t2, 0xf0, t2
+
+	subl	t0, t2, t2		// (requested delay - delay so far) > 0?
+
+	bgt	t2, 200b
+
+	ret	zero, (t3)
+
+	.end    FwStallExecution
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Simple functions to perform PALcode calls and memory barriers.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(AlphaInstIMB)
+
+	callpal	imb
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+
+	.end    AlphaInstIMB
+
+
+
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(AlphaInstMB)
+
+	mb
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+
+	.end    AlphaInstMB
+
+
+
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(AlphaInstHalt)
+
+	callpal	halt
+	ret	zero, (ra)		# should never return, but...
+
+	.end    AlphaInstHalt
+
+
+
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(DisableInterrupts)
+
+	callpal	di
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+
+	.end    DisableInterrupts
+
+
+
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(RegisterExceptionHandler)
+
+	lda	a0, Monitor		# Run monitor on unexpected exceptions
+	callpal	wrentry
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+
+	.end    RegisterExceptionHandler
+
+	NESTED_ENTRY(FwExecute, 0x60, ra)
+
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This is the entry point for the Execute service.
+
+    It behaves in two different ways depending on where it is called from:
+
+    1) If called from the Firmware, it saves the stack pointer
+    in a fixed location and then saves all the saved registers
+    in the stack.  This is the stack that will be used to restore
+    the saved state when returning to the firmware.
+
+    2) If called from a loaded program, the program to be loaded
+    and executed can overwrite the current program and its
+    stack.   Therefore a temporary stack is set.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    a0 = IN PCHAR Path,
+    a1 = IN ULONG Argc,
+    a2 = IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    a3 = IN PCHAR Envp[]
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ARC_STATUS returned by FwPrivateExecute.
+    Always returns to the Firmware.
+
+--*/
+
+	//
+	// If the longword is zero then this is the first call from 
+	// the firmware, and is not a call from an already loaded program.
+	//
+
+	lda	t0, FwSavedSp
+	ldl	t1, (t0)
+	beq	t1, CallFromFw
+
+
+	//
+	// Here when an already loaded program wants to be replaced
+	// by another program.  Therefore, the current stack and state
+	// will be trashed and a new temporary stack needs to be set.
+	// (A temporary stack is used to guarantee that there is enough
+	// stack space for the necessary calls.)
+	//
+
+	lda	t0, FwTemporaryStack
+	ldl	sp, (t0)
+	jsr	ra, FwPrivateExecute	# this does the dirty work.
+	
+	//
+	// The executed program has returned.  Its caller is gone.
+	// Therefore, restore the initial firmware stack and return
+	// to the firmware instead.
+	//
+
+	lda	t0, FwSavedSp
+	ldl	sp, (t0)		# restore saved stack
+	br	zero, RestoreFwState	# go restore the state & return
+
+
+
+
+CallFromFw:
+
+	subq	sp, 0x60		# make room in the stack
+	stl	sp, (t0)		# save new stack pointer
+
+	stq	ra, (sp)		# return address on top of stack
+	stq	s0, 0x8(sp)		# save s registers
+	stq	s1, 0x10(sp)		
+	stq	s2, 0x18(sp)		
+	stq	s3, 0x20(sp)		
+	stq	s4, 0x28(sp)		
+	stq	s5, 0x30(sp)		
+	stq	fp, 0x38(sp)		
+	stq	gp, 0x40(sp)		
+
+	jsr  	ra, FwPrivateExecute	# go do the work.
+
+
+RestoreFwState:
+
+	ldq	ra, (sp)		# restore return address
+	ldq	s0, 0x8(sp)		# restore s registers
+	ldq	s1, 0x10(sp)		
+	ldq	s2, 0x18(sp)		
+	ldq	s3, 0x20(sp)		
+	ldq	s4, 0x28(sp)		
+	ldq	s5, 0x30(sp)		
+	ldq	fp, 0x38(sp)		
+	ldq	gp, 0x40(sp)		
+	addq	sp, 0x60		# restore stack pointer
+
+	ret	zero, (ra)		# return to firmware control
+
+	.end	FwExecute
+
+	NESTED_ENTRY(FwInvoke, 0x40, ra)
+
+/*++
+ARC_STATUS
+FwInvoke(
+    IN ULONG ExecAddr,
+    IN ULONG StackAddr,
+    IN ULONG Argc,
+    IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    IN PCHAR Envp[]
+    )
+
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine invokes a loaded program.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    ExecAddr - Supplies the address of the routine to call.
+
+    StackAddr - Supplies the address to which the stack pointer is set.
+
+    Argc, Argv, Envp - Supply the arguments and environment to pass to
+                       Loaded program.
+
+    The stack pointer is saved in register s0 so that when the loaded
+    program returns, the old stack pointer can be restored.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned if the address is valid.
+    EFAULT indicates an invalid address.
+
+--*/
+
+
+	subq	sp, 0x40		# make room on the stack
+	stq	ra, (sp)		# save ra on top of stack
+	stq	s0, 0x8(sp)		# save s0
+	and	a0, 3, t1		# return EFAULT if unaligned address
+	ldiq	v0, 0x6
+	bne	t1, 1f			# branch if address alignment error
+
+	mov	a0, t12			# save program address in t12
+
+	mov	sp, s0			# save stack pointer
+	mov	a1, sp			# ..and load new one for program
+	mov	a2, a0			# argc becomes first argument
+	mov	a3, a1			# argv becomes second argument
+	mov	a4, a2			# envp becomes third argument
+
+	jsr  	ra, (t12)		# call program
+
+	//
+	// here if loaded program returns.
+	//
+
+	mov	s0, sp			# restore stack pointer
+	mov	zero, v0		# return ESUCCESS value
+	ldq	s0, 0x8(sp)		# restore things
+	ldq	ra, (sp)
+1:
+	addq	sp, 0x40
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+
+	.end	FwInvoke
+
+	 NESTED_ENTRY(FwMonitor, 50, ra)
+
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Linkage to the monitor from the jxboot.c boot menu and code in
+bldr\alpha\stubs.c.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+
+	//
+	// Move registers into exception frame and call the Monitor.
+	// We cannot exactly duplicate what the PALcode creates
+	// on an exception.
+	//
+	// This used to specify the stq addresses as
+	// 	RegisterTable+offset(zero)
+	// but the assembler won't generate correct code that way.
+	//
+
+	subq	sp, 0x8			# setup t0 with base of register table,
+	stq	t0, (sp)		#  and use t1 to store old t0 in it.
+	lda	t0, RegisterTable
+	stq	t1, t1RegTable(t0)
+	ldq	t1, (sp)
+	stq	t1, t0RegTable(t0)
+	addq	sp, 0x8
+
+	stq	v0, v0RegTable(t0)
+/*	stq	t0, RegisterTable+t0RegTable(zero)	*/
+/*	stq	t1, RegisterTable+t1RegTable(zero)	*/
+	stq	t2, t2RegTable(t0)
+	stq	t3, t3RegTable(t0)
+	stq	t4, t4RegTable(t0)
+	stq	t5, t5RegTable(t0)
+	stq	t6, t6RegTable(t0)
+	stq	t7, t7RegTable(t0)
+	stq	s0, s0RegTable(t0)
+	stq	s1, s1RegTable(t0)
+	stq	s2, s2RegTable(t0)
+	stq	s3, s3RegTable(t0)
+	stq	s4, s4RegTable(t0)
+	stq	s5, s5RegTable(t0)
+	stq	fp, fpRegTable(t0)
+	stq	a0, a0RegTable(t0)
+	stq	a1, a1RegTable(t0)
+	stq	a2, a2RegTable(t0)
+	stq	a3, a3RegTable(t0)
+	stq	a4, a4RegTable(t0)
+	stq	a5, a5RegTable(t0)
+	stq	t8, t8RegTable(t0)
+	stq	t9, t9RegTable(t0)
+	stq	t10, t10RegTable(t0)
+	stq	t11, t11RegTable(t0)
+	stq	ra, raRegTable(t0)
+	stq	t12, t12RegTable(t0)
+	.set	noat
+	stq	AT, atRegTable(t0)
+	.set	at
+	stq	gp, gpRegTable(t0)
+	stq	sp, spRegTable(t0)
+	stq	zero, zeroRegTable(t0)
+	stt	f0, f0RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f1, f1RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f2, f2RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f3, f3RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f4, f4RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f5, f5RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f6, f6RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f7, f7RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f8, f8RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f9, f9RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f10, f10RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f11, f11RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f12, f12RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f13, f13RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f14, f14RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f15, f15RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f16, f16RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f17, f17RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f18, f18RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f19, f19RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f20, f20RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f21, f21RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f22, f22RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f23, f23RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f24, f24RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f25, f25RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f26, f26RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f27, f27RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f28, f28RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f29, f29RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f30, f30RegTable(t0)
+	stt	f31, f31RegTable(t0)
+
+	ldil	t1, 0xedbedbed		# phony exception type
+	stl	t1, ResExceptTypeRegTable(t0)
+
+					# a0 has the CallerSource argument
+					#  already.
+	lda	a1, RegisterTable	# Frame argument
+	jsr	ra, Monitor
+
+
+	//
+	// On return just restore ra from the RegisterTable.
+	// This is coded this way to get around an assembler bug...
+	//
+
+//	ldq	ra, RegisterTable+raRegTable
+	lda	t0, RegisterTable
+	ldq	ra, raRegTable(t0)
+	ret	zero, (ra)		
+
+	.end    FwMonitor
+
+#if 0
+
+//
+// This function was used to zero out memory in the selftest.c module.
+// We do not need to do this anymore.
+//
+
+/****
+
+VOID
+WildZeroMemory(
+    IN ULONG StartAddress,
+    IN ULONG Size
+    )
+Routine Description:
+
+        This routine zeroes the specified range of memory.
+
+	At some point this may be changed to a more clever algorithm,
+	For now, it simply does store quads.
+
+Arguments:
+
+        a0 - supplies the base physical address of the range of memory
+             to zero.  It must be a multiple of the data cache line 
+	     size.
+
+        a1 - supplies length of memory to zero, in bytes.  This must
+	     be a multiple of the data cache line size.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+        None.
+
+--*/
+
+         LEAF_ENTRY(WildZeroMemory)
+
+	mov	a0, t0		# start address
+	mov 	a1, t1		# number of bytes to move
+
+1:
+	subqv	t1, 0x20	# zero a D-cache block = 32 bytes
+	stq	zero, (t0)	
+	stq	zero, 0x8(t0)
+	stq	zero, 0x10(t0)
+	stq	zero, 0x18(t0)
+	addqv	t0, 0x20	# move to next cache block
+	bgt	t1, 1b		# t1 = 0 when done.
+
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+	
+	.end	WildZeroMemory
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+
+/*++
+
+VOID
+FwRfe(
+    VOID
+    )
+
+Routine Description:
+
+        This routine executes a return from exception instruction.
+	It is used to return after processing a breakpoint.
+
+Arguments:
+
+	None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+        None.
+
+--*/
+
+         LEAF_ENTRY(FwRfe)
+
+	bis	a0, zero, sp		# Set the stack pointer to the
+					#  exception frame pointer.
+	lda	sp, -0x10(sp)		# Adjust for stack empty space
+	callpal	rfe			# This does NOT return.
+	
+	.end	FwRfe
+
+#endif
+
+
+/************************************************************
+
+Stubs.
+
+*************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+
+//
+// This cannot be defined for kd build.
+//
+
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(DebugPrompt)
+
+	callpal	halt			# surprise!
+	ret	zero, (ra)		# should never return, but...
+
+	.end    DebugPrompt
+
+#endif
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jenfonts.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jenfonts.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d650c5720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jenfonts.c
@@ -0,0 +1,961 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jenfonts.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    8x16 pixel fonts for the VGA video boot driver.  The normal printing
+    ASCII characters were stolen from David Conroy's Beta-machine fonts.
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		7-May-1992
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+
+// Undefined characters.
+UCHAR VGA8x16Undef[] = {
+        0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+        0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff
+	};
+
+	
+//
+// Normal ASCII characters 0x20 -- 0x7f (space -- del).  Each byte is one
+// scan line, and each character is 2 rows.
+//
+// The bullet character is in the del slot.
+//
+UCHAR VGA8x16Chars[] = {
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,	// ASCII 0x20, space
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x21, !
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66,	// ASCII 0x22, "
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0x66, 0x66,	// ASCII 0x23, #
+	0xFF, 0xFF, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x3E, 0x7E, 0x60, 0x60, 0x7C, 0x3E,	// ASCII 0x24, $
+	0x06, 0x06, 0x7E, 0x7C, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x6C, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x25, %
+	0x30, 0x36, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x38, 0x7C, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x38, 0x70, 0x70,	// ASCII 0x26, &
+	0xDE, 0xDE, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xFE, 0x76, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x27, '
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x1C, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x28, (
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x1C, 0x0C, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x30, 0x38, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x29, )
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x38, 0x30, 0x60, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0xFF, 0xFF,	// ASCII 0x2a, *
+	0x3C, 0x3C, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x7E,	// ASCII 0x2b, +
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,	// ASCII 0x2c, ,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x30, 0x20,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x7E,	// ASCII 0x2d, -
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,	// ASCII 0x2e, .
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x06, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x2f, /
+	0x18, 0x30, 0x30, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x6E,	// ASCII 0x30, 0
+	0x76, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x38, 0x38, 0x18, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x31, 1
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x66, 0x66, 0x0C, 0x0C,	// ASCII 0x32, 2
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x30, 0x30, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x33, 3
+	0x0C, 0x0C, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x1C, 0x1C, 0x3C, 0x3C,	// ASCII 0x34, 4
+	0x6C, 0x6C, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x60, 0x60, 0x7C, 0x7E,	// ASCII 0x35, 5
+	0x06, 0x06, 0x06, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x1C, 0x3C, 0x70, 0x60, 0x60, 0x7C,	// ASCII 0x36, 6
+	0x7E, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x06, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x0C,	// ASCII 0x37, 7
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x66, 0x66, 0x3C, 0x3C,	// ASCII 0x38, 8
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x3E,	// ASCII 0x39, 9
+	0x06, 0x06, 0x06, 0x0E, 0x3C, 0x38, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x3a, :
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x3b, ;
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x30, 0x20,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0E, 0x1C, 0x38, 0x70, 0xE0,	// ASCII 0x3c, <
+	0x70, 0x38, 0x1C, 0x0E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00,	// ASCII 0x3d, =
+	0x7E, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xE0, 0x70, 0x38, 0x1C, 0x0E,	// ASCII 0x3e, >
+	0x1C, 0x38, 0x70, 0xE0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x66, 0x66, 0x0C, 0x0C,	// ASCII 0x3f, ?
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x7C, 0xE6, 0xC2, 0xDA, 0xD6,	// ASCII 0x40, @
+	0xD6, 0xDC, 0xC0, 0xE2, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66,	// ASCII 0x41, A
+	0x7E, 0x7E, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0x7E, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x7C,	// ASCII 0x42, B
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x66, 0x66, 0x60, 0x60,	// ASCII 0x43, C
+	0x60, 0x60, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x78, 0x7C, 0x6E, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66,	// ASCII 0x44, D
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x6E, 0x7C, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x60, 0x60, 0x7C, 0x7C,	// ASCII 0x45, E
+	0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x60, 0x60, 0x7C, 0x7C,	// ASCII 0x46, F
+	0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x3E, 0x7E, 0x60, 0x60, 0x6E, 0x6E,	// ASCII 0x47, G
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x7E,	// ASCII 0x48, H
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x49, I
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x06, 0x06, 0x06, 0x06, 0x06,	// ASCII 0x4a, J
+	0x06, 0x06, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xD8, 0xD8, 0xF0, 0xF0,	// ASCII 0x4b, K
+	0xD8, 0xD8, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60,	// ASCII 0x4c, L
+	0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xEE, 0xEE, 0xFE, 0xD6,	// ASCII 0x4d, M
+	0xD6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x76, 0x76, 0x7E,	// ASCII 0x4e, N
+	0x7E, 0x6E, 0x6E, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66,	// ASCII 0x4f, O
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0x7E, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66,	// ASCII 0x50, P
+	0x7E, 0x7C, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66,	// ASCII 0x51, Q
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x6A, 0x7C, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0xF8, 0xFC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xFC,	// ASCII 0x52, R
+	0xF8, 0xD8, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x3E, 0x7E, 0x60, 0x60, 0x70, 0x38,	// ASCII 0x53, S
+	0x1C, 0x0E, 0x06, 0x06, 0x7E, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x54, T
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66,	// ASCII 0x55, U
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66,	// ASCII 0x56, V
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xD6,	// ASCII 0x57, W
+	0xD6, 0xFE, 0xFE, 0xEE, 0xC6, 0x82, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x58, X
+	0x18, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x3C, 0x3C,	// ASCII 0x59, Y
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x5a, Z
+	0x30, 0x30, 0x60, 0x60, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x1E, 0x1E, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x5b, [
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x1E, 0x1E, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x30, 0x30, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x5c, \ 
+	0x18, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x06, 0x06, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x78, 0x78, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x5d, ]
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x78, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x38, 0x38, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0xC6,	// ASCII 0x5e, ^
+	0xC6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,	// ASCII 0x5f, _
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x40, 0x60, 0x70, 0x38, 0x1C, 0x0C, 0x04, 0x00,	// ASCII 0x60, `
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x3E, 0x06,	// ASCII 0x61, a
+	0x3E, 0x7E, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x3E, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x7C, 0x7E, 0x66,	// ASCII 0x62, b
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3E, 0x7E, 0x60,	// ASCII 0x63, c
+	0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x7E, 0x3E, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x06, 0x06, 0x3E, 0x7E, 0x66,	// ASCII 0x64, d
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x3E, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x66,	// ASCII 0x65, e
+	0x66, 0x7E, 0x60, 0x60, 0x7E, 0x3E, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x0E, 0x1E, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x7E,	// ASCII 0x66, f
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3E, 0x7E, 0x66,	// ASCII 0x67, g
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7E, 0x3E, 0x06, 0x7E, 0x7C,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x7C, 0x7E, 0x66,	// ASCII 0x68, h
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x38, 0x38, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x69, i
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C,	// ASCII 0x6a, j
+	0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x7C, 0x78,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xCC, 0xDC, 0xF8,	// ASCII 0x6b, k
+	0xF0, 0xF8, 0xD8, 0xCC, 0xCE, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x38, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,	// ASCII 0x6c, l
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x6C, 0xFE, 0xFE,	// ASCII 0x6d, m
+	0xD6, 0xD6, 0xD6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x66,	// ASCII 0x6e, n
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x66,	// ASCII 0x6f, o
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7e, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0x7e, 0x66,	// ascii 0x70, p
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7e, 0x7c, 0x60, 0x60,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x7e, 0x66,	// ascii 0x71, q
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7e, 0x3e, 0x06, 0x06,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0x7e, 0x66,	// ascii 0x72, r
+	0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x7e, 0x60,	// ascii 0x73, s
+	0x70, 0x3c, 0x0e, 0x06, 0x7e, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7e, 0x7e, 0x18,	// ascii 0x74, t
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x1e, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66,	// ascii 0x75, u
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7e, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66,	// ascii 0x76, v
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x3c, 0x3c, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0xd6,	// ascii 0x77, w
+	0xd6, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0xee, 0xc6, 0x82, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x3c,	// ascii 0x78, x
+	0x3c, 0x18, 0x3c, 0x3c, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66,	// ascii 0x79, y
+	0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7e, 0x3e, 0x06, 0x7e, 0x7c,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x7e, 0x0c,	// ascii 0x7a, z
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x30, 0x30, 0x7e, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x0e, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x38, 0xf0,	// ascii 0x7b, {
+	0xf0, 0x38, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x0e, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,	// ascii 0x7c, |
+	0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0xe0, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x38, 0x1e,	// ascii 0x7d, }
+	0x1e, 0x38, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0xe0, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x62, 0xf2, 0xbe,	// ascii 0x7e, ~
+	0x9c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+	0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x3c, 0x3c,	// ascii 0x7f, <bullet>
+	0x3c, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00
+};
+
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+//
+// Line drawing 8x16 characters.  These sit in the character codes
+// 0xb3 -- 0xda.
+//
+UCHAR VGA8x16LineDrawing[] = {
+
+	// ASCII 0xb3
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+
+	// ASCII 0xb4
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0xf0,		// 11110000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+
+	// ASCII 0xb5
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0xf0,		// 11110000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0xf0,		// 11110000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+
+	// ASCII 0xb6
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0xe8,		// 11101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+
+	// ASCII 0xb7
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0xf8,		// 11111000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+
+	// ASCII 0xb8
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0xf0,		// 11110000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0xf0,		// 11110000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+
+	// ASCII 0xb9
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0xe8,		// 11101000
+	0x08,		// 00001000
+	0xe8,		// 11101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+
+	// ASCII 0xba
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+
+	// ASCII 0xbb
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0xf8,		// 11111000
+	0x08,		// 00001000
+	0xe8,		// 11101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+
+	// ASCII 0xbc
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0xe8,		// 11101000
+	0x08,		// 00001000
+	0xf8,		// 11111000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+
+	// ASCII 0xbd
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0xf8,		// 11111000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+
+	// ASCII 0xbe
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0xf0,		// 11110000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0xf0,		// 11110000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+
+	// ASCII 0xbf
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0xf0,		// 11110000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+
+	// ASCII 0xc0
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x1f,		// 00011111
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+
+	// ASCII 0xc1
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+
+	// ASCII 0xc2
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+
+	// ASCII 0xc3
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x1f,		// 00011111
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+
+	// ASCII 0xc4
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+
+	// ASCII 0xc5
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+
+	// ASCII 0xc6
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x1f,		// 00011111
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x1f,		// 00011111
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+
+	// ASCII 0xc7
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x2f,		// 00101111
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+
+	// ASCII 0xc8
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x2f,		// 00101111
+	0x20,		// 00100000
+	0x3f,		// 00111111
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+
+	// ASCII 0xc9
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x3f,		// 00111111
+	0x20,		// 00100000
+	0x2f,		// 00101111
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+
+	// ASCII 0xca
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0xef,		// 11101111
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+
+	// ASCII 0xcb
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0xef,		// 11101111
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+
+	// ASCII 0xcc
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x2f,		// 00101111
+	0x20,		// 00100000
+	0x2f,		// 00101111
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+
+	// ASCII 0xcd
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+
+	// ASCII 0xce
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0xef,		// 11101111
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0xef,		// 11101111
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+
+	// ASCII 0xcf
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+
+	// ASCII 0xd0
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+
+	// ASCII 0xd1
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+
+	// ASCII 0xd2
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+
+	// ASCII 0xd3
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x3f,		// 00111111
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+
+	// ASCII 0xd4
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x1f,		// 00011111
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x1f,		// 00011111
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+
+	// ASCII 0xd5
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x1f,		// 00011111
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x1f,		// 00011111
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+
+	// ASCII 0xd6
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x3f,		// 00111111
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+
+	// ASCII 0xd7
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+	0x28,		// 00101000
+
+	// ASCII 0xd8
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0xff,		// 11111111
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+
+	// ASCII 0xd9
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0xf0,		// 11110000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+
+	// ASCII 0xda
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x00,		// 00000000
+	0x1f,		// 00011111
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10,		// 00010000
+	0x10		// 00010000
+};
+
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/aha174x.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/aha174x.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0aaae6b1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/aha174x.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2035 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    aha174x.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This is the port driver for the AHA174X SCSI adapter.
+
+Authors:
+
+    Mike Glass
+
+Environment:
+
+    kernel mode only
+
+Notes:
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include "miniport.h"
+#include "aha174x.h"           // includes scsi.h
+
+//
+// Device extension
+//
+
+typedef struct _HW_DEVICE_EXTENSION {
+
+    PEISA_CONTROLLER EisaController;
+
+    UCHAR HostTargetId;
+
+    PSCSI_REQUEST_BLOCK PendingSrb;
+
+    UCHAR RequestCount[8][8];
+
+} HW_DEVICE_EXTENSION, *PHW_DEVICE_EXTENSION;
+
+//
+// Define the maximum number of outstanding I/O requests per logical unit.
+//
+
+#define MAX_QUEUE_DEPTH 2
+
+
+//
+// Function declarations
+//
+// Functions that start with 'Aha174x' are entry points
+// for the OS port driver.
+//
+
+ULONG
+DriverEntry(
+    IN PVOID DriverObject,
+    IN PVOID Argument2
+    );
+
+ULONG
+Aha174xEntry(
+    IN PVOID DriverObject,
+    IN PVOID Argument2
+    );
+
+ULONG
+Aha174xConfiguration(
+    IN PVOID DeviceExtension,
+    IN PVOID Context,
+    IN PVOID BusInformation,
+    IN PCHAR ArgumentString,
+    IN OUT PPORT_CONFIGURATION_INFORMATION ConfigInfo,
+    OUT PBOOLEAN Again
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+Aha174xInitialize(
+    IN PVOID DeviceExtension
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+Aha174xStartIo(
+    IN PVOID DeviceExtension,
+    IN PSCSI_REQUEST_BLOCK Srb
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+Aha174xInterrupt(
+    IN PVOID DeviceExtension
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+Aha174xResetBus(
+    IN PVOID HwDeviceExtension,
+    IN ULONG PathId
+    );
+
+//
+// This function is called from Aha174xStartIo.
+//
+
+VOID
+A174xBuildEcb(
+    IN PHW_DEVICE_EXTENSION DeviceExtension,
+    IN PSCSI_REQUEST_BLOCK Srb
+    );
+
+//
+// This function is called from A174xBuildEcb.
+//
+
+VOID
+A174xBuildSgl(
+    IN PHW_DEVICE_EXTENSION DeviceExtension,
+    IN PSCSI_REQUEST_BLOCK Srb
+    );
+
+VOID
+A174xBuildRequestSense(
+    IN PVOID HwDeviceExtension,
+    IN PSCSI_REQUEST_BLOCK Srb
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+A174xSendCommand(
+    IN PHW_DEVICE_EXTENSION DeviceExtension,
+    IN UCHAR OperationCode,
+    IN ULONG Address
+    );
+
+//
+// This function is called from Aha174xInterrupt.
+//
+
+VOID
+A174xMapStatus(
+    IN PHW_DEVICE_EXTENSION DeviceExtension,
+    IN PSCSI_REQUEST_BLOCK Srb,
+    IN PSTATUS_BLOCK StatusBlock
+    );
+
+
+ULONG
+DriverEntry (
+    IN PVOID DriverObject,
+    IN PVOID Argument2
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    Installable driver initialization entry point for system.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Driver Object
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Status from ScsiPortInitialize()
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return Aha174xEntry(DriverObject, Argument2);
+
+} // end DriverEntry()
+
+
+ULONG
+Aha174xEntry(
+    IN PVOID DriverObject,
+    IN PVOID Argument2
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine is called from DriverEntry if this driver is installable
+    or directly from the system if the driver is built into the kernel.
+    It scans the EISA slots looking for an AHA174X that is configured
+    to the ENHANCED mode.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Driver Object
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Status from ScsiPortInitialize()
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    HW_INITIALIZATION_DATA hwInitializationData;
+    ULONG i;
+    ULONG AdapterCount = 0;
+
+    DebugPrint((1,"\n\nSCSI Aha174x MiniPort Driver\n"));
+
+    //
+    // Zero out structure.
+    //
+
+    for (i=0; i<sizeof(HW_INITIALIZATION_DATA); i++) {
+       ((PUCHAR)&hwInitializationData)[i] = 0;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Set size of hwInitializationData.
+    //
+
+    hwInitializationData.HwInitializationDataSize = sizeof(HW_INITIALIZATION_DATA);
+
+    //
+    // Set entry points.
+    //
+
+    hwInitializationData.HwInitialize = Aha174xInitialize;
+    hwInitializationData.HwFindAdapter = Aha174xConfiguration;
+    hwInitializationData.HwStartIo = Aha174xStartIo;
+    hwInitializationData.HwInterrupt = Aha174xInterrupt;
+    hwInitializationData.HwResetBus = Aha174xResetBus;
+
+    //
+    // Set number of access ranges and bus type.
+    //
+
+    hwInitializationData.NumberOfAccessRanges = 2;
+    hwInitializationData.AdapterInterfaceType = Eisa;
+
+    //
+    // Indicate no buffer mapping but will need physical addresses.
+    //
+
+    hwInitializationData.NeedPhysicalAddresses = TRUE;
+
+    //
+    // Indicate auto request sense is supported.
+    //
+
+    hwInitializationData.MultipleRequestPerLu = TRUE;
+    hwInitializationData.AutoRequestSense = TRUE;
+
+    //
+    // Specify size of extensions.
+    //
+
+    hwInitializationData.DeviceExtensionSize = sizeof(HW_DEVICE_EXTENSION);
+
+    //
+    // Ask for SRB extensions for ECBs.
+    //
+
+    hwInitializationData.SrbExtensionSize = sizeof(ECB);
+
+    return ScsiPortInitialize(DriverObject, Argument2, &hwInitializationData, &AdapterCount);
+
+} // end Aha174xEntry()
+
+
+ULONG
+Aha174xConfiguration(
+    IN PVOID HwDeviceExtension,
+    IN PVOID Context,
+    IN PVOID BusInformation,
+    IN PCHAR ArgumentString,
+    IN OUT PPORT_CONFIGURATION_INFORMATION ConfigInfo,
+    OUT PBOOLEAN Again
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function is called by the OS-specific port driver after
+    the necessary storage has been allocated, to gather information
+    about the adapter's configuration.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    HwDeviceExtension - HBA miniport driver's adapter data storage
+    ConfigInfo - Configuration information structure describing HBA
+
+Return Value:
+
+    TRUE if adapter present in system
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PHW_DEVICE_EXTENSION deviceExtension = HwDeviceExtension;
+    PEISA_CONTROLLER eisaController;
+    ULONG eisaSlotNumber;
+    PVOID eisaAddress;
+    UCHAR dataByte;
+    PULONG adapterCount = Context;
+
+    //
+    // Check to see if adapter present in system.
+    //
+
+    for (eisaSlotNumber=*adapterCount + 1; eisaSlotNumber<MAXIMUM_EISA_SLOTS; eisaSlotNumber++) {
+
+        //
+        // Update the adapter count to indicate this slot has been checked.
+        //
+
+        (*adapterCount)++;
+
+        //
+        // Get the system address for this card.
+        // The card uses I/O space.
+        //
+
+        eisaAddress = ScsiPortGetDeviceBase(deviceExtension,
+                                               ConfigInfo->AdapterInterfaceType,
+                                               ConfigInfo->SystemIoBusNumber,
+                                               ScsiPortConvertUlongToPhysicalAddress(0x1000 * eisaSlotNumber),
+                                               0x1000,
+                                               TRUE);
+
+        eisaController =
+            (PEISA_CONTROLLER)((PUCHAR)eisaAddress + EISA_ADDRESS_BASE);
+
+        if ((ScsiPortReadPortUchar(&eisaController->BoardId[0]) == 0x04) &&
+            (ScsiPortReadPortUchar(&eisaController->BoardId[1]) == 0x90) &&
+            (ScsiPortReadPortUchar(&eisaController->BoardId[2]) == 0x00)) {
+
+            DebugPrint((1,"AHA174X: Adapter found at EISA slot %d\n",
+                eisaSlotNumber));
+#ifdef MIPS
+           //
+           // Add code to configure the device if necessary.  This is only
+           // needed until we get an EISA configuration program.
+           //
+
+           if (!(ScsiPortReadPortUchar(&eisaController->EBControl) & 0x1)) {
+
+               //
+               // The card as not been configured.  Jam in a default one.
+               // Enable the card, enable enhanced mode operation, set the
+               // irql to 14, set the target id to 7 and enable the DMA.
+               //
+
+               ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->EBControl, 1);
+               ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->PortAddress, 0x80);
+               ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->BiosAddress, 0x00);
+               ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->Interrupt, 0x1d);
+               ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->ScsiId, 0x7);
+               ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->DmaChannel, 0x2);
+               ScsiPortStallExecution(1000);
+
+           }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _ALPHA_
+
+           //
+	   // This section is the only difference between this file and
+	   // miniport\aha174x\aha174x.c.  The firmware must do a
+	   // hard initialization of the board, because it cannot
+	   // rely on the EISA configuration information being present
+	   // in the ROM.
+	   //
+
+	   //
+           // Configure the board for an Alpha AXP/Jensen machine.
+           //
+
+               //
+               // The card as not been configured.  Jam in a default one.
+               // Enable the card, enable enhanced mode operation, set the
+               // irql to 14, set the target id to 7 and enable the DMA.
+               //
+
+               ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->EBControl, 1);
+               ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->PortAddress, 0x80);
+               ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->BiosAddress, 0x00);
+               ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->Interrupt, 0x1d);
+               ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->ScsiId, 0x7);
+               ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->DmaChannel, 0x2);
+	       ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->Control, CLEAR_INTERRUPT);
+
+#endif
+
+           if (ScsiPortReadPortUchar(&eisaController->PortAddress) &
+                ENHANCED_INTERFACE_ENABLED) {
+
+                //
+                // An adapter with the enhanced interface enabled was found.
+                //
+
+                break;
+
+            } else {
+
+                DebugPrint((1,"AHA174X: Adapter is in STANDARD mode\n"));
+            }
+        }
+
+        //
+        // If an adapter was not found unmap it.
+        //
+
+        ScsiPortFreeDeviceBase(deviceExtension,
+                               eisaAddress);
+
+    } // end for (eisaSlotNumber ...
+
+    if (!(eisaSlotNumber < MAXIMUM_EISA_SLOTS)) {
+
+        //
+        // No adapter was found.  Indicate that we are done and there are no
+        // more adapters here. Clear the adapter count for the next bus.
+        //
+
+        *Again = FALSE;
+        *adapterCount = 0;
+        return SP_RETURN_NOT_FOUND;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // There is still more to look at.
+    //
+
+    *Again = TRUE;
+
+    //
+    // Store base address of EISA registers in device extension.
+    //
+
+    deviceExtension->EisaController = eisaController;
+
+    ConfigInfo->InitiatorBusId[0] =
+        ScsiPortReadPortUchar(&eisaController->ScsiId) & 0x0F;
+
+    deviceExtension->HostTargetId = ConfigInfo->InitiatorBusId[0];
+
+    //
+    // Indicate maximum transfer length in bytes.
+    //
+
+    ConfigInfo->MaximumTransferLength = MAXIMUM_TRANSFER_SIZE;
+
+    //
+    // Maximum number of physical segments is 32.
+    //
+
+    ConfigInfo->NumberOfPhysicalBreaks = MAXIMUM_SGL_DESCRIPTORS;
+
+    ConfigInfo->ScatterGather = TRUE;
+    ConfigInfo->Master = TRUE;
+    ConfigInfo->NumberOfBuses = 1;
+
+    //
+    // Get the system interrupt vector and IRQL.
+    //
+
+    dataByte = ScsiPortReadPortUchar(&eisaController->Interrupt);
+    ConfigInfo->BusInterruptLevel = (dataByte & 7) + 9;
+
+    //
+    // Determine level or edge interrupt.
+    //
+
+    ConfigInfo->InterruptMode = dataByte & 0x08 ? Latched : LevelSensitive;
+
+    //
+    // Fill in the access array information.
+    //
+
+    (*ConfigInfo->AccessRanges)[0].RangeStart =
+        ScsiPortConvertUlongToPhysicalAddress(0x1000 * eisaSlotNumber + EISA_ADDRESS_BASE);
+    (*ConfigInfo->AccessRanges)[0].RangeLength = sizeof(EISA_CONTROLLER);
+    (*ConfigInfo->AccessRanges)[0].RangeInMemory = FALSE;
+
+
+    //
+    // Determine the BIOS address.
+    //
+
+    dataByte = ScsiPortReadPortUchar(&eisaController->BiosAddress);
+
+    if (dataByte & BIOS_ENABLED) {
+
+        dataByte &= BIOS_ADDRESS;
+
+        //
+        // Calculate the bios base address.
+        //
+
+        eisaSlotNumber = 0xC0000 + (dataByte * 0x4000);
+
+        if (eisaSlotNumber < 0xF0000) {
+
+            DebugPrint((1, "Aha174xConfiguration: Bios address at: %lx.\n", eisaSlotNumber));
+            (*ConfigInfo->AccessRanges)[1].RangeStart =
+                ScsiPortConvertUlongToPhysicalAddress(eisaSlotNumber);
+            (*ConfigInfo->AccessRanges)[1].RangeLength = BIOS_LENGTH;
+            (*ConfigInfo->AccessRanges)[1].RangeInMemory = TRUE;
+
+        }
+    }
+
+    return SP_RETURN_FOUND;
+
+} // end Aha174xConfiguration()
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+Aha174xInitialize(
+    IN PVOID HwDeviceExtension
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    Inititialize adapter and mailbox.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    HwDeviceExtension - HBA miniport driver's adapter data storage
+
+Return Value:
+
+    TRUE - if initialization successful.
+    FALSE - if initialization unsuccessful.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PHW_DEVICE_EXTENSION deviceExtension = HwDeviceExtension;
+
+    //
+    // Reset Aha174x and SCSI bus.
+    //
+
+    if (!Aha174xResetBus(deviceExtension, 0)) {
+
+        DebugPrint((1, "Aha174xInitialize: Reset bus failed\n"));
+        return FALSE;
+
+    } else {
+
+        ScsiPortNotification(ResetDetected, deviceExtension, 0);
+
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+
+} // end Aha174xInitialize()
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+Aha174xStartIo(
+    IN PVOID HwDeviceExtension,
+    IN PSCSI_REQUEST_BLOCK Srb
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine is called from the SCSI port driver synchronized
+    with the kernel to send an ECB or issue an immediate command.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    HwDeviceExtension - HBA miniport driver's adapter data storage
+    Srb - IO request packet
+
+Return Value:
+
+    TRUE
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PHW_DEVICE_EXTENSION deviceExtension = HwDeviceExtension;
+    PEISA_CONTROLLER eisaController = deviceExtension->EisaController;
+    PECB ecb;
+    PSCSI_REQUEST_BLOCK abortedSrb;
+    UCHAR opCode;
+    ULONG physicalEcb;
+    ULONG length;
+    ULONG i = 0;
+    UCHAR count = MAX_QUEUE_DEPTH;
+
+    ASSERT(Srb->SrbStatus == SRB_STATUS_PENDING);
+
+    //
+    // Get ECB from SRB.
+    //
+
+    if (Srb->Function == SRB_FUNCTION_ABORT_COMMAND) {
+
+        //
+        // Verify that SRB to abort is still outstanding.
+        //
+
+        abortedSrb = ScsiPortGetSrb(deviceExtension,
+                                       Srb->PathId,
+                                       Srb->TargetId,
+                                       Srb->Lun,
+                                       Srb->QueueTag);
+
+        if (abortedSrb != Srb->NextSrb ||
+            abortedSrb->SrbStatus != SRB_STATUS_PENDING) {
+
+            DebugPrint((1, "A174xStartIo: SRB to abort already completed\n"));
+
+            //
+            // Complete abort SRB.
+            //
+
+            Srb->SrbStatus = SRB_STATUS_ABORT_FAILED;
+
+            ScsiPortNotification(RequestComplete,
+                                 deviceExtension,
+                                 Srb);
+            //
+            // Adapter ready for next request.
+            //
+
+            ScsiPortNotification(NextRequest,
+                                 deviceExtension,
+                                 NULL);
+
+            return TRUE;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Get ECB to abort.
+        //
+
+        ecb = Srb->NextSrb->SrbExtension;
+
+        //
+        // Set abort SRB for completion.
+        //
+
+        ecb->AbortSrb = Srb;
+
+    } else {
+
+        ecb = Srb->SrbExtension;
+
+        //
+        // Save SRB back pointer in ECB.
+        //
+
+        ecb->SrbAddress = Srb;
+        ecb->AbortSrb = NULL;
+
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Get ECB physical address.
+    //
+
+    physicalEcb =
+        ScsiPortConvertPhysicalAddressToUlong(
+            ScsiPortGetPhysicalAddress(deviceExtension, NULL, ecb, &length));
+
+    //
+    // Assume physical address is contiguous for size of ECB.
+    //
+
+    ASSERT(length >= sizeof(ECB));
+
+    switch (Srb->Function) {
+
+        case SRB_FUNCTION_EXECUTE_SCSI:
+
+            //
+            // Build ECB for regular request or request sense.
+            //
+
+            if (Srb->Cdb[0] == SCSIOP_REQUEST_SENSE) {
+                A174xBuildRequestSense(deviceExtension, Srb);
+            } else {
+                A174xBuildEcb(deviceExtension, Srb);
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Increment the request count.
+            //
+
+            count = ++deviceExtension->RequestCount[Srb->TargetId][Srb->Lun];
+
+            opCode = START_ECB;
+
+            break;
+
+        case SRB_FUNCTION_ABORT_COMMAND:
+
+            DebugPrint((1, "Aha174xStartIo: Abort request received\n"));
+
+            opCode = ABORT_ECB;
+
+            break;
+
+        default:
+
+            //
+            // Set error, complete request
+            // and signal ready for next request.
+            //
+
+            Srb->SrbStatus = SRB_STATUS_INVALID_REQUEST;
+
+            ScsiPortNotification(RequestComplete,
+                         deviceExtension,
+                         Srb);
+
+            ScsiPortNotification(NextRequest,
+                         deviceExtension,
+                         NULL);
+
+            return TRUE;
+
+    } // end switch
+
+    if (!A174xSendCommand(deviceExtension,
+                          (UCHAR)(opCode | Srb->TargetId),
+                          physicalEcb)) {
+
+        DebugPrint((1,"Aha174xStartIo: Send command timed out\n"));
+
+        //
+        // Save the request utill a  pending one completes.
+        //
+
+        deviceExtension->PendingSrb = Srb;
+
+        return(TRUE);
+
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Adapter ready for next request.
+    //
+
+    if (count < MAX_QUEUE_DEPTH) {
+
+        //
+        // Request another request for this logical unit.
+        //
+
+        ScsiPortNotification(NextLuRequest,
+                             deviceExtension,
+                             Srb->PathId,
+                             Srb->TargetId,
+                             Srb->Lun);
+
+    } else {
+
+        //
+        // Request another request for this adapter.
+        //
+
+        ScsiPortNotification(NextRequest,
+                             deviceExtension,
+                             Srb->PathId,
+                             Srb->TargetId,
+                             Srb->Lun);
+
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+
+} // end Aha174xStartIo()
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+Aha174xInterrupt(
+    IN PVOID HwDeviceExtension
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This is the interrupt service routine for the Aha174x SCSI adapter.
+    It reads the interrupt register to determine if the adapter is indeed
+    the source of the interrupt and clears the interrupt at the device.
+    If the adapter is interrupting because a mailbox is full, the ECB is
+    retrieved to complete the request.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    HwDeviceExtension - HBA miniport driver's adapter data storage
+
+Return Value:
+
+    TRUE if MailboxIn full
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PHW_DEVICE_EXTENSION deviceExtension = HwDeviceExtension;
+    PECB ecb;
+    PSCSI_REQUEST_BLOCK srb;
+    PEISA_CONTROLLER eisaController = deviceExtension->EisaController;
+    PSTATUS_BLOCK statusBlock;
+    UCHAR targetId;
+    UCHAR lun;
+    ULONG physicalEcb;
+    UCHAR interruptStatus;
+
+    //
+    // Check interrupt pending.
+    //
+
+    if (!(ScsiPortReadPortUchar(&eisaController->Status) &
+        INTERRUPT_PENDING)) {
+
+        DebugPrint((4, "Aha174xInterrupt: Spurious interrupt\n"));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Read interrupt status.
+    //
+
+    interruptStatus = ScsiPortReadPortUchar(
+        &eisaController->InterruptStatus);
+
+    //
+    // Get targetId
+    //
+
+    targetId = interruptStatus & 0x0F;
+
+    //
+    // Get physical address of ECB.
+    //
+
+    physicalEcb = ScsiPortReadPortUlong(&eisaController->MailBoxIn);
+
+    //
+    // Acknowledge interrupt.
+    //
+
+    ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->Control, CLEAR_INTERRUPT);
+
+    //
+    // Check for pending requests.  If there is one then start it.
+    //
+
+    if (deviceExtension->PendingSrb != NULL) {
+
+        srb = deviceExtension->PendingSrb;
+        deviceExtension->PendingSrb = NULL;
+
+        Aha174xStartIo(deviceExtension, srb);
+
+    }
+
+    switch (interruptStatus>>4) {
+
+        case ECB_COMPLETE_SUCCESS:
+        case ECB_COMPLETE_SUCCESS_RETRY:
+
+            //
+            // Get virtual ECB address.
+            //
+
+            ecb = ScsiPortGetVirtualAddress(deviceExtension, ScsiPortConvertUlongToPhysicalAddress(physicalEcb));
+
+            //
+            // Make sure this was a valid physical address.
+            //
+
+            if (ecb == NULL || ecb->SrbAddress == NULL) {
+                break;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Get SRB from ECB.
+            //
+
+            srb = ecb->SrbAddress;
+
+            //
+            // Clear SRB from ECB.
+            //
+
+            ecb->SrbAddress = NULL;
+
+            //
+            // Update SRB statuses.
+            //
+
+            srb->SrbStatus = SRB_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+            srb->ScsiStatus = SCSISTAT_GOOD;
+
+            //
+            // If there is a peneding abort request, then complete it.
+            // This adapter does not interrupt when an abort completes.
+            // So one of three cases will occur:
+            //      The abort succeeds and the command is termainated.
+            //      The abort is too late and command termainates.
+            //      The abort fails but the command does not terminate.
+            // The first two cases are handled by completing the abort when the
+            // command completes.  The last case is handled by the abort timing
+            // out.
+            //
+
+            if (ecb->AbortSrb != NULL) {
+
+                ecb->AbortSrb->SrbStatus = SRB_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+
+                //
+                // Complete the abort request.
+                //
+
+                ScsiPortNotification(
+                    RequestComplete,
+                    deviceExtension,
+                    ecb->AbortSrb
+                    );
+
+                ecb->AbortSrb = NULL;
+            }
+
+            if (deviceExtension->RequestCount[srb->TargetId][srb->Lun]--
+                == MAX_QUEUE_DEPTH) {
+
+                //
+                // The adapter can now take another request for this device.
+                //
+
+                ScsiPortNotification(NextLuRequest,
+                                     deviceExtension,
+                                     srb->PathId,
+                                     srb->TargetId,
+                                     srb->Lun);
+
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Call notification routine for the SRB.
+            //
+
+            ScsiPortNotification(RequestComplete,
+                    (PVOID)deviceExtension,
+                    srb);
+
+            return TRUE;
+
+        case ECB_COMPLETE_ERROR:
+
+            //
+            // Get virtual ECB address.
+            //
+
+            ecb = ScsiPortGetVirtualAddress(deviceExtension, ScsiPortConvertUlongToPhysicalAddress(physicalEcb));
+
+            //
+            // Make sure this was a valid physical address.
+            //
+
+            if (ecb == NULL || ecb->SrbAddress == NULL) {
+                break;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Get SRB from ECB.
+            //
+
+            srb = ecb->SrbAddress;
+
+            //
+            // Clear SRB from ECB.
+            //
+
+            ecb->SrbAddress = NULL;
+
+            //
+            // Get Status Block virtual address.
+            //
+
+            statusBlock = ScsiPortGetVirtualAddress(deviceExtension,
+                                         ScsiPortConvertUlongToPhysicalAddress(ecb->StatusBlockAddress));
+
+            //
+            // If there is a peneding abort request, then complete it.
+            // This adapter does not interrupt when an abort completes.
+            // So one of three cases will occur:
+            //      The abort succeeds and the command is termainated.
+            //      The abort is too late and command termainates.
+            //      The abort fails but the command does not terminate.
+            // The first two cases are handled by completing the abort when the
+            // command completes.  The last case is handled by the abort timing
+            // out.
+            //
+
+            if (ecb->AbortSrb != NULL) {
+
+                ecb->AbortSrb->SrbStatus = SRB_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+
+                //
+                // Complete the abort request.
+                //
+
+                ScsiPortNotification(
+                    RequestComplete,
+                    deviceExtension,
+                    ecb->AbortSrb
+                    );
+
+                ecb->AbortSrb = NULL;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Update SRB status.
+            //
+
+            A174xMapStatus(deviceExtension, srb, statusBlock);
+
+            if (deviceExtension->RequestCount[srb->TargetId][srb->Lun]--
+                == MAX_QUEUE_DEPTH) {
+
+                //
+                // The adapter can now take another request for this device.
+                //
+
+                ScsiPortNotification(NextLuRequest,
+                                     deviceExtension,
+                                     srb->PathId,
+                                     srb->TargetId,
+                                     srb->Lun);
+
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Call notification routine for the SRB.
+            //
+
+            ScsiPortNotification(RequestComplete,
+                    (PVOID)deviceExtension,
+                    srb);
+
+            return TRUE;
+
+        case IMMEDIATE_COMMAND_SUCCESS:
+
+            DebugPrint((2,"Aha174xInterrupt: Immediate command completed\n"));
+            return TRUE;
+
+        case ASYNCHRONOUS_EVENT_NOTIFICATION:
+
+            //
+            // Check if bus was reset.
+            //
+
+            if ((physicalEcb >> 24) == 0x23) {
+
+                //
+                // Clear the reqeust counts.
+                //
+
+                for (targetId = 0; targetId < 8; targetId++) {
+                    for (lun = 0; lun < 8; lun++) {
+
+                        deviceExtension->RequestCount[targetId][lun] = 0;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                //
+                // Complete all outstanding requests.
+                //
+
+                ScsiPortCompleteRequest(deviceExtension,
+                                        0,
+                                        SP_UNTAGGED,
+                                        0,
+                                        SRB_STATUS_BUS_RESET);
+
+
+                //
+                // Notify operating system of SCSI bus reset.
+                //
+
+                ScsiPortNotification(ResetDetected,
+                                     deviceExtension,
+                                     NULL);
+            }
+
+            return TRUE;
+
+        case IMMEDIATE_COMMAND_ERROR:
+        default:
+
+            DebugPrint((1, "A174xInterrupt: Unrecognized interrupt status %x\n",
+                interruptStatus));
+
+            //
+            // Log the error.
+            //
+
+            ScsiPortLogError(
+                HwDeviceExtension,
+                NULL,
+                0,
+                deviceExtension->HostTargetId,
+                0,
+                SP_INTERNAL_ADAPTER_ERROR,
+                1 << 16 | interruptStatus
+                );
+
+            return TRUE;
+
+    } // end switch
+
+    //
+    // A bad physcial address was return by the adapter.
+    // Log it as an error.
+    //
+
+    ScsiPortLogError(
+        HwDeviceExtension,
+        NULL,
+        0,
+        deviceExtension->HostTargetId,
+        0,
+        SP_INTERNAL_ADAPTER_ERROR,
+        5 << 16 | interruptStatus
+        );
+
+    return TRUE;
+
+} // end Aha174xInterrupt()
+
+
+VOID
+A174xBuildEcb(
+    IN PHW_DEVICE_EXTENSION DeviceExtension,
+    IN PSCSI_REQUEST_BLOCK Srb
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    Build ECB for Aha174x.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    DeviceExtenson
+    SRB
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Nothing.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PECB ecb = Srb->SrbExtension;
+    PSTATUS_BLOCK statusBlock = &ecb->StatusBlock;
+    ULONG length;
+
+    //
+    // Set ECB command.
+    //
+
+    ecb->Command = ECB_COMMAND_INITIATOR_COMMAND;
+
+    //
+    // Disable updating status block on success;
+    //
+
+    ecb->Flags[0] = ECB_FLAGS_DISABLE_STATUS_BLOCK;
+
+    //
+    // initialize ECB flags
+    //
+
+    ecb->Flags[1] = 0;
+
+    //
+    // Set transfer direction bit.
+    //
+
+    if (Srb->SrbFlags & SRB_FLAGS_DATA_OUT) {
+
+       //
+       // Write command.
+       //
+
+       ecb->Flags[1] |= ECB_FLAGS_WRITE;
+
+    } else if (Srb->SrbFlags & SRB_FLAGS_DATA_IN) {
+
+       //
+       // Read command.
+       //
+
+       ecb->Flags[1] |= ECB_FLAGS_READ;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check if disconnect explicity forbidden.
+    //
+
+    if (Srb->SrbFlags & SRB_FLAGS_DISABLE_DISCONNECT) {
+
+        ecb->Flags[1] |= ECB_FLAGS_NO_DISCONNECT;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Set LUN (bits 16, 17 and 18).
+    //
+
+    ecb->Flags[1] |= Srb->Lun;
+
+    //
+    // Set CDB length and copy to ECB.
+    //
+
+    ecb->CdbLength = Srb->CdbLength;
+    ScsiPortMoveMemory(ecb->Cdb, Srb->Cdb, Srb->CdbLength);
+
+    //
+    // Build SGL in ECB if data transfer.
+    //
+
+    if (Srb->DataTransferLength > 0) {
+        ecb->Flags[0] |= ECB_FLAGS_SCATTER_GATHER;
+        A174xBuildSgl(DeviceExtension, Srb);
+    } else {
+        ecb->SglLength = 0;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Set status block pointer.
+    //
+
+    ecb->StatusBlockAddress =
+        ScsiPortConvertPhysicalAddressToUlong(
+            ScsiPortGetPhysicalAddress(DeviceExtension,
+                                   NULL,
+                                   statusBlock,
+                                   &length));
+
+    ASSERT(length >= sizeof(STATUS_BLOCK));
+
+    //
+    // Setup auto sense if necessary.
+    //
+
+    if (Srb->SenseInfoBufferLength != 0 &&
+        !(Srb->SrbFlags & SRB_FLAGS_DISABLE_AUTOSENSE)) {
+
+        //
+        // Set the flag to enable auto sense and fill in the address and length
+        // of the sense buffer.
+        //
+
+        ecb->Flags[0] |= ECB_FLAGS_AUTO_REQUEST_SENSE;
+        ecb->SenseInfoLength = Srb->SenseInfoBufferLength;
+        ecb->SenseInfoAddress = ScsiPortConvertPhysicalAddressToUlong(
+            ScsiPortGetPhysicalAddress(DeviceExtension,
+                                   Srb,
+                                   Srb->SenseInfoBuffer,
+                                   &length));
+
+        ASSERT(length >= Srb->SenseInfoBufferLength);
+
+    } else {
+
+        ecb->SenseInfoLength = 0;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Zero out next ECB, request sense info fields
+    // and statuses in status block.
+    //
+
+    ecb->NextEcb = 0;
+    statusBlock->HaStatus = 0;
+    statusBlock->TargetStatus = 0;
+
+    return;
+
+} // end A174xBuildEcb()
+
+
+VOID
+A174xBuildSgl(
+    IN PHW_DEVICE_EXTENSION DeviceExtension,
+    IN PSCSI_REQUEST_BLOCK Srb
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine builds a scatter/gather descriptor list for the ECB.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    DeviceExtension
+    Srb
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PVOID dataPointer = Srb->DataBuffer;
+    ULONG bytesLeft = Srb->DataTransferLength;
+    PECB ecb = Srb->SrbExtension;
+    PSGL sgl = &ecb->Sgl;
+    ULONG physicalSgl;
+    ULONG physicalAddress;
+    ULONG length;
+    ULONG descriptorCount = 0;
+
+    //
+    // Get physical SGL address.
+    //
+
+    physicalSgl = ScsiPortConvertPhysicalAddressToUlong(
+        ScsiPortGetPhysicalAddress(DeviceExtension, NULL,
+        sgl, &length));
+
+    //
+    // Assume physical memory contiguous for sizeof(SGL) bytes.
+    //
+
+    ASSERT(length >= sizeof(SGL));
+
+    //
+    // Create SGL segment descriptors.
+    //
+
+    do {
+
+        //
+        // Get physical address and length of contiguous
+        // physical buffer.
+        //
+
+        physicalAddress =
+            ScsiPortConvertPhysicalAddressToUlong(
+                ScsiPortGetPhysicalAddress(DeviceExtension,
+                                       Srb,
+                                       dataPointer,
+                                       &length));
+
+        //
+        // If length of physical memory is more
+        // than bytes left in transfer, use bytes
+        // left as final length.
+        //
+
+        if  (length > bytesLeft) {
+            length = bytesLeft;
+        }
+
+        sgl->Descriptor[descriptorCount].Address = physicalAddress;
+        sgl->Descriptor[descriptorCount].Length = length;
+
+        //
+        // Adjust counts.
+        //
+
+        dataPointer = (PUCHAR)dataPointer + length;
+        bytesLeft -= length;
+        descriptorCount++;
+
+    } while (bytesLeft);
+
+    //
+    // Write SGL length to ECB.
+    //
+
+    ecb->SglLength = descriptorCount * sizeof(SG_DESCRIPTOR);
+
+    //
+    // Write SGL address to ECB.
+    //
+
+    ecb->PhysicalSgl = physicalSgl;
+
+    return;
+
+} // end A174xBuildSgl()
+
+
+VOID
+A174xBuildRequestSense(
+    IN PVOID HwDeviceExtension,
+    IN PSCSI_REQUEST_BLOCK Srb
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine is called when a request sense is detected. An adapter
+    command is then built for a request sense. This is the
+    only way to clear the contingent alligience condition that the adapter
+    is always in following a check condition.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    HwDeviceExtension - HBA miniport driver's adapter data storage
+    Srb - IO request packet
+
+Return Value:
+
+    TRUE is request succeeds.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PHW_DEVICE_EXTENSION deviceExtension = HwDeviceExtension;
+    PEISA_CONTROLLER eisaController = deviceExtension->EisaController;
+    PECB ecb = Srb->SrbExtension;
+    PSTATUS_BLOCK statusBlock = &ecb->StatusBlock;
+    ULONG length;
+
+    //
+    // Set ECB command.
+    //
+
+    ecb->Command = ECB_COMMAND_READ_SENSE_INFO;
+
+    //
+    // Disable updating status block on success and enable
+    // automatic request senes.
+    //
+
+    ecb->Flags[0] = ECB_FLAGS_DISABLE_STATUS_BLOCK |
+                    ECB_FLAGS_SUPPRESS_UNDERRUN;
+
+    //
+    // Set transfer direction bit.
+    //
+
+    ecb->Flags[1] = ECB_FLAGS_READ;
+
+    //
+    // Check if disconnect explicity forbidden.
+    //
+
+    if (Srb->SrbFlags & SRB_FLAGS_DISABLE_DISCONNECT) {
+
+        ecb->Flags[1] |= ECB_FLAGS_NO_DISCONNECT;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Set LUN (bits 16, 17 and 18).
+    //
+
+    ecb->Flags[1] |= Srb->Lun;
+
+    //
+    // Set status block pointer.
+    //
+
+    ecb->StatusBlockAddress =
+        ScsiPortConvertPhysicalAddressToUlong(
+            ScsiPortGetPhysicalAddress(deviceExtension,
+                                   NULL,
+                                   statusBlock,
+                                   &length));
+
+    //
+    // Set request sense address and length.
+    //
+
+    ecb->SenseInfoAddress = ScsiPortConvertPhysicalAddressToUlong(
+        ScsiPortGetPhysicalAddress(deviceExtension,
+                                                       Srb,
+                                                       Srb->DataBuffer,
+                                                       &length));
+
+    ASSERT(length >= Srb->DataTransferLength);
+
+    ecb->SenseInfoLength = (UCHAR) Srb->DataTransferLength;
+
+    //
+    // Zero out next ECB, request sense info fields
+    // and statuses in status block.
+    //
+
+    ecb->NextEcb = 0;
+    statusBlock->HaStatus = 0;
+    statusBlock->TargetStatus = 0;
+
+    return;
+
+} // end A174xBuildRequestSense()
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+A174xSendCommand(
+    IN PHW_DEVICE_EXTENSION DeviceExtension,
+    IN UCHAR OperationCode,
+    IN ULONG Address
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    Send ECB or immediate command to AHA174X.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    HwDeviceExtension - HBA miniport driver's adapter data storage
+    OperationCode - value to be written to attention register
+    Address - ECB address or immediate command
+
+Return Value:
+
+    True if command sent.
+    False if adapter never reached 'ready for next command' state.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PEISA_CONTROLLER eisaController = DeviceExtension->EisaController;
+    ULONG i;
+
+    for (i=0; i<10; i++) {
+
+        UCHAR status;
+
+        status = ScsiPortReadPortUchar(&eisaController->Status);
+
+        if ((status & MAILBOX_OUT_EMPTY) &&
+            !(status & ADAPTER_BUSY)) {
+
+            //
+            // Adapter ready for next command.
+            //
+
+            break;
+
+        } else {
+
+            //
+            // Stall 1 microsecond before trying again.
+            //
+
+            ScsiPortStallExecution(1);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (i == 10) {
+
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Write ECB address or immediate command.
+    //
+
+    ScsiPortWritePortUlong(&eisaController->MailBoxOut, Address);
+
+    //
+    // Write operation code to attention register.
+    //
+
+    ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->Attention, OperationCode);
+
+    return TRUE;
+
+} // end A174xSendCommand()
+
+BOOLEAN
+Aha174xResetBus(
+    IN PVOID HwDeviceExtension,
+    IN ULONG PathId
+)
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    Reset Aha174x SCSI adapter and SCSI bus.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    HwDeviceExtension - HBA miniport driver's adapter data storage
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Nothing.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PHW_DEVICE_EXTENSION deviceExtension = HwDeviceExtension;
+    PEISA_CONTROLLER eisaController = deviceExtension->EisaController;
+    ULONG j;
+    UCHAR targetId;
+    UCHAR lun;
+
+
+    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(PathId);
+
+    DebugPrint((2,"ResetBus: Reset Aha174x and SCSI bus\n"));
+
+    //
+    // Clean up pending requests.
+    //
+
+    if (deviceExtension->PendingSrb) {
+
+        //
+        // Notify the port driver that another request can be accepted.
+        //
+
+        ScsiPortNotification(NextRequest, deviceExtension);
+
+        //
+        // Clear the pending request.  It will be completed by
+        // ScsiPortCompleteRequest.
+        //
+
+        deviceExtension->PendingSrb = NULL;
+
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Clear the reqeust counts.
+    //
+
+    for (targetId = 0; targetId < 8; targetId++) {
+        for (lun = 0; lun < 8; lun++) {
+
+            deviceExtension->RequestCount[targetId][lun] = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Complete all outstanding requests.
+    //
+
+    ScsiPortCompleteRequest(deviceExtension,
+                            0,
+                            SP_UNTAGGED,
+                            SP_UNTAGGED,
+                            SRB_STATUS_BUS_RESET);
+
+    targetId = deviceExtension->HostTargetId;
+
+    //
+    // Allow the adapter card to settle.
+    //
+
+    ScsiPortStallExecution(75000);
+    ScsiPortReadPortUchar(&eisaController->Status);
+    ScsiPortStallExecution(1);
+
+    if (!A174xSendCommand(deviceExtension,
+                          (UCHAR)(IMMEDIATE_COMMAND | targetId),
+                          ECB_IMMEDIATE_RESET)) {
+
+        //
+        // Timed out waiting for adapter to become ready.
+        //
+
+        ScsiPortLogError(
+            deviceExtension,
+            NULL,
+            0,
+            deviceExtension->HostTargetId,
+            0,
+            SP_INTERNAL_ADAPTER_ERROR,
+            4 << 16
+            );
+
+        //
+        // Adapter never reached state to receive command.
+        // Try a hard reset by wiggling the control line.
+        //
+
+        ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->Control, HARD_RESET);
+
+        //
+        // Wait at least 10 microseconds.
+        //
+
+        ScsiPortStallExecution(10);
+
+        //
+        // Clear the reset line now that it has been held for 10 us.
+        //
+
+        ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->Control, 0);
+
+        //
+        // Write the attention register to wake up the firmware so that
+        // it will clear the busy line in the status register.
+        // The attention value written (0) is ignored by the controller
+        // but will wakeup the firmware.
+        //
+
+        ScsiPortStallExecution(20000);  // Add a little delay
+        ScsiPortWritePortUchar(&eisaController->Attention, 0);
+
+        //
+        // Wait for busy to go low.
+        //
+
+        j = 0;
+        while (ScsiPortReadPortUchar(&eisaController->Status) & ADAPTER_BUSY) {
+
+            j++;
+            if (j > 200000) {
+
+                //
+                // Busy has not gone low.  Assume the card is gone.
+                // Log the error and fail the request.
+                //
+
+
+                ScsiPortLogError(
+                    deviceExtension,
+                    NULL,
+                    0,
+                    deviceExtension->HostTargetId,
+                    0,
+                    SP_INTERNAL_ADAPTER_ERROR,
+                    3 << 16
+                    );
+
+                return FALSE;
+
+            }
+
+            ScsiPortStallExecution(10);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+
+} // end Aha174xResetBus()
+
+
+VOID
+A174xMapStatus(
+    IN PHW_DEVICE_EXTENSION DeviceExtension,
+    IN PSCSI_REQUEST_BLOCK Srb,
+    IN PSTATUS_BLOCK StatusBlock
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    Translate Aha174x error to SRB error.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    SRB
+    Status block for request completing with error.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Updated SRB
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG logError = 0;
+    UCHAR srbStatus;
+    PECB ecb = Srb->SrbExtension;
+
+
+    DebugPrint((2,
+                   "A174xMapStatus: Status word is %x\n",
+                   StatusBlock->StatusWord));
+
+    if (StatusBlock->TargetStatus == SCSISTAT_CHECK_CONDITION) {
+
+        //
+        // A check condition occured.  Set the srb status and process the
+        // auto sense data.
+        //
+
+        Srb->SrbStatus = SRB_STATUS_ERROR;
+
+        //
+        // Set target SCSI status in SRB.
+        //
+
+        Srb->ScsiStatus = StatusBlock->TargetStatus;
+
+        //
+        // Update SRB with actual bytes transferred.
+        //
+
+        Srb->DataTransferLength -= StatusBlock->ResidualByteCount;
+
+        if (StatusBlock->StatusWord & SB_STATUS_SENSE_INFORMATION) {
+
+            //
+            // Indicate the sense information is valid and update the length.
+            //
+
+            Srb->SrbStatus |= SRB_STATUS_AUTOSENSE_VALID;
+            Srb->SenseInfoBufferLength = StatusBlock->RequestSenseLength;
+        }
+
+        return;
+    }
+
+    switch (StatusBlock->HaStatus) {
+
+    case SB_HASTATUS_SELECTION_TIMEOUT:
+        srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_SELECTION_TIMEOUT;
+        break;
+
+    case SB_HASTATUS_DATA_OVERUNDER_RUN:
+        DebugPrint((1,"A174xMapStatus: Data over/underrun\n"));
+
+        //
+        // Update SRB with actual bytes transferred.
+        //
+
+        Srb->DataTransferLength -= StatusBlock->ResidualByteCount;
+
+        srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_DATA_OVERRUN;
+        break;
+
+    case SB_HASTATUS_UNEXPECTED_BUS_FREE:
+        DebugPrint((1,"A174xMapStatus: Unexpected bus free\n"));
+        logError = SP_PROTOCOL_ERROR;
+        srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_UNEXPECTED_BUS_FREE;
+        break;
+
+    case SB_HASTATUS_INVALID_BUS_PHASE:
+        DebugPrint((1,"A174xMapStatus: Invalid bus phase\n"));
+        logError = SP_PROTOCOL_ERROR;
+        srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_PHASE_SEQUENCE_FAILURE;
+        break;
+
+    case SB_HASTATUS_TARGET_NOT_USED:
+        DebugPrint((1,"A174xMapStatus: Target not used\n"));
+        srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_NO_DEVICE;
+        break;
+
+    case SB_HASTATUS_INVALID_ECB:
+        DebugPrint((1,"A174xMapStatus: Invalid ECB\n"));
+        logError = SP_INTERNAL_ADAPTER_ERROR;
+        srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_INVALID_REQUEST;
+        break;
+
+    case SB_HASTATUS_ADAPTER_HARDWARE_ERROR:
+        DebugPrint((1,"A174xMapStatus: Hardware error\n"));
+        logError = SP_INTERNAL_ADAPTER_ERROR;
+        srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_ERROR;
+        break;
+
+    case SB_HASTATUS_ADAPTER_RESET_BUS:
+        DebugPrint((1,"A174xMapStatus: Adapter reset bus\n"));
+        srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_BUS_RESET;
+        break;
+
+    case SB_HASTATUS_DEVICE_RESET_BUS:
+        DebugPrint((1,"A174xMapStatus: Device reset bus\n"));
+        srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_BUS_RESET;
+        break;
+
+    case SB_HASTATUS_CHECKSUM_FAILURE:
+        DebugPrint((1,"A174xMapStatus: Checksum failure\n"));
+        logError = SP_INTERNAL_ADAPTER_ERROR;
+        srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_ERROR;
+        break;
+
+    case SB_HASTATUS_ADAPTER_ABORTED:
+        DebugPrint((1,"A174xMapStatus: Adapter aborted\n"));
+        srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_ABORTED;
+        break;
+
+    case SB_HASTATUS_HOST_ABORTED:
+        DebugPrint((1,"A174xMapStatus: Host aborted\n"));
+        srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_ABORTED;
+        break;
+
+    case SB_HASTATUS_FW_NOT_DOWNLOADED:
+        DebugPrint((1,"A174xMapStatus: Firmware not downloaded\n"));
+        logError = SP_INTERNAL_ADAPTER_ERROR;
+        srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_ERROR;
+        break;
+
+    case SB_HASTATUS_INVALID_SGL:
+        DebugPrint((1,"A174xMapStatus: Invalid SGL\n"));
+        logError = SP_INTERNAL_ADAPTER_ERROR;
+        srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_INVALID_REQUEST;
+        break;
+
+    case SB_HASTATUS_REQUEST_SENSE_FAILED:
+        DebugPrint((1,"A174xMapStatus: Request sense failed\n"));
+        srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_ERROR;
+        break;
+
+    default:
+
+        srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_ERROR;
+
+        //
+        // Check status block word.
+        //
+
+        if (StatusBlock->StatusWord & SB_STATUS_NO_ERROR) {
+
+            //
+            // This should never happen as this routine is only
+            // called when there is an error.
+            //
+
+            DebugPrint((1,"A174xMapStatus: No error\n"));
+            srbStatus = SRB_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+            break;
+
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Check for underrun.
+        //
+
+        if (StatusBlock->StatusWord & SB_STATUS_DATA_UNDERRUN) {
+
+            DebugPrint((1,
+                "A174xMapStatus: Data underrun indicated in status word\n"));
+
+            //
+            // Update SRB with actual bytes transferred.
+            //
+
+            Srb->DataTransferLength -= StatusBlock->ResidualByteCount;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Check for overrun.
+        //
+
+        if (StatusBlock->StatusWord & SB_STATUS_DATA_OVERRUN) {
+
+            DebugPrint((1,
+                "A174xMapStatus: Data overrun indicate in status word\n"));
+            logError = SP_PROTOCOL_ERROR;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Check for initialization required.
+        //
+
+        if (StatusBlock->StatusWord & SB_STATUS_INIT_REQUIRED) {
+            DebugPrint((1,
+                "A174xMapStatus: Initialization required\n"));
+            break;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Check for contingent allegience condition. If this happens
+        // something is very wrong (because autorequest sense was indicated).
+        //
+
+        if (StatusBlock->StatusWord & SB_STATUS_EXT_CONT_ALLEGIANCE) {
+
+            DebugPrint((1,
+                "A174xMapStatus: Contingent allegiance condition\n"));
+
+            ASSERT(0);
+        }
+
+        if (StatusBlock->StatusWord & SB_STATUS_MAJOR_ERROR) {
+
+            DebugPrint((1,
+                "A174xMapStatus: Major error indicated in status word\n"));
+            break;
+        }
+
+        logError = SP_INTERNAL_ADAPTER_ERROR;
+        break;
+
+    } // end switch ...
+
+    if (logError != 0) {
+
+        //
+        // Log error.
+        //
+
+        ScsiPortLogError(
+            DeviceExtension,
+            Srb,
+            Srb->PathId,
+            Srb->TargetId,
+            Srb->Lun,
+            logError,
+            2 << 16 | StatusBlock->HaStatus
+            );
+
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Set SRB status.
+    //
+
+    Srb->SrbStatus = srbStatus;
+
+    //
+    // Set target SCSI status in SRB.
+    //
+
+    Srb->ScsiStatus = StatusBlock->TargetStatus;
+
+    return;
+
+} // end A174xMapStatus()
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/chkstall.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/chkstall.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..01f1d224f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/chkstall.c
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    chkstall.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This is used to evalute fwstallexecution.
+    
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		15-April-1993
+
+Environment:
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "jnvendor.h"
+#include "iodevice.h"
+
+//
+// The indicator of a bad Firmware stack for _RtlCheckStack 
+//
+
+ULONG FwRtlStackPanic;
+
+#if 0
+
+//
+// This is needed for a reference in ntcrt.
+//
+
+VOID
+DbgBreakPoint(
+    VOID
+    )
+{
+    VenPrint ("\r\n\r\n?? INTERNAL ERROR --- CALL DEC FIELD SERVICE.\r\n");
+    while (TRUE) {
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+VOID
+main (
+    VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Count;
+    UCHAR Character;
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+
+    FwRtlStackPanic = 0;
+
+    VenPrint("Doing a 5 second loop...");
+    VenStallExecution(1000000);
+    VenPrint("3... ");
+    VenStallExecution(1000000);
+    VenPrint("2... ");
+    VenStallExecution(1000000);
+    VenPrint("1... ");
+    VenStallExecution(1000000);
+    VenPrint("\r\nGO!\r\n");
+    VenStallExecution(5 * 1000 * 1000);
+    VenPrint("*********************  STOP  ********************\r\n\n\n");
+    VenStallExecution(5 * 1000 * 1000);
+
+    VenPrint("Doing a 10 second loop...");
+    VenStallExecution(1000000);
+    VenPrint("3... ");
+    VenStallExecution(1000000);
+    VenPrint("2... ");
+    VenStallExecution(1000000);
+    VenPrint("1... ");
+    VenStallExecution(1000000);
+    VenPrint("\r\nGO!\r\n");
+    VenStallExecution(10 * 1000 * 1000);
+    VenPrint("*********************  STOP  ********************\r\n\n\n");
+    VenStallExecution(5 * 1000 * 1000);
+
+    VenPrint("Doing a 20 second loop...");
+    VenStallExecution(1000000);
+    VenPrint("3... ");
+    VenStallExecution(1000000);
+    VenPrint("2... ");
+    VenStallExecution(1000000);
+    VenPrint("1... ");
+    VenStallExecution(1000000);
+    VenPrint("\r\nGO!\r\n");
+    VenStallExecution(20 * 1000 * 1000);
+    VenPrint("*********************  STOP  ********************\r\n\n\n");
+    VenStallExecution(5 * 1000 * 1000);
+
+    VenPrint("Doing a 40 second loop...");
+    VenStallExecution(1000000);
+    VenPrint("3... ");
+    VenStallExecution(1000000);
+    VenPrint("2... ");
+    VenStallExecution(1000000);
+    VenPrint("1... ");
+    VenStallExecution(1000000);
+    VenPrint("\r\nGO!\r\n");
+    VenStallExecution(40 * 1000 * 1000);
+    VenPrint("*********************  STOP  ********************\r\n\n\n");
+    VenStallExecution(5 * 1000 * 1000);
+
+    VenPrint("Press any key to return.");
+
+    if ((Status = ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count)) != ESUCCESS) {
+	VenPrint1("? Can not read keyboard.  Status = 0x%x\r\n", Status);
+	VenStallExecution(3000000);
+    }
+
+    return;
+
+
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/jenstubs.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/jenstubs.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a754d7a1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/jenstubs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jenstubs.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains Jensen HAL stubs.
+
+    This must be included by any link that includes hal0jens\alpha\jxioacc.s.
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		15-June-1993
+
+Environment:
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+
+//
+// The code in tbaqva.c is not prepared for I/O addresses above 32MB.
+// But the HalpHaeTable array is needed to avoid undefined references in
+// \nt\private\ntos\nthals\hal0jens\alpha\jxioacc.s.
+//
+
+//
+// The HaeIndex, used in creating QVAs for EISA memory space.
+//
+//ULONG HaeIndex;
+
+//
+// This is the HAE table. The first table entry is used to map the lowest
+// 32MB in a Jensen system. The second entry is used to map the next 32MB
+// entry so that graphics cards, etc., will work.
+//
+
+//CHAR HalpHaeTable[4] = { 0, 1, 0, 0 };
+CHAR HalpHaeTable[4] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/jnfs.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/jnfs.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9bc931260
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/jnfs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1992, 1993  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jnfs.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    The main module for the Jensen FailSafe Booter, which re-attempts
+    the update of the Jensen FlashFile ROM after a power-fail.
+
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		14-October-1992
+
+    Parts of this were lifted from the Jensen firmware, which was
+    a port of the Jazz firmware, which was written by Microsoft Corporation.
+    
+
+Environment:
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "iodevice.h"
+#include "led.h"
+#include "selftest.h"
+#include "jnfs.h"
+#include "fwpexcpt.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+
+int errno;			// For C library functions
+
+PRTL_ALLOCATE_STRING_ROUTINE RtlAllocateStringRoutine =
+    (PRTL_ALLOCATE_STRING_ROUTINE)FwAllocatePool;
+PRTL_FREE_STRING_ROUTINE RtlFreeStringRoutine = FwpFreeStub;
+
+// Number of processor cycles per microsecond.
+ULONG CyclesPerMicrosecond;
+
+// This variable is initialized to the size of the memory in bytes.
+ULONG MemorySize;
+
+
+
+//
+// This receives the type of video card installed into the system.
+// It is a static because memory is intialized near the bottom of the
+// program execute calling chain (FwExecute, FwPrivateExecute, FwResetMemory,
+// FwInitializeMemory), and the calling interface to FwExecute is
+// frozen by the ARCS specification.
+//
+// This is valid only on a successful intialization of the graphics card.
+//
+ALPHA_VIDEO_TYPE VideoType;
+
+// The indicator of a bad Firmware stack for _RtlCheckStack 
+ULONG FwRtlStackPanic;
+
+
+//
+// Declare function prototypes.
+//
+
+VOID
+JnFsUpgradeSystem (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+PutLedDisplay(
+    IN UCHAR Value
+    );
+
+ULONG
+RomInitISP (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+WildZeroMemory(
+    ULONG StartAddress,
+    ULONG Size
+    );
+
+VOID
+FailSafeEntry(
+    IN ULONG Unused0,
+    IN PFW_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION Unused1,
+    IN PFW_SYSTEM_INFORMATION SystemInfo
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function gets control from the serial ROM if the serial ROM
+    detects a corrupted VMS Console boot image.  (In actuality, the
+    serial ROM passes control the the linked firmware PALcode, which
+    passes control to this function.)
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Unused0,		This keeps the PALcode interface identical to
+    Unused1		the firmware.
+    			
+    SystemInfo		Contains Alpha_AXP information from the PALcode.
+                        Since this module is only executed on a hard reset,
+			there is no need to check the "Cause" argument.
+    
+Return Value:
+
+    Never returns.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Unused0);
+    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(Unused1);
+
+    FwRtlStackPanic = 0;
+
+    // Register exception handler with the firmware PALcode
+    RegisterExceptionHandler();
+
+    // Clear out upper EISA address bits.
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)HAE, 0x0);
+
+    switch (SystemInfo->SystemCycleClockPeriod) {
+
+      //
+      // A bad cycle clock period would cause a system hang.
+      //
+      case 0:
+      case 8000:
+      default:
+	CyclesPerMicrosecond = 125 + 1;
+        break;
+
+      //
+      // This is an AX04 SROM bug: the number for a 6.667ns machine is
+      // passed in as 6600, not 6667.
+      //
+      case 6600:
+      case 6667:
+	CyclesPerMicrosecond = 150 + 1;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    // Initialize MemorySize to the size of memory in MegaBytes.
+    MemorySize = SystemInfo->MemorySizeInBytes;
+
+
+    //
+    // Set interrupt lines to a known state.
+    //
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&SP1_WRITE->ModemControl,0x08);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&SP2_WRITE->ModemControl,0x08);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_WRITE->DigitalOutput,0x08);
+    READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&PARALLEL_READ->Status);
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the system parameter block.
+    //
+
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->Signature = 0x53435241;
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->Length = sizeof(SYSTEM_PARAMETER_BLOCK);
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->Version = ARC_VERSION;
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->Revision = ARC_REVISION;
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->RestartBlock = NULL;
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->DebugBlock = NULL;
+
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVectorLength = (ULONG)MaximumRoutine * sizeof(ULONG);
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector =
+                (PVOID)((PUCHAR)SYSTEM_BLOCK + sizeof(SYSTEM_PARAMETER_BLOCK));
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVectorLength = (ULONG)MaximumVendorRoutine * sizeof(ULONG);
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector =
+                (PVOID)((PUCHAR)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector +
+                                SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVectorLength);
+
+    SerialBootSetup(COMPORT1_VIRTUAL_BASE);
+    SerialBootSetup(COMPORT2_VIRTUAL_BASE);	// This may not be needed.
+
+    //
+    // If:  the configuration bit is set, or
+    //      the video card initialization fails,
+    // ...output to the serial line.  Otherwise, output to video.
+    //
+
+    if (DisplayBootInitialize(&VideoType) != ESUCCESS) {
+        SerialOutput = TRUE;
+	FwClearScreen();
+    } else {
+        // Video is ready to display messages.
+        DisplayOutput = TRUE;
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // If: the keyboard controller initialization fails, or
+    //     the keyboard initialization fails,
+    // ...send an error message to the output device and direct future output
+    // to the serial port.
+    //
+
+    if (InitKeyboardController() || InitKeyboard()) {
+	FwPrint(ST_ALL_IO_TO_SERIAL_LINES_MSG);
+	DisplayOutput = FALSE;
+	SerialOutput = TRUE;
+    }
+
+
+    PutLedDisplay(LED_VIDEO_OK);
+
+    //
+    // hang on error
+    //
+
+    while (RomInitISP()) {
+    }
+
+
+#if 0
+
+    //
+    // This is believed to not be necessary.
+    //
+
+    //
+    // Zero unused memory.
+    //
+    // This is dependent on the firmware memory map.
+    // This could be made more independent via using #define's.
+    //
+
+    WildZeroMemory(
+                   (KSEG0_BASE | 0x0),
+                   (FW_BOTTOM_ADDRESS - 0x40000)
+                  );
+
+    WildZeroMemory(
+                   (KSEG0_BASE | FW_TOP_ADDRESS),
+                   (MemorySize - FW_TOP_ADDRESS)
+                  );
+
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // Now try to complete the upgrade.
+    //
+
+    JnFsUpgradeSystem();
+
+    //
+    // Hang if we come back.
+    //
+
+    for (;;) {
+        PutLedDisplay(LED_OMEGA);
+    }
+
+}
+
+VOID
+PutLedDisplay(
+    IN UCHAR Value
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This displays a 0--F in the single hexadecimal digit display in
+    Jensen.
+    
+Arguments:
+
+    Value		The lower four bits of this will be displayed
+			in the Jensen LED.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+  WRITE_PORT_UCHAR ((PUCHAR)SYSCTL,
+			(READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)SYSCTL) & 0xf0)
+			|
+			(Value & 0x0f)
+			);
+  }
+
+ULONG
+RomInitISP (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the EISA interrupt controller.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns the number of errors found.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    UCHAR DataByte;
+    UCHAR InterruptLevel;
+    //
+    // Initialize the EISA interrupt controller.  There are two cascaded
+    // interrupt controllers, each of which must initialized with 4 initialize
+    // control words.
+    //
+
+    DataByte = 0;
+    ((PINITIALIZATION_COMMAND_1) &DataByte)->Icw4Needed = 1;
+    ((PINITIALIZATION_COMMAND_1) &DataByte)->InitializationFlag = 1;
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt1ControlPort0,DataByte);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt2ControlPort0,DataByte);
+
+    //
+    // The second intitialization control word sets the interrupt vector to
+    // 0-15.
+    //
+    DataByte = 0;
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt1ControlPort1,DataByte);
+
+    DataByte = 0x08;
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt2ControlPort1,DataByte);
+
+    //
+    // The third initialization control word set the controls for slave mode.
+    // The master ICW3 uses bit position and the slave ICW3 uses a numeric.
+    //
+
+    DataByte = 1 << SLAVE_IRQL_LEVEL;
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt1ControlPort1,DataByte);
+
+    DataByte = SLAVE_IRQL_LEVEL;
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt2ControlPort1,DataByte);
+
+    //
+    // The fourth initialization control word is used to specify normal
+    // end-of-interrupt mode and not special-fully-nested mode.
+    //
+
+    DataByte = 0;
+    ((PINITIALIZATION_COMMAND_4) &DataByte)->I80x86Mode = 1;
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt1ControlPort1,DataByte);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt2ControlPort1,DataByte);
+
+
+    //
+    // Mask all the interrupts.
+    //
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt1ControlPort1,0xFF);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt2ControlPort1,0xFF);
+
+
+#if 0				// Jazz code
+    //
+    // Check that the interrupt level is 7 (i.e. no interrupt is pending)
+    //
+    InterruptLevel=READ_PORT_UCHAR(&DMA_CONTROL->InterruptAcknowledge);
+    InterruptLevel=READ_PORT_UCHAR(&DMA_CONTROL->InterruptAcknowledge);
+
+    if (InterruptLevel == 0x07) {
+    return 0;
+    } else {
+    return 1;
+    }
+#else
+
+    // Alpha/Jensen code
+
+    //
+    // Check that no interrupts are pending.
+    //
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt1ControlPort0, 0xA);
+    InterruptLevel = READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt1ControlPort0);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt2ControlPort0, 0xA);
+    InterruptLevel |= READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt2ControlPort0);
+
+    return(InterruptLevel);
+#endif
+
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/jnsetcfg.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/jnsetcfg.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c52f052c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/jnsetcfg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1073 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jnsetcfg.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains the code to make the configuration
+    data structures in the Jensen Prom.
+
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa         31-July-1992.
+
+    This module, and the entire setup program, was based on the jzsetup
+    program written by David M. Robinson (davidro) of Microsoft, dated
+    9-Aug-1991.
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "jnsnvdeo.h"
+//#include "jnsnrtc.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "iodevice.h"
+#include "jnvendor.h"
+#include "oli2msft.h"
+#include "inc.h"
+
+
+VOID
+JzMakeComponent (
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component,
+    CONFIGURATION_CLASS Class,
+    CONFIGURATION_TYPE Type,
+    BOOLEAN ReadOnly,
+    BOOLEAN Removable,
+    BOOLEAN ConsoleIn,
+    BOOLEAN ConsoleOut,
+    BOOLEAN Input,
+    BOOLEAN Output,
+    ULONG Key,
+    ULONG ConfigurationDataLength,
+    PCHAR Identifier
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine fills in a configuration component structure.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    //
+    // Set values that are constant for all entries.
+    //
+
+    Component->Version = ARC_VERSION;
+    Component->Revision = ARC_REVISION;
+    Component->AffinityMask = 0xffffffff;
+    Component->Flags.Failed = 0;
+
+    //
+    // Fill out the structure.
+    //
+
+    Component->Class = Class;
+    Component->Type = Type;
+    Component->Flags.ReadOnly = ReadOnly ? 1 : 0;
+    Component->Flags.Removable = Removable ? 1 : 0;
+    Component->Flags.ConsoleIn = ConsoleIn ? 1 : 0;
+    Component->Flags.ConsoleOut = ConsoleOut ? 1 : 0;
+    Component->Flags.Input = Input ? 1 : 0;
+    Component->Flags.Output = Output ? 1 : 0;
+    Component->Key = Key;
+    Component->ConfigurationDataLength = ConfigurationDataLength;
+    if (Identifier != NULL) {
+        Component->IdentifierLength = strlen(Identifier) + 1;
+    } else {
+        Component->IdentifierLength = 0;
+    }
+    Component->Identifier = Identifier;
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+ULONG
+JzMakeDescriptor (
+    PCM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST Descriptor,
+    BOOLEAN Port,
+    ULONG PortStart,
+    ULONG PortSize,
+    BOOLEAN Interrupt,
+    USHORT InterruptFlags,
+    ULONG Level,
+    ULONG Vector,
+    BOOLEAN Memory,
+    ULONG MemoryStart,
+    ULONG MemorySize,
+    BOOLEAN Dma,
+    ULONG Channel,
+    BOOLEAN SecondChannel,       // Hack for sound
+    BOOLEAN DeviceSpecificData,
+    ULONG Size,
+    PVOID Data
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine creates a resource descriptor structure.
+
+Arguments:
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns the size of the structure.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG Index;
+    PCM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR Partial;
+
+    Index = 0;
+
+    if (Port) {
+        Partial = &Descriptor->PartialDescriptors[Index];
+        Partial->Type = CmResourceTypePort;
+        Partial->ShareDisposition = CmResourceShareDeviceExclusive;
+        Partial->Flags = CM_RESOURCE_PORT_IO;
+        Partial->u.Port.Start.LowPart = PortStart;
+        Partial->u.Port.Start.HighPart = 0;
+        Partial->u.Port.Length = PortSize;
+        Index++;
+    }
+
+    if (Interrupt) {
+        Partial = &Descriptor->PartialDescriptors[Index];
+        Partial->Type = CmResourceTypeInterrupt;
+        Partial->ShareDisposition = CmResourceShareDeviceExclusive;
+        Partial->Flags = InterruptFlags;
+        Partial->u.Interrupt.Level = Level;
+        Partial->u.Interrupt.Vector = Vector;
+        Partial->u.Interrupt.Affinity = 0;
+        Index++;
+    }
+
+    if (Memory) {
+        Partial = &Descriptor->PartialDescriptors[Index];
+        Partial->Type = CmResourceTypeMemory;
+        Partial->ShareDisposition = CmResourceShareDeviceExclusive;
+        Partial->Flags = 0;
+        Partial->u.Memory.Start.LowPart = MemoryStart;
+        Partial->u.Memory.Start.HighPart = 0;
+        Partial->u.Memory.Length = MemorySize;
+        Index++;
+    }
+
+    if (Dma) {
+        Partial = &Descriptor->PartialDescriptors[Index];
+        Partial->Type = CmResourceTypeDma;
+        Partial->ShareDisposition = CmResourceShareDeviceExclusive;
+        Partial->Flags = 0;
+        Partial->u.Dma.Channel = Channel;
+        Partial->u.Dma.Port = 0;
+        Partial->u.Dma.Reserved1 = 0;
+        Index++;
+        if (SecondChannel) {
+            Partial = &Descriptor->PartialDescriptors[Index];
+            Partial->Type = CmResourceTypeDma;
+            Partial->ShareDisposition = CmResourceShareDeviceExclusive;
+            Partial->Flags = 0;
+            Partial->u.Dma.Channel = Channel + 1;
+            Partial->u.Dma.Port = 0;
+            Partial->u.Dma.Reserved1 = 0;
+            Index++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (DeviceSpecificData) {
+        // Should add a check for maximum size of data.
+        Partial = &Descriptor->PartialDescriptors[Index];
+        Partial->Type = CmResourceTypeDeviceSpecific;
+        Partial->ShareDisposition = CmResourceShareDeviceExclusive;
+        Partial->Flags = 0;
+        Partial->u.DeviceSpecificData.DataSize = Size;
+        Partial->u.DeviceSpecificData.Reserved1 = 0;
+        Partial->u.DeviceSpecificData.Reserved2 = 0;
+        Index++;
+        RtlMoveMemory((PVOID)&Descriptor->PartialDescriptors[Index], Data, Size);
+    }
+
+    Descriptor->Count = Index;
+    Descriptor->Version = ARC_VERSION;
+    Descriptor->Revision = ARC_REVISION;
+    return(sizeof(CM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST) +
+           (Index ? ((Index - 1) * sizeof(CM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR)) : 0) +
+           Size);
+
+}
+
+
+VOID
+JzMakeConfiguration (
+    ULONG Monitor,
+    ULONG Floppy,
+    ULONG Floppy2
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the configuration entries by calling the firmware
+    add child routine.
+
+    The addresses stored in the configuration areas are meta-virtual
+    addresses.  Reason: keeping within a longword minimizes code changes.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    CONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component;
+    PCHAR Identifier;
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Root, ProcessorLevel, LocalBusLevel,
+                             GraphicsBoardLevel, FloppyControllerLevel,
+                             KeyboardControllerLevel, MouseControllerLevel,
+                             EISAAdapterLevel, MonitorLevel;
+    UCHAR Buffer[sizeof(CM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST) +
+                 (sizeof(CM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR) * 5) +
+                 MAXIMUM_DEVICE_SPECIFIC_DATA];
+    PCM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST Descriptor = (PCM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST)&Buffer;
+    ULONG DescriptorSize;
+    //
+    // This is a static in the Alpha sources
+    //
+    //    JAZZ_VIDEO_TYPE VideoType;
+    CM_VIDEO_DEVICE_DATA VideoDeviceData;
+    MONITOR_CONFIGURATION_DATA MonitorData; // TEMPTEMP
+    JENSEN_CONFIGURATION_DATA VideoData;    // TEMPTEMP
+    CM_MONITOR_DEVICE_DATA MonitorDeviceData;
+    CM_SCSI_DEVICE_DATA ScsiDeviceData;
+    CM_FLOPPY_DEVICE_DATA FloppyDeviceData;
+    CM_SERIAL_DEVICE_DATA SerialDeviceData;
+    ULONG DcacheLineSize, DcacheSize, IcacheLineSize, IcacheSize;
+    ULONG ScacheLineSize, ScacheSize;
+    ULONG Temp;
+    UCHAR VideoIdentifier[32];
+    UCHAR TempString[20];
+    EISA_ADAPTER_DETAILS EisaAdapterDetails;
+    EXTENDED_SYSTEM_INFORMATION SystemInfo;
+
+    SetupROMPendingModified = TRUE;
+
+    //
+    // Add root.
+    //
+
+    VenReturnExtendedSystemInformation(&SystemInfo);
+
+    // Make the string DEC-<system revision #><system variant #><system>
+    sprintf(TempString, "DEC-%d0Jensen", SystemInfo.SystemRevision);
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    SystemClass,        // Class
+                    ArcSystem,          // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    FALSE,              // Input
+                    FALSE,              // Output
+                    0,                  // Key
+                    0,                  // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    TempString          // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    Root = ArcAddChild( NULL, &Component, NULL );
+
+    //
+    // Add processor as child of root.
+    //
+
+    // Make the string DEC-<processor revision><processor type>
+    sprintf(TempString, "DEC-%d%d", SystemInfo.ProcessorRevision,
+            SystemInfo.ProcessorId);
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    ProcessorClass,     // Class
+                    CentralProcessor,   // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    FALSE,              // Input
+                    FALSE,              // Output
+                    0,                  // Key
+                    0,                  // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    TempString          // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    ProcessorLevel = ArcAddChild( Root, &Component, NULL );
+
+    //
+    // Add caches as child of processor.
+    //
+
+    //
+    // Cache parameters are hardcoded for now.  They should be
+    // changed into something smarter in the future.
+    //
+
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    CacheClass,         // Class
+                    PrimaryIcache,      // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    FALSE,              // Input
+                    FALSE,              // Output
+                    0x01050000,         // Key: 1 line/block, 32 bytes/line,
+                                        // 8KB
+                    0,                  // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    NULL                // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    ArcAddChild( ProcessorLevel, &Component, NULL );
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    CacheClass,         // Class
+                    PrimaryDcache,      // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    FALSE,              // Input
+                    FALSE,              // Output
+                    0x01050000,         // Key: 1 line/block, 32 bytes/line,
+                                        // 8KB
+                    0,                  // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    NULL                // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    ArcAddChild( ProcessorLevel, &Component, NULL );
+
+
+    //
+    // Add a secondary cache.
+    //
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    CacheClass,         // Class
+                    SecondaryCache,    // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    FALSE,              // Input
+                    FALSE,              // Output
+                    0x01050006,         // Key: 1 line/block, 32 bytes/line,
+                                        // 512KB
+                    0,                  // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    NULL                // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    ArcAddChild( ProcessorLevel, &Component, NULL );
+
+
+    //
+    // Add main memory as a child of the root.
+    //
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    MemoryClass,        // Class
+                    SystemMemory,       // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    FALSE,              // Input
+                    FALSE,              // Output
+                    0,                  // Key
+                    0,                  // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    NULL                // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    ArcAddChild( Root, &Component, NULL );
+
+    //
+    // Add the local bus (HBUS / LBUS) as a child of root.
+    //
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    AdapterClass,         // Class
+                    MultiFunctionAdapter, // Type
+                    FALSE,                // Readonly
+                    FALSE,                // Removeable
+                    FALSE,                // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,                // ConsoleOut
+                    FALSE,                // Input
+                    FALSE,                // Output
+                    0,                    // Key
+                    0,                    // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    "Jazz-Internal Bus"   // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    LocalBusLevel = ArcAddChild( Root, &Component, NULL );
+
+
+    //
+    // Add the eisa adapter as a child of root.
+    //
+
+    EisaAdapterDetails.NumberOfSlots =  VIR_0_SLOTS ? VIR_0_SLOTS + 16 : PHYS_0_SLOTS;
+    EisaAdapterDetails.IoStart = (PVOID)EISA_EXTERNAL_IO_VIRTUAL_BASE;
+    EisaAdapterDetails.IoSize = PHYS_0_SLOTS * 0x1000;
+
+    EisaAdapterDetails.ConfigDataHeader.Version = ARC_VERSION;
+    EisaAdapterDetails.ConfigDataHeader.Revision = ARC_REVISION;
+    EisaAdapterDetails.ConfigDataHeader.Type = NULL;
+    EisaAdapterDetails.ConfigDataHeader.Vendor = NULL;
+    EisaAdapterDetails.ConfigDataHeader.ProductName = NULL;
+    EisaAdapterDetails.ConfigDataHeader.SerialNumber = NULL;
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    AdapterClass,       // Class
+                    EisaAdapter,        // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    FALSE,              // Input
+                    FALSE,              // Output
+                    0,                  // Key
+                    sizeof(EISA_ADAPTER_DETAILS),  // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    "EISA"              // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    EISAAdapterLevel = ArcAddChild( Root, &Component, &EisaAdapterDetails );
+
+
+
+    //
+    // The SCSI adapter node is needed for both non-ECU and ECU-supporting
+    // firmware packages.  The ECU will store per-slot EISA information
+    // under the EISA node.  This node represents the booting phantom
+    // node that the rest of the firmware and OSloader uses to touch
+    // bootable disks.
+    //
+    // In an ECU-supporting firmware, any children of this node are actually
+    // children of the first Adaptec board (i.e., the one in the lowest-
+    // numbered EISA slot).
+    //
+
+    ScsiDeviceData.Version = ARC_VERSION;
+    ScsiDeviceData.Revision = ARC_REVISION;
+    ScsiDeviceData.HostIdentifier = ScsiHostId;
+
+    DescriptorSize =
+        JzMakeDescriptor (Descriptor,                   // Descriptor
+                          FALSE,                        // Port
+                          0,                            // PortStart
+                          0,                            // PortSize
+                          TRUE,                         // Interrupt
+                          0,                            // InterruptFlags
+                          EISA_DEVICE_LEVEL,            // Level
+                          0,                            // Vector
+                          FALSE,                        // Memory
+                          0,                            // MemoryStart
+                          0,                            // MemorySize
+                          TRUE,                         // Dma
+                          SCSI_CHANNEL,                 // Channel
+                          FALSE,                        // SecondChannel
+                          TRUE,                         // DeviceSpecificData
+                          sizeof(CM_SCSI_DEVICE_DATA),  // Size
+                          (PVOID)&ScsiDeviceData        // Data
+                          );
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    AdapterClass,       // Class
+                    ScsiAdapter,        // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    FALSE,              // Input
+                    FALSE,              // Output
+                    0,                  // Key
+                    DescriptorSize,     // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    "AHA1742"            // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    ArcAddChild( Root, &Component, Descriptor );
+
+    //
+    // Add in a number of predefined nodes off the EISA component
+    // if this is *not* a build for an ECU-supported machine.
+    //
+
+
+#ifndef ALPHA_FW_ECU
+
+    //
+    // Add graphics board as a child of the EISA bus.
+    //
+
+    VideoData.Irql = ISA_DEVICE_LEVEL;
+    VideoData.Vector = 0;
+    VideoData.Version = 1;
+    VideoData.Revision = 0;
+    VideoData.ControlBase = VIDEO_CONTROL_VIRTUAL_BASE;
+    VideoData.ControlSize = PAGE_SIZE << 9;
+//    VideoData.CursorBase = CURSOR_CONTROL_PHYSICAL_BASE;
+//    VideoData.CursorSize = PAGE_SIZE;
+    VideoData.CursorBase = 0;
+    VideoData.CursorSize = 0;
+    VideoData.FrameBase = VIDEO_MEMORY_VIRTUAL_BASE;
+    VideoData.FrameSize = PAGE_SIZE << 9;
+
+    //
+    // Plug in the video board type
+    //
+
+    switch (VideoType) {
+
+    case _Paradise_WD90C11:
+        Identifier = "Paradise WD90C11";
+        break;
+
+    case _Compaq_QVision:
+
+        Identifier = "Compaq QVision";
+        break;
+
+    case _Cardinal_S3_924:
+        Identifier = "Cardinal S3 911/924";
+        break;
+
+    case _S3_928:
+        Identifier = "S3 928";
+        break;
+
+    case _ATI_Mach:
+        Identifier = "ATI Mach";
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        Identifier = "Unknown";
+        break;
+    }
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    ControllerClass,    // Class
+                    DisplayController,  // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    TRUE,               // ConsoleOut
+                    FALSE,              // Input
+                    TRUE,               // Output
+                    0,                  // Key
+                    sizeof(JENSEN_CONFIGURATION_DATA), // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    Identifier          // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    GraphicsBoardLevel = ArcAddChild( EISAAdapterLevel, &Component, &VideoData );
+
+    //
+    // Add the monitor as a child of the graphics board.
+    //
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    PeripheralClass,    // Class
+                    MonitorPeripheral,  // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    TRUE,               // ConsoleOut
+                    FALSE,              // Input
+                    TRUE,               // Output
+                    0,                  // Key
+                    sizeof(MONITOR_CONFIGURATION_DATA), // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    NULL                // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    MonitorData.Version = 1;
+    MonitorData.Revision = 0;
+
+    switch (Monitor) {
+
+    case 0:
+        Component.IdentifierLength = sizeof("1280x1024");
+        Component.Identifier = "1280x1024";
+
+#if 0
+// Jazz code
+        MonitorData.HorizontalResolution = 1280;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalDisplayTime = 11832;    // Mips uses 11636
+//        MonitorData.HorizontalBackPorch = 1746;
+//        MonitorData.HorizontalFrontPorch = 437;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalBackPorch = 1596;       // Mips uses 2070
+        MonitorData.HorizontalFrontPorch = 587;       // Mips uses 407
+        MonitorData.HorizontalSync = 1745;            // Mips uses 1701
+        MonitorData.VerticalResolution = 1024;
+        MonitorData.VerticalBackPorch = 28;           // Mips uses 32
+        MonitorData.VerticalFrontPorch = 1;
+        MonitorData.VerticalSync = 3;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalScreenSize = 343;
+        MonitorData.VerticalScreenSize = 274;
+#else
+// Jensen code
+        MonitorData.HorizontalResolution = 1280;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalDisplayTime = 0;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalBackPorch = 0;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalFrontPorch = 0;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalSync = 0;
+        MonitorData.VerticalResolution = 1024;
+        MonitorData.VerticalBackPorch = 0;
+        MonitorData.VerticalFrontPorch = 0;
+        MonitorData.VerticalSync = 0;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalScreenSize = 0;
+        MonitorData.VerticalScreenSize = 0;
+#endif
+
+        break;
+
+    case 1:
+        Component.IdentifierLength = sizeof("1024x768");
+        Component.Identifier = "1024x768";
+
+#if 0
+// Jazz code.
+        MonitorData.HorizontalResolution = 1024;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalDisplayTime = 16000;    // Mips uses 15754
+        MonitorData.HorizontalBackPorch = 2000;       // Mips uses 2462
+        MonitorData.HorizontalFrontPorch = 1000;      // Mips uses 369
+        MonitorData.HorizontalSync = 1500;            // Mips uses 2092
+        MonitorData.VerticalResolution = 768;
+        MonitorData.VerticalBackPorch = 39;           // Mips uses 35
+        MonitorData.VerticalFrontPorch = 1;
+        MonitorData.VerticalSync = 1;                 // Mips uses 3
+        MonitorData.HorizontalScreenSize = 343;
+        MonitorData.VerticalScreenSize = 274;
+#else
+// Jensen code
+        MonitorData.HorizontalResolution = 1024;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalDisplayTime = 0;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalBackPorch = 0;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalFrontPorch = 0;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalSync = 0;
+        MonitorData.VerticalResolution = 768;
+        MonitorData.VerticalBackPorch = 0;
+        MonitorData.VerticalFrontPorch = 0;
+        MonitorData.VerticalSync = 0;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalScreenSize = 0;
+        MonitorData.VerticalScreenSize = 0;
+#endif
+
+        break;
+
+    case 2:
+        Component.IdentifierLength = sizeof("800x600");
+        Component.Identifier = "800x600";
+
+#if 0
+// Jazz code.
+        MonitorData.HorizontalResolution = 800;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalDisplayTime = 14130;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalBackPorch = 2670;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalFrontPorch = 440;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalSync = 3110;
+        MonitorData.VerticalResolution = 600;
+//        MonitorData.VerticalBackPorch = 7;
+        MonitorData.VerticalBackPorch = 18;
+        MonitorData.VerticalFrontPorch = 1;
+//        MonitorData.VerticalSync = 14;
+        MonitorData.VerticalSync = 3;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalScreenSize = 343;
+        MonitorData.VerticalScreenSize = 274;
+#else
+// Jensen code.
+        MonitorData.HorizontalResolution = 800;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalDisplayTime = 0;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalBackPorch = 0;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalFrontPorch = 0;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalSync = 0;
+        MonitorData.VerticalResolution = 600;
+        MonitorData.VerticalBackPorch = 0;
+        MonitorData.VerticalFrontPorch = 0;
+        MonitorData.VerticalSync = 0;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalScreenSize = 0;
+        MonitorData.VerticalScreenSize = 0;
+#endif
+
+        break;
+
+    case 3:
+        Component.IdentifierLength = sizeof("640x480");
+        Component.Identifier = "640x480";
+
+#if 0
+// Jazz code.
+        MonitorData.HorizontalResolution = 640;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalDisplayTime = 25422;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalBackPorch = 1907;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalFrontPorch = 636;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalSync = 3814;
+        MonitorData.VerticalResolution = 480;
+        MonitorData.VerticalBackPorch = 33;
+        MonitorData.VerticalFrontPorch = 10;
+        MonitorData.VerticalSync = 2;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalScreenSize = 350;
+        MonitorData.VerticalScreenSize = 270;
+
+#else
+// Jensen code.
+
+        MonitorData.HorizontalResolution = 640;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalDisplayTime = 0;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalBackPorch = 0;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalFrontPorch = 0;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalSync = 0;
+        MonitorData.VerticalResolution = 480;
+        MonitorData.VerticalBackPorch = 0;
+        MonitorData.VerticalFrontPorch = 0;
+        MonitorData.VerticalSync = 0;
+        MonitorData.HorizontalScreenSize = 0;
+        MonitorData.VerticalScreenSize = 0;
+#endif
+
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        break;
+
+    }
+
+    MonitorLevel = ArcAddChild( GraphicsBoardLevel, &Component, &MonitorData );
+
+#endif // ALPHA_FW_ECU
+
+
+    //
+    // Add the floppy disk controller as a child of the EISA Adapter.
+    //
+    // Because of the way the EISA Configuration Utility works, this is
+    // no longer done here.  Environement variables are used to transfer
+    // the floppy configuration information to code in the jxboot.c module.
+    //
+
+    switch (Floppy) {
+
+      case 0:
+        Identifier = "0";
+        break;
+
+      case 1:
+        Identifier = "1";
+        break;
+
+      case 2:
+      default:
+        Identifier = "2";
+        break;
+    }
+
+    FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable("FLOPPY", Identifier, FALSE);
+
+    switch (Floppy2) {
+
+      case -1:
+        Identifier = "N";
+        break;
+
+      case 0:
+        Identifier = "0";
+        break;
+
+      case 1:
+        Identifier = "1";
+        break;
+
+      case 2:
+      default:
+        Identifier = "2";
+        break;
+    }
+
+    FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable("FLOPPY2", Identifier, FALSE);
+
+    //
+    // Add the keyboard controller as a child of the local bus.
+    //
+    // Jensen wants the Portstart to be the ISA port address of the
+    // controller in the 82C106 combo chip.
+    //
+
+    DescriptorSize =
+        JzMakeDescriptor (Descriptor,                   // Descriptor
+                          TRUE,                         // Port
+                          KEYBOARD_ISA_PORT_ADDRESS,    // PortStart
+                          8,                            // PortSize
+                          TRUE,                         // Interrupt
+                          0,                            // InterruptFlags
+                          EISA_DEVICE_LEVEL,            // Level
+                          KEYBOARD_MOUSE_VECTOR,        // Vector
+                          FALSE,                        // Memory
+                          0,                            // MemoryStart
+                          0,                            // MemorySize
+                          FALSE,                        // Dma
+                          0,                            // Channel
+                          FALSE,                        // SecondChannel
+                          FALSE,                        // DeviceSpecificData
+                          0,                            // Size
+                          NULL                          // Data
+                          );
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    ControllerClass,    // Class
+                    KeyboardController, // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    TRUE,               // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    TRUE,               // Input
+                    FALSE,              // Output
+                    0,                  // Key
+                    DescriptorSize,     // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    NULL                // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    KeyboardControllerLevel = ArcAddChild( LocalBusLevel, &Component, Descriptor );
+
+    //
+    // Add the keyboard itself as a child of the keyboard controller.
+    //
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    PeripheralClass,    // Class
+                    KeyboardPeripheral, // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    TRUE,               // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    TRUE,               // Input
+                    FALSE,              // Output
+                    0,                  // Key
+                    0,                  // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    "101-KEY"           // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    ArcAddChild(KeyboardControllerLevel, &Component, NULL);
+
+
+    //
+    // Add the mouse controller as a child of the local bus.
+    //
+    // Jensen wants the Portstart to be the ISA port address of the
+    // controller in the 82C106 combo chip.
+    //
+
+    DescriptorSize =
+        JzMakeDescriptor (Descriptor,                   // Descriptor
+                          TRUE,                         // Port
+                          MOUSE_ISA_PORT_ADDRESS,       // PortStart
+                          8,                            // PortSize
+                          TRUE,                         // Interrupt
+                          0,                            // InterruptFlags
+                          EISA_DEVICE_LEVEL,            // Level
+                          KEYBOARD_MOUSE_VECTOR,        // Vector
+                          FALSE,                        // Memory
+                          0,                            // MemoryStart
+                          0,                            // MemorySize
+                          FALSE,                        // Dma
+                          0,                            // Channel
+                          FALSE,                        // SecondChannel
+                          FALSE,                        // DeviceSpecificData
+                          0,                            // Size
+                          NULL                          // Data
+                          );
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    ControllerClass,    // Class
+                    PointerController,  // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    TRUE,               // Input
+                    FALSE,              // Output
+                    0,                  // Key
+                    DescriptorSize,     // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    NULL                // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    MouseControllerLevel = ArcAddChild( LocalBusLevel, &Component, Descriptor );
+
+    //
+    // Add the mouse itself as a child of the mouse controller.
+    //
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    PeripheralClass,    // Class
+                    PointerPeripheral,  // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    TRUE,               // Input
+                    FALSE,              // Output
+                    0,                  // Key
+                    0,                  // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    "PS2 MOUSE"             // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    ArcAddChild( MouseControllerLevel, &Component, NULL );
+
+    //
+    // Add the serial and parallel controllers as children of the
+    // local bus.
+    //
+    // Jensen wants the Portstart to be the ISA port address of the
+    // controller in the 82C106 combo chip.
+    //
+
+    // Alpha/Jensen: set the baud clock field to 1.8432 MHz.
+
+    SerialDeviceData.BaudClock = 1843200;
+
+
+    SerialDeviceData.Version = ARC_VERSION;
+    SerialDeviceData.Revision = ARC_REVISION;
+
+    DescriptorSize =
+        JzMakeDescriptor (Descriptor,                   // Descriptor
+                          TRUE,                         // Port
+                          SP0_ISA_PORT_ADDRESS,         // PortStart
+                          8,                            // PortSize
+                          TRUE,                         // Interrupt
+                          0,                            // InterruptFlags
+                          EISA_DEVICE_LEVEL,            // Level
+                          SERIAL_VECTOR,                // Vector
+                          FALSE,                        // Memory
+                          0,                            // MemoryStart
+                          0,                            // MemorySize
+                          FALSE,                        // Dma
+                          0,                            // Channel
+                          FALSE,                        // SecondChannel
+                          TRUE,                         // DeviceSpecificData
+                          sizeof(CM_SERIAL_DEVICE_DATA), // Size
+                          (PVOID)&SerialDeviceData      // Data
+                          );
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    ControllerClass,    // Class
+                    SerialController,   // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    TRUE,               // Input
+                    TRUE,               // Output
+                    0,                  // Key
+                    DescriptorSize,     // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    "COM1"              // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    ArcAddChild( LocalBusLevel, &Component, Descriptor );
+
+    DescriptorSize =
+        JzMakeDescriptor (Descriptor,                   // Descriptor
+                          TRUE,                         // Port
+                          SP1_ISA_PORT_ADDRESS,         // PortStart
+                          8,                            // PortSize
+                          TRUE,                         // Interrupt
+                          0,                            // InterruptFlags
+                          EISA_DEVICE_LEVEL,            // Level
+                          SERIAL_VECTOR,                // Vector
+                          FALSE,                        // Memory
+                          0,                            // MemoryStart
+                          0,                            // MemorySize
+                          FALSE,                        // Dma
+                          0,                            // Channel
+                          FALSE,                        // SecondChannel
+                          TRUE,                         // DeviceSpecificData
+                          sizeof(CM_SERIAL_DEVICE_DATA), // Size
+                          (PVOID)&SerialDeviceData      // Data
+                          );
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    ControllerClass,    // Class
+                    SerialController,   // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    TRUE,               // Input
+                    TRUE,               // Output
+                    0,                  // Key
+                    DescriptorSize,     // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    "COM2"              // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    ArcAddChild( LocalBusLevel, &Component, Descriptor );
+
+    DescriptorSize =
+        JzMakeDescriptor (Descriptor,                   // Descriptor
+                          TRUE,                         // Port
+                          PARALLEL_ISA_PORT_ADDRESS,    // PortStart
+                          8,                            // PortSize
+                          TRUE,                         // Interrupt
+                          CM_RESOURCE_INTERRUPT_LATCHED, // InterruptFlags
+                          EISA_DEVICE_LEVEL,            // Level
+                          PARALLEL_VECTOR,              // Vector
+                          FALSE,                        // Memory
+                          0,                            // MemoryStart
+                          0,                            // MemorySize
+                          FALSE,                        // Dma
+                          0,                            // Channel
+                          FALSE,                        // SecondChannel
+                          FALSE,                        // DeviceSpecificData
+                          0,                            // Size
+                          NULL                          // Data
+                          );
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    ControllerClass,    // Class
+                    ParallelController, // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    TRUE,               // Input
+                    TRUE,               // Output
+                    0,                  // Key
+                    DescriptorSize,     // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    "LPT1"              // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    ArcAddChild( LocalBusLevel, &Component, Descriptor );
+
+    return;
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/jxmemory.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/jxmemory.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..913b4feb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/jxmemory.c
@@ -0,0 +1,817 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jxmemory.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements the ARC firmware memory configuration operations
+    for an Alpha/Jensen system.
+
+Author:
+
+    David N. Cutler (davec) 18-May-1991
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    26-May-1992		John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Added Alpha/Jensen hooks.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+
+extern  end[];
+
+// Defined in selftest.c
+extern ALPHA_VIDEO_TYPE VideoType;
+
+//
+// Define memory listhead, allocation entries, and free index.
+//
+
+ULONG FwMemoryFree;
+LIST_ENTRY FwMemoryListHead;
+FW_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR FwMemoryTable[FW_MEMORY_TABLE_SIZE];
+
+
+//
+// This is used to remember EISA memory buffers that must be marked
+// as bad each time the memory descriptors are initialized.
+//
+
+typedef struct _EISA_BUFFER_ENTRY {
+    ULONG	PageAddress;
+    ULONG	PageCount;
+} EISA_BUFFER_ENTRY, *PEISA_BUFFER_ENTRY;
+
+EISA_BUFFER_ENTRY EISABuffersToBeMarked[FW_MEMORY_TABLE_SIZE];
+
+ULONG EISABufferListPointer;
+
+
+
+//
+// Local function prototypes
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaMarkBadMemory (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+
+VOID
+FwInitializeMemory (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the memory allocation list for the memory
+    configuration routine.
+
+    Note that the BasePage addresses are not in super-page mode.
+    
+    The boot memory layout of Jensen is as follows.  The rightmost
+    column lists how this function defines each region.
+
+
+     base      distance    what          memory descriptor region
+    address     from 0                      at boot time (after
+                                            FwInitializeMemory)
+    -------    --------    -----         --------------------------
+
+      0            0       unused        MemoryFree
+
+     80000       .5 MB     kernel,       MemoryFree
+                           loaded progs
+
+    400000        4 MB     HAL           MemoryFree
+
+    600000        6 MB     OSloader      MemoryFree
+
+    6FE000        7 MB     System Param  MemoryFirmwarePermanent
+                  -8KB     Block, assoc.
+		           vectors,
+			   Restart Block
+
+    700000        7 MB     FW PAL        MemoryFirmwarePermanent
+
+    704000        7 MB     FW code,      MemoryFirmwarePermanent
+                  +16KB    FW data
+
+    750000        7 MB     Panic stack   MemoryFirmwarePermanent
+                  +328KB   area
+
+    760000        7.5 MB   FW stack      MemoryFirmwarePermanent
+                  -128KB   (grows from
+		            770000 downward)
+
+    770000        7.5 MB   FW Pool       MemoryFirmwareTemporary
+                  -64KB    (128 KB)
+
+    790000        7.5 MB   unused        MemoryFree
+                  +64KB                  ( --> remainder of memory )
+    
+
+
+    Notes:
+				       
+    1. The page at 0x6fe000 contains:
+
+          . System Parameter Block, with only one Adapter Vector
+	    (currently 0x3c bytes)
+	  . ARC firmware vector (currently 0x94 bytes)
+	  . Vendor vector (currently 0x34 bytes)
+	  . EISA adapter vector (currently 0x4c bytes)
+	  . Restart block
+	  . Alpha restart save area.
+
+       The length of these structures will change if the number of
+       adapters, vendor functions, ARC firmware functions, etc. changes.
+
+       Currently:
+
+       SPB+FV+VV+EAV =  336 bytes
+       RB 	     =   80 bytes
+       ARSA	     = 2000 bytes
+                       ====
+		       ~2.4KB total
+       
+
+    2. Theta debug note: The Theta mini-console lives between
+       0 and 40000.  It is reloaded from ROM on a halt-button or power-up,
+       but *not* on a Halt instruction or exception.  I therefore mark
+       this region as MemoryFirmwarePermanent.  The Jensen product will
+       mark this region as MemoryFree, as per the chart.
+
+
+    3. Firmware PALcode must be aligned on a 16KB boundary.
+
+
+    4. Memory descriptor initialization assumes that certain critical
+       numbers are even multiples of EV4 pages (8KB).  The #defines are in
+       \nt\private\ntos\fw\alpha\fwp.h.  "ROUND" macros could be used to
+       calculate page multiples on the fly, but are not yet.
+
+
+    5. On Jensen, EISA DMA addresses overlap with Jensen memory space,
+       and so a DMA from board X can erroneously write into the framebuffer
+       for board Y.  (E.g.: an Adaptec disk card and a Compaq QVision board.)
+
+       The solution chosen for Jensen is to mark EISA memory buffer addresses
+       as "Bad" memory, so NT will not try to use those locations for anything
+       interesting.
+
+       There are two solutions:
+
+       . hack: Mark the 32nd MB of memory as bad for QVision board debug.
+
+         This is on Firmware versions <= 1.06.
+
+       . real solution: The ECU determines where the buffer goes, and the
+         Firmware reads the EISA configuration information to set the
+         buffer addresses for any memory-buffer'd board to "Bad".  In reality,
+	 the 32nd MB of memory will be marked bad for QVision, but this
+	 becomes hardwired in the Jensen QVision .CFG file and not in
+	 the firmware.
+
+         This may be enabled as early as Firmware version 1.07.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+    
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    ULONG MemoryPages;
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the memory allocation listhead.
+    //
+
+    InitializeListHead(&FwMemoryListHead);
+
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the entry for the free area below the firmware.
+    //
+
+    FwMemoryTable[0].MemoryEntry.MemoryType = MemoryFree;
+    FwMemoryTable[0].MemoryEntry.BasePage = 0;
+    FwMemoryTable[0].MemoryEntry.PageCount =
+      FW_BOTTOM_ADDRESS >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+    InsertTailList(&FwMemoryListHead, &FwMemoryTable[0].ListEntry);
+
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the entry for the firmware SYSTEM_BLOCK, PALcode, code,
+    // data, and stack.
+    //
+
+    FwMemoryTable[1].MemoryEntry.MemoryType = MemoryFirmwarePermanent;
+    FwMemoryTable[1].MemoryEntry.BasePage = FW_BOTTOM_ADDRESS >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+    FwMemoryTable[1].MemoryEntry.PageCount = FW_PAGES;
+    InsertTailList(&FwMemoryListHead, &FwMemoryTable[1].ListEntry);
+
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the entry for the firmware pool.
+    //
+
+    FwMemoryTable[2].MemoryEntry.MemoryType = MemoryFirmwareTemporary;
+    FwMemoryTable[2].MemoryEntry.BasePage = FW_POOL_BASE >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+    FwMemoryTable[2].MemoryEntry.PageCount = FW_POOL_SIZE >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+    InsertTailList(&FwMemoryListHead, &FwMemoryTable[2].ListEntry);
+
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the entry for the rest of memory.
+    //
+
+    MemoryPages = MemorySize >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+
+    FwMemoryTable[3].MemoryEntry.MemoryType = MemoryFree;
+    FwMemoryTable[3].MemoryEntry.BasePage =
+      FW_BASE_REMAINDER_MEMORY >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+    FwMemoryTable[3].MemoryEntry.PageCount =
+      MemoryPages - (FW_BASE_REMAINDER_MEMORY >> PAGE_SHIFT);
+    InsertTailList(&FwMemoryListHead, &FwMemoryTable[3].ListEntry);
+
+
+#ifdef ISA_PLATFORM
+
+    //
+    // Code compiled in if this is not a build for an ECU-ized firmware.
+    //
+
+    //
+    // Jensen QVision hack
+    //
+
+    if (VideoType == _Compaq_QVision) {
+
+	//
+	// A Compaq QVision video board is in the system.  Mark the
+	// 32nd megabyte as bad, so that the video boards framebuffer can be
+	// mapped there.  This is the megabyte starting at 0x1f00000.
+	//
+
+	ULONG BufferAddress;
+
+	BufferAddress = THIRTY_ONE_MB >> 20;
+
+	if (MemorySize < THIRTY_TWO_MB) {
+
+	    //
+	    // This system has 31. or less MB of memory.  The mapped
+	    // Compaq buffer is after the end of real memory.
+	    //
+
+	    FwMemoryTable[4].MemoryEntry.MemoryType = MemoryBad;
+	    FwMemoryTable[4].MemoryEntry.BasePage = THIRTY_ONE_MB >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+	    FwMemoryTable[4].MemoryEntry.PageCount = ONE_MB >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+	    InsertTailList(&FwMemoryListHead, &FwMemoryTable[4].ListEntry);
+
+	    FwMemoryFree = 5;
+
+	} else if (MemorySize == THIRTY_TWO_MB) {
+
+
+            //
+	    // This system has 32. MB of memory.  The mapped Compaq buffer
+	    // is the very last megabyte at the end of memory.
+            //
+
+	    // Reduce the memory free area by 1MB
+	    FwMemoryTable[3].MemoryEntry.PageCount -= (ONE_MB >> PAGE_SHIFT);
+
+	    FwMemoryTable[4].MemoryEntry.MemoryType = MemoryBad;
+	    FwMemoryTable[4].MemoryEntry.BasePage = THIRTY_ONE_MB >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+	    FwMemoryTable[4].MemoryEntry.PageCount = ONE_MB >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+	    InsertTailList(&FwMemoryListHead, &FwMemoryTable[4].ListEntry);
+
+	    FwMemoryFree = 5;
+
+	} else {
+
+	    //
+	    // This system has more than 32MB of memory.  The QVision
+	    // buffer is wholly within the free memory section at the end
+	    // of memory.
+	    //
+
+	    // Save the number of pages currently in high free memory region
+	    MemoryPages = FwMemoryTable[3].MemoryEntry.PageCount;
+
+	    // Shunt off the top free page region.
+	    FwMemoryTable[3].MemoryEntry.PageCount =
+	        (THIRTY_ONE_MB >> PAGE_SHIFT) -
+		FwMemoryTable[3].MemoryEntry.BasePage;
+	      
+	    // Make the entry for the Compaq buffer
+	    FwMemoryTable[4].MemoryEntry.MemoryType = MemoryBad;
+	    FwMemoryTable[4].MemoryEntry.BasePage = THIRTY_ONE_MB >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+	    FwMemoryTable[4].MemoryEntry.PageCount = ONE_MB >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+	    InsertTailList(&FwMemoryListHead, &FwMemoryTable[4].ListEntry);
+
+	    // Make the entry for the system memory above the Compaq buffer
+	    FwMemoryTable[5].MemoryEntry.MemoryType = MemoryFree;
+	    FwMemoryTable[5].MemoryEntry.BasePage = THIRTY_TWO_MB >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+
+	    //
+	    // The pagecount is: (Previous number of pages) -
+	    //		         (Free memory pages below Compaq buffer) -
+	    //	                 (Compaq buffer pages)
+	    //
+
+	    FwMemoryTable[5].MemoryEntry.PageCount =
+	        MemoryPages -		       
+		FwMemoryTable[3].MemoryEntry.PageCount -       
+		(ONE_MB >> PAGE_SHIFT);
+
+	    InsertTailList(&FwMemoryListHead, &FwMemoryTable[5].ListEntry);
+
+	    FwMemoryFree = 6;
+        }	    
+
+
+    } else {
+
+	// The system video board is not a Compaq QVision.
+
+	FwMemoryFree = 4;
+    }
+
+#else
+
+    //
+    // Code compiled in if this is a build for an ECU-ized firmware.
+    //
+
+    FwMemoryFree = 4;
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+    //
+    // What Theta should do
+    //
+
+    FwMemoryTable[0].MemoryEntry.MemoryType = MemoryFirmwarePermanent;
+    FwMemoryTable[0].MemoryEntry.PageCount = 0x40000 >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+    
+    FwMemoryTable[4].MemoryEntry.MemoryType = MemoryFree;
+    FwMemoryTable[4].MemoryEntry.BasePage =  0x40000 >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+    FwMemoryTable[4].MemoryEntry.PageCount =
+      ((FW_BOTTOM_ADDRESS - 0x40000) >> PAGE_SHIFT);
+    InsertTailList(&FwMemoryListHead, &FwMemoryTable[4].ListEntry);
+
+    FwMemoryFree = 5;
+#endif
+
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the memory configuration routine address in the system
+    // parameter block.
+    //
+
+    (PARC_MEMORY_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[MemoryRoutine] =
+                                                            FwGetMemoryDescriptor;
+
+    //
+    // Now mark the necessary EISA buffers as Bad Memory.
+    //
+
+    if ((Status = EisaMarkBadMemory()) != ESUCCESS) {
+	KeBugCheck(Status);
+    } else {
+	return;
+    }
+}
+
+PMEMORY_DESCRIPTOR
+FwGetMemoryDescriptor (
+    IN PMEMORY_DESCRIPTOR MemoryDescriptor OPTIONAL
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine returns a pointer to the next memory descriptor. If
+    the specified memory descriptor is NULL, then a pointer to the
+    first memory descriptor is returned. If there are no more memory
+    descriptors, then NULL is returned.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    MemoryDescriptor - Supplies a optional pointer to a memory descriptor.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If there are any more entries in the memory descriptor list, the
+    address of the next descriptor is returned. Otherwise, NULL is
+    returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    PFW_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR TableEntry;
+    PLIST_ENTRY NextEntry;
+
+    //
+    // If a memory descriptor address is specified, then return the
+    // address of the next descriptor or NULL as appropriate. Otherwise,
+    // return the address of the first memory descriptor.
+    //
+
+    if (ARGUMENT_PRESENT(MemoryDescriptor)) {
+        TableEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(MemoryDescriptor,
+                                       FW_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR,
+                                       MemoryEntry);
+
+        NextEntry = TableEntry->ListEntry.Flink;
+        if (NextEntry != &FwMemoryListHead) {
+            return &(CONTAINING_RECORD(NextEntry,
+                                       FW_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR,
+                                       ListEntry)->MemoryEntry);
+
+        } else {
+            return NULL;
+        }
+
+    } else {
+        return &FwMemoryTable[0].MemoryEntry;
+    }
+}
+
+VOID
+FwGenerateDescriptor (
+    IN PFW_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR MemoryDescriptor,
+    IN MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
+    IN ULONG BasePage,
+    IN ULONG PageCount
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine allocates a new memory descriptor to describe the
+    specified region of memory which is assumed to lie totally within
+    the specified region.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    MemoryDescriptor - Supplies a pointer to a free memory descriptor
+        from which the specified memory is to be allocated.
+
+    MemoryType - Supplies the type that is assigned to the allocated
+        memory.
+
+    BasePage - Supplies the base page number.
+
+    PageCount - Supplies the number of pages.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    PLIST_ENTRY NextEntry;
+    ULONG Offset;
+
+    //
+    // If the specified region totally consumes the free region, then no
+    // additional descriptors need to be allocated. If the specified region
+    // is at the start or end of the free region, then only one descriptor
+    // needs to be allocated. Otherwise, two additional descriptors need to
+    // be allocated.
+    //
+
+    Offset = BasePage - MemoryDescriptor->MemoryEntry.BasePage;
+    if ((Offset == 0) && (PageCount == MemoryDescriptor->MemoryEntry.PageCount)) {
+
+        //
+        // The specified region totally consumes the free region.
+        //
+
+        MemoryDescriptor->MemoryEntry.MemoryType = MemoryType;
+
+    } else {
+
+        //
+        // A memory descriptor must be generated to describe the allocated
+        // memory.
+        //
+
+	INCREMENT_FWMEMORYFREE;
+        FwMemoryTable[FwMemoryFree-1].MemoryEntry.MemoryType = MemoryType;
+        FwMemoryTable[FwMemoryFree-1].MemoryEntry.BasePage = BasePage;
+        FwMemoryTable[FwMemoryFree-1].MemoryEntry.PageCount = PageCount;
+        InsertTailList(&FwMemoryListHead,
+                       &FwMemoryTable[FwMemoryFree-1].ListEntry);
+
+
+        //
+        // Determine whether an additional memory descriptor must be generated.
+        //
+
+        if (BasePage == MemoryDescriptor->MemoryEntry.BasePage) {
+
+            //
+            // The specified region lies at the start of the free region.
+            //
+
+            MemoryDescriptor->MemoryEntry.BasePage += PageCount;
+            MemoryDescriptor->MemoryEntry.PageCount -= PageCount;
+
+        } else if ((Offset + PageCount) == MemoryDescriptor->MemoryEntry.PageCount) {
+
+            //
+            // The specified region lies at the end of the free region.
+            //
+
+            MemoryDescriptor->MemoryEntry.PageCount -= PageCount;
+
+        } else {
+
+            //
+            // The specified region lies in the middle of the free region.
+            // Another memory descriptor must be generated.
+            //
+
+	    INCREMENT_FWMEMORYFREE;
+            FwMemoryTable[FwMemoryFree-1].MemoryEntry.MemoryType =
+	                              MemoryDescriptor->MemoryEntry.MemoryType;
+
+            FwMemoryTable[FwMemoryFree-1].MemoryEntry.BasePage = BasePage +
+	                                                       PageCount;
+
+            FwMemoryTable[FwMemoryFree-1].MemoryEntry.PageCount =
+                                    MemoryDescriptor->MemoryEntry.PageCount -
+                                    (PageCount + Offset);
+
+            InsertTailList(&FwMemoryListHead,
+                           &FwMemoryTable[FwMemoryFree-1].ListEntry);
+
+
+            MemoryDescriptor->MemoryEntry.PageCount = Offset;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+FwResetMemory(
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine calls FwInitializeMemory to reset the memory descriptors
+    and then loops through and clears all of the appropriate memory.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PMEMORY_DESCRIPTOR MemoryDescriptor;
+
+    FwInitializeMemory();
+
+    MemoryDescriptor = FwGetMemoryDescriptor(NULL);
+
+    while (MemoryDescriptor != NULL) {
+
+        if ((MemoryDescriptor->MemoryType != MemoryFirmwarePermanent) &&
+            (MemoryDescriptor->MemoryType != MemoryFirmwareTemporary) &&
+            (MemoryDescriptor->MemoryType != MemoryBad)) {
+
+            RtlZeroMemory((PVOID)(KSEG0_BASE + (MemoryDescriptor->BasePage << PAGE_SHIFT)),
+                          MemoryDescriptor->PageCount << PAGE_SHIFT);
+        }
+
+        MemoryDescriptor = FwGetMemoryDescriptor(MemoryDescriptor);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Sweep the data cache
+    //
+
+    HalSweepDcache();
+
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwRememberEisaBuffer (
+    IN ULONG PageAddress,
+    IN ULONG PageCount
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine is used by the EISA configuration code in eisaini.c
+    to remember EISA memory buffers.  This information is used on the
+    Alpha AXP/Jensen product for memory initialization.
+
+    Jensen I/O in the firmware, OSloader, and HAL bypasses the
+    region from .5MB -- 1MB to get around the DMA address -- EISA address
+    aliasing problem.  So, this function does not have to mark buffers
+    within this region as bad.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    PageAddress		The base address of the memory region, in pages.
+    PageCount	        The size of the region, in pages.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS if all went well.  Otherwise, an error code.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    //
+    // Return if the address is within the .5MB -- 1MB region, which 
+    // on Jensen is manually circumvented by firmware or HAL code.
+    //
+
+    if ((PageAddress >= (_512_KB >> PAGE_SHIFT)) &&
+	((PageAddress + PageCount) < (ONE_MB >> PAGE_SHIFT))) {
+
+	return(ESUCCESS);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Return error if there is no space left in the list.
+    //
+
+    if (EISABufferListPointer == FW_MEMORY_TABLE_SIZE) {
+	return(ENOMEM);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Debug output --- will eventually be deleted.
+    //
+
+    FwPrint(FW_MARKING_EISA_BUFFER_MSG,
+	    PageAddress << PAGE_SHIFT, PageCount << PAGE_SHIFT);
+    FwStallExecution(1000000);
+
+    EISABuffersToBeMarked[EISABufferListPointer].PageAddress = PageAddress;
+    EISABuffersToBeMarked[EISABufferListPointer].PageCount = PageCount;
+
+    EISABufferListPointer++;
+
+    return(ESUCCESS);
+
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+EisaMarkBadMemory (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine is used by FwInitializeMemory to use the information stored
+    in EISABuffersToBeMarked to mark certain sections of memory as Bad
+    for the Alpha AXP/Jensen product.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    PageAddress		The base address of the memory region, in pages.
+    PageCount	        The size of the region, in pages.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS if all went well.  Otherwise, an error code.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PFW_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR FwMemoryDescriptor;
+    PMEMORY_DESCRIPTOR MemoryDescriptor;
+    ULONG I;
+    ULONG PageAddress;
+    ULONG PageCount;
+
+
+    if (EISABufferListPointer == 0) {
+	return(ESUCCESS);
+    }
+
+    for (I = 0; I < EISABufferListPointer; I++) {
+
+	//
+	// Get the base page address and page count of this buffer.
+	//
+
+	PageAddress = EISABuffersToBeMarked[I].PageAddress;
+	PageCount = EISABuffersToBeMarked[I].PageCount;
+
+
+	//
+	// If this EISA buffer is within an existing memory region,
+	// find it.
+	//
+
+	MemoryDescriptor = ArcGetMemoryDescriptor(NULL);
+
+	while (MemoryDescriptor != NULL){
+	    
+	    if ((PageAddress >= MemoryDescriptor->BasePage) &&
+		((PageAddress + PageCount) <=
+		 (MemoryDescriptor->BasePage + MemoryDescriptor->PageCount))) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    
+	    MemoryDescriptor = ArcGetMemoryDescriptor(MemoryDescriptor);
+	}
+	
+	if (MemoryDescriptor != NULL) {
+
+	    //
+	    // The buffer is within an existing memory region.
+	    //
+
+	    FwMemoryDescriptor = CONTAINING_RECORD(MemoryDescriptor,
+						   FW_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR,
+						   MemoryEntry);
+	    
+	    FwGenerateDescriptor(FwMemoryDescriptor,
+				 MemoryBad,
+				 PageAddress,
+				 PageCount);
+
+	} else if ((PageAddress << PAGE_SHIFT) >= MemorySize) {
+
+	    //
+	    // The buffer is beyond the end of memory.  Create a
+	    // descriptor for it.
+	    //
+
+	    INCREMENT_FWMEMORYFREE;
+
+	    FwMemoryTable[FwMemoryFree-1].MemoryEntry.MemoryType = MemoryBad;
+	    FwMemoryTable[FwMemoryFree-1].MemoryEntry.BasePage = PageAddress;
+	    FwMemoryTable[FwMemoryFree-1].MemoryEntry.PageCount = PageCount;
+	    InsertTailList(&FwMemoryListHead,
+			   &FwMemoryTable[FwMemoryFree-1].ListEntry);
+
+	} else {
+
+	    //
+	    // The EISA buffer is not within an existing descriptor, and it
+	    // is not beyond normal physical memory.  Hence, the descriptors
+	    // are too fragemented to mark this buffer.  
+	    //
+
+	    FwPrint(FW_MARKING_EISA_BUFFER_ERROR_MSG,
+		    EISABufferListPointer, I, PageAddress, PageCount);
+	    return(ENOMEM);
+
+	}
+    }
+
+    return(ESUCCESS);
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/led.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/led.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8100eb813
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/led.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    led.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module defines test and subtest values to display in the Jensen
+    hexadecimal LED display.
+
+    These will have to be segregated by #ifdef's when we port future
+    Alpha machines.
+
+Author:
+
+    7-April-1992    John DeRosa
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+
+
+#define	    LED_NT_BOOT_START		0x0  // NT firwmare has started executing
+#define	    LED_SERIAL_INIT		0x1  // We are initing the serial port
+#define	    LED_BROKEN_VIDEO_OR_KB	0x2  // Video or keyboard is broken.
+	                                     // I/O is to serial lines
+#define	    LED_KEYBOARD_CTRL		0x3  // We are initing the keyboard
+	                                     // and video.
+#define	    LED_VIDEO_OK		0x4  // Video and keyboard are OK.
+#define	    LED_OMEGA			0x5  // Firmware exited, we are in hang
+	                                     // loop
+#define	    LED_FW_INITIALIZED		0x7  // Firmware is fully initialized
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/machdef.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/machdef.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..36af44ffc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/machdef.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+  machdef.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module is the header file for machine-specific definitions
+    for the DECpc AXP 150 (Jensen) platform.
+
+
+Author:
+
+    David Orbits et. al.	June 1993
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#ifndef _MACHDEF_
+#define _MACHDEF_
+
+//
+// Machine definition file for JENSEN platform.
+//
+// Each Alpha platform has its own machdef.h.  Common C code need only
+// include machdef.h.  The build procedure will pull in the correct
+// machdef.h for that platform.
+//
+//
+
+#include "jnsndef.h"
+
+
+//
+// Definitions that we want to keep private to the firmware directories.
+//
+
+#define FwpWriteIOChip HalpWriteVti
+#define FwpReadIOChip  HalpReadVti
+
+//
+// The QVA base of Jensen EISA I/O space (CSRs).
+//
+
+#define EISA_IO_BASE_QVA	0xb8000000
+
+//
+// The QVA base of Jensen EISA memory space.
+//
+
+#define EISA_MEM_BASE_QVA      0xb0000000
+
+
+//
+// Macro for creating I/O port (CSR register) address.
+//
+// Port is the Intel 16 bit I/O space address
+//
+
+#define EisaIOQva(Port)   (EISA_IO_BASE_QVA | (Port))
+
+//
+// Macro for creating I/O memory address.
+//
+// Port is the Intel 16 bit I/O space address
+//
+
+#define EisaMemQva(Port)   (EISA_MEM_BASE_QVA | (Port))
+
+//
+// Number of physical EISA slots
+// (for Jensen and Culzean.)
+//
+
+#define PHYS_0_SLOTS		8
+
+
+#endif	// _MACHDEF_
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/selftest.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/selftest.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1623acbf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/selftest.c
@@ -0,0 +1,599 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1990  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    selftest.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains the routines that perform the selftest of
+    the IO devices.
+
+Author:
+
+    Lluis Abello (lluis) 03-Jan-1991
+
+Environment:
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    23-April-1992	John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Added Alpha/Jensen modifications.  For Jensen, the VMS/OSF console
+    front-end will be running the ROM-based diagnostics so this code
+    does not have to do it.
+
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "iodevice.h"
+#include "led.h"
+#include "selftest.h"
+#include "fwpexcpt.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+
+BOOLEAN ConfigurationBit;      // read value from diagnostic register
+
+PRTL_ALLOCATE_STRING_ROUTINE RtlAllocateStringRoutine =
+    (PRTL_ALLOCATE_STRING_ROUTINE)FwAllocatePool;
+PRTL_FREE_STRING_ROUTINE RtlFreeStringRoutine = FwpFreeStub;
+
+
+VOID
+FwInstallKd(
+    IN VOID
+    );
+
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_SERDEB
+//
+// Variable that enables printing on the COM1 line.
+//
+extern BOOLEAN SerSnapshot;
+#endif
+
+
+// This variable is initialized to the size of the memory in bytes.
+ULONG MemorySize;
+
+
+//
+// This receives the type of video card installed into the system.
+// It is a static because memory is intialized near the bottom of the
+// program execute calling chain (FwExecute, FwPrivateExecute, FwResetMemory,
+// FwInitializeMemory), and the calling interface to FwExecute is
+// frozen by the ARCS specification.
+//
+// This is valid only on a successful intialization of the graphics card.
+//
+ALPHA_VIDEO_TYPE VideoType;
+
+
+// The indicator of a bad Firmware stack for _RtlCheckStack 
+ULONG FwRtlStackPanic;
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_VDB
+//
+// Debugging Aid
+//
+extern UCHAR DebugAid[2][150];
+#endif
+
+extern ULONG EISABufferListPointer;
+
+//
+// Alpha AXP PALcode static variables
+//
+
+// The processor type
+ULONG ProcessorId;
+
+// The processor revision number.
+ULONG ProcessorRevision;
+
+// The number of physical address bits.
+ULONG NumberOfPhysicalAddressBits;
+
+// The maximum address space number.
+ULONG MaximumAddressSpaceNumber;
+
+// The processor cycle counter period.
+ULONG ProcessorCycleCounterPeriod;
+
+// Number of processor cycles per microsecond.
+ULONG CyclesPerMicrosecond;
+
+// The processor page size, in bytes.
+ULONG ProcessorPageSize;
+
+// The system revision number
+ULONG SystemRevisionId;
+
+//
+// Declare function prototypes.
+//
+
+VOID
+PutLedDisplay(
+    IN UCHAR Value
+    );
+
+ULONG
+RomInitISP (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialBootWrite(
+    CHAR  Char,
+    ULONG SP
+    );
+
+VOID
+WildZeroMemory(
+    ULONG StartAddress,
+    ULONG Size
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwBootSystem (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwEntry(
+    IN ULONG Cause,
+    IN PFW_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION ProcessorInfo,
+    IN PFW_SYSTEM_INFORMATION SystemInfo
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine is the c routine called from the ROM. It must be placed
+    at the beginning of the C code because the ROM copies the code from this
+    point to the end and then jumps to it.
+
+    This has a different calling interface than the Jazz code.
+
+    
+Arguments:
+
+    Cause		0 on a normal reset/powerup.
+         		1 on a softreset.
+
+    ProcessorInfo	Pointer to processor information block.
+                        Valid only if Cause = 0.
+
+    SystemInfo		Pointer to system information block.
+                        Valid only if Cause = 0.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Never returns.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+#if 0
+// Diagnostic bits turned off in final product.
+    CHAR Diag;
+#endif
+
+    FwRtlStackPanic = 0;
+
+    // Register exception handler with the firmware PALcode
+    RegisterExceptionHandler();
+
+    // Reset EISA memory buffer list.
+    EISABufferListPointer = 0;
+
+    // Clear out upper EISA address bits.
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)HAE, 0x0);
+
+    // Announce that the NT firmware has gotten control of the horizontal.
+    PutLedDisplay(LED_NT_BOOT_START);
+
+    // We cannot rely on the static C initialization of this if we are
+    // doing a soft-reset.
+    FwConsoleInitialized = FALSE;
+
+    //
+    // Deposit Alpha AXP architectural values into global variables if
+    // this is a hard reset.
+    //
+
+    if (Cause == 0) {
+	ProcessorId = ProcessorInfo->ProcessorId;
+	ProcessorRevision = ProcessorInfo->ProcessorRevision;
+	ProcessorPageSize = ProcessorInfo->PageSize;
+	NumberOfPhysicalAddressBits = ProcessorInfo->PhysicalAddressBits;
+	MaximumAddressSpaceNumber = ProcessorInfo->MaximumAddressSpaceNumber;
+	SystemRevisionId = SystemInfo->SystemRevisionId;
+	
+	switch (SystemInfo->SystemCycleClockPeriod) {
+
+	    //
+	    // A bad cycle clock period would cause a system hang.
+	    //
+	    case 0:
+	    case 8000:
+	    default:
+	      ProcessorCycleCounterPeriod = 8000;
+	      break;
+
+	    //
+	    // This is an AX04 SROM bug: the number for a 6.667ns machine is
+	    // passed in as 6600, not 6667.
+	    //
+	    case 6600:
+	    case 6667:
+	      ProcessorCycleCounterPeriod = 6667;
+	      break;
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Load the number of machine cycles per usecond, for use by
+	// FwStallExecution.  The +1 ensures that this value is never
+	// too optimistic, due to the float->integer truncation.
+	//
+
+	CyclesPerMicrosecond = (1000000 / ProcessorCycleCounterPeriod) + 1;
+
+        MemorySize = SystemInfo->MemorySizeInBytes;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Set variables according to the bits in configuration register
+    //
+    ConfigurationBit = FALSE;
+    DisplayOutput = FALSE;
+    SerialOutput = FALSE;
+
+    //
+    // Look for configuration register.
+    //
+
+#if 0
+//
+// The ConfigurationBit is disabled in the product.
+//
+    HalpWriteVti(RTC_APORT, RTC_RAM_NT_FLAGS0);
+    Diag = HalpReadVti(RTC_DPORT);
+    if (((PRTC_RAM_NT_FLAGS_0)(&Diag))->ConfigurationBit) {
+	ConfigurationBit = TRUE;
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+    //
+    // Set interrupt lines to a known state.
+    //
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&SP1_WRITE->ModemControl,0x08);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&SP2_WRITE->ModemControl,0x08);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_WRITE->DigitalOutput,0x08);
+    READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&PARALLEL_READ->Status);
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the system parameter block.
+    //
+
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->Signature = 0x53435241;
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->Length = sizeof(SYSTEM_PARAMETER_BLOCK);
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->Version = ARC_VERSION;
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->Revision = ARC_REVISION;
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->DebugBlock = NULL;
+
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVectorLength = (ULONG)MaximumRoutine * sizeof(ULONG);
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector =
+                (PVOID)((PUCHAR)SYSTEM_BLOCK + sizeof(SYSTEM_PARAMETER_BLOCK));
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVectorLength = (ULONG)MaximumVendorRoutine * sizeof(ULONG);
+    SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector =
+                (PVOID)((PUCHAR)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector +
+                                SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVectorLength);
+
+    //
+    // Always init the serial ports, because the NT Setup utility sends
+    // diagnostics there.
+    //
+
+    PutLedDisplay(LED_SERIAL_INIT);
+    SerialBootSetup(COMPORT1_VIRTUAL_BASE);
+    SerialBootSetup(COMPORT2_VIRTUAL_BASE);
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the kernel debugger stub.  This can be called anytime
+    // after the serial lines are inited.
+    //
+
+    FwInstallKd();
+
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // If:  the configuration bit is set, or
+    //      the video card initialization fails,
+    // ...output to the serial line.  Otherwise, output to video.
+    //
+
+    PutLedDisplay (LED_KEYBOARD_CTRL);
+    if (ConfigurationBit || (DisplayBootInitialize(&VideoType) != ESUCCESS)) {
+        SerialOutput = TRUE;
+        PutLedDisplay(LED_BROKEN_VIDEO_OR_KB);
+        FwClearScreen();
+    } else {
+        // Video is ready to display messages.
+        PutLedDisplay(LED_VIDEO_OK);
+        DisplayOutput = TRUE;
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // If: the keyboard controller initialization fails, or
+    //     the keyboard initialization fails,
+    // ...send an error message to the output device and direct future output
+    // to the serial port.
+    //
+
+    if (InitKeyboardController() || InitKeyboard()) {
+	FwPrint(ST_ALL_IO_TO_SERIAL_LINES_MSG);
+	PutLedDisplay(LED_BROKEN_VIDEO_OR_KB);
+	DisplayOutput = FALSE;
+	SerialOutput = TRUE;
+    }
+
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_SERDEB
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_VDB
+
+{
+    //
+    // Graphics debugging assistance.  Print pre-init and post-init video
+    // state.
+    //
+
+    ULONG H, I, J;
+
+    SerSnapshot = TRUE;
+
+    for (J = 0; J < 8; J++) {
+
+	for (H = 0; H < 2; H++) {
+
+	    SerFwPrint("[%d:%d] = ", H, J*16);
+
+	    for (I = J*16; I < (J+1)*16; I++) {
+		SerFwPrint("%x ", DebugAid[H][I]);
+	    }
+	    
+	    SerFwPrint("\r\n");
+	}
+
+    }
+
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+    //
+    // Check for Alpha AXP architectural values that are obviously bad.
+    //
+
+    if (Cause == 0) {
+	if (ProcessorInfo->PageSize != PAGE_SIZE) {
+	    FwPrint(ST_BAD_PAGE_SIZE_MSG, ProcessorInfo->PageSize);
+	    FwStallExecution(5 * 1000 * 1000);
+	}
+	if (SystemInfo->MemorySizeInBytes < FOUR_MB) {
+	    FwPrint(ST_BAD_MEMORY_SIZE_MSG, SystemInfo->MemorySizeInBytes);
+	    FwStallExecution(5 * 1000 * 1000);
+	}
+	if (SystemInfo->SystemCycleClockPeriod == 0) {
+	    FwPrint(ST_BAD_CLOCK_PERIOD_MSG, ProcessorCycleCounterPeriod);
+	    FwStallExecution(5 * 1000 * 1000);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (RomInitISP()) {
+      FwPrint(ST_EISA_ISP_ERROR_MSG);
+    }
+
+
+#if 0
+
+    //
+    // This is not necessary.
+    //
+
+    //
+    // Zero unused memory.
+    //
+    // This is dependent on the firmware memory map.
+    // This could be made more independent via using #define's.
+    //
+
+    WildZeroMemory(
+                   (KSEG0_BASE | 0x0),
+                   (FW_BOTTOM_ADDRESS - 0x40000)
+                  );
+
+    WildZeroMemory(
+                   (KSEG0_BASE | FW_TOP_ADDRESS),
+                   (MemorySize - FW_TOP_ADDRESS)
+                  );
+
+#endif
+
+    FwBootSystem();
+
+    //
+    // Hang if we come back.
+    //
+
+    for (;;) {
+        PutLedDisplay(LED_OMEGA);
+    }
+
+}
+
+VOID
+PutLedDisplay(
+    IN UCHAR Value
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This displays a 0--F in the single hexadecimal digit display in
+    Jensen.
+    
+Arguments:
+
+    Value		The lower four bits of this will be displayed
+			in the Jensen LED.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+  WRITE_PORT_UCHAR ((PUCHAR)SYSCTL,
+			(READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)SYSCTL) & 0xf0)
+			|
+			(Value & 0x0f)
+			);
+  }
+
+ULONG
+RomInitISP (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the EISA interrupt controller.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns the number of errors found.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    UCHAR DataByte;
+    UCHAR InterruptLevel;
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the EISA interrupt controller.  There are two cascaded
+    // interrupt controllers, each of which must initialized with 4 initialize
+    // control words.
+    //
+
+    DataByte = 0;
+    ((PINITIALIZATION_COMMAND_1) &DataByte)->Icw4Needed = 1;
+    ((PINITIALIZATION_COMMAND_1) &DataByte)->InitializationFlag = 1;
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt1ControlPort0,DataByte);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt2ControlPort0,DataByte);
+
+    //
+    // The second intitialization control word sets the interrupt vector to
+    // 0-15.
+    //
+
+    DataByte = 0;
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt1ControlPort1,DataByte);
+
+    DataByte = 0x08;
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt2ControlPort1,DataByte);
+
+    //
+    // The third initialization control word set the controls for slave mode.
+    // The master ICW3 uses bit position and the slave ICW3 uses a numeric.
+    //
+
+    DataByte = 1 << SLAVE_IRQL_LEVEL;
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt1ControlPort1,DataByte);
+
+    DataByte = SLAVE_IRQL_LEVEL;
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt2ControlPort1,DataByte);
+
+    //
+    // The fourth initialization control word is used to specify normal
+    // end-of-interrupt mode and not special-fully-nested mode.
+    //
+
+    DataByte = 0;
+    ((PINITIALIZATION_COMMAND_4) &DataByte)->I80x86Mode = 1;
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt1ControlPort1,DataByte);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt2ControlPort1,DataByte);
+
+
+    //
+    // Mask all the interrupts.
+    //
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt1ControlPort1,0xFF);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt2ControlPort1,0xFF);
+
+
+#if 0
+    //
+    // Jazz code
+    //
+
+    //
+    // Check that the interrupt level is 7 (i.e. no interrupt is pending)
+    //
+    InterruptLevel=READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&DMA_CONTROL->InterruptAcknowledge);
+    InterruptLevel=READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&DMA_CONTROL->InterruptAcknowledge);
+
+    if (InterruptLevel == 0x07) {
+    return 0;
+    } else {
+    return 1;
+    }
+#else
+
+    //
+    // Alpha/Jensen code
+    //
+    
+    //
+    // Check that no interrupts are pending.
+    //
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt1ControlPort0, 0xA);
+    InterruptLevel = READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt1ControlPort0);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt2ControlPort0, 0xA);
+    InterruptLevel |= READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&EISA_CONTROL->Interrupt2ControlPort0);
+
+    return(InterruptLevel);
+#endif
+
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/tbaqva.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/tbaqva.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a5475985
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/tbaqva.c
@@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1990  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    tbaqva.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains the platform dependent code to create bus addreses
+    and QVAs.
+
+Author:
+
+    Jeff McLeman (mcleman) 27-May-1992
+    David Orbits            7-June-1992    
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode, local to I/O system
+
+Revision History:
+
+    John DeRosa	[DEC]	15-June-1993
+
+    These differ from the HAL versions in that EISA memory addresses above
+    32MB are not mapped, and there is no tracking of multiple HAE values.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "ntalpha.h"
+#include "jxfwhal.h"
+#include "jnsndma.h"
+#include "eisa.h"
+#include "jxisa.h"
+
+
+
+#define HAL_32MB 0x2000000
+
+
+
+QUASI_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS
+HalCreateQva(
+    IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PA,
+    IN PVOID VA
+    );
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+HalTranslateBusAddress(
+    IN INTERFACE_TYPE  InterfaceType,
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BusAddress,
+    IN OUT PULONG AddressSpace,
+    OUT PPHYSICAL_ADDRESS TranslatedAddress
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function returns the system physical address for a specified I/O bus
+    address.  The return value is suitable for use in a subsequent call to
+    MmMapIoSpace.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    InterfaceType - Supplies the type of bus which the address is for.
+
+    BusNumber - Supplies the bus number for the device; not used in Jensen
+
+    BusAddress - Supplies the bus relative address.
+
+    AddressSpace - Supplies the address space number for the device: 0 for
+        memory and 1 for I/O space. If the desired access mode is user mode,
+        then bit 1 must be TRUE.
+
+    TranslatedAddress - Supplies a pointer to return the translated address
+
+
+Notes:
+
+     This is a variation of what began in the MIPS code.  The intel code often
+     assumes that if an address is in I/O space, the bottom 32 bits of the
+     physical address can be used "like" a virtual address, and are returned
+     to the user.  This doesn't work on MIPs machines where physical
+     addresses can be larger than 32 bits.
+
+     Since we are using superpage addresses for I/O on Alpha, we can do
+     almost what is done on intel. If AddressSpace is equal to 0 or 1, then
+     we assume the user is doing kernel I/O and we call 
+     HalCreateQva to build a Quasi Virtual Address and return
+     that to the caller. We then set AddressSpace to a 1, so that the caller 
+     will not call MmMapIoSpace. The Caller will use the low 32 bits of the 
+     physical address we return as the VA. (Which we built a QVA in). 
+     If the caller wants to access EISA I/O or Memory through user mode, then 
+     the caller must set bit 1 in AddressSpace to a 1 (AddressSpace=2 or 3, 
+     depending on whether EISA I/O or Memory), then the caller is returned the 
+     34 bit Physical address. The caller will then call MmMapIoSpace, or 
+     ZwMapViewOfSection which in turn calls HalCreateQva to build a QVA out 
+     of a VA mapped through the page tables. 
+
+     **** Note ****
+
+     The QVA in user mode can only be accessed with the routines WRITE/READ_
+     REGISTER_UCHAR/USHORT/ULONG, and they must be the ones in module
+     JXIOUSER.C. The user CANNOT call the above routines in the HAL from
+     usermode. (Which is pointless, since the HAL is superpage access
+     only). 
+
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+    A return value of TRUE indicates that a system physical address
+    corresponding to the supplied bus relative address and bus address
+    number has been returned in TranslatedAddress.
+
+    A return value of FALSE occurs if the translation for the address was
+    not possible
+
+--*/
+
+{
+  PVOID va = 0;    // note, this is used for a placeholder
+
+    //
+    // If this is for the internal bus then the device is on the combo chip.
+    // BusAddress.LowPart should contains the port of the device.
+    //
+
+    if (InterfaceType == Internal) {
+
+        //
+        // Return the passed parameters.
+        //
+
+	TranslatedAddress->HighPart = 1;
+        TranslatedAddress->LowPart = 0xC0000000 + (BusAddress.LowPart << COMBO_BIT_SHIFT);
+
+        // 
+        // Now call HalCreateQva. This will create a QVA
+        // that we'll return to the caller. Then we will implicitly set  
+        // AddressSpace to a 1. The caller then will not call MmMapIoSpace
+        // and will use the address we return as a VA.
+
+        TranslatedAddress->LowPart = (ULONG) HalCreateQva(
+                                        *TranslatedAddress, va);
+
+        TranslatedAddress->HighPart = 0;   // clear high longword for QVA
+
+        *AddressSpace = 1;                 // Make sure user doesn't call
+	                                   // MmMapIoSpace.
+
+        return(TRUE);
+    }
+
+    if (InterfaceType != Isa && InterfaceType != Eisa) {
+
+        //
+        // Not on this system return nothing.
+        //
+
+        *AddressSpace = 0;
+        TranslatedAddress->LowPart = 0;
+        return(FALSE);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Jensen only has one I/O bus which is an EISA, so the bus number is unused.
+    //
+    // Determine the address based on whether the bus address is in I/O space
+    // or bus memory space.
+    //
+
+
+    switch (*AddressSpace) {
+
+     case 0 : {
+
+        //
+        // The address is in EISA memory space, kernel mode.
+        //
+
+	//
+	// If the address cannot be mapped, just return FALSE.
+	//
+	if ( BusAddress.LowPart > HAL_32MB ) {
+
+	    *AddressSpace = 0;
+	    TranslatedAddress->LowPart = 0;
+	    return(FALSE);
+
+	}
+
+	TranslatedAddress->HighPart = 0x2;
+
+	//
+	// There is no component of the bus address in the low part
+	//
+        TranslatedAddress->LowPart = (BusAddress.LowPart << EISA_BIT_SHIFT);
+
+        // 
+        // Now call HalCreateQva. This will create a QVA
+        // that we'll return to the caller. Then we will implicitly set  
+        // AddressSpace to a 1. The caller then will not call MmMapIoSpace
+        // and will use the address we return as a VA.
+
+        TranslatedAddress->LowPart = (ULONG) HalCreateQva(
+                                        *TranslatedAddress, va);
+
+        TranslatedAddress->HighPart = 0;   // clear high longword for QVA
+
+        *AddressSpace = 1;              // don't let the user call MmMapIoSpace
+
+        return(TRUE);
+
+    }
+
+    case 1 : {
+        //
+        // The address is in EISA I/O space, kernel mode.
+        //
+
+	TranslatedAddress->HighPart = 0x3;
+	//
+	// There is no component of the bus address in the low part
+	//
+        TranslatedAddress->LowPart = (BusAddress.LowPart << EISA_BIT_SHIFT);
+
+
+        // 
+        // Now call HalCreateQva. This will create a QVA
+        // that we'll return to the caller. Then we will implicitly set  
+        // AddressSpace to a 1. The caller then will not call MmMapIoSpace
+        // and will use the address we return as a VA.
+
+        TranslatedAddress->LowPart = (ULONG) HalCreateQva(
+                                        *TranslatedAddress, va);
+
+        TranslatedAddress->HighPart = 0;   // clear high longword for QVA
+
+        *AddressSpace = 1;                 // Make sure user doesn't call
+	                                   // MmMapIoSpace.
+
+        return(TRUE);
+
+    } 
+    case 2 : {
+
+        //
+        // The address is in EISA memory space, user mode.
+        //
+
+
+	TranslatedAddress->HighPart = 0x2;
+
+
+	//
+	// There is no component of the bus address in the low part
+	//
+        TranslatedAddress->LowPart = (BusAddress.LowPart << EISA_BIT_SHIFT);
+
+
+        *AddressSpace = 0;              // Let the user call MmMapIoSpace
+
+        return(TRUE);
+
+    }
+
+    case 3 : {
+        //
+        // The address is in EISA I/O space, user mode.
+        //
+
+	TranslatedAddress->HighPart = 0x3;
+	//
+	// There is no component of the bus address in the low part
+	//
+        TranslatedAddress->LowPart = (BusAddress.LowPart << EISA_BIT_SHIFT);
+
+
+        *AddressSpace = 0;                 // Make sure user can call
+	                                   // MmMapIoSpace.
+
+        return(TRUE);
+
+     } 
+
+   }
+}
+
+PVOID
+HalCreateQva(
+    IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PA,
+    IN PVOID VA
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function is called two ways. First, from HalTranslateBusAddress,
+    if the caller is going to run in kernel mode and use superpages.
+    The second way is if the user is going to access in user mode. 
+    MmMapIoSpace or ZwViewMapOfSection will call this.
+
+    If the input parameter VA is zero, then we assume super page and build
+    a QUASI virtual address that is only usable by calling the hal I/O
+    access routines.
+
+    if the input parameter VA is non-zero, we assume the user has either
+    called MmMapIoSpace or ZwMapViewOfSection and will use the access
+    routines in JXIOUSER.C
+    
+    If the PA is not an I/O space address (Combo chip, Eisa I/O, Eisa 
+    memory), then return the VA as the QVA.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    PA - the physical address generated by HalTranslateBusAddress
+
+    VA - the virtual address returned by MmMapIoSpace 
+
+Return Value:
+
+    The returned value is a quasi virtual address in that it can be
+    added to and subtracted from, but it cannot be used to access the
+    bus directly.  The top bits are set so that we can trap invalid
+    accesses in the memory management subsystem.  All access should be
+    done through the Hal Access Routines in *ioacc.s if it was a superpage
+    kernel mode access. If it is usermode, then JXIOUSER.C should be built
+    into the users code.
+
+--*/
+{
+
+    PVOID qva;
+
+    if (PA.HighPart == 2) {
+
+        //
+	// in EISA MEMORY space
+	//
+
+        if (VA == 0) {
+
+	   PA.LowPart = PA.LowPart >> 2;
+           qva = (PVOID)(RtlLargeIntegerShiftRight(PA, EISA_BIT_SHIFT-2).LowPart);
+
+	} else {
+
+	   qva = (PVOID)((ULONG)VA >> EISA_BIT_SHIFT);
+        }
+
+	qva = (PVOID)((ULONG)qva | EISA_QVA);
+
+	return(qva);
+    }
+
+    if (PA.HighPart == 3) {
+
+        //
+	// in EISA IO space
+	//
+
+        if (VA == 0) {
+
+	   PA.LowPart = PA.LowPart >> 2;
+           qva = (PVOID)(RtlLargeIntegerShiftRight(PA, EISA_BIT_SHIFT-2).LowPart);
+
+	} else {
+
+	   qva = (PVOID)((ULONG)VA >> EISA_BIT_SHIFT);
+
+        }
+
+	qva = (PVOID)((ULONG)qva | EISA_QVA);
+
+	return(qva);
+    }
+
+    if (PA.HighPart == 1) {
+
+        //
+	// on the combo chip (82C106)
+	//
+
+        if (VA == 0) {
+
+           qva = (PVOID)(RtlLargeIntegerShiftRight(PA, COMBO_BIT_SHIFT).LowPart);
+
+	} else {
+
+           qva = (PVOID)((ULONG)VA >> COMBO_BIT_SHIFT);
+	 }
+
+	qva = (PVOID)((ULONG)qva | COMBO_QVA);
+
+	return(qva);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // It is not an I/O space address, return the VA as the QVA 
+    //
+
+    return(VA);
+
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/version.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/version.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b68dd8f89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/version.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    version.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module defines the revision of the code being linked.  It should be
+    included in the firmware, fsb, and jnupdate builds.
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa	[DEC]	17-June-1993
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode only.
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+//#include "machdef.h"
+//#include "string.h"
+
+//
+// Version number of this firmware package.
+//
+
+PCHAR FirmwareVersion = "1.12";
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/xxstring.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/xxstring.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..654598877
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/alpha/xxstring.c
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    xxstring.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains language-independent, machine-specific strings.
+
+    These are filespec and ARC pathname strings.  There is one of these
+    in each machine-specific subdirectory.
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa and Ken Abramson	8-July-1993
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+
+--*/
+
+#include "ntos.h"
+
+
+//
+// Conftest.  These strings are defined explicitly because conftest
+// must be a machine-independent application.  The system firmware
+// files should NOT reference these strings directly, but instead use
+// one of the FW_ strings.
+//
+// These strings must not be changed for any specific machine builds.
+//
+
+PCHAR EISA_UNICODE_CONSOLE_OUT = "eisa()video()monitor()console(1)";
+PCHAR MULTI_UNICODE_CONSOLE_OUT = "multi()video()monitor()console(1)";
+PCHAR EISA_NORMAL_CONSOLE_OUT = "eisa()video()monitor()console()";
+PCHAR MULTI_NORMAL_CONSOLE_OUT = "multi()video()monitor()console()";
+PCHAR MULTI_UNICODE_KEYBOARD_IN = "multi()key()keyboard()console(1)";
+PCHAR MULTI_NORMAL_KEYBOARD_IN = "multi()key()keyboard()console()";
+
+
+//
+// These strings should be changed as necessary for builds of firmware
+// for specific Alpha AXP machines.
+//
+
+// Default keyboard in device.
+PCHAR FW_KEYBOARD_IN_DEVICE = "multi()key()keyboard()console()";
+
+// Default keyboard in device, without the "console()" section.
+PCHAR FW_KEYBOARD_IN_DEVICE_PATH = "multi(0)key(0)keyboard(0)";
+
+// Default video out device.
+PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_OUT_DEVICE = "eisa()video()monitor()console()";
+
+// Default video out display path, without the "console()" section.
+PCHAR FW_DISPLAY_DEVICE_PATH = "eisa(0)video(0)monitor(0)";
+
+// Default primary floppy device.
+PCHAR FW_FLOPPY_0_DEVICE = "eisa(0)disk(0)fdisk(0)";
+PCHAR FW_FLOPPY_0_FORMAT_DEVICE = "eisa(0)disk(%1d)fdisk(0)";
+
+// Default secondary floppy device.
+PCHAR FW_FLOPPY_1_DEVICE = "eisa()disk()fdisk(1)";
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+// Default location for ECU
+PCHAR FW_ECU_LOCATION = "eisa()disk()fdisk()ecu.exe";
+#endif
+
+// Default primary location of firmware update tool.
+PCHAR FW_PRIMARY_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_TOOL = "eisa()disk()fdisk()jnupdate.exe";
+
+// Filename of firmware update tool.
+PCHAR FW_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_TOOL_NAME = "\\jnupdate.exe";
+
+// The Component Data Structure node that is a child of the floppy controller.
+PCHAR FW_FLOPPY_PARENT_NODE = "eisa()";
+
+// The identifier to be given to the floppy controller in the CDS tree.
+PCHAR FW_FLOPPY_CDS_IDENTIFIER = "AHA1742-FLOPPY";
+
+// Default device path for serial port 0.
+PCHAR FW_SERIAL_0_DEVICE = "multi(0)serial(0)";
+
+// Default device path for serial port 1.
+PCHAR FW_SERIAL_1_DEVICE = "multi(0)serial(1)";
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/be_firm.cmd b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/be_firm.cmd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..94b9822a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/be_firm.cmd
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+echo off
+goto start
+
+/******************************************************************
+
+NT/Alpha AXP firmware build script
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+John DeRosa	16-July-1992
+
+
+This will compile and link the NT/Alpha AXP firmware package.
+
+At the moment this is geared to Jensen.
+
+
+Parameters:
+
+	-c	says to do a build -c.
+
+*********************************************************************/
+
+
+:start
+
+rem
+rem Define variables used in the build process.
+rem
+
+rem The top-level of the working NT sources directory tree.
+set BuildPool=\nt
+
+
+
+rem
+rem Analyze command line parameters.
+rem
+
+set BuildSwitch=
+if "%1"=="-c" set BuildSwitch=-c
+
+
+rem
+rem Build the firmware.
+rem
+
+echo *** Building bldr files... ***
+cd %BuildPool%\private\ntos\bldr
+build %BuildSwitch%
+if not errorlevel 0 goto ERROREXIT
+
+echo *** Building hal files... ***
+cd %BuildPool%\private\ntos\nthals\hal0jens
+build %BuildSwitch%
+if not errorlevel 0 goto ERROREXIT
+
+echo *** Building rtl files... ***
+cd %BuildPool%\private\ntos\rtl
+build %BuildSwitch%
+if not errorlevel 0 goto ERROREXIT
+
+echo *** Building Jensen fw files... ***
+cd %BuildPool%\private\ntos\fw\alpha\jensen
+build %BuildSwitch%
+if not errorlevel 0 goto ERROREXIT
+
+goto NORMALEXIT
+
+
+rem
+rem Here on some kind of error.
+rem
+
+:ERROREXIT
+
+echo ???
+echo ??? ERROR during build.  Build terminated with extreme prejudice.
+echo ???
+
+
+
+
+rem
+rem Here to exit the procedure.
+rem
+
+:NORMALEXIT
+
+
+copy %BuildPool%\private\ntos\bldr\build.log %BuildPool%\private\ntos\fw\alpha\jensen\be_firm.log
+type %BuildPool%\private\ntos\nthals\hal0jens\build.log >> %BuildPool%\private\ntos\fw\alpha\jensen\be_firm.log
+type %BuildPool%\private\ntos\rtl\build.log >> %BuildPool%\private\ntos\fw\alpha\jensen\be_firm.log
+rem
+rem type %BuildPool%\private\ntos\ke\build.log >> %BuildPool%\private\ntos\fw\alpha\jensen\be_firm.log
+rem
+type %BuildPool%\private\ntos\fw\alpha\jensen\build.log >> %BuildPool%\private\ntos\fw\alpha\jensen\be_firm.log
+
+echo *** Build done.  Look in jensen\be_firm.log for merged build logs.
+echo *** Check the obj\alpha area.
+
+rem
+rem return to the firmware directory
+rem
+
+cd %BuildPool%\private\ntos\fw\alpha\jensen
+
+@echo on
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/clean.cmd b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/clean.cmd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0e3da3adc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/clean.cmd
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+rem
+rem Delete all the autogenerated files in jensen\alpha.
+rem
+
+pushd \nt\private\ntos\fw\alpha\jensen\alpha
+
+del/f bldrstub.c conftest.c eisafunc.c eisaini.c eisamisc.c eisapod.c eisausa.c fakebldr.c fwchkstk.s fwhalt.c fwio.c fwkd.c fwload.c fwprint.c fwrstb.c fwsignal.c fwtime.c fwusa.c jenassem.s jenfonts.c jnfsinit.c jnfsstb.c jnfsstub.s jnsetcom.c jnsetenv.c jnsetmak.c jnsetset.c jnsettim.c jnupass.s jnupdate.c jnupstub.c jxboot.c jxconfig.c jxdisp.c jxenvir.c jxfboot.c jxhwsup.c jxkbd.c jxreboot.c jxserial.c jxsysid.c jxvendor.c kbdtest.c kdstubs.c monitor.c omf.c rom.c stubs.c ff* fs* u* fj*
+
+del/f ff* fs* u* fj*
+
+popd
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/conftest.rsp b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/conftest.rsp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2e4242e52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/conftest.rsp
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+-machine:alpha
+-fixed
+-rom
+-base:0x80080000,0x80082a00
+-align:0x100
+-debug:full
+-debugtype:coff
+-entry:main
+obj\alpha\conftest.obj
+\nt\public\sdk\lib\alpha\libcnt.lib
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/fakebldr.rsp b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/fakebldr.rsp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..945430cd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/fakebldr.rsp
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+-machine:alpha
+-fixed
+-rom
+-base:0x80600000,0x80600800
+-align:0x100
+-debug:full
+-debugtype:coff
+-entry:main
+obj\alpha\fakebldr.obj
+\nt\public\sdk\lib\alpha\libcnt.lib
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/linkfsb.rsp b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/linkfsb.rsp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2998fe940
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/linkfsb.rsp
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+-machine:alpha
+-rom
+-fixed
+-base:0x80704000
+-align:0x100
+-debug:full
+-debugtype:coff
+-entry:FailSafeEntry
+obj\alpha\jnfs.obj
+obj\alpha\jnfsinit.obj
+obj\alpha\jnfsstub.obj
+obj\alpha\version.obj
+obj\alpha\fjnsetcm.obj
+obj\alpha\fjxdisp.obj
+obj\alpha\fjxconfg.obj
+obj\alpha\fjxvendr.obj
+obj\alpha\ffwio.obj
+obj\alpha\fwprint.obj
+obj\alpha\fwload.obj
+obj\alpha\xxstring.obj
+obj\alpha\jxfboot.obj
+obj\alpha\fwtime.obj
+obj\alpha\fwusa.obj
+obj\alpha\fwsignal.obj
+obj\alpha\jxmemory.obj
+obj\alpha\kbdtest.obj
+obj\alpha\jxhwsup.obj
+obj\alpha\tbaqva.obj
+obj\alpha\jxkbd.obj
+obj\alpha\jnfsstb.obj
+obj\alpha\jxserial.obj
+obj\alpha\fwchkstk.obj
+obj\alpha\fjenfont.obj
+obj\alpha\fstubs.obj
+obj\alpha\jenstubs.obj
+obj\alpha\aha174x.obj
+..\..\..\bldr\obj\alpha\fatboot.obj
+..\..\..\bldr\obj\alpha\cdfsboot.obj
+..\..\..\bldr\obj\alpha\scsiboot.obj
+..\..\..\bldr\obj\alpha\scsidisk.obj
+..\..\..\rtl\obj\alpha\rtl.lib
+..\..\..\nthals\hal0jens\obj\alpha\axlbsup.obj
+..\..\..\nthals\hal0jens\obj\alpha\halpal.obj
+..\..\..\nthals\hal0jens\obj\alpha\jxcache.obj
+..\..\..\nthals\hal0jens\obj\alpha\jxioacc.obj
+..\..\..\nthals\hal0jens\obj\alpha\jxtime.obj
+..\..\..\nthals\hal0jens\obj\alpha\jxvtisup.obj
+\nt\public\sdk\lib\alpha\libcnt.lib
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/linkjens.rsp b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/linkjens.rsp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..56ca21fc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/linkjens.rsp
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+-machine:alpha
+-rom
+-fixed
+-base:0x80704000
+-align:0x100
+-debug:full
+-debugtype:coff
+-entry:FwEntry
+obj\alpha\selftest.obj
+obj\alpha\version.obj
+obj\alpha\eisafunc.obj
+obj\alpha\eisaini.obj
+obj\alpha\eisamisc.obj
+obj\alpha\eisapod.obj
+obj\alpha\fwhalt.obj
+obj\alpha\bldrstub.obj
+obj\alpha\fwrstb.obj
+obj\alpha\fwio.obj
+obj\alpha\fwload.obj
+obj\alpha\fwprint.obj
+obj\alpha\fwtime.obj
+obj\alpha\fwsignal.obj
+obj\alpha\xxstring.obj
+obj\alpha\jenassem.obj
+obj\alpha\jnsetcfg.obj
+obj\alpha\jnsetcom.obj
+obj\alpha\jnsetenv.obj
+obj\alpha\jnsetmak.obj
+obj\alpha\jnsetset.obj
+obj\alpha\jnsettim.obj
+obj\alpha\jxboot.obj
+obj\alpha\jxconfig.obj
+obj\alpha\jxdisp.obj
+obj\alpha\jxenvir.obj
+obj\alpha\jxfboot.obj
+obj\alpha\jxhwsup.obj
+obj\alpha\jxkbd.obj
+obj\alpha\jxmemory.obj
+obj\alpha\jxreboot.obj
+obj\alpha\jxserial.obj
+obj\alpha\jxsysid.obj
+obj\alpha\jxvendor.obj
+obj\alpha\rom.obj
+obj\alpha\kbdtest.obj
+obj\alpha\monitor.obj
+obj\alpha\omf.obj
+obj\alpha\fwchkstk.obj
+obj\alpha\tbaqva.obj
+obj\alpha\jenfonts.obj
+obj\alpha\stubs.obj
+obj\alpha\jenstubs.obj
+obj\alpha\fwusa.obj
+obj\alpha\eisausa.obj
+obj\alpha\aha174x.obj
+..\..\..\bldr\obj\alpha\fatboot.obj
+..\..\..\bldr\obj\alpha\ntfsboot.obj
+..\..\..\bldr\obj\alpha\cdfsboot.obj
+..\..\..\bldr\obj\alpha\scsiboot.obj
+..\..\..\bldr\obj\alpha\scsidisk.obj
+..\..\..\rtl\obj\alpha\rtl.lib
+..\..\..\nthals\hal0jens\obj\alpha\axlbsup.obj
+..\..\..\nthals\hal0jens\obj\alpha\halpal.obj
+..\..\..\nthals\hal0jens\obj\alpha\jxcache.obj
+..\..\..\nthals\hal0jens\obj\alpha\jxioacc.obj
+..\..\..\nthals\hal0jens\obj\alpha\jxtime.obj
+..\..\..\nthals\hal0jens\obj\alpha\jxvtisup.obj
+\nt\public\sdk\lib\alpha\libcnt.lib
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/linkupd.rsp b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/linkupd.rsp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77c585881
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/linkupd.rsp
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+-machine:alpha
+-rom
+-fixed
+-base:0x80080000
+-align:0x100
+-debug:full
+-debugtype:coff
+-entry:main
+obj\alpha\jnupdate.obj
+obj\alpha\version.obj
+obj\alpha\ujnsetcm.obj
+obj\alpha\rom.obj
+obj\alpha\jnupass.obj
+obj\alpha\jnupstub.obj
+obj\alpha\ustubs.obj
+obj\alpha\jenstubs.obj
+obj\alpha\fwusa.obj
+obj\alpha\fwchkstk.obj
+..\..\..\nthals\hal0jens\obj\alpha\jxioacc.obj
+..\..\..\rtl\obj\alpha\rtl.lib
+\nt\public\sdk\lib\alpha\libcnt.lib
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/makefile b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ee4f43fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#
+# DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE!!!  Edit .\sources. if you want to add a new source
+# file to this component.  This file merely indirects to the real make file
+# that is shared by all the components of NT OS/2
+#
+!INCLUDE $(NTMAKEENV)\makefile.def
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/makefile.inc b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/makefile.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..56d90a7da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/makefile.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
+!IF $(ALPHA)
+
+#
+# NT/Alpha AXP Firmware
+#
+
+alpha\palcode\fw: obj\alpha\jensfw.exe \
+                  alpha\palcode\fwimagen.exe \
+                  alpha\palcode\fwpack.exe \
+                  alpha\palcode\fwpal.nh
+	anm obj\alpha\jensfw.exe > obj\alpha\jensfw.sym
+	strip -m -s 80704000 -o obj\alpha\jensfw.str obj\alpha\jensfw.exe
+	cd alpha\palcode
+	fwimagen fwpal.nh ..\..\obj\alpha\jensfw.str fw
+        cd ..\..
+
+#
+# These are the inference and dependency rules for making a
+# copy of a file from the common area to the platform build area so
+# it can be compiled.
+#
+# Because of a deficiency in nmake, the inference rules do not work
+# if the target file (the copy in jensen\alpha) does not already exist.
+# As a remedy, there are null explicit dependency rules for each
+# local target of a common file.
+#
+# The copies are made readonly to reduce the
+# likelyhood of accidently editing the copy instead of the original
+# in the common area.
+#
+
+alpha\bldrstub.c:
+
+alpha\conftest.c:
+
+alpha\eisafunc.c:
+
+alpha\eisaini.c:
+
+alpha\eisamisc.c:
+
+alpha\eisapod.c:
+
+alpha\eisausa.c:
+
+alpha\fakebldr.c:
+
+alpha\fwchkstk.s:
+
+alpha\fwkd.c:
+
+alpha\fwhalt.c:
+
+alpha\fwio.c:
+
+alpha\fwload.c:
+
+alpha\fwprint.c:
+
+alpha\fwrstb.c:
+
+alpha\fwsignal.c:
+
+alpha\fwtime.c:
+
+alpha\fwupusa.c:
+
+alpha\fwusa.c:
+
+alpha\jenassem.s:
+
+alpha\jenfonts.c:
+
+alpha\jnfsinit.c:
+
+alpha\jnfsstb.c:
+
+alpha\jnfsstub.s:
+
+alpha\jnsetcom.c:
+
+alpha\jnsetenv.c:
+
+alpha\jnsetmak.c:
+
+alpha\jnsetset.c:
+
+alpha\jnsettim.c:
+
+alpha\jnupass.s:
+
+alpha\jnupdate.c:
+
+alpha\jnupstub.c:
+
+alpha\jxboot.c:
+
+alpha\jxconfig.c:
+
+alpha\jxdisp.c:
+
+alpha\jxenvir.c:
+
+alpha\jxfboot.c:
+
+alpha\jxhwsup.c:
+
+alpha\jxkbd.c:
+
+alpha\jxreboot.c:
+
+alpha\jxserial.c:
+
+alpha\jxsysid.c:
+
+alpha\jxvendor.c:
+
+alpha\kbdtest.c:
+
+alpha\kdstubs.c:
+
+alpha\monitor.c:
+
+alpha\omf.c:
+
+alpha\rom.c:
+
+alpha\stubs.c:
+
+{..}.s{alpha}.s:
+	attrib -r $@ > nul 2>&1
+	copy $** $@
+	attrib +r $@
+
+{..}.c{alpha}.c:
+	attrib -r $@ > nul 2>&1
+	copy $** $@
+	attrib +r $@
+
+
+
+obj\alpha\jensfw.exe: obj\alpha\selftest.obj \
+		      obj\alpha\jenstubs.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\eisafunc.obj \
+		      obj\alpha\aha174x.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\eisaini.obj \
+	              obj\alpha\fwkd.obj    \
+		      obj\alpha\kdstubs.obj  \
+                      obj\alpha\bldrstub.obj \
+	              obj\alpha\fwusa.obj \
+	              obj\alpha\eisausa.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\eisamisc.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\eisapod.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\fwio.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\fwchkstk.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\fwload.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\fwprint.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\fwhalt.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\fwrstb.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\fwsignal.obj \
+		      obj\alpha\xxstring.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\fwtime.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jenassem.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jenfonts.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jnsetcfg.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jnsetcom.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jnsetenv.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jnsetmak.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jnsetset.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jnsettim.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jxboot.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jxconfig.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jxdisp.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jxenvir.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jxfboot.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jxhwsup.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jxkbd.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jxmemory.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jxreboot.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jxserial.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jxsysid.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\jxvendor.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\kbdtest.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\monitor.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\rom.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\omf.obj \
+                      obj\alpha\stubs.obj \
+		      obj\alpha\tbaqva.obj \
+                      .\linkjens.rsp
+	link -machine:alpha -out:obj\alpha\jensfw.exe @linkjens.rsp
+
+
+
+
+#
+# FailSafe Booter
+#
+
+alpha\palcode\fsb: obj\alpha\fsb.exe \
+                   alpha\palcode\fwimagen.exe \
+                   alpha\palcode\fwpack.exe \
+                   alpha\palcode\fwpal.nh
+	anm obj\alpha\fsb.exe > obj\alpha\fsb.sym
+	strip -m -s 80704000 -o obj\alpha\fsb.str obj\alpha\fsb.exe
+	cd alpha\palcode
+	fwimagen fwpal.nh ..\..\obj\alpha\fsb.str fsb
+        cd ..\..
+
+obj\alpha\fsb.exe: obj\alpha\jnfs.obj \
+	           obj\alpha\fwusa.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\aha174x.obj \
+		   obj\alpha\jnfsinit.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\fwchkstk.obj \
+		   obj\alpha\jenstubs.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\ffwio.obj \
+		   obj\alpha\fwprint.obj \
+	           obj\alpha\xxstring.obj \
+		   obj\alpha\fjenfont.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\fjnsetcm.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\fjxdisp.obj \
+		   obj\alpha\fjxconfg.obj \
+		   obj\alpha\fjxvendr.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\jnfsstub.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\jnfsstb.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\fwload.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\jxmemory.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\jxhwsup.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\jxkbd.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\jxfboot.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\fwtime.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\fwsignal.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\kbdtest.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\fstubs.obj \
+		   obj\alpha\tbaqva.obj \
+                   obj\alpha\version.obj \
+                   .\linkfsb.rsp
+	link -machine:alpha -out:obj\alpha\fsb.exe @linkfsb.rsp
+
+
+
+obj\alpha\ffwio.obj: alpha\ffwio.c
+
+obj\alpha\fjenfont.obj: alpha\fjenfont.c
+
+obj\alpha\fjnsetcm.obj: alpha\fjnsetcm.c
+
+obj\alpha\fjxconfg.obj: alpha\fjxconfg.c
+
+obj\alpha\fjxdisp.obj: alpha\fjxdisp.c
+
+obj\alpha\fjxvendr.obj: alpha\fjxvendr.c
+
+obj\alpha\fstubs.obj: alpha\fstubs.c
+
+alpha\fjenfont.c: ..\jenfonts.c
+	attrib -r $@ > nul 2>&1
+	copy ..\jnfsfsb.h+$** $@
+	attrib +r $@
+
+
+alpha\fjnsetcm.c: ..\jnsetcom.c
+	attrib -r $@ > nul 2>&1
+	copy ..\jnfsfsb.h+$** $@
+	attrib +r $@
+
+
+alpha\ffwio.c: ..\fwio.c
+	attrib -r $@ > nul 2>&1
+	copy ..\jnfsfsb.h+$** $@
+	attrib +r $@
+
+
+alpha\fjxconfg.c: ..\jxconfig.c
+	attrib -r $@ > nul 2>&1
+	copy ..\jnfsfsb.h+$** $@
+	attrib +r $@
+
+alpha\fjxdisp.c: ..\jxdisp.c
+	attrib -r $@ > nul 2>&1
+	copy ..\jnfsfsb.h+$** $@
+	attrib +r $@
+
+
+alpha\fjxvendr.c: ..\jxvendor.c
+	attrib -r $@ > nul 2>&1
+	copy ..\jnfsfsb.h+$** $@
+	attrib +r $@
+
+
+alpha\fstubs.c: ..\stubs.c
+	attrib -r $@ > nul 2>&1
+	copy ..\jnfsfsb.h+$** $@
+	attrib +r $@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#
+# Jensen firmware update program
+#
+
+obj\alpha\jnupdate.exe: obj\alpha\jnupdate.obj \
+                        obj\alpha\ujnsetcm.obj \
+                        obj\alpha\rom.obj \
+                        obj\alpha\jnupass.obj \
+                        obj\alpha\jnupstub.obj \
+                        obj\alpha\ustubs.obj \
+			obj\alpha\fwupusa.obj \
+		        obj\alpha\jenstubs.obj \
+		        obj\alpha\version.obj \
+                        obj\alpha\fwchkstk.obj \
+                        .\linkupd.rsp
+	link -machine:alpha -out:obj\alpha\jnupdate.exe @linkupd.rsp
+	anm obj\alpha\jnupdate.exe > obj\alpha\jnupdate.sym
+
+obj\alpha\ujnsetcm.obj: alpha\ujnsetcm.c
+
+obj\alpha\ustubs.obj: alpha\ustubs.c
+
+alpha\ujnsetcm.c: ..\jnsetcom.c
+	attrib -r $@ > nul 2>&1
+	copy ..\jnupdate.h+$** $@
+	attrib +r $@
+
+
+alpha\ustubs.c: ..\stubs.c
+	attrib -r $@ > nul 2>&1
+	copy ..\jnupdate.h+$** $@
+	attrib +r $@
+
+
+
+
+#
+# Alpha configuration and memory descriptor diagnostic
+#
+
+obj\alpha\conftest.exe: obj\alpha\conftest.obj \
+		        obj\alpha\xxstring.obj \
+                        ..\conftest.rsp
+	link -machine:alpha -out:obj\alpha\conftest.exe @..\conftest.rsp
+	anm obj\alpha\conftest.exe > obj\alpha\conftest.sym
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#
+# Alpha osloader diagnostic
+#
+
+obj\alpha\fakebldr.exe: obj\alpha\fakebldr.obj \
+                        ..\fakebldr.rsp
+	link -machine:alpha -out:obj\alpha\fakebldr.exe @..\fakebldr.rsp
+	anm obj\alpha\fakebldr.exe > obj\alpha\fakebldr.sym
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#
+# PALcode concatenation tool
+#
+# This is executed on host development machine.
+#
+# PALCODEINC and PALCODELIB must be changed to point at their respective
+# sdk areas on the host machine.
+#
+
+PALCODEINC=d:\nt501\nt\public\sdk\inc\crt
+PALCODELIB=d:\nt501\nt\public\sdk\lib\alpha
+
+alpha\palcode\fwimagen.exe: ..\tools\fwimagen\fwimagen.c
+	copy ..\tools\fwimagen\fwimagen.c alpha\palcode\fwimagen.c
+	cd alpha\palcode
+        acc -I$(PALCODEINC) -o fwimagen.o fwimagen.c
+	a2coff fwimagen.o
+	link -out:fwimagen.exe -subsystem:console -entry:mainCRTStartup \
+		fwimagen.o $(PALCODELIB)\kernel32.lib $(PALCODELIB)\libcmt.lib $(PALCODELIB)\ntdll.lib
+        cd ..\..
+
+
+
+#
+# Alpha/Jensen Firmware update file (JENSFW.BIN) creation tool
+# This is executed on host development machine.
+#
+
+FWPACKINC=d:\nt501\nt\public\sdk\inc\crt
+FWPACKLIB=d:\nt501\nt\public\sdk\lib\alpha
+
+alpha\palcode\fwpack.exe: ..\tools\fwpack\fwpack.c
+	copy ..\tools\fwpack\fwpack.c alpha\palcode\fwpack.c
+	cd alpha\palcode
+	acc -I$(FWPACKINC) -o fwpack.o fwpack.c
+	a2coff fwpack.o
+        link -out:fwpack.exe -subsystem:console -entry:mainCRTStartup \
+		fwpack.o $(FWPACKLIB)\kernel32.lib $(FWPACKLIB)\libcmt.lib $(FWPACKLIB)\ntdll.lib
+        cd ..\..
+
+
+
+#
+# A hacked version of fwpack that is used for testing the FailSafe Booter
+# code.
+#
+
+alpha\palcode\fsbpack.exe: ..\tools\fwpack\fsbpack.c
+	copy ..\tools\fwpack\fsbpack.c alpha\palcode\fsbpack.c
+	cd alpha\palcode
+	acc -I$(FWPACKINC) -o fsbpack.o fsbpack.c
+	a2coff fsbpack.o
+        link -out:fsbpack.exe -subsystem:console -entry:mainCRTStartup \
+		fsbpack.o $(FWPACKLIB)\kernel32.lib $(FWPACKLIB)\libcmt.lib $(FWPACKLIB)\ntdll.lib
+        cd ..\..
+
+
+!ENDIF
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/readmekd.txt b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/readmekd.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..485155f7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/readmekd.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+Building the kernel debugger into the NT/Jensen firmware
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+John DeRosa	4/14/93
+
+
+It would be nice if we could always include the kernel debugger stub,
+or if it could be included by simply turning on a compile switch.
+Unfortunately, the kd stub amounts to over 30kb of code, and there
+isn't enough remaining ROM space for it.  This number could be reduced
+by a smarter treatment of library functions, but such an effort hasn't
+yet been done.
+
+Also, the kernel debugger cannot read a "-rom" linked jensfw.exe image.
+
+So, for the time being, this is how to link the kernel debugger stub
+into the firmware:
+
+1. Make space for the debugger stub by not linking in some code.  Easy
+targets are NTFS, CDFS, or EISA bus configuration.  Currently the
+code is set up for the victim to be the NTFS filesystem.
+
+2. Edit linkjens.rsp to remove the modules from (#1) from the link list.
+
+3. Add these lines to linkjens.rsp:
+
+	obj\alpha\fwkd.obj
+	obj\alpha\kdstubs.obj
+	..\..\..\nthals\hal0jens\obj\alpha\jxport.obj
+
+4. Add this line to the end of linkjens.rsp:
+
+	\nt\private\ntos\obj\alpha\kd.lib
+
+5. Copy linkjens.rsp to linkjens.tru.
+   Copy linkjens.rsp to linkjens.dbg.
+
+6. Edit linkjens.dbg and remove these switches:
+
+	-rom
+	-fixed
+
+7. Edit sources and turn on the ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS switch.
+
+8. Delete all .obj files from jensen\obj\alpha which will be affected by
+ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS.
+
+9. build.
+
+10. Create jensfw.bin.
+
+11. Additional steps must be followed for symbolic debugging.  This is
+because the kernel debugger is unable to read the "-rom" linked
+jensfw.exe:
+
+	a. Copy linkjens.dbg to linkjens.rsp.
+
+	b. del obj\alpha\jensfw.exe
+
+	c. build
+
+	d. jensen\obj\alpha\jensfw.exe is now suitable for alphakd.
+
+	e. To run alphakd:
+
+	   set _NT_SYMBOL_PATH=\nt\private\ntos\fw\alpha\jensen\obj\alpha
+	   cd obj\alpha
+	   alphakd
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/sources b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/sources
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d644f8759
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jensen/sources
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+!IF 0
+
+Copyright (c) 1989  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    sources.
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This file specifies the target component being built and the list of
+    sources files needed to build that component.  Also specifies optional
+    compiler switches and libraries that are unique for the component being
+    built.
+
+    N.B. This file is for Alpha/Jensen (DECpc AXP 150) builds only.
+
+Author:
+
+    Steve Wood (stevewo) 12-Apr-1990
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    John DeRosa [DEC]	23-June-1992
+
+
+NOTE:   Commented description of this file is in \nt\bak\bin\sources.tpl
+
+!ENDIF
+
+MAJORCOMP=ntos
+MINORCOMP=fw
+
+TARGETNAME=fw
+TARGETPATH=obj
+TARGETTYPE=LIBRARY
+
+ALPHA_OPTIONS= -checkstack 16 -DEISA_PLATFORM
+
+C_DEFINES = -DJENSEN
+
+!IF $(ALPHA)
+INCLUDES=.\alpha;..;..\..\..\inc;..\..\..\fastfat;..\..\..\bldr;..\..\..\nthals\hal0jens\alpha;..\..\..\bldr\alpha;..\..\..\dd\floppy;..\..\..\miniport\aha174x
+!ENDIF
+
+SOURCES=
+
+
+!IF 0
+Alpha AXP switches:
+
+OMF_DEBUG: set to TRUE when debugging the EISA functions.
+
+ALPHA_FW_SERDEB: define to build in the serial port debug print function.
+
+ALPHA_FW_VDB: define to build in video debugging.
+
+ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS: define to build in KD stub.  See fw\alpha\readmekd.txt.
+Put this in to use the kernel debugger.
+
+Define JENSEN for a Jensen build.
+
+Define MORGAN for a Morgan build.
+
+Define EISA_PLATFORM for an EISA machine.   Such a machine will have an
+EISA configuration utility that will configure the CDS tree.
+
+Define ISA_PLATFORM for an ISA machine.
+
+Other notes:
+
+checkstack needs to be a low value so that the firmware, FailSafe Booter,
+and JNUPDATE.EXE do run-time stack checking for all function calls.
+It doesn't need to be a low value for the other programs but the
+performance impact on them isn't enough to warrant changing the build
+procedure.
+
+Eg:
+
+	ALPHA_OPTIONS=-checkstack 16 -DALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS -DEISA_PLATFORM
+
+!ENDIF
+
+ALPHA_SOURCES=alpha\fwio.c     \
+	      alpha\tbaqva.c   \
+	      alpha\aha174x.c  \
+	      alpha\fwchkstk.s \
+	      alpha\fwkd.c     \
+	      alpha\bldrstub.c \
+	      alpha\kdstubs.c  \
+              alpha\fwhalt.c   \
+	      alpha\fwload.c   \
+              alpha\fwprint.c  \
+              alpha\fwsignal.c \
+              alpha\fwrstb.c   \
+              alpha\fwtime.c   \
+	      alpha\jenassem.s \
+	      alpha\jenfonts.c \
+	      alpha\jnsetcfg.c \
+	      alpha\jnsetcom.c \
+	      alpha\jnsetenv.c \
+	      alpha\jnsetmak.c \
+	      alpha\jnsetset.c \
+	      alpha\jnsettim.c \
+              alpha\jxboot.c   \
+              alpha\jxconfig.c \
+              alpha\jxdisp.c   \
+              alpha\jxenvir.c  \
+              alpha\jxfboot.c  \
+              alpha\jxhwsup.c  \
+              alpha\jxkbd.c    \
+              alpha\jxmemory.c \
+              alpha\jxreboot.c \
+              alpha\jxserial.c \
+              alpha\jxsysid.c  \
+              alpha\jxvendor.c \
+              alpha\kbdtest.c  \
+              alpha\monitor.c  \
+              alpha\omf.c      \
+              alpha\selftest.c \
+              alpha\jenstubs.c \
+	      alpha\stubs.c    \
+              alpha\eisafunc.c \
+              alpha\eisaini.c  \
+              alpha\eisamisc.c \
+              alpha\eisapod.c  \
+              alpha\conftest.c \
+              alpha\fakebldr.c \
+              alpha\jnfs.c     \
+              alpha\jnfsinit.c \
+              alpha\jnfsstub.s \
+              alpha\fjenfont.c \
+              alpha\ffwio.c    \
+              alpha\fjxconfg.c \
+              alpha\fjxdisp.c  \
+              alpha\fjxvendr.c \
+              alpha\fjnsetcm.c \
+	      alpha\fstubs.c   \
+	      alpha\ustubs.c   \
+              alpha\ujnsetcm.c \
+              alpha\jnupdate.c \
+              alpha\jnupass.s  \
+              alpha\jnupstub.c \
+              alpha\jnfsstb.c  \
+	      alpha\fwupusa.c  \
+              alpha\fwusa.c    \
+	      alpha\xxstring.c \
+              alpha\eisausa.c  \
+              alpha\rom.c      \
+	      alpha\version.c
+
+
+
+!IF $(ALPHA)
+
+!IF $(JENSEN)
+
+NTTARGETFILES=alpha\bldrstub.c		\
+              alpha\eisafunc.c		\
+              alpha\eisaini.c		\
+              alpha\eisamisc.c		\
+              alpha\eisapod.c		\
+              alpha\eisausa.c           \
+              alpha\fakebldr.c		\
+              alpha\fwchkstk.s		\
+              alpha\fwhalt.c		\
+              alpha\fwio.c		\
+              alpha\fwkd.c		\
+              alpha\fwload.c		\
+              alpha\fwprint.c		\
+              alpha\fwrstb.c		\
+              alpha\fwsignal.c		\
+              alpha\fwtime.c		\
+	      alpha\fwupusa.c           \
+              alpha\fwusa.c             \
+              alpha\jenassem.s		\
+              alpha\jenfonts.c		\
+              alpha\jnfs.c		\
+              alpha\jnfsinit.c		\
+              alpha\jnfsstb.c		\
+              alpha\jnfsstub.s		\
+              alpha\jnsetcfg.c		\
+              alpha\jnsetcom.c		\
+              alpha\jnsetenv.c		\
+              alpha\jnsetmak.c		\
+              alpha\jnsetset.c		\
+              alpha\jnsettim.c		\
+              alpha\jnupass.s		\
+              alpha\jnupdate.c		\
+              alpha\jnupstub.c		\
+              alpha\jxboot.c		\
+              alpha\jxconfig.c		\
+              alpha\jxdisp.c		\
+              alpha\jxenvir.c		\
+              alpha\jxfboot.c		\
+              alpha\jxhwsup.c		\
+              alpha\jxkbd.c		\
+              alpha\jxreboot.c		\
+              alpha\jxserial.c		\
+              alpha\jxsysid.c		\
+              alpha\jxvendor.c		\
+              alpha\kbdtest.c		\
+              alpha\kdstubs.c		\
+              alpha\monitor.c		\
+              alpha\omf.c		\
+              alpha\rom.c		\
+              alpha\selftest.c		\
+              alpha\stubs.c		\
+              obj\alpha\jnupdate.exe    \
+              obj\alpha\conftest.exe    \
+              obj\alpha\fakebldr.exe    \
+	      alpha\palcode\fw          \
+              alpha\palcode\fsb         \
+              alpha\palcode\fsbpack.exe 
+
+!ENDIF
+
+!ENDIF
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnfs.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnfs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0dd910624
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnfs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jnfs.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This contains firmware update related definitions for the FailSafe Booter
+    and JNUPDATE.EXE.
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		20-October-1992
+
+Revision History:
+
+
+--*/
+
+#ifndef _JNFS_
+#define _JNFS_
+
+
+//
+// Check for correct compilation
+//
+
+#if  defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && defined(JNUPDATE)
+#error ??!!?? FAILSAFE_BOOTER and JNUPDATE are both defined ??!!??
+#endif
+
+
+
+//
+// Function prototypes
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+JnFsStoreIntoROM(
+    IN PUCHAR FirmwareStart,
+    IN ULONG LowROMBlock,
+    IN ULONG HighROMBlock
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+AllBlocksNotDone (
+    IN PBOOLEAN StatusArray,
+    IN ULONG StartIndex,
+    IN ULONG EndIndex
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+ReadAndVerifyUpdateFile(
+    IN PCHAR PathName,
+    OUT PULONG BufferAddress,
+    OUT PULONG FirmwareStart,
+    OUT PULONG BufferLength,
+    OUT PULONG LowROMBlock,
+    OUT PULONG HighROMBlock
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+JnFsAllocateDescriptor(
+    IN ULONG MemoryType,
+    IN ULONG PageCount,
+    OUT PULONG ActualBase
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+JnFsProceedWithUpdate (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+JnFsDecodeBadStatus (
+    IN ARC_STATUS Status
+    );
+
+
+
+#endif // _JNFS_
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnfsfsb.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnfsfsb.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b7ce16e84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnfsfsb.h
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#define FAILSAFE_BOOTER 1
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnfsinit.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnfsinit.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9e6680393
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnfsinit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1990  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jnfsinit.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements the main part of the FailSafe Booter.  It was
+    based on jxboot.c.
+  
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		21-October-1992
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode only.
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+#include "jnsnrtc.h"
+#else
+#include "mrgnrtc.h"		// morgan
+#endif
+
+#include "string.h"
+#include "led.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+#include "xxstring.h"
+
+extern PCHAR FirmwareVersion;
+
+//
+// Define local procedure prototypes.
+//
+
+typedef
+VOID
+(*PTRANSFER_ROUTINE) (
+    IN ULONG Argc,
+    IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    IN PCHAR Envp[]
+    );
+
+VOID
+PutLedDisplay(
+    IN UCHAR Value
+    );
+
+
+//
+// Saved sp
+//
+
+ULONG FwSavedSp;
+
+
+VOID
+JnFsUpgradeSystem (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine attempts to load the upgrade image into memory.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+
+    //
+    // Initialize value for the ALIGN_BUFFER macro.
+    //
+
+    BlDcacheFillSize = KeGetDcacheFillSize();
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the firmware servies.
+    //
+
+    FwInitialize(0);
+
+    FwSetScreenColor( ArcColorWhite, ArcColorBlue);
+    FwSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
+    FwClearScreen();
+    FwSetPosition(1,0);
+
+    PutLedDisplay(LED_FW_INITIALIZED);
+
+    FwPrint(FSB_MSG, FirmwareVersion);
+    FwPrint(FW_COPYRIGHT_MSG);
+    FwPrint(FSB_WHY_RUNNING_MSG);
+    FwSetScreenAttributes( FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
+    FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorRed, ArcColorWhite);
+    FwPrint(FSB_FIELD_SERVICE_MSG);
+    FwSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
+    FwSetScreenColor( ArcColorWhite, ArcColorBlue);
+
+    FwPrint(FSB_LOOKING_FOR_MSG);
+
+    FwSavedSp = 0;
+
+    Status = FwExecute("eisa()disk()fdisk()jnupdate.exe", 0, NULL, NULL);
+
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+
+	FwSetScreenAttributes( FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
+	FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorRed, ArcColorWhite);
+    	FwPrint(FW_ERROR2_MSG);
+
+        if (Status <= EROFS) {
+            FwPrint(FW_ERROR_MSG[Status - 1]);
+        } else {
+            FwPrint(FW_ERROR_CODE_MSG, Status);
+        }
+
+        FwPrint(FSB_UPGRADE_ABORTED_MSG);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // No matter how we returned, hang if we come back.
+    //
+
+    VenPrint(FSB_POWER_CYCLE_TO_REBOOT_MSG);
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+    }
+}
+
+VOID
+FwInitialize (
+    IN ULONG MemSize
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the system parameter block which is located
+    in low memory. This structure contains the firmware entry vector and
+    the restart parameter block.  This routine also initializes the io devices,
+    the configuration, and opens standard in/out.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    MemSize - Not Used. For compatibility with definitions in bldr\firmware.h
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Fid;
+    ULONG TTBase;
+    PCHAR ConsoleName;
+    ULONG Index;
+    CHAR DiskPath[40];
+
+    //
+    // Initialize Vendor Must be done before Calling FwAllocatePool.  Also
+    // initialize the system ID and time.
+    //
+
+    FwVendorInitialize();
+    //FwSystemIdInitialize();
+    FwTimeInitialize();
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the Fw loadable services.
+    //
+    FwLoadInitialize();
+
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the termination function entry points in the transfer vector
+    //
+    //FwTerminationInitialize();
+
+
+    //
+    // Initialize configuration
+    //
+
+    FwConfigurationInitialize();
+
+    //
+    // Initialize IO structures and display driver.
+    //
+
+    FwIoInitialize1();
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the I/O services and environment.
+    //
+
+    FwIoInitialize2();
+    //FwEnvironmentInitialize();
+
+    //
+    // Open the std in and out device.
+    //
+
+    FwOpenConsole();
+    FwConsoleInitialized = TRUE;
+
+    //
+    // Spinning up the disks and initting the Eisa routines are not necessary.
+    //
+
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+FwOpenConsole(
+    IN VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+     This opens the console input and output devices.  This does not
+     reference the environment variables, as we do not have full
+     environment variable support to minimize code space.
+
+Arguments:
+
+     None.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+     None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG Fid;
+    PCHAR ConsoleName;
+
+    //
+    // Open the std in and out device.
+    //
+
+    if (SerialOutput) {
+        ConsoleName=FW_SERIAL_0_DEVICE;
+    } else {
+	ConsoleName=FW_KEYBOARD_IN_DEVICE;
+    }
+
+    if (FwOpen(ConsoleName,ArcOpenReadOnly,&Fid) != ESUCCESS) {
+        FwPrint(FW_CONSOLE_IN_ERROR_MSG);
+	FwPrint(FW_CONTACT_FIELD_SERVICE_MSG);
+    }
+
+    if (Fid != ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT) {
+        FwPrint(FW_CONSOLE_IN_ERROR2_MSG);
+    }
+
+    if (SerialOutput) {
+        ConsoleName=FW_SERIAL_0_DEVICE;
+    } else {
+	ConsoleName=FW_CONSOLE_OUT_DEVICE;
+    }
+
+    if (FwOpen(ConsoleName,ArcOpenWriteOnly,&Fid) != ESUCCESS) {
+        FwPrint(FW_CONSOLE_OUT_ERROR_MSG);
+	FwPrint(FW_CONTACT_FIELD_SERVICE_MSG);
+    }
+
+    if (Fid != ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT) {
+        FwPrint(FW_CONSOLE_OUT_ERROR2_MSG);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnfsstb.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnfsstb.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4cf40edea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnfsstb.c
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+/*++
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jnfsstb.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    \nt\private\ntos\bldr\alpha\stubs.c variant stub functions for
+    the FailSafe Booter.
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		20-Oct-1992
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode only.
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+
+//
+// Define global data.
+//
+
+ULONG BlDcacheFillSize = 32;
+
+VOID
+KeBugCheck (
+    IN ULONG BugCheckCode
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function crashes the system in a controlled manner.
+
+    Alpha/Jensen firmware will try to run the Monitor instead of the
+    kernel debugger.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    BugCheckCode - Supplies the reason for the bug check.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+
+    //
+    // Print out the bug check code and halt.
+    //
+
+    VenPrint1(ST_BUGCHECK_MSG, BugCheckCode);
+    VenPrint(ST_HIT_KEY_FOR_REBOOT_MSG);
+    FwWaitForKeypress(FALSE);
+    AlphaInstHalt();
+
+#else
+
+    //
+    // Print out the bug check code and break.
+    //
+
+    DbgPrint(ST_BUGCHECK_MSG, BugCheckCode);
+    while(TRUE) {
+        DbgBreakPoint();
+    };
+
+#endif
+
+    return;
+}
+
+LARGE_INTEGER
+KeQueryPerformanceCounter (
+    OUT PLARGE_INTEGER Frequency OPTIONAL
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine is a stub for the kernel debugger and always returns a
+    value of zero.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Frequency - Supplies an optional pointer to a variable which receives
+        the performance counter frequency in Hertz.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    A value of zero is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    LARGE_INTEGER Counter;
+
+    //
+    // Return the current system time as the function value.
+    //
+
+    Counter.LowPart = 0;
+    Counter.HighPart = 0;
+    return Counter;
+}
+
+VOID
+KeStallExecutionProcessor (
+    IN ULONG MicroSeconds
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function stalls execution for the specified number of microseconds.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    MicroSeconds - Supplies the number of microseconds that execution is to be
+        stalled.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG Limit;
+    PULONG Store;
+    ULONG Value;
+
+    //
+    // ****** begin temporary code ******
+    //
+    // This code must be replaced with a smarter version. For now it assumes
+    // an execution rate of 80,000,000 instructions per second and 4 instructions
+    // per iteration.
+    //
+
+    Store = &Value;
+    Limit = (MicroSeconds * 80 / 4);
+    for (Index = 0; Index < Limit; Index += 1) {
+        *Store = Index;
+    }
+    return;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+KeFreezeExecution (
+    IN PKTRAP_FRAME TrapFrame,
+    IN PEXCEPTION_RECORD ExceptionRecord
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function freezes the execution of all other processors in the host
+    configuration and then returns to the caller. It is intended for use by
+    the kernel debugger.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Whether interrupts were previously enabled.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+VOID
+KeThawExecution (
+    IN KIRQL Irql
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function unfreezes the execution of all other processors in the host
+    configuration and then returns to the caller. It is intended for use by
+    the kernel debugger.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Irql - Supplies the level that the IRQL is to be lowered to after having
+        unfrozen the execution of all other processors.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    return;
+}
+
+PVOID
+MmDbgReadCheck (
+    IN PVOID VirtualAddress
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine returns the phyiscal address for a virtual address
+    which is valid (mapped) for read access.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    VirtualAddress - Supplies the virtual address to check.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns NULL if the address is not valid or readable, otherwise
+    returns the physical address of the corresponding virtual address.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    return VirtualAddress;
+}
+
+PVOID
+MmDbgTranslatePhysicalAddress (
+    IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PhysicalAddress
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine returns the phyiscal address for a physical address
+    which is valid (mapped).
+
+Arguments:
+
+    PhysicalAddress - Supplies the physical address to check.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns NULL if the address is not valid or readable, otherwise
+    returns the physical address of the corresponding virtual address.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    return (PVOID)PhysicalAddress.LowPart;
+}
+
+PVOID
+MmDbgWriteCheck (
+    IN PVOID VirtualAddress
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine returns the phyiscal address for a virtual address
+    which is valid (mapped) for write access.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    VirtualAddress - Supplies the virtual address to check.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns NULL if the address is not valid or readable, otherwise
+    returns the physical address of the corresponding virtual address.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return VirtualAddress;
+}
+
+VOID
+RtlAssert(
+    IN PVOID FailedAssertion,
+    IN PVOID FileName,
+    IN ULONG LineNumber,
+    IN PCHAR Message OPTIONAL
+    )
+{
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+
+    //
+    // Print out the assertion failure and go to the monitor.
+    //
+
+    VenPrint(ST_ASSERT_MSG);
+    AlphaInstHalt();
+
+#else
+
+    DbgPrint(ST_ASSERT_MSG);
+    while (TRUE) {
+        DbgBreakPoint();
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnfsstub.s b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnfsstub.s
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..83203d5d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnfsstub.s
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+#if defined(ALPHA)
+
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jnfsstub.s
+
+
+Abstract:
+
+    A streamlined copy of jenassem.s, for the FailSafe Booter.
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		21-October-1992
+
+
+Environment:
+
+    Executes in kernel mode.
+
+Revision History:
+
+
+--*/
+
+
+#include "ksalpha.h"
+#include "selfmap.h"
+#include "jnsndef.h"
+
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Simple functions to perform PALcode calls and memory barriers.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(AlphaInstIMB)
+
+	callpal	imb
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+
+	.end    AlphaInstIMB
+
+
+
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(AlphaInstMB)
+
+	mb
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+
+	.end    AlphaInstMB
+
+
+
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(AlphaInstHalt)
+
+	callpal	halt
+	ret	zero, (ra)		# should never return, but...
+
+	.end    AlphaInstHalt
+
+
+
+#if 0
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(DisableInterrupts)
+
+	callpal	di
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+
+	.end    DisableInterrupts
+#endif
+
+
+
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(RegisterExceptionHandler)
+
+	lda	a0, FailSafeEntry	# Restart main code on unexpected exceptions
+	callpal	wrentry
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+
+	.end    RegisterExceptionHandler
+
+	NESTED_ENTRY(FwExecute, 0x60, ra)
+
+
+/*
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This is the entry point for the Execute service.
+
+    It behaves in two different ways depending on where it is called from:
+
+    1) If called from the Firmware, it saves the stack pointer
+    in a fixed location and then saves all the saved registers
+    in the stack.  This is the stack that will be used to restore
+    the saved state when returning to the firmware.
+
+    2) If called from a loaded program, the program to be loaded
+    and executed can overwrite the current program and its
+    stack.   Therefore a temporary stack is set.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    a0 IN PCHAR Path,
+    a1 IN ULONG Argc,
+    a2 IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    a3 IN PCHAR Envp[]
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ARC_STATUS returned by FwPrivateExecute.
+    Always returns to the Firmware.
+
+ */
+
+	lda	t0, FwSavedSp
+	subq	sp, 0x60		# make room in the stack
+	stl	sp, (t0)		# save new stack pointer
+
+	stq	ra, (sp)		# return address on top of stack
+	stq	s0, 0x8(sp)		# save s registers
+	stq	s1, 0x10(sp)		
+	stq	s2, 0x18(sp)		
+	stq	s3, 0x20(sp)		
+	stq	s4, 0x28(sp)		
+	stq	s5, 0x30(sp)		
+	stq	fp, 0x38(sp)		
+	stq	gp, 0x40(sp)		
+	jsr  	ra, FwPrivateExecute	# go do the work.
+
+RestoreFwState:
+	ldq	ra, (sp)		# restore return address
+	ldq	s0, 0x8(sp)		# restore s registers
+	ldq	s1, 0x10(sp)		
+	ldq	s2, 0x18(sp)		
+	ldq	s3, 0x20(sp)		
+	ldq	s4, 0x28(sp)		
+	ldq	s5, 0x30(sp)		
+	ldq	fp, 0x48(sp)		
+	ldq	gp, 0x40(sp)		
+	addq	sp, 0x60		# restore stack pointer
+	ret	zero, (ra)		# return to firmware control
+
+	.end	FwExecute
+
+	NESTED_ENTRY(FwInvoke, 0x40, ra)
+
+/*++
+ARC_STATUS
+FwInvoke(
+    IN ULONG ExecAddr,
+    IN ULONG StackAddr,
+    IN ULONG Argc,
+    IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    IN PCHAR Envp[]
+    )
+
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine invokes a loaded program.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    ExecAddr - Supplies the address of the routine to call.
+
+    StackAddr - Supplies the address to which the stack pointer is set.
+
+    Argc, Argv, Envp - Supply the arguments and environment to pass to
+                       Loaded program.
+
+    The stack pointer is saved in register s0 so that when the loaded
+    program returns, the old stack pointer can be restored.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned if the address is valid.
+    EFAULT indicates an invalid address.
+
+--*/
+
+
+	subq	sp, 0x40		# make room on the stack
+	stq	ra, (sp)		# save ra on top of stack
+	stq	s0, 0x8(sp)		# save s0
+	and	a0, 3, t1		# return EFAULT if unaligned address
+	ldiq	v0, 0x6
+	bne	zero, 1f		# branch if address alignment error
+
+	mov	a0, t12			# save program address in t12
+
+	mov	sp, s0			# save stack pointer
+	mov	a1, sp			# ..and load new one for program
+	mov	a2, a0			# argc becomes first argument
+	mov	a3, a1			# argv becomes second argument
+	mov	a4, a2			# envp becomes third argument
+
+	jsr  	ra, (t12)		# call program
+
+	// here if loaded program returns.
+
+	mov	s0, sp			# restore stack pointer
+	mov	zero, v0		# return ESUCCESS value
+	ldq	s0, 0x8(sp)		# restore things
+	ldq	ra, (sp)
+1:
+	addq	sp, 0x40
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+
+	.end	FwInvoke
+
+#if 0
+
+//
+// This function was used to zero out memory in the jnfs.c module.
+// We do not need to do this anymore.
+//
+
+/****
+
+VOID
+WildZeroMemory(
+    IN ULONG StartAddress,
+    IN ULONG Size
+    )
+Routine Description:
+
+        This routine zeroes the specified range of memory.
+
+	At some point this may be changed to a more clever algorithm,
+	For now, it simply does store quads.
+
+Arguments:
+
+        a0 - supplies the base physical address of the range of memory
+             to zero.  It must be a multiple of the data cache line 
+	     size.
+
+        a1 - supplies length of memory to zero, in bytes.  This must
+	     be a multiple of the data cache line size.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+        None.
+
+--*/
+
+         LEAF_ENTRY(WildZeroMemory)
+
+	mov	a0, t0		# start address
+	mov 	a1, t1		# number of bytes to move
+
+1:
+	subqv	t1, 0x20	# zero a D-cache block = 32 bytes
+	stq	zero, (t0)	
+	stq	zero, 0x8(t0)
+	stq	zero, 0x10(t0)
+	stq	zero, 0x18(t0)
+	addqv	t0, 0x20	# move to next cache block
+	bgt	t1, 1b		# t1 = 0 when done.
+
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+	
+	.end	WildZeroMemory
+
+#endif
+
+
+/************************************************************
+
+These are stubs.  When the real code appears in the Alpha build
+tree, these should be deleted.  Consult the "hacked" file.
+
+*************************************************************/
+
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(DebugPrompt)
+
+	callpal	halt			# surprise!
+	ret	zero, (ra)		# should never return, but...
+
+	.end    DebugPrompt
+
+
+
+
+/* ----
+
+VOID
+FwStallExecution
+(
+	ULONG Microseconds
+);
+
+
+This routine utilizes the Alpha cycle counter to delay a requested number of
+microseconds. 
+
+
+---- */
+
+	LEAF_ENTRY( FwStallExecution)
+
+	beq	a0, 20f			// exit if zero delay requested
+
+//	lda	t0, 20000(zero)		// force small delays to 20 milliseconds
+//	subl	a0, 5, t1
+//	cmoveq	t1, t0, a0
+
+10:	bsr	t3, 100f		// call 1 microsecond delay subroutine
+
+	subl	a0, 1, a0		// decrement requested microseconds
+	zap	a0, 0xf0, a0		// unsigned long a0
+
+	bgt	a0, 10b
+
+20:	ret	zero, (ra)
+
+//
+//	1 microsecond delay subroutine
+//
+
+100:	ldl	t0, CyclesPerMicrosecond	// init 1 microsecond delay
+
+	rpcc	t1			// get entry time rpcc value
+	zap	t1, 0xf0, t1		// clear <63:32>
+
+200:	rpcc	t2			// get current rpcc value
+	zap	t2, 0xf0, t2		// clear <63:32>
+
+	subl	t2, t1, t2		// compute unsigned 32b difference
+	zap	t2, 0xf0, t2
+
+	subl	t0, t2, t2		// (requested delay - delay so far) > 0?
+
+	bgt	t2, 200b
+
+	ret	zero, (t3)
+
+	.end    FwStallExecution
+
+
+
+#endif  // ALPHA
+
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsetcom.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsetcom.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3eefa31d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsetcom.c
@@ -0,0 +1,862 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991 Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993 Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jnsetcom.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This program contains the common routines for the Jensen setup code,
+    the firmware update program (JNUPDATE.EXE), and the FailSafe Booter.
+
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		31-July-1992.
+
+    This module, and the entire setup program, was based on the jzsetup
+    program written by David M. Robinson (davidro) of Microsoft, dated
+    9-Aug-1991.
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "jnsnvdeo.h"
+#include "machdef.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "iodevice.h"
+#include "jnvendor.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+
+
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_SERDEB
+//
+// Variable that enables printing on the COM1 line.
+//
+extern BOOLEAN SerSnapshot;
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+ULONG
+JzDisplayMenu (
+    IN PCHAR Choices[],
+    IN ULONG NumberOfChoices,
+    IN LONG DefaultChoice,
+    IN ULONG CurrentLine,
+    IN LONG AutobootValue,
+    IN BOOLEAN ShowTheTime
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    Displays a menu and gets a selection.
+
+    This routine assumes that the entries in the Choices array
+    do not have two adjacent blank rows, and that the first and last
+    rows are not blank.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Choices[]		The menu choices array
+
+    NumberOfChoices	The 1-based number of entries in Choices[]
+
+    DefaultChoice	The 0-based entry which should be highlighted
+                        as the default choice.
+
+    CurrentLine		The current line on the video.
+
+    AutobootValue	If zero, do not do an autoboot countdown.
+	            	If nonzero, do an autoboot countdown with this value.
+
+    ShowTheTime		If true, the time is displayed in the upper right
+                        hand corner.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns -1 if the escape key is pressed, otherwise returns the menu item
+    selected, where 0 is the first item.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Index;
+    UCHAR Character;
+    ULONG Count;
+    ULONG PreviousTime;
+    ULONG RelativeTime;
+    BOOLEAN Timeout;
+
+#ifndef JNUPDATE
+
+    //
+    // Setup for autoboot
+    //
+
+    if (AutobootValue == 0) {
+	Timeout = FALSE;
+	AutobootValue = 1;
+    } else {
+	Timeout = TRUE;
+	PreviousTime = FwGetRelativeTime();
+    }
+
+#else
+
+    Timeout = FALSE;
+    AutobootValue = 1;
+
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // Display the menu
+    //
+
+    for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfChoices ; Index++ ) {
+        VenSetPosition( Index + CurrentLine, 5);
+        if (Index == DefaultChoice) {
+            VenSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
+            VenPrint(Choices[Index]);
+            VenSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
+        } else {
+            VenPrint(Choices[Index]);
+        }
+    }
+
+    Character = 0;
+    do {
+#ifndef JNUPDATE
+	if (ShowTheTime) {
+	    JzShowTime(FALSE);
+	}
+#endif
+        if (ArcGetReadStatus(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT) == ESUCCESS) {
+            ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+            switch (Character) {
+
+            case ASCII_ESC:
+
+                VenStallExecution(10000);
+                if (ArcGetReadStatus(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT) == ESUCCESS) {
+		    ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+		    if (Character != '[') {
+			return(-1);
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    return(-1);
+		}
+
+		// We purposely fall through to ASCII_CSI.
+
+            case ASCII_CSI:
+
+                ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+                VenSetPosition( DefaultChoice + CurrentLine, 5);
+                VenPrint(Choices[DefaultChoice]);
+
+                switch (Character) {
+
+                case 'A':
+                case 'D':
+                    DefaultChoice--;
+		    if (DefaultChoice < 0) {
+			DefaultChoice = NumberOfChoices - 1;
+		    }
+                    if (*Choices[DefaultChoice] == 0) {
+                        DefaultChoice--;
+                    }
+                    break;
+
+                case 'B':
+                case 'C':
+                    DefaultChoice++;
+		    if (DefaultChoice == NumberOfChoices) {
+			DefaultChoice = 0;
+		    }
+                    if (*Choices[DefaultChoice] == 0) {
+                        DefaultChoice++;
+                    }
+                    break;
+
+                case 'H':
+                    DefaultChoice = 0;
+                    break;
+
+                default:
+                    break;
+                }
+
+                VenSetPosition( DefaultChoice + CurrentLine, 5);
+                VenSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
+                VenPrint(Choices[DefaultChoice]);
+                VenSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
+                continue;
+
+            default:
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+	//
+	// If default choice is nonzero and a timeout is active, remove
+	// the timeout.
+	//
+			
+	if ((DefaultChoice != 0) && Timeout) {
+	    Timeout = FALSE;
+	    VenSetPosition(NumberOfChoices + 9, 0);
+	    VenPrint("\x9bK");
+	}
+		
+#ifndef JNUPDATE
+
+	//
+	// Update the timeout value if active.
+	//
+		      
+	if (Timeout) {
+	    RelativeTime = FwGetRelativeTime();
+	    if (RelativeTime != PreviousTime) {
+		PreviousTime = RelativeTime;
+		VenSetPosition(NumberOfChoices + 9, 62);
+		VenPrint("\x9bK");
+		VenPrint1("%d", AutobootValue--);
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+		
+    } while ((Character != '\n') && (Character != ASCII_CR) && (AutobootValue >= 0));
+
+    return DefaultChoice;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+GETSTRING_ACTION
+JzGetString(
+    OUT PCHAR String,
+    IN ULONG StringLength,
+    IN PCHAR InitialString OPTIONAL,
+    IN ULONG CurrentRow,
+    IN ULONG CurrentColumn,
+    IN BOOLEAN ShowTheTime
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine reads a string from standardin until a carriage return is
+    found, StringLength is reached, or ESC is pushed.
+
+    Semicolons are discarded.  Reason: semicolons are key characters in
+    the parsing of multi-segment environment variables.  They aren not
+    needed for any valid input to the firmware, so the easiest solution
+    is to filter them here.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    String - Supplies a pointer to a location where the string is to be stored.
+
+    StringLength - Supplies the Max Length to read.
+
+    InitialString - Supplies an optional initial string.
+
+    CurrentRow - Supplies the current screen row.
+
+    CurrentColumn - Supplies the current screen column.
+
+    ShowTheTime		If true, the time is displayed in the upper
+                        right-hand corner of the screen.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the string was successfully obtained GetStringSuccess is return,
+    otherwise one of the following codes is returned.
+
+    GetStringEscape - the escape key was pressed or StringLength was reached.
+    GetStringUpArrow - the up arrow key was pressed.
+    GetStringDownArrow - the down arrow key was pressed.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    UCHAR c;
+    ULONG Count;
+    PCHAR Buffer;
+    PCHAR Cursor;
+    PCHAR CopyPointer;
+    GETSTRING_ACTION Action;
+
+    //
+    // If an initial string was supplied, update the output string.
+    //
+
+    if (ARGUMENT_PRESENT(InitialString)) {
+        strcpy(String, InitialString);
+        Buffer = strchr(String, 0);
+    } else {
+        *String = 0;
+        Buffer = String;
+    }
+
+    Cursor = Buffer;
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+
+        //
+        // Print the string.
+        //
+
+        VenSetPosition(CurrentRow, CurrentColumn);
+        VenPrint(String);
+        VenPrint("\x9bK");
+
+        //
+        // Print the cursor.
+        //
+
+        VenSetScreenAttributes(TRUE,FALSE,TRUE);
+        VenSetPosition(CurrentRow, (Cursor - String) + CurrentColumn);
+
+        if (Cursor >= Buffer) {
+            VenPrint(" ");
+        } else {
+            ArcWrite(ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT,Cursor,1,&Count);
+        }
+        VenSetScreenAttributes(TRUE,FALSE,FALSE);
+
+#ifndef JNUPDATE
+        while (ShowTheTime &&
+	       ArcGetReadStatus(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT) != ESUCCESS) {
+            JzShowTime(FALSE);
+        }
+#endif
+        Status = ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT,&c,1,&Count);
+
+        if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+            Action = GetStringEscape;
+            goto EndGetString;
+        }
+
+        if (Buffer-String == StringLength) {
+            Action = GetStringEscape;
+            goto EndGetString;
+        }
+
+        switch (c) {
+
+        case ASCII_ESC:
+
+            //
+            // If there is another character available, look to see if
+            // this a control sequence, and fall through to ASCII_CSI.
+            // This is an attempt to make escape sequences from a terminal work.
+            //
+
+            VenStallExecution(10000);
+
+            if (ArcGetReadStatus(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT) == ESUCCESS) {
+                ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &c, 1, &Count);
+                if (c != '[') {
+                    Action = GetStringEscape;
+                    goto EndGetString;
+                }
+            } else {
+                Action = GetStringEscape;
+                goto EndGetString;
+            }
+
+        case ASCII_CSI:
+
+            ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &c, 1, &Count);
+            switch (c) {
+
+            case 'A':
+                Action = GetStringUpArrow;
+                goto EndGetString;
+
+            case 'D':
+                if (Cursor != String) {
+                    Cursor--;
+                }
+                continue;
+
+            case 'B':
+                Action = GetStringDownArrow;
+                goto EndGetString;
+
+            case 'C':
+                if (Cursor != Buffer) {
+                    Cursor++;
+                }
+                continue;
+
+            case 'H':
+                Cursor = String;
+                continue;
+
+            case 'K':
+                Cursor = Buffer;
+                continue;
+
+            case 'P':
+                CopyPointer = Cursor;
+                while (*CopyPointer) {
+                    *CopyPointer = *(CopyPointer + 1);
+                    CopyPointer++;
+                }
+                if (Buffer != String) {
+                    Buffer--;
+                }
+                continue;
+
+            default:
+                break;
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case '\r':
+        case '\n':
+
+            Action = GetStringSuccess;
+            goto EndGetString;
+
+	    //
+	    // Do not bother handling the tab character properly.
+	    //
+
+	case '\t' :
+
+            Action = GetStringEscape;
+            goto EndGetString;
+
+        case '\b':
+
+            if (Cursor != String) {
+                Cursor--;
+            }
+            CopyPointer = Cursor;
+            while (*CopyPointer) {
+                *CopyPointer = *(CopyPointer + 1);
+                CopyPointer++;
+            }
+            if (Buffer != String) {
+                Buffer--;
+            }
+            break;
+
+	    //
+	    // Discard any semicolons because they will corrupt multi-
+	    // segment environment variables.
+	    //
+
+	case ';':
+
+	    break;
+
+        default:
+
+            //
+            // Store the character.
+            //
+
+            CopyPointer = ++Buffer;
+            if (CopyPointer > Cursor) {
+                while (CopyPointer != Cursor) {
+                    *CopyPointer = *(CopyPointer - 1);
+                    CopyPointer--;
+                }
+            }
+            *Cursor++ = c;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    Action = GetStringEscape;
+
+EndGetString:
+
+    VenSetPosition(CurrentRow, (Cursor - String) + CurrentColumn);
+
+    if (Cursor >= Buffer) {
+        VenPrint(" ");
+    } else {
+        ArcWrite(ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT,Cursor,1,&Count);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Make sure we return a null string if not successful.
+    //
+
+    if (Action != GetStringSuccess) {
+        *String = 0;
+    }
+
+    return(Action);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(JNUPDATE) && !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+ARC_STATUS
+JzEnvironmentCheckChecksum (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine checks the environment area checksum.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the checksum is good, ESUCCESS is returned, otherwise EIO is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PUCHAR NvChars;
+    PNV_CONFIGURATION NvConfiguration;
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG Checksum1, Checksum2;
+
+    NvConfiguration = (PNV_CONFIGURATION)NVRAM_CONFIGURATION;
+
+    //
+    // Form checksum from NVRAM data.
+    //
+
+    Checksum1 = 0;
+    NvChars = (PUCHAR)&NvConfiguration->Environment[0];
+
+    for ( Index = 0 ;
+    Index < LENGTH_OF_ENVIRONMENT;
+    Index++ ) {
+        Checksum1 += HalpReadNVByte( NvChars++ );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Reconstitute checksum and return error if no compare.
+    //
+
+    Checksum2 = (ULONG)HalpReadNVByte( &NvConfiguration->Checksum2[0] ) |
+                (ULONG)HalpReadNVByte( &NvConfiguration->Checksum2[1] ) << 8 |
+                (ULONG)HalpReadNVByte( &NvConfiguration->Checksum2[2] ) << 16 |
+                (ULONG)HalpReadNVByte( &NvConfiguration->Checksum2[3] ) << 24 ;
+
+    if (Checksum1 != Checksum2) {
+        return EIO;
+    } else {
+        return ESUCCESS;
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef JNUPDATE
+BOOLEAN
+JzGetPathMnemonicKey(
+    IN PCHAR OpenPath,
+    IN PCHAR Mnemonic,
+    IN PULONG Key
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine looks for the given Mnemonic in OpenPath.
+    If Mnemonic is a component of the path, then it converts the key
+    value to an integer wich is returned in Key.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    OpenPath - Pointer to a string that contains an ARC pathname.
+
+    Mnemonic - Pointer to a string that contains a ARC Mnemonic
+
+    Key      - Pointer to a ULONG where the Key value is stored.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+    FALSE  if mnemonic is found in path and a valid key is converted.
+    TRUE   otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    PCHAR Tmp;
+    CHAR  Digits[4];
+    ULONG i;
+    CHAR  String[16];
+
+    //
+    // Construct a string of the form ")mnemonic("
+    //
+    String[0]=')';
+    for(i=1;*Mnemonic;i++) {
+        String[i] = * Mnemonic++;
+    }
+    String[i++]='(';
+    String[i]='\0';
+
+    if ((Tmp=strstr(OpenPath,&String[1])) == NULL) {
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if (Tmp != OpenPath) {
+        if ((Tmp=strstr(OpenPath,String)) == NULL) {
+            return TRUE;
+        }
+    } else {
+        i--;
+    }
+    //
+    // skip the mnemonic and convert the value in between parentesis to integer
+    //
+    Tmp+=i;
+    for (i=0;i<3;i++) {
+        if (*Tmp == ')') {
+            Digits[i] = '\0';
+            break;
+        }
+        Digits[i] = *Tmp++;
+    }
+    Digits[i]='\0';
+    *Key = atoi(Digits);
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+#endif // ndef JNUPDATE
+
+VOID
+FwWaitForKeypress(
+    IN BOOLEAN ShowTheTime
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine waits for a keypress, then returns.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    ShowTheTime		TRUE = display the time.
+	                FALSE = do not display the time.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    UCHAR Character;
+    ULONG Count;
+
+    VenPrint(SS_PRESS_KEY_MSG);
+    while (ArcGetReadStatus(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT) != ESUCCESS) {
+#if !defined(JNUPDATE) && !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+	if (ShowTheTime) {
+	    JzShowTime(FALSE);
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+    ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+    VenPrint1("%c2J", ASCII_CSI);
+}
+
+#if !defined(JNUPDATE) && !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetVariableSegment (
+    IN ULONG SegmentNumber,
+    IN OUT PCHAR Segment
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+     This routine returns the specified segment of a volatile environment
+     variable.  Segments are separated by semicolons.
+
+Arguments:
+
+     SegmentNumber - Supplies the number of the segment to return.
+
+     Segment - Supplies a pointer to the name of the environment variable.
+               The variable may be followed by an equal sign.
+               An '=' and the segment value are appended to this name and
+               returned.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+     If one or more segments exist after the specified segment, TRUE is returned,
+     otherwise FALSE is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG Count;
+    PCHAR VariableValue;
+    PCHAR TempPointer;
+
+    //
+    // Remove an equal sign if present.
+    //
+
+    if ((TempPointer = strchr(Segment, '=')) != NULL) {
+        *TempPointer = 0;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Get variable, add equal sign, and advance Segment to where the value
+    // is to be added.
+    //
+
+    VariableValue = FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable(Segment);
+    strcat(Segment, "=");
+    Segment = strchr(Segment, '=') + 1;
+
+    //
+    // If there was no variable, return.
+    //
+
+    if (VariableValue == NULL) {
+        return(FALSE);
+    }
+
+    Index = 0;
+    Count = 0;
+
+    //
+    // Search for the requested segment and copy it to the return value.
+    //
+
+    while ((TempPointer = strchr(VariableValue,';')) != NULL) {
+        Count = TempPointer - VariableValue;
+
+        if (Index == SegmentNumber) {
+            strncpy(Segment, VariableValue, Count);
+            Segment[Count] = 0;
+            return TRUE;
+        }
+
+        VariableValue += Count + 1;
+        Index++;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If there is data left, copy it to the return value.
+    //
+
+    strcpy(Segment,VariableValue);
+
+    return(FALSE);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(JNUPDATE) && !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwSetVariableSegment (
+    IN ULONG SegmentNumber,
+    IN PCHAR VariableName,
+    IN PCHAR NewSegment
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+     This routine sets the specified segment of an environment variable
+     IN THE VOLATILE AREA ONLY.  Segments are separated by semicolons.
+
+Arguments:
+
+     SegmentNumber - Supplies the number of the segment to add.
+
+     VariableName - Supplies a pointer to the name of the environment variable.
+                    The variable may be followed by an equal sign.
+
+     NewSegment - Supplies a pointer to the new segment.
+
+Return Value:
+
+     Returns ESUCCESS if the segment is set, otherwise an error code is
+     returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    PCHAR Variable;
+    PCHAR NextVariable;
+    PCHAR EndOfVariable;
+    CHAR VariableValue[256];
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG Count;
+
+    SetupROMPendingModified = TRUE;
+
+    Variable = FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable(VariableName);
+    VariableValue[0] = 0;
+
+    if (Variable != NULL) {
+        EndOfVariable = strchr(Variable, 0);
+        for (Index = 0; Index < SegmentNumber ; Index++ ) {
+            NextVariable = strchr(Variable, ';');
+            if (NextVariable != NULL) {
+                Count = NextVariable - Variable + 1;
+                strncat(VariableValue, Variable, Count);
+                Variable = NextVariable + 1;
+            } else {
+                strcat(VariableValue, Variable);
+                Variable = EndOfVariable;
+                strcat(VariableValue, ";");
+            }
+        }
+    } else {
+        for (Index = 0; Index < SegmentNumber ; Index++ ) {
+            strcat(VariableValue, ";");
+        }
+    }
+
+    strcat(VariableValue, NewSegment);
+
+    if ((Variable != NULL) && (Variable != EndOfVariable)) {
+        strcat(VariableValue, ";");
+        strcat(VariableValue, Variable);
+    }
+
+    Status = FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable(VariableName, VariableValue, FALSE);
+    SetupROMPendingModified = TRUE;
+    return(Status);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsetenv.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsetenv.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a091f7793
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsetenv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jnsetenv.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains the code to change an environment variable.
+
+    This module is Jensen-specific.
+    
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		31-July-1992.
+
+    This module, and the entire setup program, was based on the jzsetup
+    program written by David M. Robinson (davidro) of Microsoft, dated
+    9-Aug-1991.
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "jnsnvdeo.h"
+#include "machdef.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "iodevice.h"
+#include "jnvendor.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+
+//
+// Environment variables.
+//
+
+PCHAR BootString[] = { "LOADIDENTIFIER",
+                       "SYSTEMPARTITION",
+                       "OSLOADER",
+                       "OSLOADPARTITION",
+                       "OSLOADFILENAME",
+                       "OSLOADOPTIONS" };
+
+BOOLEAN
+JzSetBootEnvironmentVariable (
+    IN ULONG CurrentBootSelection
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine allows the user to edit boot environment variables.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    CurrentBootSelection - Supplies the current segment number to edit.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns true if a variable was set, FALSE if ESC was pressed.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    LONG Index;
+    PCHAR Variable;
+    PCHAR LastVariable;
+    CHAR VariableName[32];
+    CHAR VariableValue[128];
+    CHAR Segment[128];
+    GETSTRING_ACTION Action;
+    PCHAR NextVariable;
+
+    Index = 0;
+    do {
+
+        VenSetPosition( 4, 5);
+        VenPrint("\x9bK");
+        VenPrint(SS_NAME_MSG);
+        Action = JzGetString( VariableName,
+                              sizeof(VariableName),
+                              BootString[Index],
+                              4,
+                              5 + strlen(SS_NAME_MSG),
+                              TRUE
+                              );
+        switch (Action) {
+
+        case GetStringEscape:
+            return(FALSE);
+
+        case GetStringUpArrow:
+            if (Index == 0) {
+                Index = 5;
+            } else {
+                Index--;
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case GetStringDownArrow:
+            if (Index == 5) {
+                Index = 0;
+            } else {
+                Index++;
+            }
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            continue;
+
+        }
+
+    } while (Action != GetStringSuccess);
+
+    if (VariableName[0] == 0) {
+        return(FALSE);
+    }
+
+    Variable = NULL;
+
+    SetupROMPendingModified = TRUE;
+
+    Action = GetStringUpArrow;
+    do {
+
+        switch (Action) {
+
+        case GetStringEscape:
+            return(FALSE);
+
+        case GetStringUpArrow:
+        case GetStringDownArrow:
+            if (Variable == NULL) {
+                strcpy(Segment, VariableName);
+                FwGetVariableSegment( CurrentBootSelection, Segment );
+                strcpy(VariableValue, strchr(Segment, '=') + 1);
+                Variable = VariableValue;
+            } else {
+                Variable = NULL;
+            }
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        VenSetPosition( 5, 5);
+        VenPrint("\x9bK");
+        VenPrint(SS_VALUE_MSG);
+
+        Action = JzGetString( VariableValue,
+                              sizeof(VariableValue),
+                              Variable,
+                              5,
+                              5 + strlen(SS_VALUE_MSG),
+                              TRUE
+                              );
+
+    } while (Action != GetStringSuccess  );
+
+
+    //
+    // Save the old value.
+    //
+
+    strcpy(Segment, VariableName);
+    FwGetVariableSegment( CurrentBootSelection, Segment );
+
+    //
+    // Delete the old value.
+    //
+
+    JzDeleteVariableSegment( VariableName, CurrentBootSelection );
+
+    //
+    // Add in the new value.
+    //
+
+    Status = FwSetVariableSegment( CurrentBootSelection,
+                                   VariableName,
+                                   VariableValue );
+
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+
+        //
+        // Try to add back in the old value.
+        //
+
+        FwSetVariableSegment( CurrentBootSelection,
+                              VariableName,
+                              strchr(Segment, '=') + 1);
+
+        VenSetPosition(7, 5);
+        if (Status == ENOSPC) {
+            VenPrint(SS_NO_NVRAM_SPACE_MSG);
+        } else {
+            VenPrint(SS_NVRAM_CHKSUM_MSG);
+        }
+        VenPrint(SS_PRESS_KEY2_MSG);
+        FwWaitForKeypress(TRUE);
+        return(FALSE);
+    }
+
+    return(TRUE);
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+JzSetEnvironmentVariable (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine allow the user to edit environment variables other than
+    the ones for boot.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns true if a variable was set, FALSE if ESC was pressed.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    LONG Index;
+    ULONG Position;
+    PCHAR EqualSign;
+    ULONG EnvironmentIndex;
+    PCHAR Variable;
+    PCHAR LastVariable;
+    CHAR VariableName[32];
+    CHAR InitialVariableName[32];
+    CHAR VariableValue[256];
+    CHAR Segment[256];
+    GETSTRING_ACTION Action;
+    PCHAR Environment;
+
+    SetupROMPendingModified = TRUE;
+
+    //
+    // Index of '0' is a blank entry, so the user can fill out a new environment
+    // variable if required.
+    //
+
+    Variable = NULL;
+    Index = 0;
+    do {
+
+        VenSetPosition( 5, 5);
+        VenPrint("\x9bK");
+        VenPrint(SS_NAME_MSG);
+        Action = JzGetString( VariableName,
+                              sizeof(VariableName),
+                              Variable,
+                              5,
+                              5 + strlen(SS_NAME_MSG),
+			      TRUE
+                              );
+        switch (Action) {
+
+        case GetStringEscape:
+            return(FALSE);
+
+        case GetStringUpArrow:
+            Index--;
+            break;
+
+        case GetStringDownArrow:
+            Index++;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            continue;
+
+        }
+
+        Environment = VolatileEnvironment;
+        LastVariable = Environment;
+        EnvironmentIndex = 1;
+        while (TRUE) {
+
+            //
+            // Jump over any boot variables.
+            //
+
+            while((strstr(Environment, "SYSTEMPARTITION=") != NULL) ||
+                (strstr(Environment, "OSLOADER=") != NULL) ||
+                (strstr(Environment, "OSLOADPARTITION=") != NULL) ||
+                (strstr(Environment, "OSLOADFILENAME=") != NULL) ||
+                (strstr(Environment, "OSLOADOPTIONS=") != NULL) ||
+                (strstr(Environment, "LOADIDENTIFIER=") != NULL)) {
+                Environment = strchr(Environment, '\0') + 1;
+                if (*Environment == 0) {
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+
+            //
+            // The end of the environment was reached without matching
+            // the index.  If the index is less than zero, set it to
+            // the last variable found, otherwise set it to 0.
+            //
+
+            if (*Environment == 0) {
+                EnvironmentIndex--;
+                if (Index < 0) {
+                    Environment = LastVariable;
+                    Index = EnvironmentIndex;
+                } else {
+                    Index = 0;
+                    Variable = NULL;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+
+            //
+            // We're on the right variable.
+            //
+
+            if (Index == EnvironmentIndex) {
+
+                InitialVariableName[0] = 0;
+                EqualSign = strchr(Environment, '=');
+                if (EqualSign != NULL) {
+                    Position = EqualSign - Environment;
+                    strncpy(InitialVariableName, Environment, Position);
+                    InitialVariableName[Position] = 0;
+                }
+                Variable = InitialVariableName;
+                break;
+            }
+
+            LastVariable = Environment;
+            Environment = strchr(Environment, '\0') + 1;
+            EnvironmentIndex++;
+        }
+
+    } while (Action != GetStringSuccess);
+
+    if (VariableName[0] == 0) {
+        return(FALSE);
+    }
+
+    Variable = NULL;
+    Action = GetStringUpArrow;
+    do {
+        switch (Action) {
+
+        case GetStringEscape:
+            return(FALSE);
+
+        case GetStringUpArrow:
+        case GetStringDownArrow:
+            if (Variable == NULL) {
+                Variable = ArcGetEnvironmentVariable(VariableName);
+            } else {
+                Variable = NULL;
+            }
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        VenSetPosition( 6, 5);
+        VenPrint("\x9bK");
+        VenPrint(SS_VALUE_MSG);
+
+        Action = JzGetString( VariableValue,
+                              sizeof(VariableValue),
+                              Variable,
+                              6,
+                              5 + strlen(SS_VALUE_MSG),
+                              TRUE
+                              );
+    } while (Action != GetStringSuccess  );
+
+    if ((Status = FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable(VariableName,
+                                               VariableValue,
+                                               FALSE)) != ESUCCESS) {
+        VenSetPosition(7, 5);
+        if (Status == ENOSPC) {
+            VenPrint(SS_NO_NVRAM_SPACE_MSG);
+        } else {
+            VenPrint(SS_NVRAM_CHKSUM_MSG);
+        }
+        VenPrint(SS_PRESS_KEY2_MSG);
+        FwWaitForKeypress(TRUE);
+        return(FALSE);
+    }
+
+    return(TRUE);
+}
+
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsetmak.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsetmak.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6edc1283f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsetmak.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2442 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jnsetmak.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains the code to make the configuration and environment
+    variable data structures in the Jensen PROM, and the firmware diagnostic
+    flags in the Jensen NVRAM.
+
+    This module is Jensen-specific.
+    
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		31-July-1992
+
+    This module, and the entire setup program, was based on the jzsetup
+    program written by David M. Robinson (davidro) of Microsoft, dated
+    9-Aug-1991.
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "jnsnvdeo.h"
+#include "machdef.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "iodevice.h"
+#include "jnvendor.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+#include "xxstring.h"
+
+
+//
+// 1-based number of video screen rows, from jxdisp.c module.
+//
+extern ULONG DisplayHeight;
+
+
+//
+// Routine prototypes.
+//
+
+VOID
+JzMakeConfiguration (
+    ULONG Monitor,
+    ULONG Floppy,
+    ULONG Floppy2
+    );
+
+VOID
+JzAddBootSelection (
+    IN BOOLEAN DoFactoryDefaults
+    );
+
+VOID
+JzGoToCurrentLinePosition (
+    IN ULONG SizeOfMenuArea,
+    IN OUT PULONG CurrentLine,
+    OUT PULONG MenuLine
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function handles the setting of the current screen line
+    for the JzGetxxxxx functions that require it.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    SizeOfMenuArea	The number of menu choices for the call to
+                        JzDisplayMenu.
+
+    CurrentLine		(In) A pointer to the value of the current screen line.
+                        (Out) This is updated to where the caller should
+			do a VenSetPosition to after displaying the menu.
+
+    MenuLine		A pointer to the screen line where the menu
+                        area starts.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.  The video cursor position is left at the line where the menu
+    should be displayed.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    //
+    // If we are past the bottom of the video screen, set the current
+    // position at the bottom.
+    //
+
+    if (*CurrentLine > DisplayHeight) {
+	*CurrentLine = DisplayHeight;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Set the callers menu area to the current line and point the current
+    // line past the menu area.
+    //
+
+    *MenuLine = *CurrentLine;
+    *CurrentLine += SizeOfMenuArea;
+
+    //
+    // If the new current line is past the bottom of the screen, scroll the
+    // screen accordingly and adjust the menu line.
+    //
+
+    while (*CurrentLine > DisplayHeight) {
+	VenSetPosition(DisplayHeight, 0);
+	VenPrint("\n");
+	(*CurrentLine)--;
+	(*MenuLine)--;
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // Now set the current screen cursor to where the menu should begin
+    // and return.
+    //
+
+    VenSetPosition(*MenuLine, 0);
+
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+JzMakeEnvironment (
+    ULONG Device,
+    ULONG DeviceId,
+    ULONG DevicePartition
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the environment variables.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    CHAR TempString[80];
+
+    SetupROMPendingModified = TRUE;
+
+    //
+    // Create the SYSTEMPARTITION environment variable value string.
+    //
+
+    switch (Device) {
+    case 0:
+        sprintf(TempString,
+                "scsi()disk(%1d)rdisk()partition(%1d)",
+                DeviceId,
+                DevicePartition);
+        break;
+    default:
+        sprintf(TempString,
+                "scsi()cdrom(%1d)fdisk()",
+                DeviceId);
+        break;
+    }
+
+
+    if (FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable("CONSOLEIN",
+				     FW_KEYBOARD_IN_DEVICE,
+				     FALSE) != ESUCCESS) {
+	goto TestError;
+    }
+
+    if (FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable("CONSOLEOUT",
+				     FW_CONSOLE_OUT_DEVICE,
+				     FALSE) != ESUCCESS) {
+	goto TestError;
+    }
+    
+    if (FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable("FWSEARCHPATH",
+				     TempString,
+				     FALSE) != ESUCCESS) {
+	goto TestError;
+    }
+    
+    if (FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable("SYSTEMPARTITION",
+				     TempString,
+				     FALSE) != ESUCCESS) {
+	goto TestError;
+    }
+    
+    if (FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable("TIMEZONE",
+				     "PST8PDT",
+				     FALSE) != ESUCCESS) {
+	goto TestError;
+    }
+
+    if (FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable("A:",
+				     FW_FLOPPY_0_DEVICE,
+				     FALSE) != ESUCCESS) {
+	goto TestError;
+    }
+
+    return;
+
+
+TestError:
+
+    VenPrint(SS_CANT_SET_VARIABLE_MSG);
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+//
+// Currently, Alpha machines with EISA busses have the console video
+// hanging off the EISA bus.  And therefore, setting up the video type
+// is the responsibility of the ECU.
+//
+// So the correct ifdef for this function is ifdef ISA_PLATFORM.
+//
+// A machine with a video hanging off a local bus that is *not* configured
+// by a configuration utility may need to change this compilation test.
+//
+
+#ifdef ISA_PLATFORM
+
+ULONG
+JzGetMonitor (
+    IN PULONG CurrentLine
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Line;
+    ULONG ReturnValue;
+
+    //
+    // Make space for the menu on the screen.
+    //
+
+    JzGoToCurrentLinePosition(NUMBER_OF_RESOLUTIONS + 2,
+			      CurrentLine,
+			      &Line);
+
+    VenPrint(SS_SELECT_MONITOR_RESOLUTION_MSG);
+
+    ReturnValue = JzDisplayMenu( ResolutionChoices,
+                                 NUMBER_OF_RESOLUTIONS,
+                                 0,
+                                 Line + 1,
+				 0,
+				 TRUE);
+
+    VenSetPosition( *CurrentLine, 0);
+    return ReturnValue;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+ULONG
+JzGetFloppy (
+    IN PULONG CurrentLine
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG Line;
+    ULONG ReturnValue;
+
+    //
+    // Make space for the menu on the screen.
+    //
+
+    JzGoToCurrentLinePosition(NUMBER_OF_FLOPPIES + 2,
+			      CurrentLine,
+			      &Line);
+
+    VenPrint(SS_FLOPPY_SIZE_MSG);
+
+    ReturnValue = JzDisplayMenu( FloppyChoices,
+                                 NUMBER_OF_FLOPPIES,
+                                 2,
+                                 Line + 1,
+				 0,
+				 TRUE);
+
+    VenSetPosition( *CurrentLine, 0);
+    return ReturnValue;
+}
+
+
+ULONG
+JzGetYesNo (
+    IN PULONG CurrentLine,
+    IN PCHAR PromptString,
+    IN BOOLEAN YesIsDefault
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG Line;
+    ULONG ReturnValue;
+
+    //
+    // Make space for the menu on the screen.
+    //
+
+    JzGoToCurrentLinePosition(NUMBER_OF_YES_NO + 2,
+			      CurrentLine,
+			      &Line);
+
+    VenPrint(PromptString);
+
+    ReturnValue = JzDisplayMenu( YesNoChoices,
+                                 NUMBER_OF_YES_NO,
+                                 YesIsDefault ? 0 : 1,
+                                 Line + 1,
+				 0,
+				 TRUE);
+
+    VenSetPosition( *CurrentLine, 0);
+    return ReturnValue;
+}
+
+
+ULONG
+JzGetDevice (
+    IN PULONG CurrentLine
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG Line;
+    ULONG ReturnValue;
+
+    //
+    // Make space for the menu on the screen.
+    //
+
+    JzGoToCurrentLinePosition(NUMBER_OF_MEDIA + 2,
+			      CurrentLine,
+			      &Line);
+
+    VenPrint(SS_SELECT_MEDIA_MSG);
+
+    ReturnValue = JzDisplayMenu( MediaChoices,
+                                 NUMBER_OF_MEDIA,
+                                 0,
+                                 Line + 1,
+				 0,
+				 TRUE);
+
+    VenSetPosition( *CurrentLine, 0);
+    return ReturnValue;
+}
+
+
+ULONG
+JzGetDeviceId (
+    IN PULONG CurrentLine,
+    IN ULONG DeviceMediaType
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This is used to prompt for SCSI IDs and floppy drive numbers.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    CurrentLine 	The current line on the screen.
+
+    DeviceMediaType	The index of MediaChoices[] for the device type
+                        that we are getting an ID for.  This dictates the
+			initial and maximum allowed device IDs, and the
+			prompt to the user, as follows:
+
+			DeviceMediaType  Device      Initial     Maximum
+			   0             SCSI disk	0           7
+			   1             floppy	        0           1
+			   2             SCSI CDROM     4           7
+
+
+			DeviceMediaType = 0 or 2: ask for SCSI ID.
+			DeviceMediaType = 1: ask for floppy number.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    PUCHAR Prompt;
+    ULONG Line;
+    ULONG ReturnValue;
+    CHAR TempString[5];
+    GETSTRING_ACTION Action;
+    ULONG InitialValue;
+    ULONG MaximumValue;
+
+    switch (DeviceMediaType) {
+
+      case 0:
+
+	InitialValue = 0;
+	MaximumValue = 7;
+	Prompt = SS_ENTER_SCSI_ID_MSG;
+	break;
+
+      case 1:
+
+	InitialValue = 0;
+	MaximumValue = 1;
+	Prompt = SS_ENTER_FLOPPY_DRIVE_NUMBER_MSG;
+	break;
+
+      case 2:
+
+	InitialValue = 4;
+	MaximumValue = 7;
+	Prompt = SS_ENTER_SCSI_ID_MSG;
+	break;
+
+      default:
+
+	// Something is wrong.  Do an error return.
+	return (0);
+
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Make space for the prompt on the screen.
+    //
+
+    JzGoToCurrentLinePosition(1,
+			      CurrentLine,
+			      &Line);
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+        VenSetPosition( Line, 0);
+
+        VenPrint(Prompt);
+        VenPrint("\x9bK");
+
+	sprintf(TempString, "%1d", InitialValue);
+
+        do {
+            Action = JzGetString( TempString,
+                                  sizeof(TempString),
+                                  TempString,
+                                  Line,
+                                  strlen(Prompt) + 1,
+				  TRUE);
+
+            if (Action == GetStringEscape) {
+                return(-1);
+            }
+
+        } while ( Action != GetStringSuccess );
+
+        ReturnValue = atoi(TempString);
+
+        if ((ReturnValue >= 0) && (ReturnValue <= MaximumValue)) {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    VenSetPosition( *CurrentLine, 0);
+    return ReturnValue;
+}
+
+ULONG
+JzGetCountdownValue (
+    IN PULONG CurrentLine
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG Line;
+    ULONG ReturnValue;
+    CHAR TempString[5];
+    GETSTRING_ACTION Action;
+
+    //
+    // Make space for the prompt on the screen.
+    //
+
+    JzGoToCurrentLinePosition(1,
+			      CurrentLine,
+			      &Line);
+
+    VenPrint(SS_COUNTDOWN_MSG);
+    VenPrint("\x9bK");
+
+    do {
+        Action = JzGetString( TempString,
+                              sizeof(TempString),
+                              "10",
+                              Line,
+                              strlen(SS_COUNTDOWN_MSG),
+			      TRUE);
+
+        if (Action == GetStringEscape) {
+            return(-1);
+        }
+
+    } while ( Action != GetStringSuccess );
+
+    ReturnValue = atoi(TempString);
+    VenSetPosition( *CurrentLine, 0);
+
+    return ReturnValue;
+}
+
+ULONG
+JzGetPartition (
+    IN PULONG CurrentLine,
+    IN BOOLEAN MustBeFatOrNtfs
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG Line;
+    ULONG ReturnValue;
+    CHAR TempString[5];
+    GETSTRING_ACTION Action;
+
+    //
+    // Make space for the prompt on the screen.
+    //
+
+    JzGoToCurrentLinePosition(1,
+			      CurrentLine,
+			      &Line);
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+        VenSetPosition( Line, 0);
+
+        if (MustBeFatOrNtfs) {
+            VenPrint(SS_ENTER_FAT_OR_NTFS_PART_MSG);
+            VenPrint("\x9bK");
+
+            do {
+                Action = JzGetString( TempString,
+                                      sizeof(TempString),
+                                      "1",
+                                      Line,
+                                      strlen(SS_ENTER_FAT_OR_NTFS_PART_MSG),
+				      TRUE);
+
+                if (Action == GetStringEscape) {
+                    return(-1);
+                }
+
+            } while ( Action != GetStringSuccess );
+
+        } else {
+            VenPrint(SS_ENTER_PART_MSG);
+            VenPrint("\x9bK");
+
+            do {
+                Action = JzGetString( TempString,
+                                      sizeof(TempString),
+                                      "1",
+                                      Line,
+                                      strlen(SS_ENTER_PART_MSG),
+				      TRUE);
+
+                if (Action == GetStringEscape) {
+                    return(-1);
+                }
+
+            } while ( Action != GetStringSuccess );
+
+        }
+
+        ReturnValue = atoi(TempString);
+
+        if ((ReturnValue >= 0) && (ReturnValue <= 9)) {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    VenSetPosition( *CurrentLine, 0);
+    return ReturnValue;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+JzPickSystemPartition (
+    OUT PCHAR SystemPartition,
+    IN OUT PULONG CurrentLine
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine picks a system partition from the FWSEARCHPATH or
+    SYSTEMPARTITION environment variables, or builds a new one.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    SystemPartition - Supplies a pointer to a character array to receive the
+                      system partition.
+
+    CurrentLine - The current display line.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If a system partition is picked, ESUCCESS is returned, otherwise an error
+    code is returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+    CHAR Variable[128];
+    PCHAR Segment;
+    ULONG NumberOfChoices;
+    ULONG Index, i;
+    BOOLEAN More;
+    BOOLEAN FoundOne;
+    ULONG Line;
+    ULONG SecondPass;
+    ULONG Device[10];          // 0 = scsi disk, 1 = floppy, 2 = cdrom
+    ULONG DeviceId[10];
+    ULONG DevicePartition[10];
+    ULONG Key;
+    CHAR MenuItem[11][40];
+    PCHAR Menu[10];
+
+    //
+    // Loop through the FWSEARCHPATH and SYSTEMPARTITION variables
+    // for potential system partitions.
+    //
+
+    NumberOfChoices = 0;
+    SecondPass = 0;
+
+    do {
+
+        Index = 0;
+        if (!SecondPass) {
+            strcpy(Variable, "FWSEARCHPATH");
+        } else {
+            strcpy(Variable, BootString[SystemPartitionVariable]);
+        }
+
+        do {
+            FoundOne = FALSE;
+            More = FwGetVariableSegment(Index++, Variable);
+
+            //
+            // Advance to the segment.
+            //
+            Segment = strchr(Variable, '=') + 1;
+            if (Segment == NULL) {
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Convert Segment to lower case.
+            //
+
+            for (i = 0 ; Segment[i] ; i++ ) {
+                Segment[i] = tolower(Segment[i]);
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Look for segments of the type "scsi()disk(x)rdisk()partition(z)"
+            // or "scsi()disk(x)fdisk()" or "scsi()cdrom(x)fdisk()"
+            //
+
+            if (!JzGetPathMnemonicKey( Segment, "scsi", &Key )) {
+                if (!JzGetPathMnemonicKey( Segment, "disk", &Key )) {
+                    DeviceId[NumberOfChoices] = Key;
+                    if (!JzGetPathMnemonicKey( Segment, "rdisk", &Key )) {
+                        if (!JzGetPathMnemonicKey( Segment, "partition", &Key )) {
+                            Device[NumberOfChoices] = 0;
+                            DevicePartition[NumberOfChoices] = Key;
+                            FoundOne = TRUE;
+                        }
+                    } else if (!JzGetPathMnemonicKey( Segment, "fdisk", &Key )) {
+                        Device[NumberOfChoices] = 1;
+                        DevicePartition[NumberOfChoices] = 0;
+                        FoundOne = TRUE;
+                    }
+                } else if (!JzGetPathMnemonicKey( Segment, "cdrom", &Key )) {
+                    if (!JzGetPathMnemonicKey( Segment, "fdisk", &Key )) {
+                        Device[NumberOfChoices] = 2;
+                        DeviceId[NumberOfChoices] = Key;
+                        DevicePartition[NumberOfChoices] = 0;
+                        FoundOne = TRUE;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Increment number of choices if this is not a duplicate entry.
+            //
+
+            if (FoundOne) {
+                for ( i = 0 ; i < NumberOfChoices ; i++ ) {
+                    if ((Device[NumberOfChoices] == Device[i]) &&
+                        (DeviceId[NumberOfChoices] == DeviceId[i]) &&
+                        (DevicePartition[NumberOfChoices] == DevicePartition[i])) {
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+                if (i == NumberOfChoices) {
+                    NumberOfChoices++;
+                    if (NumberOfChoices == 10) {
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        } while ( More );
+    } while ( !(SecondPass++) && (NumberOfChoices < 10));
+
+    if (NumberOfChoices != 0) {
+
+	//
+	// Make space for the prompt on the screen.
+	//
+
+	JzGoToCurrentLinePosition(1 + NumberOfChoices + 2,
+				  CurrentLine,
+				  &Line);
+
+        //
+        // Display the choices.
+        //
+
+        VenPrint(SS_SELECT_SYS_PART_MSG);
+
+        for ( Index = 0 ; Index < NumberOfChoices ; Index++ ) {
+            switch (Device[Index]) {
+            case 0:
+                sprintf( MenuItem[Index],
+                         SS_SCSI_HD_MSG,
+                         DeviceId[Index],
+                         DevicePartition[Index]);
+                break;
+            case 1:
+                sprintf( MenuItem[Index],
+			 SS_FL_MSG,
+                         DeviceId[Index]);
+                break;
+            default:
+                sprintf( MenuItem[Index],
+                         SS_SCSI_CD_MSG,
+                         DeviceId[Index]);
+                break;
+            }
+            Menu[Index] = MenuItem[Index];
+        }
+
+        strcpy(MenuItem[Index], SS_NEW_SYS_PART_MSG);
+        Menu[Index] = MenuItem[Index];
+
+        Index = JzDisplayMenu(Menu,
+                              NumberOfChoices + 1,
+                              0,
+                              Line + 1,
+			      0,
+			      TRUE);
+
+        if (Index == -1) {
+            return(EINVAL);
+        }
+
+        //
+        // If the user selects new system partition, indicate this by setting
+        // NumberOfChoices to zero.
+        //
+
+        if (Index == NumberOfChoices) {
+            NumberOfChoices = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If NumberOfChoices is zero, select a new partition.
+    //
+
+    if (NumberOfChoices == 0) {
+
+        Index = 0;
+
+	//
+	// Make space for the prompt on the screen.
+	//
+
+	JzGoToCurrentLinePosition(2,
+				  CurrentLine,
+				  &Line);
+
+        //
+        // Determine system partition.
+        //
+
+        VenPrint(SS_LOCATE_SYS_PART_MSG);
+        VenSetPosition(*CurrentLine, 0);
+
+        Device[0] = JzGetDevice(CurrentLine);
+        if (Device[0] == -1) {
+            return(EINVAL);
+        }
+
+        DeviceId[0] = JzGetDeviceId(CurrentLine, Device[0]);
+        if (DeviceId[0] == -1) {
+            return(EINVAL);
+        }
+
+        //
+        // If the media is scsi disk, get the partition.
+        //
+
+        if (Device[0] == 0) {
+            DevicePartition[0] = JzGetPartition(CurrentLine, TRUE);
+            if (DevicePartition[0] == -1) {
+                return(EINVAL);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Create a name string from the Device, DeviceId,
+    // DevicePartition.
+    //
+
+    switch (Device[Index]) {
+    case 0:
+        sprintf( SystemPartition,
+                 "scsi()disk(%1d)rdisk()partition(%1d)",
+                 DeviceId[Index],
+                 DevicePartition[Index]);
+        break;
+    case 1:
+        sprintf( SystemPartition,
+                 FW_FLOPPY_0_FORMAT_DEVICE,
+                 DeviceId[Index]);
+        break;
+    default:
+        sprintf( SystemPartition,
+                 "scsi()cdrom(%1d)fdisk()",
+                 DeviceId[Index]);
+        break;
+    }
+
+    return(ESUCCESS);
+}
+
+
+
+#ifdef ISA_PLATFORM
+
+ULONG
+JzGetScsiId (
+    IN PULONG CurrentLine,
+    IN PCHAR Prompt,
+    IN ULONG InitialValue
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG Line;
+    ULONG ReturnValue;
+    CHAR TempString[5];
+    GETSTRING_ACTION Action;
+
+    //
+    // Make space for the prompt on the screen.
+    //
+
+    JzGoToCurrentLinePosition(1,
+			      CurrentLine,
+			      &Line);
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+        VenSetPosition( Line, 0);
+
+        VenPrint(Prompt);
+        VenPrint("\x9bK");
+
+	sprintf(TempString, "%1d", InitialValue);
+
+        do {
+            Action = JzGetString( TempString,
+                                  sizeof(TempString),
+                                  TempString,
+                                  Line,
+                                  strlen(Prompt) + 1,
+				  TRUE);
+
+            if (Action == GetStringEscape) {
+                return(-1);
+            }
+
+        } while ( Action != GetStringSuccess );
+
+        ReturnValue = atoi(TempString);
+
+        if ((ReturnValue >= 0) && (ReturnValue <= 7)) {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    VenSetPosition( *CurrentLine, 0);
+    return ReturnValue;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+JzMakeDefaultConfiguration (
+    IN BOOLEAN DoFactoryDefaults
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This loads a default Alpha/Jensen configuration into both the
+    volatile and non-volatile areas.
+
+    Because Jensen has an FEPROM, this function must read the PROM, clear
+    the block, and then write just the environment variables back.   The
+    code to do this is lifted from fw\alpha\jxconfig.c.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    DoFactoryDefaults		If TRUE, reset the configuration area to
+                                factory defaults and do not prompt the user
+				for anything.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if the configuration was modified, otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    ULONG Index;
+    UCHAR Character;
+    ULONG Count;
+    PUCHAR Nvram;
+    ULONG CurrentLine;
+    LONG Monitor;
+    LONG Floppy;
+    LONG Floppy2;
+    ULONG OldScsiHostId;
+
+    VenClearScreen();
+    JzShowTime(TRUE);
+    CurrentLine = 3;
+
+#ifdef ISA_PLATFORM
+
+    if (DoFactoryDefaults) {
+
+	Monitor = 0;
+	Floppy = 2;
+	Floppy2 = -1;
+	ScsiHostId = 7;
+
+    } else {
+
+        Monitor = JzGetMonitor(&CurrentLine);
+        if (Monitor == -1) {
+            return(FALSE);
+        }
+
+	Floppy = JzGetFloppy(&CurrentLine);
+	if (Floppy == -1) {
+	    return(FALSE);
+	}
+
+        Floppy2 = JzGetYesNo(&CurrentLine, SS_2ND_FLOPPY_MSG, FALSE);
+        if (Floppy2 == -1) {
+            return(FALSE);
+        }
+
+        if (Floppy2 == 0) {
+            Floppy2 = JzGetFloppy(&CurrentLine);
+            if (Floppy == -1) {
+                return(FALSE);
+            }
+        } else {
+            Floppy2 = -1;
+        }
+
+	//
+        // Save the current scsi host id, and then change ScsiHostId to an
+	// invalid value so that the user can select the current id (see
+	// JzGetScsiId).
+	//
+		
+	OldScsiHostId = ScsiHostId;
+	ScsiHostId = 8;
+	ScsiHostId = JzGetScsiId(&CurrentLine,
+				 SS_SCSI_HOST_MSG,
+				 OldScsiHostId);
+	if (ScsiHostId == -1) {
+	    ScsiHostId = OldScsiHostId;
+	    return(FALSE);
+	}
+	
+
+    }
+#else
+
+    if (DoFactoryDefaults) {
+
+	Floppy = 2;
+	Floppy2 = -1;
+
+    } else {
+
+	Floppy = JzGetFloppy(&CurrentLine);
+	if (Floppy == -1) {
+	    return(FALSE);
+	}
+
+        Floppy2 = JzGetYesNo(&CurrentLine, SS_2ND_FLOPPY_MSG, FALSE);
+        if (Floppy2 == -1) {
+            return(FALSE);
+        }
+
+        if (Floppy2 == 0) {
+            Floppy2 = JzGetFloppy(&CurrentLine);
+            if (Floppy == -1) {
+                return(FALSE);
+            }
+        } else {
+            Floppy2 = -1;
+        }
+
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // Clear the configuration tree information in the Volatile area.
+    //
+
+    RtlZeroMemory(Configuration, sizeof(CONFIGURATION));
+    SetupROMPendingModified = TRUE;
+
+    //
+    // Add components.
+    //
+
+    JzMakeConfiguration(Monitor, Floppy, Floppy2);
+
+    return(TRUE);
+}
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+JzMakeDefaultEnvironment (
+    IN BOOLEAN DoFactoryDefaults
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+    DoFactoryDefaults		If TRUE, reset the configuration area to
+                                factory defaults and do not prompt the user
+				for anything.
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if the ROM has a pending change.  Otherwise, FALSE.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    ULONG Index;
+    UCHAR Character;
+    ULONG Count;
+    PUCHAR Nvram;
+    ULONG CurrentLine;
+    LONG Device;
+    LONG DeviceId;
+    LONG DevicePartition;
+
+
+    //
+    // If resetting to factory defaults, continue printing out at whereever
+    // the cursor is on the screen.
+    //
+
+    if (DoFactoryDefaults) {
+
+	Device = 0;
+	DeviceId = 0;
+	DevicePartition = 1;
+
+    } else {
+
+	VenClearScreen();
+	JzShowTime(TRUE);
+	CurrentLine = 3;
+	VenSetPosition(3,0);
+
+	VenPrint(SS_DEFAULT_SYS_PART_MSG);
+	CurrentLine += 2;
+	VenSetPosition( CurrentLine, 0);
+
+	Device = JzGetDevice(&CurrentLine);
+	if (Device == -1) {
+	    return (FALSE);
+	}
+
+	DeviceId = JzGetDeviceId(&CurrentLine, Device);
+	if (DeviceId == -1) {
+	    return (FALSE);
+	}
+
+	//
+	// If the media is scsi disk, get the partition.
+	//
+
+	if (Device == 0) {
+	    DevicePartition = JzGetPartition(&CurrentLine, TRUE);
+	    if (DevicePartition == -1) {
+		return (FALSE);
+	    }
+
+	}
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // Clear the environment information in the volatile area.
+    //
+
+    RtlZeroMemory(VolatileEnvironment, LENGTH_OF_ENVIRONMENT);
+    SetupROMPendingModified = TRUE;
+
+    //
+    // Add environment variables.
+    //
+
+    JzMakeEnvironment(Device, DeviceId, DevicePartition);
+    
+    return (TRUE);
+}
+
+
+VOID
+JzDeleteVariableSegment (
+    PCHAR VariableName,
+    ULONG Selection
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This works on the volatile copy of a segmented environment variable.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    PCHAR Variable;
+    CHAR VariableValue[MAXIMUM_ENVIRONMENT_VALUE];
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG Count;
+    BOOLEAN FirstSegment;
+
+    if ((Variable = FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable(VariableName)) == NULL) {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    FirstSegment = TRUE;
+    Index = 0;
+    *VariableValue = 0;
+
+    while (strchr(Variable,';') != NULL) {
+
+        Count = strchr(Variable,';') - Variable;
+
+        if (Index != Selection) {
+
+            if (!FirstSegment) {
+                strcat(VariableValue,";");
+            }
+
+            strncat(VariableValue, Variable, Count);
+            FirstSegment = FALSE;
+        }
+
+        Variable += Count + 1;
+        Index++;
+    }
+
+    if (Index != Selection) {
+        if (!FirstSegment) {
+            strcat(VariableValue,";");
+        }
+        strcat(VariableValue,Variable);
+    }
+
+    SetupROMPendingModified = TRUE;
+    FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable(VariableName, VariableValue, FALSE);
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+JzAddBootSelection (
+    IN BOOLEAN DoFactoryDefaults
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+    DoFactoryDefaults		If TRUE, reset the configuration area to
+                                factory defaults and do not prompt the user
+				for anything.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    CHAR SystemPartition[128];
+    CHAR OsloaderFilename[80];
+    CHAR OsPartition[128];
+    CHAR OsFilename[80];
+    CHAR LoadIdentifier[80];
+    PCHAR Variable;
+    PCHAR TempPointer;
+    CHAR VariableValue[256];
+    ULONG Index;
+    UCHAR Character;
+    ULONG Count;
+    ULONG CurrentLine;
+    ULONG Line;
+    LONG Device;
+    LONG DeviceId;
+    LONG DevicePartition;
+    LONG YesNo;
+    BOOLEAN DebugOn;
+    GETSTRING_ACTION Action;
+    BOOLEAN SecondaryBoot;
+
+
+    if (!DoFactoryDefaults) {
+	VenClearScreen();
+	JzShowTime(TRUE);
+	CurrentLine = 3;
+	VenSetPosition( CurrentLine, 0);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Count the boot selections
+    //
+
+    strcpy(OsPartition, BootString[OsLoadPartitionVariable]);
+    strcpy(OsFilename, BootString[OsLoadFilenameVariable]);
+
+    for ( Index = 0 ; Index < 4  ; Index++ ) {
+
+        SecondaryBoot = FwGetVariableSegment(Index, OsPartition);
+        SecondaryBoot = FwGetVariableSegment(Index, OsFilename) ||
+                        SecondaryBoot;
+
+        if (!SecondaryBoot) {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Increment to new boot selection.  Print warning and return if too many.
+    //
+
+    Index++;
+    if (Index == 5) {
+        VenPrint(SS_TOO_MANY_BOOT_SELECTIONS);
+	FwWaitForKeypress(TRUE);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (DoFactoryDefaults) {
+
+        strcpy(SystemPartition, "scsi()disk()rdisk()partition(1)");
+        strcpy(OsloaderFilename, "\\os\\nt\\osloader.exe");
+        strcpy(OsPartition, "scsi()disk()rdisk()partition(2)");
+        strcpy(OsFilename, "\\winnt");
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+	DebugOn = TRUE;
+#else
+	DebugOn = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+        strcpy(LoadIdentifier, "Windows NT");
+
+    } else {
+    	
+        //
+        // Pick a system partition.
+        //
+
+        if (JzPickSystemPartition(SystemPartition, &CurrentLine) != ESUCCESS) {
+            return;
+        }
+
+	//
+	// Make space for the prompt on the screen.
+	//
+
+	JzGoToCurrentLinePosition(2,
+				  &CurrentLine,
+				  &Line);
+
+        VenPrint(SS_CRLF_MSG);
+        VenPrint(SS_OSLOADER_MSG);
+
+        do {
+            Action = JzGetString( OsloaderFilename,
+                                  sizeof(OsloaderFilename),
+                                  "\\os\\nt\\osloader.exe",
+                                  Line + 1,
+                                  strlen(SS_OSLOADER_MSG),
+                                  TRUE);
+            if (Action == GetStringEscape) {
+                return;
+            }
+        } while ( Action != GetStringSuccess  );
+    
+        CurrentLine++;
+    
+        YesNo = JzGetYesNo(&CurrentLine,
+			   SS_OS_MSG,
+			   TRUE);
+
+        if (YesNo == -1) {
+            return;
+        }
+    
+        if (YesNo == 0) {
+            strcpy(OsPartition, SystemPartition);
+        } else {
+    
+            //
+            // Determine os partition.
+            //
+    
+            VenPrint(SS_LOCATE_OS_PART_MSG);
+            CurrentLine += 1;
+    
+            Device = JzGetDevice(&CurrentLine);
+            if (Device == -1) {
+                return;
+            }
+    
+            DeviceId = JzGetDeviceId(&CurrentLine, Device);
+            if (DeviceId == -1) {
+                return;
+            }
+    
+            //
+            // If the media is scsi disk, get the partition.
+            //
+    
+            if (Device == 0) {
+                DevicePartition = JzGetPartition(&CurrentLine, FALSE);
+                if (DevicePartition == -1) {
+                    return;
+                }
+            }
+    
+            //
+            // Create a name string from the Device, DeviceId,
+            // DevicePartition.
+            //
+    
+            if (Device != 1) {
+                sprintf( OsPartition,
+                         "scsi()disk(%1d)rdisk()partition(%1d)",
+                         DeviceId,
+                         DevicePartition);
+            } else {
+                sprintf( OsPartition,
+                         "scsi()cdrom(%1d)fdisk()",
+                         DeviceId);
+            }
+
+	    CurrentLine++;
+        }
+    
+	//
+	// Make space for the prompt on the screen.
+	//
+
+	JzGoToCurrentLinePosition(2,
+				  &CurrentLine,
+				  &Line);
+
+        VenPrint(SS_OS_ROOT_MSG);
+    
+        do {
+            Action = JzGetString( OsFilename,
+                                  sizeof(OsFilename),
+                                  "\\winnt",
+                                  Line,
+                                  strlen(SS_OS_ROOT_MSG),
+                                  TRUE);
+            if (Action == GetStringEscape) {
+                return;
+            }
+        } while ( Action != GetStringSuccess  );
+
+	//
+	// Make space for the prompts on the screen.
+	//
+
+	JzGoToCurrentLinePosition(2,
+				  &CurrentLine,
+				  &Line);
+
+        VenPrint(SS_BOOT_NAME_MSG);
+
+        do {
+            Action = JzGetString( LoadIdentifier,
+                                  sizeof(LoadIdentifier),
+                                  "Windows NT ",
+                                  Line,
+                                  strlen(SS_BOOT_NAME_MSG),
+                                  TRUE);
+            if (Action == GetStringEscape) {
+                return;
+            }
+        } while ( Action != GetStringSuccess  );
+
+        YesNo = JzGetYesNo(&CurrentLine, SS_INIT_DEBUG_MSG, FALSE);
+
+        if (YesNo == -1) {
+            return;
+        }
+    
+        if (YesNo == 0) {
+            DebugOn = TRUE;
+        } else {
+            DebugOn = FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    SetupROMPendingModified = TRUE;
+
+    //
+    // Now add in the boot selection.
+    //
+    
+    Index = 0;
+    Status = FwSetVariableSegment(0, BootString[LoadIdentifierVariable], LoadIdentifier);
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+        goto MakeError;
+    }
+
+
+    Index = 1;
+
+    //
+    // If the SystemPartition variable is set but the Osloader variable is null,
+    // clear the SystemPartition variable before adding it back.
+    //
+
+    if ((FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable(BootString[SystemPartitionVariable]) != NULL) &&
+        (FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable(BootString[OsLoaderVariable]) == NULL)) {
+        FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable(BootString[SystemPartitionVariable],
+				     "",
+				     FALSE);
+    }
+
+    Status = FwSetVariableSegment(0,
+				  BootString[SystemPartitionVariable],
+				  SystemPartition);
+
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+        goto MakeError;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Add a new selection to the OSLOADER environment variable.
+    //
+
+    Index = 2;
+    strcpy(VariableValue, SystemPartition);
+    strcat(VariableValue, OsloaderFilename);
+    Status = FwSetVariableSegment(0, BootString[OsLoaderVariable], VariableValue);
+
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+        goto MakeError;
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // Add a new selection to the OSLOADPARTITION environment variable.
+    //
+
+    Index = 3;
+    Status = FwSetVariableSegment(0, BootString[OsLoadPartitionVariable], OsPartition);
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+        goto MakeError;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Add a new selection to the OSLOADFILENAME environment variable.
+    //
+
+    Index = 4;
+    Status = FwSetVariableSegment(0, BootString[OsLoadFilenameVariable], OsFilename);
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+        goto MakeError;
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // Add a new selection to the OSLOADOPTIONS environment variable.
+    //
+
+    if (DebugOn) {
+        strcpy(VariableValue, "debug");
+    } else {
+        strcpy(VariableValue, "nodebug");
+    }
+
+    Index = 5;
+    Status = FwSetVariableSegment(0, BootString[OsLoadOptionsVariable], VariableValue);
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+        goto MakeError;
+    }
+
+    return;
+
+
+MakeError:
+
+    VenPrint(SS_CANT_SET_VARIABLE_MSG);
+
+    //
+    // Delete any segments that were added.
+    //
+
+    for ( Count = 0 ; Count < Index ; Count++ ) {
+         JzDeleteVariableSegment(BootString[Count], 0);
+    }
+
+    FwWaitForKeypress(TRUE);
+}
+
+
+LONG
+JzPickBootSelection (
+    IN OUT PULONG CurrentLine,
+    IN PCHAR PromptString
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine allows the user to indicate a boot selection choice.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    CurrentLine - Supplies a pointer to the current display line value.
+
+    PromptString - Supplies a pointer to a string which indicates the reason
+                   the boot selection choice is needed.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns the boot selection number, -1 if none.
+
+--*/
+{
+    PCHAR Variable;
+    CHAR VariableValue[MAXIMUM_ENVIRONMENT_VALUE];
+    CHAR BootChoices[5][128];
+    PCHAR BootMenu[5];
+    ULONG Line;
+    CHAR OsloadPartition[128];
+    CHAR OsloadFilename[128];
+    CHAR LoadIdentifier[80];
+    BOOLEAN SecondaryBoot;
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG Selection;
+
+    //
+    // Get each boot selection
+    //
+
+    strcpy(OsloadPartition, BootString[OsLoadPartitionVariable]);
+    strcpy(OsloadFilename, BootString[OsLoadFilenameVariable]);
+    strcpy(LoadIdentifier, BootString[LoadIdentifierVariable]);
+
+    for ( Index = 0 ; ; Index++ ) {
+
+        SecondaryBoot = FwGetVariableSegment(Index, OsloadPartition);
+        SecondaryBoot = FwGetVariableSegment(Index, OsloadFilename) ||
+                        SecondaryBoot;
+        SecondaryBoot = FwGetVariableSegment(Index, LoadIdentifier) ||
+                        SecondaryBoot;
+
+        if (LoadIdentifier[sizeof("LOADIDENTIFIER=") - 1] != 0) {
+            strcpy(BootChoices[Index],
+                   &LoadIdentifier[sizeof("LOADIDENTIFIER=") - 1]);
+        } else {
+            strcpy(BootChoices[Index],
+                   &OsloadPartition[sizeof("OsloadPartition=") - 1]);
+            strcat(BootChoices[Index],
+                   &OsloadFilename[sizeof("OsloadFilename=") - 1]);
+        }
+
+        BootMenu[Index] = BootChoices[Index];
+
+        if (!SecondaryBoot || (Index == 4)) {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    VenPrint(PromptString);
+
+    //
+    // Make space for the prompt on the screen.
+    //
+
+    JzGoToCurrentLinePosition(Index + 1 + 1,
+			      CurrentLine,
+			      &Line);
+
+    Selection = JzDisplayMenu( BootMenu,
+                               Index + 1,
+                               0,
+                               Line + 1,
+			       0,
+                               TRUE);
+
+    VenSetPosition(*CurrentLine, 0);
+
+    return(Selection);
+}
+
+
+VOID
+JzDeleteBootSelection (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine deletes a boot selection from the boot environment variables.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    ULONG CurrentLine;
+    LONG Selection;
+    ULONG Index;
+
+    VenClearScreen();
+    JzShowTime(TRUE);
+    CurrentLine = 3;
+    VenSetPosition( CurrentLine, 0);
+
+    if (FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable(BootString[OsLoadPartitionVariable]) == NULL) {
+        VenPrint(SS_NO_SELECTIONS_TO_DELETE_MSG);
+        CurrentLine += 1;
+        FwWaitForKeypress(TRUE);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    Selection = JzPickBootSelection( &CurrentLine, SS_SELECTION_TO_DELETE_MSG);
+
+    if (Selection == -1) {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // The requested boot selection will now be deleted.  The systempartition
+    // variable is not deleted if there is only one segment left, so that
+    // deleting the last boot selection leaves the NVRAM in the same
+    // state as an initial set default environment.
+    //
+
+    for ( Index = 0 ; Index < MaximumBootVariable ; Index++ ) {
+
+	if ((Index == SystemPartitionVariable) &&
+	    (FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable(BootString[Index]) != NULL) &&
+	    (strchr(FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable(BootString[Index]), ';') == NULL)) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+        JzDeleteVariableSegment(BootString[Index],Selection);
+    }
+
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+JzEditSelection (
+    LONG Selection
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine allows the environment variables for a specified boot
+    selection to be edited.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Selection - Specifies the boot selection to edit.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    CHAR SystemPartition[128];
+    CHAR Osloader[128];
+    CHAR OsloadPartition[128];
+    CHAR OsloadFilename[128];
+    CHAR OsloadOptions[128];
+    CHAR LoadIdentifier[128];
+
+    SetupROMPendingModified = TRUE;
+
+    do {
+        VenClearScreen();
+        JzShowTime(TRUE);
+        VenSetPosition( 7, 0);
+
+        //
+        // Display the current boot selection environment variables.
+        //
+
+        strcpy(SystemPartition, BootString[SystemPartitionVariable]);
+        strcpy(Osloader, BootString[OsLoaderVariable]);
+        strcpy(OsloadPartition, BootString[OsLoadPartitionVariable]);
+        strcpy(OsloadFilename, BootString[OsLoadFilenameVariable]);
+        strcpy(OsloadOptions, BootString[OsLoadOptionsVariable]);
+        strcpy(LoadIdentifier, BootString[LoadIdentifierVariable]);
+        FwGetVariableSegment(Selection, SystemPartition);
+        FwGetVariableSegment(Selection, Osloader);
+        FwGetVariableSegment(Selection, OsloadPartition);
+        FwGetVariableSegment(Selection, OsloadFilename);
+        FwGetVariableSegment(Selection, OsloadOptions);
+        FwGetVariableSegment(Selection, LoadIdentifier);
+
+        VenPrint1(SS_ENVIR_FOR_BOOT_MSG, Selection + 1);
+
+        VenPrint1(SS_FORMAT1_MSG, LoadIdentifier);
+        VenPrint1(SS_FORMAT1_MSG, SystemPartition);
+        VenPrint1(SS_FORMAT1_MSG, Osloader);
+        VenPrint1(SS_FORMAT1_MSG, OsloadPartition);
+        VenPrint1(SS_FORMAT1_MSG, OsloadFilename);
+        VenPrint1(SS_FORMAT1_MSG, OsloadOptions);
+
+        VenSetPosition( 2, 0);
+        VenPrint(SS_USE_ARROWS_MSG);
+
+    } while ( JzSetBootEnvironmentVariable(Selection) );
+
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+JzEditBootSelection (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine allows the environment variables for a boot selection to
+    be edited.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    ULONG CurrentLine;
+    LONG Selection;
+
+    VenClearScreen();
+    JzShowTime(TRUE);
+    CurrentLine = 3;
+    VenSetPosition( CurrentLine, 0);
+
+    if (FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable("OsloadPartition") == NULL) {
+        VenPrint(SS_NO_SELECTIONS_TO_EDIT_MSG);
+        CurrentLine += 1;
+        FwWaitForKeypress(TRUE);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    Selection = JzPickBootSelection( &CurrentLine, SS_SELECTION_TO_EDIT_MSG);
+
+    if (Selection == -1) {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    JzEditSelection(Selection);
+
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+JzRearrangeBootSelections (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine allows the environment variables for a boot selection to
+    be rearranged.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    ULONG CurrentLine;
+    LONG Selection;
+    ULONG Index;
+    CHAR Segment[128];
+
+    VenClearScreen();
+    JzShowTime(TRUE);
+    CurrentLine = 3;
+    VenSetPosition( CurrentLine, 0);
+
+    if (FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable("OsloadPartition") == NULL) {
+        VenPrint(SS_NO_SELECTIONS_TO_REARRANGE_MSG);
+        CurrentLine += 1;
+        FwWaitForKeypress(TRUE);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    SetupROMPendingModified = TRUE;
+
+    do {
+        VenClearScreen();
+        JzShowTime(TRUE);
+        CurrentLine = 3;
+        VenSetPosition( CurrentLine, 0);
+
+        Selection = JzPickBootSelection( &CurrentLine, SS_PICK_SELECTION_MSG);
+
+        if (Selection == -1) {
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        for ( Index = 0 ; Index < MaximumBootVariable ; Index++ ) {
+            strcpy( Segment, BootString[Index]);
+            FwGetVariableSegment( Selection, Segment );
+            JzDeleteVariableSegment( BootString[Index], Selection );
+            FwSetVariableSegment( 0, BootString[Index], strchr(Segment, '=') + 1);
+        }
+    } while ( Selection != -1 );
+    return;
+}
+
+
+VOID
+JzSetupAutoboot (
+    IN BOOLEAN DoFactoryDefaults
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine allows the environment variables controlling autoboot
+    to be set.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    DoFactoryDefaults		If TRUE, reset to factory defaults and do
+                                not prompt the user for anything.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    ULONG Autoboot;
+    ULONG Countdown;
+    CHAR CountdownString[5];
+    ULONG CurrentLine;
+
+
+    if (DoFactoryDefaults) {
+
+        Autoboot = 0;
+
+    } else {
+
+    	VenClearScreen();
+        JzShowTime(TRUE);
+        CurrentLine = 3;
+
+        Autoboot = JzGetYesNo(&CurrentLine,
+			      SS_SHOULD_AUTOBOOT_MSG,
+			      TRUE);
+        if (Autoboot == -1) {
+            return;
+        }
+
+    }
+    
+    SetupROMPendingModified = TRUE;
+
+    switch (Autoboot) {
+    case 0:
+        Status = FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable("AUTOLOAD", "YES", FALSE);
+        break;
+    default:
+        Status = FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable("AUTOLOAD", "NO", FALSE);
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+        VenPrint(SS_CANT_SET_VARIABLE_MSG);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if (Autoboot != 0) {
+        return;
+    }
+
+
+    if (DoFactoryDefaults) {
+    	Countdown = 10;
+    } else {
+
+    	Countdown = JzGetCountdownValue(&CurrentLine);
+
+        if (Countdown == -1) {
+            return;
+        }
+
+	if (Countdown == 0) {
+	    Countdown = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+
+    sprintf( CountdownString, "%d", Countdown);
+
+    Status = FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable("COUNTDOWN", CountdownString, FALSE);
+
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+	VenPrint(SS_CANT_SET_VARIABLE_MSG);
+    }
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+VOID
+JzEditVariable (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine allows environment variables to be edited.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    PCHAR Variable;
+    ULONG Index, Count;
+
+
+    SetupROMPendingModified = TRUE;
+
+    do {
+
+        VenClearScreen();
+        JzShowTime(TRUE);
+        VenSetPosition( 9, 0);
+
+        //
+        // Get the entire environment.
+        //
+
+        Variable = VolatileEnvironment;
+
+        VenPrint(SS_ENVIRONMENT_VARS_MSG);
+
+        if (Variable != NULL) {
+
+            //
+            // Print all of the other environment variables.
+            //
+
+            while (*Variable) {
+
+                if ((strstr(Variable, "SYSTEMPARTITION=") == NULL) &&
+                    (strstr(Variable, "OSLOADER=") == NULL) &&
+                    (strstr(Variable, "OSLOADPARTITION=") == NULL) &&
+                    (strstr(Variable, "OSLOADFILENAME=") == NULL) &&
+                    (strstr(Variable, "OSLOADOPTIONS=") == NULL) &&
+                    (strstr(Variable, "LOADIDENTIFIER=") == NULL)) {
+
+                    VenPrint("     ");
+                    while (strchr(Variable,';') != NULL) {
+                        Index = strchr(Variable,';') - Variable + 1;
+                        ArcWrite(ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT, Variable, Index, &Count);
+                        VenPrint("\r\n      ");
+                        Variable += Index;
+                    }
+                    VenPrint(Variable);
+                    VenPrint(SS_CRLF_MSG);
+                }
+                Variable = strchr(Variable,'\0') + 1;
+            }
+        }
+
+        VenSetPosition( 3, 0);
+        VenPrint(SS_USE_ARROWS_MSG);
+
+    } while ( JzSetEnvironmentVariable() );
+    return;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+JzCheckBootSelection (
+    IN LONG Selection,
+    IN BOOLEAN Silent,
+    OUT PBOOLEAN FoundProblems
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine checks the integrity of a volatile boot selection.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Selection - The number of the selection to check.
+
+    Silent    - True if this should run silently.
+
+    FoundProblems  - Or'd with TRUE if there was at least one problem.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if there are more selections after the current one, otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    ULONG CurrentLine;
+    ULONG Fid;
+    ULONG MenuSelection;
+    ULONG Index;
+    CHAR BootSelectionIdentifier[80];
+    CHAR Segment[128];
+    CHAR Value[128];
+    BOOLEAN MoreSelections;
+    BOOLEAN Problem;
+
+    //
+    // Get the name of this boot selection, if it exists.
+    //
+
+    strcpy (BootSelectionIdentifier, BootString[LoadIdentifierVariable]);
+    FwGetVariableSegment(Selection, BootSelectionIdentifier);
+    strcpy (BootSelectionIdentifier, strchr(BootSelectionIdentifier, '=') + 1);
+
+    if (!Silent) {
+	VenClearScreen();
+	VenSetPosition( 3, 0);
+	VenPrint(SS_CHECKING_MSG);
+	if (BootSelectionIdentifier[0] == 0) {
+	    VenPrint1(SS_CHECKING_BOOT_SEL_NUMBER_MSG, Selection);
+	} else {
+	    VenPrint1(SS_FORMAT2_MSG, BootSelectionIdentifier);
+	}
+
+	CurrentLine = 6 + NUMBER_OF_PROBLEMS;
+	VenSetPosition( CurrentLine, 0);
+    }
+
+    MoreSelections = FALSE;
+    Problem = FALSE;
+
+    if (!Silent) {
+	VenSetScreenColor( ArcColorYellow, ArcColorBlue);
+    }
+
+    for ( Index = 0 ; Index < MaximumBootVariable ; Index++ ) {
+
+        strcpy(Segment, BootString[Index]);
+        MoreSelections = FwGetVariableSegment(Selection, Segment) || MoreSelections;
+        strcpy(Value, strchr(Segment, '=') + 1);
+
+        //
+        // Check to make sure the value is not NULL, except for OsloadOptions
+        // which can legally have a NULL value.
+        //
+
+        if ((Index != OsLoadOptionsVariable) && (Value[0] == 0)) {
+	    if (Silent) {
+		*FoundProblems = TRUE;
+		return (FALSE);
+	    }
+	    Problem = TRUE;
+	    VenPrint1(SS_VARIABLE_NULL_MSG, BootString[Index]);
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+        //
+        // If this is the SystemPartition, Osloader, or OsloadPartition
+	// variable, check to make sure it can be opened.
+        //
+
+        if ((Index == SystemPartitionVariable) ||
+            (Index == OsLoaderVariable) ||
+            (Index == OsLoadPartitionVariable) ) {
+
+            if (ArcOpen(Value, ArcOpenReadOnly, &Fid) != ESUCCESS) {
+		if (Silent) {
+		    *FoundProblems = TRUE;
+		    return (FALSE);
+		}
+                Problem = TRUE;
+                VenPrint1( SS_CANT_BE_FOUND_MSG, BootString[Index]);
+                VenPrint1( SS_FORMAT1_MSG, Value);
+            } else {
+                ArcClose(Fid);
+            }
+
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If we are running silently and have gotten to here, there were no
+    // problems and we can return now.
+    //
+
+    if (Silent) {
+	return (MoreSelections);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // We are not running in silent mode.  If there were problems, query the
+    // user.
+    //
+
+    VenSetScreenColor( ArcColorWhite, ArcColorBlue);
+
+    if (Problem) {
+
+        JzShowTime(TRUE);
+        CurrentLine = 3;
+        VenSetPosition( CurrentLine, 0);
+
+        VenPrint(SS_PROBLEMS_FOUND_MSG);
+	if (BootSelectionIdentifier[0] == 0) {
+	    VenPrint1(SS_CHECKING_BOOT_SEL_NUMBER_MSG, Selection);
+	} else {
+	    VenPrint1(SS_FORMAT2_MSG, BootSelectionIdentifier);
+	}
+        VenPrint(SS_PROBLEMS_CHOOSE_AN_ACTION_MSG);
+
+        MenuSelection = JzDisplayMenu( ProblemChoices,
+                                       NUMBER_OF_PROBLEMS,
+                                       0,
+                                       CurrentLine + 2,
+				       0,
+				       TRUE);
+
+        //
+        // Switch based on the action.
+        //
+
+        switch (MenuSelection) {
+
+        //
+        // Ignore
+        //
+
+        case 0:
+            break;
+
+        //
+        // Delete this boot selection
+        //
+
+        case 1:
+
+            for ( Index = 0 ; Index < MaximumBootVariable ; Index++ ) {
+                JzDeleteVariableSegment(BootString[Index],Selection);
+            }
+            break;
+
+        //
+        // Edit this boot selection
+        //
+
+        case 2:
+            JzEditSelection(Selection);
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return(MoreSelections);
+}
+
+
+VOID
+JzCheckBootSelections (
+    IN BOOLEAN Silent,
+    OUT PBOOLEAN FoundProblems		       
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine cycles through all of the volatile boot selections and
+    checks them.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Silent    - True if this should run silently.
+
+    FoundProblems  - Returns TRUE if there was at least one problem.
+                     Otherwise, returns FALSE.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG Index;
+
+    *FoundProblems = FALSE;
+
+    //
+    // Look to see if any boot selections exist.  Skip the SystemPartition
+    // variable because that can be set without any selections.
+    //
+
+    for ( Index = 0 ; Index < MaximumBootVariable ; Index++ ) {
+        if ( (Index != SystemPartitionVariable) &&
+             (FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable(BootString[Index]) != NULL)) {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If there are boot selections, check them.
+    //
+
+    if (Index != MaximumBootVariable) {
+        Index = 0;
+        while (JzCheckBootSelection(Index, Silent, FoundProblems)) {
+            Index++;
+        }
+    }
+    return;
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsetset.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsetset.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bc3ba1436
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsetset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1007 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jnsetset.c
+
+
+Abstract:
+
+    A firmware tool that allows the user to examine and
+    modify the Alpha/Jensen PROM data.
+    
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		31-July-1992.
+
+    This module, and the entire setup program, was based on the jzsetup
+    program written by David M. Robinson (davidro) of Microsoft, dated
+    9-Aug-1991.
+    
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "jnsnvdeo.h"
+#include "machdef.h"
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+#include "jnsnrtc.h"
+#else
+#include "mrgnrtc.h"		// morgan
+#endif
+
+#include "string.h"
+#include "iodevice.h"
+#include "jnvendor.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+#include "xxstring.h"
+
+//
+// Routine prototypes.
+//
+
+VOID
+FwOperatingSystemSwitch(
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+JzDumpBootSelections(
+    VOID
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+JzBootMenu(
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+JzEnvironmentMenu(
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+JzUpdateROMData(
+    VOID
+    );
+
+//
+// Static data.
+//
+
+ULONG ScsiHostId;
+extern PCHAR FirmwareVersion;
+extern PUCHAR ScreenBanner;
+
+//
+// This indicates whether the environment variables or configuration 
+// information was changed while the user was in the setup program.
+// If so, we update the ROM data block.
+//
+// A global static is used to minimize the amount of code, and function
+// prototypes and definitions, that has to change.
+//
+
+BOOLEAN SetupROMPendingModified;
+
+ULONG
+JzGetSelection (
+    IN PCHAR Menu[],
+    IN ULONG NumberOfChoices,
+    IN ULONG DefaultChoice,
+    IN PCHAR MenuTitle,
+    IN PCHAR BottomExtraLine1,
+    IN PCHAR BottomExtraLine2,
+    IN LONG AutobootValue,
+    IN BOOLEAN ShowTheTime
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine gets a menu selection from the user.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Menu		Supplies an array of pointers to menu character
+	                strings.
+
+    Selections		Supplies the number of menu selections.
+
+    DefaultChoice	Supplies the current default choice.
+
+    MenuTitle		Points to a string that is the name of this menu.
+
+    BottomExtraLine1,	If non-NULL, points to strings that should be
+    BottomExtraLine2    printed out below the "use arrow keys to select" line.
+
+    AutobootValue	If zero, do not do an autoboot countdown.
+	            	If nonzero, do an autoboot countdown with this value.
+
+    ShowTheTime  	If true, show the time.  
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns the value selected, -1 if the escape key was pressed.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG Index;
+
+    //
+    // Clear screen and print banner.
+    //
+
+    FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorWhite, ArcColorBlue);
+    FwSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
+    FwClearScreen();
+
+    FwSetPosition( 0, 0);
+    FwPrint(FW_ARC_MULTIBOOT_MSG, FirmwareVersion);
+    FwPrint(FW_COPYRIGHT_MSG);
+    FwPrint(SS_SELECTION_MENU_MSG, MenuTitle);
+
+    FwSetPosition(NumberOfChoices + 8, 0);
+    FwPrint(FW_USE_ARROW_AND_ENTER_MSG);
+    if (BottomExtraLine1 != NULL) {
+	FwSetPosition(NumberOfChoices + 9, 0);
+	FwPrint(BottomExtraLine1);
+    }
+    if (BottomExtraLine2 != NULL) {
+	FwSetPosition(NumberOfChoices + 10, 0);
+	FwPrint(BottomExtraLine2);
+    }
+
+    if (AutobootValue != 0) {
+	FwPrint(FW_AUTOBOOT_MSG);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Display the menu and the wait for an action to be selected.
+    //
+
+    DefaultChoice = JzDisplayMenu(Menu,
+                                  NumberOfChoices,
+                                  DefaultChoice,
+                                  7,
+				  AutobootValue,
+                                  ShowTheTime);
+
+    //
+    // Clear the choices.
+    //
+
+    for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfChoices ; Index++ ) {
+        VenSetPosition( Index + 7, 5);
+        VenPrint1("%cK", ASCII_CSI);
+    }
+
+    return(DefaultChoice);
+}
+
+ULONG
+JzInitializeScsiHostId (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine gets the ScsiHostId from the configuration database if it
+    exists.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    The ScsiHostId is read from the ScsiController configuration component
+    if it exists.  If not, a value of 7 is returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component;
+    PCM_SCSI_DEVICE_DATA ScsiDeviceData;
+    UCHAR Buffer[sizeof(CM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST) +
+                 (sizeof(CM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR) * 5) +
+                 sizeof(CM_SCSI_DEVICE_DATA)];
+    PCM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST Descriptor = (PCM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST)&Buffer;
+    ULONG Count;
+
+    if (((Component = ArcGetComponent("scsi(0)")) != NULL) &&
+        (Component->Class == AdapterClass) && (Component->Type == ScsiAdapter) &&
+        (ArcGetConfigurationData((PVOID)Descriptor, Component) == ESUCCESS) &&
+        ((Count = Descriptor->Count) < 6)) {
+
+        ScsiDeviceData = (PCM_SCSI_DEVICE_DATA)&Descriptor->PartialDescriptors[Count];
+
+        if (ScsiDeviceData->HostIdentifier > 7) {
+            return(7);
+        } else {
+            return(ScsiDeviceData->HostIdentifier);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return(7);
+
+}
+
+
+VOID
+JensenSetupProgram(
+    OUT PBOOLEAN RunAProgram,
+    OUT PCHAR PathName
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine is the top level of the setup utility.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    RunAProgram  -	A pointer to a boolean that will be set to TRUE
+                        if the user wants to run a program.
+
+    PathName	-	A pointer to a string area for program names.
+                        If asked to run a program, this will be loaded with
+			the name of the program to run.  For now, this
+			program will be assumed to be run without any
+			arguments.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    BOOLEAN Reboot;
+    BOOLEAN AlreadyFoundAFatalProblem;
+    BOOLEAN DisableChoice[NUMBER_OF_SETUP_MENU_CHOICES];
+    LONG DefaultChoice = 0;
+    ULONG ProblemAreas;
+    ULONG TempX;
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG CurrentLine;
+    UCHAR Character;
+    UCHAR YellowString[10];
+    PCHAR AdvisoryString;
+    PCHAR ErrorString = NULL;
+
+    //
+    // The ROM has not been modified yet by the user.
+    //
+
+    SetupROMPendingModified = FALSE;
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the ScsiHostId Value.
+    //
+
+    ScsiHostId = JzInitializeScsiHostId();
+
+    //
+    // Loop on choices until exit is selected.
+    //
+
+    *RunAProgram = FALSE;
+
+    Reboot = FALSE;
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+
+	//
+	// Reset the setup menu by clearing the marker area and resetting the
+	// foreground color at the beginning of each line to white, and reset
+	// the choice-disable array.
+	//
+
+	sprintf(YellowString, "%c3%dm  ", ASCII_CSI, ArcColorWhite);
+
+	for (Index = 0; Index < NUMBER_OF_SETUP_MENU_CHOICES; Index++) {
+
+	    DisableChoice[Index] = FALSE;
+
+	    if (SetupMenuChoices[Index] != NULL) {
+		// Be careful not to copy the \0.
+		strncpy(SetupMenuChoices[Index], YellowString, 6);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	AdvisoryString = NULL;
+
+	//
+	// Now the setup menu is in its initial default state.  Get the
+	// system problem areas.
+	//
+
+	FwSystemConsistencyCheck(TRUE, &ProblemAreas);
+
+	//
+	// Intializing the ROM data has to be done in a particular order.  So,
+	// we now cycle through the problem bits and put a colored arrow
+	// next to each area that needs fixing, and at the same time load
+	// the array that tells us which ones are not allowed yet.
+	//
+	// This code is not general-purpose.  It knows about the order of
+	// SetupMenuChoices and the desired order of problem repair.
+	//
+
+	sprintf(YellowString, "%c3%dm->", ASCII_CSI, ArcColorYellow);
+
+	AlreadyFoundAFatalProblem = FALSE;
+	TempX = ProblemAreas;
+	Index = 0;
+
+	while (TempX != 0) {
+
+	    //
+	    // There is at least one more system problem.
+	    //
+
+	    if (((TempX & 1) != 0) || ((TempX & 0x10000) != 0)) {
+
+		//
+		// There is a problem in the area that we are now pointing at,
+		// so make this a yellow line.
+		//
+
+		strncpy (SetupMenuChoices[Index], YellowString, 6);
+		AdvisoryString = SS_YELLOW_MEANS_FIX_THIS_MSG;
+
+		//
+		// Since managing the boot selections is a "yellow" error,
+		// they are orthogonal to fixing fatal ("red") problems.
+		//
+
+		if (Index != SETUP_MENU_BOOT_SELECTION_LINE) {
+
+
+		    if (AlreadyFoundAFatalProblem == FALSE) {
+
+			//
+			// Remember that we have found the first fatal
+			// problem already.
+			//
+
+			AlreadyFoundAFatalProblem = TRUE;
+		    
+		    } else {
+
+			//
+			// There is a problem in the area we are now pointing
+			// at, and it is not the first problem found, and this
+			// is not a "Manage boot selections" problem.  So,
+			// mark this problem as one which is temporarily
+			// disabled until the more serious problem(s) are
+			// fixed.
+			//
+
+			DisableChoice[Index] = TRUE;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }		
+
+	    //
+	    // Shift the red and yellow halves right one bit.
+	    //
+
+	    TempX = ((TempX & FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_RED) >> 1) |
+	            (((TempX & FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_YELLOW) >> 17) << 16);
+	    Index++;
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Now get the users selection.  The last selection is offerred only
+	// if a change is pending.  The system time is displayed only if there
+	// are no problems with the system time.  We do this until the user
+	// makes an allowed selection.
+	//
+
+	do {
+	    DefaultChoice = JzGetSelection(SetupMenuChoices,
+					   (SetupROMPendingModified ?
+					    NUMBER_OF_SETUP_MENU_CHOICES :
+					    NUMBER_OF_SETUP_MENU_CHOICES - 1),
+					   DefaultChoice,
+					   FW_MENU_SETUP_MSG,
+					   AdvisoryString,
+					   ErrorString,
+					   0,
+					   (ProblemAreas & FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_TIME) ? FALSE : TRUE);
+
+	    
+	    if ((DefaultChoice >= 0) &&
+		(DefaultChoice <= (NUMBER_OF_SETUP_MENU_CHOICES - 1)) &&
+		(DisableChoice[DefaultChoice] == TRUE)) {
+
+		ErrorString = SS_CHOOSE_ANOTHER_ITEM_MSG;
+
+	    } else {
+
+		ErrorString = NULL;
+	    }
+
+	} while (ErrorString != NULL);
+
+	FwClearScreen();
+
+        //
+        // Switch based on the action.
+        //
+
+        switch (DefaultChoice) {
+
+	    //
+	    // Set system time
+	    //
+
+	    case 0:
+
+	      JzSetTime();
+  	      break;
+
+
+	    //
+	    // Set default environment variables
+	    //
+
+	    case 1:
+
+	      JzMakeDefaultEnvironment(FALSE);
+              break;
+
+
+	    //
+	    // Set default configuration
+	    //
+
+	    case 2:
+
+	      Reboot = JzMakeDefaultConfiguration(FALSE) || Reboot;
+              break;
+
+
+	    //
+	    // Manage boot selections
+	    //
+
+	    case 3:
+
+	      JzBootMenu();
+              break;
+
+
+	    //
+	    // Setup autoboot
+	    //
+
+	    case 4:
+
+	      JzSetupAutoboot(FALSE);
+              break;
+
+
+	    //
+	    // Menu spacer selections
+	    //
+
+	    case 5:
+	    case 9:
+
+	      break;
+
+
+	    //
+	    // Run EISA configuration utility from a floppy.  If a
+	    // reboot is pending, we reboot after setting the auto-run
+	    // NVRAM flag.  If a ROM update is pending, do the update first.
+	    //
+
+	    case 6:
+
+#ifdef ISA_PLATFORM
+
+	      break;
+
+#else
+
+	      if (SetupROMPendingModified) {
+		  JzUpdateROMData();
+	      }
+
+              if (Reboot) {
+
+		  FwpWriteIOChip(RTC_APORT, RTC_RAM_NT_FLAGS0);
+		  Character = FwpReadIOChip(RTC_DPORT);
+		  ((PRTC_RAM_NT_FLAGS_0)(&Character))->AutoRunECU = 1;
+		  FwpWriteIOChip(RTC_APORT, RTC_RAM_NT_FLAGS0);
+		  FwpWriteIOChip(RTC_DPORT, Character);
+
+		  FwPrint(SS_ECU_WILL_NOW_REBOOT_MSG);
+		  FwStallExecution(3 * 1000 * 1000);
+		  ArcReboot();
+	      }
+
+	      *RunAProgram = TRUE;
+	      strcpy(PathName, FW_ECU_LOCATION);
+	      return;
+
+#endif
+
+	    //
+	    // Edit environment variables
+	    //
+
+	    case 7:
+
+	      JzEditVariable();
+              break;
+
+
+	    //
+	    // Reset to factory defaults
+	    //
+
+	    case 8:
+
+	      FwSetPosition(3, 0);
+	      FwPrint(SS_RESET_TO_FACTORY_DEFAULTS_WARNING_MSG);
+	      CurrentLine = 7;
+	      CurrentLine = JzGetYesNo(&CurrentLine, SS_ARE_YOU_SURE_MSG, TRUE);
+
+	      if (CurrentLine == 0) {
+		  JzMakeDefaultEnvironment(TRUE);
+		  Reboot = JzMakeDefaultConfiguration(TRUE);
+		  JzAddBootSelection(TRUE);
+		  JzSetupAutoboot(TRUE);
+	      }
+
+              break;
+            
+	    //
+	    // Help
+	    //
+
+	    case 10:
+
+	      FwSetPosition(3,0);
+	      for (Index = 0; Index < SETUP_HELP_TABLE_SIZE; Index++) {
+		  if (SETUP_HELP_TABLE[Index] != NULL) {
+		      FwPrint(SETUP_HELP_TABLE[Index]);
+		  }
+		  FwPrint(SS_CRLF_MSG);
+	      }
+
+	      FwWaitForKeypress(TRUE);
+	      break;
+
+
+	    //
+	    // Switch to OpenVMS or OSF
+	    //
+
+	    case 11:
+
+	      FwOperatingSystemSwitch();
+	      break;
+
+	    //
+	    // Quit.
+	    //
+
+	    case 12:
+
+	      FwEnvironmentLoad();
+	      FwRestoreConfiguration();
+	      return;
+
+	    //
+	    // Exit, and escape key
+	    //
+
+	    case -1:
+	    case 13:
+	    default:
+
+	      //
+	      // If the escape key was pressed, or something bad happened
+	      // in the menu subroutine, ask the user for a confirmation.
+	      //
+
+	      if ((DefaultChoice != 13) && SetupROMPendingModified) {
+
+		  FwSetPosition(3, 0);
+		  FwPrint(SS_ESCAPE_FROM_SETUP_MSG);
+
+		  while (ArcGetReadStatus(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT) != ESUCCESS) {
+		      JzShowTime(FALSE);
+		  }
+
+		  ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Index);
+
+		  if (Character == ASCII_ESC) {
+		      FwEnvironmentLoad();
+		      FwRestoreConfiguration();
+		      return;
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	      if (SetupROMPendingModified) {
+		  JzUpdateROMData();
+	      }
+
+              if (Reboot) {
+		  ArcReboot();
+	      }
+              return;
+
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+JzBootMenu(
+    VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine displays the boot menu.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if something was probably changed, and FALSE if nothing
+    was changed.
+
+--*/
+{
+    BOOLEAN FoundProblems;
+    BOOLEAN PreviousROMPending;
+    LONG DefaultChoice = 0;
+
+    //
+    // Loop on choices until exit is selected.
+    //
+    // Right now, the test for a pending ROM change is to look for a change
+    // in the global SetupROMPendingModified.  This test is too pessimistic,
+    // and could be made more discriminating.
+    //
+
+    PreviousROMPending = SetupROMPendingModified;
+    SetupROMPendingModified = FALSE;
+    
+    while (TRUE) {
+
+        DefaultChoice = JzGetSelection(ManageBootSelectionChoices,
+                                       NUMBER_OF_SS_MANAGE_BOOT_CHOICES,
+                                       DefaultChoice,
+				       FW_MENU_BOOT_SELECTIONS_MSG,
+				       NULL,
+				       NULL,
+	                               0,
+	                               TRUE);
+
+        //
+        // Switch based on the action.
+        //
+
+        switch (DefaultChoice) {
+
+        //
+        // Add boot selection
+        //
+
+        case 0:
+            JzAddBootSelection(FALSE);
+            break;
+
+        //
+        // Change a boot selection
+        //
+
+        case 1:
+            JzEditBootSelection();
+            break;
+
+        //
+        // Check boot selections
+        //
+
+        case 2:
+            JzCheckBootSelections(FALSE, &FoundProblems);
+            break;
+
+        //
+        // Delete a boot selection
+        //
+
+        case 3:
+            JzDeleteBootSelection();
+            break;
+
+	//
+	// Dump boot selections
+	//
+
+	case 4:
+	    JzDumpBootSelections();
+	    break;
+
+        //
+        // Rearrange boot selections
+        //
+
+        case 5:
+            JzRearrangeBootSelections();
+            break;
+
+        //
+        // Escape Key, or Exit.
+        //
+
+	case -1:
+        default:
+
+	  //
+	  // Check if a change happened, and restore previous global TRUEness
+	  // if necessary.
+	  //
+	    if (SetupROMPendingModified) {
+		return (TRUE);
+	    } else {
+		SetupROMPendingModified = PreviousROMPending;
+		return (FALSE);
+	    }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+VOID
+JzDumpBootSelections(
+    VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function gives a crude dump of the current boot selections.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG Count;
+    ULONG IndentAmount;
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG Index2;
+    ULONG Number;
+    PCHAR Variable;
+
+    VenClearScreen();
+    VenSetPosition(3, 0);
+    
+    for (Number = 0; Number < 6 ; Number++ ) {
+	switch (Number) {
+	  case 0:
+	    Variable = "LOADIDENTIFIER";
+	    IndentAmount = sizeof("LOADIDENTIFIER");
+	    break;
+	  case 1:
+	    Variable = "SYSTEMPARTITION";
+	    IndentAmount = sizeof("SYSTEMPARTITION");
+	    break;
+	  case 2:
+	    Variable = "OSLOADER";
+	    IndentAmount = sizeof("OSLOADER");
+	    break;
+	  case 3:
+	    Variable = "OSLOADPARTITION";
+	    IndentAmount = sizeof("OSLOADPARTITION");
+	    break;
+	  case 4:
+	    Variable = "OSLOADFILENAME";
+	    IndentAmount = sizeof("OSLOADFILENAME");
+	    break;
+	  case 5:
+	    Variable = "OSLOADOPTIONS";
+	    IndentAmount = sizeof("OSLOADOPTIONS");
+	    break;
+	}
+	
+	VenPrint1("%s=",Variable);
+	Variable = FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable(Variable);
+	if (Variable != NULL) {
+
+	    //
+	    // If this variable will fit all on one line, print it as such.
+	    // Otherwise, print one segment per line.
+	    //
+
+	    if ((IndentAmount + strlen(Variable)) < DisplayWidth) {
+		VenPrint(Variable);
+	    } else {
+		while (strchr(Variable,';') != NULL) {
+		    Index = strchr(Variable,';') - Variable + 1;
+		    ArcWrite(ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT, Variable, Index, &Count);
+		    VenPrint(SS_CRLF_MSG);
+		    for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < IndentAmount; Index2++) {
+			VenPrint(" ");
+		    }
+		    Variable += Index;
+		}
+		VenPrint(Variable);
+	    }
+	}
+	VenPrint(SS_CRLF_MSG);
+    }
+    
+    VenPrint(SS_CRLF_MSG);
+    FwWaitForKeypress(TRUE);
+}
+
+
+VOID
+JzUpdateROMData(
+    VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    The user is exiting the setup utility after having changed something
+    in the Configuration or Environment Variables.  This function updates
+    the ROM from the volatile areas.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+
+    VenClearScreen();
+    VenSetPosition(0,0);
+    VenPrint(SS_ROM_UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS_MSG);
+    if ((Status = FwSaveConfiguration()) != ESUCCESS) {
+	VenPrint(SS_ROM_UPDATE_FAILED_MSG);
+	ParseARCErrorStatus(Status);
+    }
+
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+FwOperatingSystemSwitch(
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+     This lets the user alter the console selection flag in the NVRAM.
+
+Arguments:
+
+     None.
+
+
+Side Effects:
+
+     The RTC_RAM_CONSOLE_SELECTION flag byte in the Jensen NVRAM
+     may be modified.
+
+Return Value:
+
+     None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    UCHAR Character;
+    ULONG Count;
+    BOOLEAN UserMadeAChange = FALSE;
+    LONG Index;
+    UCHAR PresentChoice;
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+
+        FwClearScreen();
+	FwSetPosition(2, 0);
+	FwPrint(SS_WHICH_OS_QUERY_MSG);
+
+	//
+	// Print out the current boot selection.  Although the operating
+	// system selection encodings are hard-wired, the definitions are
+	// also declared in \nt\private\ntos\inc\jnsnrtc.h.  The legal
+	// values are 1 -- 3; any other value defaults to booting NT.
+	//
+
+	FwpWriteIOChip(RTC_APORT, RTC_RAM_CONSOLE_SELECTION);
+	PresentChoice = FwpReadIOChip(RTC_DPORT);
+	if ((PresentChoice == 0) || (PresentChoice > 3)) {
+	    PresentChoice = RTC_RAM_CONSOLE_SELECTION_NT;
+	}
+
+	FwPrint(SS_BOOT_SELECTION_IS_MSG,
+		OperatingSystemNames[PresentChoice - 1]);
+
+	FwSetPosition((NUMBER_OF_OS_CHOICES + 7), 0);
+        FwPrint(FW_USE_ARROW_AND_ENTER_MSG);
+
+	//
+	// JzDisplayMenu returns -1 or a 0-based menu selection.
+	// The console selection flag is 1-based.
+	//
+
+	Index = JzDisplayMenu(OperatingSystemSwitchChoices,
+			      NUMBER_OF_OS_CHOICES,
+			      3,
+			      6,
+			      0,
+			      FALSE)
+	        + 1;
+
+	if ((Index < 1) || (Index > 3)) {
+
+	    //
+	    // The user hit escape, selected Return to main menu, or something
+	    // bad happened in JzDisplayMenu.  Exit this loop.
+	    //
+
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Change the console selection flag.
+	//
+
+	FwpWriteIOChip(RTC_APORT, RTC_RAM_CONSOLE_SELECTION);
+	FwpWriteIOChip(RTC_DPORT, Index);
+	UserMadeAChange = TRUE;
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // If the user made a change, tell him to power-cycle.
+    //
+
+    if (UserMadeAChange) {
+	FwSetPosition(2, 0);
+	FwPrint("\x9bK");
+	FwSetPosition(6, 0);
+	FwPrint("%c0J", ASCII_CSI);
+	FwPrint(SS_POWER_CYCLE_FOR_NEW_OS_MSG);
+	FwPrint(SS_PRESS_KEY_MSG);
+        FwRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsettim.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsettim.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6320a888f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsettim.c
@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jnsettim.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains the code to set the time on an Alpha/Jensen.
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		31-July-1992.
+
+    This module, and the entire setup program, was based on the jzsetup
+    program written by David M. Robinson (davidro) of Microsoft, dated
+    9-Aug-1991.
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "jnsnvdeo.h"
+#include "machdef.h"
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+#include "jnsnrtc.h"
+#else
+#include "mrgnrtc.h"		// morgan
+#endif
+
+#include "string.h"
+#include "iodevice.h"
+#include "jnvendor.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+
+#if 0
+//
+// JzEisaControlBase is no longer needed.
+// JzRealTimeClockBase never existed on Jensen.
+//
+
+//
+// Static Data
+//
+
+PVOID JzEisaControlBase;
+PVOID JzRealTimeClockBase;
+#endif
+ULONG LastTime = 0;
+
+UCHAR
+JzReadClockRegister (
+    UCHAR Register
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine reads the specified realtime clock register.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Register - Supplies the number of the register whose value is read.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    The value of the register is returned as the function value.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    FwpWriteIOChip (RTC_APORT, Register);
+    
+    return (FwpReadIOChip(RTC_DPORT));
+}
+
+VOID
+JzWriteClockRegister (
+    UCHAR Register,
+    UCHAR Value
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine writes the specified value to the specified realtime
+    clock register.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Register - Supplies the number of the register whose value is written.
+
+    Value - Supplies the value that is written to the specified register.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    FwpWriteIOChip (RTC_APORT, Register);
+    
+    FwpWriteIOChip (RTC_DPORT, Value);
+
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+JzWriteTime (
+    IN PTIME_FIELDS TimeFields
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine sets the realtime clock.
+
+    N.B. This routine assumes that the caller has provided any required
+        synchronization to set the realtime clock information.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    TimeFields - Supplies a pointer to a time structure that specifies the
+        realtime clock information.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the power to the realtime clock has not failed, then the time
+    values are written to the realtime clock and a value of TRUE is
+    returned. Otherwise, a value of FALSE is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    UCHAR DataByte;
+
+    //
+    // If the realtime clock battery is still functioning, then write
+    // the realtime clock values, and return a function value of TRUE.
+    // Otherwise, return a function value of FALSE.
+    //
+
+    DataByte = JzReadClockRegister(RTC_CONTROL_REGISTERD);
+    if (((PRTC_CONTROL_REGISTER_D)(&DataByte))->ValidTime == 1) {
+
+        //
+        // Set the realtime clock control to set the time.
+        //
+
+        DataByte = 0;
+        ((PRTC_CONTROL_REGISTER_B)(&DataByte))->HoursFormat = 1;
+        ((PRTC_CONTROL_REGISTER_B)(&DataByte))->DataMode = 1;
+        ((PRTC_CONTROL_REGISTER_B)(&DataByte))->SetTime = 1;
+        JzWriteClockRegister(RTC_CONTROL_REGISTERB, DataByte);
+
+        //
+        // Write the realtime clock values.
+        //
+
+        JzWriteClockRegister(RTC_YEAR, (UCHAR)(TimeFields->Year - 1980));
+        JzWriteClockRegister(RTC_MONTH, (UCHAR)TimeFields->Month);
+        JzWriteClockRegister(RTC_DAY_OF_MONTH, (UCHAR)TimeFields->Day);
+        JzWriteClockRegister(RTC_DAY_OF_WEEK, (UCHAR)(TimeFields->Weekday + 1));
+        JzWriteClockRegister(RTC_HOUR, (UCHAR)TimeFields->Hour);
+        JzWriteClockRegister(RTC_MINUTE, (UCHAR)TimeFields->Minute);
+        JzWriteClockRegister(RTC_SECOND, (UCHAR)TimeFields->Second);
+
+        //
+        // Set the realtime clock control to update the time.
+        //
+
+        ((PRTC_CONTROL_REGISTER_B)(&DataByte))->SetTime = 0;
+        JzWriteClockRegister(RTC_CONTROL_REGISTERB, DataByte);
+        return;
+
+    } else {
+        return;
+    }
+}
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+JzSetTime (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This sets the system time.  It assumes the screen has already been
+    cleared.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if the system time was changed.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    UCHAR Character;
+    ULONG Count;
+    PTIME_FIELDS TimeFields;
+    TIME Time;
+    CHAR TimeString[80];
+    CHAR DateString[80];
+    PCHAR StartToken;
+    PCHAR EndToken;
+    GETSTRING_ACTION Action;
+
+#if 0
+    //
+    // Set addresses for RTC access.
+    //
+
+    JzEisaControlBase = (PVOID)EISA_IO_VIRTUAL_BASE;
+    JzRealTimeClockBase = (PVOID)RTC_VIRTUAL_BASE;
+#endif
+
+    VenSetPosition( 3, 5);
+    VenPrint(SS_ENTER_DATE_MSG);
+    do {
+        Action = JzGetString( DateString,
+                              sizeof(DateString),
+                              NULL,
+                              3,
+                              5 + strlen(SS_ENTER_DATE_MSG),
+			      TRUE);
+        if (Action == GetStringEscape) {
+            return (FALSE);
+        }
+    } while ( Action != GetStringSuccess );
+
+    VenSetPosition( 4, 5);
+    VenPrint(SS_ENTER_TIME_MSG);
+    do {
+        Action = JzGetString( TimeString,
+                              sizeof(TimeString),
+                              NULL,
+                              4,
+                              5 + strlen(SS_ENTER_TIME_MSG),
+			      TRUE);
+        if (Action == GetStringEscape) {
+            return (FALSE);
+        }
+    } while ( Action != GetStringSuccess );
+
+    //
+    // Get time
+    //
+
+    TimeFields = ArcGetTime();
+
+    StartToken = DateString;
+    if (*StartToken != 0) {
+        EndToken = strchr(StartToken, '-');
+        if (EndToken != NULL) {
+            *EndToken = 0;
+            TimeFields->Month = atoi(StartToken);
+            StartToken = EndToken + 1;
+        }
+
+        EndToken = strchr(StartToken, '-');
+        if (EndToken != NULL) {
+            *EndToken = 0;
+            TimeFields->Day = atoi(StartToken);
+            StartToken = EndToken + 1;
+            TimeFields->Year = atoi(StartToken);
+            if (TimeFields->Year < 100) {
+                if (TimeFields->Year < 80) {
+                    TimeFields->Year += 2000;
+                } else {
+                    TimeFields->Year += 1900;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    StartToken = TimeString;
+    if (*StartToken != 0) {
+        EndToken = strchr(StartToken, ':');
+
+        if (EndToken != NULL) {
+            *EndToken = 0;
+            TimeFields->Hour = atoi(StartToken);
+            StartToken = EndToken + 1;
+        }
+
+        EndToken = strchr(StartToken, ':');
+        if (EndToken != NULL) {
+            *EndToken = 0;
+            TimeFields->Minute = atoi(StartToken);
+            StartToken = EndToken + 1;
+            TimeFields->Second = atoi(StartToken);
+        } else {
+            TimeFields->Minute = atoi(StartToken);
+            TimeFields->Second = 0;
+        }
+
+    }
+
+    if (!RtlTimeFieldsToTime(TimeFields, &Time)) {
+        VenSetPosition( 6, 5);
+        VenPrint(SS_ILLEGAL_TIME_MSG);
+	VenPrint(SS_PRESS_KEY2_MSG);
+        ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+	return (FALSE);
+    } else {
+        RtlTimeToTimeFields( &Time, TimeFields);
+        JzWriteTime(TimeFields);
+	return (TRUE);
+    }
+
+}
+
+VOID
+JzShowTime (
+    BOOLEAN First
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+    First - If TRUE then don't check LastTime.
+
+Return Value:
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    PTIME_FIELDS TimeFields;
+    TIME Time;
+    BOOLEAN Pm;
+    ULONG ThisTime;
+
+#if 0
+    //
+    // Set addresses for RTC access.
+    //
+
+    JzEisaControlBase = (PVOID)EISA_IO_VIRTUAL_BASE;
+    JzRealTimeClockBase = (PVOID)RTC_VIRTUAL_BASE;
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // See if the time has changed since last time we were called.  This is
+    // for when the display is over the serial port, so we do not blast
+    // characters out all the time.
+    //
+
+    ThisTime = ArcGetRelativeTime();
+    if (!First && (ThisTime == LastTime)) {
+        return;
+    }
+    LastTime = ThisTime;
+
+    //
+    // Get and display time, and screen illegal Weekday values.
+    //
+
+    TimeFields = ArcGetTime();
+
+    VenSetPosition( 0, 44);
+    if ((TimeFields->Weekday < 0) || (TimeFields->Weekday > 6)) {
+	VenPrint(Weekday[0]);
+    } else {
+	VenPrint1("%s, ", Weekday[TimeFields->Weekday]);
+    }
+    VenPrint1("%d-", TimeFields->Month);
+    VenPrint1("%d-", TimeFields->Day);
+    VenPrint1("%d   ", TimeFields->Year);
+
+    if (TimeFields->Hour >= 12) {
+        Pm = TRUE;
+    } else {
+        Pm = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (TimeFields->Hour > 12) {
+        TimeFields->Hour -= 12;
+    } else if (TimeFields->Hour == 0) {
+        TimeFields->Hour = 12;
+    }
+
+    VenPrint1("%d:", TimeFields->Hour);
+    VenPrint1("%02d:", TimeFields->Minute);
+    VenPrint1("%02d ", TimeFields->Second);
+    if (Pm) {
+        VenPrint(SS_PM);
+    } else {
+        VenPrint(SS_AM);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Clear anything to the end of the line.
+    //
+
+    VenPrint1("%cK", ASCII_CSI);
+
+    return;
+
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsnprom.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsnprom.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..39138eef6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsnprom.h
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+  jnsnprom.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module is the header file that describes physical and virtual
+    address used by the PROM monitor and boot code in the Alpha PCs.
+    Started from \nt\private\ntos\inc\jazzprom.h.
+
+
+Author:
+
+    David N. Cutler (davec) 27-Apr-1991
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    10-May-1992		John DeRosa	[DEC]
+
+    Made changes for Alpha/Jensen.  With the changes to the Alpha/Jensen
+    meta-virtual linear addresses, this file now defines a different
+    subset of things than the jazzprom.h file did.  Note that the
+    ntos\inc\jnsndef.h file defines a few virtual bases, and those
+    bases are not defined here.  Why don't we define the virtual bases
+    all in one place?  Don't ask.
+
+    31-March-1993	Bruce Butts     [DEC]
+
+    Converted file to QVA macros instead of handcoded QVAs.
+
+--*/
+
+#ifndef _JNSNPROM_
+#define _JNSNPROM_
+
+//
+// N.B. Explicitly include the appropriate machdef file,
+// for builds in other parts of the tree that include fwp.h.
+//
+
+//
+// For EisaIOQVA and EisaMemQVA definitions.
+//
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+#include "\nt\private\ntos\fw\alpha\jensen\alpha\machdef.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MORGAN
+#include "\nt\private\ntos\fw\alpha\morgan\alpha\machdef.h"
+#endif
+
+
+//
+// The Alpha PC firmware I/O space routines (READ_PORT_UCHAR, etc.)
+// map a quasi-virtual linear address space into EV4 kernel superpages, so that
+// physical = virtual.  And, all of the firmware runs in superpage mode as well.
+//
+// The _PHYSICAL_ addresses in \nt\private\ntos\inc\jnsndef.h and mrgndef.h
+// are real physical addresses.  Since the Alpha/Jensen firmware source code
+// deals with the quasi-virtual addresses (QVAs), the base symbols that it is
+// compiled with are *not* the real physical addresses, but instead the QVA
+// addresses.
+//
+// The virtual/physical pairs are not strictly necessary for Alpha PCs
+// since memory mapping is off.  But, since I need QVA addresses for my
+// I/O anyway, the _VIRTUAL_ duals are in fact QVA addresses, and this is what
+// will be used everywhere in the firmware pointer definitions.
+// 
+//
+
+
+//
+// Define symbols for `standard PC' ISA port addresses.
+//
+
+#define FLOPPY_ISA_PORT_ADDRESS		0x3f0
+#define	KEYBOARD_ISA_PORT_ADDRESS	0x060
+#define	MOUSE_ISA_PORT_ADDRESS		0x060
+#define	PARALLEL_ISA_PORT_ADDRESS	0x3bc
+#define	SP0_ISA_PORT_ADDRESS		0x3f8
+#define	SP1_ISA_PORT_ADDRESS		0x2f8
+
+
+//
+// Define the QVA virtual duals of the real physical base addresses
+// for boot mapping.
+//
+
+//
+// virtual base of EISA I/O
+//
+
+#define EISA_IO_VIRTUAL_BASE	EISA_IO_BASE_QVA
+#define DEVICE_VIRTUAL_BASE     EISA_IO_BASE_QVA
+
+//
+// On MIPS, this is different from EISA_IO_VIRTUAL_BASE because of the
+// way Microsoft simulated having a system board EISA ID.  This is unnecessary for
+// Alpha PCs, and defining this minimizes code changes.
+//
+
+#define EISA_EXTERNAL_IO_VIRTUAL_BASE	EISA_IO_VIRTUAL_BASE
+
+//
+// Define magic address for operation control words in the 82357 interrupt
+// controller.  This is used only for checking for floppy interrupts.
+//
+
+#define EISA_INT_OCW3		( EISA_IO_VIRTUAL_BASE | 0x20 )
+
+// virtual base of EISA memory
+
+
+#define EISA_MEMORY_VIRTUAL_BASE	EISA_MEM_BASE_QVA
+
+#undef INTERRUPT_VIRTUAL_BASE
+
+//
+// Jensen PROM0 cA base address is 1.8000.0000 hex.
+//        PROM1                    1.A000.0000 hex.
+//
+// Both PROMs are defined, but the 1MB part is the default PROM.
+//
+//
+
+#define PROM0_VIRTUAL_BASE	0xA0c00000   // virtual base of boot PROM0
+#define PROM1_VIRTUAL_BASE	0xA0d00000   // virtual base of boot PROM1
+#undef PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE
+
+#define PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE	PROM1_VIRTUAL_BASE
+
+#define HAE_VIRTUAL_BASE   	0xA0E80000   // virtual base of HAE register
+#define SYSCTL_VIRTUAL_BASE 	0xA0F00000   // virtual base of SYSCTL register
+
+
+//
+// Jensen has two serial ports.  Point "SP_x" at serial port 0.
+//
+
+#undef SP_VIRTUAL_BASE
+
+#define SP0_VIRTUAL_BASE        0xa0e003F8         // virtual base of serial port 0
+                                                   // ISA port = 3F8h
+
+#define SP1_VIRTUAL_BASE        0xa0e002F8         // virtual base of serial port 1
+                                                   // ISA port = 2F8h
+
+#define SP_VIRTUAL_BASE	        SP0_VIRTUAL_BASE   // virtual base, serial port
+
+#define RTC_VIRTUAL_BASE        0xa0e00170         // virtual base, realtime clock
+                                                   // ISA port = 170h
+
+#define KEYBOARD_VIRTUAL_BASE	0xa0e00060         // virtual base, keyboard control
+                                                   // ISA port = 060h
+
+
+//
+// I will maintain the comport / serial port # skew that was present in
+// the Jazz code.  /jdr
+//
+
+// virtual base of comport 1 control
+#define COMPORT1_VIRTUAL_BASE	SP0_VIRTUAL_BASE
+
+// virtual base of comport 2 control
+#define COMPORT2_VIRTUAL_BASE	SP1_VIRTUAL_BASE 
+
+
+#define PARALLEL_VIRTUAL_BASE	0xa0e003BC    // virtual base of parallel port.
+                                              // ISA port = 3BCh
+
+//
+// Define register offsets for the Combo chip's RTC.
+//
+// These are used with the WriteVti and ReadVti functions.
+//
+
+#define	RTC_REGNUMBER_RTC_CR1	0x6A
+
+//
+// Define virtual base address for `standard PC' floppy controller, i.e. an
+// ISA Intel 82077A.  Note: A corresponding _PHYSICAL_BASE definition is not
+// defined anywhere.
+//
+
+#define FLOPPY_VIRTUAL_BASE	EisaIOQva(0x03F0)	// This is ISA space
+                                                        // @ 3F0H
+
+#undef INTERRUPT_SOURCE
+
+
+//
+// Define magic value to ask the interrupt controller to return
+// the IRR interrupt wires through OCW3.
+//
+#define EISA_INT_OCW3_IRR	0xa
+
+
+//
+// Define device interrupt identification values.
+//
+
+#define PARALLEL_DEVICE    0x04     // Parallel port device interrupt id
+#define FLOPPY_DEVICE      0x08     // Floppy device interrupt id
+#define SOUND_DEVICE       0x0C     // Sound device interrupt id
+#define VIDEO_DEVICE       0x10     // Video device interrupt id
+#define ETHERNET_DEVICE    0x14     // Ethernet device interrupt id
+#define SCSI_DEVICE        0x18     // SCSI device interrupt id
+#define KEYBOARD_DEVICE    0x1C     // Keyboard device interrupt id
+#define MOUSE_DEVICE       0x20     // Mouse device interrupt id
+#define SERIAL0_DEVICE     0x24     // Serial port 0 device interrupt id
+#define SERIAL1_DEVICE     0x28     // Serial port 1 device interrupt id
+
+
+#endif 	// _JNSNPROM_
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsnvdeo.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsnvdeo.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50a9a8cc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnsnvdeo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991-1992  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+ 
+Module Name:
+
+    jnsnvdeo.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This header file defines values for standard VGA alphanumeric color mode
+    video.  (Graphics and BW mode are not defined.)
+
+    Addresses are based on the VGA video ISA base address.
+
+    This was started from \nt\private\ntos\inc\jazzvdeo.h, and included
+    fw\alpha\vga.h.
+    
+
+Author:
+
+    John Cooper (johncoop)  25-Jul-1991
+    David N. Cutler (davec) 27-Apr-1991
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    21-August-1992	John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Added Alpha modifications.  For now this just describes
+    enough of the VGA architecture for firmware use.
+    
+
+    Andre Vachon (andreva)  09-Mar-1992
+
+    Combined the G300 and G364 definitions files into one so that we only
+    need one driver for the Jazz system.
+
+--*/
+
+//
+// Define video controller parameters.
+//
+
+//
+// Define VGA registers.  This starts at ISA space 0x3C0.
+//
+
+typedef struct _VGA_READ_REGISTERS {
+  UCHAR reserved0;
+  UCHAR attribute_adddata;	// 3c1
+  UCHAR input_status_0;		// 3c2
+  UCHAR reserved1;
+  UCHAR sequencer_address;	// 3c4
+  UCHAR sequencer_data;		// 3c5
+  UCHAR pel_mask;		// 3c6
+  UCHAR dac_state;		// 3c7
+  UCHAR pel_address_write_mode;	// 3c8
+  UCHAR pel_data;		// 3c9
+  UCHAR feature_control;	// 3ca
+  UCHAR reserved2;
+  UCHAR misc_output;		// 3cc
+  UCHAR reserved3;
+  UCHAR graphics_address;	// 3ce
+  UCHAR graphics_data;		// 3cf
+  UCHAR reserved4[4];
+  UCHAR crtc_address;		// 3d4
+  UCHAR crtc_data;		// 3d5
+  UCHAR reserved5[4];
+  UCHAR input_status_1;		// 3da
+} VGA_READ_REGISTERS, *PVGA_READ_REGISTERS;
+
+
+typedef struct _VGA_WRITE_REGISTERS {
+  UCHAR attribute_adddata;	// 3c0
+  UCHAR reserved0;
+  UCHAR misc_output;		// 3c2
+  UCHAR reserved1;
+  UCHAR sequencer_address;	// 3c4
+  UCHAR sequencer_data;		// 3c5
+  UCHAR pel_mask;		// 3c6
+  UCHAR pel_address_read_mode;	// 3c7
+  UCHAR pel_address_write_mode;	// 3c8
+  UCHAR pel_data;		// 3c9
+  UCHAR reserved2[4];
+  UCHAR graphics_address;	// 3ce
+  UCHAR graphics_data;		// 3cf
+  UCHAR reserved3[4];
+  UCHAR crtc_address;		// 3d4
+  UCHAR crtc_data;		// 3d5
+  UCHAR reserved[4];
+  UCHAR feature_control;	// 3da
+} VGA_WRITE_REGISTERS, *PVGA_WRITE_REGISTERS;
+
+
+
+
+//
+// Define indices
+//
+
+// Sequencer register indices
+#define VGA_RESET		0
+#define VGA_CLOCKING_MODE	1
+#define VGA_MAP_MASK		2
+#define VGA_CHAR_MAP_SELECT	3
+#define VGA_MEMORY_MODE		4
+
+// CRT controller register indices
+#define VGA_HORIZONTAL_TOTAL		0
+#define VGA_HORIZONTAL_DISPLAY_END	1
+#define VGA_START_HORIZONTAL_BLANKING	2
+#define VGA_END_HORIZONTAL_BLANKING	3
+#define VGA_START_HORIZONTAL_RETRACE	4
+#define VGA_END_HORIZONTAL_RETRACE	5
+#define VGA_VERTICAL_TOTAL		6
+#define VGA_OVERFLOW			7
+#define VGA_PRESET_ROW_SCAN		8
+#define VGA_MAXIMUM_SCAN_LINE		9
+#define VGA_CURSOR_START		0xa
+#define VGA_CURSOR_END			0xb
+#define VGA_START_ADDRESS_HIGH		0xc
+#define VGA_START_ADDRESS_LOW		0xd
+#define VGA_CURSOR_LOCATION_HIGH	0xe
+#define VGA_CURSOR_LOCATION_LOW		0xf
+#define VGA_VERTICAL_RETRACE_START	0x10
+#define VGA_VERTICAL_RETRACE_END	0x11
+#define VGA_VERTICAL_DISPLAY_END	0x12
+#define VGA_OFFSET			0x13
+#define VGA_UNDERLINE_LOCATION		0x14
+#define VGA_START_VERTICAL_BLANK	0x15
+#define VGA_END_VERTICAL_BLANK		0x16
+#define VGA_MODE_CONTROL		0x17
+#define VGA_LINE_COMPARE		0x18
+// Non-standard VGA defines for the S3 911, 924, 928 chips
+#define VGA_S3924_S3R0			0x30
+#define VGA_S3924_S3R1			0x31
+#define VGA_S3924_S3R2			0x32
+#define VGA_S3924_S3R3			0x33
+#define VGA_S3924_S3R4			0x34
+#define VGA_S3924_S3R5			0x35
+#define VGA_S3924_S3R8			0x38
+#define VGA_S3924_S3R9			0x39
+#define VGA_S3924_S3RA			0x3A
+#define VGA_S3924_S3RB			0x3B
+#define VGA_S3924_SC0			0x40
+#define VGA_S3924_SC2			0x42
+#define VGA_S3924_SC3			0x43
+#define VGA_S3924_SC5			0x45
+
+// Graphics controller register indices
+#define VGA_SET_RESET			0
+#define VGA_ENABLE_SET_RESET		1
+#define VGA_COLOR_COMPARE		2
+#define VGA_DATA_ROTATE			3
+#define VGA_READ_MAP_SELECT		4
+#define VGA_MODE			5
+#define VGA_MISCELLANEOUS		6
+#define VGA_COLOR_DONT_CARE		7
+#define VGA_BIT_MASK			8
+
+// Attribute controller register indices
+#define VGA_PALETTE0			0
+#define VGA_PALETTE1			1
+#define VGA_PALETTE2			2
+#define VGA_PALETTE3			3
+#define VGA_PALETTE4			4
+#define VGA_PALETTE5			5
+#define VGA_PALETTE6			6
+#define VGA_PALETTE7			7
+#define VGA_PALETTE8			8
+#define VGA_PALETTE9			9
+#define VGA_PALETTEA			0xa
+#define VGA_PALETTEB			0xb
+#define VGA_PALETTEC			0xc
+#define VGA_PALETTED			0xd
+#define VGA_PALETTEE			0xe
+#define VGA_PALETTEF			0xf
+#define VGA_ATTR_MODE_CONTROL		0x10
+#define VGA_OVERSCAN			0x11
+#define VGA_COLOR_PLANE_ENABLE		0x12
+#define VGA_HORIZONTAL_PIXEL_PANNING	0x13
+#define VGA_COLOR_SELECT		0x14
+#define VGA_SET_PAS 			0x20
+
+//
+// Define G300 configuration data structure.
+// To minimize code changes, Alpha/Jensen will use the same structure.
+//
+
+typedef struct _JAZZ_G300_CONFIGURATION_DATA {
+    USHORT Version;
+    USHORT Revision;
+    USHORT Irql;
+    USHORT Vector;
+    ULONG ControlBase;
+    ULONG ControlSize;
+    ULONG CursorBase;
+    ULONG CursorSize;
+    ULONG FrameBase;
+    ULONG FrameSize;
+} JAZZ_G300_CONFIGURATION_DATA, *PJAZZ_G300_CONFIGURATION_DATA;
+
+typedef JAZZ_G300_CONFIGURATION_DATA JENSEN_CONFIGURATION_DATA;
+typedef PJAZZ_G300_CONFIGURATION_DATA PJENSEN_CONFIGURATION_DATA;
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnupass.s b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnupass.s
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c40691e06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnupass.s
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jnupass.s
+
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This contains assembler code routines for the Alpha
+    firmware update programs (e.g., JNUPDATE.EXE).
+
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa  [DEC]	21-May-1992
+
+
+Environment:
+
+    Executes in kernel mode.
+
+Revision History:
+
+    Bruce Butts  [DEC]  04-June-1993
+
+    Added functions to read and write Morgan control space registers.
+
+
+--*/
+
+#include "ksalpha.h"
+#include "machdef.h"
+
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Simple functions to perform memory barriers.  These are needed because
+our current compiler does not do asm's.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(AlphaInstIMB)
+
+	callpal	imb
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+
+	.end    AlphaInstIMB
+
+
+
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(AlphaInstMB)
+
+	mb
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+
+	.end    AlphaInstMB
+
+
+
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(AlphaInstHalt)
+
+	callpal	halt
+	ret	zero, (ra)		# should never return, but...
+
+	.end    AlphaInstHalt
+
+
+#ifdef MORGAN
+
+/*****************************************************************
+
+Functions to read and write Morgan Harley chip set control
+registers. This routines are very similar to the HAL functions
+READ_REGISTER_ULONG and WRITE_REGISTER_ULONG; the difference is
+that bits <4:0> of the physical address of the control register
+*must be zero*, instead of a 0x18 as in the HAL functions.
+Addresses supplied are normal QVA of the desired control register.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(READ_CONTROL_REGISTER_ULONG)
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+	Reads a longword location from Morgan control register space.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+	a0	QVA of longword to be read.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+	v0	Register data.
+
+--*/
+	
+	and	a0, QVA_SELECTORS, t1	# get qva selector bits
+	xor	t1, QVA_ENABLE, t1	# ok iff QVA_ENABLE set in selectors
+	bne	t1, 2f			# if ne, iff failed
+
+	zap	a0, 0xf0, a0		# clear <63:32>
+        bic     a0, QVA_ENABLE,a0       # clear QVA fields so shift is correct
+	sll	a0, IO_BIT_SHIFT, t0
+	ldiq	t4, -0x4000
+	sll	t4, 28, t4
+	or	t0, t4, t0		# superpage mode
+
+//      or      t0, IO_LONG_LEN, t0	# or in the byte enables
+
+	ldl	v0, (t0)		# read the longword
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+	
+2:
+//
+// On non-I/O space access, do a normal memory operation
+//
+        ldl     v0, (a0)		# read the longword
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+
+
+    .end    READ_CONTROL_REGISTER_ULONG
+
+
+
+	 LEAF_ENTRY(WRITE_CONTROL_REGISTER_ULONG)
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+	Writes a longword location to I/O space.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+	a0	QVA of longword to be read.
+        a1      Longword to be written.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+	None.
+
+
+--*/
+	
+	and	a0, QVA_SELECTORS, t1	# get qva selector bits
+	xor	t1, QVA_ENABLE, t1	# ok iff QVA_ENABLE set in selectors
+	bne	t1, 2f			# if ne, iff failed
+
+	zap	a0, 0xf0, a0		# clear <63:32>
+        bic     a0, QVA_ENABLE,a0       # clear QVA fields so shift is correct
+	sll	a0, IO_BIT_SHIFT, t0
+	ldiq	t4, -0x4000
+	sll	t4, 28, t4
+	or	t0, t4, t0		# superpage mode
+
+//      or      t0, IO_LONG_LEN, t0	# or in the byte enables
+
+	stl	a1, (t0)		# write the longword
+        mb                              # order the write
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+	
+2:
+//        BREAK_DEBUG_STOP                # _KDA_ don't want this access
+        stl     a1, (a0)		# store the longword
+	ret	zero, (ra)
+
+    .end    WRITE_CONTROL_REGISTER_ULONG
+
+
+#endif // ifdef MORGAN
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnupdate.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnupdate.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4eafe98e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnupdate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1450 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1992  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jnupdate.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    The main module for the JNUPDATE.EXE Jensen firwmare update program.
+    
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		14-October-1992
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode only.
+
+Revision History:
+
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "machdef.h"
+//#include "jnsnrtc.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "jnfs.h"
+#include "jnvendor.h"
+#include "iodevice.h"
+#include "rom.h"
+#include "fwupstr.h"
+
+
+// Number of times we will try to update a block before telling the user.
+#define ROM_BLOCK_RETRY_COUNT	    4
+
+
+#define MAXIMUM_IDENTIFIER_LENGTH   400
+
+#define MAXIMUM_NUMBER_ROM_BLOCKS   16
+
+#define MINIMUM_UPDATE_FILE_SIZE    ( 5 + \
+				      (SIXTY_FOUR_KB * 1) + \
+				      4 )
+#define MAXIMUM_UPDATE_FILE_SIZE    ( MAXIMUM_IDENTIFIER_LENGTH + \
+				      (SIXTY_FOUR_KB * 16 ) + \
+				      4 )
+
+//
+// The type of ROM in this machine, and the array that that describes
+// how to talk to different kinds of ROMs.
+//
+
+extern ROM_TYPE MachineROMType;
+extern ROM_VALUES RomValues[InvalidROM];
+
+//
+// The indicator of a bad Firmware stack for _RtlCheckStack 
+//
+ULONG FwRtlStackPanic;
+
+extern PCHAR FirmwareVersion;
+
+//
+// Function prototypes
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwpFindCDROM (
+    OUT PCHAR PathName
+    );
+
+#ifdef MORGAN
+
+VOID 
+MorganReadFlashRomId(
+    ULONG MorganFlashRomChipSelect,
+    PULONG MfgCode,
+    PULONG DeviceCode
+    );
+
+ULONG
+MorganBlastFlash(
+    ULONG MorganFlashRomChipSelect,
+    PUCHAR FirmwareStart,
+    ULONG FirmwareBufferLength
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+MorganFsStoreIntoROM(
+    IN ULONG MorganFlashRomChipSelect,
+    IN PUCHAR FirmwareStart,
+    IN ULONG FirmwareBufferLength
+    );
+
+
+#endif // ifdef MORGAN
+
+
+VOID
+main (
+    VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This calls other functions to communicate with the user, get the
+    firmware update file, verify it, and do the update.
+
+    Success and error messages are printed out by this function
+    and/or functions below this one.
+
+    
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    LONG Index;
+    ULONG CurrentLine;
+    ULONG FirmwareBufferAddress;
+    ULONG FirmwareBufferLength;
+    ULONG FirmwareStart;
+    ULONG HighROMBlockToBeWritten;
+    ULONG LowROMBlockToBeWritten;
+    BOOLEAN VariableFound;
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Controller;
+    PCHAR Colon;
+    PCHAR EnvironmentValue;
+    CHAR PathName[128];
+    PCHAR TempArgs;
+    CHAR UserSpecifiedPath[128];
+    GETSTRING_ACTION Action;
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Cdrom;
+
+
+    FwRtlStackPanic = 0;
+
+    VenClearScreen();
+
+    VenSetPosition(1,0);
+
+    VenPrint1(FWUP_INTRO1_MSG, FirmwareVersion);
+    VenPrint (FWUP_INTRO2_MSG);
+    VenPrint (FWUP_INTRO3_MSG);
+
+    if (!JnFsProceedWithUpdate()) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    VenClearScreen();
+
+    VenSetPosition(1,0);
+    VenPrint(FWUP_SELECT_LOCATION_MSG);
+    VenPrint(FWUP_USE_ARROW_KEYS_MSG);
+    VenPrint(FWUP_HIT_ESC_TO_ABORT_MSG);
+    
+    Index = JzDisplayMenu(UpdateLocationChoices,
+			  NUMBER_OF_UPDATELOCATIONCHOICES,
+			  0,
+			  7,
+			  0,
+			  FALSE);
+
+    CurrentLine = 12;
+
+    switch (Index) {
+
+	//
+	// Floppy drive
+	//
+        case 0:
+
+	  strcpy(PathName, FWUP_DEFAULT_FLOPPY_LOCATION);
+	  break;
+
+	//
+	// CD-ROM
+	//
+        case 1:
+
+	  FwpFindCDROM(PathName);
+	  strcat(PathName, FWUP_DEFAULT_CDROM_FILENAME);
+	  break;
+
+	//
+	// Some other location
+	//
+	case 2:
+
+	    VenSetPosition(12,0);
+	    VenPrint(FWUP_LOCATION_OF_UPDATE_FILE_MSG);
+	    do {
+	    	Action = JzGetString(UserSpecifiedPath,
+				     sizeof(UserSpecifiedPath),
+				     NULL,
+				     12,
+				     strlen(FWUP_LOCATION_OF_UPDATE_FILE_MSG),
+				     FALSE
+				     );
+
+	    } while ((Action != GetStringEscape) && (Action != GetStringSuccess));
+
+	    if (Action == GetStringEscape) {
+	    	return;
+	    }
+
+	    CurrentLine += 2;
+
+
+	    //
+	    // Strip off any arguments.
+	    //
+
+	    if ((TempArgs = strchr(UserSpecifiedPath, ' ')) != NULL) {
+	    	*TempArgs++ = 0;
+	    }
+	    
+            //
+            // If the name does not contain a "(", then assume it is not a full
+            // pathname.
+            //
+
+            if (strchr( UserSpecifiedPath, '(') == NULL) {
+
+                //
+                // If the name contains a semicolon, look for an environment
+                // variable that defines the path.
+                //
+
+                if ((Colon = strchr( UserSpecifiedPath, ':')) != NULL) {
+
+                    for (Index = 0; UserSpecifiedPath[Index] != ':' ; Index++ ) {
+                        PathName[Index] = tolower(UserSpecifiedPath[Index]);
+                    }
+
+                    PathName[Index++] = ':';
+                    PathName[Index++] = 0;
+                    EnvironmentValue = ArcGetEnvironmentVariable(PathName);
+                    VariableFound = FALSE;
+
+                    if (EnvironmentValue != NULL) {
+                        strcpy( PathName, EnvironmentValue);
+                        VariableFound = TRUE;
+                    } else if (!strcmp(PathName, "cd:")) {
+                        for ( Index = 0 ; Index < 8 ; Index++ ) {
+                            sprintf(PathName, "scsi(0)cdrom(%d)fdisk(0)", Index);
+                            Controller = ArcGetComponent(PathName);
+                            if ((Controller != NULL) && (Controller->Type == FloppyDiskPeripheral)) {
+                                VariableFound = TRUE;
+                                break;
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    if (!VariableFound) {
+                        VenSetPosition( 17, 0);
+                        VenSetScreenColor(ArcColorRed, ArcColorWhite);
+                        VenPrint(FWUP_UNDEFINED_PATHNAME_MSG);
+			FwWaitForKeypress(FALSE);
+                        VenSetScreenColor(ArcColorWhite, ArcColorBlue);
+			return;
+                    } else {
+                        strcat( PathName, Colon + 1);
+                    }
+
+                } else {
+		   
+		    //
+		    // The filespec does not contain a '(' or a :.
+		    // FWSEARCHPATH is not supported in this tool.
+		    // Therefore, declare an error.
+		    //
+		      
+		    VenSetPosition( 17, 0);
+		    VenSetScreenColor(ArcColorRed, ArcColorWhite);
+		    VenPrint1(FWUP_BAD_PATHNAME_MSG, UserSpecifiedPath);
+		    FwWaitForKeypress(FALSE);
+		    VenSetScreenColor(ArcColorWhite, ArcColorBlue);
+		    return;
+		}
+
+            } else {
+                strcpy( PathName, UserSpecifiedPath);
+            }
+            break;
+
+
+	//
+	// Exit, or internal error.
+	//
+	case 3:
+        default:
+	    return;
+
+    }
+
+    VenSetPosition(CurrentLine, 0);
+    VenPrint(FWUP_LOCATING_THE_FILE_MSG);
+    
+    Status = ReadAndVerifyUpdateFile(PathName, &FirmwareBufferAddress,
+    				     &FirmwareStart,
+				     &FirmwareBufferLength,
+				     &LowROMBlockToBeWritten,
+				     &HighROMBlockToBeWritten);
+
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+	JnFsDecodeBadStatus(Status);
+	FwWaitForKeypress(FALSE);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    VenClearScreen();
+
+    VenSetPosition(1,0);
+    VenPrint(FWUP_UPDATE_FILE_IS_GOOD_MSG);
+    
+    VenPrint ((PUCHAR)FirmwareBufferAddress);
+
+    //
+    // If manufacturing followed the rules, we should be at or above row #14.
+    //
+
+    VenPrint("\r\n\n");
+    if (!JnFsProceedWithUpdate()) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+    VenPrint(FWUP_ARE_YOU_REALLY_SURE_MSG);
+
+    if (!JnFsProceedWithUpdate()) {
+	return;
+    }
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+    Status = JnFsStoreIntoROM((PUCHAR)FirmwareStart, LowROMBlockToBeWritten,
+			      HighROMBlockToBeWritten);
+#endif // JENSEN
+
+#ifdef MORGAN
+    VenPrint1(FWUP_ABOUT_TO_WRITE_ROM_MSG, LowROMBlockToBeWritten);
+    FwWaitForKeypress();
+    Status = MorganFsStoreIntoROM( LowROMBlockToBeWritten, (PUCHAR)FirmwareStart,
+				  FirmwareBufferLength);
+#endif // MORGAN
+
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+	JnFsDecodeBadStatus(Status);
+        VenPrint(FWUP_FAILED_UPDATE_MSG);
+    } else {
+        VenPrint(FWUP_SUCCESSFUL_UPDATE_MSG);
+    }
+    
+    FwWaitForKeypress(FALSE);
+    return;
+
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+HackGetYesNo (
+    VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This asks the user to type a Y or N for a debug clause located later
+    in this module.  This is only needed while I am trying to understand the
+    FlashFile ROM update failures, and should be removed when the
+    problem is resolved.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    TRUE if the user hits the Y key.
+    FALSE otherwise.
+
+--*/
+{
+    CHAR Character;
+    ULONG Count;
+
+    VenPrint(FWUP_YORN_MSG);
+
+    while (ArcGetReadStatus(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT) != ESUCCESS) {
+    }
+
+    ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+    VenPrint1("%c\r\n", Character);
+
+    if ((Character == FWUP_LOWER_Y) || (Character == FWUP_UPPER_Y)) {
+	return TRUE;
+    } else {
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+
+ARC_STATUS
+JnFsStoreIntoROM(
+    IN PUCHAR FirmwareStart,
+    IN ULONG LowROMBlock,
+    IN ULONG HighROMBlock
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    The firmware update has been read into memory and verified to
+    be correct, and the user has told us to go ahead with the update.
+
+    Operation:
+
+        - Clear the LowROMBlock so that if we are updating the VMS Console,
+	  a reboot will bring up the FailSafe Booter.
+
+    	- Update the ROM in reverse order, high block -> low block.
+
+    	- Verify the ROM against the information in the update buffer.
+
+    	- Tells the user to power-cycle the machine if everything is fine.
+
+    	- Retries failing blocks, and when retry count is exceeded,
+    	  asks the user if we should try again.
+    	  
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FirmwareStart		A pointer to the beginning of the ROM
+    				binary information.  This is byte 0 of
+    				the low block.
+
+    LowROMBlock			The number of the first ROM block to be
+    				updated.
+
+    HighROMBlock		The number of the last ROM block to be
+    				updated.
+    				
+                                HighROMBlock is guaranteed by the caller
+                                to be >= LowROMBlock.
+                                
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS if update was successful.
+    Otherwise, an error code.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG Count;
+    UCHAR Character;
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    BOOLEAN BlockErased[MAXIMUM_NUMBER_ROM_BLOCKS];
+    BOOLEAN BlockStored[MAXIMUM_NUMBER_ROM_BLOCKS];
+    ULONG TempX;
+    ULONG TempY;
+    PUCHAR PromBlockAddress;
+    PUCHAR LocalPromAddress;
+    PCHAR BufferData;
+    PCHAR LocalBufferData;
+    ULONG RetryIndex;
+    ULONG BadCount = 0;		// Needed while debugging --- remove later..
+
+    VenClearScreen();
+
+    //
+    // Verify the block arguments
+    //
+
+    if ((LowROMBlock > HighROMBlock) ||
+	(HighROMBlock > (MAXIMUM_NUMBER_ROM_BLOCKS-1))) {
+	return ENODEV;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the ROM block status arrays to "not done".
+    //
+
+    for (TempX = LowROMBlock; TempX <= HighROMBlock; TempX++) {
+	BlockErased[TempX] = FALSE;
+	BlockStored[TempX] = FALSE;
+    }
+    //
+    // Determine the type of ROM in the machine.
+    //
+
+    if (FwROMDetermineMachineROMType() != ESUCCESS) {
+	VenPrint(FWUP_UNKNOWN_ROM_MSG);
+	return ENODEV;
+    }
+
+    VenPrint1(FWUP_ROM_TYPE_IS_MSG, MachineROMType);
+    
+    //
+    // Erase the low block.
+    //
+
+    VenPrint(FWUP_CLEARING_LOW_PROM_BLOCK_MSG);
+    
+    RetryIndex = 0;
+
+    do {
+
+    	PromBlockAddress = (PUCHAR)(PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE +
+                           (LowROMBlock * SIXTY_FOUR_KB));
+
+	if (!BlockErased[LowROMBlock]) {
+	    if (FwROMErase64KB(PromBlockAddress) == ESUCCESS) {
+		BlockErased[LowROMBlock] = TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Now verify that the block has been cleared.
+	//
+
+	for (TempY = 0; TempY < SIXTY_FOUR_KB; TempY++) {
+	    if (READ_PORT_UCHAR(PromBlockAddress++) != 0xff) {
+		BlockErased[LowROMBlock] = FALSE;
+		break;
+	    }		        		
+	}
+
+
+	//
+	// If the block has not been cleared after ROM_BLOCK_RETRY_COUNT
+	// attempts, ask the user if we should continue trying.
+	//
+
+	RetryIndex++;
+
+        if (!BlockErased[LowROMBlock] &&
+	    ((RetryIndex % ROM_BLOCK_RETRY_COUNT) == 0)) {
+
+            VenPrint2(FWUP_BLOCK_CANNOT_BE_ERASED_MSG,
+		      LowROMBlock,
+		      RetryIndex);
+            VenPrint(FWUP_KEEP_TRYING_MSG);
+            if (!JnFsProceedWithUpdate()) {
+	        return EIO;
+            }
+
+        }
+
+    } while (!BlockErased[LowROMBlock]);
+    
+    //
+    // Now we write the update into the PROM starting at the highest block.
+    // Reverse writing is used because the serial ROM transfers control to
+    // the VMS console if the checksum of the console is good *and* the
+    // first block is not all 1s.  So, if this update includes the VMS console,
+    // we want to write the lowest block last.  For other updates (e.g.,
+    // updates to the NT firmware only) it does not matter.
+    //
+    
+
+    //
+    // For writes of at least two blocks, start at the high block and
+    // repeatedly try to update every block except the low block.
+    //
+	    
+    if (HighROMBlock > LowROMBlock) {
+
+        VenPrint(FWUP_CLEARING_AND_WRITING_HIGHER_BLOCKS_MSG);
+    
+        RetryIndex = 0;
+
+        do {
+
+	    //
+	    // Start at the base of the highest block to be written
+	    //
+
+    	    PromBlockAddress = (PUCHAR)(PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE +
+                               (HighROMBlock * SIXTY_FOUR_KB));
+	    BufferData = FirmwareStart + (HighROMBlock * SIXTY_FOUR_KB) -
+                         (LowROMBlock * SIXTY_FOUR_KB);
+
+
+
+	    //
+            // TempX > LowROMBlock is intentional, so low block is not updated.
+	    //
+
+            for (TempX = HighROMBlock; TempX > LowROMBlock; --TempX) {
+
+		VenPrint(".");
+
+
+		//
+                // Have we cleared and written this block?  If not, do so.
+		//
+
+                if (!BlockStored[TempX]) {
+
+
+		    //
+                    // First erase the block.
+		    //
+
+		    BlockErased[TempX] = FALSE;
+	            if (FwROMErase64KB(PromBlockAddress) == ESUCCESS) {
+		        BlockErased[TempX] = TRUE;
+	            }
+
+		    //
+	            // Verify that the block has been erased properly.
+		    //
+
+		    LocalPromAddress = PromBlockAddress;
+	            for (TempY = 0; TempY < SIXTY_FOUR_KB; TempY++) {
+	                if (READ_PORT_UCHAR(LocalPromAddress++) != 0xff) {
+		        BlockErased[TempX] = FALSE;
+		        break;
+	                }		        		
+	            }
+
+
+		    //
+	            // Write the block if the erase succeeded.
+		    //
+
+                    if (BlockErased[TempX]) {
+
+                        BlockStored[TempX] = TRUE;
+                        LocalPromAddress = PromBlockAddress;
+		        LocalBufferData = BufferData;
+
+		        for (TempY = 0; TempY < SIXTY_FOUR_KB; TempY++) {
+		            if (FwROMByteWrite(LocalPromAddress++, *LocalBufferData++)
+				!= ESUCCESS) {
+				BlockStored[TempX] = FALSE;
+				break;
+			    }
+		        }
+
+                        if (BlockStored[TempX]) {
+
+			    //
+	                    // Verify that the writes have succeeded.
+			    //
+
+			    //
+			    // First, set the device(s) to read-mode.  To
+			    // support devices with a block size smaller than
+			    // 64KB, we issues set read-mode commands to every
+			    // block within this virtual 64KB block.  This is
+			    // overkill, but it is easy and quick.
+			    //
+
+		            LocalPromAddress = PromBlockAddress;
+			    for (TempY = 0;
+				 TempY < (SIXTY_FOUR_KB / RomValues[MachineROMType].BytesPerBlock);
+				 TempY++) {
+				FwROMSetReadMode(LocalPromAddress);
+				LocalPromAddress += RomValues[MachineROMType].BytesPerBlock;
+			    }
+
+		            LocalPromAddress = PromBlockAddress;
+	                    LocalBufferData = BufferData;
+			    
+	                    for (TempY = 0; TempY < SIXTY_FOUR_KB; TempY++) {
+				if (READ_PORT_UCHAR(LocalPromAddress++) !=
+				    *LocalBufferData++) {
+				    BlockStored[TempX] = FALSE;
+				    break;
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			
+		    } // if (BlockErased[TempX])
+
+		} // if...
+
+		// Decrement pointers to the next block
+		PromBlockAddress -= SIXTY_FOUR_KB;
+		BufferData -= SIXTY_FOUR_KB;
+
+	    } // for...
+
+
+	    //
+	    // BlockErased[TempX] is TRUE iff the block was erased.
+	    // BlockStored[TempX] is TRUE iff the block was erased and stored.
+	    //
+
+	    RetryIndex++;
+
+            if (AllBlocksNotDone(BlockStored, LowROMBlock+1, HighROMBlock) &&
+                ((RetryIndex % ROM_BLOCK_RETRY_COUNT) == 0)) {
+
+                VenPrint1(FWUP_SOME_BLOCKS_CANNOT_BE_ERASED_MSG,
+			  RetryIndex);
+
+		VenPrint(FWUP_ERASE_FAILURES_MSG);
+
+		//
+                // TempX = LowROMBlock+1 is intentional, to not check the
+                // lowest block.
+		//
+
+                for (TempX = LowROMBlock+1; TempX <= HighROMBlock; TempX++) {
+                    if (!BlockErased[TempX]) {
+                        VenPrint1("%d. ", TempX);
+                    }
+                }
+		if (!AllBlocksNotDone(BlockErased, LowROMBlock+1, HighROMBlock)) {
+		    VenPrint(FWUP_NONE_MSG);
+		}
+
+
+		VenPrint(FWUP_WRITE_FAILURES_MSG);
+
+		//
+                // TempX = LowROMBlock+1 is intentional, to not check the
+                // lowest block.
+		//
+
+                for (TempX = LowROMBlock+1; TempX <= HighROMBlock; TempX++) {
+                    if (!BlockStored[TempX]) {
+                        VenPrint1("%d. ", TempX);
+                    }
+                }
+		if (!AllBlocksNotDone(BlockStored, LowROMBlock+1, HighROMBlock)) {
+		    VenPrint(FWUP_INTERNAL_ERROR_MSG);
+		}
+
+                VenPrint(FWUP_DO_YOU_WISH_TO_KEEP_TRYING_MSG);
+
+                if (!JnFsProceedWithUpdate()) {
+	            return EIO;
+                }
+	    }
+
+        } while (AllBlocksNotDone(BlockStored, LowROMBlock+1, HighROMBlock));
+    }
+    
+    //
+    // Now write the lowest/only block.
+    //
+	    
+    if (HighROMBlock == LowROMBlock) {
+    	VenPrint(FWUP_WRITING_THE_BLOCK_MSG);
+    } else {
+        VenPrint(FWUP_WRITING_THE_LOW_BLOCK_MSG);
+    }
+    
+    BlockStored[LowROMBlock] = FALSE;
+    RetryIndex = 0;
+
+    do {
+
+	PromBlockAddress = (PUCHAR)(PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE +
+				    (LowROMBlock * SIXTY_FOUR_KB));
+	BufferData = FirmwareStart;
+
+	
+	//
+	// First erase the block.
+	//
+
+	BlockErased[LowROMBlock] = FALSE;
+
+	if (FwROMErase64KB(PromBlockAddress) == ESUCCESS) {
+	    BlockErased[LowROMBlock] = TRUE;
+	} else {
+            VenPrint(FWUP_BLOCK_CANNOT_BE_ERASED_AFTER_10_MSG);
+	}    
+
+
+	//
+	// Verify that the block has been erased.
+	//
+
+	LocalPromAddress = PromBlockAddress;
+
+	for (TempY = 0; TempY < SIXTY_FOUR_KB; TempY++) {
+	    if (READ_PORT_UCHAR(LocalPromAddress++) != 0xff) {
+		BlockErased[LowROMBlock] = FALSE;
+		VenPrint(FWUP_ERASURE_VERIFICATION_FAILED_MSG);
+		break;
+	    }		        		
+	}
+		    
+
+	//
+	// Write the block if the erase succeeded.
+	//
+
+	if (BlockErased[LowROMBlock]) {
+
+	    BlockStored[LowROMBlock] = TRUE;
+
+	    LocalPromAddress = PromBlockAddress;
+	    LocalBufferData = BufferData;
+
+	    for (TempY = 0; TempY < SIXTY_FOUR_KB; TempY++) {
+		if (FwROMByteWrite(LocalPromAddress++, *LocalBufferData++) != ESUCCESS) {
+		    BlockStored[LowROMBlock] = FALSE;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+
+
+
+	    if (BlockStored[LowROMBlock]) {
+
+		//
+		// Verify that the writes have succeeded
+		//
+
+		//
+		// First, set the device(s) to read-mode.  To
+		// support devices with a block size smaller than
+		// 64KB, we issues set read-mode commands to every
+		// block within this virtual 64KB block.  This is
+		// overkill, but it is easy and quick.
+		//
+
+		LocalPromAddress = PromBlockAddress;
+		for (TempY = 0;
+		     TempY < (SIXTY_FOUR_KB / RomValues[MachineROMType].BytesPerBlock);
+		     TempY++) {
+		    FwROMSetReadMode(LocalPromAddress);
+		    LocalPromAddress += RomValues[MachineROMType].BytesPerBlock;
+		}
+
+		LocalPromAddress = PromBlockAddress;
+		LocalBufferData = BufferData;
+		
+		
+		for (TempY = 0; TempY < SIXTY_FOUR_KB; TempY++) {
+
+		    if (READ_PORT_UCHAR(LocalPromAddress++) !=
+			*LocalBufferData++) {
+
+#if 1
+			//
+			// This is temporary debugging assistance for
+			// the ROM update failures.  The #if should be
+			// turned off once the problem has been
+			// understood and fixed.
+			//
+
+                        PUCHAR TempPromAddress;
+                        PCHAR  TempBufferData;
+
+                        TempPromAddress = LocalPromAddress - 1;
+                        TempBufferData = LocalBufferData - 1;
+
+                        VenPrint2(FWUP_BAD_DATA_MSG,
+				  TempPromAddress,
+				  READ_PORT_UCHAR(TempPromAddress)
+				  );
+                        VenPrint2(FWUP_BUFFER_MSG,
+				  TempBufferData,
+				  *TempBufferData);
+                        BadCount++;
+
+			BlockStored[LowROMBlock] = FALSE;
+
+                        if ((BadCount % 5) == 0) {
+			    if (!HackGetYesNo()) {
+				break;
+			    }
+			}
+#else
+			BlockStored[LowROMBlock] = FALSE;
+			break;
+#endif
+
+		    } // if
+
+		} // for
+
+	    } // if
+	    
+	} // if (BlockErased[LowROMBlock])
+
+
+	//
+	// BlockErased[LowROMBlock] is TRUE iff the block was erased.
+	// BlockStored[LowROMBlock] is TRUE iff the block was erased and stored.
+	//
+		    
+	VenPrint(".");
+	RetryIndex++;
+	
+	if (!BlockStored[LowROMBlock] &&
+	    ((RetryIndex % ROM_BLOCK_RETRY_COUNT) == 0)) {
+	    
+	    VenPrint1(FWUP_LOW_BLOCK_CANNOT_BE_ERASED_MSG, RetryIndex);
+	    
+	    VenPrint(FWUP_ERASE_FAILURES_MSG);
+
+	    if (!BlockErased[LowROMBlock]) {
+		VenPrint1("%d", LowROMBlock);
+	    } else {
+		VenPrint(FWUP_NONE_MSG);
+	    }
+	    
+	    VenPrint(FWUP_WRITE_FAILURES_MSG);
+	    if (!BlockStored[LowROMBlock]) {
+		VenPrint1("%d.", LowROMBlock);
+	    } else {
+		VenPrint(FWUP_NONE_MSG);
+	    }
+	    
+	    VenPrint(FWUP_DO_YOU_WISH_TO_KEEP_TRYING_MSG);
+	    
+	    if (!JnFsProceedWithUpdate()) {
+		return EIO;
+	    }
+	}
+	
+    } while (!BlockStored[LowROMBlock]);
+
+    
+    //
+    // All done!!
+    //
+
+    return;
+}    
+
+BOOLEAN
+AllBlocksNotDone (
+    IN PBOOLEAN StatusArray,
+    IN ULONG StartIndex,
+    IN ULONG EndIndex
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    Returns TRUE if any block has not been "done", where "done"
+    depends on what status array is passed in.
+
+Arguments:
+
+Return Value:
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG X;
+
+    for (X = StartIndex; X <= EndIndex; X++) {
+    	if (StatusArray[X] == FALSE) {
+    	    return TRUE;
+    	}
+    }
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+#endif  // ifdef JENSEN
+
+#ifdef MORGAN
+
+ARC_STATUS
+MorganFsStoreIntoROM(
+    IN ULONG MorganFlashRomChipSelect,
+    IN PUCHAR FirmwareStart,
+    IN ULONG FirmwareBufferLength
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    The firmware update has been read into memory and verified to
+    be correct, and the user has told us to go ahead with the update.
+
+    Operation:
+
+    Morgan strategy differs from Jensen in that the POST and fail-safe
+    loader code resides in a separate jumper-protected FLASH ROM, and
+    that the FLASH ROM containing the Morgan compressed firmware is a bulk
+    erase part with different erase and program methods than the Jensen
+    FLASH ROM parts.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FirmwareStart		A pointer to the beginning of the ROM
+    				binary information.  This is byte 0 of
+    				the Morgan firmware image.
+
+    MorganFlashRomChipSelect    Selects which Morgan FLASH ROM the NT
+                                will be firmware written into.
+
+    FirmwareBufferLength        Length of the Morgan NT firmware image in
+                                bytes.
+                                
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS if update was successful.
+    Otherwise, an error code.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+
+    VenClearScreen();
+
+    //
+    // Verify the Morgan FLASH ROM chip select value
+    //
+
+
+    if ((MorganFlashRomChipSelect < 1) || (MorganFlashRomChipSelect > 2)) {
+        VenPrint1(FWUP_ROM_CHIP_SELECT_MSG, MorganFlashRomChipSelect);
+	FwWaitForKeypress();
+	return ENODEV;
+      }
+
+    if (MorganBlastFlash( MorganFlashRomChipSelect, FirmwareStart,
+			 FirmwareBufferLength) == TRUE) {
+	VenPrint(FWUP_ROM_UPDATE_SUCCEEDED_MSG);
+	FwWaitForKeypress();
+	return ESUCCESS;
+    } else {
+	VenPrint(FWUP_ROM_UPDATE_FAILED_MSG);
+	FwWaitForKeypress();
+	return ENODEV;
+    }
+
+}	// MorganFsStoreIntoROM()
+
+#endif  // ifdef MORGAN
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+ReadAndVerifyUpdateFile(
+    IN PCHAR PathName,
+    OUT PULONG BufferAddress,
+    OUT PULONG FirmwareStart,
+    OUT PULONG BufferLength,
+    OUT PULONG LowROMBlock,
+    OUT PULONG HighROMBlock
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This attempts to load and verify the firmware update file.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    PathName		A pointer to string descriptor for the name of
+		        the file to load.
+
+    BufferAddress	A pointer to a variable that receives the
+		        address of the image base.
+
+    FirmwareStart	A pointer to a variable that receives the address
+    			of the start of the firmware.  This is the first
+    			byte after the null byte that terminates the
+    			identifier string.
+
+    BufferLength	A pointer to a variable that receives the length of
+			the image.
+
+    LowROMBlock		A pointer to a variable that receives the low ROM
+    			block to be updated.
+
+    HighROMBlock	A pointer to a variable that receives the low ROM
+    			block to be updated.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned if the image file is loaded and verified.
+
+    Otherwise, an unsuccessful status is returned that describes the
+    reason for failure.  Additionally, some detailed error messages
+    may be printed out by this function.
+
+    With any return, the file will have already been closed.
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    ULONG ActualBase;
+    ULONG Count;
+    ULONG FileId;
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG PageCount;
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    LARGE_INTEGER SeekPosition;
+    FILE_INFORMATION FileInfo;
+    ULONG FileSize;
+    CHAR ChecksumAdjustment[4];
+    ULONG AccumulatedSum;
+    ULONG AmountOfBinaryData;
+    
+
+    //
+    // Attempt to open the file.
+    //
+
+    Status = ArcOpen(PathName, ArcOpenReadOnly, &FileId);
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+        VenPrint(FWUP_READ_CANT_OPEN_MSG);
+        return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Get the file information to figure out how big the file is.
+    //
+
+    Status = ArcGetFileInformation(FileId, &FileInfo);
+
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+        VenPrint(FWUP_READ_CANT_GET_FILE_INFO_MSG);
+        ArcClose(FileId);
+	return Status;
+    }
+
+    FileSize = FileInfo.EndingAddress.LowPart - FileInfo.StartingAddress.LowPart;
+
+    if ((FileSize < MINIMUM_UPDATE_FILE_SIZE) || (FileSize > MAXIMUM_UPDATE_FILE_SIZE)) {
+    	VenPrint(FWUP_READ_BAD_SIZE_MSG);
+    	ArcClose(FileId);
+    	return EINVAL;
+    }
+    
+
+    //
+    // Compute number of pages in the file and read it in.
+    //
+
+    PageCount = (FileSize + PAGE_SIZE - 1) >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+
+    Status = JnFsAllocateDescriptor(MemoryFree, PageCount, &ActualBase);
+
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+	VenPrint1(FWUP_READ_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY, PageCount);
+        ArcClose(FileId);
+        return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Compute the byte address of the update file buffer
+    //
+    *BufferAddress = KSEG0_BASE | (ActualBase << PAGE_SHIFT);
+    VenPrint(FWUP_READ_READING_MSG);
+    Status = ArcRead(FileId, (PUCHAR)*BufferAddress, FileSize, &Count);
+    ArcClose(FileId);
+
+    if (Count != FileSize) {
+        VenPrint2(FWUP_READ_BAD_READ_COUNT_MSG, FileSize, Count);
+	if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+	    return Status;
+	} else {
+	    return EIO;
+	}
+    }    	
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+        return Status;
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // Verify the file's checksum.
+    //
+
+    VenPrint(FWUP_READ_VERIFYING_CHECKSUM_MSG);
+    AccumulatedSum = 0;
+    Index = 0;
+    do {
+        ChecksumAdjustment[0] = ChecksumAdjustment[1];
+        ChecksumAdjustment[1] = ChecksumAdjustment[2];
+        ChecksumAdjustment[2] = ChecksumAdjustment[3];
+        ChecksumAdjustment[3] = *(((PUCHAR)*BufferAddress)+Index);
+    	AccumulatedSum += *(((PUCHAR)*BufferAddress)+Index);
+        Index++;
+    } while (Index < FileSize);     // Filesize is 1-based, Index is 0-based
+
+    // The last four bytes were really a 32-bit additive-zero checksum,
+    // order of {low byte -- high byte }
+    AccumulatedSum = AccumulatedSum -
+		     ChecksumAdjustment[3] -
+        	     ChecksumAdjustment[2] -
+		     ChecksumAdjustment[1] -
+		     ChecksumAdjustment[0];
+    AccumulatedSum = AccumulatedSum +
+    		     ((ChecksumAdjustment[3] << 24) |
+    		      (ChecksumAdjustment[2] << 16) |
+    		      (ChecksumAdjustment[1] << 8) |
+    		      (ChecksumAdjustment[0]));
+    		      
+    if (AccumulatedSum != 0) {
+    	VenPrint1 (FWUP_READ_BAD_CHECKSUM_MSG, AccumulatedSum);
+        return ENOEXEC;
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // The checksum is good.  Find the start of the firmware data.
+    //
+
+    Index = 0;
+    while ((Index < MAXIMUM_IDENTIFIER_LENGTH) &&
+	   (*(((PUCHAR)*BufferAddress)+Index) != 0)) {
+        Index++;
+    }
+
+    if (Index == MAXIMUM_IDENTIFIER_LENGTH) {
+    	VenPrint(FWUP_READ_IDENTIFIER_TOO_LONG_MSG);
+    	return ENOEXEC;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Skip over the starting block byte
+    //
+
+    *FirmwareStart = (ULONG)(((PUCHAR)*BufferAddress) + Index + 2);
+
+    
+    //
+    // Now verify legality of the starting block number, and verify that
+    // we have at least that much data in the binary section of the file.
+    //
+
+    *LowROMBlock = *(((PUCHAR)*BufferAddress) + Index + 1);
+
+    if (*LowROMBlock > 0xf) {
+    	VenPrint1(FWUP_READ_BAD_START_BLOCK_MSG, *LowROMBlock);
+    	return ENOEXEC;
+    }
+
+    AmountOfBinaryData = FileSize -
+                         (ULONG)((PUCHAR)*FirmwareStart -
+				 (PUCHAR)*BufferAddress) -
+                         4;
+          
+    *BufferLength = AmountOfBinaryData;
+
+    if ((AmountOfBinaryData % SIXTY_FOUR_KB) != 0) {
+    	VenPrint(FWUP_READ_BAD_BINARY_DATA_MSG);
+    	return EBADF;
+    }
+
+    *HighROMBlock = *LowROMBlock + (AmountOfBinaryData / SIXTY_FOUR_KB) - 1;
+    
+    if ((*HighROMBlock < *LowROMBlock) || (*HighROMBlock > 0xf)) {
+    	VenPrint2(FWUP_READ_TOO_MUCH_DATA_MSG, *LowROMBlock, *HighROMBlock);
+    	return E2BIG;
+    }
+
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+JnFsAllocateDescriptor(
+    IN ULONG MemoryType,
+    IN ULONG PageCount,
+    OUT PULONG ActualBase
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+
+    This attempts to find a free section of memory of the requested size
+    and type.  It does *not* update the memory descriptor list to reflect a
+    successful allocation.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    MemoryType		The type of memory requested.
+
+    PageCount		The number of pages requested.
+
+    ActualBase		A pointer to a variable that receives the base
+    			page number of the found section.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned if the memory descriptor is found.
+    ENOMEM if not.
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    PMEMORY_DESCRIPTOR MemoryDescriptor;
+    ULONG MemoryBase;
+    ARC_STATUS ReturnStatus = ENOMEM;
+    
+    //
+    // Find a memory descriptor of the right size
+    //
+
+    MemoryDescriptor = ArcGetMemoryDescriptor(NULL);
+
+    while (MemoryDescriptor != NULL) {
+	if ((MemoryDescriptor->MemoryType == MemoryType) &&
+	    (MemoryDescriptor->PageCount >= PageCount)) {
+	    MemoryBase = MemoryDescriptor->BasePage;
+	    ReturnStatus = ESUCCESS;
+	    break;
+	}
+	MemoryDescriptor = ArcGetMemoryDescriptor(MemoryDescriptor);
+    }
+
+    *ActualBase = MemoryBase;
+
+    return ReturnStatus;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+JnFsProceedWithUpdate (
+    VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function asks the user if she wants to proceed.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if the user typed a Y on the keyboard.
+
+    FALSE if some other key is typed.
+    
+--*/
+
+{
+    CHAR Character;
+    ULONG Count;
+    ARC_STATUS Status = EAGAIN;
+
+    VenPrint(FWUP_PRESS_Y_TO_CONTINUE_MSG);
+
+    while (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+    	Status = ArcRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+    } 
+
+    if ((Character == FWUP_LOWER_Y) || (Character == FWUP_UPPER_Y)) {
+    	return TRUE;
+    } else {
+	VenPrint(FWUP_UPDATE_ABORTED_MSG);
+    	return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+
+VOID
+JnFsDecodeBadStatus (
+    IN ARC_STATUS Status
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This prints out error messages of type ARC_STATUS.  ESUCCESS
+    codes cause nothing to be done.
+    
+Arguments:
+
+    Status		The error code to be decoded.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    if (Status != ESUCCESS) {
+
+	if (Status <= EROFS) {
+	    VenPrint(FWUP_ERROR_MSG[Status - 1]);
+	} else {
+	    VenPrint1(FWUP_ERROR_CODE_MSG, Status);
+	}
+    
+	VenPrint(FWUP_UPDATE_ABORTED_MSG);
+    }
+
+    return;
+
+}
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwpFindCDROM (
+    OUT PCHAR PathName
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+     This function finds the first CD-ROM in the machine, and returns
+     an ARC pathstring to it.
+
+Arguments:
+
+     PathName		A pointer to a buffer area that can receive
+                        the CDROM pathname string.
+
+Return Value:
+
+     ESUCCESS if the PathName was loaded.
+
+     Otherwise, an error code.  On an error return, PathName is loaded
+     with "scsi(0)cdrom(4)fdisk(0)".
+
+--*/
+{
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Controller;
+    BOOLEAN VariableFound = FALSE;
+    ULONG Index;
+
+    for ( Index = 0 ; Index < 8 ; Index++ ) {
+	sprintf(PathName, "scsi(0)cdrom(%d)fdisk(0)", Index);
+	Controller = ArcGetComponent(PathName);
+	if ((Controller != NULL) &&
+	    (Controller->Type == FloppyDiskPeripheral)) {
+	    VariableFound = TRUE;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (VariableFound) {
+	return (ESUCCESS);
+    } else {
+	sprintf(PathName, "scsi0)cdrom(4)fdisk(0)");
+	return (EIO);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnupdate.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnupdate.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..362199af5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnupdate.h
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#define JNUPDATE 1
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnupstub.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnupstub.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..486e9e123
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnupstub.c
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*++
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jnupstub.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    \nt\private\ntos\bldr\alpha\stubs.c variant stub functions for
+    the Jensen update program.
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		20-Oct-1992
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode only.
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include "ntos.h"
+#include "fwp.h"
+
+
+VOID
+KeBugCheck (
+    IN ULONG BugCheckCode
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function crashes the system in a controlled manner.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    BugCheckCode - Supplies the reason for the bug check.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    //
+    // Print out the bug check code and halt.
+    //
+
+    VenPrint1("\r\n*** BugCheck (%lx) ***\r\n", BugCheckCode);
+    VenPrint("*** Press any key to reboot the system ***\r\n");
+    FwWaitForKeypress(FALSE);
+    AlphaInstHalt();		// Should never return
+
+    return;
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnvendor.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnvendor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..42f7384de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jnvendor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jnvendor.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains vendor-specific Alpha macros.
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		10-October-1992
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#ifndef _JNVENDOR_
+#define _JNVENDOR_
+
+
+//
+// Print macros.
+//
+
+#define VenClearScreen() \
+    VenPrint1("%c2J", ASCII_CSI)
+
+#define VenMoveCursorToColumn(Spaces) \
+    VenPrint("\r\x9B"#Spaces"C")
+
+#define VenSetScreenColor(FgColor, BgColor) \
+    VenPrint2("%c3%dm", ASCII_CSI, (UCHAR)FgColor); \
+    VenPrint2("%c4%dm", ASCII_CSI, (UCHAR)BgColor)
+
+#define VenSetScreenAttributes( HighIntensity, Underscored, ReverseVideo ) \
+    VenPrint1("%c0m", ASCII_CSI); \
+    if (HighIntensity) { \
+        VenPrint1("%c1m", ASCII_CSI); \
+    } \
+    if (Underscored) { \
+        VenPrint1("%c4m", ASCII_CSI); \
+    } \
+    if (ReverseVideo) { \
+        VenPrint1("%c7m", ASCII_CSI); \
+    }
+
+#define VenSetPosition( Row, Column ) \
+    VenPrint2("%c%d;", ASCII_CSI, Row); \
+    VenPrint1("%dH", Column)
+
+
+#endif // _JNVENDOR_
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxboot.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxboot.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6216c4832
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxboot.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2251 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1990  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jxboot.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements the first pass simple-minded boot program for
+    MIPS and Alpha systems.
+
+Author:
+
+    David N. Cutler (davec) 7-Nov-1990
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode only.
+
+Revision History:
+
+    18-May-1992         John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Made Alpha/Jensen modifications.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "machdef.h"
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+#include "jnsnrtc.h"
+#else
+#include "mrgnrtc.h"            // morgan
+#endif
+
+#include "string.h"
+#include "led.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+#include "xxstring.h"
+
+
+//
+// Define local procedure prototypes.
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwpFindCDROM (
+    OUT PCHAR PathName
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwpEvaluateWNTInstall(
+    OUT PCHAR PathName
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwSetupFloppy(
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwInstallKd(
+    IN VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+PutLedDisplay(
+    IN UCHAR Value
+    );
+
+ULONG
+SerFwPrint (
+    PCHAR Format,
+    ...
+    );
+
+//
+// Define external references.
+//
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_VDB
+//
+// Debugging Aid
+//
+extern UCHAR DebugAid[3][150];
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_SERDEB
+//
+// Variable that enables printing on the COM1 line.
+//
+extern BOOLEAN SerSnapshot;
+#endif
+
+extern ULONG ScsiDebug;
+extern ULONG ProcessorCycleCounterPeriod;
+
+//
+// Global to indicate whether any errors happened during EISA bus config.
+//
+
+BOOLEAN ErrorsDuringEISABusConfiguration;
+
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+
+//
+// Define external data required by the kernel debugger.
+//
+
+CCHAR KeNumberProcessors;
+PKPRCB KiProcessorBlock[MAXIMUM_PROCESSORS];
+KPRCB Prcb;
+KPROCESS Process;
+KTHREAD Thread;
+ULONG KiFreezeFlag = 0;
+BOOLEAN KdInstalled = FALSE;
+LOADER_PARAMETER_BLOCK LoaderBlock;
+KPCR KernelPcr;
+PKTHREAD KiCurrentThread;
+BOOLEAN KiDpcRoutineActiveFlag;
+PKPCR KiPcrBaseAddress;
+PKPRCB KiPrcbBaseAddress;
+PKDEBUG_ROUTINE KiDebugRoutine;
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// Saved sp
+//
+
+ULONG FwSavedSp;
+
+
+//
+// Break into the debugger after loading the program.
+//
+
+BOOLEAN BreakAfterLoad = FALSE;
+
+
+VOID
+FwBootSystem (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine is the main ARC firmware code.  It displays the
+    boot menu and executes the selected commands.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.  It never returns.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    LONG Index;
+    UCHAR Character;
+    ULONG Count;
+    PCHAR LoadArgv[8];
+    ULONG ArgCount;
+    LONG DefaultChoice = 0;
+    LONG SupplementaryMenuChoice = 0;
+    CHAR PathName[128];
+    CHAR TempName[128];
+    PCHAR TempArgs;
+    CHAR SystemPartition[128];
+    CHAR Osloader[128];
+    CHAR OsloadPartition[128];
+    CHAR OsloadFilename[128];
+    CHAR OsloadOptions[128];
+    CHAR LoadIdentifier[128];
+    CHAR FwSearchPath[128];
+    CHAR ProtectedEnvironmentVariables[5][100];
+    BOOLEAN SecondaryBoot;
+    PCHAR Colon;
+    PCHAR EnvironmentValue;
+    PCHAR LoadEnvp[MAX_NUMBER_OF_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLES];
+    BOOLEAN Timeout = TRUE;
+    LONG Countdown;
+    ULONG RelativeTime;
+    ULONG PreviousTime;
+    CHAR Choice0[128 + FW_BOOT_MSG_SIZE];
+    CHAR BootChoices[5][128];
+    PCHAR BootMenu[5];
+    ULONG NumberOfBootChoices;
+    GETSTRING_ACTION Action;
+    BOOLEAN VariableFound;
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Controller;
+    BOOLEAN TryOpenWithSpecialMod;
+    BOOLEAN RunAProgram;
+    ULONG Problems;
+    UCHAR NVRAMByte;
+    BOOLEAN AutoRunTheECU;
+
+    //
+    // Initialize value for the ALIGN_BUFFER macro.
+    //
+
+    BlDcacheFillSize = KeGetDcacheFillSize();
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the firmware servies.
+    //
+
+    FwInitialize(0);
+    PutLedDisplay(LED_AFTER_FWINITIALIZE);
+
+    //
+    // If the NVRAM AutoRunECU bit is off, do not automatically run the ECU.
+    //
+    // If the NVRAM AutoRunECU bit is on but the machine is not consistent,
+    // clear the AutoRunECU bit and do not automatically run the ECU.
+    //
+    // If the NVRAM AutoRunECU bit is on and the machine is consistent,
+    // clear the AutoRunECU bit and automatically run the ECU.
+    //
+
+    AutoRunTheECU = FALSE;
+
+    //
+    // Load the environment now for FwSystemConsistencyCheck
+    //
+
+    FwEnvironmentLoad();
+
+    PutLedDisplay(LED_ENVIRONMENT_LOADED);
+
+#ifdef ISA_PLATFORM
+
+    //
+    // Warn the user if the system appears to be incapable of booting NT.
+    //
+
+    FwSystemConsistencyCheck (FALSE, &Problems);
+
+#else
+
+    FwpWriteIOChip(RTC_APORT, RTC_RAM_NT_FLAGS0);
+    NVRAMByte = FwpReadIOChip(RTC_DPORT);
+
+    if (((PRTC_RAM_NT_FLAGS_0)(&NVRAMByte))->AutoRunECU) {
+
+        //
+        // AutoRunECU is on.
+        //
+
+        ((PRTC_RAM_NT_FLAGS_0)(&NVRAMByte))->AutoRunECU = 0;
+        FwpWriteIOChip(RTC_APORT, RTC_RAM_NT_FLAGS0);
+        FwpWriteIOChip(RTC_DPORT, NVRAMByte);
+
+        FwSystemConsistencyCheck(TRUE, &Problems);
+
+        //
+        // If there are no other Red problems besides the ECU bit,
+        // run the ECU.
+        //
+
+        if ((Problems &
+             FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_RED &
+             ~FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_ECU) == 0) {
+
+            AutoRunTheECU = TRUE;
+        }
+
+    }
+
+    if (!AutoRunTheECU) {
+
+        //
+        // Warn the user if the system appears to be incapable of booting NT.
+        //
+
+        FwSystemConsistencyCheck(FALSE, &Problems);
+    }
+
+#endif // ISA_PLATFORM
+
+    PutLedDisplay(LED_FW_INITIALIZED);
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+
+        //
+        // Since jnsetup is now part of the firmware, load the environment
+        // variables into the volatile environment.
+        //
+        // HACK: At some point the code should be changed to not use a
+        //       volatile environment.
+        //
+
+        FwEnvironmentLoad();
+
+        //
+        // Load up default environment variable values.
+        //
+
+        strcpy(SystemPartition, BootString[SystemPartitionVariable]);
+        strcpy(Osloader, BootString[OsLoaderVariable]);
+        strcpy(OsloadPartition, BootString[OsLoadPartitionVariable]);
+        strcpy(OsloadFilename, BootString[OsLoadFilenameVariable]);
+        strcpy(OsloadOptions, BootString[OsLoadOptionsVariable]);
+        strcpy(LoadIdentifier, BootString[LoadIdentifierVariable]);
+
+        FwGetVariableSegment(0, SystemPartition);
+        FwGetVariableSegment(0, Osloader);
+        FwGetVariableSegment(0, OsloadPartition);
+        FwGetVariableSegment(0, OsloadFilename);
+        FwGetVariableSegment(0, OsloadOptions);
+        FwGetVariableSegment(0, LoadIdentifier);
+
+        if (LoadIdentifier[sizeof("LoadIdentifier=") - 1] != 0) {
+            strcpy(Choice0, FW_BOOT_MSG);
+            strcat(Choice0, &LoadIdentifier[sizeof("LoadIdentifier=") - 1]);
+            BootMenuChoices[0] = Choice0;
+        }
+
+        strcpy(FwSearchPath, "FWSEARCHPATH");
+
+        //
+        // The default action for running a program is to try to open
+        // the specified pathname without a appending .EXE extension first,
+        // and then if that fails, try appending a .EXE extension.
+        //
+
+        TryOpenWithSpecialMod = TRUE;
+
+        FwSetScreenColor( ArcColorWhite, ArcColorBlue);
+        FwSetScreenAttributes( TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
+
+        //
+        // Add floppy controller to the CDS tree if it is not already there.
+        //
+
+        FwSetupFloppy();
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+        //
+        // If we are to automatically run the ECU, jam in some values
+        // and go directly to the run-a-program code.
+        //
+
+        if (AutoRunTheECU) {
+
+            AutoRunTheECU = FALSE;
+            strcpy(PathName, FW_ECU_LOCATION);
+            TempArgs = "";
+            TryOpenWithSpecialMod = FALSE;
+            goto ExecuteImage;
+        }
+
+#endif
+        //
+        // Redisplay whatever menu the user was in (Boot or Supplementary).
+        //
+
+        if (DefaultChoice != 3) {
+
+            //
+            // Display the main boot menu.
+            //
+
+            //
+            // Calculate whether autoboot is active, and if so what the
+            // autoboot value is.
+            //
+
+            if (Timeout &&
+                ((EnvironmentValue = FwGetEnvironmentVariable("Autoload")) != NULL) &&
+                (tolower(*EnvironmentValue) == 'y') &&
+                ((EnvironmentValue = FwGetEnvironmentVariable("Countdown")) != NULL)) {
+                Countdown = atoi(EnvironmentValue);
+
+            } else {
+                Countdown = 0;
+                Timeout = FALSE;
+            }
+
+            DefaultChoice = JzGetSelection(BootMenuChoices,
+                                           NUMBER_OF_BOOT_CHOICES,
+                                           DefaultChoice,
+                                           FW_MENU_BOOT_MSG,
+                                           NULL,
+                                           NULL,
+                                           Countdown,
+                                           FALSE);
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Here when the user has made a selection, or the user was
+        // previously in the supplementary menu (DefaultChoice == 3) and
+        // so we will return him there, or we are automatically running
+        // the ECU.
+        //
+
+        //
+        // If the selection is not booting the default operating system,
+        // permanently remove the timeout.
+        //
+
+        if (DefaultChoice != 0) {
+            Timeout = FALSE;
+        }
+
+        switch (DefaultChoice) {
+
+        case 0:
+
+            //
+            // Boot default operating system.
+            //
+
+            if (Osloader[sizeof("OSLOADER=") - 1] == 0) {
+                FwSetPosition( 7, 5);
+                FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorRed, ArcColorWhite);
+                FwPrint(FW_NO_BOOT_SELECTIONS_MSG);
+                FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorWhite, ArcColorBlue);
+                FwRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+                continue;
+            }
+            strcpy(PathName, &(Osloader[sizeof("OSLOADER=") - 1]));
+            break;
+
+        case 1:
+
+            //
+            // Boot secondary operating system.
+            //
+
+            //
+            // Create the menu.
+            //
+
+            for ( Index = 0 ; Index < 5  ; Index++ ) {
+
+                SecondaryBoot = FwGetVariableSegment(Index, SystemPartition);
+                SecondaryBoot = FwGetVariableSegment(Index, Osloader) ||
+                                SecondaryBoot;
+                SecondaryBoot = FwGetVariableSegment(Index, OsloadPartition) ||
+                                SecondaryBoot;
+                SecondaryBoot = FwGetVariableSegment(Index, OsloadFilename) ||
+                                SecondaryBoot;
+                SecondaryBoot = FwGetVariableSegment(Index, OsloadOptions) ||
+                                SecondaryBoot;
+                SecondaryBoot = FwGetVariableSegment(Index, LoadIdentifier) ||
+                                SecondaryBoot;
+
+                strcpy(BootChoices[Index], FW_BOOT_MSG);
+                if (LoadIdentifier[sizeof("LOADIDENTIFIER=") - 1] != 0) {
+                    strcat(BootChoices[Index],
+                           &LoadIdentifier[sizeof("LOADIDENTIFIER=") - 1]);
+                } else {
+                    strcat(BootChoices[Index],
+                           &OsloadPartition[sizeof("OsloadPartition=") - 1]);
+                    strcat(BootChoices[Index],
+                           &OsloadFilename[sizeof("OsloadFilename=") - 1]);
+                }
+
+                BootMenu[Index] = BootChoices[Index];
+
+                if (!SecondaryBoot) {
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Check if any selections are available.
+            //
+
+            if ( (Index == 0) && (Osloader[sizeof("OSLOADER=") - 1] == 0) ) {
+                FwSetPosition( 7, 5);
+                FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorRed, ArcColorWhite);
+                FwPrint(FW_NO_BOOT_SELECTIONS_MSG);
+                FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorWhite, ArcColorBlue);
+                FwRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+                continue;
+            }
+
+
+            //
+            // Mark the default choice.
+            //
+
+            strcat(BootChoices[0], FW_DEFAULT_MSG);
+
+            //
+            // Display the menu.
+            //
+
+            Index = JzDisplayMenu (BootMenu,
+                                   Index + 1,
+                                   (Index ? 1 : 0),
+                                   7,
+                                   0,
+                                   FALSE);
+
+            //
+            // Continue if the escape key was pressed.
+            //
+
+            if (Index < 0) {
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Load up the chosen boot selection.
+            //
+
+            FwGetVariableSegment(Index, SystemPartition);
+            FwGetVariableSegment(Index, Osloader);
+            FwGetVariableSegment(Index, OsloadPartition);
+            FwGetVariableSegment(Index, OsloadFilename);
+            FwGetVariableSegment(Index, OsloadOptions);
+
+            strcpy(PathName, &(Osloader[sizeof("OSLOADER=") - 1]));
+            break;
+
+
+        case 2:
+
+            //
+            // Run a program.
+            //
+            //
+            // Get the name.
+            //
+
+            FwSetPosition(5, 0);
+            FwPrint("%cJ", ASCII_CSI);          // Clear to end of screen
+            FwPrint(FW_PROGRAM_TO_RUN_MSG);
+            do {
+                Action = JzGetString(TempName,
+                                     sizeof(TempName),
+                                     NULL,
+                                     5,
+                                     strlen(FW_PROGRAM_TO_RUN_MSG),
+                                     FALSE);
+            } while ((Action != GetStringEscape) && (Action != GetStringSuccess));
+
+            //
+            // If no program is specified, continue.
+            //
+
+            if (TempName[0] == 0) {
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Execute monitor if special program name is given.
+            //
+
+            if (strcmp(TempName, MON_INVOCATION_STRING) == 0) {
+
+                FwClearScreen();
+                FwMonitor(3);           // goes thru PALcode link routine.
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Strip off any arguments.
+            //
+
+            if ((TempArgs = strchr(TempName, ' ')) != NULL) {
+                *TempArgs++ = 0;
+            } else {
+                TempArgs = "";
+            }
+
+            //
+            // If the name does not contain a "(", then assume it is not a full
+            // pathname.
+            //
+
+            if (strchr( TempName, '(') == NULL) {
+
+                //
+                // If the name contains a semicolon, look for an environment
+                // variable that defines the path.
+                //
+
+                if ((Colon = strchr( TempName, ':')) != NULL) {
+
+                    for (Index = 0; TempName[Index] != ':' ; Index++ ) {
+                        PathName[Index] = tolower(TempName[Index]);
+                    }
+
+                    PathName[Index++] = ':';
+                    PathName[Index++] = 0;
+                    EnvironmentValue = FwGetEnvironmentVariable(PathName);
+                    VariableFound = FALSE;
+
+                    if (EnvironmentValue != NULL) {
+                        strcpy( PathName, EnvironmentValue);
+                        VariableFound = TRUE;
+                    } else if (!strcmp(PathName, "cd:")) {
+                        for ( Index = 0 ; Index < 8 ; Index++ ) {
+                            sprintf(PathName, "scsi(0)cdrom(%d)fdisk(0)", Index);
+                            Controller = FwGetComponent(PathName);
+                            if ((Controller != NULL) && (Controller->Type == FloppyDiskPeripheral)) {
+                                VariableFound = TRUE;
+                                break;
+                            }
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                    if (!VariableFound) {
+                        FwSetPosition( 17, 0);
+                        FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorRed, ArcColorWhite);
+                        FwPrint(FW_PATHNAME_NOT_DEF_MSG);
+                        FwWaitForKeypress(TRUE);
+                        FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorWhite, ArcColorBlue);
+                        continue;
+                    } else {
+                        strcat( PathName, Colon + 1);
+                    }
+
+                } else {
+
+                    //
+                    // Loop on the FWSEARCHPATH variable.
+                    //
+
+                    Index = 0;
+                    VariableFound = FALSE;
+                    do {
+                        SecondaryBoot = FwGetVariableSegment(Index++, FwSearchPath);
+                        strcpy(PathName, &(FwSearchPath[sizeof("FWSEARCHPATH=") - 1]));
+                        strcat(PathName, TempName);
+                        if (FwOpen(PathName, ArcOpenReadOnly, &Count) == ESUCCESS) {
+                            VariableFound = TRUE;
+                            FwClose(Count);
+                            break;
+                        } else {
+                            strcat(PathName, ".exe");
+                            if (FwOpen(PathName, ArcOpenReadOnly, &Count) == ESUCCESS) {
+                                VariableFound = TRUE;
+                                FwClose(Count);
+                                break;
+                            }
+                        }
+                    } while (SecondaryBoot);
+
+                    if (!VariableFound) {
+                        FwSetPosition( 17, 0);
+                        FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorRed, ArcColorWhite);
+                        FwPrint(FW_ERROR_MSG[ENOENT - 1]);
+                        FwWaitForKeypress(TRUE);
+                        FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorWhite, ArcColorBlue);
+                        continue;
+                    }
+
+                }
+
+            } else {
+                strcpy( PathName, TempName);
+            }
+            break;
+
+
+        case 3:
+
+            //
+            // Bring up the supplementary menu
+            //
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_VDB
+    FwVideoStateDump(2);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_SERDEB
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_VDB
+
+{
+    //
+    // Graphics debugging assistance.  Print pre-init and post-init video
+    // state.
+    //
+
+    ULONG H, I, J;
+
+    SerSnapshot = TRUE;
+
+    for (J = 0; J < 8; J++) {
+
+        for (H = 0; H < 3; H++) {
+
+            SerFwPrint("[%d:%d] = ", H, J*16);
+
+            for (I = J*16; I < (J+1)*16; I++) {
+                SerFwPrint("%x ", DebugAid[H][I]);
+            }
+
+            SerFwPrint("\r\n");
+        }
+
+    }
+
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+            SupplementaryMenuChoice = JzGetSelection (SupplementaryMenuChoices,
+                                                     NUMBER_OF_SUPP_CHOICES,
+                                                     SupplementaryMenuChoice,
+                                                     FW_MENU_SUPPLEMENTARY_MSG,
+                                                     NULL,
+                                                     NULL,
+                                                     0,
+                                                     FALSE);
+
+            FwClearScreen();
+
+            switch (SupplementaryMenuChoice) {
+
+            case 0:
+
+                //
+                // Install new firmware
+                //
+
+                //
+                // If the Jensen update tool is present on the floppy,
+                // run it from there, otherwise run it from CD-ROM.
+                //
+
+                TempArgs = "";
+
+                //
+                // The program string we will attempt to open already has
+                // a .EXE extension, so do not waste type by trying to
+                // open it first without one.
+                //
+
+                TryOpenWithSpecialMod = FALSE;
+
+                FwSetPosition(2, 0);
+                FwPrint(FW_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_SEARCH_MSG);
+
+                if (FwOpen(FW_PRIMARY_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_TOOL,
+                           ArcOpenReadOnly,
+                           &Count) == ESUCCESS) {
+                    FwClose(Count);
+                    strcpy(PathName, FW_PRIMARY_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_TOOL);
+                    break;
+                } else {
+                    FwpFindCDROM(PathName);
+                    strcat(PathName, FW_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_TOOL_NAME);
+                    break;
+                }
+
+
+            case 1:
+
+                //
+                // Install Windows NT from CD-ROM
+                //
+
+                if (FwpEvaluateWNTInstall(PathName) == ESUCCESS) {
+
+                    //
+                    // The program string we will attempt to open does not have
+                    // a .EXE extension, and it is not supposed to, so do not
+                    // waste time trying to open it to see if it is really
+                    // there.
+                    //
+
+                    TryOpenWithSpecialMod = FALSE;
+                    TempArgs = "";
+                    break;
+
+                } else {
+
+                    // We cannot install Windows NT.
+                    continue;
+                }
+
+            case 2:
+
+                //
+                // Execute the Jensen Setup Program
+                //
+
+                JensenSetupProgram(&RunAProgram, PathName);
+
+                if (RunAProgram) {
+                    TryOpenWithSpecialMod = FALSE;
+                    TempArgs = "";
+                    break;
+                } else {
+                    continue;
+                }
+
+            case 3:
+
+                //
+                // List available devices
+                //
+
+                FwSetPosition(2,0);
+                FwDumpLookupTable();
+                FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+                FwWaitForKeypress(TRUE);
+                continue;
+
+            case -1:
+            case 4:
+            default:
+
+                //
+                // Back to boot menu if the escape key was pressed, or
+                // if Return to boot menu was selected, or if something
+                // bad happened in JzDisplayMenu.
+                //
+
+                DefaultChoice = 0;
+                SupplementaryMenuChoice = 0;
+                continue;
+
+            }
+
+            //
+            // If the supplementary menu switch exits, we want to exit the
+            // boot menu switch as well.
+            //
+
+            break;
+
+
+        default:
+
+            //
+            // User hit escape.
+            //
+
+            DefaultChoice = 0;
+            continue;
+
+        }
+
+
+
+
+ExecuteImage:
+
+
+
+        FwClearScreen();
+        FwSetPosition( 0, 0);
+
+
+        //
+        // Get the entire environment.
+        //
+
+        LoadEnvp[0] = FwEnvironmentLoad();
+
+        //
+        // If the environment was loaded, fill out envp.
+        //
+
+        if (LoadEnvp[0] != NULL) {
+
+            Index = 0;
+
+            //
+            // While variables still exist, find the end of each and set
+            // the next envp value to point there. Note this will break
+            // if the last variable has only one null after it.
+            //
+
+            while (*LoadEnvp[Index]) {
+                Index++;
+                LoadEnvp[Index] = strchr(LoadEnvp[Index - 1],'\0') + 1;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Load the Alpha AXP protected environment variables.
+            //
+
+            if ((Index+1+5) >= MAX_NUMBER_OF_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLES) {
+                FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorRed, ArcColorWhite);
+                FwPrint(FW_INTERNAL_ERROR_ENVIRONMENT_VARS_MSG);
+                FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorWhite, ArcColorBlue);
+                FwWaitForKeypress(TRUE);
+            } else {
+                strcpy (ProtectedEnvironmentVariables[0],
+                        FwGetEnvironmentVariable("PHYSICALADDRESSBITS"));
+                strcpy (ProtectedEnvironmentVariables[1],
+                        FwGetEnvironmentVariable("MAXIMUMADDRESSSPACENUMBER"));
+                strcpy (ProtectedEnvironmentVariables[2],
+                        FwGetEnvironmentVariable("SYSTEMSERIALNUMBER"));
+                strcpy (ProtectedEnvironmentVariables[3],
+                        FwGetEnvironmentVariable("CYCLECOUNTERPERIOD"));
+                strcpy (ProtectedEnvironmentVariables[4],
+                        FwGetEnvironmentVariable("PROCESSORPAGESIZE"));
+
+                LoadEnvp[Index++] = ProtectedEnvironmentVariables[0];
+                LoadEnvp[Index++] = ProtectedEnvironmentVariables[1];
+                LoadEnvp[Index++] = ProtectedEnvironmentVariables[2];
+                LoadEnvp[Index++] = ProtectedEnvironmentVariables[3];
+                LoadEnvp[Index++] = ProtectedEnvironmentVariables[4];
+            }
+
+            //
+            // No more, set the last one to NULL.
+            //
+
+            LoadEnvp[Index] = NULL;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // If this is an automatic boot selection, load up the standard
+        // arguments, otherwise load up the command line arguments.
+        //
+
+        LoadArgv[0] = PathName;
+
+        if (DefaultChoice <= 1) {
+
+            ArgCount = 1;
+
+            //
+            // Load up all the Argv parameters.
+            //
+
+            LoadArgv[1] = Osloader;
+            LoadArgv[2] = SystemPartition;
+            LoadArgv[3] = OsloadFilename;
+            LoadArgv[4] = OsloadPartition;
+            LoadArgv[5] = OsloadOptions;
+            LoadArgv[6] = "CONSOLEIN=";
+            LoadArgv[7] = "CONSOLEOUT=";
+
+            //
+            // Find console in and out by looking through the environment.
+            //
+
+            for ( --Index ; Index >= 0 ; Index-- ) {
+                for ( ArgCount = 6; ArgCount <= 7 ; ArgCount++ ) {
+                    if (strstr(LoadEnvp[Index],LoadArgv[ArgCount]) == LoadEnvp[Index]) {
+                        LoadArgv[ArgCount] = LoadEnvp[Index];
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+        } else {
+
+            //
+            // Look through the pathname for arguments, by zeroing out any
+            // spaces.
+            //
+
+            Index = 0;
+            ArgCount = 1;
+
+            while (TempArgs[Index] && (ArgCount < MAX_NUMBER_OF_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLES)) {
+                if (TempArgs[Index] == ' ') {
+                    TempArgs[Index] = 0;
+                } else {
+                    if (TempArgs[Index - 1] == 0) {
+                        LoadArgv[ArgCount++] = &TempArgs[Index];
+                    }
+                }
+                Index++;
+            }
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Add a .exe extension if the file is not found in its current form.
+        //
+
+        if (TryOpenWithSpecialMod) {
+            if (FwOpen(PathName, ArcOpenReadOnly, &Count) == ESUCCESS) {
+                FwClose(Count);
+            } else {
+                strcat(PathName, ".exe");
+            }
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Attempt to load the specified file.
+        //
+
+        FwSavedSp = 0;
+
+        Status = FwExecute(PathName, ArgCount, LoadArgv, LoadEnvp);
+
+        //
+        // Close and reopen the console in case it was changed by the user.
+        // Note that we must still check to see if there was a problem
+        // with either the video or keyboard hardware when we first booted.
+        //
+
+        FwClose(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT);
+        FwClose(ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT);
+        FwOpenConsole();
+
+        if (Status == ESUCCESS) {
+
+            //
+            // Pause if returning from a boot.  This helps see osloader error
+            // messages.
+            //
+
+            if (DefaultChoice <= 1) {
+                FwPrint(FW_PRESS_ANY_KEY_MSG);
+                FwRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+            }
+
+        } else {
+            ParseARCErrorStatus(Status);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+VOID
+ParseARCErrorStatus(
+    IN ARC_STATUS Status
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine prints out an ARC error message and waits until the user
+    hits a key on the keyboard.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    UCHAR Character;
+    ULONG Count;
+
+    FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorRed, ArcColorWhite);
+    FwPrint(FW_ERROR2_MSG);
+
+    if (Status <= EROFS) {
+        FwPrint(FW_ERROR_MSG[Status - 1]);
+    } else {
+        FwPrint(FW_ERROR_CODE_MSG, Status);
+    }
+
+    FwPrint(FW_PRESS_ANY_KEY2_MSG);
+    FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorWhite, ArcColorBlue);
+    FwRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+}
+
+
+
+VOID
+FwErrorTopBoarder(
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine clears the screen and prints out the top boarder of a
+    major firwmare error message.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    FwSetPosition(4,5);
+
+    FwPrint("ÉÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ»");
+
+}
+
+
+VOID
+FwErrorBottomBoarder(
+    IN ULONG StartAtRow,
+    IN BOOLEAN RedProblems
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine prints out the bottom boarder of a major firwmare error
+    message at the current screen position, and then either stall or wait
+    for the user to type a character.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    StartAtRow  -       The screen row to start outputting at.
+
+    RedProblems -       TRUE if Red problems exist.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    UCHAR Character;
+    ULONG Count;
+
+    FwSetPosition(StartAtRow++, 5);
+    FwPrint("º                                                          º");
+
+    if (RedProblems) {
+        FwSetPosition(StartAtRow++, 5);
+        FwPrint(FW_RED_BANNER_PRESSKEY_MSG);
+    }
+
+    FwSetPosition(StartAtRow++, 5);
+    FwPrint("ÈÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍͼ");
+
+    if (RedProblems) {
+        FwRead(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT, &Character, 1, &Count);
+    } else {
+        FwStallExecution(4 * 1000 * 1000);
+    }
+
+}
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwpLookForEISAChildIdentifier(
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component,
+    IN PCHAR Identifier
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This looks for a child of Component with an identifier of Identifier.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Component           Pointer to a node in the CDS tree.
+
+    Identifier          Identifier string to match against.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+    TRUE if no match found.
+    FALSE if match found.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    Component = FwGetChild(Component);
+
+    while (Component != NULL) {
+        if ((Component->IdentifierLength != 0) &&
+            (strcmp(Component->Identifier, Identifier) == 0)) {
+            return (FALSE);
+        }
+        Component = FwGetPeer(Component);
+    }
+
+    return (TRUE);
+}
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwpLookForEISAChildClassType(
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component,
+    IN CONFIGURATION_CLASS Class,
+    IN CONFIGURATION_TYPE Type
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This looks for a child of Component with a class and type equal to
+    Class and Type.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Component           Pointer to a node in the CDS tree.
+
+    Class               The class to match against.
+
+    Type                The type to match against.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+    TRUE if no match found.
+    FALSE if match found.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    Component = FwGetChild(Component);
+
+    while (Component != NULL) {
+        if ((Component->Class == Class) &&
+            (Component->Type == Type)) {
+            return (FALSE);
+        }
+        Component = FwGetPeer(Component);
+    }
+
+    return (TRUE);
+}
+
+
+VOID
+FwSystemConsistencyCheck (
+    IN BOOLEAN Silent,
+    OUT PULONG Problems
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine checks the state of the volatile copies of the ROM firmware
+    data block, and the system time.  On an error, it can optionally output
+    an error message.
+
+    A volatile check is made to facilitate using this function in the
+    built-in ROM setup utility.  When this is called during the power-up
+    initialization, the volatile areas will not have been loaded if
+    the ROM had a bad checksum, so this indirectly checks the ROM state
+    includint the checksums.
+
+    This consistency check is not exaustive.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Silent              FALSE if messages should be sent to the console.
+                        TRUE if this should run silently.
+
+    Problems            A pointer to the variable that should receive the
+                        indicatation of what problems were found.  Zero
+                        (0) indicates no problems.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    UCHAR Floppy;
+    UCHAR Floppy2;
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component;
+    BOOLEAN FoundBootProblems;
+    PTIME_FIELDS SystemTime;
+    ULONG TempX;
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG LineNumber;
+
+    *Problems = FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_NOPROBLEMS;
+
+    //
+    // Check system time
+    //
+
+    SystemTime = FwGetTime();
+
+    if ((SystemTime->Year < 1993) ||
+        (SystemTime->Month < 1) || (SystemTime->Month > 12) ||
+        (SystemTime->Day < 1) || (SystemTime->Day > 31) ||
+        (SystemTime->Hour < 0) || (SystemTime->Hour > 23) ||
+        (SystemTime->Minute < 0) || (SystemTime->Minute > 59) ||
+        (SystemTime->Second < 0) || (SystemTime->Second > 59) ||
+        (SystemTime->Milliseconds < 0) || (SystemTime->Milliseconds > 999) ||
+        (SystemTime->Weekday < 0) || (SystemTime->Weekday > 6)) {
+        *Problems = FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_TIME;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check environment variables.
+    //
+
+    if (FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable("CONSOLEIN") == NULL) {
+        *Problems |= FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_EV;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check the CDS
+    //
+
+    Component = FwGetComponent("cpu");
+
+    if ((Component == NULL) ||
+        (Component->Class != ProcessorClass) ||
+        (Component->Type != CentralProcessor)) {
+
+        //
+        // If the CPU node is not valid, then the entire tree is probably bad.
+        //
+
+        *Problems |= FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_CDS;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check Floppy environment variables, which are set up by initing
+    // the configuration.
+    //
+
+    if ((FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable("FLOPPY") == NULL) ||
+        (FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable("FLOPPY2") == NULL)) {
+
+        *Problems |= FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_CDS;
+
+    } else {
+
+        //
+        // Check the first character of the floppy environment variables.
+        //
+
+        Floppy = *FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable("FLOPPY");
+        Floppy2 = *FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable("FLOPPY2");
+
+        if ((Floppy < '0') || (Floppy > '2') ||
+            ((Floppy2 != 'N') && ((Floppy2 < '0') || (Floppy2 > '2')))) {
+            *Problems |= FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_CDS;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check boot selections
+    //
+
+    JzCheckBootSelections(TRUE, &FoundBootProblems);
+    if (FoundBootProblems) {
+        *Problems |= FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_BOOT;
+    }
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+    //
+    // If there were any errors discovered by the EISAini code, or the
+    // minimum required children of the EISA adapter are not present,
+    // indicate an EISA configuration error.  The three required children
+    // are the system board, aha1742, and floppy.
+    //
+
+    if (ErrorsDuringEISABusConfiguration == TRUE) {
+
+        *Problems |= FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_ECU;
+    }
+
+    Component = FwGetComponent("eisa()");
+
+    if ((Component == NULL) ||
+        (Component->Class != AdapterClass) ||
+        (Component->Type != EisaAdapter)) {
+
+        *Problems |= FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_CDS;
+        *Problems |= FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_ECU;
+
+    } else {
+
+        //
+        // Look for the three required children of the EISA adapter.
+        //
+
+        //
+        // System board and AHA1742
+        //
+
+        if (FwpLookForEISAChildIdentifier(Component, "DEC2400") ||
+            FwpLookForEISAChildIdentifier(Component, "ADP0002")) {
+            *Problems |= FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_ECU;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // SCSI adapter
+        //
+
+        if (FwpLookForEISAChildClassType(Component,
+                                         AdapterClass,
+                                         ScsiAdapter)) {
+            *Problems |= FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_ECU;
+        }
+
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+
+    if (!Silent && (*Problems != FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_NOPROBLEMS)) {
+
+        //
+        // Tell the user what problems were found.
+        //
+
+        FwClearScreen();
+        FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorBlue, ArcColorWhite);
+        FwErrorTopBoarder();
+
+        LineNumber = 5;
+
+        for (Index = 0;
+             Index < FW_SYSTEM_INCONSISTENCY_WARNING_MSG_SIZE;
+             Index++) {
+            FwSetPosition(LineNumber++, 5);
+            FwPrint(FW_SYSTEM_INCONSISTENCY_WARNING_MSG[Index]);
+        }
+
+        TempX = *Problems;
+        Index = 0;
+
+        while (TempX != 0) {
+
+            //
+            // The check against a NULL MachineProblemAreas pointer is for
+            // debugging and could be removed in the final product.
+            //
+
+            if ((((TempX & 1) != 0) || ((TempX & 0x10000) != 0)) &&
+                (MachineProblemAreas[Index] != NULL)) {
+
+                FwSetPosition(LineNumber++,5);
+
+                // For effect, print out all the error areas in yellow.
+                FwPrint("º           %c3%dm%s%c3%dm         º",
+                        ASCII_CSI,
+                        ArcColorYellow,
+                        MachineProblemAreas[Index],
+                        ASCII_CSI,
+                        ArcColorBlue);
+            }
+
+            TempX = ((TempX & FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_RED) >> 1) |
+                    (((TempX & FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_YELLOW) >> 17) << 16);
+            Index++;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // LineNumber contains the line that we should next print on, and
+        // the screen colors are Blue on White.
+        //
+
+        for (Index = 0;
+             Index < FW_SYSTEM_INCONSISTENCY_WARNING_HOWTOFIX_MSG_SIZE;
+             Index++) {
+            FwSetPosition(LineNumber++, 5);
+            FwPrint(FW_SYSTEM_INCONSISTENCY_WARNING_HOWTOFIX_MSG[Index]);
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Print the bottom of the error message.  Stall if only yellow
+        // errors were found, otherwise wait for a keypress.
+        //
+
+        FwErrorBottomBoarder(LineNumber,
+                             (*Problems & FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_RED));
+
+        FwSetScreenColor(ArcColorWhite, ArcColorBlue);
+
+    }
+
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+FwInitialize (
+    IN ULONG MemSize
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the system parameter block which is located
+    in low memory. This structure contains the firmware entry vector and
+    the restart parameter block.  This routine also initializes the io devices,
+    the configuration, and opens standard in/out.
+
+    Note: the system parameter block is initialized early in selftest.c.
+    This was needed in the Jazz code because of how the Jazz video prom code
+    worked; it is mainted here for code compatibility reasons.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    MemSize - Not Used. For compatibility with definitions in bldr\firmware.h
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Fid;
+    ULONG Index;
+    CHAR DiskPath[40];
+    BOOLEAN BadROMType = FALSE;
+
+    FwPrint(FW_INITIALIZING_MSG);
+
+    //
+    // Initialize Signal vector. And set default signal.
+    //
+//    (PARC_SIGNAL_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[SignalRoutine] = FwSignal;
+
+    //
+    // Initialize Vendor Must be done before Calling FwAllocatePool.  Also
+    // initialize the system ID and time.
+    //
+
+    FwVendorInitialize();
+    FwSystemIdInitialize();
+    FwTimeInitialize();
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+
+    //
+    // Determine the type of ROM in the machine.
+    //
+
+    if (FwROMDetermineMachineROMType() != ESUCCESS) {
+        FwPrint(FW_UNKNOWN_ROM_MSG);
+        BadROMType = TRUE;
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the Fw loadable services.
+    //
+
+    FwLoadInitialize();
+
+    //
+    // Not needed for Jensen, since the SROM disables interrupts.
+    //
+    // Disable the I/O device interrupts.
+    //
+//    WRITE_PORT_USHORT(&((PINTERRUPT_REGISTERS)INTERRUPT_VIRTUAL_BASE)->Enable,0);
+
+    // Not needed for Alpha/Jensen.
+    //
+    // Initialize the firmware exception handling.
+    // This also enables interrupts in the psr and clears BEV
+    //
+//    FwExceptionInitialize();
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the termination function entry points in the transfer vector
+    //
+    FwTerminationInitialize();
+
+    //
+    // Initialize configuration
+    //
+
+    FwConfigurationInitialize();
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the environment.
+    //
+
+    FwEnvironmentInitialize();
+
+    //
+    // Initialize IO structures and display driver.
+    //
+
+    FwIoInitialize1();
+
+    //
+    // Load the environment, because HardDiskInitialize will make a call
+    // to FwSaveConfiguration.
+    //
+
+    FwEnvironmentLoad();
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the I/O services.
+    //
+
+    FwIoInitialize2();
+
+    //
+    // Open the std in and out device. The path name should be taken
+    // from ConsoleIn and ConsoleOut environment variables.
+    //
+    // N.B. FwGetEnvironmentVariable cannot be called again between the
+    //      ConsoleName assignment and its use.
+    //
+
+    FwOpenConsole();
+    FwConsoleInitialized = TRUE;
+
+    FwPrint(FW_OK_MSG);
+    FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+
+    //
+    // Break into the debugger if the EisaBreak environment variable
+    // is defined.
+    //
+
+    if (FwGetEnvironmentVariable("EisaBreak") != NULL) {
+        FwPrint("\r\n Breaking into the debugger... \r\n");
+        FwInstallKd();
+        DbgBreakPoint();
+    }
+
+#endif  // ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the EISA routines
+    //
+
+    ErrorsDuringEISABusConfiguration = FALSE;
+    EisaIni();
+
+    if (ErrorsDuringEISABusConfiguration || BadROMType) {
+        FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+        FwWaitForKeypress(FALSE);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the Restart Block.
+    //
+
+    FwInitializeRestartBlock();
+
+    //
+    // Spin up all of the disks, if necessary.
+    //
+
+    FwPrint(FW_SPIN_DISKS_MSG);
+    for (Index = 0; Index < 8 ; Index++ ) {
+        FwPrint(".");
+        sprintf(DiskPath,"scsi(0)disk(%1d)rdisk(0)partition(0)", Index);
+        if (FwOpen(DiskPath,ArcOpenReadWrite,&Fid) == ESUCCESS) {
+            FwClose(Fid);
+        }
+    }
+    FwPrint(FW_OK_MSG);
+    FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+    return;
+}
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+
+VOID
+FwInstallKd(
+    IN VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine installs the kernel debugger exception handlers and
+    initializes it.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    STRING NameString;
+
+    //
+    // Initialize data structures used by the kernel debugger.
+    //
+
+    Prcb.Number = 0;
+    Prcb.CurrentThread = &Thread;
+    KiProcessorBlock[0] = &Prcb;
+    Process.DirectoryTableBase[0] = 0xffffffff;
+    Process.DirectoryTableBase[1] = 0xffffffff;
+    Thread.ApcState.Process = &Process;
+    KeNumberProcessors = 1;
+
+    KiCurrentThread = &Thread;
+    KiDpcRoutineActiveFlag = FALSE;
+    KiPcrBaseAddress = &KernelPcr;
+    KernelPcr.FirstLevelDcacheSize = 0x2000;
+    KernelPcr.FirstLevelDcacheFillSize = 32;
+    KernelPcr.FirstLevelIcacheSize = 0x2000;
+    KernelPcr.FirstLevelIcacheFillSize = 32;
+    KernelPcr.CycleClockPeriod = ProcessorCycleCounterPeriod;
+    KiPrcbBaseAddress = &Prcb;
+
+    KdInitSystem(NULL, FALSE);
+    KdInstalled = TRUE;
+
+    //
+    // Stop in the debugger after asking for the symbols to be loaded.
+    // The computation in the DbgLoadImageSymbols call is because the
+    // kernel debugger cannot read a normal "-rom" linked firmware .exe image,
+    // so a dual was linked without the "-rom" switch.  The proper reading
+    // of this file requires a -0x400 offset.
+    //
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+    RtlInitString(&NameString, "jensfw.exe");
+#endif // JENSEN
+
+#ifdef MORGAN
+    RtlInitString(&NameString, "mrgnfw.exe");
+#endif // MORGAN
+
+    DbgLoadImageSymbols(&NameString, (0x80704000-0x400), (ULONG)-1);
+    DbgBreakPoint();
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+VOID
+FwOpenConsole(
+    IN VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+     This opens the console input and output devices.
+
+Arguments:
+
+     None.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+     None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG Fid;
+    PCHAR ConsoleName;
+
+    //
+    // Open the std in and out device. The path name should be taken
+    // from ConsoleIn and ConsoleOut environment variables.
+    //
+    // N.B. FwGetEnvironmentVariable cannot be called again between the
+    //      ConsoleName assignment and its use.
+    //
+
+    if (SerialOutput) {
+        ConsoleName=FW_SERIAL_0_DEVICE;
+    } else {
+        if ((FwGetEnvironmentVariable("ConsoleOut") == NULL) ||
+            ((ConsoleName = FwGetEnvironmentVariable("ConsoleIn")) == NULL)){
+                ConsoleName=FW_KEYBOARD_IN_DEVICE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (FwOpen(ConsoleName,ArcOpenReadOnly,&Fid) != ESUCCESS) {
+
+        FwPrint(FW_CONSOLE_IN_ERROR_MSG);
+        FwPrint(FW_CONSOLE_TRYING_TO_OPEN_MSG, FW_KEYBOARD_IN_DEVICE);
+
+        if (FwOpen(FW_KEYBOARD_IN_DEVICE,ArcOpenReadOnly,&Fid) != ESUCCESS) {
+            FwPrint(FW_CONSOLE_IN_FAILSAFE_ERROR_MSG);
+            FwPrint(FW_CONTACT_FIELD_SERVICE_MSG);
+        } else {
+            FwPrint(FW_OK_MSG);
+            FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+            FwPrint(FW_CONSOLE_IN_PLEASE_REPAIR_MSG);
+        }
+
+        FwStallExecution(5000000);
+    }
+
+    if (Fid != ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT) {
+        FwPrint(FW_CONSOLE_IN_ERROR2_MSG);
+    }
+
+    if (SerialOutput) {
+        ConsoleName=FW_SERIAL_0_DEVICE;
+    } else {
+        if ((FwGetEnvironmentVariable("ConsoleIn") == NULL) ||
+            ((ConsoleName = FwGetEnvironmentVariable("ConsoleOut")) == NULL)) {
+            ConsoleName=FW_CONSOLE_OUT_DEVICE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (FwOpen(ConsoleName,ArcOpenWriteOnly,&Fid) != ESUCCESS) {
+        FwPrint(FW_CONSOLE_OUT_ERROR_MSG);
+        FwPrint(FW_CONSOLE_TRYING_TO_OPEN_MSG, FW_CONSOLE_OUT_DEVICE);
+
+        if (FwOpen(FW_CONSOLE_OUT_DEVICE,ArcOpenWriteOnly,&Fid) != ESUCCESS) {
+            FwPrint(FW_CONSOLE_OUT_FAILSAFE_ERROR_MSG);
+            FwPrint(FW_CONTACT_FIELD_SERVICE_MSG);
+        } else {
+            FwPrint(FW_OK_MSG);
+            FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+            FwPrint(FW_CONSOLE_OUT_PLEASE_REPAIR_MSG);
+        }
+
+        FwStallExecution(5000000);
+    }
+
+    if (Fid != ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT) {
+        FwPrint(FW_CONSOLE_OUT_ERROR2_MSG);
+    }
+}
+
+VOID
+FwSetupFloppy(
+    VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+     Because the NT floppy driver expects the floppy disk controller node
+     as a child of an EISA or ISA Adapter, and the EISA Configuration Utility
+     deletes all children of the EISA Adapter before it configures the
+     EISA bus, the firmware must add the floppy disk controller information
+     after the ECU has been run on an EISA-based machine.  We will also
+     do this on an ISA-based machine to keep the code simple.
+
+     The configuration requirements for the floppy have been stored in
+     environment variables by configuration code in the jnsetcfg.c module.
+
+     This function adds in the floppy nodes, if configuration information
+     exists and the nodes are not already in the tree.
+
+Arguments:
+
+     None.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+     None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    UCHAR Floppy;
+    UCHAR Floppy2;
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT FloppyControllerLevel;
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT FloppyParentAdapterLevel;
+    CONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component;
+    UCHAR Buffer[sizeof(CM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST) +
+                 (sizeof(CM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR) * 5) +
+                 MAXIMUM_DEVICE_SPECIFIC_DATA];
+    PCM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST Descriptor = (PCM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST)&Buffer;
+    ULONG DescriptorSize;
+    CM_FLOPPY_DEVICE_DATA FloppyDeviceData;
+
+    //
+    // Return if:
+    //
+    // If the floppy environment variables do not exist
+    // (FwSystemConsistencyCheck has already reported this).
+    //
+    // If a floppy controller node already exists.
+    //
+    // If the floppy parent node (eg, the EISA adapter on an EISA machine)
+    // does not exist. (FwSystemConsistencyCheck has already reported this.)
+    //
+
+    if ((FwGetEnvironmentVariable("FLOPPY") == NULL) ||
+        (FwGetEnvironmentVariable("FLOPPY2") == NULL) ||
+        (((FloppyControllerLevel = FwGetComponent(FW_FLOPPY_0_DEVICE))
+         != NULL) &&
+         (FloppyControllerLevel->Class == PeripheralClass) &&
+         (FloppyControllerLevel->Type == FloppyDiskPeripheral)) ||
+        ((FloppyParentAdapterLevel = FwGetComponent(FW_FLOPPY_PARENT_NODE)) == NULL)) {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Get the first character of the floppy environment variables.
+    //
+
+    Floppy = *FwGetEnvironmentVariable("FLOPPY");
+    Floppy2 = *FwGetEnvironmentVariable("FLOPPY2");
+
+    //
+    // Now add the floppy controller and one or two peripherals to the
+    // CDS tree.
+    //
+    // This is needed for both non-ECU and ECU-supporting firmware packages
+    // because the NT floppy driver is incapable of finding and parsing
+    // configuration information stored in the Registry at the EISAAdapter
+    // node.  All nodes under the EISAAdapter node in the Component Data
+    // Structure are collapsed into one EISAAdapter Registry node by the
+    // CM, so we must hardwire the floppy controller node into the ARC
+    // tree.  A side-effect of this is that Jensen can support only one
+    // ISA floppy controller.
+    //
+
+    DescriptorSize =
+        JzMakeDescriptor (Descriptor,                   // Descriptor
+                          TRUE,                         // Port
+                          FLOPPY_ISA_PORT_ADDRESS,      // PortStart
+                          8,                            // PortSize
+                          TRUE,                         // Interrupt
+                          CM_RESOURCE_INTERRUPT_LATCHED, // InterruptFlags
+                          FLOPPY_LEVEL,                 // Level
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+                          0,                            // Vector
+#else
+                          ISA_FLOPPY_VECTOR,            // Vector
+#endif
+
+                          FALSE,                        // Memory
+                          0,                            // MemoryStart
+                          0,                            // MemorySize
+                          TRUE,                         // Dma
+                          FLOPPY_CHANNEL,               // Channel
+                          FALSE,                        // SecondChannel
+                          FALSE,                        // DeviceSpecificData
+                          0,                            // Size
+                          NULL                          // Data
+                          );
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    ControllerClass,    // Class
+                    DiskController,     // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    FALSE,              // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    TRUE,               // Input
+                    TRUE,               // Output
+                    0,                  // Key
+                    DescriptorSize,     // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    FW_FLOPPY_CDS_IDENTIFIER    // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    FloppyControllerLevel = FwAddChild(FloppyParentAdapterLevel,
+                                       &Component,
+                                       Descriptor);
+
+    //
+    // Add the floppy disk itself as a child of the floppy disk controller.
+    //
+
+    FloppyDeviceData.Version = ARC_VERSION;
+    FloppyDeviceData.Revision = ARC_REVISION;
+
+    //
+    // This switch is tied to the order of the strings in the
+    // FloppyChoices array, defined at the beginning of jnsetmak.c.
+    //
+
+    switch (Floppy) {
+
+    case '0':
+        FloppyDeviceData.Size[0] = '5';
+        FloppyDeviceData.Size[1] = '.';
+        FloppyDeviceData.Size[2] = '2';
+        FloppyDeviceData.Size[3] = '5';
+        FloppyDeviceData.Size[4] = 0;
+        FloppyDeviceData.Size[5] = 0;
+        FloppyDeviceData.Size[6] = 0;
+        FloppyDeviceData.Size[7] = 0;
+        FloppyDeviceData.MaxDensity = 1200;
+        FloppyDeviceData.MountDensity = 0;
+        break;
+
+    case '1':
+    case '2':
+    default:
+        FloppyDeviceData.Size[0] = '3';
+        FloppyDeviceData.Size[1] = '.';
+        FloppyDeviceData.Size[2] = '5';
+        FloppyDeviceData.Size[3] = 0;
+        FloppyDeviceData.Size[4] = 0;
+        FloppyDeviceData.Size[5] = 0;
+        FloppyDeviceData.Size[6] = 0;
+        FloppyDeviceData.Size[7] = 0;
+
+        if (Floppy == '1') {
+            FloppyDeviceData.MaxDensity = 1440;
+        } else {
+            FloppyDeviceData.MaxDensity = 2880;
+        }
+        FloppyDeviceData.MountDensity = 0;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    DescriptorSize =
+        JzMakeDescriptor (Descriptor,                   // Descriptor
+                          FALSE,                        // Port
+                          0,                            // PortStart
+                          0,                            // PortSize
+                          FALSE,                        // Interrupt
+                          0,                            // InterruptFlags
+                          0,                            // Level
+                          0,                            // Vector
+                          FALSE,                        // Memory
+                          0,                            // MemoryStart
+                          0,                            // MemorySize
+                          FALSE,                        // Dma
+                          0,                            // Channel
+                          FALSE,                        // SecondChannel
+                          TRUE,                         // DeviceSpecificData
+                          sizeof(CM_FLOPPY_DEVICE_DATA), // Size
+                          (PVOID)&FloppyDeviceData      // Data
+                          );
+
+    JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                    PeripheralClass,    // Class
+                    FloppyDiskPeripheral,  // Type
+                    FALSE,              // Readonly
+                    TRUE,               // Removeable
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                    FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                    TRUE,               // Input
+                    TRUE,               // Output
+                    0,                  // Key
+                    DescriptorSize,     // ConfigurationDataLength
+                    NULL                // Identifier
+                    );
+
+    FwAddChild( FloppyControllerLevel, &Component, Descriptor );
+
+
+    //
+    // Add a second floppy disk as a child of the floppy disk controller.
+    //
+
+    if (Floppy2 != 'N') {
+
+        FloppyDeviceData.Version = ARC_VERSION;
+        FloppyDeviceData.Revision = ARC_REVISION;
+
+        switch (Floppy2) {
+
+        case '0':
+            FloppyDeviceData.Size[0] = '5';
+            FloppyDeviceData.Size[1] = '.';
+            FloppyDeviceData.Size[2] = '2';
+            FloppyDeviceData.Size[3] = '5';
+            FloppyDeviceData.Size[4] = 0;
+            FloppyDeviceData.Size[5] = 0;
+            FloppyDeviceData.Size[6] = 0;
+            FloppyDeviceData.Size[7] = 0;
+            FloppyDeviceData.MaxDensity = 1200;
+            FloppyDeviceData.MountDensity = 0;
+            break;
+
+        case '1':
+        case '2':
+        default:
+            FloppyDeviceData.Size[0] = '3';
+            FloppyDeviceData.Size[1] = '.';
+            FloppyDeviceData.Size[2] = '5';
+            FloppyDeviceData.Size[3] = 0;
+            FloppyDeviceData.Size[4] = 0;
+            FloppyDeviceData.Size[5] = 0;
+            FloppyDeviceData.Size[6] = 0;
+            FloppyDeviceData.Size[7] = 0;
+            if (Floppy2 == '1') {
+                FloppyDeviceData.MaxDensity = 1440;
+            } else {
+                FloppyDeviceData.MaxDensity = 2880;
+            }
+            FloppyDeviceData.MountDensity = 0;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        DescriptorSize =
+            JzMakeDescriptor (Descriptor,                   // Descriptor
+                              FALSE,                        // Port
+                              0,                            // PortStart
+                              0,                            // PortSize
+                              FALSE,                        // Interrupt
+                              0,                            // InterruptFlags
+                              0,                            // Level
+                              0,                            // Vector
+                              FALSE,                        // Memory
+                              0,                            // MemoryStart
+                              0,                            // MemorySize
+                              FALSE,                        // Dma
+                              0,                            // Channel
+                              FALSE,                        // SecondChannel
+                              TRUE,                         // DeviceSpecificData
+                              sizeof(CM_FLOPPY_DEVICE_DATA), // Size
+                              (PVOID)&FloppyDeviceData      // Data
+                              );
+
+        JzMakeComponent(&Component,
+                        PeripheralClass,    // Class
+                        FloppyDiskPeripheral,  // Type
+                        FALSE,              // Readonly
+                        TRUE,               // Removeable
+                        FALSE,              // ConsoleIn
+                        FALSE,              // ConsoleOut
+                        TRUE,               // Input
+                        TRUE,               // Output
+                        1,                  // Key
+                        DescriptorSize,     // ConfigurationDataLength
+                        NULL                // Identifier
+                        );
+
+        FwAddChild( FloppyControllerLevel, &Component, Descriptor );
+
+    }
+
+    return;
+
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwpFindCDROM (
+    OUT PCHAR PathName
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+     This function finds the first CD-ROM in the machine, and returns
+     an ARC pathstring to it.
+
+Arguments:
+
+     PathName           A pointer to a buffer area that can receive
+                        the CDROM pathname string.
+
+Return Value:
+
+     ESUCCESS if the PathName was loaded.
+
+     Otherwise, an error code.  On an error return, PathName is loaded
+     with "scsi(0)cdrom(4)fdisk(0)".
+
+--*/
+{
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Controller;
+    BOOLEAN VariableFound = FALSE;
+    ULONG Index;
+
+    for ( Index = 0 ; Index < 8 ; Index++ ) {
+        sprintf(PathName, "scsi(0)cdrom(%d)fdisk(0)", Index);
+        Controller = FwGetComponent(PathName);
+        if ((Controller != NULL) &&
+            (Controller->Type == FloppyDiskPeripheral)) {
+            VariableFound = TRUE;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (VariableFound) {
+        return (ESUCCESS);
+    } else {
+        sprintf(PathName, "scsi0)cdrom(4)fdisk(0)");
+        return (EIO);
+    }
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwpEvaluateWNTInstall(
+    OUT PCHAR PathName
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+     This function checks to see if this machine is ready to install
+     NT.  If so, it finds the SCSI ID of the CD-ROM drive, and returns
+     the pathname to be used.
+
+     If there is a problem, error messages are output to the screen.
+
+Arguments:
+
+     PathName           A pointer to a buffer area that can receive
+                        the setupldr pathname string.
+
+Return Value:
+
+     ESUCCESS if the PathName string should be used to try to run
+     setupldr.
+
+     Otherwise, an error code.
+
+--*/
+{
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component;
+    ULONG Problems;
+
+    //
+    // If the Red machine state is inconsistent, or there is no CD-ROM,
+    // do an error return.
+    //
+
+    FwSystemConsistencyCheck(FALSE, &Problems);
+
+    if (((Problems & FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_RED) != 0) ||
+        (FwpFindCDROM(PathName) != ESUCCESS)) {
+
+        //
+        // If there are no Red machine consistency problems, we must be
+        // here because FwpFindCDROM gave an error return.
+        //
+
+        if ((Problems & FWP_MACHINE_PROBLEMS_RED) == 0) {
+            FwPrint(FW_NO_CDROM_DRIVE_MSG);
+        }
+
+        FwPrint(FW_WNT_INSTALLATION_ABORTED_MSG);
+        FwWaitForKeypress(FALSE);
+        return (EIO);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // We found the CD-ROM drive.  Append the setupldr string to the
+    // CD-ROM string and return.
+    //
+
+    strcat (PathName, "\\alpha\\setupldr");
+    return (ESUCCESS);
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxconfig.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxconfig.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8291842dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxconfig.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1955 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jxconfig.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements the ARC firmware Configuration Query functions as
+    described in the Advanced Risc Computing Specification (Revision 1.00),
+    section 3.3.3.4, for an Alpha/Jensen machine.
+
+Author:
+
+    David M. Robinson (davidro) 13-June-1991
+
+Revision History:
+
+    30-April-1992	John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Added Alpha/Jensen hooks.
+
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+//
+// Define the ARC pathname mnemonics.
+//
+
+PCHAR MnemonicTable[] = {
+    "arc",
+    "cpu",
+    "fpu",
+    "pic",
+    "pdc",
+    "sic",
+    "sdc",
+    "sc",
+    "eisa",
+    "tc",
+    "scsi",
+    "dti",
+    "multi",
+    "disk",
+    "tape",
+    "cdrom",
+    "worm",
+    "serial",
+    "net",
+    "video",
+    "par",
+    "point",
+    "key",
+    "audio",
+    "other",
+    "rdisk",
+    "fdisk",
+    "tape",
+    "modem",
+    "monitor",
+    "print",
+    "pointer",
+    "keyboard",
+    "term",
+    "other",
+    "line",
+    "netper",
+    "memory"
+    };
+#endif // !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+
+
+//
+// Function prototypes.
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwRestoreConfiguration (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwConfigurationCheckChecksum (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwConfigurationSetChecksum(
+    VOID
+    );
+
+ULONG
+FwZeroCompressLength (
+    IN ULONG DataLength,
+    IN PVOID ConfigurationData
+    );
+
+ULONG
+FwZeroCompress (
+    IN ULONG DataLength,
+    IN PVOID ConfigurationData,
+    OUT PVOID OutputBuffer
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwZeroDecompress (
+    IN PVOID InBuffer,
+    IN ULONG Index,
+    OUT PVOID ConfigurationData,
+    IN ULONG Length
+    );
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+//
+// IdentifierIndex and DataIndex identify the next free locations in the
+// configuration identifier and data areas.  Configuration points to the
+// allocated configuration area.
+//
+
+ULONG IdentifierIndex;
+ULONG DataIndex;
+ULONG EisaDataIndex;
+PCONFIGURATION Configuration;
+#endif // !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+
+VOID
+FwConfigurationInitialize (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the configuration area in memory, and the
+    configuration routine addresses.
+
+    Note: This routine is called at phase 1 initialization and
+    at this time nothing is available.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the configuration routine addresses in the system
+    // parameter block.
+    //
+
+    (PARC_GET_CHILD_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[GetChildRoutine] =
+                                                            FwGetChild;
+    (PARC_GET_PARENT_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[GetParentRoutine] =
+                                                            FwGetParent;
+    (PARC_GET_PEER_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[GetPeerRoutine] =
+                                                            FwGetPeer;
+    (PARC_ADD_CHILD_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[AddChildRoutine] =
+                                                            FwAddChild;
+    (PARC_DELETE_COMPONENT_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[DeleteComponentRoutine] =
+                                                            FwDeleteComponent;
+    (PARC_GET_COMPONENT_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[GetComponentRoutine] =
+                                                            FwGetComponent;
+    (PARC_GET_DATA_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[GetDataRoutine] =
+                                                            FwGetConfigurationData;
+
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+    (PARC_SAVE_CONFIGURATION_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[SaveConfigurationRoutine] =
+                                                            FwSaveConfiguration;
+
+    //
+    // Allocate a region to store the volatile configuration database.
+    //
+
+    Configuration = (PCONFIGURATION)FwAllocatePool(sizeof(CONFIGURATION));
+
+    //
+    // Initialize other static data and restore the configuration from ROM.
+    //
+
+    FwRestoreConfiguration();
+#endif
+
+    return;
+}
+
+PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT
+FwAddChild (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component,
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT NewComponent,
+    IN PVOID ConfigurationData OPTIONAL
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine adds a new component entry as a child of Component, including
+    an identifier string if the IdentifierLength field of NewComponent is
+    non-zero, and configuration data if the ConfigurationDataLength field of
+    NewComponent is non-zero and the ConfigurationData parameter is present.
+    If Component is NULL, the root component is being added.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Component - Supplies a pointer to a configuration component.
+
+    NewComponent - Supplies a pointer to a new configuration component
+                   to be added as a child of Component.
+
+    ConfigurationData - Supplies an optional pointer to a configuration
+                        data buffer.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns a pointer to the new configuration component entry.  If the
+    create operation was unsuccessful, NULL is returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+    PCONFIGURATION_PACKET Packet;
+    PCONFIGURATION_PACKET ParentPacket;
+    ULONG Index;
+    PUCHAR String;
+    PUCHAR Data;
+    BOOLEAN Eisa;
+    ULONG DataLength;
+
+    //
+    // If Component is NULL and the new Class is system, the root component is
+    // being added, otherwise find the first free component entry.
+    //
+
+    if ((Component == NULL) && (NewComponent->Class == SystemClass)) {
+
+        Packet = &Configuration->Packet[0];
+
+        //
+        // TEMPTEMP If the root component is being added, clear all of the
+        // configuration area.  This is a Hack, should be replaced by
+        // a good way to do this.
+        //
+
+        RtlZeroMemory(Configuration, sizeof(CONFIGURATION));
+        IdentifierIndex = 0;
+        DataIndex = 0;
+	EisaDataIndex = 0;
+
+    } else {
+
+        Packet = &Configuration->Packet[1];
+
+        for ( Index = 1 ; Packet->Parent != NULL ; Index++ ) {
+
+            //
+            // If no more entries, return NULL.  Since Index is 0 based
+            // subtract one from NUMBER_OF_ENTRIES for end check.
+            //
+
+            if (Index >= (NUMBER_OF_ENTRIES - 1)) {
+                return NULL;
+            }
+
+            Packet++;
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // Check to see if the parent component is the eisa bus.
+    //
+
+    if ((Component != NULL) && (Component->Type == EisaAdapter)) {
+        Eisa = TRUE;
+    } else {
+        Eisa = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If there is not enough space for the new identifier string or the
+    // configuration data, return NULL.
+    //
+
+    if (IdentifierIndex + NewComponent->IdentifierLength >= LENGTH_OF_IDENTIFIER) {
+        return(NULL);
+    }
+
+    if (Eisa) {
+        DataLength = FwZeroCompressLength(NewComponent->ConfigurationDataLength,
+                                          ConfigurationData);
+
+        if (EisaDataIndex + DataLength >= LENGTH_OF_EISA_DATA) {
+            return(NULL);
+        }
+    } else {
+        if (DataIndex + NewComponent->ConfigurationDataLength >= LENGTH_OF_DATA) {
+            return(NULL);
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // There is space for everything.  Fill in new configuration entry first.
+    //
+
+    Packet->Component.Class = NewComponent->Class;
+    Packet->Component.Type = NewComponent->Type;
+    Packet->Component.Flags = NewComponent->Flags;
+    Packet->Component.Version = NewComponent->Version;
+    Packet->Component.Revision = NewComponent->Revision;
+    Packet->Component.Key = NewComponent->Key;
+    Packet->Component.AffinityMask = 0xffffffff;
+    Packet->Component.IdentifierLength = NewComponent->IdentifierLength;
+    Packet->Component.Identifier = &Configuration->Identifier[IdentifierIndex];
+
+    //
+    // If Component is NULL, this is the root component so the parent is NULL,
+    // otherwise find the parent packet.
+    //
+
+    if (Component == NULL) {
+        ParentPacket = NULL;
+    } else {
+        ParentPacket = CONTAINING_RECORD(Component,
+                                         CONFIGURATION_PACKET,
+                                         Component);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Only copy configuration data length if configuration data is supplied.
+    //
+
+    if (ConfigurationData != NULL) {
+        Packet->Component.ConfigurationDataLength =
+                                        NewComponent->ConfigurationDataLength;
+    } else {
+        Packet->Component.ConfigurationDataLength = 0;
+    }
+
+    Packet->Parent = ParentPacket;
+
+    Packet->Child = NULL;
+
+    //
+    // Add identifer string.
+    //
+
+    String = NewComponent->Identifier;
+
+    for ( Index = 0 ; Index < NewComponent->IdentifierLength ; Index++ ) {
+        Configuration->Identifier[IdentifierIndex++] = *String++;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Make sure identifier is zero terminated, if not add one.
+    //
+
+    if (Configuration->Identifier[IdentifierIndex - 1] != 0) {
+        Configuration->Identifier[IdentifierIndex++] = 0;
+        Packet->Component.IdentifierLength += 1;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Copy configuration data.
+    //
+
+    if (Eisa) {
+        Packet->ConfigurationData = &Configuration->EisaData[EisaDataIndex];
+        EisaDataIndex += FwZeroCompress(NewComponent->ConfigurationDataLength,
+                                        ConfigurationData,
+                                        &Configuration->EisaData[EisaDataIndex]);
+    } else {
+        Data = (PUCHAR)ConfigurationData;
+        Packet->ConfigurationData = &Configuration->Data[DataIndex];
+        for ( Index = 0 ; Index < NewComponent->ConfigurationDataLength ; Index++ ) {
+            Configuration->Data[DataIndex++] = *Data++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Add the new component as the first child of Component, unless this is
+    // the root component.
+    //
+
+    if (Component == NULL) {
+        Packet->Peer = NULL;
+    } else {
+        Packet->Peer = ParentPacket->Child;
+        ParentPacket->Child = Packet;
+    }
+
+    return (&Packet->Component);
+
+#else // FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+    return NULL;
+
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwDeleteComponent (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function deletes a component entry.  If the entry has one or more
+    children, an error is returned, otherwise the entry is deleted.  Deleting
+    the entry will implicitly delete the identifier string and the configuration
+    data.
+
+    Note that no attempt is made to compress the entry, identifier, or the
+    configuration data areas after an entry is deleted, as doing so would
+    potentially invalidate outstanding pointers.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Component - Supplies a pointer to a configuration component.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns ESUCCESS if the entry was successfully deleted, otherwise one of
+    the following error codes is returned.
+
+    EINVAL          Component is not a valid configuration component.
+
+    EACCES          Component has children, and cannot be freed until they
+                    are deleted.
+
+
+--*/
+{
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+    PCONFIGURATION_PACKET Packet;
+    PCONFIGURATION_PACKET SearchPacket;
+
+    if (Component == NULL) {
+        return EINVAL;
+    }
+
+    Packet = CONTAINING_RECORD(Component,
+                               CONFIGURATION_PACKET,
+                               Component);
+
+    //
+    // If Component's Parent field is NULL, return EINVAL.
+    //
+
+    if (Packet->Parent == NULL) {
+        return EINVAL;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If Component has children, return EACCES.
+    //
+
+    if (Packet->Child != NULL) {
+        return EACCES;
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // Find the entry that points to Component, and point it to
+    // Component's peer.  If this is Component's parent, update the child
+    // pointer, otherwise this is a peer and update the peer pointer.
+    //
+
+    SearchPacket = Packet->Parent;
+
+    if (SearchPacket->Child == Packet) {
+        SearchPacket->Child = Packet->Peer;
+    } else {
+        SearchPacket = SearchPacket->Child;
+        while (SearchPacket->Peer != Packet) {
+            SearchPacket = SearchPacket->Peer;
+        }
+        SearchPacket->Peer = Packet->Peer;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Delete Component by zeroing the parent pointer.
+    //
+
+    Packet->Parent = NULL;
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+
+#else // FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+    return EINVAL;
+
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+}
+
+
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT
+FwCoreGetComponent (
+    IN PCHAR Pathname,
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT MatchComponent
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function does the work for FwGetComponent.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Pathname - Supplies a string containing the pathname to search.
+
+    MatchComponent - A pointer to the current node in the tree in the
+                     recursive search.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns a pointer to the configuration component that best matches
+    pathname.
+
+    Algorithm:
+
+           If MatchComponent == NULL, return NULL.
+
+           else..
+
+           Check this node.  If a successful match, then:
+               - if we are at the end of the Pathname, return this node.
+               - otherwise, check the children of this node for the
+                 remainder of the pathname.
+
+                 If there is a better match in one of the children,
+                 return that pointer.  Else, return the pointer to this node.
+
+           else..
+
+           Check the peers of this node.  If a successful match is returned
+           back, return the pointer returned.
+
+           else..
+
+           return NULL.
+
+--*/
+{
+
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component;
+    PCHAR MatchString;
+    PCHAR Token;
+    ULONG Key;
+    BOOLEAN NodeMatch = FALSE;
+
+    if (MatchComponent == NULL) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check this node.
+    //
+	  
+    Token = Pathname;
+    MatchString = MnemonicTable[MatchComponent->Type];
+    
+    //
+    // Compare strings.
+    //
+	  
+    while ((*MatchString == tolower(*Token)) &&
+	   (*MatchString != 0)){
+	MatchString++;
+	Token++;
+    }
+    
+    //
+    // Strings compare if the first mismatch is the terminator for each.
+    //
+
+    if ((*MatchString == 0) &&
+	((*Token == '(') || (*Token == 0))) {
+
+	//
+	// Form key.
+	//
+
+	Key = 0;
+	if (*Token == '(') {
+	    Token++;
+	}
+	while ((*Token != ')') && (*Token != 0)) {
+	    Key = (Key * 10) + *Token++ - '0';
+	}
+
+	//
+	// If the key matches the component matches, we have a match.
+	//
+
+	if (MatchComponent->Key == Key) {
+	    NodeMatch = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (NodeMatch) {
+
+	//
+	// This node matches the first component specified in Pathname.
+	// Token points at either a ')' or the NULL terminating the
+	// Pathname string.
+	//
+
+	if ((*Token == 0) ||
+	    ((*Token == ')' && (*(Token+1) == 0)))
+	    ) {
+
+	    return MatchComponent;
+
+	} else {
+
+	    Component = FwCoreGetComponent (Token+1,
+					    FwGetChild(MatchComponent)
+					    );
+	    if (Component == NULL) {
+		return MatchComponent;
+	    } else {
+		return Component;
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+    } else {
+
+	//
+	// This node does not match our current location in the String.
+	// Check the peers.
+	//
+	// If the search fails with the peers of this node, NULL will be
+	// returned, which is what we want to return from this call as well.
+	//
+
+	return FwCoreGetComponent(Pathname, FwGetPeer(MatchComponent));
+    }
+}
+
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+
+PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT
+FwGetComponent (
+    IN PCHAR Pathname
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine searches the configuration tree for the component that best
+    matches the Pathname string.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Pathname - Supplies a string containing the pathname to search.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns a pointer to the configuration component that best matches
+    pathname.
+
+
+--*/
+{
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component;
+
+    //
+    // Start searching from the first child of the root component.
+    //
+
+    if ((Component = FwCoreGetComponent(Pathname,
+					FwGetChild(FwGetChild(NULL))))
+	!= NULL) {
+	return Component;
+    } else {
+	return FwGetChild(NULL);
+    }
+
+#else // FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+    return NULL;
+
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+}
+
+
+PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT
+FwGetChild (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component OPTIONAL
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    Returns a pointer to the configuration component for the first child of
+    Component.  If Component is NULL, a pointer to the root configuration
+    component is returned.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Component - Supplies an optional pointer to a configuration component.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns a pointer to the configuration component for the first child of
+    Component.  If Component has no children, this pointer will be NULL. If
+    Component is NULL, a pointer to the root configuration component is
+    returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+    PCONFIGURATION_PACKET Packet;
+
+    if (Component == NULL) {
+        return &Configuration->Packet[0].Component;
+    } else {
+        Packet = CONTAINING_RECORD(Component,
+                                   CONFIGURATION_PACKET,
+                                   Component);
+
+        return &((PCONFIGURATION_PACKET)(Packet->Child))->Component;
+    }
+
+#else // FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+    return NULL;
+
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+}
+
+PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT
+FwGetParent (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function returns the parent of the named component.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Component - Supplies a pointer to a configuration component.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns a pointer to the configuration component for the parent of
+    Component.  If Component has no parent NULL is returned (this is only
+    true for the root configuration component).
+
+--*/
+{
+
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+    PCONFIGURATION_PACKET Packet;
+
+    Packet = CONTAINING_RECORD(Component,
+                               CONFIGURATION_PACKET,
+                               Component);
+
+    if (Packet->Parent == NULL) {
+        return NULL;
+    } else {
+        return &((PCONFIGURATION_PACKET)(Packet->Parent))->Component;
+    }
+
+#else // FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+    return NULL;
+
+#endif // FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+}
+
+PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT
+FwGetPeer (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function returns the peer of the named component.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Component - Supplies a pointer to a configuration component.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns a pointer to the configuration component for the next peer of
+    Component.  If Component has no next peer, NULL is returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+    PCONFIGURATION_PACKET Packet;
+
+    Packet = CONTAINING_RECORD(Component,
+                               CONFIGURATION_PACKET,
+                               Component);
+
+    if (Packet->Peer == NULL) {
+        return NULL;
+    } else {
+        return &((PCONFIGURATION_PACKET)(Packet->Peer))->Component;
+    }
+
+#else // FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+    return NULL;
+
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+}
+
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+ARC_STATUS
+FwGetConfigurationDataIndex(
+    OUT PVOID ConfigurationData,
+    IN  PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component,
+    IN  ULONG Index,
+    IN  ULONG Length
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+  This function returns the specified configuration data
+  associated with Component in the buffer supplied by
+  ConfigurationData.  The max length of the data is stored
+  in the Component structure.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    ConfigurationData - Supplies a pointer to a buffer to receive the
+                        configuration data.
+
+    Component - Supplies a pointer to a configuration component.
+
+    Index - Supplies an index within the configuration data.
+
+    Length - Supplies the number of bytes to read (see the
+             ConfigurationDataLength field within the Component for the max
+             value).
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the configuration data is successfully copied into the buffer
+    provided by ConfigurationData, ESUCCESS is returned.  Otherwise one of
+    the following error codes is returned.
+
+    EINVAL          Component is not a valid configuration component or the
+                    other arguments are invalid.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PCONFIGURATION_PACKET Packet;
+    ULONG  DataSize;
+    PUCHAR SourceData;
+    PUCHAR DestinationData;
+
+    DataSize = Component->ConfigurationDataLength;
+
+    //
+    // check the passing parameters
+    //
+
+    if ( DataSize == 0  ||  Index >= DataSize  ||  DataSize - Index < Length ) {
+        return EINVAL;
+    }
+
+    Packet = CONTAINING_RECORD( Component, CONFIGURATION_PACKET, Component );
+
+    //
+    //  If Component's Parent field is NULL, return EINVAL.
+    //
+
+    if (Packet->Parent == NULL) {
+        return EINVAL;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If this is an eisa component, decompress the data, otherwise just copy it.
+    //
+
+    if (Packet->Parent->Component.Type == EisaAdapter) {
+        FwZeroDecompress(Packet->ConfigurationData,
+                         Index,
+                         ConfigurationData,
+                         Length);
+
+    } else {
+        SourceData = (PUCHAR)Packet->ConfigurationData + Index;
+        DestinationData = ConfigurationData;
+
+        while ( Length-- )
+        {
+            *DestinationData++ = *SourceData++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwGetConfigurationData (
+    OUT PVOID ConfigurationData,
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This functions returns the configuration data associated with Component
+    in the buffer supplied by ConfigurationData.  The length of the data
+    is stored in the Component structure.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    ConfigurationData - Supplies a pointer to a buffer to receive the
+                        configuration data.
+
+    Component - Supplies a pointer to a configuration component.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the configuration data is successfully copied into the buffer
+    provided by ConfigurationData, ESUCCESS is returned.  Otherwise one of
+    the following error codes is returned.
+
+    EINVAL          Component is not a valid configuration component.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+    return(FwGetConfigurationDataIndex(ConfigurationData,
+                                       Component,
+                                       0,
+                                       Component->ConfigurationDataLength));
+#else
+
+    return EINVAL;
+
+#endif
+}
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+ARC_STATUS
+FwEnvironmentStore (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This loads the entire environment into the non-volatile environment area.
+
+    Alpha/Jensen uses a segmented block-erase PROM.  When the code wants
+    to store one environment variable, it must store all of them.
+
+    This routine must *only* be called from FwSaveConfiguration, which
+    does the block-erase and the store of the other part of the 
+    non-volatile configuration information.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS if the writes were OK.
+    EIO otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Index;
+    PNV_CONFIGURATION NvConfiguration = (PNV_CONFIGURATION)NVRAM_CONFIGURATION;
+    PUCHAR NvChars, VChars;
+
+
+    VChars = VolatileEnvironment;
+    NvChars = (PUCHAR)&NvConfiguration->Environment[0];
+
+    for (Index = 0; Index < LENGTH_OF_ENVIRONMENT; Index++) {
+	if (FwROMByteWrite(NvChars++, *VChars++) != ESUCCESS) {
+	    return EIO;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (FwEnvironmentSetChecksum() != ESUCCESS) {
+	return EIO;
+    } else {
+	return ESUCCESS;
+    }
+}
+#endif // !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwSaveConfiguration (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine stores all of the configuration entries into NVRAM,
+    including the associated identifier strings and configuration data.
+
+    Alpha/Jensen saves the entire configuration structure, i.e.
+    including the environment variables, because the ARC CDS + environment
+    variables are all in one structure and Jensen has a segmented
+    block-erase PROM.  Doing a complete save changes the least code.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns ESUCCESS if the save completed successfully, otherwise one of the
+    following error codes is returned.
+
+    ENOSPC          Not enough space in the NVRAM to save all of the data.
+
+    EIO		    Some write error happened in the PROM.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+    ULONG EntryIndex;
+    ULONG Index;
+    PCONFIGURATION_PACKET Packet;
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component;
+    PNV_CONFIGURATION NvConfiguration;
+    COMPRESSED_CONFIGURATION_PACKET CompressedPacket;
+    USHORT NvIdentifierIndex;
+    USHORT NvDataIndex;
+    USHORT NvEisaDataIndex;
+    PUCHAR CompressedChars, NvChars, Data;
+
+    NvConfiguration = (PNV_CONFIGURATION)NVRAM_CONFIGURATION;
+    NvIdentifierIndex = 0;
+    NvDataIndex = 0;
+    NvEisaDataIndex = 0;
+
+
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+    //
+    // Erase the PROM block we are going to update.
+    //
+    // N.B. This call erases one block in the underlying ROM set.  Therefore,
+    // the block size of the ROM had better be at least the size of the
+    // ARC data to be written.
+    //
+
+    if (FwROMEraseBlock((PUCHAR)NVRAM_CONFIGURATION) != ESUCCESS) {
+	return ENOSPC;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // Write each volatile packet into a compressed non-volatile packet,
+    // including the identifier string and the configuration data.
+    //
+
+    for ( EntryIndex = 0 ; EntryIndex < NUMBER_OF_ENTRIES ; EntryIndex++ ) {
+
+        //
+        // Get pointers to the volatile data.
+        //
+
+        Packet = (PCONFIGURATION_PACKET)&Configuration->Packet[EntryIndex];
+        Component = &Packet->Component;
+
+        //
+        // If this is not the root entry and the parent field is NULL, zero
+        // entry and skip to next.
+        //
+
+        if ((EntryIndex != 0) && (Packet->Parent == NULL)) {
+            NvChars = (PUCHAR)&NvConfiguration->Packet[EntryIndex];
+            for ( Index = 0 ;
+                  Index < sizeof(COMPRESSED_CONFIGURATION_PACKET) ;
+                  Index++ ) {
+
+                if (FwROMByteWrite(NvChars++, 0) != ESUCCESS) {
+		    FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode();
+                    return EIO;
+                }
+
+
+            }
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Determine the parent and store as an index.  Note that the index
+        // (Packet->Parent) is 1 based, to reserve the value 0 to mean no
+        // parent.
+        //
+
+        if (EntryIndex != 0) {
+            CompressedPacket.Parent =
+                    (UCHAR)(Packet->Parent - &Configuration->Packet[0]) + 1;
+        } else {
+            CompressedPacket.Parent = 0;
+        }
+
+
+        //
+        // Fill in the rest of the fields.  Version and ConfigurationDataLength
+	// will never be larger than USHORTS.
+        //
+
+        CompressedPacket.Class = (UCHAR)Component->Class;
+        CompressedPacket.Type = (UCHAR)Component->Type;
+        CompressedPacket.Version = (UCHAR)Component->Version;
+        CompressedPacket.Revision = (UCHAR)Component->Revision;
+        CompressedPacket.Key = Component->Key;
+        CompressedPacket.ConfigurationDataLength =
+                                (USHORT)Component->ConfigurationDataLength;
+        CompressedPacket.ConfigurationData = 0;
+
+
+        //
+        // Make sure the top bit of the flag field is zero unless it is set
+        // to be eisa below.
+        //
+
+        CompressedPacket.Flags = *(PUCHAR)(&Component->Flags) & 0x7f;
+
+        //
+        // If the component has an identifier string, copy it to NVRAM,
+        // otherwise set the index to indicate no identifier.
+        //
+
+        if (Component->IdentifierLength != 0) {
+            CompressedPacket.Identifier = NvIdentifierIndex;
+            for ( Index = 0 ; Index < Component->IdentifierLength ; Index++ ) {
+
+	        if (FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->Identifier[NvIdentifierIndex++],
+				   Component->Identifier[Index]) !=
+                    ESUCCESS) {
+		    FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode();
+                    return EIO;
+                }
+
+            }
+        } else {
+            CompressedPacket.Identifier = NO_CONFIGURATION_IDENTIFIER;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // If the component has configuration data, copy it to NVRAM.
+        //
+
+        if (Component->ConfigurationDataLength != 0) {
+
+            //
+            // If the parent component is the eisa bus, copy until the end
+            // of the compressed data.
+            //
+
+            if (Packet->Parent->Component.Type == EisaAdapter) {
+                CompressedPacket.ConfigurationData = NvEisaDataIndex;
+                Data = (PUCHAR)Packet->ConfigurationData;
+                for ( Index = 0 ; TRUE ; Index++ ) {
+
+                    if (FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->EisaData[NvEisaDataIndex++],
+				       *Data++) != ESUCCESS) {
+			FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode();
+                        return EIO;
+                    }
+
+                    //
+                    // If we have written at least two bytes and the last two
+                    // bytes were zero we are at the end.
+                    //
+
+                    if ((Index > 1) && (!*(Data - 1) && !*(Data - 2))) {
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                //
+                // Set a flag to make it easier to determine that this is an
+                // Eisa component.
+                //
+
+                CompressedPacket.Flags |= 0x80;
+
+            } else {
+                CompressedPacket.ConfigurationData = NvDataIndex;
+                Data = (PUCHAR)Packet->ConfigurationData;
+                for ( Index = 0 ; Index < Component->ConfigurationDataLength ; Index++ ) {
+
+                    if (FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->Data[NvDataIndex++],
+				       *Data++) != ESUCCESS) {
+			FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode();
+                        return EIO;
+                    }
+
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Write compressed packet to NVRAM.
+        //
+
+        CompressedChars = (PUCHAR)&CompressedPacket;
+        NvChars = (PUCHAR)&NvConfiguration->Packet[EntryIndex];
+
+        for ( Index = 0 ;
+              Index < sizeof(COMPRESSED_CONFIGURATION_PACKET) ;
+              Index++ ) {
+	    if (FwROMByteWrite(NvChars++, *CompressedChars++) != ESUCCESS) {
+		FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode();
+                return EIO;
+            }
+
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // Zero the rest of the identifier and configuration data areas.
+    //
+
+    for ( Index = NvIdentifierIndex ; Index < LENGTH_OF_IDENTIFIER ; Index++ ) {
+	if (FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->Identifier[Index], 0) != ESUCCESS) {
+	    FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode();
+            return EIO;
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    for ( Index = NvDataIndex ; Index < LENGTH_OF_DATA ; Index++ ) {
+        if (FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->Data[Index] ,0) != ESUCCESS) {
+	    FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode();
+            return EIO;
+        }
+    }
+
+    for ( Index = NvEisaDataIndex ; Index < LENGTH_OF_EISA_DATA ; Index++ ) {
+	if (FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->EisaData[Index] ,0) != ESUCCESS) {
+	    FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode();
+            return EIO;
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // Write configuration data checksum.
+    //
+
+
+#ifdef ALPHA
+
+    if ((FwConfigurationSetChecksum() != ESUCCESS)
+	||
+	(FwEnvironmentStore() != ESUCCESS)
+	) {
+	FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode();
+	return EIO;
+    }
+
+
+    FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode();
+
+#else
+    FwConfigurationSetChecksum();
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // Restore configuration information out of NVRAM.  This acts to compress
+    // the identifier and configuration data areas if any deletes have been
+    // performed.
+    //
+
+    return FwRestoreConfiguration();
+
+
+#else // !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+
+    //
+    // The FailSafe Booter needs this function defined for a call in 
+    // the scsidisk.c module.
+    //
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+
+#endif // !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+
+}
+
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+ARC_STATUS
+FwRestoreConfiguration (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine restores all of the configuration entries from NVRAM,
+    including the associated identifier strings and configuration data.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns ESUCCESS if the restore completed successfully, otherwise one of
+    the following error codes is returned.
+
+    EIO             Invalid NVRAM checksum.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG EntryIndex;
+    ULONG Index;
+    PCONFIGURATION_PACKET Packet;
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT Component;
+    PNV_CONFIGURATION NvConfiguration;
+    COMPRESSED_CONFIGURATION_PACKET CompressedPacket;
+    USHORT NvIdentifierIndex;
+    USHORT NvDataIndex;
+    USHORT NvEisaDataIndex;
+    PUCHAR CompressedChars, NvChars;
+    PCONFIGURATION_PACKET SearchPacket;
+    ULONG Long;
+
+    NvConfiguration = (PNV_CONFIGURATION)NVRAM_CONFIGURATION;
+    NvIdentifierIndex = 0;
+    NvDataIndex = 0;
+    NvEisaDataIndex = 0;
+    IdentifierIndex = 0;
+    DataIndex = 0;
+    EisaDataIndex = 0;
+
+
+    //
+    // Check the checksum, return error if invalid.
+    //
+
+    if (FwConfigurationCheckChecksum() != ESUCCESS) {
+        return EIO;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Clear the configuration area.
+    //
+
+    RtlZeroMemory(Configuration, sizeof(CONFIGURATION));
+
+    //
+    // Read each non-volatile compressed packet into a volatile packet,
+    // including the identifier string and the configuration data.
+    //
+
+    for ( EntryIndex = 0 ; EntryIndex < NUMBER_OF_ENTRIES ; EntryIndex++ ) {
+
+        //
+        // Read compressed packet from NVRAM.
+        //
+
+        CompressedChars = (PUCHAR)&CompressedPacket;
+        NvChars = (PUCHAR)&NvConfiguration->Packet[EntryIndex];
+
+        for ( Index = 0 ;
+              Index < sizeof(COMPRESSED_CONFIGURATION_PACKET) ;
+              Index++ ) {
+            *CompressedChars++ = HalpReadNVByte( NvChars++ );
+        }
+
+
+        //
+        // If this is not the root entry and the parent field is NULL,
+        // go to the next.
+        //
+
+        if ((EntryIndex != 0) && (CompressedPacket.Parent == 0)) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+        //
+        // Get pointers to the volatile area.
+        //
+
+        Packet = (PCONFIGURATION_PACKET)&Configuration->Packet[EntryIndex];
+        Component = &Packet->Component;
+
+
+        //
+        // If not the root entry and the parent field is within range, fill
+        // in parent field (note that the parent index
+        // is 1 based, subtract 1 to get correct index).  If the parents child
+        // pointer is NULL, fill in with the current entry, otherwise follow
+        // the links and add the current entry as the last peer.
+        //
+
+        if ((EntryIndex != 0) && (CompressedPacket.Parent <= NUMBER_OF_ENTRIES)) {
+            Packet->Parent = &Configuration->Packet[CompressedPacket.Parent - 1];
+            SearchPacket = Packet->Parent;
+
+            if (SearchPacket->Child == NULL) {
+                SearchPacket->Child = Packet;
+            } else {
+                SearchPacket = SearchPacket->Child;
+                while ( SearchPacket->Peer != NULL ) {
+                    SearchPacket = SearchPacket->Peer;
+                }
+                SearchPacket->Peer = Packet;
+            }
+        } else {
+            Packet->Parent = NULL;
+        }
+
+
+        //
+        // NULL current packets child and peer pointers.
+        //
+
+        Packet->Child = NULL;
+        Packet->Peer = NULL;
+
+
+        //
+        // Fill in the rest of the fields.
+        //
+
+        Component->Class = (CONFIGURATION_CLASS)CompressedPacket.Class;
+        Component->Type = (CONFIGURATION_TYPE)CompressedPacket.Type;
+        Component->Flags.Failed = (CompressedPacket.Flags & 0x01) ? 1 : 0;
+        Component->Flags.ReadOnly = (CompressedPacket.Flags & 0x02) ? 1 : 0;
+        Component->Flags.Removable = (CompressedPacket.Flags & 0x04) ? 1 : 0;
+        Component->Flags.ConsoleIn = (CompressedPacket.Flags & 0x08) ? 1 : 0;
+        Component->Flags.ConsoleOut = (CompressedPacket.Flags & 0x10) ? 1 : 0;
+        Component->Flags.Input = (CompressedPacket.Flags & 0x20) ? 1 : 0;
+        Component->Flags.Output = (CompressedPacket.Flags & 0x40) ? 1 : 0;
+        Component->Version = (USHORT)CompressedPacket.Version;
+        Component->Revision = (USHORT)CompressedPacket.Revision;
+        Component->Key = CompressedPacket.Key;
+        Component->AffinityMask = 0xffffffff;
+        Component->ConfigurationDataLength =
+                                (ULONG)CompressedPacket.ConfigurationDataLength;
+
+        //
+        // If the component has an identifier string, copy it to memory.
+        //
+
+        Index = 0;
+
+        if (CompressedPacket.Identifier != NO_CONFIGURATION_IDENTIFIER) {
+            Component->Identifier = &Configuration->Identifier[IdentifierIndex];
+            do {
+                Configuration->Identifier[IdentifierIndex++] =
+                    HalpReadNVByte(
+                                &NvConfiguration->Identifier[NvIdentifierIndex] );
+                Index++;
+            } while ( HalpReadNVByte(&NvConfiguration->Identifier[NvIdentifierIndex++] ) );
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Set identifier length field.
+        //
+
+        Component->IdentifierLength = Index;
+
+        //
+        // If the component has configuration data, copy it to memory.
+        //
+
+        if (Component->ConfigurationDataLength != 0) {
+
+            //
+            // If the eisa flag is set, only copy the compressed data.
+            //
+
+            if (CompressedPacket.Flags & 0x80) {
+                Packet->ConfigurationData = &Configuration->EisaData[EisaDataIndex];
+                for ( Index = 0 ; TRUE ; Index++ ) {
+                    Configuration->EisaData[EisaDataIndex++] =
+                        HalpReadNVByte( &NvConfiguration->EisaData[NvEisaDataIndex++] );
+
+                    //
+                    // If at least two bytes have been written and the last
+                    // two bytes are zero, we are at the end.
+                    //
+
+                    if ((Index > 1) &&
+                        (!Configuration->EisaData[EisaDataIndex - 1] &
+                         !Configuration->EisaData[EisaDataIndex - 2])) {
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+            } else {
+                Packet->ConfigurationData = &Configuration->Data[DataIndex];
+                for ( Index = 0 ; Index < Component->ConfigurationDataLength ; Index++ ) {
+                    Configuration->Data[DataIndex++] =
+                        HalpReadNVByte( &NvConfiguration->Data[NvDataIndex++] );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+    }
+
+
+    return(ESUCCESS);
+}
+
+#endif // !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+ARC_STATUS
+FwConfigurationCheckChecksum (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine checks the configuration checksum.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the checksum is good, ESUCCESS is returned, otherwise EIO is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PUCHAR NvChars;
+    PNV_CONFIGURATION NvConfiguration;
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG Checksum1, Checksum2;
+
+    NvConfiguration = (PNV_CONFIGURATION)NVRAM_CONFIGURATION;
+
+    //
+    // Form checksum from NVRAM data.
+    //
+
+    Checksum1 = 0;
+    NvChars = (PUCHAR)NVRAM_CONFIGURATION;
+
+    for ( Index = 0 ;
+          Index < sizeof(COMPRESSED_CONFIGURATION_PACKET) * NUMBER_OF_ENTRIES +
+              LENGTH_OF_IDENTIFIER + LENGTH_OF_DATA;
+          Index++ ) {
+        Checksum1 += HalpReadNVByte( NvChars++ );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Reconstitute checksum and return error if no compare.
+    //
+
+    Checksum2 = (ULONG)HalpReadNVByte( &NvConfiguration->Checksum1[0] ) |
+                (ULONG)HalpReadNVByte( &NvConfiguration->Checksum1[1] ) << 8 |
+                (ULONG)HalpReadNVByte( &NvConfiguration->Checksum1[2] ) << 16 |
+                (ULONG)HalpReadNVByte( &NvConfiguration->Checksum1[3] ) << 24 ;
+
+    if (Checksum1 != Checksum2) {
+        return EIO;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Repeat for the eisa data area.
+    //
+
+    Checksum1 = 0;
+    NvChars = (PUCHAR)NvConfiguration->EisaData;
+
+    for ( Index = 0 ;
+          Index < LENGTH_OF_EISA_DATA;
+          Index++ ) {
+        Checksum1 += HalpReadNVByte( NvChars++ );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Reconstitute checksum and return error if no compare.
+    //
+
+    Checksum2 = (ULONG)HalpReadNVByte( &NvConfiguration->Checksum3[0] ) |
+                (ULONG)HalpReadNVByte( &NvConfiguration->Checksum3[1] ) << 8 |
+                (ULONG)HalpReadNVByte( &NvConfiguration->Checksum3[2] ) << 16 |
+                (ULONG)HalpReadNVByte( &NvConfiguration->Checksum3[3] ) << 24 ;
+
+    if (Checksum1 != Checksum2) {
+        return EIO;
+    }
+
+    return(ESUCCESS);
+}
+
+#endif // !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+ARC_STATUS
+FwConfigurationSetChecksum (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine sets the configuration checksum.
+
+    This has been coded for Alpha/Jensen.  It assumes that the
+    block containing the checksum has already been erased and
+    written to, and that the status of these previous operations
+    has already been checked.
+    
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS if the checksum was written OK.
+    EIO otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PUCHAR NvChars;
+    PNV_CONFIGURATION NvConfiguration;
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG Checksum1;
+
+    NvConfiguration = (PNV_CONFIGURATION)NVRAM_CONFIGURATION;
+
+    FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode();
+
+    //
+    // Form checksum from NVRAM data.
+    //
+
+    Checksum1 = 0;
+    NvChars = (PUCHAR)NvConfiguration;
+
+    for ( Index = 0 ;
+          Index < sizeof(COMPRESSED_CONFIGURATION_PACKET) * NUMBER_OF_ENTRIES +
+              LENGTH_OF_IDENTIFIER + LENGTH_OF_DATA;
+          Index++ ) {
+        Checksum1 += HalpReadNVByte( NvChars++ );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Set checksum.
+    //
+
+    FwROMResetStatus(&NvConfiguration->Checksum1[0]);
+
+    if ((FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->Checksum1[0],
+			(UCHAR)(Checksum1 & 0xFF)) != ESUCCESS) ||
+        (FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->Checksum1[1],
+			(UCHAR)((Checksum1 >> 8) & 0xFF)) != ESUCCESS) ||
+        (FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->Checksum1[2],
+			(UCHAR)((Checksum1 >> 16) & 0xFF)) != ESUCCESS) ||
+        (FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->Checksum1[3],
+			(UCHAR)(Checksum1 >> 24)) != ESUCCESS)) {
+        return EIO;
+    }    	
+
+    //
+    // Repeat for the eisa data area.
+    //
+
+    Checksum1 = 0;
+    NvChars = (PUCHAR)NvConfiguration->EisaData;
+
+    for ( Index = 0 ;
+          Index < LENGTH_OF_EISA_DATA;
+          Index++ ) {
+        Checksum1 += HalpReadNVByte( NvChars++ );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Set checksum.
+    //
+
+    FwROMResetStatus(&NvConfiguration->Checksum3[0]);
+
+    if ((FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->Checksum3[0],
+			(UCHAR)(Checksum1 & 0xFF)) != ESUCCESS) ||
+        (FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->Checksum3[1],
+			(UCHAR)((Checksum1 >> 8) & 0xFF)) != ESUCCESS) ||
+        (FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->Checksum3[2],
+			(UCHAR)((Checksum1 >> 16) & 0xFF)) != ESUCCESS) ||
+        (FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->Checksum3[3],
+			(UCHAR)(Checksum1 >> 24)) != ESUCCESS)) {
+        return EIO;
+    } else {
+        return ESUCCESS;
+    }
+
+}
+#endif // !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+ULONG
+FwZeroCompressLength (
+    IN ULONG DataLength,
+    IN PVOID ConfigurationData
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine returns the compressed length of a configuration data sample.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    DataLength - Supplies the uncompressed length of the data.
+
+    ConfigurationData - Supplies a pointer to the uncompressed configuration data.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns the compressed length of the configuration data.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG CompressedLength;
+    ULONG Zero;
+    PUCHAR In;
+
+    CompressedLength = 2;
+    Zero = 0;
+    In = ConfigurationData;
+
+    for (Index = 0; Index < DataLength ; Index++ ) {
+        if (*In++) {
+            CompressedLength++;
+            Zero = 0;
+        } else {
+            if (Zero++) {
+                if (Zero == 0x100) {
+                    Zero = 1;
+                    CompressedLength += 2;
+                }
+            } else {
+                CompressedLength += 2;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return(CompressedLength);
+}
+
+#endif // !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+ULONG
+FwZeroCompress (
+    IN ULONG DataLength,
+    IN PVOID ConfigurationData,
+    OUT PVOID OutputBuffer
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine compresses configuration data.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    DataLength - Supplies the uncompressed length of the data.
+
+    ConfigurationData - Supplies a pointer to the uncompressed configuration data.
+
+    OutputBuffer - Supplies a pointer to the buffer to receive the compressed data.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns the compressed length of the configuration data.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG CompressedLength;
+    ULONG Zero;
+    PUCHAR In, Out;
+
+    In = (PUCHAR)ConfigurationData;
+    Out = (PUCHAR)OutputBuffer;
+    CompressedLength = 2;
+    Zero = 0;
+
+    for (Index = 0; Index < DataLength ; Index++ ) {
+        if (*In) {
+            if (Zero) {
+                Out++;
+                Zero = 0;
+            }
+            *Out++ = *In;
+            CompressedLength++;
+        } else {
+            if (Zero++) {
+                if (Zero == 0x100) {
+                    *Out++ = 0xFF;
+                    *Out++ = 0;
+                    *Out = 1;
+                    Zero = 1;
+                    CompressedLength += 2;
+                } else {
+                   *Out += 1;
+                }
+            } else {
+               *Out++ = 0;
+               *Out = 1;
+               CompressedLength += 2;
+            }
+        }
+        In++;
+    }
+
+    if (Zero) {
+        Out++;
+    }
+
+    *Out++ = 0;
+    *Out = 0;
+
+    return(CompressedLength);
+}
+
+#endif // !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
+VOID
+FwZeroDecompress (
+    IN PVOID InBuffer,
+    IN ULONG Index,
+    OUT PVOID ConfigurationData,
+    IN ULONG Length
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine decompresses configuration data.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    InBuffer - Supplies a pointer to the compressed configuration data.
+
+    Index - Supplies the index into the uncompressed data to start returning.
+
+    ConfigurationData - Supplies a pointer to the output buffer.
+
+    Length - Supplies the length of data to uncompress.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG DecompressedLength;
+    ULONG Zero;
+    PUCHAR In, Out;
+    UCHAR OutChar;
+
+    if (InBuffer == NULL) {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    In = (PUCHAR)InBuffer;
+    Out = (PUCHAR)ConfigurationData;
+    DecompressedLength = 0;
+    Zero = 0;
+
+    while (DecompressedLength++ < Index + Length) {
+
+        if (Zero) {
+            Zero--;
+        } else if (*In) {
+            OutChar = *In++;
+        } else {
+            OutChar = 0;
+            Zero = *(++In) - 1;
+            In++;
+        }
+
+        if (DecompressedLength > Index) {
+            *Out++ = OutChar;
+        }
+
+    }
+
+}
+
+#endif // !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER)
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxdisp.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxdisp.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2993224a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxdisp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3460 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1989  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jxdisp.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements the video boot driver for the Jensen system.
+
+Author:
+
+    David M. Robinson (davidro) 24-Jul-1991
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode.
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+
+    30-April-1992	John DeRosa [DEC]
+        Added Alpha/Jensen modifications.
+
+    30-March-1993	Bruce Butts [DEC]
+        Added Alpha/Morgan modifications.
+
+--*/
+
+// HEADER_FILE must be defined so that kxalpha.h will not generate
+// assembler pseudo-ops.
+#define HEADER_FILE=1
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "machdef.h"
+#include "jnsnvdeo.h"
+#include "ati.h"			// definitions for ati mach board.
+#include "kxalpha.h"
+#include "..\miniport\aha174x\aha174x.h"   // for MAXIMUM_EISA_SLOTS definition
+#include "xxstring.h"
+
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_VDB
+
+//
+// For video board debugging
+//
+UCHAR DebugAid[3][150];
+
+VOID
+FwVideoStateDump(
+    IN ULONG Index
+    );
+
+#endif // ALPHA_FW_VDB
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_SERDEB
+
+//
+// Variable that enables printing on the COM1 line.
+//
+extern BOOLEAN SerSnapshot;
+
+#endif // ALPHA_FW_SERDEB
+
+//
+// S3 clock init.
+//
+long calc_clock(long, int);
+
+ULONG
+SerFwPrint (
+    PCHAR Format,
+    ...
+    );
+
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwInitializeGraphicsCard (
+    OUT PALPHA_VIDEO_TYPE VideoType
+    );
+
+ULONG
+FwDetermineCardType (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+FillVideoMemory (
+    IN volatile PUCHAR StartAddress,
+    IN ULONG SizeInBytes,
+    IN ULONG Pattern
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayClose (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayMount (
+    IN PCHAR MountPath,
+    IN MOUNT_OPERATION Operation
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayOpen (
+    IN PCHAR OpenPath,
+    IN OPEN_MODE OpenMode,
+    IN OUT PULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayRead (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayGetReadStatus (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplaySeek (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PLARGE_INTEGER Offset,
+    IN SEEK_MODE SeekMode
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayWrite (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayGetFileInformation (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    OUT PFILE_INFORMATION Finfo
+    );
+
+//
+// Define colors, HI = High Intensity
+//
+// The palette registers are simply 1:1 indirections to the color registers.
+//
+//
+
+#define FW_COLOR_BLACK      0x00
+#define FW_COLOR_RED        0x01
+#define FW_COLOR_GREEN      0x02
+#define FW_COLOR_YELLOW     0x03
+#define FW_COLOR_BLUE       0x04
+#define FW_COLOR_MAGENTA    0x05
+#define FW_COLOR_CYAN       0x06
+#define FW_COLOR_WHITE      0x07
+#define FW_COLOR_HI_BLACK   0x08
+#define FW_COLOR_HI_RED     0x09
+#define FW_COLOR_HI_GREEN   0x0A
+#define FW_COLOR_HI_YELLOW  0x0B
+#define FW_COLOR_HI_BLUE    0x0C
+#define FW_COLOR_HI_MAGENTA 0x0D
+#define FW_COLOR_HI_CYAN    0x0E
+#define FW_COLOR_HI_WHITE   0x0F
+
+#define PALETTE_BLACK      0x00
+#define PALETTE_RED        0x01
+#define PALETTE_GREEN      0x02
+#define PALETTE_YELLOW     0x03
+#define PALETTE_BLUE       0x04
+#define PALETTE_MAGENTA    0x05
+#define PALETTE_CYAN       0x06
+#define PALETTE_WHITE      0x07
+#define PALETTE_HI_BLACK   0x08
+#define PALETTE_HI_RED     0x09
+#define PALETTE_HI_GREEN   0x0a
+#define PALETTE_HI_YELLOW  0x0b
+#define PALETTE_HI_BLUE    0x0c
+#define PALETTE_HI_MAGENTA 0x0d
+#define PALETTE_HI_CYAN    0x0e
+#define PALETTE_HI_WHITE   0x0f
+
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_BLACK_R      0x00
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_BLACK_G      0x00
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_BLACK_B      0x00
+
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_RED_R        0x2A
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_RED_G        0x00
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_RED_B        0x00
+
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_GREEN_R      0x00
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_GREEN_G      0x2A
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_GREEN_B      0x00
+
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_YELLOW_R     0x2a
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_YELLOW_G     0x2a
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_YELLOW_B     0x00
+
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_BLUE_R       0x00
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_BLUE_G       0x00
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_BLUE_B       0x2a
+
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_MAGENTA_R    0x2a
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_MAGENTA_G    0x00
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_MAGENTA_B    0x2a
+
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_CYAN_R       0x00
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_CYAN_G       0x2a
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_CYAN_B       0x2a
+
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_WHITE_R      0x2a
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_WHITE_G      0x2a
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_WHITE_B      0x2a
+
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_BLACK_R   0x00
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_BLACK_G   0x00
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_BLACK_B   0x00
+
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_RED_R     0x3f
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_RED_G     0x00
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_RED_B     0x00
+
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_GREEN_R   0x00
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_GREEN_G   0x3f
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_GREEN_B   0x00
+
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_YELLOW_R  0x3f
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_YELLOW_G  0x3f
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_YELLOW_B  0x00
+
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_BLUE_R    0x00
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_BLUE_G    0x00
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_BLUE_B    0x3f
+
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_MAGENTA_R 0x3f
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_MAGENTA_G 0x00
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_MAGENTA_B 0x3f
+
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_CYAN_R    0x00
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_CYAN_G    0x3f
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_CYAN_B    0x3f
+
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_WHITE_R   0x3f
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_WHITE_G   0x3f
+#define COLOR_REGISTER_HI_WHITE_B   0x3f
+
+
+
+//
+// Define virtual address of the video memory and control registers.
+//
+
+#define VIDEO_MEMORY		( (volatile PUCHAR)VIDEO_MEMORY_VIRTUAL_BASE )
+#define VIDEO_CONTROL_READ	( (volatile PVGA_READ_REGISTERS)VIDEO_CONTROL_VIRTUAL_BASE )
+#define VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE	( (volatile PVGA_WRITE_REGISTERS)VIDEO_CONTROL_VIRTUAL_BASE )
+
+
+//
+// Graphics cards are initialized though a video initialization table.
+// The initialization function starts at the beginning of the table
+// and interprets each entry, until the end of the table.  Each entry describes
+// one operation (an I/O space access or a function to be performed).
+//  
+// A simplifying assumption is that NT/Alpha will boot using VGA mode graphics.
+// Hence, most of the initialization work should be identical across all
+// bootable cards.
+//  
+// Fields in each entry:
+//  
+// DoIf - Perform the operation in this entry only if the card is one of the
+//  	  types in this mask field.  One bit per card.
+//
+// MB - TRUE = Execute a Memory Barrier (MB) instruction after this entry.
+//  
+// Operation - Indicates the operation to be performed.  This is an
+//  	       I/O space read or write, a special function to be called, etc.
+//             Note: The results of I/O space reads are discarded.
+//  
+// Size - The size of the operation, if needed: UCHAR, USHORT, or ULONG.
+//  
+// Address - The address for the operation, if needed.
+//  
+// WriteValue - The constant value to be written on an I/O space write.
+//  
+//  
+// The cards supported are:
+//  
+// - Paradise board with a Western Digital 90C11 chipset.  SVGA,
+//   non-accelerated.  ISA card.
+//  
+// - Compaq QVision-family boards.  SVGA, accelerated, EISA card.  Compaq
+//   chipset is a clone of a member of the WD90Cxx family.  Specific boards
+//   supported are the QVision 1024/E and the Orion 1280/E.
+//
+// - Cardinal board with S3 924 chip (Cardinal name is VGA900, DEC name is
+//   PCXAG-AG).  SVGA, ISA card.
+//
+// - Number Nine GXE with an S3 928 chip. 
+//
+// Cards specifically not supported:
+//
+// - ATI Mach-32 or Mach-8 board.  Tested unit was a Mach-32.  The screen
+//   remained blank; this board needs debugging.
+//
+
+//
+// Define Video Initialization Table field types
+//
+
+//
+// Encodings for the DoIf field.
+//
+// These constants define each of the Alpha/Jensen supported video cards.
+// For code compaction, only a byte is used.  If the DoIf field is widened,
+// widen AllCards too.
+//
+// HACK: There are parallel definitions in fw\alpha\fwp.h.
+//
+
+#define	Paradise_WD90C11	0x1
+#define Compaq_QVision		0x2
+#define Cardinal_S3_924		0x4
+#define S3_928			0x8
+#define ATI_Mach		0x10
+#define AllCards		0xff
+
+
+//
+// Encodings for the Operation field.
+//
+
+typedef enum _VIT_OPERATION {
+	None,
+	Read,
+	Write,
+	LoadFonts,
+	InitializeNumber9Clocks,
+	InitializeATIMachDAC,
+ 	End_Of_Initialization		// Reserved for last table entry.
+} VIT_OPERATION, *PVIT_OPERATION;
+
+
+//
+// Encodings for the Size field.
+//
+
+typedef enum _VIT_SIZE {
+	UChar,
+	UShort,
+	ULong
+} VIT_SIZE, *PVIT_SIZE;
+
+
+
+//
+// Define the Video Initialization Table type.  12 bytes / entry.
+//
+
+typedef struct _VIDEO_INITIALIZATION_TABLE {
+	UCHAR DoIf;
+	BOOLEAN MB;
+	UCHAR Operation;
+	UCHAR Size;
+	PUCHAR Address;
+	ULONG WriteValue;
+} VIDEO_INITIALIZATION_TABLE, *PVIDEO_INITIALIZATION_TABLE;
+
+
+
+//
+// Define the macros for building the video initialization table.
+// As a simplification, every macro automatically sets the MB bit.
+//
+
+// Do an operation with no arguments.
+#define _VIT_Function(FunctionToCall) \
+	{ AllCards, TRUE, FunctionToCall, 0, NULL, 0 }
+
+// Do an operation with no arguments, only for certain cards.
+#define _VIT_FunctionIf(Mask, FunctionToCall) \
+	{ Mask, TRUE, FunctionToCall, 0, NULL, 0 }
+
+// Do a read operation.
+#define _VIT_Read(Size, Address) \
+	{ AllCards, TRUE, Read, Size, (PUCHAR)Address, 0 }
+
+// Do a write operation.
+#define _VIT_Write(Size, Address, Value) \
+	{ AllCards, TRUE, Write, Size, (PUCHAR)Address, Value }
+
+// Do a read operation only for certain cards.
+#define _VIT_ReadIf(Mask, Size, Address) \
+	{ Mask, TRUE, Read, Size, (PUCHAR)Address, 0 }
+
+// Do a write operation only for certain cards.
+#define _VIT_WriteIf(Mask, Size, Address, Value) \
+	{ Mask, TRUE, Write, Size, (PUCHAR)Address, Value }
+
+//
+// The Video Initialization Table
+//
+
+// This table initializes a VGA card to 80 * 25, 16-color alphanumeric 
+// mode equivalent to a BIOS mode 7+. 
+// The display resolution is set at 720 * 400 pixels, giving a 9 * 16 
+// pixel character matrix,  for 8 * 16 character fonts. The display's video 
+// bandwidth and horizontal scan rates are 28.322 MHz and 31.50 KHz respect-
+// ively for this chosen resolution, giving 900 dots / line. ( eg., for a 9-
+// pixel matrix width, this gives a maximum horizontal total of 100 ).      
+
+VIDEO_INITIALIZATION_TABLE VideoInitializationTable[] = {
+
+    //
+    // Awaken the boards that need it.
+    //
+
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Paradise_WD90C11 | Compaq_QVision | ATI_Mach),
+		 UChar, EisaIOQva(0x46e8), 0x10),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, EisaIOQva(0x46e8), 0x30),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, EisaIOQva(0x0102), 0x01),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, EisaIOQva(0x46e8), 0x08),
+
+
+#if 0
+
+    //
+    // ATI Mach: set extended register address and index.  Base = 1ce,
+    // offset = 0.
+    //
+    _VIT_WriteIf(ATI_Mach,
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x50),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(ATI_Mach,
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0xce),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(ATI_Mach,
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x51),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(ATI_Mach,
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x01),
+
+
+    //
+    // ATI Mach: initialize the DAC.
+    //
+
+    _VIT_FunctionIf(ATI_Mach, InitializeATIMachDAC),
+
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // 90Cxx and QVision: Unlock the registers
+    //
+
+    // PR5, which unlocks PR 0--4
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Paradise_WD90C11 | Compaq_QVision),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x0f),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Paradise_WD90C11 | Compaq_QVision),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x05),
+
+    // PR3, which unlocks some registers
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Paradise_WD90C11,
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x0d),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Paradise_WD90C11,
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x0),
+
+    // Set color mode now, also selecting the 28.322 Mhz clock
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->misc_output, 0x67),
+
+    // PR10, which unlocks PR11 -- PR17
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Paradise_WD90C11,
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, 0x29),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Paradise_WD90C11,
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x85),
+
+    // PR15, enable vclk0, vclk1
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Paradise_WD90C11,
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, 0x2e),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Paradise_WD90C11,
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x20),
+
+    // PR20, unlock the extended sequencer registers
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Paradise_WD90C11,
+		 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_address, 0x6),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Paradise_WD90C11,
+		 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_data, 0x48),
+
+
+    //
+    // S3 911, 924, and 928 based cards: Unlock the registers and reset
+    // extended functionality.  The card has already been set to color
+    // mode addressing.
+    //
+
+    // Write S3R8 to unlock the S3 register set
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3924_S3R8),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x48),
+    // S3R9: unlock system control registers
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3924_S3R9),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0xA0),
+    // S3R1
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3924_S3R1),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+    // S3R2
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3924_S3R2),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x0),
+    // S3R3
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3924_S3R3),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x0),
+    // S3R4
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3924_S3R4),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x0),
+    // S3R5
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3924_S3R5),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x0),
+
+
+#if 0  // Only needed if Number9 MClock needs to be reset
+    //
+    // For Number9 / S3928 board: initialize the board clock(s) now.
+    //
+
+    // This code should be rewritten to key off the Number 9 GXE, since
+    // it may not be needed for other S3 928-based graphics adapters
+
+    _VIT_FunctionIf(S3_928, InitializeNumber9Clocks),
+
+    // Reset misc_output for S3_928
+
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->misc_output, 0x67), 
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // For Number9 / S3928 board with BT485 DAC - reset DAC to VGA mode.
+    // This sequence also resets the clock doubler, should it have been enabled.
+    // (S3R8 and S3R9 must be unlocked before executing this sequence.)
+    //
+
+    // This code should be rewritten to key off the Number 9 GXE, since
+    // it may not be needed for other S3 928-based graphics adapters
+
+    // Select BT485 extended register 0
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR55),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_address_write_mode, 0x01),
+
+    // Select BT485 extended register 1  
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR55),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x01),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_mask, 0x80),
+
+    // Select BT485 extened register 2
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR55),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x02),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_address_write_mode, 0x00),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, 0x00),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_mask, 0x00),
+
+    // Select BT485 extended register 1  
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR55),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x01),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_mask, 0x00),
+
+    // Disable BT485 extened registers      
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR55),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+
+    // For S3 boards - reset VGA S3 and System Control Register
+
+    // S3RA
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3924_S3RA),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928), 
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x0),
+    // S3RB
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3924_S3RB),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x0),
+
+    // S3RC 
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3924_S3RC),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x14),
+
+    // SC0 - Unlock S3 enhanced registers
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3924_SC0),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x01),
+
+    // S3 ADVFUNC-CNTL register: enable VGA functions
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, EisaIOQva(0x4ae8), 0x2),
+
+    // SC0 - Lock S3 enhanced registers
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3924_SC0),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x0),
+    // SC5
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3924_SC5),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Cardinal_S3_924 | S3_928),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x0),
+      
+
+
+    //
+    // Main initialization consists of the Misc_Output register (done earlier)
+    // as well as sequencer, graphics controller, and CRTC registers.
+    //
+
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->feature_control, 0x0),
+
+    // Hold Sequencer
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_address, VGA_RESET),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_data, 0x1),
+    // Select the 9 dot character clock!
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_address, VGA_CLOCKING_MODE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_data, 0x0), 
+    // Enable planes 0,1 for writing
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_address, VGA_MAP_MASK),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_data, 0x3),
+    // Select font table location in plane 2
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_address, VGA_CHAR_MAP_SELECT),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_data, 0x0),
+    // Allow VGA-style memory access (all 256K available)
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_address, VGA_MEMORY_MODE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_data, 0x2),
+    // Reset Sequencer
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_address, VGA_RESET),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_data, 0x3),
+
+
+    //
+    // QVision: set BitBLT enable (unlocks other Triton extended registers.)
+    //
+
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Compaq_QVision,
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x10),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Compaq_QVision,
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x08),
+
+    //
+    // QVision: clear Triton mode
+    //
+
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Compaq_QVision, UChar, EisaIOQva(0x63ca), 0x0),
+
+
+    //
+    // QVision: reset DAC registers
+    //
+
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Compaq_QVision, UChar, EisaIOQva(0x83c6), 0x0),	// DAC cmd 0
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Compaq_QVision, UChar, EisaIOQva(0x13c8), 0x0),	// DAC cmd 1
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Compaq_QVision, UChar, EisaIOQva(0x13c9), 0x0),	// DAC cmd 2
+
+
+    //
+    // QVision: reset overflow registers
+    //
+
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Compaq_QVision,
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x42),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Compaq_QVision,
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x0),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Compaq_QVision,
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x51),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(Compaq_QVision,
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x0),
+
+
+    // Unlock CRTC registers 0 -- 7.
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_VERTICAL_RETRACE_END),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x01),
+
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_HORIZONTAL_TOTAL),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0X5f),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_HORIZONTAL_DISPLAY_END),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x4f),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_START_HORIZONTAL_BLANKING),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x50),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_END_HORIZONTAL_BLANKING),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x82),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_START_HORIZONTAL_RETRACE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x55),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_END_HORIZONTAL_RETRACE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x81),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_VERTICAL_TOTAL),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0xbf),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_OVERFLOW),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x1F),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_PRESET_ROW_SCAN),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_MAXIMUM_SCAN_LINE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x4f),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_CURSOR_START),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x2e),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_CURSOR_END),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x0F),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_START_ADDRESS_HIGH),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_START_ADDRESS_LOW),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_CURSOR_LOCATION_HIGH),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_CURSOR_LOCATION_LOW),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_VERTICAL_RETRACE_START),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x9C),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_VERTICAL_RETRACE_END),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x8E),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_VERTICAL_DISPLAY_END),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x8F),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_OFFSET),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x28),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_UNDERLINE_LOCATION),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x1f),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_START_VERTICAL_BLANK),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x96),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_END_VERTICAL_BLANK),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0xB9),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_MODE_CONTROL),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0xa3),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_LINE_COMPARE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0xff),
+
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_LINE_COMPARE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0xff),
+
+    // Reset S3 928 System Extension Registers
+
+    // Extended System Control 1
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR50 ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+    // Extended System Control 2
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR51 ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+    // Extended BIOS Flag 1
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR52 ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+    // Extended Memory Control 1
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR53 ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+    // Extended Memory Control 2
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR54 ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+
+    // Extended DAC Control (CR55) - BT485 DAC was reset earlier in table.
+
+    // External Sync Control 1
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR56 ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+    // External Sync Control 2
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR57 ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+    // Linear Addres Window (LAW) Control
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR58 ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+    // Linear Address Window (LAW) Position 0x59-5A
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR59 ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR5A ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+    // Extended BOIS Flag 2 Register 0x5B
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR5B ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+    // General Ouput Port
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR5C ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+     // Extended Horizontal Overflow 0x5D
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR5D ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+     // Extended Vertical Overflow 0x5E
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR5E ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+    // Bus Grant Termination Position
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR5F ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+    // Magic S3 registers CR60-CR62
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR60 ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x07),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR61 ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3928_CR62 ),
+    _VIT_WriteIf(S3_928, UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x00),
+
+    // Graphics Controller Registers
+
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, VGA_SET_RESET),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, VGA_ENABLE_SET_RESET),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, VGA_COLOR_COMPARE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, VGA_DATA_ROTATE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, VGA_READ_MAP_SELECT),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, VGA_MODE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x10),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, VGA_MISCELLANEOUS),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0xe),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, VGA_COLOR_DONT_CARE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, VGA_BIT_MASK),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0xff),
+
+    // WD90C11 PR0A register
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Paradise_WD90C11 | Compaq_QVision),
+		 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x9),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Paradise_WD90C11 | Compaq_QVision),
+		 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x00),
+
+    // WD90C11 PR1, memory size and configuration
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Paradise_WD90C11 | Compaq_QVision),
+		 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0xb),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Paradise_WD90C11 | Compaq_QVision),
+		 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x06),
+
+
+    //
+    // WD90C11
+    //
+    //
+    // PR32, magic clock bits
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Paradise_WD90C11 | Compaq_QVision),
+		 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_address, 0x12),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Paradise_WD90C11 | Compaq_QVision),
+		 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_data, 0x4),
+    // PR2, third clock select line
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Paradise_WD90C11 | Compaq_QVision),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x0c),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Paradise_WD90C11 | Compaq_QVision),
+                 UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x2),
+
+
+
+
+    // Reset attribute address register FF
+    _VIT_Read(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->input_status_1),
+
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_PALETTE0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, PALETTE_BLACK),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_PALETTE1),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, PALETTE_RED),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_PALETTE2),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, PALETTE_GREEN),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_PALETTE3),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, PALETTE_YELLOW),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_PALETTE4),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, PALETTE_BLUE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_PALETTE5),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, PALETTE_MAGENTA),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_PALETTE6),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, PALETTE_CYAN),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_PALETTE7),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, PALETTE_WHITE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_PALETTE8),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, PALETTE_HI_BLACK),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_PALETTE9),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, PALETTE_HI_RED),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_PALETTEA),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, PALETTE_HI_GREEN),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_PALETTEB),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, PALETTE_HI_YELLOW),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_PALETTEC),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, PALETTE_HI_BLUE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_PALETTED),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, PALETTE_HI_MAGENTA),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_PALETTEE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, PALETTE_HI_CYAN),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_PALETTEF),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, PALETTE_HI_WHITE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_ATTR_MODE_CONTROL),
+//    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, 0x0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, 0x4),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_OVERSCAN),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, 0x0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_COLOR_PLANE_ENABLE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, 0xf),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_HORIZONTAL_PIXEL_PANNING),
+//    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, 0x0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, 0x8),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_COLOR_SELECT),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, 0x0),
+
+    // This is only to flip the PAS mux.  Write address only, flipper
+    // left pointing at data.
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, VGA_SET_PAS),
+
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_mask, 0xff),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_address_write_mode, 0x0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_BLACK_R),   // reg0
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_BLACK_G),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_BLACK_B),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_RED_R),	    // reg1
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_RED_G),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_RED_B),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_GREEN_R),   // reg2
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_GREEN_G),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_GREEN_B),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_YELLOW_R),  // reg3
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_YELLOW_G),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_YELLOW_B),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_BLUE_R),    // reg4
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_BLUE_G),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_BLUE_B),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_MAGENTA_R), // reg5
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_MAGENTA_G),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_MAGENTA_B),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_CYAN_R),    // reg6
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_CYAN_G),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_CYAN_B),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_WHITE_R),   // reg7
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_WHITE_G),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_WHITE_B),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_BLACK_R), // reg8
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_BLACK_G),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_BLACK_B),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_RED_R),  // reg9
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_RED_G),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_RED_B),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_GREEN_R), // rega
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_GREEN_G),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_GREEN_B),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_YELLOW_R), // regb
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_YELLOW_G),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_YELLOW_B),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_BLUE_R), // regc
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_BLUE_G),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_BLUE_B),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_MAGENTA_R), // regd
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_MAGENTA_G),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_MAGENTA_B),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_CYAN_R),  // rege
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_CYAN_G),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_CYAN_B),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_WHITE_R), // regf
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_WHITE_G),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->pel_data, COLOR_REGISTER_HI_WHITE_B),
+
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Paradise_WD90C11 | Compaq_QVision), UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, 0x29),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Paradise_WD90C11 | Compaq_QVision), UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x85),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Paradise_WD90C11 | Compaq_QVision), UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, 0x2e),
+    _VIT_WriteIf((Paradise_WD90C11 | Compaq_QVision), UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x20),
+
+    // Now load the fonts into bit plane 2, then turn on planes 0 and 1.
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_address, VGA_MAP_MASK),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_data, 0x4),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_address, VGA_MEMORY_MODE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_data, 0x6),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, VGA_MODE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x0),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, VGA_MISCELLANEOUS),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x5),
+
+    _VIT_Function(LoadFonts),
+
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_address, VGA_MAP_MASK),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_data, 0x3),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_address, VGA_MEMORY_MODE),
+//    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_data, 0x3),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_data, 0x2),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, VGA_MODE),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x10),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, VGA_MISCELLANEOUS),
+    _VIT_Write(UChar, &VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0xe),
+
+    // This must be the last entry in the table.
+    _VIT_Function(End_Of_Initialization)
+};
+
+//
+// Define and initialize device table.
+//
+
+#ifdef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+BL_DEVICE_ENTRY_TABLE DisplayEntryTable = {
+    DisplayClose,
+    DisplayMount,
+    DisplayOpen,
+    NULL,
+    DisplayGetReadStatus,
+    DisplaySeek,
+    DisplayWrite,
+    DisplayGetFileInformation,
+    NULL,
+    NULL,
+    NULL
+    };
+
+#else // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+BL_DEVICE_ENTRY_TABLE DisplayEntryTable = {
+    DisplayClose,
+    DisplayMount,
+    DisplayOpen,
+    DisplayRead,
+    DisplayGetReadStatus,
+    DisplaySeek,
+    DisplayWrite,
+    DisplayGetFileInformation,
+    NULL,
+    NULL,
+    NULL
+    };
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// Static data.
+//
+
+ARC_DISPLAY_STATUS DisplayStatus;
+BOOLEAN ControlSequence;
+BOOLEAN EscapeSequence;
+BOOLEAN FontSelection;
+ULONG PCount;
+LONG FwColumn;
+LONG FwRow;
+BOOLEAN FwHighIntensity;
+BOOLEAN FwUnderscored;
+BOOLEAN FwReverseVideo;
+ULONG FwForegroundColor;
+ULONG FwBackgroundColor;
+ULONG DisplayWidth;
+ULONG DisplayHeight;
+ULONG MaxRow;
+ULONG MaxColumn;
+
+
+#define CONTROL_SEQUENCE_MAX_PARAMETER 10
+ULONG Parameter[CONTROL_SEQUENCE_MAX_PARAMETER];
+
+
+#if 0
+
+//
+// Originally, this table was used to translate a line-drawing character
+// to a Unicode offset, and then the low-level function (FwOutputCharacter)
+// was passed a line-drawing flag that made it use the line fonts.
+//
+// This module loads all the fonts into VGA bit plane 2, including the
+// line drawing fonts.  So, no special treatment is needed, and this array
+// is unnecessary.
+//
+
+UCHAR LdAsciiToUnicode[40] = {0x02, 0x24, 0x61, 0x62, 0x56, 0x55, 0x63, 0x51,
+                              0x57, 0x5d, 0x5c, 0x5b, 0x10, 0x14, 0x34, 0x2c,
+                              0x1c, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x5e, 0x5f, 0x5a, 0x54, 0x69,
+                              0x66, 0x60, 0x50, 0x6c, 0x67, 0x68, 0x64, 0x65,
+                              0x59, 0x58, 0x52, 0x53, 0x6b, 0x6a, 0x18, 0x0c };
+#endif
+
+//
+// Declare externally defined data.
+//
+
+// Fonts
+extern UCHAR VGA8x16Chars[];
+extern UCHAR VGA8x16Undef[];
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+extern UCHAR VGA8x16LineDrawing[];
+#endif
+
+//
+// Define routine prototypes.
+//
+
+VOID
+FwDisplayCharacter(
+    IN UCHAR Character,
+    IN BOOLEAN LineDrawCharacter
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwScrollDisplay(
+    VOID
+    );
+
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayGetFileInformation (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    OUT PFILE_INFORMATION Finfo
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function returns EINVAL as no FileInformation can be
+    returned for the Display driver.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    The arguments are not used.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    EINVAL is returned
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return EINVAL;
+}
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayClose (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function closes the file table entry specified by the file id.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies the file table index.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Open = 0;
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayMount (
+    IN PCHAR MountPath,
+    IN MOUNT_OPERATION Operation
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return EINVAL;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayOpen (
+    IN PCHAR OpenPath,
+    IN OPEN_MODE OpenMode,
+    IN OUT PULONG FileId
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This is the open routine for the display device.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    OpenPath - Supplies the pathname of the device to open.
+
+    OpenMode - Supplies the mode (read only, write only, or read write).
+
+    FileId - Supplies a free file identifier to use.  If the device is already
+             open this parameter can be used to return the file identifier
+             already in use.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the open was successful, ESUCCESS is returned, otherwise an error code
+    is returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+    PCONSOLE_CONTEXT Context;
+
+    Context = &BlFileTable[*FileId].u.ConsoleContext;
+    if ( strstr(OpenPath, ")console(1)" ) != NULL ) {
+        Context->ConsoleNumber = 1;
+    } else {
+        Context->ConsoleNumber = 0;
+    }
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayRead (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+Return Value:
+
+--*/
+{
+    return(ESUCCESS);
+}
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayGetReadStatus (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+Return Value:
+
+--*/
+{
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayWrite (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This module implements the ARC firmware Console Output functions as
+    described in the Advanced Risc Computing Specification (Revision 1.00),
+    section 3.3.1.5.1 Basic Character Console, and section 3.3.1.5.2 Enhanced
+    Character Console for a MIPS R3000 or R4000 Jazz system.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies a file id.
+
+    Buffer - Supplies a pointer to a buffer containing the characters to
+             be displayed.
+
+    Length - Supplies the length of Buffer.
+
+    Count - Returns the count of the characters that were displayed.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the characters were successfully displayed, ESUCCESS is returned,
+    otherwise one of the following error codes is returned.
+
+    EBADF           The file descriptor specified by FileId is invalid.
+
+    EIO             An output error occurred.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PCONSOLE_CONTEXT Context;
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    PUCHAR String;
+    ULONG ColumnEndPoint;
+    ULONG RowEndPoint;
+    ULONG Index;
+    BOOLEAN Unicode;
+
+    Context = &BlFileTable[FileId].u.ConsoleContext;
+    if ( Context->ConsoleNumber == 1) {
+        if (Length & 1) {
+
+            //
+            // Length is not an even number of bytes, return an error.
+            //
+
+            return(EINVAL);
+        }
+        Unicode = TRUE;
+    } else {
+        Unicode = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Process each character in turn.
+    //
+
+    Status = ESUCCESS;
+    String = (PUCHAR)Buffer;
+
+    for ( *Count = 0 ;
+          *Count < Length ;
+          (*Count)++, String++ ) {
+
+        //
+        // Check for Unicode character.
+        //
+
+        if (Unicode) {
+            if (*Count & 1) {
+
+                //
+                // Skip the upper half of each character.
+                //
+
+                continue;
+            } else {
+                if (*(String + 1) == 0x25) {
+
+                    //
+                    // If a Unicode line drawing character, go ahead and display
+                    // it.
+                    //
+
+                    if (*String <= 0x7f) {
+                        FwDisplayCharacter(*String, TRUE);
+                    } else {
+                        FwDisplayCharacter(128, TRUE);
+                    }
+
+                    if (FwColumn < MaxColumn) {
+                        FwColumn++;
+                    }
+                    continue;
+                } else {
+                    if (*(String + 1) != 0) {
+
+                        //
+                        // Display an invalid character.
+                        //
+
+                        FwDisplayCharacter(128, TRUE);
+
+                        if (FwColumn < MaxColumn) {
+                            FwColumn++;
+                        }
+                        continue;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+	}
+
+        //
+        // If we are in the middle of a control sequence, continue scanning,
+        // otherwise process character.
+        //
+
+        if (ControlSequence) {
+
+            //
+            // If the character is a digit, update parameter value.
+            //
+
+            if ((*String >= '0') && (*String <= '9')) {
+                Parameter[PCount] = Parameter[PCount] * 10 + *String - '0';
+                continue;
+	    }
+
+            //
+            // If we are in the middle of a font selection sequence, this
+            // character must be a 'D', otherwise reset control sequence.
+            //
+
+            if (FontSelection) {
+
+                //if (*String == 'D') {
+                //
+                //    //
+                //    // Other fonts not implemented yet.
+                //    //
+                //
+                //} else {
+                //}
+
+                ControlSequence = FALSE;
+                FontSelection = FALSE;
+                continue;
+	    }
+
+            switch (*String) {
+
+            //
+            // If a semicolon, move to the next parameter.
+            //
+
+            case ';':
+
+                PCount++;
+                if (PCount > CONTROL_SEQUENCE_MAX_PARAMETER) {
+                    PCount = CONTROL_SEQUENCE_MAX_PARAMETER;
+		}
+                Parameter[PCount] = 0;
+                break;
+
+            //
+            // If a 'J', erase part or all of the screen.
+            //
+
+            case 'J':
+
+                switch (Parameter[0]) {
+
+                //
+                // Erase to end of the screen.
+                //
+
+                case 0:
+                    //
+                    // Clear to end of line by Writing char ' '
+                    //
+                    ColumnEndPoint = FwColumn;
+                    while (FwColumn <= MaxColumn) {
+                        FwDisplayCharacter(' ', FALSE);
+                        FwColumn++;
+                    }
+                    FwColumn = ColumnEndPoint;
+                    if ((FwRow+1) <= MaxRow) {
+                        //
+                        // Zero the rest of the screen
+                        //
+                        FillVideoMemory((PUCHAR)(VIDEO_MEMORY + ((FwRow*2) * DisplayWidth)),
+                                        (DisplayHeight - FwRow - 1) * DisplayWidth,
+                                        FwBackgroundColor
+                                        );
+                    }
+                    break;
+
+                //
+                // Erase from the beginning of the screen.
+                //
+
+                case 1:
+                    if (FwRow) {
+                        FillVideoMemory((PUCHAR)(VIDEO_MEMORY),
+                                        (FwRow * DisplayWidth),
+                                        FwBackgroundColor
+                                        );
+                    }
+                    ColumnEndPoint=FwColumn;
+                    for (FwColumn=0; FwColumn < ColumnEndPoint; FwColumn++) {
+                        FwDisplayCharacter(' ', FALSE);
+		    }
+                    break;
+
+                //
+                // Erase entire screen.
+                //
+
+                default :
+                    FillVideoMemory(VIDEO_MEMORY,
+                                    (DisplayWidth * DisplayHeight),
+                                    FwBackgroundColor);
+                    FwRow = 0;
+                    FwColumn = 0;
+                    break;
+	        }
+
+                ControlSequence = FALSE;
+                break;
+
+            //
+            // If a 'K', erase part or all of the line.
+            //
+
+            case 'K':
+
+                switch (Parameter[0]) {
+
+                //
+                // Erase to end of the line.
+                //
+
+                case 0:
+                    ColumnEndPoint = FwColumn;
+                    FwColumn = MaxColumn + 1;
+                    do {
+                        FwColumn--;
+                        FwDisplayCharacter(' ', FALSE);
+                    } while (FwColumn != ColumnEndPoint);
+                    break;
+
+                //
+                // Erase from the beginning of the line.
+                //
+
+                case 1:
+                    ColumnEndPoint = FwColumn;
+                    FwColumn = -1;
+                    do {
+                        FwColumn++;
+                        FwDisplayCharacter(' ', FALSE);
+                    } while (FwColumn != ColumnEndPoint);
+                    break;
+
+                //
+                // Erase entire line.
+                //
+
+                default :
+                    FwColumn = MaxColumn + 1;
+                    do {
+                        FwColumn--;
+                        FwDisplayCharacter(' ', FALSE);
+                    } while (FwColumn != 0);
+                    break;
+                }
+
+                ControlSequence = FALSE;
+                break;
+
+            //
+            // If a 'H', move cursor to position.
+            //
+
+            case 'H':
+
+                //
+                // Shift parameters to be 0 based.
+                //
+
+                if (Parameter[0] != 0) {
+                    Parameter[0] -= 1;
+                }
+                if (Parameter[1] != 0) {
+                    Parameter[1] -= 1;
+                }
+
+                FwRow = Parameter[0];
+                if (FwRow > MaxRow) {
+                    FwRow = MaxRow;
+                }
+                FwColumn = Parameter[1];
+                if (FwColumn > MaxColumn) {
+                    FwColumn = MaxColumn;
+                }
+
+                ControlSequence = FALSE;
+                break;
+
+            //
+            // If a 'A', move cursor up.
+            //
+
+            case 'A':
+
+                //
+                // A parameter of zero still means a cursor shift position of 1.
+                //
+
+                if (Parameter[0] == 0) {
+                    Parameter[0] = 1;
+                }
+
+                if (Parameter[0] > FwRow) {
+                    FwRow = 0;
+                } else {
+                    FwRow -= Parameter[0];
+                }
+                ControlSequence = FALSE;
+                break;
+
+            //
+            // If a 'B', move cursor down.
+            //
+
+            case 'B':
+
+                //
+                // A parameter of zero still means a cursor shift position of 1.
+                //
+
+                if (Parameter[0] == 0) {
+                    Parameter[0] = 1;
+                }
+
+                if (Parameter[0] + FwRow > MaxRow) {
+                    FwRow = MaxRow;
+                } else {
+                    FwRow += Parameter[0];
+                }
+                ControlSequence = FALSE;
+                break;
+
+            //
+            // If a 'C', move cursor right.
+            //
+
+            case 'C':
+
+                //
+                // A parameter of zero still means a cursor shift position of 1.
+                //
+
+                if (Parameter[0] == 0) {
+                    Parameter[0] = 1;
+		}
+
+                if (Parameter[0] + FwColumn > MaxColumn) {
+                    FwColumn = MaxColumn;
+                } else {
+                    FwColumn += Parameter[0];
+                }
+                ControlSequence = FALSE;
+                break;
+
+            //
+            // If a 'D', move cursor left.
+            //
+
+            case 'D':
+
+                //
+                // A parameter of zero still means a cursor shift position of 1.
+                //
+
+                if (Parameter[0] == 0) {
+                    Parameter[0] = 1;
+                }
+
+                if (Parameter[0] > FwColumn) {
+                    FwColumn = 0;
+                } else {
+                    FwColumn -= Parameter[0];
+                }
+                ControlSequence = FALSE;
+                break;
+
+            //
+            // If a ' ', could be a FNT selection command.
+            //
+
+            case ' ':
+                FontSelection = TRUE;
+                break;
+
+            //
+            // If a 'm', Select Graphics Rendition command.
+            //
+
+            case 'm':
+
+                //
+                // Select action based on each parameter.
+                //
+
+                for ( Index = 0 ; Index <= PCount ; Index++ ) {
+                    switch (Parameter[Index]) {
+
+                    //
+                    // Attributes off.
+                    //
+
+                    case 0:
+                        FwHighIntensity = FALSE;
+                        FwUnderscored = FALSE;
+                        FwReverseVideo = FALSE;
+                        break;
+
+                    //
+                    // High Intensity.
+                    //
+
+                    case 1:
+                        FwHighIntensity = TRUE;
+                        break;
+
+                    //
+                    // Underscored.
+                    //
+
+                    case 4:
+                        FwUnderscored = TRUE;
+                        break;
+
+                    //
+                    // Reverse Video.
+                    //
+
+                    case 7:
+                        FwReverseVideo = TRUE;
+                        break;
+
+                    //
+                    // Font selection, not implemented yet.
+                    //
+
+                    case 10:
+                    case 11:
+                    case 12:
+                    case 13:
+                    case 14:
+                    case 15:
+                    case 16:
+                    case 17:
+                    case 18:
+                    case 19:
+                        break;
+
+                    //
+                    // Foreground Color.
+                    //
+
+                    case 30:
+                    case 31:
+                    case 32:
+                    case 33:
+                    case 34:
+                    case 35:
+                    case 36:
+                    case 37:
+                        FwForegroundColor = Parameter[Index] - 30;
+                        break;
+
+                    //
+                    // Background Color.
+                    //
+
+                    case 40:
+                    case 41:
+                    case 42:
+                    case 43:
+                    case 44:
+                    case 45:
+                    case 46:
+                    case 47:
+                        FwBackgroundColor = Parameter[Index] - 40;
+                        break;
+
+                    default:
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+
+                ControlSequence = FALSE;
+                break;
+
+            default:
+                ControlSequence = FALSE;
+                break;
+	    }
+
+        //
+        // This is not a control sequence, check for escape sequence
+        //
+
+        } else {
+
+            //
+            // If escape sequence, check for control sequence, otherwise
+            // process single character.
+            //
+
+            if (EscapeSequence) {
+
+                //
+                // Check for '[', means control sequence, any other following
+                // character is ignored.
+                //
+
+                if (*String == '[') {
+
+                    ControlSequence = TRUE;
+
+                    //
+                    // Initialize first parameter.
+                    //
+
+                    PCount = 0;
+                    Parameter[0] = 0;
+                }
+                EscapeSequence = FALSE;
+
+            //
+            // This is not a control or escape sequence, process single character.
+            //
+
+            } else {
+
+                //
+                // Check for special characters.
+                //
+
+                switch (*String) {
+
+                    //
+                    // Control sequence.
+                    //
+
+                    case ASCII_CSI:
+                        ControlSequence = TRUE;
+
+                        //
+                        // Initialize first parameter.
+                        //
+
+                        PCount = 0;
+                        Parameter[0] = 0;
+                        break;
+
+                    //
+                    // Check for escape sequence.
+                    //
+
+                    case ASCII_ESC:
+                        EscapeSequence = TRUE;
+                        break;
+
+                    //
+                    // Vertical tab/Form feed Line feed.
+                    //
+
+                    case ASCII_LF:
+                    case ASCII_VT:
+                    case ASCII_FF:
+                        if (FwRow == MaxRow) {
+                            FwScrollDisplay();
+                        } else {
+                            FwRow++;
+                        }
+
+                        break;
+
+                    //
+                    // Carriage return.
+                    //
+
+                    case ASCII_CR:
+                        FwColumn = 0;
+                        break;
+
+                    //
+                    // NUL, no action.
+                    //
+
+                    case ASCII_NUL:
+                        break;
+
+                    //
+                    // Ring bell, not implemented yet.
+                    //
+
+                    case ASCII_BEL:
+                        break;
+
+                    //
+                    // Backspace.
+                    //
+
+                    case ASCII_BS:
+                        if (FwColumn != 0) {
+                            FwColumn--;
+                        }
+                        break;
+
+                    //
+                    // Horizontal tab.
+                    //
+
+                    case ASCII_HT:
+                        FwColumn = ((FwColumn / 8) + 1) * 8;
+                        if (FwColumn > MaxColumn) {
+                            FwColumn = MaxColumn;
+                        }
+                        break;
+
+
+		    //
+		    // A printing character.  If undefined, it will be
+		    // displayed as a solid block.
+		    //
+
+                    default:
+		      
+		        FwDisplayCharacter(*String, FALSE);
+
+                        if (FwColumn < MaxColumn) {
+			    FwColumn++;
+			}
+
+                        break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    return Status;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplaySeek (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PLARGE_INTEGER Offset,
+    IN SEEK_MODE SeekMode
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+
+#if 0  // Needed only if Number9 GXE MClock needs to be reset to 45.000 MHz
+
+ULONG
+Number9_S3928_SetClock(
+    clock_value
+    )
+register long clock_value;              /* 7bits M, 7bits N, 2bits P */
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function sets up the clock registers on the Number 9 GXE board,
+    which has an S3 928 chip.  This code came from Number 9 Corporation.
+    I will eventually make the code conform to Microsoft coding standards.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    clock_value		The magic number that this function needs to
+                        correctly initialize the board.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Some other magic number is returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+    register long         index;
+    long                  temp;
+//    register char         iotemp;
+    unsigned char         iotemp;
+    int			  select;
+
+    long                  i, j;
+    unsigned char         byte;
+
+    select = (clock_value >> 22) & 3;
+
+#if 0   // hack - Put this back in if going for GXE bugfix
+
+//
+// Already done before this point by the Video initialization table.
+//
+  //
+  // Unlock the S3 registers
+  //
+
+  WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, 0x39);
+  WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0xa0);
+
+#endif  // hack - Put this back in if going for GXE bugfix  
+
+
+#if 0    // hack - Put this back in if going for GXE bugfix
+
+//
+// This is not necessary.
+//
+  //
+  // Shut off screen
+  //
+
+  WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_address, 0x1);
+  iotemp = READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->sequencer_data);
+  WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_data,
+		       iotemp | 0x20);
+// 
+
+#endif   // hack - Put this back in if going for GXE bugfix
+
+  //
+  // set clock input to 11 binary
+  //
+
+  iotemp = READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->misc_output);
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_VDB
+    DebugAid[0][112] = iotemp;
+#endif
+  WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->misc_output,
+		       iotemp | 0x0C);
+
+  WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, 0x5c);
+  WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0);
+
+  WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, 0x42);
+  iotemp = READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->crtc_data) & 0xF0;
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_VDB
+    DebugAid[0][113] = iotemp;
+#endif
+
+  //
+  // Set up the softswitch write value
+  //
+
+#define CLOCK(x) WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, iotemp | (x))
+#define C_DATA  2
+#define C_CLK   1
+#define C_BOTH  3
+#define C_NONE  0
+
+   //
+  // Program the IC Designs 2061A frequency generator
+  //
+
+  CLOCK(C_NONE);
+
+  //
+  // Unlock sequence
+  //
+
+  CLOCK(C_DATA);
+  for (index = 0; index < 6; index++)
+    {
+      CLOCK(C_BOTH);
+      CLOCK(C_DATA);
+    }
+  CLOCK(C_NONE);
+  CLOCK(C_CLK);
+  CLOCK(C_NONE);
+  CLOCK(C_CLK);
+
+  //
+  // Program the 24 bit value into REG0
+  //
+
+  for (index = 0; index < 24; index++)
+    {
+      // Clock in the next bit
+      clock_value >>= 1;
+      if (clock_value & 1)
+        {
+          CLOCK(C_CLK);
+          CLOCK(C_NONE);
+          CLOCK(C_DATA);
+          CLOCK(C_BOTH);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          CLOCK(C_BOTH);
+          CLOCK(C_DATA);
+          CLOCK(C_NONE);
+          CLOCK(C_CLK);
+        }
+    }
+
+  CLOCK(C_BOTH);
+  CLOCK(C_DATA);
+  CLOCK(C_BOTH);
+
+  //
+  // If necessary, reprogram other ICD2061A registers to defaults
+  //
+
+  //
+  // Select the CLOCK in the frequency synthesizer
+  //
+  CLOCK(C_NONE | select);
+
+  FwStallExecution(10*1000);         // Stall 10 ms to let clock settle...
+
+
+
+#if 0    // hack - Put this back in if going for GXE bugfix
+
+//
+// This is not necessary.
+//
+  //
+  // Turn screen back on
+  //
+  WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_address, 0x01);
+  iotemp = READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->sequencer_data);
+  WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_data,
+		       iotemp & 0xDF);
+//
+
+#endif   // hack - Put this back in if going for GXE bugfix 
+
+
+  return temp;
+}
+#endif // Number9_S3928_SetClock
+
+
+//
+// This code came from ATI.  It will be edited as per the Microsoft
+// coding standards at a later date.
+//
+
+/*
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------
+; SET_BLANK_ADJ
+;   Sets the blank adjust and pixel delay values
+;   INPUT: blank adjust and pixel delay
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+VOID
+Set_blank_adj(
+    UCHAR adjust
+    )
+{
+    UCHAR misc;
+
+    // ROM Page Select and EEPROM Control Register
+    misc=READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)(R_MISC_CNTL + 1)) & 0xf0 | adjust;
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)(MISC_CNTL + 1), misc);
+
+}
+
+
+
+/************************************************************************
+ * passth_8514()
+ *   Turn passthrough off (8514 mode) or on (vga passthrough)
+ *   Note that this routine is specific to ATI graphics accelerators.
+ *   Generic 8514/A routine should also include setting up CRT parameters
+ *   to ensure that the DAC gets a reasonable clock rate.
+ ************************************************************************/
+
+VOID
+passth_8514(
+    IN BOOLEAN status
+    )
+{
+    // disable CRT controller
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)DISP_CNTL, 0x53);
+    
+    if (status == FALSE) {
+	// Advanced function control
+	WRITE_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)ADVFUNC_CNTL, 0x7);
+	// Clock Select
+	WRITE_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)CLOCK_SEL,
+			      READ_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)CLOCK_SEL) |
+			      1);        // slow down the clock rate
+    } else {
+	// Advanced function control
+	WRITE_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)ADVFUNC_CNTL, 0x6);
+	// Clock Select
+	WRITE_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)CLOCK_SEL,
+			      READ_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)CLOCK_SEL) &
+			      0xfffe);        // speed up the clock rate
+
+    }
+
+    // enable CRT controller
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)DISP_CNTL, 0x33);
+}
+
+
+/*
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------
+; UNINIT_TI_DAC
+;   Prepare DAC for 8514/A compatible mode
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+
+
+VOID
+Uninit_ti_dac(
+    VOID
+    )
+{
+    passth_8514(FALSE);       // can only program DAC in 8514 mode
+
+#if 0
+
+    // Configuration status register 1.
+    switch (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)(CONFIG_STATUS_1 + 1)) & 0xe) {
+
+        case TI_DAC:
+
+            /* set EXT_DAC_ADDR field */
+
+	    WRITE_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)EXT_GE_CONFIG, 0x201a);
+
+	    /* INPut clock source is CLK0 */
+
+	    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR ((PUCHAR)INPUT_CLK_SEL,0);
+
+	    /* OUTPut clock is SCLK/1 and VCLK/1 */
+
+	    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR ((PUCHAR)OUTPUT_CLK_SEL,0);
+
+            /* set MUX CONTROL TO 8/16 */
+            
+	    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR ((PUCHAR)MUX_CNTL,0x1d);
+
+            /* set default 8bpp pixel delay and blank adjust */
+
+	    WRITE_PORT_USHORT ((PUSHORT)LOCAL_CNTL,
+				   READ_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)LOCAL_CNTL) |
+				   8);	// TI_DAC_BLANK_ADJUST is always on
+
+            Set_blank_adj(0xc);
+
+            /* set horizontal skew */
+
+	    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR ((PUCHAR)HORIZONTAL_OVERSCAN,1);
+            break;
+
+
+        case ATT_DAC:
+
+	    WRITE_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)EXT_GE_CONFIG,0x101a);
+	    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)ATT_MODE_CNTL,0);
+
+
+        default:           
+
+            /* PIXEL_DELAY=0 */
+
+            Set_blank_adj(0);
+    
+            /* set horizontal skew */
+
+	    WRITE_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)HORIZONTAL_OVERSCAN,0);
+            break;
+        }
+#else
+
+    // Configuration status register 1.
+    switch (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)(CONFIG_STATUS_1 + 1)) & 0xe) {
+
+        case TI_DAC:
+
+            /* set EXT_DAC_ADDR field */
+
+	    WRITE_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)EXT_GE_CONFIG, 0x201a);
+
+	    /* INPut clock source is CLK0 */
+
+	    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR ((PUCHAR)INPUT_CLK_SEL,0);
+
+	    /* OUTPut clock is SCLK/1 and VCLK/1 */
+
+	    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR ((PUCHAR)OUTPUT_CLK_SEL,0);
+
+            /* set MUX CONTROL TO 8/16 */
+            
+	    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR ((PUCHAR)MUX_CNTL,0x1d);
+
+            /* set default 8bpp pixel delay and blank adjust */
+
+	    WRITE_PORT_USHORT ((PUSHORT)LOCAL_CNTL,
+				   READ_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)LOCAL_CNTL) |
+				   8);	// TI_DAC_BLANK_ADJUST is always on
+
+            Set_blank_adj(0xc);
+
+            /* set horizontal skew */
+
+	    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR ((PUCHAR)HORIZONTAL_OVERSCAN,1);
+            break;
+
+
+        case ATT_DAC:
+
+	    WRITE_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)EXT_GE_CONFIG,0x101a);
+	    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)ATT_MODE_CNTL,0);
+
+
+        default:           
+
+            /* PIXEL_DELAY=0 */
+
+            Set_blank_adj(4);
+    
+	    WRITE_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)EXT_GE_CONFIG, 0xa);
+
+	    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)DAC_MASK, 0xff);
+
+
+            /* set horizontal skew */
+
+	    WRITE_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)HORIZONTAL_OVERSCAN,0);
+            break;
+        }
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// reset EXT_DAC_ADDR, put DAC in 6 bit mode, engine in 8 bit mode
+//
+    WRITE_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)EXT_GE_CONFIG,0x1a);
+    passth_8514(TRUE);
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+#if 0   // hack - Put this back in if going for GXE bugfix.
+
+//
+// At one point this was thought to be necessary for video initialization.
+//
+
+VOID
+DoAWaitForVerticalSync(
+    VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This waits for the beginning of a vertical sync.
+
+    BUG: There is no indication of whether the vertical sync really
+    has begun or if we timed out.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+
+    ULONG I;
+
+    // First wait for being in a vertical blanking period.
+
+    for (I = 0; I < 0x100000; I++) {
+        if (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->input_status_1) & 0x08) {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // We are either in a vertical blanking interval or we have timed out.
+    // Wait for the vertical display interval.
+    // This is being done so that we ensure that we exit this routine at
+    // the *beginning* of a vertical blanking interval, and not in the middle
+    // or near the end of one.
+    //
+
+    for (I = 0; I < 0x100000; I++) {
+	if (!(READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->input_status_1) & 0x08)) {
+	    break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Now wait until we once again enter into a vertical blanking interval.
+
+    for (I = 0; I < 0x100000; I++) {
+	if (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->input_status_1) & 0x08) {
+ 	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return;
+} 
+
+#endif   // hack - Put this back in if going for GXE bugfix.
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+DisplayBootInitialize (
+    OUT PALPHA_VIDEO_TYPE VideoType
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the video control registers, and clears the
+    video screen.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    VideoType		A pointer to a variable that receives the
+                        type of the video card found on an ESUCCESS
+			return.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the video was initialized, ESUCCESS is returned, otherwise an error
+    code is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+    //
+    // Initialize the firmware routines.
+    //
+
+    (PARC_TEST_UNICODE_CHARACTER_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[TestUnicodeCharacterRoutine] =
+                                                            FwTestUnicodeCharacter;
+
+    (PARC_GET_DISPLAY_STATUS_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[GetDisplayStatusRoutine] =
+                                                            FwGetDisplayStatus;
+#endif
+
+
+
+    //
+    // Initialize static data.
+    //
+
+    ControlSequence = FALSE;
+    EscapeSequence = FALSE;
+    FontSelection = FALSE;
+    FwColumn = 0;
+    FwRow = 0;
+    FwHighIntensity = TRUE;
+    FwUnderscored = FALSE;
+    FwReverseVideo = FALSE;
+
+    return ( FwInitializeGraphicsCard(VideoType) );
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwInitializeGraphicsCard(
+    OUT PALPHA_VIDEO_TYPE VideoType
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the VGA video control registers and clears the
+    video screen.
+
+    It is initialized to: alphanumeric mode, 16 colors fore & background,
+    8x16 pixel fonts, 80x25 characters, 640 x 400 display, no cursor.
+    This is not ARC compliant (no underline, no monochrome support)
+    but it's good enough for now.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    VideoType		A pointer to a variable that receives the
+                        type of the video card found on an ESUCCESS
+			return.
+
+    
+Return Value:
+
+    If the video was initialized, ESUCCESS is returned, otherwise ENODEV
+    is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG	I, J, K;
+    PUCHAR	FontPtr;
+    ULONG	VideoCardType;
+    ULONG	VITIndex = 0;
+    BOOLEAN	BadTable = FALSE;
+    
+    
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_VDB
+    SerSnapshot = TRUE;
+
+    FwVideoStateDump(0);
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // If a recognized card type is not out there, return an error code.
+    //
+
+    if ((VideoCardType=FwDetermineCardType()) == 0) {
+    	return ENODEV;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Interpret the Video Initialization Table
+    //
+
+    do {
+
+        if (VideoInitializationTable[VITIndex].DoIf & VideoCardType) {
+
+ 	    //
+	    // Execute this table entry
+ 	    //
+
+
+	    switch (VideoInitializationTable[VITIndex].Operation)  {
+
+
+ 		//
+	    	// Do a read
+ 		//
+
+		case Read:
+
+		  switch (VideoInitializationTable[VITIndex].Size) {
+
+		    case UChar:
+		      READ_PORT_UCHAR(VideoInitializationTable[VITIndex].Address);
+		      break;
+
+		    case UShort:
+		      READ_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)VideoInitializationTable[VITIndex].Address);
+		      break;
+
+		    case ULong:
+		      READ_PORT_ULONG((PULONG)VideoInitializationTable[VITIndex].Address);
+		      break;
+
+		    //
+		    // Malformed table!
+		    //
+
+		    default:
+		      BadTable = TRUE;
+		      break;
+		  }
+
+		break;
+
+			    
+ 		//
+	    	// Do a write
+ 		//
+
+	    	case Write:
+
+		  switch (VideoInitializationTable[VITIndex].Size) {
+
+		    case UChar:
+		      WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(VideoInitializationTable[VITIndex].Address,
+					   VideoInitializationTable[VITIndex].WriteValue);
+		      break;
+
+		    case UShort:
+		      WRITE_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)VideoInitializationTable[VITIndex].Address,
+					    VideoInitializationTable[VITIndex].WriteValue);
+		      break;
+
+		    case ULong:
+		      WRITE_PORT_ULONG((PULONG)VideoInitializationTable[VITIndex].Address,
+				       VideoInitializationTable[VITIndex].WriteValue);
+		      break;
+		 
+
+		    //
+		    // Malformed table!
+		    //
+
+		    default:
+		      BadTable = TRUE;
+		      break;
+		  
+		  }
+
+		break;
+			    
+
+ 		//
+	    	// Load the fonts into bit plane 2.
+ 		//
+
+		case LoadFonts:
+
+		  // Instead of calling a function, we do the work here.
+
+		  for (I=0; I<256; ++I) {
+
+		      if ((I >= 0x20) && (I <= 0x7f)) {
+			  // Normal printing characters
+			  FontPtr = &VGA8x16Chars[16 * (I-0x20)];
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+		      } else if ((I >= 0xb3) && (I <= 0xda)) {
+			  // Line drawing characters
+			  FontPtr = &VGA8x16LineDrawing[16 * (I-0xb3)];
+#endif
+		      } else {
+			  // Undefined characters
+			  FontPtr = &VGA8x16Undef[0];
+		      }
+
+		      K = 32 * I;
+
+		      //
+		      // 8x16 = 16 lines used, 16 lines unused
+		      //
+		      // hack:
+		      // VIDEO_MEMORY points is EISA 0xb8000.  The bit plane
+		      // for the fonts, with the memory map field encoding that
+		      // has been written, is at EISA 0xa0000.  (Page 196 of
+		      // the Ferraro book.)  I could change the MM encoding or
+		      // just write to the different address.  Since this is
+		      // the only place where the fonts are loaded, I choose to
+		      // use a hardcoded Alpha/Jensen QVA ISA address here.
+		      // Time permitting, this should be cleaned up.
+		      //
+		      for (J=0; J<16; ++J) {
+			  WRITE_REGISTER_UCHAR ((PUCHAR)EisaMemQva(0xa0000) + K + J,
+						*(FontPtr + J) );
+			  WRITE_REGISTER_UCHAR ((PUCHAR)EisaMemQva(0xa0000) + K + (J+16),
+						0xff );
+
+		      }
+		  }
+
+		break;
+
+#if 0  // Needed only if Number9 GXE MClock needs to be reset to 45.000 MHz
+		//
+		// Initialize S3 928 clock on a Number 9 board
+		//
+
+		case InitializeNumber9Clocks:
+
+		    Number9_S3928_SetClock(0xeb5942);  // 45.000
+		    break;
+#endif
+
+		//
+		// Initialize ATI Mach 32 DAC
+		//
+
+		case InitializeATIMachDAC:
+		    Uninit_ti_dac();
+   		    break;
+
+
+                //
+	    	// Do nothing.
+ 		//
+
+		case None:
+
+		    break;
+		
+
+ 		//
+	    	// Malformed table.
+ 		//
+
+		default:
+
+		  BadTable = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    }
+
+            //
+	    // If the table is bad, stop now and return an error code.
+	    //
+	    if (BadTable) {
+	    	return ENODEV;
+	    }
+	    
+
+	    if (VideoInitializationTable[VITIndex].MB) {
+//		AlphaInstMB();
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+    }
+    
+    while (VideoInitializationTable[++VITIndex].Operation !=
+	   End_Of_Initialization);
+
+    //
+    // Initialize static data.
+    //
+
+    FwForegroundColor = FW_COLOR_WHITE;
+    FwBackgroundColor = FW_COLOR_BLUE;
+
+    DisplayWidth = 80;
+    DisplayHeight = 25;
+
+    MaxRow = DisplayHeight -1;
+    MaxColumn = DisplayWidth -1;
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the console context value for the display output so writes
+    // to the screen will work before the console is opened.
+    //
+
+    BlFileTable[ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT].u.ConsoleContext.ConsoleNumber = 0;
+
+
+    //
+    // Set the video memory to blue.
+    //
+
+    FillVideoMemory(VIDEO_MEMORY, DisplayWidth * DisplayHeight, FwBackgroundColor);
+
+    //
+    // Translate the bitmask video type to a ALPHA_VIDEO_TYPE, and return
+    // it in the output variable.
+    //
+
+    switch (VideoCardType) {
+
+      case Paradise_WD90C11:
+	*VideoType = _Paradise_WD90C11;
+	break;
+
+      case Compaq_QVision:
+	*VideoType = _Compaq_QVision;
+	break;
+
+      case Cardinal_S3_924:
+	*VideoType = _Cardinal_S3_924;
+	break;
+
+      case S3_928:
+	*VideoType = _S3_928;
+	break;
+
+#if 0
+      case ATI_Mach:
+	*VideoType = _ATI_Mach;
+	break;
+#endif
+
+      default:
+	// Internal error.
+	return ENODEV;
+    }
+
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_VDB
+    FwVideoStateDump(1);
+#endif
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ULONG
+FwDetermineCardType (
+    VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This determines the kind of video card in this system.
+
+    We do not use the CDS graphics information because it leads to a chicken
+    and egg problem: if the CDS information is wrong, we will initialize
+    the video incorrectly and therefore not be able to communicate with the
+    user; and if we were to determine that the CDS information is wrong, we
+    would proceed to sniff the I/O bus anyway.  Hence, we ignore the CDS for
+    booting.
+
+    Some VGA and card or chip specific registers need to be modified by this
+    function.  The card should be initialized after this function is called.
+
+    
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+    
+Return Value:
+
+    Zero if we cannot figure out what card is installed.
+    Otherwise, a bit mask indicating the card present.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG	EISAProductID;
+    USHORT	EISAProductIDHighWord, EISAProductIDLowWord;
+    PULONG	EISAProductIDAddress;
+    ULONG	Card = 0;
+    BOOLEAN	Success = FALSE;
+    ULONG	I;
+    UCHAR	TempX;
+    
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+    //
+    // Test for EISA cards in option slots
+    //
+
+    for (I = 1; I <= MAXIMUM_EISA_SLOTS; I++) {
+
+	//
+	// Get this slot's product ID
+	//
+
+	EISAProductIDAddress = (PULONG)(EISA_IO_VIRTUAL_BASE + (I<<12) + 0xC80);
+        EISAProductID = READ_PORT_ULONG(EISAProductIDAddress);
+        EISAProductIDHighWord = EISAProductID >> 16;
+        EISAProductIDLowWord = EISAProductID & 0xffff;
+
+	//
+	// Test for Compaq QVision 1024/E or Compaq QVision Orion 1280/E.
+	//
+
+	if ((EISAProductIDLowWord == 0x110E)	// "CPQ"
+	    &&
+	    ((EISAProductIDHighWord == 0x1130)	// TRITONE, aka QVision 1024/E
+	     ||
+	     (EISAProductIDHighWord == 0x1131)	// Orion 1024/E
+	     ||
+	     (EISAProductIDHighWord == 0x1231)	// Orion 1280/E
+	    )
+	   ) {
+	         Success = TRUE;
+	         Card = Compaq_QVision;
+	         break;
+	}
+
+    }
+
+    if (Success) {
+    	return (Card);
+    }
+
+#endif // EISA_PLATFORM
+
+
+    //
+    // No EISA video cards, so test for ISA cards.
+    //
+
+
+    //
+    // Test for boards with S3 911, 924, or 928 chips.
+    //
+
+    // HACKHACK: These addresses should be #define'd.
+
+    // Put video subsystem into setup mode
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)EisaIOQva(0x46e8), 0x10);
+
+    // Turn on the video subsystem.
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)EisaIOQva(0x0102), 0x01);
+
+    // Enable the video subsystem.  This may be unnecessary for some cards.
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)EisaIOQva(0x46e8), 0x08);
+
+    // Set the card to color-mode addressing.
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->misc_output,
+                         (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->misc_output)
+                          | 0x1));
+
+    // Unlock the S3 chip VGA S3 registers
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3924_S3R8);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x48);
+
+    // Read the chip ID/Rev register
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, VGA_S3924_S3R0);
+    TempX = READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data);
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_VDB
+    DebugAid[0][0] = TempX;
+#endif
+
+    switch (TempX) {
+
+      case 0x81:
+      case 0x82:
+
+	//
+        // Conclusion: this is an S3 911 or 924 -based video board.
+        // (0x81 = 911, 0x82 = 924)
+	//
+
+        return (Cardinal_S3_924);
+
+
+      case 0x90:
+      case 0x91:
+      case 0x92:
+      case 0x93:
+
+	//
+        // Conclusion: this is an S3 928 -based video board.
+        // (rev. 0 -- rev. 3)
+	//
+
+        return (S3_928);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Now test for Paradise board with Western Digital 90C11 chipset
+    //
+
+    // Wake up the board
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)EisaIOQva(0x46e8), 0x10);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)EisaIOQva(0x0102), 0x1);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)EisaIOQva(0x46e8), 0x8);
+    
+    // Unlock PR0 -- PR4
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x0f);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x5);
+    // Clear PR4<1> so that PR5 is readable.
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x0e);
+    TempX = READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x0e);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, (TempX & 0xfd));
+
+    // Write and read the PR5 register a few times.  PR5 is an extension
+    // (index = 0x0f) to the Graphics Controller Register set.
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x0f);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x1);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x0f);
+    if (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data) != 0x1) {
+        // test failed
+        goto Not_Paradise_Board;
+    }
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x0f);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x4);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x0f);
+    if (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data) != 0x4) {
+        // test failed
+        goto Not_Paradise_Board;
+    }
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x0f);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x5);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x0f);
+    if (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data) != 0x5) {
+        // test failed
+        goto Not_Paradise_Board;
+    }
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x0f);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data, 0x0);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, 0x0f);
+    if (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_data) != 0x0) {
+        // test failed
+        goto Not_Paradise_Board;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // I conclude that this is a Paradise board with a WD90Cxx chip.
+    //
+
+    return (Paradise_WD90C11);
+
+    //
+    // The test for a Paradise board failed.
+    //
+
+Not_Paradise_Board:
+
+    //
+    // If we get to here, we cannot identify any supported video cards.
+    //
+
+    return (0);
+
+}
+
+VOID
+FillVideoMemory (
+    IN volatile PUCHAR VideoBase,
+    IN ULONG FillLength,
+    IN ULONG FillColor
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    Fills video memory with a specified color.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    VideoBase - pointer to the base of the fill area.  This is a
+                video card memory address.
+
+    FillLength - number of screen characters to be filled.                 
+
+    FillColor - the fill (background) color.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG I;
+
+    for (I = 0; I <= (FillLength * 2); I+=2) {
+	WRITE_REGISTER_UCHAR((PUCHAR)(VideoBase + I), ' ');
+	WRITE_REGISTER_UCHAR((PUCHAR)(VideoBase + (I+1)), (FillColor << 4));
+    }
+}
+
+VOID
+DisplayInitialize (
+    IN OUT PDRIVER_LOOKUP_ENTRY LookupTableEntry,
+    IN ULONG Entries
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the video entry in the driver lookup table.
+
+    The Jazz version of this also manipulated the ARC configuration tree.
+    Since we will only support VGA, we should be able to keep all this static
+    in the PROM.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    LookupTableEntry - Supplies a pointer to the first free location in the
+                       driver lookup table.
+
+    Entries - Supplies the number of free entries in the driver lookup table.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    //
+    // Initialize the driver lookup table, and increment the pointer.
+    //
+
+    LookupTableEntry->DevicePath = FW_DISPLAY_DEVICE_PATH;
+    LookupTableEntry->DispatchTable = &DisplayEntryTable;
+
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+FwOutputCharacter (
+    IN UCHAR Character
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine displays a single character on the video screen at the current
+    cursor location with the current color and video attributes.  It assumes
+    the character locations are word aligned.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Character - Supplies the character to be displayed in the video
+                cards memory space.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG FGColor;
+    ULONG BGColor;
+    PUCHAR Destination;
+
+    // Map ASCII code 7 to bullet
+    if (Character == 7) {
+    	Character = '~' + 1;
+    }
+    
+    if (FwReverseVideo) {
+        FGColor = FwBackgroundColor;
+        BGColor = FwForegroundColor + (FwHighIntensity ? 0x08 : 0 );
+    } else {
+        FGColor = FwForegroundColor + (FwHighIntensity ? 0x08 : 0 );
+        BGColor = FwBackgroundColor;
+    }
+
+    Destination = (PUCHAR)(VIDEO_MEMORY +
+			   ((FwRow << 1) * DisplayWidth) + (FwColumn << 1)
+			  );
+
+    WRITE_REGISTER_UCHAR (Destination, (Character & 0xff));
+    WRITE_REGISTER_UCHAR ((Destination+1), ((BGColor << 4) | FGColor));
+
+}
+
+VOID
+FwDisplayCharacter (
+    IN UCHAR Character,
+    IN BOOLEAN LineDrawCharacter
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine displays a single character on the video screen at the current
+    cursor location with the current color and video attributes.
+
+    This is a no-op.  Including it minimizes code differences with the
+    Jazz sources.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Character - Supplies the character to be displayed.
+
+    LineDrawCharacter - If true the current character is a line drawing character.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    if (!LineDrawCharacter) {
+
+        FwOutputCharacter(Character);
+
+    } else {
+
+        FwOutputCharacter(Character);
+
+    }
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+FwScrollDisplay (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine scrolls the display up one line.
+
+    This assumes that FwRow is at the end of the screen, i.e.
+    FwRow == MaxRow.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    volatile PUCHAR Source, Destination;
+    int i;
+    ULONG SaveColumn;
+
+    for (i = (2 * DisplayWidth);
+	 i < (2 * (DisplayWidth * DisplayHeight));
+	 ++i) {
+
+      Source = VIDEO_MEMORY + i;
+      Destination = Source - (2 * DisplayWidth);
+      WRITE_REGISTER_UCHAR (Destination,
+			    (READ_REGISTER_UCHAR (Source))
+			    );
+
+    }
+
+    SaveColumn = FwColumn;
+
+    for (FwColumn = 0 ;
+         FwColumn <= MaxColumn ;
+         ++FwColumn ) {
+        FwDisplayCharacter(' ', FALSE);
+    }
+
+    FwColumn = SaveColumn;
+
+}
+
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+ARC_STATUS
+FwTestUnicodeCharacter (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN WCHAR UnicodeCharacter
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine checks for the existence of a valid glyph corresponding to
+    UnicodeCharacter.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies the FileId of the output device.
+
+    UnicodeCharacter - Supplies the UNICODE character to be tested.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If writing UnicodeCharacter to the device specified by FileId would
+    result in the display of a valid glyph on the output device, then
+    ESUCCESS is returned.  If the device does not support the character,
+    the EINVAL is returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+    if (((UnicodeCharacter >= ' ') && (UnicodeCharacter <= '~')) ||
+        ((UnicodeCharacter >= 0x2500) && (UnicodeCharacter <= 0x257f))) {
+        return(ESUCCESS);
+    } else {
+        return(EINVAL);
+    }
+}
+#endif // FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+
+
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+PARC_DISPLAY_STATUS
+FwGetDisplayStatus (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+Return Value:
+
+--*/
+{
+    DisplayStatus.CursorXPosition = FwColumn + 1;
+    DisplayStatus.CursorYPosition = FwRow + 1;
+    DisplayStatus.CursorMaxXPosition = MaxColumn + 1;
+    DisplayStatus.CursorMaxYPosition = MaxRow + 1;
+    DisplayStatus.ForegroundColor = FwForegroundColor;
+    DisplayStatus.BackgroundColor = FwBackgroundColor;
+    DisplayStatus.HighIntensity = FwHighIntensity;
+    DisplayStatus.Underscored = FwUnderscored;
+    DisplayStatus.ReverseVideo = FwReverseVideo;
+
+    return(&DisplayStatus);
+}
+#endif // FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_VDB
+
+VOID
+FwVideoStateDump(
+    IN ULONG Index
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function facilitates debugging video problems.  It dumps
+    the state of the video card into an array.  It is modified for the
+    particular video card under test.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Index	-	Index into the DebugAid array.   0 for the first
+                        state dump, 1 for the second, etc.
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    //
+    // Status of S3 928 debugging: works fine
+    //
+    // Status of ATI Mach debugging:
+    // 
+    // This has not been debugged yet.  The screen remained blank.  Mach
+    // support is either ifdefd out, or undebugged.
+    //
+
+    ULONG	I;
+    UCHAR	EISAData;
+    PUCHAR	EISAAddress;
+    volatile UCHAR Temp;
+
+    //
+    // Generic VGA state
+    //
+
+    //
+    // External VGA registers.
+    //
+
+    //
+    // DebugAid[0][0] is already used.
+    //
+
+    DebugAid[Index][1] = READ_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->misc_output);
+    DebugAid[Index][2] = READ_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->feature_control);
+    DebugAid[Index][3] = READ_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->input_status_0);
+    DebugAid[Index][4] = READ_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->input_status_1);
+
+
+    //
+    // VGA Sequencer registers.
+    //
+
+    for (I = 0; I < 5; I++) {
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->sequencer_address, I);
+        DebugAid [Index] [5 + I - 0] =
+	  READ_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->sequencer_data);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // VGA CRTC registers.
+    //
+
+    for (I = 0; I < 0x19; I++) {
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, I);
+        DebugAid [Index] [10 + I - 0] =
+	  READ_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->crtc_data);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // VGA graphics registers.
+    //
+
+    for (I = 0; I < 9; I++) {
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->graphics_address, I);
+        DebugAid [Index] [0x23 + I - 0] =
+	  READ_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->graphics_data);
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    //
+    // VGA attribute registers, sans palette registers.
+    //
+
+    for (I = 0x10; I < 0x15; I++) {
+
+	// Reset attribute address register FF
+	Temp = READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->input_status_1);
+
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->attribute_adddata, I);
+        DebugAid [Index] [44 + I - 0x10] =
+	  READ_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->attribute_adddata);
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // Video card specific state, Number9 GXE /w S3 928 chip.
+    //
+
+    //
+    // Unlock via cr38, cr39
+    //
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, 0x38);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0x48);
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, 0x39);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_data, 0xa0);
+
+    //
+    // spec page 7-1
+    //
+
+    for (I = 0x31; I < 0x3d; I++) {
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, I);
+        DebugAid [Index] [49 + I - 0x31] =
+	  READ_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->crtc_data);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // spec pages 8-1, 9-1
+    //
+
+    for (I = 0x40; I < 0x63; I++) {
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_WRITE->crtc_address, I);
+        DebugAid [Index] [61 + I - 0x40] =
+	  READ_PORT_UCHAR (&VIDEO_CONTROL_READ->crtc_data);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // spec page 10-4
+    //
+
+    // advfunc_cntl
+    DebugAid[Index][96] = READ_PORT_USHORT((PUCHAR)EisaIOQva(0x46e8)) & 0xff;
+    DebugAid[Index][97] = (READ_PORT_USHORT((PUCHAR)EisaIOQva(0x46e8)) >> 8)
+                          & 0xff;
+
+
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxenvir.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxenvir.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b31d38985
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxenvir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1020 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jxenvir.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements the ARC firmware Environment Variable functions as
+    described in the Advanced Risc Computing Specification (Revision 1.00),
+    section 3.3.3.11, for a MIPS R3000 or R4000 Jazz system.
+
+Author:
+
+    David M. Robinson (davidro) 13-June-1991
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    26-May-1992		John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Added Alpha/Jensen hooks.
+
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+//
+// Static data.
+//
+
+UCHAR OutputString[MAXIMUM_ENVIRONMENT_VALUE];
+PUCHAR VolatileEnvironment;
+
+//
+// Routine prototypes.
+//
+
+#ifdef MORGAN
+UCHAR
+HalpReadNVByte (
+    IN PUCHAR RAddress
+    );
+#endif
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwEnvironmentSetChecksum (
+    VOID
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwFindEnvironmentVariable (
+    IN PCHAR Variable,
+    OUT PULONG VariableIndex,
+    OUT PULONG ValueIndex
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwFindVolatileEnvironmentVariable (
+    IN PCHAR Variable,
+    OUT PULONG VariableIndex,
+    OUT PULONG ValueIndex
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+EnvironmentVariableIsProtected (
+    IN PCHAR Variable
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwEnvironmentInitialize (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the environment routine addresses.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    //
+    // Allocate enough memory to load the environment for loaded programs.
+    //
+
+    VolatileEnvironment = FwAllocatePool(LENGTH_OF_ENVIRONMENT);
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the environment routine addresses in the system
+    // parameter block.
+    //
+
+    (PARC_GET_ENVIRONMENT_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[GetEnvironmentRoutine] =
+                                                            FwGetEnvironmentVariable;
+    (PARC_SET_ENVIRONMENT_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[SetEnvironmentRoutine] =
+                                                            FwSetEnvironmentVariable;
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwEnvironmentSetChecksum (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine sets the environment area checksum.
+
+    This must ONLY be called from FwEnvironmentStore, which does the
+    required block erase & storage of the environment variable area.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS if the checksum was written OK.
+    EIO otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PUCHAR NvChars;
+    PNV_CONFIGURATION NvConfiguration;
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG Checksum;
+
+    NvConfiguration = (PNV_CONFIGURATION)NVRAM_CONFIGURATION;
+
+    //
+    // Form checksum from NVRAM data.
+    //
+
+    Checksum = 0;
+    NvChars = (PUCHAR)&NvConfiguration->Environment[0];
+
+    FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode();
+
+    for ( Index = 0 ; Index < LENGTH_OF_ENVIRONMENT; Index++ ) {
+        Checksum += HalpReadNVByte( NvChars++ );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Write environment checksum.
+    //
+
+    if ((FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->Checksum2[0],
+			(UCHAR)(Checksum & 0xFF)) != ESUCCESS) ||
+	(FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->Checksum2[1],
+			(UCHAR)((Checksum >> 8) & 0xFF)) != ESUCCESS) ||
+	(FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->Checksum2[2],
+			(UCHAR)((Checksum >> 16) & 0xFF)) != ESUCCESS) ||
+	(FwROMByteWrite(&NvConfiguration->Checksum2[3],
+			(UCHAR)(Checksum >> 24)) != ESUCCESS)) {
+	return EIO;
+    } else {
+	return ESUCCESS;
+    }
+}
+
+
+PCHAR
+FwGetEnvironmentVariable (
+    IN PCHAR Variable
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine searches (not case sensitive) the non-volatile ram for
+    Variable, and if found returns a pointer to a zero terminated string that
+    contains the value, otherwise a NULL pointer is returned.
+
+    If the variable specified by Variable is protected, we get the information
+    from special global variables.  See also the jnsetset.c and jxboot.c
+    modules.
+    
+Arguments:
+
+    Variable - Supplies a zero terminated string containing an environment
+               variable.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If successful, returns a zero terminated string that is the value of
+    Variable, otherwise NULL is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    CHAR TempString[MAXIMUM_ENVIRONMENT_VALUE];
+    PNV_CONFIGURATION NvConfiguration;
+    ULONG VariableIndex;
+    ULONG ValueIndex;
+    ULONG Outdex;
+    EXTENDED_SYSTEM_INFORMATION SystemInfo;
+
+    //
+    // If Variable is protected, create string and return
+    //
+
+    if (EnvironmentVariableIsProtected(Variable)) {
+
+	    //
+    	    // Convert environment variable to uppercase.
+	    //
+	    
+	    Outdex = 0;
+	    TempString[0] = 0;
+	    while ((*Variable != 0) && (Outdex < MAXIMUM_ENVIRONMENT_VALUE)) {
+	    	TempString[Outdex] =
+	    	    (((*Variable >= 'a') && (*Variable <= 'z')) ?
+    		     (*Variable - 'a' + 'A') : *Variable);
+	    	Outdex++;
+	    	Variable++;
+	    }
+
+	    if (Outdex == MAXIMUM_ENVIRONMENT_VALUE) {
+	    	// Something is very wrong!
+	    	return NULL;
+	    }
+
+	    TempString[Outdex] = 0;
+	    
+	    FwReturnExtendedSystemInformation(&SystemInfo);
+
+
+	    // Hack - I should be a static list of protected
+	    // environment variables.
+
+	    if (strstr(TempString, "PHYSICALADDRESSBITS")) {
+	    	sprintf(OutputString, "PHYSICALADDRESSBITS=%d",
+	    		SystemInfo.NumberOfPhysicalAddressBits);
+	        return OutputString;
+	    } else if (strstr(TempString, "MAXIMUMADDRESSSPACENUMBER")) {
+	    	sprintf(OutputString, "MAXIMUMADDRESSSPACENUMBER=%d",
+			SystemInfo.MaximumAddressSpaceNumber);
+	        return OutputString;
+	    } else if (strstr(TempString, "SYSTEMSERIALNUMBER")) {
+	    	sprintf(OutputString, "SYSTEMSERIALNUMBER=%s",
+			SystemInfo.SystemSerialNumber);
+	        return OutputString;
+	    } else if (strstr(TempString, "CYCLECOUNTERPERIOD")) {
+	    	sprintf(OutputString, "CYCLECOUNTERPERIOD=%d",
+			SystemInfo.ProcessorCycleCounterPeriod);
+	        return OutputString;
+	    } else if (strstr(TempString, "PROCESSORPAGESIZE")) {
+	    	sprintf(OutputString, "PROCESSORPAGESIZE=%d",
+			SystemInfo.ProcessorPageSize);
+	        return OutputString;
+	    } else {
+	    	// The requestion environment variable is supposed to
+	    	// be a protected one, so if we get to here then there
+	    	// is some internal error in the firmware.  Error return.
+	    	return NULL;
+	    }
+    }
+
+    NvConfiguration = (PNV_CONFIGURATION)NVRAM_CONFIGURATION;
+
+    //
+    // If checksum is wrong, or the variable can not be found, return NULL.
+    //
+
+    if ((JzEnvironmentCheckChecksum() != ESUCCESS) ||
+        (FwFindEnvironmentVariable(Variable, &VariableIndex, &ValueIndex) != ESUCCESS)) {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Copy value to an output string, break on zero terminator or string max.
+    //
+
+    for ( Outdex = 0 ; Outdex < (MAXIMUM_ENVIRONMENT_VALUE - 1) ; Outdex++ ) {
+        if (HalpReadNVByte(&NvConfiguration->Environment[ValueIndex])
+	    == 0) {
+            break;
+        }
+        OutputString[Outdex] =
+                HalpReadNVByte( &NvConfiguration->Environment[ValueIndex++] );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Zero terminate string, and return.
+    //
+
+    OutputString[Outdex] = 0;
+    return OutputString;
+}
+
+PCHAR
+FwGetVolatileEnvironmentVariable (
+    IN PCHAR Variable
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine searches (not case sensitive) the volatile variables for
+    Variable, and if found returns a pointer to a zero terminated string that
+    contains the value, otherwise a NULL pointer is returned.
+
+    If the variable specified by Variable is protected, we get the information
+    from special global variables.  See also the jnsetset.c and jxboot.c
+    modules.
+    
+    This is used by the Setup utility to provide quick access to the
+    variables.  It could completely take the place of
+    FwGetEnvironmentVariable() if there are no calls to it before
+    the volatile area is set up.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Variable - Supplies a zero terminated string containing an environment
+               variable.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If successful, returns a zero terminated string that is the value of
+    Variable, otherwise NULL is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    CHAR TempString[MAXIMUM_ENVIRONMENT_VALUE];
+    PUCHAR String;
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG ValueIndex;
+    ULONG VariableIndex;
+    ULONG Outdex;
+    EXTENDED_SYSTEM_INFORMATION SystemInfo;
+
+    //
+    // If Variable is protected, create string and return
+    //
+
+    if (EnvironmentVariableIsProtected(Variable)) {
+
+	    //
+    	    // Convert environment variable to uppercase.
+	    //
+	    
+	    Outdex = 0;
+	    TempString[0] = 0;
+	    while ((*Variable != 0) && (Outdex < MAXIMUM_ENVIRONMENT_VALUE)) {
+	    	TempString[Outdex] =
+	    	    (((*Variable >= 'a') && (*Variable <= 'z')) ?
+    		     (*Variable - 'a' + 'A') : *Variable);
+	    	Outdex++;
+	    	Variable++;
+	    }
+
+	    if (Outdex == MAXIMUM_ENVIRONMENT_VALUE) {
+	    	// Something is very wrong!
+	    	return NULL;
+	    }
+
+	    TempString[Outdex] = 0;
+	    
+	    FwReturnExtendedSystemInformation(&SystemInfo);
+
+
+	    // Hack - I should be a static list of protected
+	    // environment variables.
+
+	    if (strstr(TempString, "PHYSICALADDRESSBITS")) {
+	    	sprintf(OutputString, "PHYSICALADDRESSBITS=%d",
+	    		SystemInfo.NumberOfPhysicalAddressBits);
+	        return OutputString;
+	    } else if (strstr(TempString, "MAXIMUMADDRESSSPACENUMBER")) {
+	    	sprintf(OutputString, "MAXIMUMADDRESSSPACENUMBER=%d",
+			SystemInfo.MaximumAddressSpaceNumber);
+	        return OutputString;
+	    } else if (strstr(TempString, "SYSTEMSERIALNUMBER")) {
+	    	sprintf(OutputString, "SYSTEMSERIALNUMBER=%s",
+			SystemInfo.SystemSerialNumber);
+	        return OutputString;
+	    } else if (strstr(TempString, "CYCLECOUNTERPERIOD")) {
+	    	sprintf(OutputString, "CYCLECOUNTERPERIOD=%d",
+			SystemInfo.ProcessorCycleCounterPeriod);
+	        return OutputString;
+	    } else if (strstr(TempString, "PROCESSORPAGESIZE")) {
+	    	sprintf(OutputString, "PROCESSORPAGESIZE=%d",
+			SystemInfo.ProcessorPageSize);
+	        return OutputString;
+	    } else {
+	    	// The requestion environment variable is supposed to
+	    	// be a protected one, so if we get to here then there
+	    	// is some internal error in the firmware.  Error return.
+	    	return NULL;
+	    }
+    }
+
+    if (FwFindVolatileEnvironmentVariable(Variable,
+					  &VariableIndex,
+					  &ValueIndex) != ESUCCESS) {
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // Copy value to an output string, break on zero terminator or string max.
+    //
+
+    for ( Outdex = 0 ; Outdex < (MAXIMUM_ENVIRONMENT_VALUE - 1) ; Outdex++ ) {
+        if (*(VolatileEnvironment + ValueIndex) == 0) {
+            break;
+        }
+        OutputString[Outdex] = *(VolatileEnvironment + ValueIndex++);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Zero terminate string, and return.
+    //
+
+    OutputString[Outdex] = 0;
+    return OutputString;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef ALPHA
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwSetEnvironmentVariable(
+    IN PCHAR Variable,
+    IN PCHAR Value
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine sets Variable (not case sensitive) to Value in the 
+    Volatile and ROM areas.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Variable - Supplies a zero terminated string containing an environment
+               variable.
+
+    Value - Supplies a zero terminated string containing an environment
+               variable value.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Whatever is returned from FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable.  This should be:
+
+    Returns ESUCCESS if the set completed successfully, otherwise one of
+    the following error codes is returned.
+
+    ENOSPC          No space in NVRAM for set operation.
+
+    EIO             Invalid Checksum.
+
+    EACCES	    A protected environment variable cannot be changed.
+--*/
+
+{
+    return(FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable(Variable, Value, TRUE));
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ALPHA
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwCoreSetEnvironmentVariable (
+    IN PCHAR Variable,
+    IN PCHAR Value,
+    IN BOOLEAN UpdateTheROM
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine sets Variable (not case sensitive) to Value.
+
+    The MIPS version of this code modified the NVRAM directly.
+
+    Alpha/Jensen has a Flash ROM with a much slower write algorithm.
+    This function is therefore used in two ways:
+    a) By the ARC SetEnvironmentVariable function, to modify the Volatile
+       area and then the PROM configuration block.  
+    b) By the setup utility, to modify just the Volatile area.  The ROM
+       is updated upon exit from Setup.
+
+    This checks to see if the variable is protected.
+    If so, an error return is taken.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Variable - Supplies a zero terminated string containing an environment
+               variable.
+
+    Value - Supplies a zero terminated string containing an environment
+               variable value.
+
+    UpdateTheROM - TRUE  = update the Volatile area and the ROM.
+                   FALSE = update the Volatile area only.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns ESUCCESS if the set completed successfully, otherwise one of
+    the following error codes is returned.
+
+    ENOSPC          No space in NVRAM for set operation.
+
+    EIO             Invalid Checksum.
+
+    EACCES	    A protected environment variable cannot be changed.
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG VariableIndex;
+    ULONG ValueIndex;
+    ULONG TopOfEnvironment;
+    PCHAR String;
+    PUCHAR VChars;
+    ULONG Count;
+    CHAR Char;
+
+    //
+    // If checksum is wrong, return EIO;
+    //
+
+    if (UpdateTheROM && (JzEnvironmentCheckChecksum() != ESUCCESS)) {
+        return EIO;
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // If the environment variable is protected, return EACCES.
+    //
+
+    if (EnvironmentVariableIsProtected(Variable)) {
+    	return EACCES;
+    }
+    
+    VChars = VolatileEnvironment;
+
+    //
+    // Determine the top of the environment space by looking for the first
+    // non-null character from the top.
+    //
+
+    TopOfEnvironment = LENGTH_OF_ENVIRONMENT - 1;
+
+    while (VChars[--TopOfEnvironment] == 0) {
+        if (TopOfEnvironment == 0) {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Adjust TopOfEnvironment to the first new character, unless environment
+    // space is empty.
+    //
+
+    if (TopOfEnvironment != 0) {
+        TopOfEnvironment += 2;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check to see if the variable already has a value.
+    //
+
+    Count = LENGTH_OF_ENVIRONMENT - TopOfEnvironment;
+
+    if (FwFindVolatileEnvironmentVariable(Variable,
+					  &VariableIndex,
+					  &ValueIndex) == ESUCCESS) {
+
+        //
+        // Count free space, starting with the free area at the top and adding
+        // the old variable value.
+        //
+
+        for ( String = VChars + ValueIndex ;
+              *String != 0 ;
+              String++ ) {
+            Count++;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Determine if free area is large enough to handle new value, if not
+        // return error.
+        //
+
+        for ( String = Value ; *String != 0 ; String++ ) {
+            if (Count-- == 0) {
+                return ENOSPC;
+            }
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Move ValueIndex to the end of the value and compress strings.
+        //
+
+        while(VChars[ValueIndex++] != 0) {
+        }
+
+        while (ValueIndex < TopOfEnvironment ) {
+            VChars[VariableIndex++] = VChars[ValueIndex++];
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Adjust new top of environment.
+        //
+
+        TopOfEnvironment = VariableIndex;
+
+        //
+        // Zero to the end.
+        //
+
+        while (VariableIndex < LENGTH_OF_ENVIRONMENT) {
+            VChars[VariableIndex++] = 0;
+        }
+
+    //
+    // Variable is new.
+    //
+
+    } else {
+
+        //
+        // Determine if free area is large enough to handle new value, if not
+        // return error.
+        //
+
+        for ( String = Value ; *String != 0 ; String++ ) {
+            if (Count-- == 0) {
+                return ENOSPC;
+            }
+        }
+
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If Value is not zero, write new variable and value.
+    //
+
+    if (*Value != 0) {
+
+        //
+        // Write new variable, converting to upper case.
+        //
+
+        while (*Variable != 0) {
+	    VChars[TopOfEnvironment++] = 
+	      ((*Variable >= 'a') && (*Variable <= 'z') ? (*Variable - 'a' + 'A') : *Variable);
+            Variable++;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Write equal sign.
+        //
+
+        VChars[TopOfEnvironment++] = '=';
+
+        //
+        // Write new value.
+        //
+
+        while (*Value != 0) {
+            VChars[TopOfEnvironment++] = *Value++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    
+    if (UpdateTheROM) {
+
+	//
+	// Now update the Jensen configuration/environment PROM block,
+	// including the appropriate checksums.
+	//
+    
+	return FwSaveConfiguration();
+
+    } else {
+
+	return(ESUCCESS);
+
+    }
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwFindEnvironmentVariable (
+    IN PCHAR Variable,
+    OUT PULONG VariableIndex,
+    OUT PULONG ValueIndex
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine searches (not case sensitive) the non-volatile ram for
+    Variable.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Variable - Supplies a zero terminated string containing an environment
+               variable.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If successful, returns ESUCCESS, otherwise returns ENOENT.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PNV_CONFIGURATION NvConfiguration;
+    PUCHAR String;
+    PUCHAR Environment;
+    ULONG Index;
+
+    NvConfiguration = (PNV_CONFIGURATION)NVRAM_CONFIGURATION;
+
+    //
+    // If Variable is null, return immediately.
+    //
+
+    if (*Variable == 0) {
+        return ENOENT;
+    }
+
+    Environment = NvConfiguration->Environment;
+    Index = 0;
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+
+        //
+        // Set string to beginning of Variable.
+        //
+
+        String = Variable;
+        *VariableIndex = Index;
+
+        //
+        // Search until the end of NVRAM.
+        //
+
+        while ( Index < LENGTH_OF_ENVIRONMENT ) {
+
+            //
+            // Convert to uppercase and break if mismatch.
+            //
+
+            if ( HalpReadNVByte( &Environment[Index] ) !=
+                                            ((*String >= 'a') &&
+                                             (*String <= 'z') ?
+                                             (*String - 'a' + 'A') : *String) ) {
+                break;
+            }
+
+            String++;
+            Index++;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Check to see if we're at the end of the string and the variable,
+        // which means a match.
+        //
+
+        if ((*String == 0) && (HalpReadNVByte( &Environment[Index] ) == '=')) {
+            *ValueIndex = ++Index;
+            return ESUCCESS;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Move index to the start of the next variable.
+        //
+
+        while (HalpReadNVByte( &Environment[Index++] ) != 0) {
+            if (Index >= LENGTH_OF_ENVIRONMENT) {
+                return ENOENT;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwFindVolatileEnvironmentVariable (
+    IN PCHAR Variable,
+    OUT PULONG VariableIndex,
+    OUT PULONG ValueIndex
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine searches (not case sensitive) the Volatile area for
+    Variable.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Variable - Supplies a zero terminated string containing an environment
+               variable.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If successful, returns ESUCCESS, otherwise returns ENOENT.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PUCHAR String;
+    ULONG Index;
+
+    //
+    // If Variable is null, return immediately.
+    //
+
+    if (*Variable == 0) {
+        return ENOENT;
+    }
+
+    Index = 0;
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+
+        //
+        // Set string to beginning of Variable.
+        //
+
+        String = Variable;
+	*VariableIndex = Index;
+
+        //
+        // Search until the end of the volatile environment.
+        //
+
+        while (Index < LENGTH_OF_ENVIRONMENT) {
+
+            //
+            // Convert to uppercase and break if mismatch.
+            //
+
+            if (*(VolatileEnvironment + Index) !=
+                                            ((*String >= 'a') &&
+                                             (*String <= 'z') ?
+                                             (*String - 'a' + 'A') : *String) ) {
+                break;
+            }
+
+            String++;
+            Index++;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Check to see if we are at the end of the string and the variable,
+        // which means a match.
+        //
+
+        if ((*String == 0) && (*(VolatileEnvironment + Index) == '=')) {
+            *ValueIndex = ++Index;
+	    return ESUCCESS;
+        }
+
+	//
+	// Return if we are at the end of the Volatile Environment.
+	//
+
+	if (Index >= LENGTH_OF_ENVIRONMENT) {
+	    return ENOENT;
+	}
+
+        //
+        // Move index to the start of the next variable.
+        //
+
+        while (*(VolatileEnvironment + Index++) != 0) {
+	    if (Index >= LENGTH_OF_ENVIRONMENT) {
+		return ENOENT;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+PCHAR
+FwEnvironmentLoad (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine loads the entire environment into the volatile environment
+    area.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the checksum is good, a pointer to the environment in returned,
+    otherwise NULL is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Index;
+    PUCHAR NvChars;
+    PUCHAR VChars;
+    PNV_CONFIGURATION NvConfiguration;
+
+    if (JzEnvironmentCheckChecksum() == ESUCCESS) {
+
+        NvConfiguration = (PNV_CONFIGURATION)NVRAM_CONFIGURATION;
+
+        //
+        // Copy the data into the volatile area.
+        //
+
+        NvChars = (PUCHAR)&NvConfiguration->Environment[0];
+        VChars = VolatileEnvironment;
+
+        for ( Index = 0 ;
+              Index < LENGTH_OF_ENVIRONMENT;
+              Index++ ) {
+            *VChars++ = HalpReadNVByte( NvChars++ );
+        }
+
+        return (PCHAR)VolatileEnvironment;
+    } else {
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+EnvironmentVariableIsProtected (
+    IN PCHAR Variable
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    Some environment variables are not allowed to be modified by the user.
+    This function checks to see if the argument is such a variable.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Variable - A zero-terminated string containing an environment variable
+    	       name.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    TRUE	if the environment variable exists and is protected.
+    FALSE	if the environment variables does not exist, or is
+    		not protected, or if an error occurred.
+
+--*/
+{
+    CHAR TempString[MAXIMUM_ENVIRONMENT_VALUE];
+    ULONG Index;
+        
+    // Convert environment variable to uppercase.
+    Index = 0;
+    TempString[0] = 0;
+    while ((*Variable != 0) && (Index < MAXIMUM_ENVIRONMENT_VALUE)) {
+    	TempString[Index] =
+    	    (((*Variable >= 'a') && (*Variable <= 'z')) ?
+    	     (*Variable - 'a' + 'A') : *Variable);
+    	Index++;
+    	Variable++;
+    }
+
+    // Check for string-too-long
+    if (Index == MAXIMUM_ENVIRONMENT_VALUE) {
+    	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    TempString[Index] = 0;
+    
+    // Check whether this is a protected variable.
+    if ((strstr(TempString, "PHYSICALADDRESSBITS")) ||
+        (strstr(TempString, "MAXIMUMADDRESSSPACENUMBER")) ||
+        (strstr(TempString, "SYSTEMSERIALNUMBER")) ||
+	(strstr(TempString, "CYCLECOUNTERPERIOD")) ||
+	(strstr(TempString, "PROCESSORPAGESIZE"))) {
+        return TRUE;
+    } else {
+    	return FALSE;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxfboot.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxfboot.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..039b56ee7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxfboot.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2273 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1989  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jxfboot.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements the floppy disk boot driver for the Jazz system.
+
+Author:
+
+    Darryl E. Havens (darrylh) 28-Aug-1989
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode only, raised IRQL, generally self-contained.
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    31-August-1992	John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Made Alpha/Jensen modifications.  This file is now Alpha-specific.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "jnsnprom.h"
+#include "ntdddisk.h"
+#include "flo_data.h"
+#include "xxstring.h"
+
+//
+// Define local static data.
+//
+
+UCHAR DebugByte[8];
+ULONG MotorStatus;
+PDRIVE_MEDIA_CONSTANTS CurrentDriveMediaConstants;
+
+//
+// Define timeout constants.
+//
+
+#define MICROSECONDS_10                 10
+#define MICROSECONDS_20                 20
+#define MICROSECONDS_250                250
+#define MICROSECONDS_500                500
+#define MILLISECONDS_15                 (15 * 1000)
+#define MILLISECONDS_30                 (30 * 1000)
+#define MILLISECONDS_500                (500 * 1000)
+#define SECONDS_2                       (2 * 1000 * 1000)
+#define FW_FLOPPY_TIMEOUT               2
+
+//
+// Define the number of times an operation is retried before it is considered
+// to be a hard error.
+//
+
+#define RETRY_COUNT  8
+
+//
+// Define the MINIMUM macro.
+//
+
+#define MINIMUM( x, y ) ( x <= y ? x : y )
+
+//
+// Define floppy device register structure.
+//
+
+typedef struct _FLOPPY_REGISTERS {
+    UCHAR StatusRegisterA;
+    UCHAR StatusRegisterB;
+    UCHAR DigitalOutput;
+    UCHAR Reserved1;
+    union {
+        UCHAR MainStatus;
+        UCHAR DataRateSelect;
+    } MsrDsr;
+    UCHAR Fifo;
+    UCHAR Reserved2;
+    union {
+        UCHAR DigitalInput;
+        UCHAR ConfigurationControl;
+    } DirCcr;
+} FLOPPY_REGISTERS, *PFLOPPY_REGISTERS;
+
+//
+// Define pointer to the floppy registers.
+//
+
+#define FLOPPY_CONTROL ((volatile PFLOPPY_REGISTERS)FLOPPY_VIRTUAL_BASE)
+
+
+
+//
+// Define bits in some of the floppy registers.  The existing Microsoft
+// code uses constants (e.g. 0xC0) for register masking.  These defines
+// will be used in Digital Equipment Corporation code.
+//
+
+#define	FLOPPY_SRA_INTPENDING	0x80
+#define	FLOPPY_MSR_DRV0BUSY	0x1
+#define	FLOPPY_MSR_DRV1BUSY	0x2
+#define	FLOPPY_MSR_CMDBUSY	0x10
+#define	FLOPPY_MSR_NONDMA	0x20
+#define	FLOPPY_MSR_DIO		0x40
+#define	FLOPPY_MSR_RQM		0x80
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyClose (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyMount (
+    IN PCHAR MountPath,
+    IN MOUNT_OPERATION Operation
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyOpen (
+    IN PCHAR OpenPath,
+    IN OPEN_MODE OpenMode,
+    OUT PULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyRead (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyGetReadStatus (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppySeek (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PLARGE_INTEGER Offset,
+    IN SEEK_MODE SeekMode
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyWrite (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyGetFileInformation (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    OUT PFILE_INFORMATION Finfo
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyBootIO(
+    IN PMDL MdlAddress,
+    IN ULONG StartingBlock,
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN BOOLEAN ReadWrite
+    );
+
+VOID
+ClearFloppyFifo (
+    IN VOID
+    );
+
+ULONG
+ReadFloppyFifo (
+    IN PUCHAR Buffer
+    );
+
+VOID
+WriteFloppyFifo(
+    IN PUCHAR Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Size
+    );
+
+//
+// Declare and Initialize the floppy disk device entry table.
+//
+
+BL_DEVICE_ENTRY_TABLE FloppyEntryTable = {
+    FloppyClose,
+    FloppyMount,
+    FloppyOpen,
+    FloppyRead,
+    FloppyGetReadStatus,
+    FloppySeek,
+    FloppyWrite,
+    FloppyGetFileInformation,
+    (PARC_SET_FILE_INFO_ROUTINE)NULL
+    };
+
+//
+// Define prototypes for all routines used by this module.
+//
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+WaitForFloppyInterrupt(
+	ULONG Timeout
+	);
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyBootClose(
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+Recalibrate (
+    UCHAR   DriveNumber
+    );
+
+VOID
+FloppyBootSetup(
+    VOID
+    );
+
+UCHAR
+ReceiveByte (
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+SendByte(
+    IN UCHAR SourceByte
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyDetermineMediaType(
+    IN OUT PFLOPPY_CONTEXT FloppyContext,
+    OUT PMEDIA_TYPE mediaType
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyDatarateSpecifyConfigure(
+    IN DRIVE_MEDIA_TYPE DriveMediaType,
+    IN UCHAR DriveNumber
+    );
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyClose (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function closes the file table entry specified by the file id.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies the file table index.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    FloppyBootClose();
+    BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Open = 0;
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyMount (
+    IN PCHAR MountPath,
+    IN MOUNT_OPERATION Operation
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyOpen (
+    IN PCHAR OpenPath,
+    IN OPEN_MODE OpenMode,
+    IN OUT PULONG FileId
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT FloppyComponent, FloppyController;
+    UCHAR Data[sizeof(CM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST) +
+               sizeof(CM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR) * 8 +
+               sizeof(CM_FLOPPY_DEVICE_DATA)];
+    PCM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST List = (PCM_PARTIAL_RESOURCE_LIST)Data;
+    PCM_FLOPPY_DEVICE_DATA FloppyData;
+    ULONG DriveNumber;
+    ULONG Index;
+    ARC_STATUS ArcStatus;
+    CHAR TempBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE + 32];
+    PCHAR TempPointer;
+    ULONG Count;
+    UCHAR mediaDescriptor;
+    MEDIA_TYPE mediaType = Unknown;
+    DRIVE_MEDIA_TYPE driveMediaType;
+    ULONG DriveType;
+    ULONG ConfigDriveType;
+
+    //
+    // Get the drive number from the pathname.
+    //
+
+    if (JzGetPathMnemonicKey(OpenPath, "fdisk", &DriveNumber)) {
+        return ENODEV;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If the ARC CDS data is invalid, default to 2.88MB floppy
+    //
+
+    BlFileTable[*FileId].u.FloppyContext.DriveType = DRIVE_TYPE_2880;
+
+    //
+    // Look in the configuration database for the floppy device data to
+    // determine the size of the floppy drive.
+    //
+
+    FloppyComponent = FwGetComponent(OpenPath);
+    if ((FloppyComponent != NULL) &&
+        (FloppyComponent->Type == FloppyDiskPeripheral)) {
+        if (FwGetConfigurationData(List, FloppyComponent) == ESUCCESS) {
+            FloppyData = (PCM_FLOPPY_DEVICE_DATA)&List->PartialDescriptors[List->Count];
+            if (strcmp(FloppyData->Size,"5.25")==0) {
+                BlFileTable[*FileId].u.FloppyContext.DriveType = DRIVE_TYPE_1200;
+            } else {
+                if (strcmp(FloppyData->Size,"3.5")==0) {
+                    if (FloppyData->MaxDensity == 2880) {
+                        BlFileTable[*FileId].u.FloppyContext.DriveType = DRIVE_TYPE_2880;
+                    } else {
+                        BlFileTable[*FileId].u.FloppyContext.DriveType = DRIVE_TYPE_1440;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    ConfigDriveType = BlFileTable[*FileId].u.FloppyContext.DriveType;
+    BlFileTable[*FileId].u.FloppyContext.DiskId = DriveNumber;
+    BlFileTable[*FileId].Position.LowPart=0;
+    BlFileTable[*FileId].Position.HighPart=0;
+
+    //
+    // Enable the drive and start the motor via the DOR.
+    //
+
+    if (MotorStatus != DriveNumber) {
+        WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->DigitalOutput,
+                             ((0xc + DriveNumber) + (1 << (DriveNumber + 4))));
+        MotorStatus = DriveNumber;
+
+        //
+        // Wait for at least 500ms to ensure that the motor really is running.
+        //
+
+        FwStallExecution(MILLISECONDS_500);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Determine the disk density.
+    //
+
+    ClearFloppyFifo();
+    ArcStatus = FloppyDetermineMediaType(&BlFileTable[*FileId].u.FloppyContext,
+					 &mediaType);
+    if (ArcStatus == EIO) {
+
+        FloppyClose(*FileId);
+
+        //
+        // Reset the floppy, it seems to get in a bad state.
+        //
+
+        FloppyBootSetup();
+        return(ArcStatus);
+
+    } else if (ArcStatus != ESUCCESS) {
+
+        //
+        // The floppy was not readable, so try next lowest floppy type.
+        //
+
+        DriveType = BlFileTable[*FileId].u.FloppyContext.DriveType;
+
+        if (DriveType == DRIVE_TYPE_2880) {
+            BlFileTable[*FileId].u.FloppyContext.DriveType = DRIVE_TYPE_1440;
+        } else if (DriveType == DRIVE_TYPE_1440) {
+            BlFileTable[*FileId].u.FloppyContext.DriveType = DRIVE_TYPE_1200;
+        }
+
+        ArcStatus = FloppyDetermineMediaType(&BlFileTable[*FileId].u.FloppyContext,
+					     &mediaType);
+
+        if (ArcStatus != ESUCCESS) {
+//            FwPrint("Unrecognized floppy format\r\n");
+            FloppyClose(*FileId);
+            return(ArcStatus);
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Read the first sector to get the media descriptor byte.
+    //
+
+    TempPointer =  (PVOID) ((ULONG) (TempBuffer + KeGetDcacheFillSize() - 1)
+			    & ~(KeGetDcacheFillSize() - 1));
+    ArcStatus = FloppyRead(*FileId, TempPointer, SECTOR_SIZE, &Count);
+
+    if (ArcStatus != ESUCCESS) {
+//        FwPrint("Error opening floppy\r\n");
+        FloppyClose(*FileId);
+        return(ArcStatus);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check the media descriptor byte to verify that we have the right
+    // drive and media type.
+    //
+
+    DriveType = BlFileTable[*FileId].u.FloppyContext.DriveType;
+    mediaDescriptor = *( TempPointer + MEDIA_DESCRIPTOR_OFFSET );
+
+    switch ( mediaDescriptor ) {
+
+    case MEDIA_DESCRIPTOR_160K:
+        mediaType = F5_160_512;
+        DriveType = DRIVE_TYPE_1200;
+        break;
+
+    case MEDIA_DESCRIPTOR_180K:
+        mediaType = F5_180_512;
+        DriveType = DRIVE_TYPE_1200;
+        break;
+
+    case MEDIA_DESCRIPTOR_320K:
+        mediaType = F5_320_512;
+        DriveType = DRIVE_TYPE_1200;
+        break;
+
+    case MEDIA_DESCRIPTOR_360K:
+        mediaType = F5_360_512;
+        DriveType = DRIVE_TYPE_1200;
+        break;
+
+    case MEDIA_DESCRIPTOR_720K_OR_1220K:
+
+        //
+        // The following code tries to take care of the case when the floppy
+        // is really a 5 1/4" drive but the firmware thinks its 3 1/2".  A
+        // 1.2 MByte floppy can be read with the 1.44 MByte parameters, but
+        // the descriptor byte will be MEDIA_DESCRIPTOR_720K_OR_1220K.  Check
+        // if the parameters are really for 720 K, otherwise default to
+        // 1.2 MByte.
+        //
+
+        if ((DriveType == DRIVE_TYPE_1440) &&
+            (BlFileTable[*FileId].u.FloppyContext.SectorsPerTrack == 9)) {
+            mediaType = F3_720_512;
+        } else {
+            mediaType = F5_1Pt2_512;
+            DriveType = DRIVE_TYPE_1200;
+        }
+        break;
+
+
+    case MEDIA_DESCRIPTOR_1440K_OR_2880K:
+    default:
+
+	//
+	// FloppyDetermineMediaType did the right thing for this case,
+	// so no additional verification is needed.
+	//
+
+        break;
+    }
+
+
+    if ( mediaType != 0 ) {
+
+        //
+        // Find the constants for this media type.
+        //
+
+        driveMediaType = DriveMediaLimits[DriveType].HighestDriveMediaType;
+        while ( ( DriveMediaConstants[driveMediaType].MediaType != mediaType ) &&
+                ( driveMediaType > DriveMediaLimits[DriveType].LowestDriveMediaType ) ) {
+
+            driveMediaType--;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Set the sectors per track and the drive type in the floppy
+        // context record.
+        //
+
+        BlFileTable[*FileId].u.FloppyContext.SectorsPerTrack =
+                DriveMediaConstants[driveMediaType].SectorsPerTrack;
+        BlFileTable[*FileId].u.FloppyContext.DriveType = DriveType;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If the floppy drive type has changed, update the configuration database
+    // with the correct drive type.
+    //
+
+    if (DriveType != ConfigDriveType) {
+
+	switch (DriveType) {
+
+	  case DRIVE_TYPE_1200:
+
+            strcpy(FloppyData->Size,"5.25");
+            FloppyData->MaxDensity = 1200;
+	    break;
+
+	  case DRIVE_TYPE_1440:
+
+            strcpy(FloppyData->Size,"3.5");
+            FloppyData->MaxDensity = 1440;
+	    break;
+
+	  default:
+
+            strcpy(FloppyData->Size,"3.5");
+            FloppyData->MaxDensity = 2880;
+	    break;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Get a pointer to the floppy controller component.
+        //
+
+        if ((FloppyController = FwGetParent(FloppyComponent)) != NULL) {
+
+            //
+            // Delete the old entry, note that this does not actually delete the
+            // data in the database, it only changes the pointers, so that the
+            // AddChild call can still use the old component data structure.
+            //
+
+            if (FwDeleteComponent(FloppyComponent) == ESUCCESS) {
+
+                //
+                // Add back the modified floppy structure.
+                //
+
+                FwAddChild(FloppyController, FloppyComponent, List);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyRead (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function reads data from the floppy starting at the position
+    specified in the file table.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies the file table index.
+
+    Buffer - Supplies a poiner to the buffer that receives the data
+        read.
+
+    Length - Supplies the number of bytes to be read.
+
+    Count - Supplies a pointer to a variable that receives the number of
+        bytes actually read.
+
+Return Value:
+
+
+    The read completion status is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    ARC_STATUS ArcStatus;
+    ULONG FrameNumber;
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG Limit;
+    PMDL MdlAddress;
+    UCHAR MdlBuffer[sizeof(MDL) + ((64 / 4) + 1) * sizeof(ULONG)];
+    ULONG NumberOfPages;
+    ULONG Offset;
+    PULONG PageFrame;
+    ULONG Position;
+    CHAR TempBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE + 32];
+    PCHAR TempPointer;
+
+    //
+    // If the requested size of the transfer is zero return ESUCCESS
+    //
+    if (Length==0) {
+        return ESUCCESS;
+    }
+    //
+    // If the current position is not at a sector boundary , then
+    // read the first and/or last sector separately and copy the data.
+    //
+
+    Offset = BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart & (SECTOR_SIZE - 1);
+    if (Offset != 0) {
+        //
+        // Adjust position to the sector boundary, align the transfer address
+        // and read that first sector.
+        //
+        BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart -= Offset;
+        TempPointer =  (PVOID) ((ULONG) (TempBuffer + KeGetDcacheFillSize() - 1)
+            & ~(KeGetDcacheFillSize() - 1));
+
+        ArcStatus = FloppyRead(FileId, TempPointer, SECTOR_SIZE, Count);
+
+        //
+        // If the transfer was not successful, then reset the position
+        // and return the completion status.
+        //
+        if (ArcStatus != ESUCCESS) {
+            BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart += Offset;
+            return ArcStatus;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // If the length of read is less than the number of bytes from
+        // the offset to the end of the sector, then copy only the number
+        // of bytes required to fulfil the request. Otherwise copy to the end
+        // of the sector and, read the remaining data.
+        //
+
+        if ((SECTOR_SIZE - Offset) > Length) {
+            Limit = Offset + Length;
+        } else {
+            Limit = SECTOR_SIZE;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Copy the data to the specified buffer.
+        //
+        for (Index = Offset; Index < Limit; Index += 1) {
+            *((PCHAR)Buffer)++ = *(TempPointer + Index);
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Adjust the current position and
+        // Read the remaining part of the specified transfer.
+        //
+
+        BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart -= SECTOR_SIZE-Limit;
+        Position = BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart;
+        ArcStatus = FloppyRead(FileId,
+                               Buffer,
+                               Length - (Limit - Offset),
+                               Count);
+
+        //
+        // If the transfer was not successful, then reset the device
+        // position and return the completion status.
+        //
+
+        if (ArcStatus != ESUCCESS) {
+            BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart = Position;
+            return ArcStatus;
+        } else {
+            *Count = Length;
+            return ESUCCESS;
+        }
+    } else {
+        //
+        // if the size of requested data is not a multiple of the sector
+        // size then read the last sector separately.
+        //
+        if (Length & (SECTOR_SIZE - 1)) {
+            Position = BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart;
+            ArcStatus = FloppyRead(FileId,
+                                   Buffer,
+                                   Length & (~(SECTOR_SIZE - 1)),
+                                   Count);
+
+            //
+            // If the transfer was not successful, then reset the device
+            // position and return the completion status.
+            //
+            if (ArcStatus != ESUCCESS) {
+                BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart = Position;
+                return ArcStatus;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Read the last sector and copy the requested data.
+            //
+            TempPointer =  (PVOID) ((ULONG) (TempBuffer + KeGetDcacheFillSize() - 1)
+                & ~(KeGetDcacheFillSize() - 1));
+
+            ArcStatus = FloppyRead(FileId, TempPointer, SECTOR_SIZE, Count);
+
+            //
+            // If the transfer was not successful return the completion status.
+            //
+            if (ArcStatus != ESUCCESS) {
+                return ArcStatus;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Copy the data to the specified buffer.
+            //
+            (PCHAR)Buffer += Length & (~(SECTOR_SIZE - 1));
+            Limit =  Length & (SECTOR_SIZE - 1);
+            for (Index = 0; Index < Limit; Index += 1) {
+                *((PCHAR)Buffer)++ = *(TempPointer + Index);
+            }
+            BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart -= SECTOR_SIZE - Limit;
+            *Count = Length;
+            return ESUCCESS;
+
+
+
+        } else {
+
+            //
+            // Build the memory descriptor list.
+            //
+
+            MdlAddress = (PMDL)&MdlBuffer[0];
+            MdlAddress->Next = NULL;
+            MdlAddress->Size = sizeof(MDL) +
+                  ADDRESS_AND_SIZE_TO_SPAN_PAGES(Buffer, Length) * sizeof(ULONG);
+            MdlAddress->StartVa = (PVOID)PAGE_ALIGN(Buffer);
+            MdlAddress->ByteCount = Length;
+            MdlAddress->ByteOffset = BYTE_OFFSET(Buffer);
+            PageFrame = (PULONG)(MdlAddress + 1);
+            FrameNumber = (((ULONG)MdlAddress->StartVa) & 0x1fffffff) >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+            NumberOfPages = (MdlAddress->ByteCount +
+                  MdlAddress->ByteOffset + PAGE_SIZE - 1) >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+            for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfPages; Index += 1) {
+                *PageFrame++ = FrameNumber++;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Flush I/O buffers and read from the boot device.
+            //
+
+            HalFlushIoBuffers(MdlAddress, TRUE, TRUE);
+            ArcStatus = FloppyBootIO(MdlAddress,
+                                     BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart >> SECTOR_SHIFT,
+                                     FileId,
+                                     FALSE);
+
+            if (ArcStatus == ESUCCESS) {
+                BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart += Length;
+                *Count = Length;
+                return ESUCCESS;
+            } else {
+                *Count = 0;
+                return EIO;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyWrite (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function writes data to the floppy starting at the position
+    specified in the file table.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies the file table index.
+
+    Buffer - Supplies a poiner to the buffer that contains the data
+        to be written.
+
+    Length - Supplies the number of bytes to be writtes.
+
+    Count - Supplies a pointer to a variable that receives the number of
+        bytes actually written.
+
+Return Value:
+
+
+    The write completion status is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    ARC_STATUS ArcStatus;
+    ULONG FrameNumber;
+    ULONG Index;
+    ULONG Limit;
+    PMDL MdlAddress;
+    UCHAR MdlBuffer[sizeof(MDL) + ((64 / 4) + 1) * sizeof(ULONG)];
+    ULONG NumberOfPages;
+    ULONG Offset;
+    PULONG PageFrame;
+    ULONG Position;
+    CHAR TempBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE + 32];
+    PCHAR TempPointer;
+
+    //
+    // If the requested size of the transfer is zero return ESUCCESS
+    //
+    if (Length==0) {
+        return ESUCCESS;
+    }
+    //
+    // If the current position is not at a sector boundary , then
+    // read the first and/or last sector separately and copy the data.
+    //
+
+    Offset = BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart & (SECTOR_SIZE - 1);
+    if (Offset != 0) {
+        //
+        // Adjust position to the sector boundary, align the transfer address
+        // and read that first sector.
+        //
+        BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart -= Offset;
+        TempPointer =  (PVOID) ((ULONG) (TempBuffer + KeGetDcacheFillSize() - 1)
+            & ~(KeGetDcacheFillSize() - 1));
+
+        ArcStatus = FloppyRead(FileId, TempPointer, SECTOR_SIZE, Count);
+
+        //
+        // If the transfer was not successful, then reset the position
+        // and return the completion status.
+        //
+        if (ArcStatus != ESUCCESS) {
+            BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart += Offset;
+            return ArcStatus;
+        } else {
+            //
+            // Reset the position as it was before the read.
+            //
+            BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart -= SECTOR_SIZE;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // If the length of write is less than the number of bytes from
+        // the offset to the end of the sector, then copy only the number
+        // of bytes required to fulfil the request. Otherwise copy to the end
+        // of the sector and, read the remaining data.
+        //
+
+        if ((SECTOR_SIZE - Offset) > Length) {
+            Limit = Offset + Length;
+        } else {
+            Limit = SECTOR_SIZE;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Merge the data from the specified buffer.
+        //
+        for (Index = Offset; Index < Limit; Index += 1) {
+            *(TempPointer + Index) = *((PCHAR)Buffer)++;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Write the modified sector.
+        //
+        ArcStatus = FloppyWrite(FileId, TempPointer, SECTOR_SIZE, Count);
+
+        if (ArcStatus != ESUCCESS) {
+            return ArcStatus;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // Adjust the current position and
+        // Write the remaining part of the specified transfer.
+        //
+
+        BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart -= SECTOR_SIZE-Limit;
+        Position = BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart;
+        ArcStatus = FloppyWrite(FileId,
+                               Buffer,
+                               Length - (Limit - Offset),
+                               Count);
+
+        //
+        // If the transfer was not successful, then reset the device
+        // position and return the completion status.
+        //
+
+        if (ArcStatus != ESUCCESS) {
+            BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart = Position;
+            return ArcStatus;
+        } else {
+            *Count = Length;
+            return ESUCCESS;
+        }
+    } else {
+        //
+        // if the size of requested data is not a multiple of the sector
+        // size then write the last sector separately.
+        //
+        if (Length & (SECTOR_SIZE - 1)) {
+
+            //
+            // Do the transfer of the complete sectors in the middle
+            //
+            Position = BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart;
+            ArcStatus = FloppyWrite(FileId,
+                                   Buffer,
+                                   Length & (~(SECTOR_SIZE - 1)),
+                                   Count);
+
+            //
+            // If the transfer was not successful, then reset the device
+            // position and return the completion status.
+            //
+            if (ArcStatus != ESUCCESS) {
+                BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart = Position;
+                return ArcStatus;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Read the last sector and copy the requested data.
+            //
+            TempPointer =  (PVOID) ((ULONG) (TempBuffer + KeGetDcacheFillSize() - 1)
+                & ~(KeGetDcacheFillSize() - 1));
+
+            ArcStatus = FloppyRead(FileId, TempPointer, SECTOR_SIZE, Count);
+
+            //
+            // If the transfer was not successful return the completion status.
+            //
+            if (ArcStatus != ESUCCESS) {
+                return ArcStatus;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Copy the data to the specified buffer.
+            //
+            (PCHAR)Buffer += Length & (~(SECTOR_SIZE - 1));
+            Limit =  Length & (SECTOR_SIZE - 1);
+            for (Index = 0; Index < Limit; Index += 1) {
+                *(TempPointer + Index) = *((PCHAR)Buffer)++;
+            }
+            //
+            // Adjust the position and write the data.
+            //
+            BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart -= SECTOR_SIZE;
+            ArcStatus = FloppyWrite(FileId, TempPointer, SECTOR_SIZE, Count);
+
+            //
+            // Set the position for the requested transfer
+            //
+            BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart -= SECTOR_SIZE - Limit;
+
+            *Count = Length;
+            return ArcStatus;
+
+        } else {
+
+            //
+            // Build the memory descriptor list.
+            //
+
+            MdlAddress = (PMDL)&MdlBuffer[0];
+            MdlAddress->Next = NULL;
+            MdlAddress->Size = sizeof(MDL) +
+                  ADDRESS_AND_SIZE_TO_SPAN_PAGES(Buffer, Length) * sizeof(ULONG);
+            MdlAddress->StartVa = (PVOID)PAGE_ALIGN(Buffer);
+            MdlAddress->ByteCount = Length;
+            MdlAddress->ByteOffset = BYTE_OFFSET(Buffer);
+            PageFrame = (PULONG)(MdlAddress + 1);
+            FrameNumber = (((ULONG)MdlAddress->StartVa) & 0x1fffffff) >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+            NumberOfPages = (MdlAddress->ByteCount +
+                  MdlAddress->ByteOffset + PAGE_SIZE - 1) >> PAGE_SHIFT;
+            for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfPages; Index += 1) {
+                *PageFrame++ = FrameNumber++;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Flush I/O buffers and write to the boot device.
+            //
+
+            HalFlushIoBuffers(MdlAddress, FALSE, TRUE);
+            ArcStatus = FloppyBootIO(MdlAddress,
+                                     BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart >> SECTOR_SHIFT,
+                                     FileId,
+                                     TRUE);
+
+            if (ArcStatus == ESUCCESS) {
+                BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart += Length;
+                *Count = Length;
+                return ESUCCESS;
+            } else {
+                *Count = 0;
+                return EIO;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyGetReadStatus (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppySeek (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PLARGE_INTEGER Offset,
+    IN SEEK_MODE SeekMode
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function sets the device position to the specified offset for
+    the specified file id.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies the file table index.
+
+    Offset - Supplies to new device position.
+
+    SeekMode - Supplies the mode for the position.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    //
+    // Set the current device position as specifed by the seek mode.
+    //
+
+    if (SeekMode == SeekAbsolute) {
+        BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart = Offset->LowPart;
+
+    } else if (SeekMode == SeekRelative) {
+        BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart += Offset->LowPart;
+    }
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyGetFileInformation (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    OUT PFILE_INFORMATION Finfo
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine returns the floppy size.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies the file table index.
+
+    Finfo - Supplies a pointer to where the File Information is stored.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    RtlZeroMemory(Finfo, sizeof(FILE_INFORMATION));
+
+    switch (BlFileTable[FileId].u.FloppyContext.DriveType) {
+
+        case DRIVE_TYPE_1200: Finfo->EndingAddress.LowPart = 1200 * 1024;
+                              break;
+        case DRIVE_TYPE_1440: Finfo->EndingAddress.LowPart = 1440 * 1024;
+                              break;
+        case DRIVE_TYPE_2880: Finfo->EndingAddress.LowPart = 2880 * 1024;
+                              break;
+
+        default             : return EINVAL;
+    }
+
+    Finfo->CurrentPosition = BlFileTable[FileId].Position;
+    Finfo->Type = FloppyDiskPeripheral;
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+VOID
+FloppyBootSetup(
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine is invoked to initialize the floppy boot device before any
+    other floppy operations are attempted.  This routine performs the following
+    operations to initialize the device:
+
+        o  Clear the reset and DMA gate flags in the DOR
+        o  Reset the floppy by writing the s/w reset in the DSR
+        o  Set the program data rate in the CCR
+        o  Issue a sense interrupt command and read the four statuses back
+        o  Issue a configure command
+        o  Issue a specify command
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    ULONG i,j;
+    //
+    // Begin by clearing the reset and DMA gate flags in the DOR.
+    //
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->DigitalOutput, 0x0c);
+    FwStallExecution(MICROSECONDS_500);
+
+    //
+    // Reset the floppy controller by setting the s/w reset bit in the DSR.
+    //
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->MsrDsr.DataRateSelect, 0x80);
+    FwStallExecution(MILLISECONDS_30);
+
+    //
+    // Set the data rate in the CCR.
+    //
+
+//    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(&FLOPPY_CONTROL->DirCcr.ConfigurationControl, 0);
+
+//    if (FwWaitForDeviceInterrupt(1 << (FLOPPY_VECTOR - DEVICE_VECTORS - 1),
+//                                 FW_FLOPPY_TIMEOUT)) {
+    if (WaitForFloppyInterrupt(FW_FLOPPY_TIMEOUT)) {
+//        FwPrint("Floppy setup timeout\r\n");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    FwStallExecution(MICROSECONDS_20);
+
+
+    //
+    // Issue the sense interrupt command and read back the status and
+    // relative cylinder number from the controller.  This is done for
+    // each of the four possible devices.  Note that the output is always
+    // ignored.
+    //
+
+    for (i = j = 0; i <= 3; i++) {
+        SendByte(COMMND_SENSE_INTERRUPT);
+        DebugByte[j++] = ReceiveByte();
+        DebugByte[j++] = ReceiveByte();
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Issue the configuration command.
+    //
+
+    SendByte( COMMND_CONFIGURE );  // command
+    SendByte( 0x00 );           // required 0
+    SendByte( 0x58 );           // implied seeks, disable polling & threshold = 8
+    SendByte( 0x00 );           // precompensation track = 0
+
+    //
+    // Issue the specify command.
+    //
+
+    SendByte( COMMND_SPECIFY );    // command
+    SendByte( 0xdf );           // step rate time=d, head unload=f
+    SendByte( 0x03 );           // head load=1, DMA disabled
+
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+FloppyInitialize(
+    IN OUT PDRIVER_LOOKUP_ENTRY LookupTable,
+    IN ULONG Entries
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the FloppyDriver.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    LookupTable - Pointer to the driver lookup table where the pathnames
+                  recognized by this driver will be stored.
+
+    Entries     - Number of entries in the table.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT FloppyComponent;
+    CHAR FloppyPath[32];
+    ULONG Drive;
+    //
+    // Set motor status to all motors stopped.
+    //
+
+    MotorStatus = MAXLONG;
+
+    FloppyBootSetup();
+
+    //
+    // Default to floppy 0 in case no configuration is present in the NVRAM
+    //
+    LookupTable->DevicePath = FW_FLOPPY_0_DEVICE;
+    LookupTable->DispatchTable = &FloppyEntryTable;
+
+    //
+    // Get the floppy configuration information.
+    //
+    FloppyComponent = FwGetComponent(FW_FLOPPY_0_DEVICE);
+    if ((FloppyComponent != NULL) &&
+        (FloppyComponent->Type == FloppyDiskPeripheral)) {
+
+        //
+        // Initialize the lookup table.
+        //
+
+        LookupTable->DevicePath = FW_FLOPPY_0_DEVICE;
+        LookupTable->DispatchTable = &FloppyEntryTable;
+        LookupTable++;
+
+        //
+        // Return if no more room in the lookup table.
+        //
+
+        if (Entries == 1) {
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+    FloppyComponent = FwGetComponent(FW_FLOPPY_1_DEVICE);
+    if ((FloppyComponent != NULL) &&
+        (FloppyComponent->Type == FloppyDiskPeripheral)) {
+
+        //
+        // Initialize the lookup table.
+        //
+        LookupTable->DevicePath = FW_FLOPPY_1_DEVICE;
+        LookupTable->DispatchTable = &FloppyEntryTable;
+    }
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyBootClose(
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine shuts down the floppy after the boot has taken place.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Normal, successful completion status.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    //
+    // Turn the floppy drive's motor off and indicate that the
+    // motor has been shut off.
+    //
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->DigitalOutput, 0xc);
+    MotorStatus = MAXLONG;
+
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyBootIO (
+    IN PMDL Mdl,
+    IN ULONG StartingBlock,
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN BOOLEAN ReadWrite
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine reads or writes blocks from the floppy into the buffer described by
+    the MDL.  The size of the read is the number of bytes mapped by the MDL
+    and the blocks read start at StartingBlock.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Mdl - Memory Descriptor List for buffer.
+
+    StartingBlock - Block to begin the read operation.
+
+    FileId - The file identifier of the floppy drive to access.
+
+    ReadWrite - Specifies the kind of transfer to be done
+              TRUE = WRITE
+              FALSE = READ
+
+Return Value:
+
+    The function value is the status of the operation.
+
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    UCHAR Cylinder;
+    UCHAR Head = 0;
+    UCHAR Sector;
+    UCHAR EndSector;
+    ULONG BlockCount;
+    ULONG TransferSize;
+    ULONG TransferedBytes;
+    ULONG i,j,k;
+    PUCHAR Buffer;
+    BOOLEAN Success;
+    ARC_STATUS Status = ESUCCESS;
+    UCHAR DriveNumber;
+    ULONG SectorsPerTrack;
+
+    DriveNumber = BlFileTable[FileId].u.FloppyContext.DiskId;
+    SectorsPerTrack = BlFileTable[FileId].u.FloppyContext.SectorsPerTrack;
+
+    //
+    // Enable the drive and start the motor via the DOR.
+    //
+
+    if (MotorStatus != DriveNumber) {
+        WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->DigitalOutput,
+                             ((0xc + DriveNumber) + (1 << (DriveNumber + 4))));
+        MotorStatus = DriveNumber;
+
+        //
+        // Wait for at least 500ms to ensure that the motor really is running.
+        //
+
+        FwStallExecution(MILLISECONDS_500);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Get the number of blocks that need to be read in order to fulfill
+    // this request.  Also set the base address of the caller's buffer.
+    //
+
+    Buffer = ((PUCHAR) Mdl->StartVa) + Mdl->ByteOffset;
+
+    //
+    // Get the parameters for the read command.
+    //
+
+    Cylinder = StartingBlock / (SectorsPerTrack * 2);
+    Sector = (StartingBlock % SectorsPerTrack) + 1;
+    Head = (StartingBlock / SectorsPerTrack) % 2;
+
+    ClearFloppyFifo();
+
+    //
+    // Loop reading blocks from the device until the request has been
+    // satisfied.
+    //
+
+    for (BlockCount = Mdl->ByteCount >> 9; BlockCount > 0; ) {
+
+        //
+        // Determine the size of this read based on the number of blocks
+        // required and where the current sector is on the current track.
+        //
+
+        EndSector = MINIMUM( SectorsPerTrack, (Sector + (BlockCount - 1)) );
+        TransferSize = (EndSector - Sector) + 1;
+        BlockCount -= TransferSize;
+        TransferSize <<= 9;
+
+        //
+        // Attempt to read the block(s) up to RETRY_COUNT times.
+        //
+
+        for (k = 0; k < RETRY_COUNT; k++) {
+
+            //
+            // Assume that the operation will be successful.
+            //
+
+            Success = TRUE;
+
+            //
+            // Do an explicit seek if this is a 360 K disk in a 1.2 MB drive.
+            //
+
+            if (CurrentDriveMediaConstants->CylinderShift != 0) {
+                if (!SendByte( COMMND_SEEK ) ||
+                    !SendByte( (Head << 2) + DriveNumber ) ||  // head select & drive
+                    !SendByte( Cylinder << CurrentDriveMediaConstants->CylinderShift )) {
+                    return(EIO);
+                }
+
+//                if (FwWaitForDeviceInterrupt(1 << (FLOPPY_VECTOR - DEVICE_VECTORS - 1),
+//                                             FW_FLOPPY_TIMEOUT)) {
+                if (WaitForFloppyInterrupt(FW_FLOPPY_TIMEOUT)) {
+                    return(EIO);
+                }
+
+                //
+                // Send the sense interrupt command.
+                //
+
+                if (!SendByte( COMMND_SENSE_INTERRUPT )) {    // command
+                    return(EIO);
+                }
+
+                //
+                // Read back the information from the drive and check the status of the
+                // recalibrate command.
+                //
+
+                DebugByte[0] = ReceiveByte();
+                DebugByte[1] = ReceiveByte();
+
+                if (DebugByte[1] != (Cylinder << CurrentDriveMediaConstants->CylinderShift)) {
+                    return(EIO);
+                }
+
+                //
+                // Now try to read the ID from wherever we're at.
+                //
+
+                if (!SendByte( COMMND_READ_ID + COMMND_MFM ) ||  // command
+                    !SendByte( DriveNumber | ((CurrentDriveMediaConstants->NumberOfHeads - 1) << 2) )) {
+                    return(EIO);
+                }
+
+//                if (FwWaitForDeviceInterrupt(1 << (FLOPPY_VECTOR - DEVICE_VECTORS - 1),
+//                                             FW_FLOPPY_TIMEOUT)) {
+                if (WaitForFloppyInterrupt(FW_FLOPPY_TIMEOUT)) {
+                    return(EIO);
+                }
+
+                for (i = 0; i < 7; i++) {
+                    DebugByte[i] = ReceiveByte();
+                }
+
+                if ( ( DebugByte[0] !=
+                        (UCHAR)(DriveNumber |
+                                ((CurrentDriveMediaConstants->NumberOfHeads - 1) << 2))) ||
+                    ( DebugByte[1] != 0 ) ||
+                    ( DebugByte[2] != 0 ) ) {
+
+                    return(EIO);
+                }
+
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Send the command and parameters for the operation.
+            //
+
+            if (ReadWrite == TRUE) {
+                if (!SendByte( COMMND_WRITE_DATA + COMMND_MFM )) {
+                    return(EIO);
+                }
+            } else {
+                if (!SendByte( COMMND_READ_DATA + COMMND_MFM )) {
+                    return(EIO);
+                }
+            }
+            if (!SendByte( (Head << 2) + DriveNumber ) ||  // head select & drive
+                !SendByte( Cylinder ) ||                   // cylinder
+                !SendByte( Head ) ||                       // head
+                !SendByte( Sector ) ||                     // sector
+                !SendByte( 2 ) ||                          // sector size; 2 => 512B/sec
+                !SendByte( EndSector ) ||                  // end of track sector
+                !SendByte( CurrentDriveMediaConstants->ReadWriteGapLength ) ||
+                !SendByte( 0xff )) {                       // special sector size
+                return(EIO);
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Ensure that the floppy drive does not time-out.
+            //
+
+            for (j = 0; j < SECONDS_2; j += MICROSECONDS_10) {
+                if (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->MsrDsr.MainStatus)
+                    > 127) {
+                    break;
+                }
+
+                FwStallExecution(MICROSECONDS_10);
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Check for time-out;  if one occurred, then return unsuccessful
+            // status.
+            //
+
+            if (j == SECONDS_2) {
+//                FwPrint("Floppy timeout\r\n");
+                return EIO;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Read the data from the appropriate block(s) and check the number
+            // of bytes actually read.
+            //
+
+            if (ReadWrite == TRUE) {
+                WriteFloppyFifo(Buffer,TransferSize);
+            } else {
+                TransferedBytes = ReadFloppyFifo(Buffer);
+                if (TransferedBytes != TransferSize) {
+                    Success = FALSE;
+                }
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Read the status information from the device.
+            //
+
+            while (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->MsrDsr.MainStatus)
+                   <= 127) {
+            }
+
+            for (i = 0; i < 7; i++) {
+                DebugByte[i] = ReceiveByte();
+            }
+
+            if (((DebugByte[0] >> 4) == 2) &&
+                (DebugByte[1] == 0) &&
+                (DebugByte[2] == 0) &&
+                Success) {
+                ;
+
+            } else {
+
+                if ((DebugByte[0] >> 4) != 4) {
+                    Success = FALSE;
+                }
+
+                if (DebugByte[1] != 0x80) {
+                    Success = FALSE;
+                }
+
+                if (DebugByte[2] != 0) {
+                    Success = FALSE;
+                }
+            }
+
+            //
+            // If the operation was successful, exit the loop.
+            //
+
+            if (Success) {
+		Buffer += TransferSize;
+                break;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // The operation did not work.  Attempt to recalibrate the
+            // device and wait for everything to settle out, and then
+            // try the operation again.
+            //
+
+            if (!Recalibrate(DriveNumber)) {
+//                FwPrint("Floppy recalibration error\r\n");
+                return(EIO);
+            }
+            FwStallExecution(MILLISECONDS_15);
+        }
+
+        //
+        // If the operation was not successful after RETRY_COUNT tries, get
+        // out now.
+        //
+
+        if (!Success) {
+            Status = EIO;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // If more data is needed, get the next place to read from.  Note
+        // that if there is more data to be read, then the last sector
+        // just read was the last sector on this head.
+        //
+
+        if (BlockCount > 0) {
+            if (Head == 1) {
+                Cylinder += 1;
+                Head = 0;
+            } else {
+                Head = 1;
+            }
+            Sector = 1;
+        }
+
+        if (Success) {
+            Status = ESUCCESS;
+        }
+    }
+    return Status;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+Recalibrate(
+    UCHAR DriveNumber
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine issues a recalibrate command to the device, waits for it to
+    interrupt, sends it a sense interrupt command, and checks the result to
+    ensure that the recalibrate command worked properly.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    DriveNumber - Supplies the Floppy drive to recalibrate.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if the recalibrate was successful, FALSE if not.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    //
+    // Send the recalibrate command to the device.
+    //
+
+    if (!SendByte( COMMND_RECALIBRATE ) ||    // command
+        !SendByte( DriveNumber )) {           // drive select
+        return(FALSE);
+    }
+
+//    if (FwWaitForDeviceInterrupt(1 << (FLOPPY_VECTOR - DEVICE_VECTORS - 1),
+//                                 FW_FLOPPY_TIMEOUT)) {
+    if (WaitForFloppyInterrupt(FW_FLOPPY_TIMEOUT)) {
+//        FwPrint("Floppy recalibrate timeout\r\n");
+        return(FALSE);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Send the sense interrupt command.
+    //
+
+    if (!SendByte( COMMND_SENSE_INTERRUPT )) {    // command
+        return(FALSE);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Read back the information from the drive and check the status of the
+    // recalibrate command.
+    //
+
+    DebugByte[0] = ReceiveByte();
+    if ((DebugByte[0] >> 4) != 2) {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    DebugByte[1] = ReceiveByte();
+
+    if ((READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->MsrDsr.MainStatus) &
+         STATUS_IO_READY_MASK) == STATUS_READ_READY) {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+UCHAR
+ReceiveByte(
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine reads the next byte from the floppy FIFO register.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    The function value is the value of the byte read from the floppy FIFO.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    ULONG i;
+
+    //
+    // Check status register for readiness to receive data.
+    //
+
+    for (i = 0; i < MICROSECONDS_250; i += MICROSECONDS_10) {
+        if ((READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->MsrDsr.MainStatus) &
+             STATUS_IO_READY_MASK) == STATUS_READ_READY) {
+            return READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->Fifo);
+        }
+
+        FwStallExecution(MICROSECONDS_10);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // A timeout occurred while attempting to read data from the floppy fifo.
+    // Output an error message and return.
+    //
+
+//    FwPrint("Error reading from floppy fifo\r\n");
+    return(0xFF);
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+SendByte(
+    IN UCHAR SourceByte
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine sends a specified byte to the floppy FIFO register.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    SourceByte - Byte to be sent to the controller.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the byte was successfully written to the floppy FIFO, TRUE is returned,
+    otherwise FALSE is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    ULONG i;
+
+    //
+    // Check status register for readiness to receive data.
+    //
+
+    for (i = 0; i < MICROSECONDS_250; i += MICROSECONDS_10) {
+        if ((READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->MsrDsr.MainStatus) &
+             STATUS_IO_READY_MASK) == STATUS_WRITE_READY) {
+            WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->Fifo, SourceByte);
+            return(TRUE);
+        }
+
+        FwStallExecution(MICROSECONDS_10);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // A timeout occurred while attempting to write data to the floppy fifo.
+    // Output an error message and return.
+    //
+
+//    FwPrint("Error writing to floppy fifo\r\n");
+    return(FALSE);
+}
+
+VOID
+ClearFloppyFifo(
+    IN VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine empties the fifo.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    ULONG i;
+
+    //
+    // Check status register for readiness to receive data.
+    //
+    while ((READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->MsrDsr.MainStatus) &
+             STATUS_IO_READY_MASK) == STATUS_READ_READY) {
+        READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->Fifo);
+        FwStallExecution(MICROSECONDS_10);
+    }
+}
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyDatarateSpecifyConfigure(
+    IN DRIVE_MEDIA_TYPE DriveMediaType,
+    IN UCHAR DriveNumber
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine is called to set up the controller every time a new type
+    of diskette is to be accessed.  It issues the CONFIGURE command,
+    does a SPECIFY, sets the data rate, and RECALIBRATEs the drive.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    DriveMediaType - supplies the drive type/media density combination.
+
+    DriveNumber - supplies the drive number.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS if the controller is properly prepared; appropriate
+    error propogated otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    UCHAR Configure;
+
+    //
+    // Don't enable implied seeks when there is a 360K disk in a 1.2M drive.
+    //
+
+    if (DriveMediaConstants[DriveMediaType].CylinderShift) {
+        Configure = 0x18;
+    } else {
+        Configure = 0x58;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Issue the configuration command.
+    //
+
+    if (!SendByte( COMMND_CONFIGURE ) ||  // command
+        !SendByte( 0x00 ) ||              // required 0
+        !SendByte( Configure ) ||         // implied seeks, disable polling & threshold = 8
+        !SendByte( 0x00 ) ||              // precompensation track = 0
+
+    //
+    // Issue SPECIFY command to program the head load and unload
+    // rates, the drive step rate, and the DMA data transfer mode.
+    //
+
+        !SendByte( COMMND_SPECIFY ) ||    // command
+        !SendByte( DriveMediaConstants[DriveMediaType].StepRateHeadUnloadTime) ||
+        !SendByte( DriveMediaConstants[DriveMediaType].HeadLoadTime + 1)) {
+        return(EIO);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Program the data rate
+    //
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->MsrDsr.DataRateSelect,
+                         DriveMediaConstants[DriveMediaType].DataTransferRate );
+
+    //
+    // Recalibrate the drive, now that we've changed all its
+    // parameters.
+    //
+
+    if (Recalibrate(DriveNumber)) {
+        return(ESUCCESS);
+    } else {
+//        FwPrint("Floppy recalibration error\r\n");
+        return(EIO);
+    }
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FloppyDetermineMediaType(
+    IN OUT PFLOPPY_CONTEXT FloppyContext,
+    OUT PMEDIA_TYPE mediaType
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine is called by FloppyBootIO() when the media type is
+    unknown.  It assumes the largest media supported by the drive is
+    available, and keeps trying lower values until it finds one that
+    works.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FloppyContext - supplies a pointer to the floppy context structure.
+
+    mediaType - supplies a pointer to a variable that receives the 
+                type of the media in the drive.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS if the type of the media is determined; appropriate
+    error propogated otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    BOOLEAN mediaTypesExhausted = FALSE;
+    DRIVE_MEDIA_TYPE DriveMediaType;
+    UCHAR DriveNumber;
+    ULONG i;
+
+    //
+    // Assume that the largest supported media is in the drive.  If that
+    // turns out to be untrue, we'll try successively smaller media types
+    // until we find what's really in there (or we run out and decide
+    // that the media isn't formatted).
+    //
+
+    DriveMediaType =
+        DriveMediaLimits[FloppyContext->DriveType].HighestDriveMediaType;
+
+    DriveNumber = FloppyContext->DiskId;
+
+    do {
+
+        Status = FloppyDatarateSpecifyConfigure( DriveMediaType, DriveNumber );
+
+        if ( Status != ESUCCESS ) {
+
+            //
+            // The SPECIFY or CONFIGURE commands resulted in an error.
+            // Force ourselves out of this loop and return error.
+            //
+
+            mediaTypesExhausted = TRUE;
+
+        } else {
+
+            CurrentDriveMediaConstants = &DriveMediaConstants[DriveMediaType];
+
+            //
+            // Now try to read the ID from wherever we're at.
+            //
+
+            if (!SendByte( COMMND_READ_ID + COMMND_MFM ) ||  // command
+                !SendByte( DriveNumber | ((CurrentDriveMediaConstants->NumberOfHeads - 1) << 2) )) {
+                return(EIO);
+            }
+
+//            if (FwWaitForDeviceInterrupt(1 << (FLOPPY_VECTOR - DEVICE_VECTORS - 1),
+//                                         FW_FLOPPY_TIMEOUT)) {
+	    if (WaitForFloppyInterrupt(FW_FLOPPY_TIMEOUT)) {
+//                FwPrint("Floppy determine media timeout\r\n");
+                return(EIO);
+            }
+
+            for (i = 0; i < 7; i++) {
+                DebugByte[i] = ReceiveByte();
+            }
+
+            if ( ( DebugByte[0] !=
+                    (UCHAR)(DriveNumber |
+                            ((CurrentDriveMediaConstants->NumberOfHeads - 1) << 2))) ||
+                ( DebugByte[1] != 0 ) ||
+                ( DebugByte[2] != 0 ) ) {
+
+                DriveMediaType--;
+
+                Status = ENXIO;
+
+                //
+                // Next comparison must be signed, for when
+                // LowestDriveMediaType = 0.
+                //
+
+                if ( (CHAR)( DriveMediaType ) <
+                     (CHAR)( DriveMediaLimits[FloppyContext->DriveType].LowestDriveMediaType )) {
+
+                    mediaTypesExhausted = TRUE;
+
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+    } while ( ( ( Status != ESUCCESS ) ) && !( mediaTypesExhausted ) );
+
+    if ( Status == ESUCCESS ) {
+
+        FloppyContext->SectorsPerTrack =
+            CurrentDriveMediaConstants->SectorsPerTrack;
+
+	*mediaType = CurrentDriveMediaConstants->MediaType;
+    }
+    return Status;
+}
+
+ULONG
+ReadFloppyFifo (
+    IN OUT PUCHAR Buffer
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This reads data from the floppy fifo.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Buffer - Pointer to the buffer that receives the data read.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    The number of bytes read.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG	BytesRead = 0;
+    UCHAR	MSR;
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+
+	// Loop until DIO and RQM are both set.
+	while (
+	       ((MSR = READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->MsrDsr.MainStatus))
+		& (FLOPPY_MSR_DIO | FLOPPY_MSR_RQM))
+	       != (FLOPPY_MSR_DIO | FLOPPY_MSR_RQM)
+	       ) {
+	}
+
+	// If the non-DMA bit is clear, end of transfer.
+	if ((MSR & FLOPPY_MSR_NONDMA) == 0) {
+	    return (BytesRead);
+	}
+
+	// Read the byte, increment pointer and total, until done.
+	*Buffer++ = READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->Fifo);
+	BytesRead++;
+    }
+}
+
+VOID
+WriteFloppyFifo(
+    IN PUCHAR Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Size
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This writes data to the floppy fifo.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Buffer - Pointer to the buffer that contains the data to be written.
+
+    Size - The number of bytes to be written.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    while (Size) {
+
+	// Loop until DIO is clear and RQM is set.
+	while (
+	       (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->MsrDsr.MainStatus)
+		& (FLOPPY_MSR_DIO | FLOPPY_MSR_RQM))
+	       != FLOPPY_MSR_RQM
+	       ) {
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Write the byte, increment pointer, decrement count, until done.
+	// Remember, C does call by value.
+	//
+
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->Fifo, *Buffer++);
+	--Size;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // All bytes written to fifo.  Wait until the floppy controller
+    // empties it.
+    //
+
+    while (
+	   (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&FLOPPY_CONTROL->MsrDsr.MainStatus)
+	    & FLOPPY_MSR_NONDMA)
+	   != 0 ) {
+    }
+
+
+    return;
+	
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+WaitForFloppyInterrupt(
+	ULONG Timeout
+	)
+
+/*++
+	
+Routine Description:
+
+    This waits until the floppy controller has an interrupt pending,
+    or the requested Timeout period has been reached.
+
+    The Jazz code enables interrupts for the keyboard and individual
+    devices.  In actuality, the only non-keyboard device it enables interrupts
+    for is the floppy controller.  For Alpha we avoid dealing
+    with interrupts in the firmware code to keep the PALcode simple.  So
+    every Jazz call to "FwWaitForDeviceInterrupt" has been changed to
+    this function.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Timeout - A timeout value in seconds.  Note that a timeout of 0 gives
+              an actual timeout of between 0 and 1, a timeout of 1 gives
+              an actual timeout of between 1 and 2, and so on.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS if an interrupt is floppy interrupt is detected.
+    EIO      if a timeout occurs.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Time1;
+
+
+    Time1 = FwGetRelativeTime();
+
+    // Ask for the interrupt wires
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)EISA_INT_OCW3, EISA_INT_OCW3_IRR);
+
+    //
+    // 0x40 is irq6, which is the floppy controller.  I should make this
+    // into a #define.
+    //
+    while (
+	   (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)EISA_INT_OCW3) & 0x40)
+	   == 0) {
+        if ((FwGetRelativeTime() - Time1) > (Timeout + 1)) {
+            return(EIO);
+        }
+    }
+    
+    return(ESUCCESS);
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxfwhal.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxfwhal.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6af81d171
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxfwhal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jxfwhal.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This header file defines the private Hardware Architecture Layer (HAL)
+    Jazz specific interfaces, defines and structures.
+
+    This is a modified version of \nt\private\ntos\hal\alpha\jxhalp.h.
+
+Author:
+
+    Jeff Havens (jhavens) 09-Aug-91
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    21-July-1992	John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Modified for the Alpha/Jensen port.
+
+--*/
+
+#ifndef _JXFWHAL_
+#define _JXFWHAL_
+
+//
+// Define global data used to locate the EISA control space and the realtime
+// clock registers.
+//
+
+extern PVOID HalpEisaControlBase;
+
+// Not present in Jensen.
+//extern PVOID HalpRealTimeClockBase;
+
+ 
+//
+// Define adapter object structure.  This is abbreviated and is not
+// the full structure found in hal\alpha\jxhalp.h.
+//
+
+typedef struct _ADAPTER_OBJECT {
+    CSHORT Type;
+    CSHORT Size;
+    struct _ADAPTER_OBJECT *MasterAdapter;
+    ULONG MapRegistersPerChannel;
+    PVOID AdapterBaseVa;
+    PVOID MapRegisterBase;
+    ULONG NumberOfMapRegisters;
+    ULONG CommittedMapRegisters;
+    BOOLEAN AdapterInUse;
+    UCHAR ChannelNumber;
+    UCHAR AdapterNumber;
+    UCHAR AdapterMode;
+    BOOLEAN NeedsMapRegisters;
+    BOOLEAN MasterDevice;
+    BOOLEAN Width16Bits;
+    PUCHAR PagePort;
+} ADAPTER_OBJECT;
+
+//
+// Define function prototypes.
+//
+
+PADAPTER_OBJECT
+HalpAllocateEisaAdapter(
+    IN PDEVICE_DESCRIPTION DeviceDescription
+    );
+    
+BOOLEAN
+HalpCreateEisaStructures(
+    VOID
+    );
+
+VOID
+HalpDisableEisaInterrupt(
+    IN CCHAR Vector
+    );
+    
+BOOLEAN
+HalpEisaDispatch(
+    IN PKINTERRUPT Interrupt,
+    IN PVOID ServiceContext
+    );
+
+VOID
+HalpEisaMapTransfer(
+    IN PADAPTER_OBJECT AdapterObject,
+    IN ULONG Offset,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    IN BOOLEAN WriteToDevice
+    );
+
+VOID
+HalpEnableEisaInterrupt(
+    IN CCHAR Vector,
+    IN KINTERRUPT_MODE InterruptMode
+    );
+
+#define HalpAllocateEisaAdapter(DeviceDescription)	NULL
+
+#endif // _JXFWHAL_
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxhwsup.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxhwsup.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a43a31400
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxhwsup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1936 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1990  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jxhwsup.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains the IopXxx routines for the NT I/O system that
+    are hardware dependent.  Were these routines not hardware dependent,
+    they would normally reside in the internal.c module.
+
+    Like the MIPS module, this is a hacked-up version of
+    \nt\private\ntos\hal\alpha\jxhwsup.c.
+
+
+Author:
+
+    Jeff Havens (jhavens) 14-Feb-1990
+    Miche Baker-Harvey (miche) 22-May-1992
+    Jeff McLeman (mcleman) 27-May-1992
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode, local to I/O system
+
+Revision History:
+
+    3-August-1992	John DeRosa
+
+    Made this from \nt\private\ntos\hal\alpha\jxhwsup.c and
+    \nt\private\ntos\fw\mips\jxhwsup.c.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "ntalpha.h"
+#include "jxfwhal.h"
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+#include "jnsndma.h"
+#else
+#include "mrgndma.h"				// morgan
+#endif
+
+#include "eisa.h"
+#include "jxisa.h"
+
+
+//
+// Firmware-specific definitions to aid compilation and linking.
+//
+
+//
+// HalpBusType is used by the Hal so to run properly on EISA or ISA
+// machines.  It is a static that is initialized in hal\alpha\xxinithl.c.
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+//
+// This definition is correct for any EISA-based Alpha machines.
+//
+
+#define HalpBusType	MACHINE_TYPE_EISA
+
+#else
+
+#define HalpBusType	MACHINE_TYPE_ISA
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// This is a BOOLEAN variable in the real Hal code.
+//
+
+#define LessThan16Mb	(MemorySize <= (16 * 1024 * 1024))
+
+#define HAL_32MB 0x2000000
+
+PVOID HalpEisaControlBase;
+
+//
+// The following is an array of adapter object structures for the Eisa DMA
+// channels.
+//
+
+//
+// Define the area for the Eisa objects
+//
+
+PADAPTER_OBJECT HalpEisaAdapter[8];
+
+PADAPTER_OBJECT MasterAdapterObject;
+
+//
+// function prototypes
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+HalpGrowMapBuffers(
+    PADAPTER_OBJECT AdapterObject,
+    ULONG Amount
+    );
+
+
+PADAPTER_OBJECT
+IopAllocateAdapter(
+    IN ULONG MapRegistersPerChannel,
+    IN PVOID AdapterBaseVa,
+    IN PVOID ChannelNumber
+    );
+
+VOID
+HalpCopyBufferMap(
+    IN PMDL Mdl,
+    IN PTRANSLATION_ENTRY translationEntry,
+    IN PVOID CurrentVa,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    IN BOOLEAN WriteToDevice
+    );
+
+QUASI_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS
+HalCreateQva(
+    IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PA,
+    IN PVOID VA
+    );
+
+VOID
+HalpCopyBufferMap(
+    IN PMDL Mdl,
+    IN PTRANSLATION_ENTRY translationEntry,
+    IN PVOID CurrentVa,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    IN BOOLEAN WriteToDevice
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine copies the specified data between the user buffer and the
+    map register buffer. First, the user buffer is mapped, if need be then
+   the data is copied. Finally, the user buffer will be unmapped, if need be.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Mdl - Pointer to the Mdl that describes the pages of memory that are
+          being read or written.
+
+    translationEntry - The address of the base map register that has been
+          allocated to the device driver for use in mapping the xfer.
+
+    CurrentVa - Current Virtual Address in the buffer described by the Mdl
+          that the transfer is being done to or from.
+
+    Length - The length of the transfer. This determines the number of map
+          registers that need to be written to map the transfer.
+
+    WriteToDevice - A Boolean value that indicates whether this is a write
+          to the device from memory of vise-versa.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    PCCHAR bufferAddress;
+    PCCHAR mapAddress;
+
+
+    // 
+    // Get the system address of the MDL.
+    //
+
+    //bufferAddress = MmGetSystemAddressForMdl(Mdl);
+
+    // 
+    // Calculate the actual start of the buffer based on the system VA and
+    // the current VA.
+    //
+
+    //bufferAddress += (PCCHAR) CurrentVa - (PCCHAR) MmGetMdlVirtualAddress(Mdl);
+    bufferAddress = (PCCHAR) CurrentVa;
+
+    mapAddress = (PCCHAR) translationEntry->VirtualAddress + 
+       BYTE_OFFSET(CurrentVa);
+
+    // 
+    // Copy the data between the user buffer and the map buffer.
+    //
+
+    if (WriteToDevice) {
+
+        RtlMoveMemory( mapAddress, bufferAddress, Length);
+
+      } else {
+
+        RtlMoveMemory ( bufferAddress, mapAddress, Length);
+
+      }
+}
+
+NTSTATUS
+IoAllocateAdapterChannel(
+    IN PADAPTER_OBJECT AdapterObject,
+    IN PDEVICE_OBJECT DeviceObject,
+    IN ULONG NumberOfMapRegisters,
+    IN PDRIVER_CONTROL ExecutionRoutine,
+    IN PVOID Context
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine allocates the adapter channel specified by the adapter object.
+    This is accomplished by placing the device object of the driver that wants
+    to allocate the adapter on the adapter's queue.  If the queue is already
+    "busy", then the adapter has already been allocated, so the device object
+    is simply placed onto the queue and waits until the adapter becomes free.
+
+    Once the adapter becomes free (or if it already is), then the driver's
+    execution routine is invoked.
+
+    Also, a number of map registers may be allocated to the driver by specifying
+    a non-zero value for NumberOfMapRegisters.  Then the map register must be
+    allocated from the master adapter.  Once there are a sufficient number of
+    map registers available, then the execution routine is called and the
+    base address of the allocated map registers in the adapter is also passed
+    to the driver's execution routine.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    AdapterObject - Pointer to the adapter control object to allocate to the
+        driver.
+
+    DeviceObject - Pointer to the driver's device object that represents the
+        device allocating the adapter.
+
+    NumberOfMapRegisters - The number of map registers that are to be allocated
+        from the channel, if any.
+
+    ExecutionRoutine - The address of the driver's execution routine that is
+        invoked once the adapter channel (and possibly map registers) have been
+        allocated.
+
+    Context - An untyped longword context parameter passed to the driver's
+        execution routine.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns STATUS_SUCESS unless too many map registers are requested.
+
+Notes:
+
+    Note that this routine MUST be invoked at DISPATCH_LEVEL or above.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PADAPTER_OBJECT MasterAdapter;
+    IO_ALLOCATION_ACTION Action;
+
+    //
+    // Begin by obtaining a pointer to the master adapter associated with this
+    // request.
+    //
+
+    if (AdapterObject->MasterAdapter != NULL) {
+        MasterAdapter = AdapterObject->MasterAdapter;
+    } else {
+        MasterAdapter = AdapterObject;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Make sure the adapter is free.
+    //
+
+    if (AdapterObject->AdapterInUse) {
+        DbgPrint("IoAllocateAdapterChannel: Called while adapter in use.\n");
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Make sure there are enough map registers.
+    //
+
+    AdapterObject->NumberOfMapRegisters = NumberOfMapRegisters;
+    
+    if ((NumberOfMapRegisters != 0) && AdapterObject->NeedsMapRegisters) {
+	
+	if (NumberOfMapRegisters > AdapterObject->MapRegistersPerChannel) {
+	    DbgPrint("IoAllocateAdapterChannel: Out of map registers.\r\n");
+	    AdapterObject->NumberOfMapRegisters = 0;
+	    IoFreeAdapterChannel(AdapterObject);
+	    return(STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES);
+	}
+	
+	AdapterObject->MapRegisterBase =
+	  (PVOID)(PTRANSLATION_ENTRY)MasterAdapter->MapRegisterBase;
+	
+    } else {
+	AdapterObject->MapRegisterBase = NULL;
+	AdapterObject->NumberOfMapRegisters = 0;
+    }
+    
+    Action = ExecutionRoutine( DeviceObject,
+			       DeviceObject->CurrentIrp,
+                               AdapterObject->MapRegisterBase,
+                               Context );
+
+    //
+    // If the driver wishes to keep the map registers then
+    // increment the current base and decrease the number of existing map
+    // registers.
+    //
+
+    if (Action == DeallocateObjectKeepRegisters) {
+
+        AdapterObject->MapRegistersPerChannel -= NumberOfMapRegisters;
+        (PTRANSLATION_ENTRY) MasterAdapter->MapRegisterBase  +=
+            NumberOfMapRegisters;
+
+    } else if (Action == KeepObject) {
+
+        AdapterObject->AdapterInUse = TRUE;
+
+    } else if (Action == DeallocateObject) {
+
+	IoFreeAdapterChannel( AdapterObject );
+
+    }
+
+    return(STATUS_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+PADAPTER_OBJECT
+HalGetAdapter(
+    IN PDEVICE_DESCRIPTION DeviceDescriptor,
+    IN OUT PULONG NumberOfMapRegisters
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function returns the appropriate adapter object for the device defined
+    in the device description structure.  Two bus types are supported for the
+    Jensen system: Isa, and Eisa.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    DeviceDescriptor - Supplies a description of the deivce.
+
+    NumberOfMapRegisters - Returns the maximum number of map registers which
+        may be allocated by the device driver.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    A pointer to the requested adapter object or NULL if an adapter could not
+    be created.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PADAPTER_OBJECT adapterObject;
+    PVOID adapterBaseVa;
+    ULONG channelNumber;
+    ULONG controllerNumber;
+    DMA_EXTENDED_MODE extendedMode;
+    UCHAR adapterMode;
+    ULONG numberOfMapRegisters;
+    BOOLEAN useChannel;
+    BOOLEAN eisaSystem;
+    ULONG maximumLength;
+
+    eisaSystem = HalpBusType == MACHINE_TYPE_EISA ? TRUE : FALSE;
+
+    //
+    // Determine if the channel number is important. Master cards on
+    // Eisa systems do not use channel numbers.
+    //
+
+    if (DeviceDescriptor->InterfaceType != Isa &&
+       DeviceDescriptor->Master) {
+       
+       useChannel = FALSE;
+     } else {
+
+       useChannel = TRUE;
+     }
+
+    //
+    // Limit the max length to 2GB. This is done to make BYTES_TO_PAGES
+    // work correctly.
+    //
+
+    maximumLength = DeviceDescriptor->MaximumLength & 0x7FFFFFFF;
+
+    //
+    // Channel 4 cannot be used since it reserved for chaining. Return
+    // NULL if it has been requested.
+    //
+
+    if (DeviceDescriptor->DmaChannel == 4 && useChannel) {
+     return(NULL);
+    }
+ 
+    //
+    // Determine the number of map registers for this device
+    //
+
+    if (DeviceDescriptor->ScatterGather && (LessThan16Mb ||
+        DeviceDescriptor->InterfaceType == Eisa)) {
+
+       //
+       // Since the device is a master and does scatter/gather
+       // we don't need any map registers.
+       //
+       
+       numberOfMapRegisters = 0;
+
+    } else { 
+
+
+      //
+      // Return number of map registers requested based on the maximum
+      // transfer length.
+      //
+
+      //numberOfMapRegisters = BYTES_TO_PAGES(
+      //              maximumLength
+      //              ) + 1;
+      numberOfMapRegisters = DMA_TRANSLATION_LIMIT / sizeof(TRANSLATION_ENTRY);
+
+      numberOfMapRegisters = numberOfMapRegisters > MAXIMUM_ISA_MAP_REGISTER ? MAXIMUM_ISA_MAP_REGISTER : numberOfMapRegisters;
+
+      //
+      // If this device is not a master then it only needs one register
+      // and does scatter/gather.
+      //
+
+      if (DeviceDescriptor->ScatterGather && !DeviceDescriptor->Master) {
+
+         numberOfMapRegisters = 1;
+
+       }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Set the channel number.
+    //
+
+    channelNumber = DeviceDescriptor->DmaChannel & 0x03;
+
+    //
+    // set the adapter base address to the Base address register and
+    // controller number.
+
+    if (!(DeviceDescriptor->DmaChannel & 0x04)) {
+
+       controllerNumber = 1;
+       adapterBaseVa = &((PEISA_CONTROL) HalpEisaControlBase)->Dma1BasePort;
+    } else {
+
+       controllerNumber = 2;
+       adapterBaseVa = &((PEISA_CONTROL) HalpEisaControlBase)->Dma2BasePort;
+
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Determine if a new adapter object is necessary
+    // 
+
+    if (useChannel && HalpEisaAdapter[DeviceDescriptor->DmaChannel] != NULL) {
+
+      adapterObject = HalpEisaAdapter[DeviceDescriptor->DmaChannel];
+
+    } else {
+
+      //
+      // Allocate an adapter object
+      //
+
+      adapterObject = (PADAPTER_OBJECT) IopAllocateAdapter(
+          numberOfMapRegisters,
+          adapterBaseVa,
+          NULL);
+
+      if (adapterObject == NULL) {
+
+        return(NULL);
+
+       }
+
+      if (useChannel) {
+
+         HalpEisaAdapter[DeviceDescriptor->DmaChannel] = adapterObject;
+
+      }
+
+      //
+      // Set the maximum number of map registers for this channel based
+      // on the number requested andthe type of the device.
+      //
+
+      if (numberOfMapRegisters) {
+
+         //
+         // The specified number of registers are actually allowed to be
+         // allocated.
+         //
+
+         adapterObject->MapRegistersPerChannel = numberOfMapRegisters;
+
+         // 
+         // Increase the commitment for the map registers
+         //
+
+         if (DeviceDescriptor->Master) {
+
+           //
+           // Double the commitment for Master I/O devices
+           //
+   
+           MasterAdapterObject->CommittedMapRegisters +=
+              numberOfMapRegisters * 2;
+
+         } else {
+
+           MasterAdapterObject->CommittedMapRegisters +=
+              numberOfMapRegisters;
+
+         }
+
+         //
+         // If the committed map registers is significantly greater than
+         // the number allocated, then grow the map buffer.
+         //
+
+         if (MasterAdapterObject->CommittedMapRegisters >
+             MasterAdapterObject->NumberOfMapRegisters &&
+             MasterAdapterObject->CommittedMapRegisters -
+             MasterAdapterObject->NumberOfMapRegisters >
+             MAXIMUM_ISA_MAP_REGISTER ) {
+
+             HalpGrowMapBuffers(
+               MasterAdapterObject,
+               INCREMENT_MAP_BUFFER_SIZE);
+
+         }
+
+         adapterObject->NeedsMapRegisters = TRUE;
+
+     } else {
+
+         //
+         // No real registers were allocated. If this is a master, then
+         // it is allowed as many registers as it wants.
+         //
+    
+         adapterObject->NeedsMapRegisters = FALSE;
+
+         if (DeviceDescriptor->Master) {
+
+             adapterObject->MapRegistersPerChannel = BYTES_TO_PAGES(
+                 maximumLength) + 1;
+         } else {
+
+             //
+             // The device only gets one register. It must call
+             // IoMapTransfer repeatedly to do a large transfer.
+             //
+
+             adapterObject->MapRegistersPerChannel = 1;
+         }
+     }
+  }
+
+  *NumberOfMapRegisters = adapterObject->MapRegistersPerChannel;
+
+  // 
+  // If the channel number is not used, we are done. If we do use one,
+  // we have to set up the following.
+  //
+
+  if (!useChannel) {
+
+      return(adapterObject);
+
+  }
+
+  //
+  // Setup pointers to the various and sundry registers.
+  //
+
+  adapterObject->ChannelNumber = (UCHAR) channelNumber;
+
+  if (controllerNumber == 1) {
+
+     switch (channelNumber) {
+
+     case 0:
+          adapterObject->PagePort = (PUCHAR) &((PDMA_PAGE) 0)->Channel0;
+          break;
+     case 1:
+          adapterObject->PagePort = (PUCHAR) &((PDMA_PAGE) 0)->Channel1;
+          break;
+     case 2:
+          adapterObject->PagePort = (PUCHAR) &((PDMA_PAGE) 0)->Channel2;
+          break;
+     case 3:
+          adapterObject->PagePort = (PUCHAR) &((PDMA_PAGE) 0)->Channel3;
+          break;
+
+     }
+
+     // 
+     // Set the adapter number
+     //
+
+     adapterObject->AdapterNumber = 1;
+
+     //
+     // Save the extended mode register
+     //
+
+     adapterBaseVa =
+       &((PEISA_CONTROL) HalpEisaControlBase)->Dma1ExtendedModePort;
+
+   } else {
+
+     switch (channelNumber) {
+
+     case 1:
+          adapterObject->PagePort = (PUCHAR) &((PDMA_PAGE) 0)->Channel5;
+          break;
+     case 2:
+          adapterObject->PagePort = (PUCHAR) &((PDMA_PAGE) 0)->Channel6;
+          break;
+     case 3:
+          adapterObject->PagePort = (PUCHAR) &((PDMA_PAGE) 0)->Channel7;
+          break;
+     }
+
+     // 
+     // Set the adapter number
+     //
+
+     adapterObject->AdapterNumber = 2;
+
+     //
+     // Save the extended mode register
+     //
+
+     adapterBaseVa =
+       &((PEISA_CONTROL) HalpEisaControlBase)->Dma2ExtendedModePort;
+
+   }
+
+   adapterObject->Width16Bits = FALSE;
+
+   if (eisaSystem) {
+
+      // 
+      // Init the extended mode port
+      //
+
+      *((PUCHAR) &extendedMode) = 0;
+
+      switch (DeviceDescriptor->DmaSpeed) {
+      case Compatible:
+         extendedMode.TimingMode =COMPATIBILITY_TIMING;
+         break;
+
+      case TypeA:
+         extendedMode.TimingMode = TYPE_A_TIMING;
+         break;
+
+      case TypeB:
+         extendedMode.TimingMode = TYPE_B_TIMING;
+         break;
+
+      case TypeC:
+         extendedMode.TimingMode = BURST_TIMING;
+         break;
+
+      default:
+         /* error return, don't bother to dereference the object. */
+         //ObDereferenceObject(adapterObject);
+         return(NULL);
+
+      }
+
+      switch (DeviceDescriptor->DmaWidth) {
+      case Width8Bits:
+         extendedMode.TransferSize = BY_BYTE_8_BITS;
+         break;
+
+      case Width16Bits:
+         extendedMode.TransferSize = BY_BYTE_16_BITS;
+         break;
+
+      case Width32Bits:
+         extendedMode.TransferSize = BY_BYTE_32_BITS;
+         break;
+
+      default:
+         /* error return, don't bother to dereference the object. */
+         //ObDereferenceObject(adapterObject);
+         return(NULL);
+
+      }
+
+      WRITE_PORT_UCHAR( adapterBaseVa, *((PUCHAR) &extendedMode));
+   } else if (!DeviceDescriptor->Master) {
+
+      switch (DeviceDescriptor->DmaWidth) {
+      case Width8Bits:
+         
+         //
+         // The channel must use controller 1.
+         //
+         if (controllerNumber != 1) {
+             /* error return, don't bother to dereference the object. */
+             //ObDereferenceObject(adapterObject);
+             return(NULL);
+         }
+         break;
+
+      case Width16Bits:
+
+         // 
+         // The channel must use controller 2
+         //
+
+         if (controllerNumber != 2) {
+            /* error return, don't bother to dereference the object. */
+            //ObDereferenceObject(adapterObject);
+            return(NULL);
+         }
+         adapterObject->Width16Bits = TRUE;
+         break;
+
+      default:
+         /* error return, don't bother to dereference the object. */
+         //ObDereferenceObject(adapterObject);
+         return(NULL);
+
+      }
+   }
+
+   //
+   // Init the adapter mode register to the correct parameters and save
+   // them in the adapter object.
+   //
+
+   adapterMode = 0;
+   ((PDMA_EISA_MODE) &adapterMode)->Channel = adapterObject->ChannelNumber;
+
+   if (DeviceDescriptor->Master) {
+
+      adapterObject->MasterDevice = TRUE;
+
+      ((PDMA_EISA_MODE) &adapterMode)->RequestMode = CASCADE_REQUEST_MODE;
+      
+      // 
+      // Set the mode and grant the request.
+      //
+
+      if (adapterObject->AdapterNumber == 1) {
+
+        //
+        // This is for DMA controller 1
+        //
+
+        PDMA1_CONTROL dmaControl;
+        dmaControl = adapterObject->AdapterBaseVa;
+        WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(&dmaControl->Mode, adapterMode);
+   
+        //
+        // unmask the DMA channel
+        //
+
+        WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(
+          &dmaControl->SingleMask,
+          (UCHAR) (DMA_CLEARMASK | adapterObject->ChannelNumber)
+          );
+
+      } else {
+
+	//
+	// This is form DMA controller 2
+	//
+
+        PDMA2_CONTROL dmaControl;
+        dmaControl = adapterObject->AdapterBaseVa;
+        WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(&dmaControl->Mode, adapterMode);
+   
+        //
+        // unmask the DMA channel
+        //
+
+        WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(
+          &dmaControl->SingleMask,
+          (UCHAR) (DMA_CLEARMASK | adapterObject->ChannelNumber)
+          );
+
+      }
+
+   } else if (DeviceDescriptor->DemandMode) {
+
+      ((PDMA_EISA_MODE) &adapterMode)->RequestMode = DEMAND_REQUEST_MODE;
+   } else {
+      ((PDMA_EISA_MODE) &adapterMode)->RequestMode = SINGLE_REQUEST_MODE;
+   }
+
+     if (DeviceDescriptor->AutoInitialize) {
+
+        ((PDMA_EISA_MODE) &adapterMode)->AutoInitialize = 1;
+   }
+
+     adapterObject->AdapterMode = adapterMode;
+ 
+
+     return(adapterObject);
+  }
+
+BOOLEAN
+HalpGrowMapBuffers(
+    PADAPTER_OBJECT AdapterObject,
+    ULONG Amount
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function attempts to allocate additional map buffers for use by I/O
+    devices.  The map register table is updated to indicate the additional
+    buffers.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    AdapterObject - Supplies the adapter object for which the buffers are to be
+        allocated.
+
+    Amount - Indicates the size of the map buffers which should be allocated.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    TRUE is returned if the memory could be allocated.
+
+    FALSE is returned if the memory could not be allocated.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG MapBufferPhysicalAddress;
+    PVOID MapBufferVirtualAddress;
+    PTRANSLATION_ENTRY TranslationEntry;
+    LONG NumberOfPages;
+    LONG i;
+    BOOLEAN eisaSystem;
+    PHYSICAL_ADDRESS physicalAddress;
+
+    eisaSystem = HalpBusType == MACHINE_TYPE_EISA ? TRUE : FALSE;
+
+    NumberOfPages = BYTES_TO_PAGES(Amount);
+
+    //
+    // Make sure there is room for the addition pages.  The maximum number of
+    // slots needed is equal to NumberOfPages + Amount / 64K + 1.
+    //
+
+    i = BYTES_TO_PAGES(MAXIMUM_MAP_BUFFER_SIZE) - (NumberOfPages +
+        (NumberOfPages * PAGE_SIZE) / 0x10000 + 1 +
+        AdapterObject->NumberOfMapRegisters);
+
+    if (i < 0) {
+
+        //
+        // Reduce the allocatation amount to so it will fit.
+        //
+
+	NumberOfPages += i;
+    }
+
+    if (NumberOfPages <= 0) {
+        //
+        // No more memory can be allocated.
+        //
+
+        return(FALSE);
+
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Allocate the map buffers.
+    //
+    // Remember: for the firmware, virtual = physical.
+    //
+
+    MapBufferVirtualAddress = FwAllocatePool(NumberOfPages * PAGE_SIZE);
+
+    if (MapBufferVirtualAddress == NULL) {
+	return(FALSE);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Get the physical address of the map base.
+    //
+
+    MapBufferPhysicalAddress = (ULONG)MapBufferVirtualAddress;
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the map registers where memory has been allocated.
+    //
+
+    TranslationEntry = ((PTRANSLATION_ENTRY) AdapterObject->MapRegisterBase) +
+        AdapterObject->NumberOfMapRegisters;
+
+    for (i = 0; (ULONG) i < NumberOfPages; i++) {
+
+        //
+        // Make sure the previous entry is physically contiguous with the next
+        // entry and that a 64K physical bountry is not crossed unless this
+        // is an Eisa system.
+        //
+
+        if (TranslationEntry != AdapterObject->MapRegisterBase &&
+            (((TranslationEntry - 1)->PhysicalAddress + PAGE_SIZE) !=
+            MapBufferPhysicalAddress || (!eisaSystem &&
+            ((TranslationEntry - 1)->PhysicalAddress & ~0x0ffff) !=
+            (MapBufferPhysicalAddress & ~0x0ffff)))) {
+
+            //
+            // An entry needs to be skipped in the table.  This entry will
+            // remain marked as allocated so that no allocation of map
+            // registers will cross this bountry.
+            //
+
+            TranslationEntry++;
+            AdapterObject->NumberOfMapRegisters++;
+        }
+
+        TranslationEntry->VirtualAddress = MapBufferVirtualAddress;
+        TranslationEntry->PhysicalAddress = MapBufferPhysicalAddress;
+        TranslationEntry++;
+        (PCCHAR) MapBufferVirtualAddress += PAGE_SIZE;
+        MapBufferPhysicalAddress += PAGE_SIZE;
+
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Remember the number of pages that where allocated.
+    //
+
+    AdapterObject->NumberOfMapRegisters += NumberOfPages;
+
+    return(TRUE);
+}
+
+PADAPTER_OBJECT
+IopAllocateAdapter(
+    IN ULONG MapRegistersPerChannel,
+    IN PVOID AdapterBaseVa,
+    IN PVOID MapRegisterBase
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine allocates and initializes an adapter object to represent an
+    adapter or a DMA controller on the system.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    MapRegistersPerChannel - Specifies the number of map registers that each
+        channel provides for I/O memory mapping.
+
+    AdapterBaseVa - Base virtual address of the adapter itself.  If this
+       is NULL then the MasterAdapterObject is allocated.
+
+    MapRegisterBase - Unused.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    The function value is a pointer to the allocate adapter object.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PADAPTER_OBJECT AdapterObject;
+    ULONG Size;
+
+    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(MapRegisterBase);
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the master adapter if necessary.
+    //
+
+    if (MasterAdapterObject == NULL && (AdapterBaseVa != (PVOID) -1) &&
+        MapRegistersPerChannel) {
+
+       MasterAdapterObject = IopAllocateAdapter(MapRegistersPerChannel,
+						(PVOID) -1,
+						NULL
+						);
+
+       //
+       // If we could not allocate the master adapter then give up.
+       //
+
+       if (MasterAdapterObject == NULL) {
+          return(NULL);
+       }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Determine the size of the adapter.
+    //
+
+    Size = sizeof( ADAPTER_OBJECT );
+
+    //
+    // Now create the adapter object.
+    //
+
+    AdapterObject = FwAllocatePool(Size);
+
+    //
+    // If the adapter object was successfully created, then attempt to insert
+    // it into the the object table.
+    //
+
+    if (AdapterObject) {
+
+        //
+        // Initialize the adapter object itself.
+        //
+
+        AdapterObject->Type = IO_TYPE_ADAPTER;
+        AdapterObject->Size = Size;
+        AdapterObject->MapRegistersPerChannel = 1;
+        AdapterObject->AdapterBaseVa = AdapterBaseVa;
+	
+	if (MapRegistersPerChannel) {
+	    
+	    AdapterObject->MasterAdapter = MasterAdapterObject;
+	    
+	} else {
+	    
+	    AdapterObject->MasterAdapter = NULL;
+	    
+	}
+	
+	//
+	// If this is the MasterAdapter then initialize the register bit map,
+	// AdapterQueue and the spin lock.
+        //
+	      
+	if ( AdapterBaseVa == (PVOID) -1 ) {
+	      
+	    AdapterObject->NumberOfMapRegisters = 0;
+	    AdapterObject->CommittedMapRegisters = 0;
+	    AdapterObject->PagePort = NULL;
+	    AdapterObject->AdapterInUse = FALSE;
+	    
+	    //
+	    // Allocate the memory map registers.  N.B.: FwAllocatePool
+	    // returns zeroed memory.
+	    //
+		    
+	    AdapterObject->MapRegisterBase = FwAllocatePool(0x2000);
+	    
+	    if ((AdapterObject->MapRegisterBase == NULL) ||
+		(!HalpGrowMapBuffers(AdapterObject, 0x2000))) {
+		
+		//
+		// No map registers could be allocated, so take error return.
+	        //
+		      
+		return(NULL);
+		
+	    }
+	}
+	
+    } else {
+
+        //
+        // An error was incurred for some reason.  Set the return value
+        // to NULL.
+        //
+
+        return(NULL);
+    }
+
+
+    AdapterObject->MasterDevice = FALSE;
+
+    return AdapterObject;
+}
+
+VOID
+IoFreeMapRegisters(
+   PADAPTER_OBJECT AdapterObject,
+   PVOID MapRegisterBase,
+   ULONG NumberOfMapRegisters
+   )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+   This routine deallocates the map registers for the adapter.  If there are
+   any queued adapter waiting for an attempt is made to allocate the next
+   entry.
+
+Arguments:
+
+   AdapterObject - The adapter object to where the map register should be
+        returned.
+
+   MapRegisterBase - The map register base of the registers to be deallocated.
+
+   NumberOfMapRegisters - The number of registers to be deallocated.
+
+Return Value:
+
+   None
+
+--+*/
+
+{
+    PADAPTER_OBJECT MasterAdapter;
+    PTRANSLATION_ENTRY translationEntry;
+
+    //
+    // Begin by obtaining a pointer to the master adapter associated with this
+    // request.
+    //
+
+    if (AdapterObject->MasterAdapter != NULL) {
+        MasterAdapter = AdapterObject->MasterAdapter;
+    } else {
+        MasterAdapter = AdapterObject;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Determine if this was the last allocation from the adapter. If is was
+    // then free the map registers by restoring the map register base and the
+    // channel count; otherwise the registers are lost.  This handles the
+    // normal case.
+    //
+
+    translationEntry = MasterAdapter->MapRegisterBase;
+    translationEntry -= NumberOfMapRegisters;
+
+    if (translationEntry == MapRegisterBase) {
+
+        //
+        // The last allocated registers are being freed.
+        //
+
+        MasterAdapter->MapRegisterBase = (PVOID) translationEntry;
+        AdapterObject->MapRegistersPerChannel += NumberOfMapRegisters;
+    }
+}
+
+VOID
+IoFreeAdapterChannel(
+    IN PADAPTER_OBJECT AdapterObject
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine is invoked to deallocate the specified adapter object.
+    Any map registers that were allocated are also automatically deallocated.
+    No checks are made to ensure that the adapter is really allocated to
+    a device object.  However, if it is not, then kernel will bugcheck.
+
+    If another device is waiting in the queue to allocate the adapter object
+    it will be pulled from the queue and its execution routine will be
+    invoked.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    AdapterObject - Pointer to the adapter object to be deallocated.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    AdapterObject->AdapterInUse = FALSE;
+}
+
+PHYSICAL_ADDRESS
+IoMapTransfer(
+    IN PADAPTER_OBJECT AdapterObject,
+    IN PMDL Mdl,
+    IN PVOID MapRegisterBase,
+    IN PVOID CurrentVa,
+    IN OUT PULONG Length,
+    IN BOOLEAN WriteToDevice
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine is invoked to set up the map registers in the DMA controller
+    to allow a transfer to or from a device.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    AdapterObject - Pointer to the adapter object representing the DMA
+        controller channel that has been allocated.
+
+    Mdl - Pointer to the MDL that describes the pages of memory that are
+        being read or written.
+
+    MapRegisterBase - The address of the base map register that has been
+        allocated to the device driver for use in mapping the transfer.
+
+    CurrentVa - Current virtual address in the buffer described by the MDL
+        that the transfer is being done to or from.
+
+    Length - Supplies the length of the transfer.  This determines the
+        number of map registers that need to be written to map the transfer.
+        Returns the length of the transfer which was actually mapped.
+
+    WriteToDevice - Boolean value that indicates whether this is a write
+        to the device from memory (TRUE), or vice versa.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns the logical address to be used by bus masters.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+ BOOLEAN useBuffer;
+ ULONG transferLength;
+ ULONG logicalAddress;
+ ULONG returnAddress;
+ PULONG pageFrame;
+ PUCHAR bytePointer;
+ UCHAR adapterMode;
+ UCHAR dataByte;
+ PTRANSLATION_ENTRY translationEntry;
+ BOOLEAN masterDevice;
+ ULONG pageOffset;
+ BOOLEAN eisaSystem;
+
+    eisaSystem = HalpBusType == MACHINE_TYPE_EISA ? TRUE : FALSE;
+
+    masterDevice = (AdapterObject == NULL) ||
+                   (AdapterObject->MasterDevice ? TRUE : FALSE);
+
+    translationEntry = MapRegisterBase;
+    transferLength = *Length;
+    pageOffset = BYTE_OFFSET(CurrentVa);
+ 
+
+    //
+    // Determine if the data transfer needs to use the map buffer
+    //
+
+    if ((translationEntry) && (!masterDevice) &&
+        (ADDRESS_AND_SIZE_TO_SPAN_PAGES(CurrentVa, transferLength) > 1)) {
+
+        logicalAddress = translationEntry->PhysicalAddress + pageOffset;
+        useBuffer = TRUE;
+
+      } else {
+
+        // 
+        // The transfer can only be done for one page
+        //
+
+        transferLength = PAGE_SIZE - pageOffset;
+        pageFrame = (PULONG)(Mdl+1);
+        pageFrame += ((ULONG) CurrentVa - (ULONG) Mdl->StartVa) / PAGE_SIZE;
+        logicalAddress = ((*pageFrame << PAGE_SHIFT) + pageOffset);
+
+        //
+        // If the buffer is contiguous and does not cross a 64K boundary
+        // then just extend the buffer. This restriction does not apply
+        // to eisa systems.
+        //
+
+        while (transferLength < *Length) {
+            if (*pageFrame +1 != *(pageFrame +1) || (!eisaSystem &&
+                *pageFrame & ~0x0f != *(pageFrame + 1) & ~0x0f)) {
+                   break;
+		 }
+                 
+                 transferLength += PAGE_SIZE;
+                 pageFrame ++;
+	}
+
+	transferLength = transferLength > *Length ? *Length : transferLength;
+        useBuffer = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // If the logical address is greater than 16Mb, then mapping registers
+    // (buffer xfer) nust be used. This is due to ISA devices only addressing
+    // a max of 16Mb.
+    //
+
+    if (translationEntry && logicalAddress >= MAXIMUM_ISA_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) {
+
+        logicalAddress = (translationEntry + translationEntry->Index)->
+           PhysicalAddress + pageOffset;
+        useBuffer = TRUE;
+     }
+
+     // 
+     // Return the length
+     //
+  
+     *Length = transferLength;
+
+     // 
+     // Copy the data if necessary
+     //
+
+     if (useBuffer && WriteToDevice) {
+
+         HalpCopyBufferMap(
+            Mdl,
+            translationEntry + translationEntry->Index,
+            CurrentVa,
+            *Length,
+            WriteToDevice
+            );
+
+      }
+
+      //
+      // If there are map registers, update them to reflect the number
+      // used.
+      //
+
+      if (translationEntry) {
+
+          translationEntry->Index += ADDRESS_AND_SIZE_TO_SPAN_PAGES(
+              CurrentVa,
+              transferLength
+              );
+       }
+
+       //
+       // If no adapter was specified, then work is done.
+       //
+       //
+       // We only support 32 bits, but the return is 64.  Just
+       // zero extend
+       //
+
+       if (masterDevice) {
+           return(RtlConvertUlongToLargeInteger(logicalAddress));
+       }
+
+       // 
+       // Determine the mode based on the trasnfer direction.
+       //
+
+       adapterMode = AdapterObject->AdapterMode;
+       ((PDMA_EISA_MODE) &adapterMode)->TransferType = 
+         (UCHAR) (WriteToDevice ? WRITE_TRANSFER : READ_TRANSFER);
+       
+       returnAddress = logicalAddress;
+       bytePointer = (PUCHAR) &logicalAddress;
+
+       if (AdapterObject->Width16Bits) {
+
+	   //
+           // if this is 16 bit wide, adjust the length and address
+           //
+  
+           transferLength >>= 1;
+
+           // 
+           // In 16 bit dma mode, the low 16 bits are shifted right one and
+           // the page register value is unchanged. So save the page register
+           // value and shift the logical address then restore the page value.
+           //
+
+           dataByte = bytePointer[2];
+           logicalAddress >>= 1;
+           bytePointer[2] = dataByte;
+    
+	 }
+
+       // 
+       // Determine the controller number based on the adapter number.
+       //
+
+       if (AdapterObject->AdapterNumber == 1) {
+
+           //
+           // A request for DMA controller 1
+           //
+
+           PDMA1_CONTROL dmaControl;
+
+           dmaControl = AdapterObject->AdapterBaseVa;
+
+           WRITE_PORT_UCHAR ( &dmaControl->ClearBytePointer, 0);
+
+           WRITE_PORT_UCHAR ( &dmaControl->Mode, adapterMode);
+
+           WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (
+              &dmaControl->DmaAddressCount[AdapterObject->ChannelNumber]
+              .DmaBaseAddress,
+              bytePointer[0]
+              );
+
+
+           WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (
+              &dmaControl->DmaAddressCount[AdapterObject->ChannelNumber]
+              .DmaBaseAddress,
+              bytePointer[1]
+              );
+
+
+           WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (
+              ((PUCHAR) &((PEISA_CONTROL) HalpEisaControlBase)->DmaPageLowPort)
+                + (ULONG) AdapterObject->PagePort,
+                bytePointer[2]
+                );
+
+           if (eisaSystem) {
+
+               //
+               // Write the high page register with zero. This sets a mode
+               // that allows the page register to be tied with the base count
+               // into a single address register
+               //
+
+              WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(
+                 ((PUCHAR) &((PEISA_CONTROL) HalpEisaControlBase)->DmaPageHighPort)
+                   + (ULONG)AdapterObject->PagePort,
+                   0
+                   );
+	     }
+
+             //
+             // Notify the DMA chip of the length
+             //
+
+             WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(
+                &dmaControl->DmaAddressCount[AdapterObject->ChannelNumber]
+                .DmaBaseCount,
+                (UCHAR) ((transferLength -1) & 0xff)
+                );
+
+             WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(
+                &dmaControl->DmaAddressCount[AdapterObject->ChannelNumber]
+                .DmaBaseCount,
+                (UCHAR) ((transferLength -1) >> 8)
+                );
+
+             //
+             // Set the DMA chip to read or write and unmask it
+             //
+
+             WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(
+                &dmaControl->SingleMask,
+                (UCHAR) (DMA_CLEARMASK | AdapterObject->ChannelNumber)
+                );
+
+
+	 } else {
+
+             //
+             // This is a request for DMA controller 2
+             //
+
+             PDMA2_CONTROL dmaControl;
+             dmaControl = AdapterObject->AdapterBaseVa;
+
+           WRITE_PORT_UCHAR ( &dmaControl->ClearBytePointer, 0);
+
+           WRITE_PORT_UCHAR ( &dmaControl->Mode, adapterMode);
+
+           WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (
+              &dmaControl->DmaAddressCount[AdapterObject->ChannelNumber]
+              .DmaBaseAddress,
+              bytePointer[0]
+              );
+
+
+           WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (
+              &dmaControl->DmaAddressCount[AdapterObject->ChannelNumber]
+              .DmaBaseAddress,
+              bytePointer[1]
+              );
+
+
+           WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (
+              ((PUCHAR) &((PEISA_CONTROL) HalpEisaControlBase)->DmaPageLowPort)
+                + (ULONG) AdapterObject->PagePort,
+                bytePointer[2]
+                );
+
+           if (eisaSystem) {
+
+               //
+               // Write the high page register with zero. This sets a mode
+               // that allows the page register to be tied with the base count
+               // into a single address register
+               //
+
+              WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(
+                 ((PUCHAR) &((PEISA_CONTROL) HalpEisaControlBase)->DmaPageHighPort)
+                   + (ULONG)AdapterObject->PagePort,
+                   0
+                   );
+	     }
+
+             //
+             // Notify the DMA chip of the length
+             //
+
+             WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(
+                &dmaControl->DmaAddressCount[AdapterObject->ChannelNumber]
+                .DmaBaseCount,
+                (UCHAR) ((transferLength -1) & 0xff)
+                );
+
+             WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(
+                &dmaControl->DmaAddressCount[AdapterObject->ChannelNumber]
+                .DmaBaseCount,
+                (UCHAR) ((transferLength -1) >> 8)
+                );
+
+             //
+             // Set the DMA chip to read or write and unmask it
+             //
+
+             WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(
+                &dmaControl->SingleMask,
+                (UCHAR) (DMA_CLEARMASK | AdapterObject->ChannelNumber)
+                );
+
+
+	   }
+
+       return(RtlConvertUlongToLargeInteger(returnAddress));
+
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+IoFlushAdapterBuffers(
+    IN PADAPTER_OBJECT AdapterObject,
+    IN PMDL Mdl,
+    IN PVOID MapRegisterBase,
+    IN PVOID CurrentVa,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    IN BOOLEAN WriteToDevice
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine flushes the DMA adapter object buffers.  For the Jensen system
+    its clears the enable flag which aborts the dma.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    AdapterObject - Pointer to the adapter object representing the DMA
+        controller channel.
+
+    Mdl - A pointer to a Memory Descriptor List (MDL) that maps the locked-down
+        buffer to/from which the I/O occured.
+
+    MapRegisterBase - A pointer to the base of the map registers in the adapter
+        or DMA controller.
+
+    CurrentVa - The current virtual address in the buffer described the the Mdl
+        where the I/O operation occurred.
+
+    Length - Supplies the length of the transfer.
+
+    WriteToDevice - Supplies a BOOLEAN value that indicates the direction of
+        the data transfer was to the device.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    TRUE - If the transfer was successful.
+
+    FALSE - If there was an error in the transfer.
+
+--*/
+{
+
+   PTRANSLATION_ENTRY translationEntry;
+   PULONG pageFrame;
+   ULONG transferLength;
+   ULONG partialLength;
+   BOOLEAN masterDevice;
+
+   masterDevice = AdapterObject == NULL || AdapterObject->MasterDevice ?
+     TRUE : FALSE;
+
+   translationEntry = MapRegisterBase;
+
+   //
+   // Clear the index of used buffers
+   //
+
+   if (translationEntry) {
+
+       translationEntry->Index = 0;
+
+     }
+
+    //
+    // Determine if the data needs to be copied to the orignal buffer.
+    // This happens if the transfer is from a device, the MapRegisterBase
+    // is not NULL and the xfer spans a page.
+    //
+
+    if (!WriteToDevice && translationEntry) {
+
+       // 
+       // if this is not a master device, then just xfer the buffer
+       //
+
+       if (ADDRESS_AND_SIZE_TO_SPAN_PAGES(CurrentVa, Length) > 1 &&
+          !masterDevice) {
+
+           HalpCopyBufferMap(
+             Mdl,
+             translationEntry,
+             CurrentVa,
+             Length,
+             WriteToDevice
+             );
+
+	 } else {
+
+           //
+           // Cycle through the pages of the xfer to determine if there
+           // are any which need to be copied back
+           //
+
+           transferLength = PAGE_SIZE - BYTE_OFFSET(CurrentVa);
+           partialLength = transferLength;
+           pageFrame = (PULONG) (Mdl + 1);
+           pageFrame += ((ULONG) CurrentVa - (ULONG) Mdl->StartVa) / PAGE_SIZE;
+  
+           while (transferLength <= Length) {
+  
+             if (*pageFrame >= BYTES_TO_PAGES(MAXIMUM_ISA_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)) {
+
+               HalpCopyBufferMap(
+                Mdl,
+                translationEntry,
+                CurrentVa,
+                partialLength,
+                WriteToDevice
+                );
+             }
+           
+             (PCCHAR) CurrentVa += partialLength;
+             partialLength = PAGE_SIZE;
+
+             //
+             // Note that transferLength indicates the amount which will be
+             // transfered after the next loop. thus it is updated with the
+             // new partial length.
+             // 
+
+             transferLength += partialLength;
+             pageFrame++;
+             translationEntry++;
+	   }
+           
+          // 
+          // Process any remaining residue
+          //
+
+          partialLength = Length - transferLength + partialLength;
+          if (partialLength && *pageFrame >= BYTES_TO_PAGES(MAXIMUM_ISA_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)) {
+
+              HalpCopyBufferMap(
+                Mdl,
+                translationEntry,
+                CurrentVa,
+                partialLength,
+                WriteToDevice
+                );
+
+	    }
+
+         }
+
+     }
+
+     //
+     // If this is a master device, then there's no more work to do.
+
+    if (masterDevice) {
+
+       return(TRUE);
+
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Mask the DMA request line so that DMA requests are inhibited
+    //
+
+    if (AdapterObject->AdapterNumber == 1) {
+
+       //
+       //  DMA controller 1
+       //
+
+       PDMA1_CONTROL dmaControl;
+
+       dmaControl = AdapterObject->AdapterBaseVa;
+
+       WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(
+         &dmaControl->SingleMask,
+         (UCHAR) (DMA_SETMASK | AdapterObject->ChannelNumber)
+         );
+
+     } else {
+
+       //
+       //  DMA controller 2
+       //
+
+       PDMA2_CONTROL dmaControl;
+
+       dmaControl = AdapterObject->AdapterBaseVa;
+
+       WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(
+         &dmaControl->SingleMask,
+         (UCHAR) (DMA_SETMASK | AdapterObject->ChannelNumber)
+         );
+
+      }
+  
+      return(TRUE);
+
+}
+
+PHYSICAL_ADDRESS
+MmGetPhysicalAddress (
+     IN PVOID BaseAddress
+     )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function returns the corresponding physical address for a
+    valid virtual address.  I mask out the superpage mode bit, so that
+    what is returned is a real physical address.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    BaseAddress - Supplies the virtual address for which to return the
+                  physical address.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns the corresponding physical address.
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode.  Any IRQL level.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+  PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PhysicalAddress;
+
+  PhysicalAddress.HighPart = 0;
+  PhysicalAddress.LowPart = (ULONG)BaseAddress & 0x07fffffff;
+
+  return(PhysicalAddress);
+}
+
+PVOID
+MmAllocateNonCachedMemory (
+    IN ULONG NumberOfBytes
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+        The MIPS description:
+
+	This function allocates a range of noncached memory in
+	the non-paged portion of the system address space.
+
+	This routine is designed to be used by a driver's initialization
+	routine to allocate a noncached block of virtual memory for
+	various device specific buffers.
+
+    The Alpha description:
+
+    Since Alpha data caches are kept coherent with DMA, this just
+    allocates a section of memory for the caller.  It may be in the
+    cache.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    NumberOfBytes - Supplies the number of bytes to allocate.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    NULL - the specified request could not be satisfied.
+
+    NON-NULL - Returns a pointer (virtual address in the nonpaged portion
+               of the system) to the allocated physically contiguous
+               memory.
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode, IRQL of APC_LEVEL or below.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return (FwAllocatePool(NumberOfBytes));
+}
+
+PVOID
+MmMapIoSpace (
+     IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PhysicalAddress,
+     IN ULONG NumberOfBytes,
+     IN BOOLEAN CacheEnable
+     )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function returns the corresponding virtual address for a
+    known physical I/O address.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    PhysicalAddress - Supplies the physical address.
+
+    NumberOfBytes - Unused.
+
+    CacheEnable - Unused.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns the corresponding meta-virtual address.
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode.  Any IRQL level.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+//
+// For ISA machines, this routine should be null.
+//
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+    PCCHAR VirtualAddress;
+
+    //
+    // switch on bits <33:32> of the physical address
+    //
+
+    switch (PhysicalAddress.HighPart & 3) {
+
+    case 0:	/* memory space, this is an error. */
+      return(NULL);
+      break;
+
+    case 1:	/* "Combo" space */
+      VirtualAddress =
+	(PVOID)
+	  (COMBO_QVA |
+	   0x800000 |
+	   ((PhysicalAddress.LowPart >> COMBO_BIT_SHIFT) &
+	    0x7fffff)
+	   );
+      break;
+
+    case 2:	/* EISA memory space */
+      VirtualAddress =
+	(PVOID)
+	  (EISA_QVA |
+	   0x0000000 |
+	   ((PhysicalAddress.LowPart >> EISA_BIT_SHIFT) &
+	    0x1ffffff)
+	   );
+      break;
+
+    case 3:	/* EISA I/O space */
+      VirtualAddress =
+	(PVOID)
+	  (EISA_QVA |
+	   0x8000000 |
+	   ((PhysicalAddress.LowPart >> EISA_BIT_SHIFT) &
+	    0x1ffffff)
+	   );
+      break;
+
+    }
+
+    return(VirtualAddress);
+
+#endif  // EISA_PLATFORM
+
+  }
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxkbd.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxkbd.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..11ced6d5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxkbd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,581 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1989  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jxkbd.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements the keyboard boot driver for the Jazz system.
+
+Author:
+
+    David M. Robinson (davidro) 8-Aug-1991
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode.
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+
+    26-May-1992		John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Added Alpha/Jensen hooks.   The Jensen firmware does not use any
+    interrupts.  Additional keyboard changes are in fwsignal.c.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "iodevice.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "xxstring.h"
+
+ARC_STATUS
+KeyboardClose (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+KeyboardMount (
+    IN PCHAR MountPath,
+    IN MOUNT_OPERATION Operation
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+KeyboardOpen (
+    IN PCHAR OpenPath,
+    IN OPEN_MODE OpenMode,
+    IN OUT PULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+KeyboardRead (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+KeyboardGetReadStatus (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+KeyboardSeek (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PLARGE_INTEGER Offset,
+    IN SEEK_MODE SeekMode
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+KeyboardWrite (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+KeyboardGetFileInformation (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    OUT PFILE_INFORMATION Finfo
+    );
+
+//
+// Define static data.
+//
+BL_DEVICE_ENTRY_TABLE KeyboardEntryTable = {
+    KeyboardClose,
+    KeyboardMount,
+    KeyboardOpen,
+    KeyboardRead,
+    KeyboardGetReadStatus,
+    KeyboardSeek,
+    KeyboardWrite,
+    KeyboardGetFileInformation,
+    (PARC_SET_FILE_INFO_ROUTINE)NULL
+    };
+
+KEYBOARD_BUFFER KbdBuffer;
+
+BOOLEAN FwLeftShift;
+BOOLEAN FwRightShift;
+BOOLEAN FwControl;
+BOOLEAN FwAlt;
+BOOLEAN FwCapsLock;
+
+
+//
+// Define prototypes for all routines used by this module.
+//
+
+UCHAR
+FwInputScanCode(
+    VOID
+    );
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+KeyboardGetFileInformation (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    OUT PFILE_INFORMATION Finfo
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function returns EINVAL as no FileInformation can be
+    returned for the Keyboard driver.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    The arguments are not used.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    EINVAL is returned
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return EINVAL;
+}
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+KeyboardClose (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function closes the file table entry specified by the file id.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies the file table index.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Open = 0;
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+KeyboardMount (
+    IN PCHAR MountPath,
+    IN MOUNT_OPERATION Operation
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return EINVAL;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+KeyboardOpen (
+    IN PCHAR OpenPath,
+    IN OPEN_MODE OpenMode,
+    IN OUT PULONG FileId
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This is the open routine for the Keyboard device.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    OpenPath - Supplies the pathname of the device to open.
+
+    OpenMode - Supplies the mode (read only, write only, or read write).
+
+    FileId - Supplies a free file identifier to use.  If the device is already
+             open this parameter can be used to return the file identifier
+             already in use.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the open was successful, ESUCCESS is returned, otherwise an error code
+    is returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+    PCONSOLE_CONTEXT Context;
+
+    Context = &BlFileTable[*FileId].u.ConsoleContext;
+    if ( strstr(OpenPath, ")console(1)" ) != NULL ) {
+        Context->ConsoleNumber = 1;
+    } else {
+        Context->ConsoleNumber = 0;
+    }
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+KeyboardRead (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine reads keys from the keyboard and passes along either ascii
+    or Unicode characters to the caller.
+
+    In Alpha/Jensen, the polling is done in the FwInputScanCode() function.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies a file id.
+
+    Buffer - Supplies a pointer to a buffer to receive the characters.
+
+    Length - Supplies the length of Buffer in bytes.
+
+    Count - Returns the count of the bytes that were received.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    A value of ESUCCESS is returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+    PCHAR OutputBuffer;
+    PCONSOLE_CONTEXT Context;
+    BOOLEAN Unicode;
+
+    OutputBuffer = (PCHAR)Buffer;
+    Context = &BlFileTable[FileId].u.ConsoleContext;
+
+    if (Context->ConsoleNumber == 1) {
+        if (Length & 1) {
+
+            //
+            // Length is not an even number of bytes, return an error.
+            //
+
+            return(EINVAL);
+        }
+        Unicode = TRUE;
+    } else {
+        Unicode = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    *Count = 0;
+    while (*Count < Length) {
+        *OutputBuffer++ = FwInputScanCode();
+        (*Count)++;
+        if (Unicode) {
+            *OutputBuffer++ = 0;
+            (*Count)++;
+        }
+    }
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+KeyboardGetReadStatus (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine checks to see if a character is available from the keyboard.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies a file identifier.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns ESUCCESS is a byte is available, otherwise EAGAIN is returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+
+#ifndef ALPHA
+
+    if (KbdBuffer.ReadIndex == KbdBuffer.WriteIndex) {
+        return EAGAIN;
+    } else {
+        return ESUCCESS;
+    }
+
+#else
+
+    //
+    // Alpha  does polling.
+    //
+
+    if (KbdBuffer.ReadIndex != KbdBuffer.WriteIndex) {
+
+	// A character is available
+	return ESUCCESS;
+
+    } else if (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&KEYBOARD_READ->Status) & KBD_OBF_MASK) {
+
+	// A character is available at the keyboard, but it may be a
+	// character that is not returned to the calling program (e.g., a
+        // break code).  Screen it here.
+
+	TranslateScanCode(READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&KEYBOARD_READ->Data));
+	if (KbdBuffer.ReadIndex != KbdBuffer.WriteIndex) {
+	    // A character is now available
+	    return ESUCCESS;
+	} else {
+	    // A character is not available, let the user drain any other
+	    // characters or non-characters by calling this again.
+	    return EAGAIN;
+	}
+
+    } else {
+
+	// A character is not available
+	return EAGAIN;
+
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+KeyboardWrite (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+KeyboardSeek (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PLARGE_INTEGER Offset,
+    IN SEEK_MODE SeekMode
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+VOID
+KeyboardInitialize (
+    IN OUT PDRIVER_LOOKUP_ENTRY LookupTableEntry,
+    IN ULONG Entries
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the keyboard control registers, clears the
+    fifo, and initializes the keyboard entry in the driver lookup table.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    LookupTableEntry - Supplies a pointer to the first free location in the
+                       driver lookup table.
+
+    Entries - Supplies the number of free entries in the driver lookup table.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    UCHAR Byte;
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the driver lookup table.
+    //
+
+    LookupTableEntry->DevicePath = FW_KEYBOARD_IN_DEVICE_PATH;
+    LookupTableEntry->DispatchTable = &KeyboardEntryTable;
+
+    //
+    // Initialize static data.
+    //
+
+    FwLeftShift = FALSE;
+    FwRightShift = FALSE;
+    FwControl = FALSE;
+    FwAlt = FALSE;
+    FwCapsLock = FALSE;
+
+    KbdBuffer.ReadIndex = KbdBuffer.WriteIndex = 0;
+
+    //
+    // Call the selftest keyboard initialization routine.  If the keyboard
+    // is OK, enable interrupts.
+    //
+
+    if (!InitKeyboard()) {
+
+	//
+	// Enable kbd interrupts in the keyboard controller.
+	//
+	SendKbdCommand(KBD_CTR_READ_COMMAND);
+	GetKbdData(&Byte,100);
+
+	//
+	// Clear translation mode and enable Kbd interrupt.
+	//
+	Byte = (Byte & 0xBF) | KbdCommandEnableKbdInt;
+	SendKbdCommand(KBD_CTR_WRITE_COMMAND);
+	SendKbdData(Byte);
+
+#ifndef  ALPHA
+	//
+	// Not needed for Alpha.
+	//
+	//
+	// Enable keyboard interrupts in the interrupt enable register.
+	//
+	  WRITE_PORT_USHORT(&((PINTERRUPT_REGISTERS)INTERRUPT_VIRTUAL_BASE)->Enable,
+				(1 << (KEYBOARD_VECTOR - DEVICE_VECTORS - 1)));
+#endif
+
+
+    }
+
+    return;
+}
+
+UCHAR
+FwInputScanCode (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine reads a byte from the keyboard.  If no data is available,
+    it blocks until a key is typed.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns the character read from the keyboard.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+#ifndef ALPHA
+
+    UCHAR ScanCode;
+
+    while (KbdBuffer.ReadIndex == KbdBuffer.WriteIndex) {
+    }
+    KbdBuffer.ReadIndex = (KbdBuffer.ReadIndex+1) % KBD_BUFFER_SIZE;
+    ScanCode = KbdBuffer.Buffer[KbdBuffer.ReadIndex];
+
+    return ScanCode;
+
+#else
+
+    //
+    // Alpha.  If there are remaining characters in the 
+    // circular buffer, return the next one.  Otherwise,
+    // hang until another character is typed and then call
+    // TranslateScanCode.  Then return a character.
+    //
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+
+	if (KbdBuffer.ReadIndex != KbdBuffer.WriteIndex) {
+
+	    //
+	    // A character is in the buffer.  Return it.
+	    //
+
+	    KbdBuffer.ReadIndex = (KbdBuffer.ReadIndex+1) % KBD_BUFFER_SIZE;
+	    return (KbdBuffer.Buffer[KbdBuffer.ReadIndex]);
+	}
+
+    
+	//
+	// Wait until a character is typed, then scan it, and loop back.
+	// The TranslateScanCode() calls will eventually bump the KbdBuffer
+	// WriteIndex.
+	//
+
+	while ((READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&KEYBOARD_READ->Status) &
+		KBD_OBF_MASK) == 0) {
+	}
+
+	TranslateScanCode(READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&KEYBOARD_READ->Data));
+	FwStallExecution(10);	            // Don't pound on the controller.
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxreboot.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxreboot.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5e17f0932
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxreboot.c
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jxreboot.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains the Firmware Termination Functions.
+
+Author:
+
+    Lluis Abello (lluis) 4-Sep-1991
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    11-June-1992	John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Added Alpha/Jensen modifications.
+
+--*/
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+
+
+VOID
+ResetSystem (
+    IN VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This effectively resets the system by restarting the firmware
+    at the beginning of the firmware PALcode.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    AlphaInstHalt();
+}
+
+VOID
+FwRestart(
+    IN VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine implements the Firmware Restart termination function.
+    It generates a soft reset to the system.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Does not return to the caller.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ResetSystem();
+}
+
+VOID
+FwReboot(
+    IN VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine implements the Firmware Reboot termination function.
+    It generates a soft reset to the system.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Does not return to the caller.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ResetSystem();
+}
+
+VOID
+FwEnterInteractiveMode(
+    IN VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine implements the Firmware EnterInteractiveMode function.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    FwMonitor(3);
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+FwTerminationInitialize(
+    IN VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the termination function entry points in the transfer vector
+    //
+    This routine initializes the termination function entry points
+    in the transfer vector.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    (PARC_HALT_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[HaltRoutine] = FwHalt;
+    (PARC_POWERDOWN_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[PowerDownRoutine] = FwHalt;
+    (PARC_RESTART_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[RestartRoutine] = FwRestart;
+    (PARC_REBOOT_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[RebootRoutine] = FwReboot;
+    (PARC_INTERACTIVE_MODE_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[InteractiveModeRoutine] = FwEnterInteractiveMode;
+//    (PARC_RETURN_FROM_MAIN_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[ReturnFromMainRoutine] = FwReturnFromMain;
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxserial.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxserial.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c6c8fbcf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxserial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,590 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jxserial.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements the serila boot driver for the Jazz system.
+
+Author:
+
+    Lluis Abello (lluis) 9-Aug-1991
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode.
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    30-April-1992	John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Added Alpha/Jensen modifications.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+#include "jnsnserp.h"
+#else
+#include "mrgnserp.h"		// morgan
+#endif
+
+#include "xxstring.h"
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialClose (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialMount (
+    IN PCHAR MountPath,
+    IN MOUNT_OPERATION Operation
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialOpen (
+    IN PCHAR OpenPath,
+    IN OPEN_MODE OpenMode,
+    IN OUT PULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialRead (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialGetReadStatus (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialSeek (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PLARGE_INTEGER Offset,
+    IN SEEK_MODE SeekMode
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialWrite (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialGetFileInformation (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    OUT PFILE_INFORMATION Finfo
+    );
+//
+// Declare and initialize the Serial entry table.
+//
+BL_DEVICE_ENTRY_TABLE SerialEntryTable = {
+    SerialClose,
+    SerialMount,
+    SerialOpen,
+    SerialRead,
+    SerialGetReadStatus,
+    SerialSeek,
+    SerialWrite,
+    SerialGetFileInformation,
+    (PARC_SET_FILE_INFO_ROUTINE)NULL
+    };
+
+
+#define SP_BASE(Fid) PSP_WRITE_REGISTERS SP; \
+                     SP = (PSP_WRITE_REGISTERS)BlFileTable[Fid].u.SerialContext.PortBase
+//
+// Define function prototypes
+//
+
+VOID
+SerialBootSetup(
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialGetFileInformation (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    OUT PFILE_INFORMATION Finfo
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function returns EINVAL as no FileInformation can be
+    returned for the Serial line driver.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    The arguments are not used.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    EINVAL is returned
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return EINVAL;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialClose (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function closes the file table entry specified by the file id.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies the file table index.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Open = 0;
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialBootWrite(
+    CHAR  Char,
+    ULONG SP
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine writes a character to the serial port.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Char  -  Character to write.
+
+    SP    -  Base address of the serial port.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the operation is performed without errors, ESUCCESS is returned,
+    otherwise an error code is returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+    UCHAR DataByte;
+
+    //
+    // wait for transmitter holding register to be empty
+    //
+    do {
+        DataByte=READ_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_READ_REGISTERS)SP)->LineStatus);
+    } while (((PSP_LINE_STATUS)(&DataByte))->TransmitHoldingEmpty == 0);
+
+    //
+    // transmit character
+    //
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_WRITE_REGISTERS)SP)->TransmitBuffer,Char);
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialWrite (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine implements the write operation for the ARC firmware
+    serial port driver.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies a file id.
+
+    Buffer - Supplies a pointer to a buffer containing the characters to
+             write to the serial port.
+
+    Length - Supplies the length of Buffer.
+
+    Count -  Returns the count of the characters that were written.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the operation is performed without errors, ESUCCESS is returned,
+    otherwise an error code is returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+
+    for (*Count=0; *Count < Length; (*Count)++) {
+        if (Status=SerialBootWrite(*(PCHAR)Buffer,
+                                   BlFileTable[FileId].u.SerialContext.PortBase)
+                                   ) {
+            return Status;
+        }
+       ((PCHAR)Buffer)++;
+    }
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialRead (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine implements the read operation for the ARC firmware
+    serial port driver.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies a file id.
+
+    Buffer - Supplies a pointer to a buffer where the characters read
+             from the serial port will be stored.
+
+    Length - Supplies the length of Buffer.
+
+    Count -  Returns the count of the characters that were read.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the operation is performed without errors, ESUCCESS is returned,
+    otherwise an error code is returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+    UCHAR DataByte;
+    SP_BASE(FileId);
+    for (*Count=0; *Count < Length; (*Count)++) {
+        //
+        // if no characters are available, then set data terminal ready
+        // and continue polling.
+        //
+        DataByte = READ_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_READ_REGISTERS)SP)->LineStatus);
+        if ((((PSP_LINE_STATUS)(&DataByte))->DataReady == 0)) {
+            DataByte=0;
+            ((PSP_MODEM_CONTROL)(&DataByte))->DataTerminalReady=1;
+            ((PSP_MODEM_CONTROL)(&DataByte))->Interrupt=1;
+            WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(&SP->ModemControl,DataByte);
+        }
+        //
+        // Poll until a character is available from the serial port
+        //
+        do {
+            DataByte=READ_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_READ_REGISTERS)SP)->LineStatus);
+        } while ((((PSP_LINE_STATUS)(&DataByte))->DataReady == 0));
+
+        //
+        // turn off data terminal ready
+        //
+        DataByte=0;
+        ((PSP_MODEM_CONTROL)(&DataByte))->Interrupt=1;
+        WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(&SP->ModemControl,DataByte);
+
+        //
+        // Read character
+        //
+        *(PCHAR)Buffer = READ_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_READ_REGISTERS)SP)->ReceiveBuffer);
+        ((PCHAR)Buffer)++;
+    }
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialOpen (
+    IN PCHAR OpenPath,
+    IN OPEN_MODE OpenMode,
+    IN OUT PULONG FileId
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine opens the specified serial port.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    OpenPath - Supplies the pathname of the device to open.
+
+    OpenMode - Supplies the mode (read only, write only, or read write).
+
+    FileId - Supplies a free file identifier to use.  If the device is already
+             open this parameter can be used to return the file identifier
+             already in use.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    If the open was successful, ESUCCESS is returned, otherwise an error code
+    is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Port;
+    
+    //
+    // Check for the serial port to open 0,1
+    //
+    if (JzGetPathMnemonicKey(OpenPath,
+                             "serial",
+                             &Port
+                             )) {
+        return ENODEV;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Init file table
+    //
+      switch (Port) {
+	
+      case 0:		// serial port 0, which is com port 1
+	
+	BlFileTable[*FileId].u.SerialContext.PortNumber = 0;
+	BlFileTable[*FileId].u.SerialContext.PortBase = COMPORT1_VIRTUAL_BASE;
+	break;
+
+      case 1:		// serial port 1, which is com port 2
+	
+	BlFileTable[*FileId].u.SerialContext.PortNumber = 1;
+	BlFileTable[*FileId].u.SerialContext.PortBase = COMPORT2_VIRTUAL_BASE;
+	break;
+
+      default:
+	return EIO;
+      }
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the serial port.
+    //
+    SerialBootSetup(BlFileTable[*FileId].u.SerialContext.PortBase);
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+VOID
+SerialBootSetup(
+    IN ULONG SP
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the serial port controller.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    SP -  Supplies the virtual address of the serial port.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    UCHAR Trash;
+    UCHAR DataByte;
+    //
+    // Clear the divisor latch, clear all interrupt enables, and reset and
+    // disable the FIFO's.
+    //
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_WRITE_REGISTERS)SP)->LineControl, 0x0);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_WRITE_REGISTERS)SP)->InterruptEnable, 0x0);
+    DataByte = 0;
+
+#if 0
+//
+// Unused Jazz code.  Jensen doesn't have FIFO controls.
+//
+    ((PSP_FIFO_CONTROL)(&DataByte))->ReceiveFifoReset = 1;
+    ((PSP_FIFO_CONTROL)(&DataByte))->TransmitFifoReset = 1;
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_WRITE_REGISTERS)SP)->FifoControl, DataByte);
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // Set the divisor latch and set the baud rate to 9600 baud.
+    //
+
+    DataByte = 0;
+    ((PSP_LINE_CONTROL)(&DataByte))->DivisorLatch = 1;
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_WRITE_REGISTERS)SP)->LineControl, DataByte);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_WRITE_REGISTERS)SP)->TransmitBuffer, BAUD_RATE_9600);
+//    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_WRITE_REGISTERS)SP)->TransmitBuffer, BAUD_RATE_19200);
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_WRITE_REGISTERS)SP)->InterruptEnable, 0x0);
+
+    //
+    // Clear the divisor latch and set the character size to eight bits
+    // with one stop bit and no parity checking.
+    //
+
+    DataByte = 0;
+    ((PSP_LINE_CONTROL)(&DataByte))->CharacterSize = EIGHT_BITS;
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_WRITE_REGISTERS)SP)->LineControl, DataByte);
+
+    //
+    // Set data terminal ready and request to send.
+    // And open interrupt tristate line
+    //
+
+    DataByte = 0;
+    ((PSP_MODEM_CONTROL)(&DataByte))->DataTerminalReady = 1;
+    ((PSP_MODEM_CONTROL)(&DataByte))->RequestToSend = 1;
+    ((PSP_MODEM_CONTROL)(&DataByte))->Interrupt=1;
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_WRITE_REGISTERS)SP)->ModemControl, DataByte);
+
+    Trash = READ_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_READ_REGISTERS)SP)->LineStatus);
+    Trash = READ_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_READ_REGISTERS)SP)->ReceiveBuffer);
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialGetReadStatus (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine checks to see if a character is available from the serial line.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    FileId - Supplies a file identifier.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns ESUCCESS is a byte is available, otherwise EAGAIN is returned.
+
+--*/
+{
+    UCHAR DataByte;
+    SP_BASE(FileId);
+    DataByte = READ_PORT_UCHAR(&((PSP_READ_REGISTERS)SP)->LineStatus);
+    if ((((PSP_LINE_STATUS)(&DataByte))->DataReady == 0)) {
+        return EAGAIN;
+    }
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialMount (
+    IN PCHAR MountPath,
+    IN MOUNT_OPERATION Operation
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return EINVAL;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+SerialSeek (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN IN PLARGE_INTEGER Offset,
+    IN SEEK_MODE SeekMode
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+Arguments:
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+VOID
+SerialInitialize(
+    IN OUT PDRIVER_LOOKUP_ENTRY LookupTableEntry,
+    IN ULONG Entries
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the serial device dispatch table
+    and the entries in the driver lookup table.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    LookupTableEntry - Supplies a pointer to the first free location in the
+                       driver lookup table.
+
+    Entries - Supplies the number of free entries in the driver lookup table.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the driver lookup table, and increment the pointer.
+    //
+
+    LookupTableEntry->DevicePath = FW_SERIAL_0_DEVICE;
+    LookupTableEntry->DispatchTable = &SerialEntryTable;
+
+    if (Entries>1) {
+        LookupTableEntry++;
+        LookupTableEntry->DevicePath = FW_SERIAL_1_DEVICE;
+        LookupTableEntry->DispatchTable = &SerialEntryTable;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxsysid.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxsysid.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3acd7c882
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxsysid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jxsysid.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements the ARC firmware System ID Query functions as
+    described in the Advanced Risc Computing Specification (Revision 1.00),
+    section 3.3.3.5, for a MIPS R3000 or R4000 Jazz system.
+
+Author:
+
+    David M. Robinson (davidro) 11-July-1991
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+    26-May-1992		John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Added Alpha/Jensen hooks.
+
+    31-March-1993	Bruce Butts [DEC]
+
+    Added Alpha/Morgan hooks.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+
+//
+// Define the system identifier.
+//
+
+SYSTEM_ID SystemId;
+
+extern ULONG SystemRevisionId;
+
+VOID
+FwSystemIdInitialize (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the system identifer routine address.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    //
+    // Initialize the system identifier routine address in the system
+    // parameter block.
+    //
+
+    (PARC_GET_SYSTEM_ID_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[GetSystemIdRoutine] =
+                                                            FwGetSystemId;
+
+    (PARC_FLUSH_ALL_CACHES_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->FirmwareVector[FlushAllCachesRoutine] =
+                                                            FwFlushAllCaches;
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+PSYSTEM_ID
+FwGetSystemId (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function returns the system ID, which consists of an eight byte
+    VendorId and an eight byte ProductId.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns a pointer to a buffer containing the system id structure.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    UCHAR TempString[10];
+
+    //
+    // There is no unique identification of each Jensen, so we can
+    // load up the SystemId variable directly.
+    //
+
+    strncpy((PCHAR)&SystemId.VendorId, "Digital", 8);
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+    sprintf(TempString, "%d0Jensen", SystemRevisionId);
+#endif // JENSEN
+
+#ifdef MORGAN
+    sprintf(TempString, "%d0Morgan", SystemRevisionId);
+#endif // MORGAN
+
+    strncpy((PCHAR)&SystemId.ProductId, TempString, 8);
+
+    return &SystemId;
+}
+
+
+VOID
+FwFlushAllCaches (
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    TEMPTEMP Fix this up soon!!
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+#ifndef _ALPHA_
+
+    HalSweepIcache();
+    HalSweepDcache();
+
+#else
+
+    // Alpha code
+
+    //
+    // The functional definition of this function is nowhere to be found.  For
+    // safety, we issue two MB's (so the EV4 write buffers are purged,
+    // and not just serialized) and one IMB.
+    //
+
+    AlphaInstIMB();
+    AlphaInstMB();
+    AlphaInstMB();
+
+#endif
+
+    return;
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxvendor.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxvendor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1e3f7dd7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/jxvendor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,750 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    jxvendor.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    Implementation of the vendor private routines for the Jazz ARC firmware.
+
+Author:
+
+    David M. Robinson (davidro) 13-June-1991
+
+
+Revision History:
+ 
+    26-May-1992		John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Added Alpha/Jensen hooks.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+
+//
+// Routine prototypes.
+//
+
+PVOID
+FwAllocatePool(
+    IN ULONG NumberOfBytes
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwStallExecution (
+    IN ULONG MicroSeconds
+    );
+
+//
+// Static Variables
+//
+
+PCHAR FwPoolBase;
+PCHAR FwFreePool;
+
+extern ULONG ProcessorId;
+extern ULONG ProcessorRevision;
+extern ULONG ProcessorPageSize;
+extern ULONG NumberOfPhysicalAddressBits;
+extern ULONG MaximumAddressSpaceNumber;
+extern ULONG ProcessorCycleCounterPeriod;
+extern ULONG SystemRevisionId;
+extern PCHAR FirmwareVersion;
+
+
+VOID
+FwVendorInitialize(
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine initializes the vendor private routines.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    //
+    // Initialize pointers and zero memory for the allocate pool routine.
+    //
+
+    FwPoolBase = (PCHAR)(FW_POOL_BASE | KSEG0_BASE);
+    FwFreePool = (PCHAR)(FW_POOL_BASE | KSEG0_BASE);
+    RtlZeroMemory(FwPoolBase, FW_POOL_SIZE);
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the vendor routine vector.
+    //
+
+    (PVEN_ALLOCATE_POOL_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[AllocatePoolRoutine] =
+                                                            FwAllocatePool;
+
+    (PVEN_STALL_EXECUTION_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[StallExecutionRoutine] =
+                                                            FwStallExecution;
+
+    (PVEN_PRINT_ROUTINE)SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[PrintRoutine] =
+                                                            FwPrint;
+
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+    (PVEN_RETURN_EXTENDED_SYSTEM_INFORMATION_ROUTINE)
+	SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[ReturnExtendedSystemInformationRoutine] =
+	  FwReturnExtendedSystemInformation;
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+
+    (PVEN_VIDEO_DISPLAY_INITIALIZE_ROUTINE)
+	SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[VideoDisplayInitializeRoutine] =
+	  DisplayBootInitialize;
+
+    (PVEN_EISA_READ_REGISTER_BUFFER_UCHAR_ROUTINE)
+	SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[EISAReadRegisterBufferUCHARRoutine] =
+	  EISAReadRegisterBufferUCHAR;
+
+    (PVEN_EISA_WRITE_REGISTER_BUFFER_UCHAR_ROUTINE)
+	SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[EISAWriteRegisterBufferUCHARRoutine] =
+	  EISAWriteRegisterBufferUCHAR;
+
+    (PVEN_EISA_READ_PORT_UCHAR_ROUTINE)
+	SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[EISAReadPortUCHARRoutine] =
+	  EISAReadPortUCHAR;
+
+    (PVEN_EISA_READ_PORT_USHORT_ROUTINE)
+	SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[EISAReadPortUSHORTRoutine] =
+	  EISAReadPortUSHORT;
+
+    (PVEN_EISA_READ_PORT_ULONG_ROUTINE)
+	SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[EISAReadPortULONGRoutine] =
+	  EISAReadPortULONG;
+
+    (PVEN_EISA_WRITE_PORT_UCHAR_ROUTINE)
+	SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[EISAWritePortUCHARRoutine] =
+	  EISAWritePortUCHAR;
+
+    (PVEN_EISA_WRITE_PORT_USHORT_ROUTINE)
+	SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[EISAWritePortUSHORTRoutine] =
+	  EISAWritePortUSHORT;
+
+    (PVEN_EISA_WRITE_PORT_ULONG_ROUTINE)
+	SYSTEM_BLOCK->VendorVector[EISAWritePortULONGRoutine] =
+	  EISAWritePortULONG;
+
+#endif	// EISA_PLATFORM
+
+#endif
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+PVOID
+FwAllocatePool(
+    IN ULONG NumberOfBytes
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine allocates the requested number of bytes from the firmware
+    pool.  If enough pool exists to satisfy the request, a pointer to the
+    next free cache-aligned block is returned, otherwise NULL is returned.
+    The pool is zeroed at initialization time, and no corresponding
+    "FwFreePool" routine exists.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    NumberOfBytes - Supplies the number of bytes to allocate.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    NULL - Not enough pool exists to satisfy the request.
+
+    NON-NULL - Returns a pointer to the allocated pool.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PVOID Pool;
+
+    //
+    // If there is not enough free pool for this request or the requested
+    // number of bytes is zero, return NULL, otherwise return a pointer to
+    // the free block and update the free pointer.
+    //
+
+    if (((FwFreePool + NumberOfBytes) > (FwPoolBase + FW_POOL_SIZE)) ||
+        (NumberOfBytes == 0)) {
+
+        Pool = NULL;
+
+    } else {
+
+        Pool = FwFreePool;
+
+        //
+        // Move pointer to the next cache aligned section of free pool.
+        //
+
+        FwFreePool += ((NumberOfBytes - 1) & ~(KeGetDcacheFillSize() - 1)) +
+                      KeGetDcacheFillSize();
+    }
+    return Pool;
+}
+
+#ifndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+VOID
+FwReturnExtendedSystemInformation (
+    OUT PEXTENDED_SYSTEM_INFORMATION SystemInfo
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This returns detailed information about the Alpha AXP system and
+    processor.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    SystemInfo		A structure with the system and processor info.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    SystemInfo->ProcessorId = ProcessorId;
+    SystemInfo->ProcessorRevision = ProcessorRevision;
+    SystemInfo->NumberOfPhysicalAddressBits = NumberOfPhysicalAddressBits;
+    SystemInfo->MaximumAddressSpaceNumber = MaximumAddressSpaceNumber;
+    SystemInfo->ProcessorCycleCounterPeriod = ProcessorCycleCounterPeriod;
+    SystemInfo->ProcessorPageSize = ProcessorPageSize;
+    SystemInfo->SystemRevision = SystemRevisionId;
+    strcpy (SystemInfo->FirmwareVersion, FirmwareVersion);
+
+
+    // Jensen systems do not have a serial number.
+    strcpy (SystemInfo->SystemSerialNumber, "0");
+
+    return;
+}
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && defined(EISA_PLATFORM)
+
+ULONG
+EISAReadRegisterBufferUCHAR (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset,
+    OUT PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This reads EISA memory space using byte reads.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    BusNumber		EISA bus number, starting with 0.
+
+    Offset		Byte offset from the beginning of EISA space for
+    			this bus.
+
+			This must be based off the .IoStart value in the
+			EISA adapter's ConfigurationData, which is held in
+			the Component Data Structure node.  Therefore, this 
+			will already have the EISA QVA bits set up.
+
+    Buffer		A pointer to the data area to receive the EISA data.
+
+    Length		Number of bytes to read.
+    
+
+Return Value:
+
+    This returns the number of bytes actually read.  If this is not
+    equal to the Length argument, an error has occurred.  Explicitly
+    detected errors are signalled by returning a value of 0.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    //
+    // Check for illegal values for Jensen.
+    //
+
+    if (BusNumber != 0) {
+    	return (0);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Call HAL library function with QVA bit or'd in.
+    //
+
+    READ_REGISTER_BUFFER_UCHAR((PUCHAR)Offset, Buffer, Length);
+
+    return (Length);
+}
+
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && defined(EISA_PLATFORM)
+
+ULONG
+EISAWriteRegisterBufferUCHAR (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset,
+    OUT PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This writes EISA memory space using byte reads.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    BusNumber		EISA bus number, starting with 0.
+
+    Offset		Byte offset from the beginning of EISA space for
+    			this bus.
+
+			This must be based off the .IoStart value in the
+			EISA adapter's ConfigurationData, which is held in
+			the Component Data Structure node.  Therefore, this 
+			will already have the EISA QVA bits set up.
+
+    Buffer		A pointer to the data to be written to the EISA memory.
+
+    Length		Number of bytes to write.
+    
+
+Return Value:
+
+    This returns the number of bytes actually written.  If this is not
+    equal to the Length argument, an error has occurred.  Explicitly
+    detected errors are signalled by returning a value of 0.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    //
+    // Check for illegal values for Jensen.
+    //
+
+    if (BusNumber != 0) {
+    	return (0);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Call HAL library function with QVA bit or'd in.
+    //
+
+    WRITE_REGISTER_BUFFER_UCHAR((PUCHAR)Offset, Buffer, Length);
+
+    return (Length);
+}
+
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && defined(EISA_PLATFORM)
+
+UCHAR
+EISAReadPortUCHAR (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This reads EISA I/O space using a byte read.
+
+    On Alpha, this is identical to reading EISA memory space.
+
+    On Alpha/Jensen we check for a read to 0C80--0C83, and manually
+    return the EISA System Board ID bytes.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    BusNumber		EISA bus number, starting with 0.
+
+    Offset		Byte offset from the beginning of EISA space for
+    			this bus.
+
+			This must be based off the .IoStart value in the
+			EISA adapter's ConfigurationData, which is held in
+			the Component Data Structure node.  Therefore, this 
+			will already have the EISA QVA bits set up.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    This returns the byte read.  On an error, 0 is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    //
+    // Check for illegal values for Jensen.
+    //
+
+    if (BusNumber != 0) {
+    	return (0);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Trap reads to System Board ID bytes and return Jensen ID bytes.
+    // which correspond to the EISA identifier "DEC2400".
+    //
+
+    switch (Offset & 0xffff) {
+
+      case 0x0c80:
+	return 0x10;
+
+      case 0x0c81:
+	return 0xa3;
+
+      case 0x0c82:
+	return 0x24;
+
+      case 0x0c83:
+	return 0x00;
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // Call HAL library function with QVA bit or'd in.
+    //
+
+    return (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)Offset));
+}
+
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && defined(EISA_PLATFORM)
+
+USHORT
+EISAReadPortUSHORT (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This reads EISA I/O space using a word read.
+
+    On Alpha, this is identical to reading EISA memory space.
+
+    On Alpha/Jensen we check for a read to 0C80--0C83, and manually
+    return the EISA System Board ID bytes.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    BusNumber		EISA bus number, starting with 0.
+
+    Offset		Byte offset from the beginning of EISA space for
+    			this bus.
+
+			This must be based off the .IoStart value in the
+			EISA adapter's ConfigurationData, which is held in
+			the Component Data Structure node.  Therefore, this 
+			will already have the EISA QVA bits set up.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    This returns the word read.  On an error, 0 is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    //
+    // Check for illegal values for Jensen.
+    //
+
+    if ((BusNumber != 0) ||
+        ((Offset & 0x3) == 0x3)) {
+    	return (0);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Trap reads to System Board ID bytes and return Jensen ID bytes.
+    // which correspond to the EISA identifier "DEC2400".
+    //
+
+    switch (Offset & 0xffff) {
+
+      case 0x0c80:
+	return 0xa310;
+
+      case 0x0c82:
+	return 0x0024;
+
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // Call HAL library function with QVA bit or'd in.
+    //
+
+    return (READ_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)Offset));
+}
+
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && defined(EISA_PLATFORM)
+
+ULONG
+EISAReadPortULONG (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This reads EISA I/O space using a longword read.
+
+    On Alpha, this is identical to reading EISA memory space.
+
+    On Alpha/Jensen we check for a read to 0C80--0C83, and manually
+    return the EISA System Board ID bytes.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    BusNumber		EISA bus number, starting with 0.
+
+    Offset		Byte offset from the beginning of EISA space for
+    			this bus.
+
+			This must be based off the .IoStart value in the
+			EISA adapter's ConfigurationData, which is held in
+			the Component Data Structure node.  Therefore, this 
+			will already have the EISA QVA bits set up.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    This returns the longword read.  On an error, 0 is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    //
+    // Check for illegal values for Jensen.
+    //
+
+    if ((BusNumber != 0) ||
+        ((Offset & 0x3) != 0)) {
+    	return (0);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Trap reads to System Board ID bytes and return Jensen ID bytes.
+    // which correspond to the EISA identifier "DEC2400".
+    //
+
+    if ((Offset & 0xffff) == 0x0c80) {
+	return 0x0024a310;
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // Call HAL library function with QVA bit or'd in.
+    //
+
+    return (READ_PORT_ULONG((PULONG)Offset));
+}
+
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && defined(EISA_PLATFORM)
+
+VOID
+EISAWritePortUCHAR (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset,
+    IN UCHAR Datum
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This writes EISA I/O space using a byte write.  On Alpha, this is
+    identical to writing EISA memory space.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    BusNumber		EISA bus number, starting with 0.
+
+    Offset		Byte offset from the beginning of EISA space for
+    			this bus.
+
+			This must be based off the .IoStart value in the
+			EISA adapter's ConfigurationData, which is held in
+			the Component Data Structure node.  Therefore, this 
+			will already have the EISA QVA bits set up.
+
+    Datum		The byte to be written.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.  Errors will cause either a no-op or a bugcheck.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    //
+    // Check for illegal values for Jensen.
+    //
+
+    if (BusNumber != 0) {
+    	return;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Call HAL library function with QVA bit or'd in.
+    //
+
+    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)Offset, Datum);
+
+    return;
+}
+
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && defined(EISA_PLATFORM)
+
+VOID
+EISAWritePortUSHORT (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset,
+    IN USHORT Datum
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This writes EISA I/O space using a word write.  On Alpha, this is
+    identical to writing EISA memory space.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    BusNumber		EISA bus number, starting with 0.
+
+    Offset		Byte offset from the beginning of EISA space for
+    			this bus.
+
+			This must be based off the .IoStart value in the
+			EISA adapter's ConfigurationData, which is held in
+			the Component Data Structure node.  Therefore, this 
+			will already have the EISA QVA bits set up.
+
+    Datum		The short to be written.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.  Errors will cause either a no-op or a bugcheck.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    //
+    // Check for illegal values for Jensen.
+    //
+
+    if ((BusNumber != 0) ||
+        ((Offset & 0x3) == 0x3)) {
+    	return;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Call HAL library function with QVA bit or'd in.
+    //
+
+    WRITE_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)Offset, Datum);
+
+    return;
+}
+
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
+
+#if !defined(FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && defined(EISA_PLATFORM)
+
+VOID
+EISAWritePortULONG (
+    IN ULONG BusNumber,
+    IN ULONG Offset,
+    IN ULONG Datum
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This writes EISA I/O space using a longword write.  On Alpha, this is
+    identical to writing EISA memory space.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    BusNumber		EISA bus number, starting with 0.
+
+    Offset		Byte offset from the beginning of EISA space for
+    			this bus.
+
+			This must be based off the .IoStart value in the
+			EISA adapter's ConfigurationData, which is held in
+			the Component Data Structure node.  Therefore, this 
+			will already have the EISA QVA bits set up.
+
+    Datum		The long to be written.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.  Errors will cause either a no-op or a bugcheck.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    //
+    // Check for illegal values for Jensen.
+    //
+
+    if ((BusNumber != 0) ||
+        ((Offset & 0x3) != 0)) {
+    	return;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Call HAL library function with QVA bit or'd in.
+    //
+
+    WRITE_PORT_ULONG((PULONG)Offset, Datum);
+
+    return;
+}
+
+#endif // ndef FAILSAFE_BOOTER
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/kbdmouse.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/kbdmouse.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d6ba607e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/kbdmouse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1990  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    Kbdmouse.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains definitions for the keyboard controller
+    in typical industry-standard chips, like those in the jazz
+    and Alpha/Jensen systems.
+
+    It supports Mouse and Keyboard.
+
+Author:
+
+    Lluis Abello (lluis) 11-Jul-1990
+
+Environment:
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+   19-August-1992	John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+   Alpha modifications.
+
+--*/
+
+#ifndef _KBDMOUSE_
+#define _KBDMOUSE_
+
+//
+// Keyboard Controller Commands
+//
+
+#define KBD_CTR_WRITE_COMMAND   0x60
+#define KBD_CTR_READ_COMMAND    0x20
+#define KBD_CTR_TEST_PASSWORD   0xA4
+#define KBD_CTR_LOAD_PASSWORD   0xA5
+#define KBD_CTR_ENABLE_PASSWORD 0xA6
+#define KBD_CTR_DISABLE_AUX     0xA7
+#define KBD_CTR_ENABLE_AUX      0xA8
+#define KBD_CTR_AUXLINES_TEST   0xA9
+#define KBD_CTR_SELFTEST        0xAA
+#define KBD_CTR_KBDLINES_TEST   0xAB
+#define KBD_CTR_ENABLE_KBD      0xAE
+#define KBD_CTR_WRITE_AUX       0xD4
+
+//
+// Keyboard Controller Data
+//
+
+#define Kbd_Ctr_Selftest_Passed 0x55
+#define Kbd_Ctr_Password_Installed 0xFA
+#define Kbd_Ctr_Password_Not_Installed 0xF1
+
+//
+// Controller Command Byte bit definitions.
+//
+
+#define KbdCommandByteDisableAux    (1 << 5)
+#define KbdCommandByteDisableKbd    (1 << 4)
+#define KbdCommandEnableAuxInt      (1 << 1)
+#define KbdCommandEnableKbdInt      (1 << 0)
+
+//
+// Keyboard Controller Status byte masks
+//
+
+#define KBD_OBF_MASK        0x1         // Output buffer full
+#define KBD_IBF_MASK        0x2         // Input buffer full
+#define KBD_FROM_AUX_MASK   0x20        // Byte from Aux Port.
+
+//
+// Interface Test Results
+//
+
+#define INTERFACE_NO_ERROR  0x00
+#define CLOCK_STUCK_LOW     0x01
+#define CLOCK_STUCK_HIGH    0x02
+#define DATA_STUCK_LOW      0x03
+#define DATA_STUCK_HIGH     0x04
+
+//
+// Timeout
+//
+
+#define KBD_TIMEOUT         0xFFFFF
+#define KBD_INT_TIMEOUT     0xFFFF
+
+
+//
+// The NT firmware expects to find a 101-key keyboard.  It puts it into
+// XT mode (scan code 01).
+//
+//
+
+
+//
+// Keyboard Commands
+//
+
+#define KbdEcho         0xee    // request keyboard to return echo response "EE"
+#define KbdSelScanCode  0xf0    // Scan codes 1,2,3 or 0 = rquest current.
+#define KbdReadID       0xf2    // Request for two byte response
+#define KbdSetRate      0xf3    // Set tellematic Rate
+#define KbdEnable       0xF4    // Clears Buffer and Starts Scanning.
+#define KbdDisable      0xF5    // reset to power up
+
+#define KbdSetDefault   0xf6    //
+#define KbdSetAllTlmtic 0xf7    // Set all keys telematic
+#define KbdSetAllMkBr   0xf8    // Set all keys Make /Break
+#define KbdSetAllMake   0xf9    // Set all keys Make only
+#define KbdSetKeyTlmtic 0xfb    // Set individual key telemativ
+#define KbdSetKeyMkBr   0xfc    // set individual key make/break
+#define KbdSetKeyMk     0xfd    // set individual key make only
+#define KbdResend       0xfe    // request to resend last transfer
+#define KbdReset        0xff    // request to start a program reset
+#define KbdAck          0xfa    // keyboard ack after reset
+#define KbdBat          0xAA    // Keyboard Bat completion Response
+
+//
+// Define scan codes.
+//
+
+#define KEY_KEYPAD_MINUS  0x4a
+#define KEY_KEYPAD_PLUS   0x4e
+#define KEY_LEFT_SHIFT    0x2A
+#define KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT   0X36
+#define KEY_CAPS_LOCK     0X3A
+#define KEY_CONTROL       0X1D
+#define KEY_ALT           0X38
+#define KEY_UP_ARROW      0X48
+#define KEY_DOWN_ARROW    0X50
+#define KEY_LEFT_ARROW    0X4B
+#define KEY_RIGHT_ARROW   0X4D
+#define KEY_HOME          0X47
+#define KEY_END           0X4F
+#define KEY_INSERT        0X52
+#define KEY_DELETE        0X53
+#define KEY_SYS_REQUEST   0X54
+#define KEY_PRINT_SCREEN  0x37
+#define KEY_ESC           0x01
+#define KEY_PAGE_UP       0x49
+#define KEY_PAGE_DOWN     0x51
+#define KEY_F1            0x3B
+#define KEY_F2            0x3C
+#define KEY_F3            0x3D
+#define KEY_F4            0x3E
+#define KEY_F5            0x3F
+#define KEY_F6            0x40
+#define KEY_F7            0x41
+#define KEY_F8            0x42
+#define KEY_F9            0x43
+#define KEY_F10           0x44
+#define KEY_F11           0x57
+#define KEY_F12           0x58
+
+
+#endif  //_KBDMOUSE_
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/kbdtest.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/kbdtest.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f1725227c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/kbdtest.c
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    Kbdtest.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements the Keyboard and mouse test for the self-test.
+
+Author:
+
+    Lluis Abello (lluis) 10-Feb-1991
+
+Environment:
+
+    Rom self-test.
+
+Revision History:
+
+    10-July-1992	John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Added Alpha/Jensen modifications.
+
+--*/
+#include <ntos.h>
+#include "iodevice.h"
+#include "kbdmouse.h"
+
+#ifdef JENSEN
+#include "jnsnprom.h"
+#include "jnsnrtc.h"
+#else
+#include "mrgnrtc.h"		// morgan
+#endif
+
+volatile ULONG TimerTicks;
+
+//
+// If the user accidentally types on the keyboard or moves the mouse
+// during the power-up tests, there will be a failure.  So, this code
+// retries an initialization of the keyboard controller and keyboard
+// this many times before giving up.
+//
+
+#define MAXIMUM_KEYBOARD_MOUSE_RETRY_COUNT	20
+
+//
+// function prototypes
+//
+
+VOID
+FwpWriteIOChip(
+    ULONG ComboInternalAddress,
+    UCHAR ComboRegisterAddress
+    );
+
+VOID
+ClearKbdFifo(
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine empties the Keyboard controller Fifo.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    UCHAR Trash, Stat;
+    volatile Timeout;
+
+    //
+    // wait until the previous command is processed.
+    //
+
+    while ((READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&KEYBOARD_READ->Status) & KBD_IBF_MASK) != 0) {
+    }
+    while ((READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&KEYBOARD_READ->Status) & KBD_OBF_MASK) != 0) {
+        Trash= READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&KEYBOARD_READ->Data);
+        for (Timeout=0;Timeout<10000;Timeout++) {
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+GetKbdData(
+    PUCHAR C,
+    ULONG msec
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine polls the Status Register until Data is available or timeout,
+    then it reads and returns the Data.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    C - pointer to a byte where to write the read value
+    msec - time-out time in milliseconds
+
+Return Value:
+
+    TRUE if timeout, FALSE if OK;
+
+--*/
+{
+    //
+    // HACKHACK: This should be made smarter.  For now it assumes
+    // 90,000,000 instruction per second and 12 instructions per iteration.
+    //
+
+    TimerTicks = msec * 1000 * 90 / 12;
+
+    while (TimerTicks--) {
+        if (READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&KEYBOARD_READ->Status) & KBD_OBF_MASK) {
+            *C = READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&KEYBOARD_READ->Data);
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+SendKbdData(
+    IN UCHAR Data
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine polls the Status Register until the controller is ready to
+    accept a data or timeout, then it send the Data.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    TRUE if timeout, FALSE if OK;
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG i;
+
+    for (i=0; i <KBD_TIMEOUT; i++) {
+        if ((READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&KEYBOARD_READ->Status) & KBD_IBF_MASK) == 0) {
+            WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&KEYBOARD_WRITE->Data,Data);
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+SendKbdCommand(
+    IN UCHAR Command
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine polls the Status Register until the controller is ready to
+    accept a command or timeout, then it send the Command.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    TRUE if timeout, FALSE if OK;
+
+--*/
+{
+    ULONG i;
+
+    for (i=0; i <KBD_TIMEOUT; i++) {
+        if ((READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&KEYBOARD_READ->Status) & KBD_IBF_MASK) == 0) {
+            WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)&KEYBOARD_WRITE->Command,Command);
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+InitKeyboard(
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine enables and initializes the keyboard.  It assumes a
+    101-key keyboard.  It leaves the keyboard in XT mode (scan code = 01).
+
+    To account for the user accidentally typing on the keyboard, this
+    routine repeats the test a few times before giving up.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    FALSE if passed,
+
+    TRUE if bad ACK or BAT received, or if no response is received from
+         the keyboard.
+
+--*/
+{
+    UCHAR Result;
+    ULONG i;
+    ULONG Index;
+    BOOLEAN TestPassed;
+
+    TestPassed = FALSE;
+
+    for (Index = 0; Index < MAXIMUM_KEYBOARD_MOUSE_RETRY_COUNT; Index++) {
+
+	//
+	// Send Reset to Keyboard.
+	//
+	      
+	ClearKbdFifo();
+	for (;;) {
+	    if (SendKbdData(KbdReset)) {
+		goto LoopAgain;
+	    }
+	    if (GetKbdData(&Result,1000)) {
+		goto LoopAgain;
+	    }
+	    if (Result == KbdResend) {
+		if (GetKbdData(&Result,1000)) {
+		    goto LoopAgain;
+		}
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (Result != KbdAck) {
+		goto LoopAgain;
+	    }
+	    if (GetKbdData(&Result,7000)) {
+		goto LoopAgain;
+	    }
+	    if (Result != KbdBat) {
+		goto LoopAgain;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+	
+	//
+	// Enable Kbd and Select keyboard Scan code.
+	//
+	      
+	if (SendKbdCommand(KBD_CTR_ENABLE_KBD)) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (SendKbdData(KbdSelScanCode)) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (GetKbdData(&Result,1000)) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (SendKbdData(1)) {              // select Scan code 1
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (GetKbdData(&Result,1000)) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	TestPassed = TRUE;
+	break;
+
+	//
+	// Here when an inner loop init fails and we want to do the outer
+	// loop again.
+	//
+
+      LoopAgain:
+
+	continue;
+    }
+
+    if (TestPassed) {
+	return FALSE;
+    } else {
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+}
+
+
+ULONG
+InitKeyboardController(
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine Initializes the Keyboard controller.  To account for
+    the user accidentally moving the mouse or typing on the keyboard, this
+    routine repeats the test a few times before giving up.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    FALSE if passed,
+    TRUE if bad response received from keyboard controller,
+
+--*/
+{
+    UCHAR Result;
+    ULONG Index;
+    BOOLEAN TestPassed;
+
+    TestPassed = FALSE;
+    
+    for (Index = 0; Index < MAXIMUM_KEYBOARD_MOUSE_RETRY_COUNT; Index++) {
+
+	//
+	// Clear both fifos.
+	//
+	      
+	ClearKbdFifo();
+	
+	//
+	// Init Control Register 1 with the PS/2/AT bit clear.
+	// This puts the keyboard into PS/2 mode.
+	//
+		
+	FwpWriteIOChip (RTC_APORT, RTC_REGNUMBER_RTC_CR1);
+	Result = FwpReadIOChip(RTC_DPORT) & ~0x2;
+	FwpWriteIOChip (RTC_APORT, RTC_REGNUMBER_RTC_CR1);
+	FwpWriteIOChip (RTC_DPORT, Result);
+	
+	
+	//
+	// Send Selftest Command. This has to be done before anything else.
+	//
+	      
+	if (SendKbdCommand(KBD_CTR_SELFTEST)) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (GetKbdData(&Result,1000)) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (Result != Kbd_Ctr_Selftest_Passed) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	
+	//
+	// Now the Keyboard and Mouse are disabled.
+	//
+	      
+	//
+	// Test Keyboard lines.
+	//
+		    
+	if (SendKbdCommand(KBD_CTR_KBDLINES_TEST)) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (GetKbdData(&Result,1000)) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (Result != INTERFACE_NO_ERROR) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	
+	//
+	// Test Aux lines.
+	//
+	      
+	if (SendKbdCommand(KBD_CTR_AUXLINES_TEST)) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if (GetKbdData(&Result,1000)) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+#ifndef ALPHA
+	// This test is disabled for Alpha/Jensen.  It fails for some reason,
+        // but the VMS/OSF console front-end has more comprehensive
+	// tests than this routine anyway.
+	if (Result != INTERFACE_NO_ERROR) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+#endif
+	TestPassed = TRUE;
+	break;
+
+    }
+
+    if (TestPassed) {
+	return FALSE;
+    } else {
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/kdstubs.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/kdstubs.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd4b0f61b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/kdstubs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1990  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    kdstubs.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements stub routines for the kernel debugger.
+
+Authors:
+
+    John DeRosa and Joe Notarangelo
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode only.
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include "ntos.h"
+#include "fwp.h"
+
+extern PKPCR KiPcrBaseAddress;
+
+//
+// This is a global used for spin-locking in the kernel debugger
+// stub.
+//
+
+KSPIN_LOCK KdpDebuggerLock;
+
+VOID
+HalDisplayString (
+    IN PCHAR String
+    )
+{
+    FwPrint(String);
+}
+
+//
+// For a function in hal\alpha\jxport.c
+//
+
+PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT_DATA
+KeFindConfigurationEntry (
+    IN PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT_DATA Child,
+    IN CONFIGURATION_CLASS Class,
+    IN CONFIGURATION_TYPE Type,
+    IN PULONG Key OPTIONAL
+    )
+
+{
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+VOID
+KiAcquireSpinLock (
+    IN PKSPIN_LOCK SpinLock,
+    OUT PKIRQL OldIrql
+    )
+{
+    return;
+}
+
+
+VOID
+KiReleaseSpinLock (
+    IN PKSPIN_LOCK SpinLock
+    )
+{
+    return;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+KiTryToAcquireSpinLock (
+    IN PKSPIN_LOCK SpinLock,
+    OUT PKIRQL OldIrql
+    )
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+KiDisableInterrupts (
+    VOID
+    )
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+VOID
+KiRestoreInterrupts (
+    BOOLEAN InterruptFlag
+    )
+{
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+KeSweepIcache (
+    IN BOOLEAN AllProcessors
+    )
+{
+    AlphaInstIMB();
+}
+
+PKPCR
+KeGetPcr (
+    VOID
+    )
+{
+    return (KiPcrBaseAddress);
+}
+
+VOID
+KeInitializeInterrupt (
+    IN PKINTERRUPT Interrupt,
+    IN PKSERVICE_ROUTINE ServiceRoutine,
+    IN PVOID ServiceContext,
+    IN PKSPIN_LOCK SpinLock OPTIONAL,
+    IN ULONG Vector,
+    IN KIRQL Irql,
+    IN KIRQL SynchronizeIrql,
+    IN KINTERRUPT_MODE InterruptMode,
+    IN BOOLEAN ShareVector,
+    IN CCHAR ProcessorNumber,
+    IN BOOLEAN FloatingSave
+    )
+{
+    return;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+KeConnectInterrupt (
+    IN PKINTERRUPT Interrupt
+    )
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+VOID
+KeRaiseIrql (
+   KIRQL NewIrql,
+   PKIRQL OldIrql
+   )
+{
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+KeLowerIrql (
+   KIRQL NewIrql
+   )
+{
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+KeProfileInterrupt (
+   IN PKTRAP_FRAME TrapFrame
+   )
+{
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+KeUpdateSystemTime (
+   IN PKTRAP_FRAME TrapFrame
+   )
+{
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+KeStallExecutionProcessor (
+    IN ULONG Microseconds
+    )
+{
+    FwStallExecution(Microseconds);
+    return;
+}
+
+VOID
+HalReturnToFirmware(
+    IN FIRMWARE_REENTRY Routine
+    )
+
+{
+    AlphaInstHalt();
+}
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/monitor.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/monitor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..76d9918c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/monitor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1785 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    monitor.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This file contains the monitor for the firmware.
+
+Author:
+
+    Lluis Abello (lluis) 09-Sep-91
+
+Revision History:
+
+    26-May-1992		John DeRosa [DEC]
+
+    Added Alpha/Jensen modifications.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "iodevice.h"
+#include "monitor.h"
+#include "sys\types.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+
+#define BYTE		1
+#define HALF 		2
+#define MON_LONGWORD 	4
+#define MON_QUAD 	8
+
+
+VOID
+FillVideoMemory(
+    IN ULONG,
+    IN ULONG,
+    IN ULONG
+    );
+
+
+//
+// declare static variables.
+//
+ULONG Argc;
+ULONG CurrentArg;
+
+COMMAND_NAME_ID CurrentCommand;
+
+ULONG DataSize;
+ULONG DataSizeMask;
+ULONG DataSizeShift;
+
+ULONG DefaultAddress;
+
+// ****** temp ******
+// strtoul sets errno in case of overflow and is not declared anywhere else.
+//
+ULONG errno;
+
+PCHAR RegisterNameTable[(REGISTER_NAME_ID)invalidregister] = {
+    "???",	      // reserved for exception type
+    "ex1",	      // exception parameter 1
+    "ex2",	      // exception parameter 2
+    "ex3",	      // exception parameter 3
+    "ex4",	      // exception parameter 4
+    "ex5",	      // exception parameter 5
+    "psr",	      // exception psr
+    "mmc",	      // exception mm csr
+    "eva",	      // exception va
+    "pc",	      // exception pc
+    "v0",             // general register 0
+    "t0",             // general register 1
+    "t1",             // general register 2
+    "t2",             // general register 3
+    "t3",             // general register 4
+    "t4",             // general register 5
+    "t5",             // general register 6
+    "t6",             // general register 7
+    "t7",             // general register 8
+    "s0",             // general register 9
+    "s1",             // general register 10
+    "s2",             // general register 11
+    "s3",             // general register 12
+    "s4",             // general register 13
+    "s5",             // general register 14
+    "fp",             // general register 15
+    "a0",             // general register 16
+    "a1",             // general register 17
+    "a2",             // general register 18
+    "a3",             // general register 19
+    "a4",             // general register 20
+    "a5",             // general register 21
+    "t8",             // general register 22
+    "t9",             // general register 23
+    "t10",            // general register 24
+    "t11",            // general register 25
+    "ra",             // general register 26
+    "t12",            // general register 27
+    "at",             // general register 28
+    "gp",             // general register 29
+    "sp",             // general register 30
+    "zero",           // general register 31
+    "f0",             // fp register 0
+    "f1",             // fp register 1
+    "f2",             // fp register 2
+    "f3",             // fp register 3
+    "f4",             // fp register 4
+    "f5",             // fp register 5
+    "f6",             // fp register 6
+    "f7",             // fp register 7
+    "f8",             // fp register 8
+    "f9",             // fp register 9
+    "f10",            // fp register 10
+    "f11",            // fp register 11
+    "f12",            // fp register 12
+    "f13",            // fp register 13
+    "f14",            // fp register 14
+    "f15",            // fp register 15
+    "f16",            // fp register 16
+    "f17",            // fp register 17
+    "f18",            // fp register 18
+    "f19",            // fp register 19
+    "f20",            // fp register 20
+    "f21",            // fp register 21
+    "f22",            // fp register 22
+    "f23",            // fp register 23
+    "f24",            // fp register 24
+    "f25",            // fp register 25
+    "f26",            // fp register 26
+    "f27",            // fp register 27
+    "f28",            // fp register 28
+    "f29",            // fp register 29
+    "f30",            // fp register 30
+    "f31"             // fp register 31
+    };
+
+
+// This is indexed by the low bits of the ExceptionType.
+PCHAR ExceptionNameTable[14] = {
+        "** Machine Check",             // exception code 0
+        "** Arithmetic",                // exception code 1
+        "** Interrupt",                 // exception code 2
+        "** D-Stream Memory Fault",     // exception code 3
+        "** I-Stream TB Miss",          // exception code 4
+        "** I-Stream ACV",              // exception code 5
+        "** Native D-Stream TB Miss",   // exception code 6
+        "** PALcode D-Stream TB Miss",  // exception code 7
+        "** Unaligned Data",            // exception code 8
+        "** Opcode Reserved To DEC",    // exception code 9
+        "** Floating Point Enable",     // exception code a
+        "** Halt",                      // exception code b
+        "** Breakpoint",                // exception code c
+        "** Divide by Zero"                 // exception code d
+    };
+
+
+
+//
+// I/O Write commands, and Available Devices, are disabled in the product.
+//
+
+#if 0
+
+PCHAR CommandNameTable[(COMMAND_NAME_ID)invalidcommand] = {
+    "d",
+    "db",
+    "dw",
+    "dl",
+    "dq",
+    "e",
+    "eb",
+    "ew",
+    "el",
+    "eq",
+    "h",
+    "?",
+    "de",
+    "deb",
+    "dew",
+    "del",
+    "deq",
+    "ex",
+    "exb",
+    "exw",
+    "exl",
+    "exq",
+    "ior",
+    "iorb",
+    "iorw",
+    "iorl",
+    "iow",
+    "iowb",
+    "ioww",
+    "iowl",
+    "r",
+    "ir",
+    "fr",
+    "z",
+    "f",
+    "a",
+    "q"
+    };
+
+#else
+
+PCHAR CommandNameTable[(COMMAND_NAME_ID)invalidcommand] = {
+    "d",
+    "db",
+    "dw",
+    "dl",
+    "dq",
+    "e",
+    "eb",
+    "ew",
+    "el",
+    "eq",
+    "h",
+    "?",
+    "de",
+    "deb",
+    "dew",
+    "del",
+    "deq",
+    "ex",
+    "exb",
+    "exw",
+    "exl",
+    "exq",
+    "ior",
+    "iorb",
+    "iorw",
+    "iorl",
+    "r",
+    "ir",
+    "fr",
+    "z",
+    "f",
+    "q"
+    };
+
+#endif
+
+
+// Alpha/Jensen passes register table in as pointer to structure.
+//extern ULONG RegisterTable[(REGISTER_NAME_ID)invalidregister];
+
+extern LONG FwColumn;
+extern LONG FwRow;
+
+
+REGISTER_NAME_ID
+GetRegister(
+    IN PCHAR RegName
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine returns the index in the exception frame for the
+    given register. Or invalid if the given register name doesn't
+    match any register.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    RegName  - Null terminated string that contains the name of the register.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Index for the requested register.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    REGISTER_NAME_ID RegId;
+
+    for (RegId = 0; RegId < invalidregister; RegId++) {
+        if (strcmp(RegisterNameTable[RegId],RegName) == 0) {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return RegId;
+}
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+GetAddress(
+    IN PUCHAR   String,
+    IN PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME Frame,
+    OUT PULONG Address
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine converts an ascii string to an address. The string
+    is the form:
+    [@reg | value]
+
+Arguments:
+
+    String  -  Null terminated string that contains the address to convert.
+    Frame   - Address of the exception frame that was passed to Monitor.
+    Address - Supplies a pointer to where the converted address is stored
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if the string can be converted.
+            FALSE otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PUCHAR   Terminator;
+    UCHAR    Delimiter;
+    REGISTER_NAME_ID RegId;
+
+    if (*String == '@') {
+        String++;               // skip @
+        if ((RegId = GetRegister(String)) == invalidregister) {
+            FwPrint(String);
+            FwPrint(MON_INVALID_REGISTER_MSG);
+            return FALSE;
+        } else {
+          //
+	  // This is a hack to treat the structure as an array.  It
+	  // should have been an array to begin with.  RegId is an
+	  // index into the "array".
+	  //
+	  *Address = ((PULONGLONG)Frame)[RegId];
+        }
+    } else {
+        *Address=strtoul(String,&Terminator,16);
+        if (*Terminator != '\0') {
+            //
+            // Not the whole string was converted.
+            //
+            FwPrint(Terminator);
+            FwPrint(MON_NOT_VALID_ADDRESS_MSG);
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+GetAddressRange(
+    IN PCHAR   Argv[],
+    IN PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME Frame,
+    OUT PULONG StartAddress,
+    OUT PULONG EndAddress
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine converts an ascii string to a range, returning the starting
+    and end address.
+
+    The syntax for an address range is one of the following
+
+        startaddress endaddres
+        startaddress l numberofelements
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Argv - array of zero terminated argument strings.
+    Frame   - Address of the exception frame that was passed to Monitor.
+    StartAddress - Supplies a pointer to where the Start address is stored
+    EndAddress - Supplies a pointer to where the End address is stored
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if Argv specifies a valid address range.
+            FALSE otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    PCHAR Tmp;
+    CHAR  Delimiter;
+
+    if (CurrentArg == Argc) {
+        return;
+    }
+    if (GetAddress(Argv[CurrentArg],Frame,StartAddress) == FALSE) {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    CurrentArg++;
+    if (CurrentArg == Argc) {
+        *EndAddress = *StartAddress+128;
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    if (strcmp(Argv[CurrentArg],"l") == 0 ) {
+        //
+        // this is a range of the form "startaddress l count"
+        //
+        CurrentArg++;
+        if (CurrentArg == Argc) {
+            FwPrint(MON_INVALID_ARGUMENT_COUNT_MSG);
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+        if (GetAddress(Argv[CurrentArg],Frame,EndAddress) == FALSE) {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+        CurrentArg++;
+        *EndAddress = (*EndAddress<<DataSizeShift) + *StartAddress;
+    } else {
+        if (GetAddress(Argv[CurrentArg],Frame,EndAddress) == FALSE) {
+            //
+            // the argument didn't convert the range is Start+128
+            //
+            *EndAddress = *StartAddress+128;
+        } else {
+            CurrentArg++;
+        }
+    }
+    //
+    // Check that the range is correct End > Start
+    //
+    if (*EndAddress <= *StartAddress) {
+        FwPrint(MON_INVALID_ADDRESS_RANGE_MSG);
+         return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+COMMAND_NAME_ID
+GetCommand(
+    IN PCHAR CommandName
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine tries to match the supplied string
+    with one of the recognized commands.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    CommandName - Supplies a string to be matched with one of the monitor commands.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns a value that identifies the command.
+
+--*/
+{
+    COMMAND_NAME_ID Index;
+    for (Index=0;Index<invalidcommand;Index++) {
+        if (strcmp(CommandNameTable[Index],CommandName) == 0) {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return Index;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+RegisterCommand(
+    IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    IN PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME Frame
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine will implement the Register, IntegerRegisterDump,
+    and FloatingRegisterDump commands given the arguments in the
+    argc,Argv form.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Argv - array of zero terminated argument strings.
+
+    Frame - the saved register & exception state.
+    
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if the command is valid, FALSE otherwise.
+
+--*/
+{
+    REGISTER_NAME_ID RegId;
+    CHAR Message[64];
+
+    if (
+	((strcmp(Argv[0], "ir") == 0) || (strcmp(Argv[0], "fr") == 0))
+	&&
+	(Argc != 1)
+	) {
+	// invalid ir or fr command.
+	FwPrint(MON_INVALID_ARGUMENT_COUNT_MSG);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+
+    if (
+	(strcmp(Argv[0], "r") == 0)
+	&&
+	(Argc != 2)
+	) {
+	// invalid r command.
+	FwPrint(MON_INVALID_ARGUMENT_COUNT_MSG);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+
+
+    if (strcmp(Argv[0], "ir") == 0) {
+
+	//
+	// ir command, and we know the argument count is 1.
+	// Dump the integer registers.
+	//
+
+	for (RegId=1;RegId<42;RegId++) {
+
+	    sprintf(Message," %4s=%016Lx",RegisterNameTable[RegId],
+		    ((PULONGLONG)Frame)[RegId]);
+
+	    FwPrint(Message);
+
+	    if ((RegId%3) == 0) {
+		FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    
+
+
+    if (strcmp(Argv[0], "fr") == 0) {
+
+	//
+	// fr command, and we know the argument count is 1.
+	// Dump the floating point registers.
+	//
+
+	for (RegId=42;RegId<74;RegId++) {
+
+	    sprintf(Message," %3s=%016Lx",RegisterNameTable[RegId],
+		    ((PULONGLONG)Frame)[RegId]);
+
+	    FwPrint(Message);
+
+	    if ((RegId%3) == 2) {
+		FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+	    }
+	}
+	
+	FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+
+
+
+    if (strcmp(Argv[0], "r") == 0) {
+
+	//
+	// r command, and we know the argument count is 2.
+	// Dump the specified register.
+	//
+
+	if ((RegId = GetRegister(Argv[1])) == invalidregister) {
+	    FwPrint(Argv[1]);
+	    FwPrint(MON_INVALID_REGISTER_MSG);
+	    return FALSE;
+	} else {
+	    sprintf(Message,"%s = %016Lx\r\n",RegisterNameTable[RegId],
+		    ((PULONGLONG)Frame)[RegId]);
+	    FwPrint(Message);
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+
+}
+
+VOID
+ExamineValue(
+    IN ULONG Address,
+    OUT PVOID Value
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This reads a value from the supplied address and displays it.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Address  - Supplies the address where the value is to be read from.
+    Value    - Pointer to where the value read is stored if DataSize = BYTE.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+    CHAR  Message[32];
+
+    switch(DataSize) {
+        case    BYTE:
+                    *(PUCHAR)Value = *(PUCHAR)Address;
+                    sprintf(Message,"%02x ",*(PUCHAR)Value);
+                    break;
+        case    HALF:
+                    sprintf(Message,"%04x ",*(PUSHORT)Address);
+                    break;
+        case    MON_LONGWORD:
+                    sprintf(Message,"%08lx ",*(PULONG)Address);
+                    break;
+        case	MON_QUAD:
+		    sprintf(Message,"%016Lx ", *(PULONGLONG)Address);
+		    break;
+    }
+
+    FwPrint(Message);
+}
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+DumpCommand(
+    IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    IN PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME Frame
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine will implement the DUMP command given the
+    arguments in the argc,Argv form.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Argv - array of zero terminated argument strings.
+    Frame - the saved register & exception state.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if the command is valid, FALSE otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Start,End;
+    ULONG i,LineLength;
+    ULONG DataLine[16];
+    UCHAR  Message[32];
+    //
+    // Set the right range of addresses. If none specified use last
+    // set of addresses+128.
+    //
+    if (Argc == 1) {
+        Start = DefaultAddress;
+        End = Start + 128;
+    } else {
+        if (GetAddressRange(Argv,Frame,&Start,&End) == FALSE) {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+        //
+        // if after getting the range not all the argument were processsed.
+        //
+        if (CurrentArg != Argc) {
+            FwPrint(MON_INVALID_ARGUMENT_COUNT_MSG);
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check for proper alignment.
+    //
+    if ((DataSizeMask&Start) || (DataSizeMask&End)) {
+        FwPrint(MON_UNALIGNED_ADDRESS_MSG);
+        return FALSE;
+    } else {
+        //
+        // Set new addresses
+        //
+        DefaultAddress = End;
+    }
+    while (Start < End) {
+        //
+        // Print address of line.
+        //
+        sprintf(Message,"0x%08lx: ",Start);
+        FwPrint(Message);
+        LineLength = End-Start;
+        if (LineLength > 16) {
+            LineLength = 16;
+        }
+        for (i=0;i<LineLength;i+=DataSize) {
+            ExamineValue(Start,&DataLine[i]);
+            Start+=DataSize;
+        }
+        if (DataSize == 1) {
+            //
+            // If bytes display same data in ASCII
+            //
+            VenMoveCursorToColumn(60);
+            for (i=0;i<LineLength;i++) {
+                if (isprint((UCHAR)DataLine[i])) {
+                    sprintf(Message,"%c",DataLine[i]);
+                    FwPrint(Message);
+                } else {
+                    FwPrint(".");
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+ZeroCommand(
+    IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    IN PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME Frame
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine will implement the Zero command given the
+    arguments in the argc,Argv form.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Argv - array of zero terminated argument strings.
+    Frame - the saved register & exception state.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if the command is valid, FALSE otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Start,End;
+
+    //
+    // Set the right range of addresses. If none specified use last
+    // set of addresses+128.
+    //
+
+    if (Argc == 1) {
+        Start = DefaultAddress;
+        End = Start + 128;
+    } else {
+
+        if (GetAddressRange(Argv,Frame,&Start,&End) == FALSE) {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // if after getting the range not all the argument were processsed,    	       // error.
+        //
+
+        if (CurrentArg != Argc) {
+            FwPrint(MON_INVALID_ARGUMENT_COUNT_MSG);
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check for proper alignment.
+    //
+    if ((0xF&Start) || (0xF&End)) {
+        FwPrint(MON_UNALIGNED_ADDRESS_MSG);
+        return FALSE;
+    } else {
+        //
+        // Set new addresses
+        //
+        DefaultAddress = End;
+    }
+    FillVideoMemory(Start,End-Start,0);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+DepositValue(
+    IN PCHAR   AsciiValue,
+    IN ULONG   Address
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine writes the converted value to the specified
+    address. DataSize is set to the size of the data to be written.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    AsciiValue - Supplies a pointer to a string that contains an hexadecimal
+                 value.
+    Address     - Supplies the address where the value is to be written to.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    TRUE if the value is successfully converted.
+    FALSE otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+//    ULONG   Value;
+    ULONGLONG   Value;
+    PCHAR   Terminator;
+
+    //
+    // Convert value to integer
+    //
+
+    Value = strtouq(AsciiValue,&Terminator,16);
+
+    if (*Terminator != '\0') {
+
+            //
+            // Not the whole string was converted.
+            //
+
+            FwPrint(Terminator);
+            FwPrint(MON_INVALID_VALUE_MSG);
+            return FALSE;
+
+    } else {
+        //
+        // Store the value.
+        //
+        switch (DataSize) {
+            case    BYTE:*(PUCHAR)Address = (UCHAR)Value;
+                         break;
+            case    HALF:*(PUSHORT)Address = (USHORT)Value;
+                         break;
+            case    MON_LONGWORD:*(PULONG)Address = (ULONG)Value;
+                         break;
+	    case    MON_QUAD:*(PULONGLONG)Address = (ULONGLONG)Value;
+		             break;
+        }
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+DepositCommand(
+    IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    IN PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME Frame
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine will implement the Deposit command given the
+    arguments in the argc,Argv form.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Argv - array of zero terminated argument strings.
+    Frame - the saved register & exception state.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if the command is valid, FALSE otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Start;
+
+    if (Argc!=3) {
+        FwPrint(MON_INVALID_ARGUMENT_COUNT_MSG);
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (GetAddress(Argv[1],Frame,&Start) == FALSE) {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check for proper alignment.
+    //
+
+    if (DataSizeMask & Start) {
+        FwPrint(MON_UNALIGNED_ADDRESS_MSG);
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (DepositValue(Argv[2],Start) == TRUE) {
+        //
+        // Set new default addresses
+        //
+        DefaultAddress = Start+DataSize;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+ExamineCommand(
+    IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    IN PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME Frame
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine will implement the Examine command given the
+    arguments in the argc,Argv form.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Argv - array of zero terminated argument strings.
+    Frame - the saved register & exception state.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if the command is valid, FALSE otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Start;
+    UCHAR Message[16];
+    ULONG Trash;
+
+    if (Argc!=2) {
+        FwPrint(MON_INVALID_ARGUMENT_COUNT_MSG);
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (GetAddress(Argv[1],Frame,&Start) == FALSE) {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check for proper alignment.
+    //
+
+    if (DataSizeMask & Start) {
+        FwPrint(MON_UNALIGNED_ADDRESS_MSG);
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    sprintf(Message,"0x%08lx: ",Start);
+    FwPrint(Message);
+    ExamineValue(Start,&Trash);
+    FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+
+    //
+    // Set new default addresses
+    //
+
+    DefaultAddress = Start+DataSize;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+EnterCommand(
+    IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    IN PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME Frame
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine will implement the ENTER command given the
+    arguments in the argc,Argv form.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Argv - array of zero terminated argument strings.
+    Frame - the saved register & exception state.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if the command is valid, FALSE otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Start;
+    CHAR  String[32];
+    GETSTRING_ACTION Action;
+
+    //
+    // Set the right range of addresses. If none specified use last
+    // set of addresses+128.
+    //
+
+    switch(Argc) {
+
+        case    1:
+                Start = DefaultAddress;
+                break;
+
+        case    2:
+                if (GetAddress(Argv[1],Frame,&Start) == FALSE) {
+                    return FALSE;
+                }
+                break;
+
+        case    3:
+                //
+                // This is equivalent to the Deposit command
+                //
+                return DepositCommand(Argv,Frame);
+
+        default:
+                FwPrint(MON_INVALID_ARGUMENT_COUNT_MSG);
+                return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check for proper alignment.
+    //
+
+    if (DataSizeMask & Start) {
+        FwPrint(MON_UNALIGNED_ADDRESS_MSG);
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+
+        //
+        // Print address of line.
+        //
+
+        sprintf(String,"0x%08lx: ",Start);
+        FwPrint(String);
+
+        switch (DataSize) {
+
+            case    BYTE:
+                        sprintf(String,"%02x . ",*(PUCHAR)Start);
+                        break;
+
+            case    HALF:
+                        sprintf(String,"%04x . ",*(PUSHORT)Start);
+                        break;
+
+            case    MON_LONGWORD:
+                        sprintf(String,"%08lx . ",*(PULONG)Start);
+                        break;
+
+            case    MON_QUAD:
+                        sprintf(String,"%016Lx . ",*(PULONGLONG)Start);
+                        break;
+        }
+
+        FwPrint(String);
+
+        do {
+            Action = JzGetString(String, 10, NULL, FwRow+1, FwColumn+1, FALSE);
+        } while ((Action != GetStringSuccess) && (Action != GetStringEscape));
+
+        FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+
+        if (String[0] == '\0') {     // carriage return exit enter command
+
+            //
+            // set new default address.
+            //
+            DefaultAddress = Start;
+            return TRUE;
+        }
+
+        if (String[0] == ' ') {      // blank = next data element.
+            Start+=DataSize;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        if (String[0] == '-') {      // hypen = previous data element.
+            Start-=DataSize;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        if (DepositValue(String,Start) == TRUE) {   // deposit the value.
+            Start+=DataSize;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+FillCommand(
+    IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    IN PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME Frame
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine will implement the FILL command given the
+    arguments in the argc,Argv form.
+
+    This will remain a longword-based fill for now.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Argv - array of zero terminated argument strings.
+    Frame - the saved register & exception state.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if the command is valid, FALSE otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Start,End,Values[16];
+    ULONG Index,Count;
+    PCHAR Terminator;
+
+    if (GetAddressRange(Argv,Frame,&Start,&End) == FALSE) {
+            return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // if there are no more arguments we don't know what to fill with.
+    //
+
+    if (CurrentArg == Argc) {
+        FwPrint(MON_INVALID_ARGUMENT_COUNT_MSG);
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Convert the values
+    //
+
+    for (Count=0;CurrentArg < Argc; CurrentArg++) {
+        Values[Count++] = strtoul(Argv[CurrentArg],&Terminator,16);
+        if (*Terminator != '\0') {
+            //
+            // Not the whole string was converted.
+            //
+            FwPrint(Terminator);
+            FwPrint(MON_INVALID_VALUE_MSG);
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    Index = 0;
+    for (;Start < End;Start++) {
+        *((PCHAR)Start) = Values[Index++];
+        if (Index == Count) {
+            Index=0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+VOID
+HelpCommand(
+    VOID
+    )
+/*
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This outputs a simple command list.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Index;
+
+    for (Index = 0; Index < MON_HELP_SIZE; Index++) {
+	VenPrint(MON_HELP_TABLE[Index]);
+	VenPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+    }
+}
+
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwDumpLookupTable(
+    VOID
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This displays the device names stored in the lookup table.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if the command is valid, FALSE otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    UCHAR C;
+    ULONG Count;
+    PDRIVER_LOOKUP_ENTRY PLookupTable;
+
+    FwPrint(MON_AVAILABLE_HW_DEVICES_MSG);
+
+    PLookupTable=&DeviceLookupTable[0];
+    while (PLookupTable->DevicePath != NULL) {
+        FwPrint(PLookupTable->DevicePath);
+        FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+        PLookupTable++;
+    }
+    return(TRUE);
+}
+
+BOOLEAN
+IOReadCommand(
+    IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    IN PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME Frame
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This implements the IORead command given the arguments in the
+    argc,Argv form.  This reads I/O space.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Argv - array of zero terminated argument strings.
+    Frame - the saved register & exception state.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if the command is valid, FALSE otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Start;
+    UCHAR Message[32];
+
+    if (Argc!=2) {
+        FwPrint(MON_INVALID_ARGUMENT_COUNT_MSG);
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (GetAddress(Argv[1],Frame,&Start) == FALSE) {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check for proper alignment in I/O space.
+    //
+    if (
+	(// combo space
+	 ((Start & 0xf0000000) == 0xa0000000)
+	 &&
+	 (DataSize != BYTE)
+	 )
+	) {
+        FwPrint(MON_UNALIGNED_ADDRESS_MSG);
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // Do the I/O space read.
+    //
+    switch (DataSize) {
+
+	// Byte
+      case BYTE:
+	  sprintf(Message,"0x%08lx: 0x%02x\r\n",
+		  Start,
+		  READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)Start));
+	  FwPrint(Message);
+	  break;
+
+	// Word
+      case HALF:
+	  sprintf(Message,"0x%08lx: 0x%04x\r\n",
+		  Start,
+		  READ_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)Start));
+	  FwPrint(Message);
+	  break;
+
+
+	// Longword
+      case MON_LONGWORD:
+	  sprintf(Message,"0x%08lx: 0x%08x\r\n",
+		  Start,
+		  READ_PORT_ULONG((PULONG)Start));
+	  FwPrint(Message);
+	  break;
+
+	// bad data size
+      default:
+	  FwPrint(MON_BAD_IO_OPERATION_MSG);
+	  return FALSE;
+    }
+	  
+
+    //
+    // Set new default addresses
+    //
+    DefaultAddress = Start+DataSize;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+//
+// The I/O Write commands are disabled in the final product.
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+IOWriteCommand(
+    IN PCHAR Argv[],
+    IN PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME Frame
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This implements the IOWrite command given the arguments in the
+    argc,Argv form.  This writes I/O space.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Argv - array of zero terminated argument strings.
+    Frame - the saved register & exception state.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns TRUE if the command is valid, FALSE otherwise.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Start;
+    ULONG Value;
+    UCHAR Message[32];
+    PCHAR Terminator;
+
+    if (Argc!=3) {
+        FwPrint(MON_INVALID_ARGUMENT_COUNT_MSG);
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (GetAddress(Argv[1],Frame,&Start) == FALSE) {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Check for proper alignment in I/O space.
+    //
+    if (// combo space check
+	((Start & 0xf0000000) == 0xa0000000)
+	&&
+	(DataSize != BYTE)
+	) {
+	FwPrint(MON_UNALIGNED_ADDRESS_MSG);
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // Convert deposit value to integer
+    //
+
+    Value = strtoul(Argv[2],&Terminator,16);
+    if (*Terminator != '\0') {
+
+	//
+        // Not the whole string was converted.
+        //
+        FwPrint(Terminator);
+        FwPrint(MON_INVALID_VALUE_MSG);
+        return FALSE;
+
+    } else {
+
+	//
+	// Do the I/O space write
+	//
+	switch (DataSize) {
+
+	    // Byte
+	case BYTE:
+	    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)Start, Value);
+	    break;
+
+	    // Word
+        case HALF:
+	    WRITE_PORT_USHORT((PUSHORT)Start, Value);
+	    break;
+
+	    // Longword
+	case MON_LONGWORD:
+	    WRITE_PORT_ULONG((PULONG)Start, Value);
+	    break;
+
+	    // bad data size
+	default:
+	    FwPrint(MON_BAD_IO_OPERATION_MSG);
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+	  
+
+    //
+    // Set new default addresses
+    //
+    DefaultAddress = Start+DataSize;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+VOID
+Monitor(
+    IN ULONG CallerSource,
+    IN PFW_EXCEPTION_FRAME Frame
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This is the main dispatch routine to the various commands
+    that can be typed at the monitor prompt.
+
+    
+Arguments:
+
+    For Alpha/Jensen:
+    
+    CallerSource	0 if exception (or bugcheck, on Alpha/Jensen)
+    			3 if called from boot menu
+
+    Frame               the machine / exception state.
+
+    
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    CHAR Buffer[2][128];
+    ULONG ParityDiag[3];
+    PULONG ParDiag;
+    ULONG BufferIndex;
+    PCHAR Argv[10];
+    PCHAR Tmp;
+    CHAR  String[128];
+    BOOLEAN CommandValid;
+    GETSTRING_ACTION Action;
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+
+    //
+    // If this is a breakpoint exception which is recognized, process it.
+    // Otherwise, continue into the Monitor.
+    //
+
+    if ((Frame->ExceptionType == FW_EXC_BPT) &&
+	(FwKdProcessBreakpoint(Frame) == TRUE)) {
+	
+	//
+	// This does not return.
+	//
+	      
+        FwRfe(Frame);
+    }
+
+#endif
+    
+    FwPrint(MON_MONITOR_MSG);
+    FwPrint(MON_PRESS_H_MSG);
+
+    //
+    // Initialize command line to null.
+    //
+    Argv[0] = (PCHAR)NULL;
+
+    if (CallerSource !=3) {
+
+        //
+        // Display Cause of exception.
+        //
+
+        if ((Frame->ExceptionType >= FW_EXC_FIRST) &&
+            (Frame->ExceptionType <= FW_EXC_LAST)
+            )
+              { FwPrint(ExceptionNameTable[(Frame->ExceptionType & 0xf)]);}
+	else
+	      { FwPrint("** !! Unknown Exception"); }
+
+        FwPrint(MON_EXCEPTION_MSG);
+
+	FwPrint("PC = 0x%016Lx, VA = 0x%016Lx\r\n",
+		Frame->ExceptionFaultingInstructionAddress,
+		Frame->ExceptionVa);
+
+        //
+	// If an exception happened before the ARC console was opened,
+	// a call to JzGetString will not work since JzGetString calls
+	// ArcRead.  So, close the console (nothing bad will happen if these
+	// are not already opened) and reopen it.
+	//
+
+        FwClose(ARC_CONSOLE_INPUT);
+        FwClose(ARC_CONSOLE_OUTPUT);
+
+#ifdef ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+
+	//
+        // If we are built with the kernel debugger stubs, and have come
+	// here because of an exception, we want to enter the debugger.
+	//
+
+        Frame->ExceptionType = FW_EXC_BPT;
+        DbgBreakPoint();
+
+#endif
+
+	FwOpenConsole();
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Initialize Static variables.
+    //
+    DefaultAddress = KSEG0_BASE;
+    DataSize = MON_QUAD;
+    BufferIndex = 0;
+
+    //
+    // loop forever getting commands and dispatching them
+    //
+
+    while(TRUE) {
+
+        //
+        // print prompt
+        //
+
+        FwPrint(">");
+
+        //
+        // read a command.
+        //
+
+        do {
+            Action = JzGetString(Buffer[BufferIndex], 128, NULL,
+				 FwRow+1, FwColumn+1, FALSE);
+        } while ((Action != GetStringSuccess) && (Action != GetStringEscape));
+        FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+
+        //
+        // convert string to lower case.
+        //
+
+        for (Tmp=Buffer[BufferIndex];*Tmp;*Tmp++) {
+            *Tmp=tolower(*Tmp);
+        }
+
+        //
+        // if escape was pressed, simulate a quit command.
+        //
+
+        if (Action == GetStringEscape) {
+            Argc = 1;
+            Argv[0] = "q";
+
+        //
+        // separate command line into tokens delimited by spaces
+        // load up Argv with pointers to arguments and put count in Argc
+        //
+
+        } else if (*Buffer[BufferIndex] != '\0') {
+            Tmp = Buffer[BufferIndex];
+            Argc = 0;
+            //
+            // Skip leading blanks
+            //
+            while ( *Tmp == ' ') {
+                Tmp++;
+            }
+            while ( *Tmp ) {
+                Argv[Argc++] = Tmp;
+                while ( *Tmp ) {
+                    if (*Tmp == ' ') {
+                        *Tmp++ = '\0';
+                        while ( *Tmp == ' ') {
+                            Tmp++;
+                        }
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    Tmp++;
+                }
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Increment index so that next command is read into the other
+            // buffer. And we preserve the previous one.
+            //
+            BufferIndex = (BufferIndex+1) & 0x1;
+        } else {
+            //
+            // repeat the last command already in Argv Argc
+            //
+        }
+        //
+        // if first argument is not null, then dispatch to routines.
+        //
+        if (Argv[0] != (PCHAR) NULL) {
+            CurrentArg = 1;
+            CurrentCommand = GetCommand(Argv[0]);
+            switch(CurrentCommand) {
+                case DumpByte:
+                case DumpWord:
+                case DumpLongword:
+                case DumpQuad:
+                        DataSizeShift = (CurrentCommand - Dump -1);
+                        DataSize = 1 << DataSizeShift;
+                        DataSizeMask = DataSize-1;
+                case Dump:
+                        CommandValid = DumpCommand(Argv,Frame);
+                        break;
+
+                case EnterByte:
+                case EnterWord:
+                case EnterLongword:
+		case EnterQuad:
+                        DataSizeShift = (CurrentCommand - Enter -1);
+                        DataSize = 1 << DataSizeShift;
+                        DataSizeMask = DataSize-1;
+                case Enter:
+                        CommandValid = EnterCommand(Argv,Frame);
+                        break;
+
+                case Help:
+                case Help2:
+			HelpCommand();
+			break;
+
+                case DepositByte:
+                case DepositWord:
+                case DepositLongword:
+                case DepositQuad:
+                        DataSizeShift = (CurrentCommand - Deposit -1);
+                        DataSize = 1 << DataSizeShift;
+                        DataSizeMask = DataSize-1;
+                case Deposit:
+                        CommandValid = DepositCommand(Argv,Frame);
+                        break;
+                case ExamineByte:
+                case ExamineWord:
+                case ExamineLongword:
+                case ExamineQuad:
+                        DataSizeShift = (CurrentCommand - Examine -1);
+                        DataSize = 1 << DataSizeShift;
+                        DataSizeMask = DataSize-1;
+                case Examine:
+                        CommandValid = ExamineCommand(Argv,Frame);
+                        break;
+
+ 		case IOReadByte:
+ 		case IOReadWord:
+ 		case IOReadLongword:
+                        DataSizeShift = (CurrentCommand - IORead -1);
+                        DataSize = 1 << DataSizeShift;
+                        DataSizeMask = DataSize-1;
+		case IORead:
+			CommandValid = IOReadCommand(Argv, Frame);
+			break;
+			
+#if 0
+
+ 		case IOWriteByte:
+ 		case IOWriteWord:
+ 		case IOWriteLongword:
+                        DataSizeShift = (CurrentCommand - IOWrite -1);
+                        DataSize = 1 << DataSizeShift;
+                        DataSizeMask = DataSize-1;
+		case IOWrite:
+			CommandValid = IOWriteCommand(Argv, Frame);
+			break;
+			
+#endif
+
+                case Register:
+		case IntegerRegisterDump:
+		case FloatingRegisterDump:
+                        CommandValid = RegisterCommand(Argv, Frame);
+                        break;
+
+                case Zero:
+                        CommandValid = ZeroCommand(Argv,Frame);
+                        break;
+
+                case Fill:
+                        CommandValid = FillCommand(Argv,Frame);
+                        break;
+
+#if 0
+		case AvailableDevices:
+			CommandValid = FwDumpLookupTable();
+			break;
+#endif
+
+                case Quit:
+                        if (CallerSource == 3) {
+                            return;
+                        } else {
+                            //
+                            // We came because of an exception.
+                            // The only way to exit is reseting the system.
+                            //
+                            FwPrint(MON_NO_RETURN_MSG);
+                            FwPrint(MON_RESET_MACHINE_MSG);
+
+                            do {
+                                Action = JzGetString(Buffer[BufferIndex],
+						     128,
+						     NULL,
+						     FwRow+1,
+						     FwColumn+1,
+						     FALSE);
+                            } while ((Action != GetStringSuccess) && (Action != GetStringEscape));
+                            FwPrint(FW_CRLF_MSG);
+
+                            Buffer[BufferIndex][0]=tolower(Buffer[BufferIndex][0]);
+                            if (strcmp(Buffer[BufferIndex],"y") == 0) {
+                                ResetSystem();
+                            }
+                            break;
+                        }
+
+                case invalidcommand:
+
+                        FwPrint(MON_UNRECOGNIZED_COMMAND_MSG);
+
+                        //
+                        // Clear the argument so that re-do last command
+                        // doesn't repeat the erroneous command.
+                        //
+
+                        CommandValid = FALSE;
+                        break;
+            }
+
+            if (!CommandValid) {
+                Argv[0] = (PCHAR) NULL;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/monitor.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/monitor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..394dd01d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/monitor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1991  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    monitor.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains definitions for monitor.c
+
+Author:
+
+    Lluis Abello (lluis) 09-Sep-1991
+
+Revision History:
+
+    21-May-1992		John DeRosa	[DEC]
+
+    Modified for Alpha and the Alpha-64 calling standard.
+    
+--*/
+
+#ifndef _MONITOR_
+#define _MONITOR_
+
+#include "fwpexcpt.h"
+
+
+//
+// Define register names.
+//
+
+typedef enum _REGISTER_NAME_ID {
+    ReservedForExceptionType,
+    exceptparam1,   // exception parameter 1
+    exceptparam2,   // exception parameter 2
+    exceptparam3,   // exception parameter 3
+    exceptparam4,   // exception parameter 4
+    exceptparam5,   // exception parameter 5
+    exceptpsr,	    // exception psr
+    exceptmmcsr,    // exception mm csr
+    exceptva,       // exception va
+    exceptpc,       // exception pc
+    v0,             // general register 0
+    t0,             // general register 1
+    t1,             // general register 2
+    t2,             // general register 3
+    t3,             // general register 4
+    t4,             // general register 5
+    t5,             // general register 6
+    t6,             // general register 7
+    t7,             // general register 8
+    s0,             // general register 9
+    s1,             // general register 10
+    s2,             // general register 11
+    s3,             // general register 12
+    s4,             // general register 13
+    s5,             // general register 14
+    fp,             // general register 15
+    a0,             // general register 16
+    a1,             // general register 17
+    a2,             // general register 18
+    a3,             // general register 19
+    a4,             // general register 20
+    a5,             // general register 21
+    t8,             // general register 22
+    t9,             // general register 23
+    t10,            // general register 24
+    t11,            // general register 25
+    ra,             // general register 26
+    t12,            // general register 27
+    at,             // general register 28
+    gp,             // general register 29
+    sp,             // general register 30
+    zero,           // general register 31
+    f0,             // fp register 0
+    f1,             // fp register 1
+    f2,             // fp register 2
+    f3,             // fp register 3
+    f4,             // fp register 4
+    f5,             // fp register 5
+    f6,             // fp register 6
+    f7,             // fp register 7
+    f8,             // fp register 8
+    f9,             // fp register 9
+    f10,            // fp register 10
+    f11,            // fp register 11
+    f12,            // fp register 12
+    f13,            // fp register 13
+    f14,            // fp register 14
+    f15,            // fp register 15
+    f16,            // fp register 16
+    f17,            // fp register 17
+    f18,            // fp register 18
+    f19,            // fp register 19
+    f20,            // fp register 20
+    f21,            // fp register 21
+    f22,            // fp register 22
+    f23,            // fp register 23
+    f24,            // fp register 24
+    f25,            // fp register 25
+    f26,            // fp register 26
+    f27,            // fp register 27
+    f28,            // fp register 28
+    f29,            // fp register 29
+    f30,            // fp register 30
+    f31,            // fp register 31
+    invalidregister
+} REGISTER_NAME_ID;
+
+extern PCHAR RegisterNameTable[(REGISTER_NAME_ID)invalidregister];
+
+extern ULONG RegisterTable[(REGISTER_NAME_ID)invalidregister];
+
+//
+// Define Command names.
+//
+// This must match the command table in monitor.c
+//
+
+//
+// I/O Write commands, and Available Devices, have been disabled for
+// the final product.
+//
+
+#if 0
+
+typedef enum _COMMAND_NAME_ID {
+    Dump,
+    DumpByte,
+    DumpWord,
+    DumpLongword,
+    DumpQuad,
+    Enter,
+    EnterByte,
+    EnterWord,
+    EnterLongword,
+    EnterQuad,
+    Help,
+    Help2,
+    Deposit,
+    DepositByte,
+    DepositWord,
+    DepositLongword,
+    DepositQuad,
+    Examine,
+    ExamineByte,
+    ExamineWord,
+    ExamineLongword,
+    ExamineQuad,
+    IORead,
+    IOReadByte,
+    IOReadWord,
+    IOReadLongword,
+    IOWrite,
+    IOWriteByte,
+    IOWriteWord,
+    IOWriteLongword,
+    Register,
+    IntegerRegisterDump,
+    FloatingRegisterDump,
+    Zero,
+    Fill,
+    AvailableDevices,
+    Quit,
+    invalidcommand
+} COMMAND_NAME_ID;
+
+#else
+
+typedef enum _COMMAND_NAME_ID {
+    Dump,
+    DumpByte,
+    DumpWord,
+    DumpLongword,
+    DumpQuad,
+    Enter,
+    EnterByte,
+    EnterWord,
+    EnterLongword,
+    EnterQuad,
+    Help,
+    Help2,
+    Deposit,
+    DepositByte,
+    DepositWord,
+    DepositLongword,
+    DepositQuad,
+    Examine,
+    ExamineByte,
+    ExamineWord,
+    ExamineLongword,
+    ExamineQuad,
+    IORead,
+    IOReadByte,
+    IOReadWord,
+    IOReadLongword,
+    Register,
+    IntegerRegisterDump,
+    FloatingRegisterDump,
+    Zero,
+    Fill,
+    Quit,
+    invalidcommand
+} COMMAND_NAME_ID;
+
+#endif
+
+extern PCHAR CommandNameTable[(COMMAND_NAME_ID)invalidcommand];
+
+#endif // _MONITOR_
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/oli2msft.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/oli2msft.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2733d4503
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/oli2msft.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File:            oli2msft.h
+//
+// Description:     General type definitions used in C files by Olivetti and
+//                  not Microsoft
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+typedef ULONG           BOOLEAN_ULONG;
+typedef BOOLEAN_ULONG   *PBOOLEAN_ULONG;
+
+//
+// Configuration related defines
+//
+
+#define MAX_MNEMONIC_LEN        20              // max name length (with '\0')
+#define MAX_DEVICE_PATH_LEN     63              // ending '\0' excluded
+#define MAX_FILE_PATH_LEN       127             // ending '\0' excluded
+#define MAX_PATH_LEN            (MAX_DEVICE_PATH_LEN + MAX_FILE_PATH_LEN)
+#define KEY_MAX_DIGITS          4               // max digits within a "key
+                                                // string" (\'0' not included).
+//
+// Configuration Data Header
+//
+
+typedef struct _CONFIGDATAHEADER
+        {
+            USHORT Version;
+            USHORT Revision;
+            PCHAR  Type;
+            PCHAR  Vendor;
+            PCHAR  ProductName;
+            PCHAR  SerialNumber;
+        } CONFIGDATAHEADER, *PCONFIGDATAHEADER;
+
+#define CONFIGDATAHEADER_SIZE sizeof(CONFIGDATAHEADER)
+
+#define MAXIMUM_SECTOR_SIZE  2048                   // # bytes per sector
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/omf.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/omf.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50455af6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/omf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3794 @@
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+//      Copyright (c) 1992  Olivetti
+//
+//      File:           omf.c
+//
+//      Description:    this code implements the omf protocol as defined
+//                      in the ARC-EISA addendum.
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "oli2msft.h"
+#include "arceisa.h"
+#include "inc.h"
+#include "string.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+
+extern  BL_FILE_TABLE BlFileTable [BL_FILE_TABLE_SIZE];
+
+#define DEVICE_DEVICE 0xDEAD
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//  Declare Function Prototypes
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfOpen
+    (
+    IN PCHAR OpenPath,
+    IN OPEN_MODE OpenMode,
+    IN OUT PULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfClose
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfMount
+    (
+    IN PCHAR            MountPath,
+    IN MOUNT_OPERATION  Operation
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfRead
+    (
+    IN  ULONG   FileId,
+    IN  PVOID   Buffer,
+    IN  ULONG   Length,
+    OUT PULONG  Count
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfWrite
+    (
+    IN  ULONG  FileId,
+    IN  PVOID  Buffer,
+    IN  ULONG  Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfGetReadStatus
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfSeek
+    (
+    IN ULONG            FileId,
+    IN PLARGE_INTEGER   Offset,
+    IN SEEK_MODE        SeekMode
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfGetFileInformation
+    (
+    IN  ULONG FileId,
+    OUT PFILE_INFORMATION Buffer
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfSetFileInformation
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN ULONG AttributeFlags,
+    IN ULONG AttributeMask
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfGetDirectoryEntry
+    (
+    IN  ULONG           FileId,
+    IN  DIRECTORY_ENTRY *DirEntry,
+    IN  ULONG           NumberDir,
+    OUT PULONG          CountDir
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileOpen
+    (
+    IN PCHAR            OpenPath,
+    IN OPEN_MODE        OpenMode,
+    IN OUT PULONG       FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileClose
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileMount
+    (
+    IN PCHAR            MountPath,
+    IN MOUNT_OPERATION  Operation
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileRead
+    (
+    IN  ULONG  FileId,
+    IN  PVOID  Buffer,
+    IN  ULONG  Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileWrite
+    (
+    IN  ULONG  FileId,
+    IN  PVOID  Buffer,
+    IN  ULONG  Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileGetReadStatus
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileSeek
+    (
+    IN ULONG            FileId,
+    IN PLARGE_INTEGER   Offset,
+    IN SEEK_MODE        SeekMode
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileGetFileInformation
+    (
+    IN  ULONG FileId,
+    OUT PFILE_INFORMATION Buffer
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileSetFileInformation
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN ULONG AttributeFlags,
+    IN ULONG AttributeMask
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileGetDirectoryEntry
+    (
+    IN  ULONG           FileId,
+    IN  DIRECTORY_ENTRY *DirEntry,
+    IN  ULONG           NumberDir,
+    OUT PULONG          CountDir
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+MaxOmfFatFiles
+    (
+    IN OUT PCHAR MasterName,
+    IN PCHAR     CheckedName
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+OmfFileNameValidate
+    (
+    IN  PCHAR OpenPath,
+    OUT PCHAR OmfFileName,
+    OUT PCHAR OmfType
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+CmpOmfFiles
+    (
+    IN PCHAR        OmfFileName,
+    IN CHAR         OmfType,
+    IN POMF_DIR_ENT POmfDirEnt
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+OmfHeaderValidate
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+OmfFileValidate
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    );
+
+VOID
+ConvertOmfDirToArcDir
+    (
+    IN POMF_DIR_ENT     POmfDirEnt,
+    OUT DIRECTORY_ENTRY *PArcDirEnt
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetEisaId
+    (
+    IN  PCHAR  PathName,
+    OUT PCHAR  EisaId,
+    OUT PUCHAR IdInfo
+    );
+
+VOID
+FwUncompressEisaId
+    (
+    IN  PUCHAR CompEisaId,
+    OUT PUCHAR UncompEisaId
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetEisaBusIoCpuAddress
+    (
+    IN  PCHAR  EisaPath,
+    OUT PVOID *IoBusAddress
+    );
+
+PCHAR
+FwGetEnvironmentVariable
+    (
+    IN PCHAR Variable
+    );
+
+PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT
+FwGetComponent
+    (
+    IN PCHAR Pathname
+    );
+
+LARGE_INTEGER
+RtlConvertUlongToLargeInteger
+    (
+    IN ULONG UnsignedInteger
+    );
+
+LARGE_INTEGER
+RtlLargeIntegerAdd
+    (
+    IN LARGE_INTEGER Addend1,
+    IN LARGE_INTEGER Addend2
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwFileIdChecksum
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN LARGE_INTEGER StartingOffset,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    IN OUT PUCHAR Checksum
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetMnemonicKey
+    (
+    IN PCHAR  Path,
+    IN PCHAR  Mnemonic,
+    IN PULONG Key
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetNextMnemonic
+    (
+    IN  PCHAR Path,
+    IN  PCHAR Mnemonic,
+    OUT PCHAR NextMnemonic
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetMnemonicPath
+    (
+    IN  PCHAR Path,
+    IN  PCHAR Mnemonic,
+    OUT PCHAR MnemonicPath
+    );
+
+BOOLEAN
+GetNextPath
+    (
+    IN OUT PCHAR *PPathList,
+    OUT PCHAR     PathTarget
+    );
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//      Global Data
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//
+// Omf entry table.
+// This is a structure that provides entry to the OMF system procedures.
+// It is exported when a OMF is opened as a device.
+//
+
+BL_DEVICE_ENTRY_TABLE OmfEntryTable =
+    {
+        OmfClose,
+        OmfMount,
+        OmfOpen,
+        OmfRead,
+        OmfGetReadStatus,
+        OmfSeek,
+        OmfWrite,
+        OmfGetFileInformation,
+        OmfSetFileInformation,
+	NULL,
+        OmfGetDirectoryEntry
+    };
+
+
+//
+// Omf file entry table.
+// This is a structure that provides entry to the OMF file system procedures.
+// It is exported when a OMF file is opened.
+//
+
+BL_DEVICE_ENTRY_TABLE OmfFileEntryTable =
+    {
+        OmfFileClose,
+        OmfFileMount,
+        OmfFileOpen,
+        OmfFileRead,
+        OmfFileGetReadStatus,
+        OmfFileSeek,
+        OmfFileWrite,
+        OmfFileGetFileInformation,
+        OmfFileSetFileInformation,
+	NULL,
+        OmfFileGetDirectoryEntry
+    };
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfOpen:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine opens the newest version/revision of OMF for
+//              the specified Product ID.
+//
+//              a) It reads the EISAROM bit of the <device> component of
+//                 the Path argument on the EISA bus spcified by the key of
+//                 the <adapter> component of Path argument.
+//              b) If this bit is one, then a byte checksum is performed on
+//                 the ROM-based OMF header and OMF directory.
+//                 The Product ID, Firmware Version and Revision fields
+//                 values are retained for the next operations.
+//              c) Next, the partitions, specified by the FWSearchPath
+//                 environment variable are searched for files of the
+//                 following form in the \eisa\omf  subdirectory:
+//
+//                        <device>"V".LF"R"
+//
+//                        <device> = EISA Product ID (7 chars)
+//                             "V" = version  ([0-9],[A-Z])
+//                             "R" = revision ([0-9],[A-Z])
+//
+//              d) The OMF FAT file (or ROM) with a greater value of version-
+//                 revision and with a correct checksum is used.
+//              f) Initialize some data structures
+//
+//              When Open is used to access an OMF as a raw device, all input
+//              functions are permitted.  These functions include Read, Seek
+//              and Close.  Read and Seek are bounded by the current OMF size.
+//              For example, to read the OMF of a serial options board that was
+//              in slot 3 of EISA bus 0 as raw device, create and Open a path
+//              as follows:     eisa(0)serial(3)omf() .
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   OpenPath        Supplies a pointer to a zero terminated device
+//                              path name.
+//              OpenMode        Supplies the mode of the open.
+//              FileId          Supplies a pointer to a variable that specifies
+//                              the file table entry that is to be filled in
+//                              if the open is successful.
+//
+// RETURN:      ESUCCESS        is returned if the open operation is successful.
+//              ENODEV          the device portion of the pathname is invalid
+//
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfOpen
+    (
+    IN PCHAR OpenPath,
+    IN OPEN_MODE OpenMode,
+    IN OUT PULONG FileId
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // initialize local variables
+    //
+
+    LARGE_INTEGER Offset;               // large interger for seek operations
+    ULONG SlotNumber;                   // eisa slot number
+    CHAR EisaCtrlMnemonic[ MAX_MNEMONIC_LEN +1 ]; // eisa ctrl mnemonic name
+    UCHAR IdInfo;                       // info id byte
+    PVOID IoBusAddress;                 // eisa I/O base address (virtual)
+    PUCHAR SlotAddress;                 // I/O address
+    BOOLEAN OmfRomOk=FALSE;             // OMF ROM initialization flag
+    BOOLEAN OmfFatFileOk=FALSE;         // OMF FAT file initialization flag
+    ULONG Count;                        // # of bytes transferred
+    PCHAR PFwSearchPath;                // system partitions list pointer
+    CHAR OmfPathName[MAX_PATH_LEN +1];  // directory+subdirectory+file name
+    CHAR OmfPathBuffer[MAX_PATH_LEN +1] = {'\0'}; // OMF path name buffer
+    CHAR OmfFatFileName[]="        .LF "; // omf name (FAT format)
+
+    ULONG OmfSubdirId;                  // file Id of \eisa\omf subdirectory
+    POMF_HEADER_CONTEXT POmfHeaderContext; // OMF header context pointer
+    POMF_HDR POmfHeader;                // pointer to OMF ROM/FAT file header
+    DIRECTORY_ENTRY DirEntBuffer;        // ARC directory entry
+
+    PRINTDBG("OmfOpen\n\r");            // debug support
+
+    //
+    // this is a read only device
+    //
+
+    if  ( OpenMode != ArcOpenReadOnly )
+    {
+        return EROFS;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // The path must have the following form :  eisa(x)"mnemonic"(y)omf()
+    // Get EISA ID, slot number and its I/O address space.
+    //
+
+    if  ( !FwGetNextMnemonic( OpenPath, "eisa", EisaCtrlMnemonic )
+          ||
+          !FwGetMnemonicKey( OpenPath, EisaCtrlMnemonic, &SlotNumber )
+          ||
+          !FwGetMnemonicPath( OpenPath, EisaCtrlMnemonic, OmfPathName )
+          ||
+          !FwGetEisaId( OmfPathName, OmfFatFileName, &IdInfo )
+          ||
+          !FwGetMnemonicPath( OpenPath,"eisa",OmfPathName )
+          ||
+          !FwGetEisaBusIoCpuAddress( OmfPathName, &IoBusAddress ) )
+    {
+        return ENODEV;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Initialize some variables
+    //
+
+    POmfHeaderContext   = &BlFileTable[ *FileId ].u.OmfHeaderContext;
+    POmfHeader          = &POmfHeaderContext->OmfHeader;
+    SlotAddress         = (PUCHAR)IoBusAddress + SlotNumber * 0x1000;
+    Offset.LowPart      = 0;                    // seek operation
+    Offset.HighPart     = 0;                    // seek operation
+
+    //
+    // Check EISAROM bit of the Expansion Board Control Bits field.
+    // If the EISA ID is readable, the controller supports the EISA extensions
+    //
+
+    // DEBUG-DEBUG :    for now skip the OMF ROM check because
+    //                  at the moment there isn't any board available
+    //                  with an OMF ROM to test the routine.
+
+#if 0
+    if ( !(IdInfo & CFG_UNREADABLE_ID)  &&
+           READ_PORT_UCHAR( SlotAddress + EXPANSION_BOARD_CTRL_BITS ) &
+                                      EISAROMBIT )
+    {
+        //
+        // initialize some fields to direct the OmfRead to the ROM
+        //
+
+        POmfHeaderContext->RomIndex = (PULONG)(SlotAddress+ROMINDEX);
+        POmfHeaderContext->RomRead  = (PULONG)(SlotAddress+ROMREAD);
+        POmfHeaderContext->FileId   = DEVICE_DEVICE;
+        POmfHeader->FwSize          = 0;        // max length simulation
+
+        //
+        // check OMF ROM header, copy it in the OmfHeaderContext structure
+        //
+
+        if  ( !OmfSeek( *FileId, &Offset, SeekAbsolute)
+              &&
+              !OmfRead( *FileId,
+                        (PVOID)POmfHeader,
+                        (ULONG)sizeof(OMF_HDR),
+                        &Count )
+              &&
+              OmfHeaderValidate( *FileId ) )
+        {
+            //
+            // copy version and revision
+            //
+
+            ((POMF_FAT_FILE_NAME)OmfFatFileName)->Version  =
+                                                        POmfHeader->FwVersion;
+            ((POMF_FAT_FILE_NAME)OmfFatFileName)->Revision =
+                                                        POmfHeader->FwRevision;
+            //
+            // OMF ROM initialization has been done
+            //
+
+            OmfRomOk=TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    //
+    // Set the current FileId to "open" so that calls to FwOpen won't use
+    // this FileId.  This will get reset later.
+    //
+
+    BlFileTable[ *FileId ].Flags.Open = 1;
+
+    //
+    // check now if there is any file that upgrades the OFM ROM firmware.
+    // the partitions, specified by the FWSearchPath environment variable,
+    // are searched for files of the following form in the \eisa\omf
+    // subdirectory:
+    //                    <device>"V".LF"R"
+    //
+    //                    <device> = EISA Product ID (7 chars)
+    //                         "V" = version  ([0-9],[A-Z])
+    //                         "R" = revision ([0-9],[A-Z])
+    //
+
+    if  ( (PFwSearchPath = FwGetEnvironmentVariable("FWSearchPath")) != NULL )
+    {
+        //
+        // check all the directories specified by FWSearchPath
+        //
+
+        while ( GetNextPath( &PFwSearchPath, OmfPathName ))
+        {
+            //
+            // open the directory
+            //
+
+            strcat(OmfPathName, "\\eisa\\omf" );
+
+            if ( FwOpen( OmfPathName, ArcOpenDirectory, &OmfSubdirId ))
+            {
+                //
+                // Go check next path
+                //
+
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            //
+            // Check all files within the directory
+            //
+
+            while (!FwGetDirectoryEntry ( OmfSubdirId, &DirEntBuffer,
+                                      (ULONG) 1, &Count) )
+            {
+                //
+                // check directory flag, length of file name and file name
+                //
+
+                if  ( !( DirEntBuffer.FileAttribute & ArcDirectoryFile )
+                        &&
+                      DirEntBuffer.FileNameLength
+                        &&
+                      MaxOmfFatFiles( OmfFatFileName, DirEntBuffer.FileName ))
+                {
+                    //
+                    // correct name, save file path
+                    //
+
+                    strcat( strcpy(OmfPathBuffer, OmfPathName), "\\" );
+                    strcat(OmfPathBuffer, OmfFatFileName);
+                }
+            }
+
+            //
+            // close directory before opening the next
+            //
+
+            FwClose( OmfSubdirId );
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // check for a valid OMF FAT file name
+    //
+
+    if ( OmfPathBuffer[0] )
+    {
+        //
+        // open file
+        //
+
+        if (FwOpen(OmfPathBuffer, ArcOpenReadOnly, &POmfHeaderContext->FileId))
+        {
+            //
+            // return with error
+            //
+
+            BlFileTable[ *FileId ].Flags.Open = 0;
+            return ENODEV;
+        }
+
+        POmfHeader->FwSize=0;           // max length simulation
+
+        //
+        // validate header and copy data in the OmfHeaderContext structure
+        //
+
+        if  ( OmfSeek(  *FileId, &Offset, SeekAbsolute )
+              ||
+              OmfRead(  *FileId,
+                        (PVOID)POmfHeader,
+                        (ULONG)sizeof(OMF_HDR),
+                        &Count)
+              ||
+              !OmfHeaderValidate( *FileId ) )
+        {
+
+            PRINTDBG("No OK\n\r");
+
+            //
+            // close file and return with error
+            //
+
+            FwClose(POmfHeaderContext->FileId);
+            BlFileTable[ *FileId ].Flags.Open = 0;
+            return ENODEV;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // OMF FAT file initialization is done.
+        //
+
+        PRINTDBG("It's OK\n\r");
+
+        OmfFatFileOk=TRUE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Reset the open flag.
+    //
+
+    BlFileTable[ *FileId ].Flags.Open = 0;
+
+    //
+    // if OMF initialization not done, return error
+    //
+
+//    if ( !OmfRomOk && !OmfFatFileOk )
+    if ( !OmfFatFileOk )
+    {
+        return ENOENT;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        BlFileTable[ *FileId ].Position.LowPart=0;
+        BlFileTable[ *FileId ].Position.HighPart=0;
+        return ESUCCESS;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfClose:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine closes the file table entry specified by file id.
+//              If a OMF FAT file has been used, the routine calls the FwClose
+//              function using its file table entry (file id).
+//              the routine uses the following logic :
+//
+//                              if (OMF FAT file)
+//                              {
+//                                  close file;
+//                                  if (error closing file)
+//                                      return error;
+//                              }
+//                              reset open flag;
+//                              return ok;
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          Supplies a pointer to a variable that specifies
+//                              the file table entry.
+//
+// RETURN:      ESUCCESS        is returned if the open operation is successful.
+//              EBADF           invalid file descriptor
+//
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfClose
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // initialize local variables
+    //
+
+    ARC_STATUS Status;                  // store return status from FwClose
+
+    //
+    // if OMF FAT file is used, call FwClose using its file table index
+    //
+
+    PRINTDBG("OmfClose\n\r");
+
+    if ( BlFileTable[ FileId ].DeviceId != DEVICE_DEVICE)
+    {
+        return EBADF;
+    }
+
+    if  ( BlFileTable[ FileId ].u.OmfHeaderContext.FileId != DEVICE_DEVICE
+          &&
+          (Status = FwClose( BlFileTable[ FileId ].u.OmfHeaderContext.FileId)))
+    {
+        return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // all done, return ok
+    //
+
+    BlFileTable[ FileId ].Flags.Open = 0;
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfMount:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine does nothing and return EBADF.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   MountPath       device path specifier.
+//              Operation       mount operation (load/unload).
+//
+// RETURN:      EBADF           invalid operation
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfMount
+    (
+    IN PCHAR            MountPath,
+    IN MOUNT_OPERATION  Operation
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // return error :  invalid operation.
+    //
+
+    return EBADF;
+}
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfRead:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: This routine implements the read operation for the ARC-EISA
+//              firmware "OMF" driver.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          Supplies a pointer to a variable that specifies
+//                              the file table entry.
+//              Buffer          Supplies a pointer to a buffer where the
+//                              characters read will be stored.
+//              Length          Supplies the length of Buffer.
+//              Count           Return the count of the characters that
+//                              were read.
+//
+// RETURN:      ESUCCESS        is returned if the open operation is successful.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfRead
+    (
+    IN  ULONG  FileId,
+    IN  PVOID  Buffer,
+    IN  ULONG  Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    )
+{
+
+    //
+    // initialize local variables
+    //
+
+    ARC_STATUS  Status;                 // ARC status
+    POMF_HEADER_CONTEXT POmfHeaderContext; // OMF header context pointer
+    ULONG       OmfSize;                // OMF firmware size (bytes)
+    PLARGE_INTEGER PPosition;           // file/device position field pointer
+    USHORT      ByteIndex;              // byte index within the word
+    ULONG       WordBuffer;             // 1 word buffer
+
+
+    PRINTDBG("OmfRead\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // Initialize some variables
+    //
+
+    POmfHeaderContext = &BlFileTable[ FileId ].u.OmfHeaderContext;
+
+    //
+    // compute OMF length in bytes
+    //
+
+    OmfSize = (ULONG)POmfHeaderContext->OmfHeader.FwSize * OMF_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+    if ( !OmfSize )
+    {
+        OmfSize = OMF_MAX_SIZE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // initialize byte count read to zero and position variable
+    //
+
+    *Count = 0;
+    PPosition = &BlFileTable[ FileId ].Position;
+
+    //
+    // if length is zero or end of "file", return ESUCCESS.
+    //
+
+    if ( !Length  ||  PPosition->LowPart >= OmfSize )
+    {
+        return ESUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // adjust length if it is too big.
+    //
+
+    Length = MIN( Length, OmfSize );    // to prevent the add to overflow
+
+    if ( PPosition->LowPart + Length > OmfSize )
+    {
+        Length = OmfSize - PPosition->LowPart;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // if OMF FAT file, read from file.
+    //
+
+    if ( POmfHeaderContext->FileId != DEVICE_DEVICE )
+    {
+        if  ( !(Status = FwSeek( POmfHeaderContext->FileId,
+                                  PPosition,
+                                  SeekAbsolute ))
+              &&
+              !(Status = FwRead( POmfHeaderContext->FileId,
+                                  Buffer,
+                                  Length,
+                                  Count )) )
+        {
+            PPosition->LowPart += *Count;
+        }
+        return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    //  write word index and compute starting byte index (within a word)
+    //
+
+    WRITE_PORT_ULONG(POmfHeaderContext->RomIndex,
+		     PPosition->LowPart >> WORD_2P2 );
+
+    //
+    // read OMF ROM
+    // one loop per word
+    //
+
+    while ( Length )
+    {
+        ByteIndex = (USHORT) (PPosition->LowPart & (1<<WORD_2P2)-1);
+
+        //
+        // read the whole word if the buffer and OMF pointers are
+        // word aligned.
+        //                                                      //       |
+        if  ( !ByteIndex                                        // DEBUG V
+              &&
+              !((USHORT)((PUCHAR)Buffer + *Count) & (1 << WORD_2P2) -1 ) )
+        {
+            while ( Length >= (1 << WORD_2P2) )
+            {
+                *((PULONG)( (PUCHAR)Buffer + *Count ))=
+                    READ_PORT_ULONG( POmfHeaderContext->RomRead );
+                *Count += 1<<WORD_2P2;
+                Length -= 1<<WORD_2P2;
+            }
+        }
+
+        //
+        // read the word in bytes units if the buffer or the OMF pointers
+        // are not word aligned or if just part of the word is needed.
+        //
+
+        if ( Length )
+        {
+            WordBuffer = READ_PORT_ULONG( POmfHeaderContext->RomRead );
+
+            //
+            // read just the selected bytes
+            //
+
+            while ( ByteIndex < (1 << WORD_2P2)  &&  Length-- )
+            {
+                *( (PUCHAR)Buffer + *Count++ )=
+                  (UCHAR)( WordBuffer >> BITSXBYTE * ByteIndex++ );
+            }
+        }
+
+        //
+        // update OMF pointer
+        //
+
+        PPosition->LowPart += *Count;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // return all done
+    //
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfWrite:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: This routine implements the write operation for the ARC-EISA
+//              firmware "OMF" driver.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          Supplies a pointer to a variable that specifies
+//                              the file table entry.
+//              Buffer          Supplies a pointer to a buffer where the
+//                              characters are read.
+//              Length          Supplies the length of Buffer.
+//              Count           Return the count of the characters that
+//                              were written.
+//
+// RETURN:      EBADF           invalid operation
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfWrite
+    (
+    IN  ULONG  FileId,
+    IN  PVOID  Buffer,
+    IN  ULONG  Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // return error : invalid operation
+    //
+
+    return EBADF;
+}
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfGetReadStatus:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: This routine implements the GetReadStatus operation for the
+//              ARC-EISA firmware "OMF" driver.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          Supplies a pointer to a variable that specifies
+//                              the file table entry.
+//
+// RETURN:      ESUCCESS        return always success.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfGetReadStatus
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // return ok
+    //
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfSeek:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: This routine implements the Seek operation for the
+//              ARC-EISA firmware "OMF" driver.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          Supplies a pointer to a variable that specifies
+//                              the file table entry.
+//              Offset          Supplies the offset in the file to position to.
+//              SeekMode        Supplies the mode of the seek operation
+//
+// RETURN:      ESUCCESS        returned if the operation is successful.
+//              EINVAL          returned otherwise.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfSeek
+    (
+    IN ULONG            FileId,
+    IN PLARGE_INTEGER   Offset,
+    IN SEEK_MODE        SeekMode
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // local variables
+    //
+
+    LARGE_INTEGER       Point;                  // New position
+    ULONG               OmfSize;                // OMF size in bytes
+
+    PRINTDBG("OmfSeek\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // initialize some variables
+    //
+
+    OmfSize = (ULONG)BlFileTable[ FileId ].u.OmfHeaderContext.OmfHeader.FwSize *
+                   OMF_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+    if ( !OmfSize )
+    {
+        OmfSize=OMF_MAX_SIZE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // compute new offset value
+    //
+
+    switch( SeekMode )
+    {
+        case SeekAbsolute:
+            Point = *Offset;
+            break;
+        case SeekRelative:
+            Point = RtlLargeIntegerAdd( BlFileTable[FileId].Position, *Offset );
+            break;
+        default:
+            return EINVAL;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // if the high 32 bits are not zero, return an error.
+    // if new offset is valid, update position field.
+    // if the position value 0-based is equal to the OMF size (1-based),
+    // the EOF has been reached.  no error is returned in this case and
+    // the count field is set to zero with ESUCCESS error code for any
+    // successive read operation.  note that this combination (ESUCCESS and
+    // count=0) is used to rappresent EOF (end of file).
+    //
+
+    if  ( Point.HighPart  ||  Point.LowPart > OmfSize )
+    {
+        return EINVAL;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        BlFileTable[FileId].Position = Point;
+        return ESUCCESS;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfGetFileInformation:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: This routine implements the GetFileInformation for the
+//              ARC-EISA firmware "OMF" driver.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          Supplies the file table index.
+//              Buffer          Supplies the buffer to receive the file
+//                              information.  Note that it must be large
+//                              enough to hold the full file name.
+//
+// RETURN:      EBADF           invalid operation
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfGetFileInformation
+    (
+    IN  ULONG FileId,
+    OUT PFILE_INFORMATION Buffer
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // return error :  invalid operation
+    //
+
+    return EBADF;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfSetFileInformation:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: This routine implements the SetFileInformation for the
+//              ARC-EISA firmware "OMF" driver.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          Supplies the file table index.
+//              AttributeFlags  Supplies the value (on or off) for each
+//                              attribute being modified.
+//              AttributeMask   Supplies a mask of the attributes being altered.
+//                              All other file attributes are left alone.
+//
+// RETURN:      EBADF           invalid operation
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfSetFileInformation
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN ULONG AttributeFlags,
+    IN ULONG AttributeMask
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // return error :  invalid operation
+    //
+
+    return EBADF;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfGetDirectoryEntry:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: This routine implements the GetDirectoryEntry for the
+//              ARC-EISA firmware "OMF" driver.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          Supplies the file table index.
+//              DirEntry        Pointer to a directory entry structure
+//              NumberDir       # of entries to read
+//              Count           # of entries read
+//
+// RETURN:      EBADF           directory operations are not supported
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfGetDirectoryEntry
+    (
+    IN  ULONG           FileId,
+    IN  DIRECTORY_ENTRY *DirEntry,
+    IN  ULONG           NumberDir,
+    OUT PULONG          CountDir
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // return error :  directory operations are not supported
+    //
+
+    return EBADF;
+}
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfFileOpen:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine opens the OMF file.
+//              The <extension> of the <filename> is optional. The caller can
+//              make the following assumptions if the <extension> is not
+//              included in the <filename> :
+//              . the firmware searches for folders whose type is MIPS first.
+//                This is equivalent to using '.A' as the <extension>. If
+//                the requested folder of this type is found in the most recent
+//                OMF, then this folder is used.
+//              . If the modst recent OMF does not contain the requested folder
+//                whose type is MIPS, then the SMF searches for the requested
+//                folder whose type is BINARY.  This is equivalent to using '.B'
+//                as the <extension>.  If the requested folder of this type is
+//                found in the most recent OMF then this folder is used.
+//              . If there are no folders with either type in the most recent
+//                OMF, the operation fails.
+//
+//              When omf() is used as <protocol spec> and the filename is the
+//              string "\", the path specification represents the OMF directory.
+//              The only valid operation to perform on the OMF directory is to
+//              Open it, then use FwGetDirectoryEntry to enumerate the folders
+//              within the OMF, and then Close it.  For example, to
+//              enumerate all folders that are containded in the OMF of a
+//              serail options board that was in slot 3 of EISA bus0, create
+//              and Open a path as follows :    eisa(0)serial(3)omf()\ .
+//              To open the diagnostic folder for the above EISA option board
+//              the system utilty would create and Open the path specification :
+//              eisa(0)serial(3)omf()\T-SERIAL.
+//
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   OpenPath        Supplies a pointer to a zero terminated OMF
+//                              file name.
+//              OpenMode        Supplies the mode of the open.
+//              FileId          Supplies the file table entry index
+//
+// RETURN:      ESUCCESS        is returned if the open operation is successful.
+//              ENOENT          the named device or file does not exist.
+//
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileOpen
+    (
+    IN PCHAR      OpenPath,
+    IN OPEN_MODE  OpenMode,
+    IN OUT PULONG FileId
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // initialize local variables
+    //
+
+    ARC_STATUS      Status;                     // ARC status
+    ULONG           DeviceId;                   // device table entry index
+    POMF_DIR_ENT    POmfDirEnt;                 // OMF directory entry pointer
+    POMF_HDR        POmfHeader;                 // OMF header pointer
+    LARGE_INTEGER   AbsolutePosition;           // position
+    ULONG           TypeIndex,DirIndex;         // general indexes
+    ULONG           Count;                      // # of bytes transferred
+    CHAR            OmfFileName[OMF_FILE_NAME_LEN]; // folder name
+    BOOLEAN         SearchSucceeded = FALSE;    // match flag
+    BOOLEAN         IsDirectory     = FALSE;    // directory flag
+    CHAR OmfType[] = {'A','B','\0'};            // default sequance of search:
+                                                // relocatable MIPS I object
+                                                // format binary data format
+                                                // end of chain
+
+    PRINTDBG("OmfFileOpen\n\r");                // debug support
+
+    //
+    // Initialize some variables
+    //
+
+    DeviceId    = BlFileTable[ *FileId ].DeviceId;
+    POmfDirEnt  = &BlFileTable[ *FileId ].u.OmfFileContext.OmfDirEnt;
+    POmfHeader  = &BlFileTable[ DeviceId ].u.OmfHeaderContext.OmfHeader;
+    AbsolutePosition.HighPart=0;                // for seek operations
+
+    //
+    // initialize the file/directory pointer to zero
+    //
+
+    BlFileTable[ *FileId ].Position.LowPart=0;
+    BlFileTable[ *FileId ].Position.HighPart=0;
+
+    //
+    // the first char must be the directory char, otherwise it's an error
+    //
+
+    if ( *OpenPath++ != '\\' );
+
+    //
+    // else check if the open is for the root directory
+    //
+
+    else if ( *OpenPath == '\0' )
+    {
+        POmfDirEnt->FolderName[0]='\0';
+        SearchSucceeded = TRUE;
+        IsDirectory     = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // else validate OMF file name
+    //
+
+    else if ( !OmfFileNameValidate( OpenPath, OmfFileName, OmfType ));
+
+    //
+    // then search the specified file name
+    //
+
+    else
+    {
+        //
+        // save the omf file name
+        //
+
+        strcpy( BlFileTable[ *FileId ].FileName, OpenPath );
+        BlFileTable[ *FileId ].FileNameLength = strlen( OpenPath );
+
+        //
+        // one loop per file
+        //
+
+        for (TypeIndex = 0; !SearchSucceeded && OmfType[TypeIndex]; TypeIndex++)
+        {
+            //
+            // search the directory for the specified OMF file name
+            //
+
+            for ( DirIndex = 0, AbsolutePosition.LowPart =
+                                POmfHeader->FolderDirectoryLink << WORD_2P2;
+
+                  DirIndex < POmfHeader->FolderCount && !SearchSucceeded;
+
+                  DirIndex++, AbsolutePosition.LowPart += sizeof(OMF_DIR_ENT) )
+            {
+                //
+                // exit if error during seek or read.
+                //
+
+                if  ((Status = FwSeek(DeviceId, &AbsolutePosition, SeekAbsolute))
+                     ||
+                     (Status = FwRead(DeviceId,
+                                      (PVOID)POmfDirEnt,
+                                      (ULONG)sizeof(OMF_DIR_ENT),
+                                      &Count )))
+                {
+                    return Status;
+                }
+
+                //
+                // check OMF file name
+                //
+
+                SearchSucceeded = CmpOmfFiles(  OmfFileName,
+                                                OmfType[TypeIndex],
+                                                (PVOID)POmfDirEnt );
+            }
+        }
+
+        //
+        // if the search has been successful, validate file's header
+        //
+
+        if (SearchSucceeded && !OmfFileValidate( *FileId ))
+        {
+            SearchSucceeded = FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    //  At this point we've cracked the name up to (an maybe including the last
+    //  component).  We located the last component if the SearchSucceeded flag
+    //  is true, otherwise the last component does not exist.  If we located
+    //  the last component then this is like an open or a supersede, but not a
+    //  create.
+    //
+
+    if (SearchSucceeded)
+    {
+        //
+        //  Check if the last component is a directory
+        //
+
+        if (IsDirectory)
+        {
+            //
+            //  For an existing directory the only valid open mode is
+            //  OpenDirectory all other modes return an error
+            //
+
+            switch (OpenMode)
+            {
+
+                case ArcOpenReadOnly:
+                case ArcOpenWriteOnly:
+                case ArcOpenReadWrite:
+                case ArcCreateWriteOnly:
+                case ArcCreateReadWrite:
+                case ArcSupersedeWriteOnly:
+                case ArcSupersedeReadWrite:
+
+                    //
+                    // if we reach here then the caller got a directory but
+                    // didn't want to open a directory
+                    //
+
+                    return EISDIR;
+
+                case ArcOpenDirectory:
+
+                    //
+                    // if we reach here then the caller got a directory and
+                    // wanted to open a directory.
+                    //
+
+                    BlFileTable[ *FileId ].Flags.Open = 1;
+                    BlFileTable[ *FileId ].Flags.Read = 1;
+
+                    return ESUCCESS;
+
+                case ArcCreateDirectory:
+
+                    //
+                    // if we reach here then the caller got a directory and
+                    // wanted to create a new directory
+                    //
+
+                    return EACCES;
+
+                default:
+
+                    //
+                    // invalid open mode
+                    //
+
+                    return EINVAL;
+            }
+        }
+
+        //
+        //  If we get there then we have an existing file that is being opened.
+        //  We can open existing files only read only.
+        //
+
+        switch (OpenMode)
+        {
+            case ArcOpenReadOnly:
+
+                //
+                // if we reach here then the user got a file and wanted to
+                // open the file read only
+                //
+
+                BlFileTable[ *FileId ].Flags.Open = 1;
+                BlFileTable[ *FileId ].Flags.Read = 1;
+
+                return ESUCCESS;
+
+            case ArcOpenWriteOnly:
+            case ArcOpenReadWrite:
+            case ArcCreateWriteOnly:
+            case ArcCreateReadWrite:
+            case ArcSupersedeWriteOnly:
+            case ArcSupersedeReadWrite:
+
+                //
+                // if we reach here then we are trying to open a read only
+                // device for write.
+                //
+
+                return EROFS;
+
+            case ArcOpenDirectory:
+            case ArcCreateDirectory:
+
+                //
+                // if we reach here then the user got a file and wanted a
+                // directory
+                //
+
+                return ENOTDIR;
+
+            default:
+
+                //
+                // invalid open mode
+                //
+
+                return EINVAL;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    //  If we get here the last component does not exist so we are trying to
+    //  create either a new file or a directory.
+    //
+
+    switch (OpenMode)
+    {
+        case ArcOpenReadOnly:
+        case ArcOpenWriteOnly:
+        case ArcOpenReadWrite:
+        case ArcOpenDirectory:
+
+            //
+            // if we reach here then the user did not get a file but wanted
+            // a file
+            //
+
+            return ENOENT;
+
+        case ArcCreateWriteOnly:
+        case ArcSupersedeWriteOnly:
+        case ArcCreateReadWrite:
+        case ArcSupersedeReadWrite:
+        case ArcCreateDirectory:
+
+            //
+            // if we get hre the user wants to create something.
+            //
+
+            return EROFS;
+
+        default:
+
+            //
+            // invalid open mode
+            //
+
+            return EINVAL;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfFileClose:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine closes the file table entry specified by file id.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          Supplies the file table index.
+//
+// RETURN:      ESUCCESS        is returned if the open operation is successful.
+//
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileClose
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("OmfFileClose\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // clear flag and exit
+    //
+
+    BlFileTable[FileId].Flags.Open = 0;
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfFileMount:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine does nothing and return EBADF.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   MountPath       device path specifier.
+//              Operation       mount operation (load/unload).
+//
+// RETURN:      EBADF           invalid operation
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileMount
+    (
+    IN PCHAR            MountPath,
+    IN MOUNT_OPERATION  Operation
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // return error :  invalid operation.
+    //
+
+    return EBADF;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfFileGetReadStatus
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: This routine implements the GetReadStatus operation for the
+//              ARC-EISA firmware OMF file.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          Supplies a pointer to a variable that specifies
+//                              the file table entry.
+//
+// RETURN:      ESUCCESS        return always success.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileGetReadStatus
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // return ok
+    //
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfFileRead:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: This routine implements the read operation for the ARC-EISA
+//              firmware "OMF" driver.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          Supplies the file table index.
+//              Buffer          Supplies a pointer to a buffer where the
+//                              characters read will be stored.
+//              Length          Supplies the length of Buffer.
+//              Count           Return the count of the characters that
+//                              were read.
+//
+// RETURN:      ESUCCESS        is returned if the open operation is successful.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileRead
+    (
+    IN  ULONG  FileId,
+    IN  PVOID  Buffer,
+    IN  ULONG  Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    )
+{
+
+    //
+    // initialize local variables
+    //
+    ARC_STATUS    Status;                       // ARC status
+    POMF_DIR_ENT  POmfDirEnt;                   // OMF directory entry pointer
+    LARGE_INTEGER AbsolutePosition;             // OMF file, logical pointer
+    ULONG         OmfFileSize;                  // OMF file size in bytes
+
+    PRINTDBG("OmfFileRead\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // initialize some variables
+    //
+
+    POmfDirEnt = &BlFileTable[ FileId ].u.OmfFileContext.OmfDirEnt;
+
+    //
+    // if directory entry, exit with error
+    //
+
+    if ( !POmfDirEnt->FolderName[0] )
+    {
+        return EBADF;                   // check this error code "EGI_Q"
+    }
+
+    //
+    // initialize byte count read to zero
+    //
+
+    *Count=0;
+    OmfFileSize = POmfDirEnt->FolderSize << WORD_2P2;
+
+    //
+    // if length is zero or EOF (end of file), return ESUCCESS.
+    //
+
+    if (!Length || BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart >= OmfFileSize)
+    {
+        return ESUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // adjust length if it is too big.
+    //
+
+    Length = MIN( Length, OmfFileSize ); // to prevent the add to overflow
+
+    if ( BlFileTable[ FileId ].Position.LowPart + Length > OmfFileSize )
+    {
+        Length = OmfFileSize - BlFileTable[ FileId ].Position.LowPart;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // find OMF absolute offset from OMF file absolute offset
+    //
+
+    AbsolutePosition.HighPart = 0;
+    AbsolutePosition.LowPart = BlFileTable[ FileId ].Position.LowPart +
+                                ( POmfDirEnt->FolderLink << WORD_2P2 );
+
+    //
+    // seek + read command
+    //
+
+    if  ( (Status = FwSeek( BlFileTable[ FileId ].DeviceId,
+                             &AbsolutePosition,
+                             SeekAbsolute ))
+          ||
+          (Status = FwRead( BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceId,
+                             Buffer,
+                             Length,
+                             Count )) )
+    {
+        return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // update file pointer and exit
+    //
+
+    BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart += *Count;
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfFileWrite:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: This routine implements the write operation for the ARC-EISA
+//              firmware "OMF" driver.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          Supplies the file table index.
+//              Buffer          Supplies a pointer to a buffer where the
+//                              characters are read.
+//              Length          Supplies the length of Buffer.
+//              Count           Return the count of the characters that
+//                              were written.
+//
+// RETURN:      EBADF           invalid operation
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileWrite
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PVOID Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    OUT PULONG Count
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // return error :  invalid operation
+    //
+
+    return EBADF;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfFileSeek:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: This routine implements the Seek operation for the
+//              ARC-EISA firmware "OMF" driver.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          Supplies the file table index.
+//              Offset          Supplies the offset in the file to position to.
+//              SeekMode        Supplies the mode of the seek operation
+//
+// RETURN:      ESUCCESS        returned if the operation is successful.
+//              EINVAL          returned otherwise.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileSeek
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN PLARGE_INTEGER Offset,
+    IN SEEK_MODE SeekMode
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // local variables
+    //
+
+    LARGE_INTEGER       Point;                  // New position
+    POMF_DIR_ENT        POmfDirEnt;             // OMF directory entry pointer
+
+    PRINTDBG("OmfFileSeek\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // initialize some variables
+    //
+
+    POmfDirEnt = &BlFileTable[ FileId ].u.OmfFileContext.OmfDirEnt;
+
+    //
+    // The offset parameter must be zero, if directory entry.
+    //
+
+    if  ( !POmfDirEnt->FolderName[0] && ( Offset->LowPart || Offset->HighPart ))
+    {
+        return EINVAL;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // compute new offset value
+    //
+
+    switch(SeekMode)
+    {
+        case SeekAbsolute:
+            Point = *Offset;
+            break;
+        case SeekRelative:
+            Point = RtlLargeIntegerAdd( BlFileTable[FileId].Position, *Offset );
+            break;
+        default:
+            return EINVAL;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // if new offset is valid, update position field.
+    // if the position value 0-based is equal to the OMF size (1-based),
+    // the EOF has been reached.  no error is returned in this case and
+    // the count field is set to zero with ESUCCESS error code for any
+    // successive read operation.  note that this combination (ESUCCESS and
+    // count=0) is used to rappresent EOF (end of file).
+    //
+
+    if ( POmfDirEnt->FolderName[0] &&
+        (Point.HighPart || Point.LowPart > POmfDirEnt->FolderSize << WORD_2P2))
+    {
+        return EINVAL;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        BlFileTable[ FileId ].Position = Point;
+        return ESUCCESS;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfFileGetFileInformation:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: This routine implements the GetFileInformation for the
+//              ARC-EISA firmware "OMF" driver.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          Supplies the file table index.
+//              Buffer          Supplies the buffer to receive the file
+//                              information.  Note that it must be large
+//                              enough to hold the full file name.
+//
+// RETURN:      EBADF           invalid operation
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileGetFileInformation
+    (
+    IN  ULONG FileId,
+    OUT PFILE_INFORMATION Buffer
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variable
+    //
+
+    PBL_FILE_TABLE FileTableEntry = &BlFileTable[ FileId ];
+
+    PRINTDBG("OmfFileGetFileInformation\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // if root, exit with error
+    //
+
+    if ( !FileTableEntry->u.OmfFileContext.OmfDirEnt.FolderName[0] )
+    {
+        return EBADF;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // set output fields
+    //
+
+    RtlZeroMemory(Buffer, sizeof(FILE_INFORMATION));
+
+    //
+    // ending address (high part is already zero) and current address
+    //
+
+    Buffer->EndingAddress.LowPart    =
+        FileTableEntry->u.OmfFileContext.OmfDirEnt.FolderSize << WORD_2P2;
+    Buffer->CurrentPosition.LowPart  = FileTableEntry->Position.LowPart;
+    Buffer->CurrentPosition.HighPart = FileTableEntry->Position.HighPart;
+
+    //
+    // device type
+    //
+
+    Buffer->Type = OtherPeripheral;
+
+    //
+    // file name length, attributes and file name string
+    //
+
+    Buffer->FileNameLength = FileTableEntry->FileNameLength;
+    Buffer->Attributes = ArcReadOnlyFile;
+    strcpy( Buffer->FileName, FileTableEntry->FileName );
+
+    //
+    // all done
+    //
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfFileSetFileInformation:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: This routine implements the SetFileInformation for the
+//              ARC-EISA firmware "OMF" driver.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          Supplies the file table index.
+//              AttributeFlags  Supplies the value (on or off) for each
+//                              attribute being modified.
+//              AttributeMask   Supplies a mask of the attributes being altered.
+//                              All other file attributes are left alone.
+//
+// RETURN:      EBADF           invalid operation
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileSetFileInformation
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN ULONG AttributeFlags,
+    IN ULONG AttributeMask
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // return error :  invalid operation
+    //
+
+    return EROFS;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfFileGetDirectoryEntry:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: This routine implements the GetDirectoryEntry for the
+//              ARC-EISA firmware "OMF" driver.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          Supplies the file table index.
+//              DirEntry        Pointer to a directory entry structure
+//              NumberDir       # of entries to read
+//              Count           # of entries read
+//
+// RETURN:      ESUCCESS        returned if the operation is successful.
+//              EINVAL          returned otherwise.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+OmfFileGetDirectoryEntry
+    (
+    IN  ULONG           FileId,
+    IN  DIRECTORY_ENTRY *DirEntry,
+    IN  ULONG           NumberDir,
+    OUT PULONG          CountDir
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // initialize local variables
+    //
+
+    ARC_STATUS  Status;                 // ARC status
+    ULONG       DeviceId;               // file table entry for the device
+    POMF_HDR    POmfHeader;             // pointer to OMF ROM/FAT file header
+    ULONG       CurrentDir;             // current directory entry
+    LARGE_INTEGER AbsolutePosition;     // OMF file, pointer of logical pointer
+    OMF_DIR_ENT OmfFileBuffer;          // buffer for directory entries
+    ULONG       Count;                  // # of bytes read
+
+    PRINTDBG("OmfFileGetDirectoryEntry\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // if not directory entry, exit with error
+    //
+
+    if ( BlFileTable[ FileId ].u.OmfFileContext.OmfDirEnt.FolderName[0] )
+    {
+        return EBADF;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Initialize the output count to zero
+    //
+
+    *CountDir=0;
+
+    //
+    // if NumberDir is zero, return ESUCCESS.
+    //
+
+    if ( !NumberDir )
+    {
+        return ESUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // initialize variables
+    //
+
+    Count=0;
+    DeviceId   = BlFileTable[ FileId ].DeviceId;
+    POmfHeader = &BlFileTable[ DeviceId ].u.OmfHeaderContext.OmfHeader;
+    CurrentDir = BlFileTable[ FileId ].Position.LowPart/sizeof(OMF_DIR_ENT);
+
+    //
+    // if no more entries, return ENOTDIR
+    //
+
+    if ( CurrentDir >= POmfHeader->FolderCount )
+    {
+        return ENOTDIR;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // adjust count if it is too big.
+    //
+
+    NumberDir = MIN( NumberDir, POmfHeader->FolderCount );  //avoid add overflow
+
+    if ( CurrentDir + NumberDir > POmfHeader->FolderCount )
+    {
+        NumberDir = POmfHeader->FolderCount - CurrentDir;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // find OMF absolute offset from OMF file absolute offset
+    //
+
+    AbsolutePosition.HighPart = 0;
+    AbsolutePosition.LowPart = BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart +
+                                (POmfHeader->FolderDirectoryLink<<WORD_2P2);
+
+    //
+    // seek command
+    //
+
+    if ( Status = FwSeek( DeviceId, &AbsolutePosition, SeekAbsolute ))
+    {
+        return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // read command
+    //
+
+    while( NumberDir-- )
+    {
+        //
+        // read one directory entry
+        //
+
+        if  ( Status = FwRead( DeviceId,
+                                &OmfFileBuffer,
+                                (ULONG)sizeof(OMF_DIR_ENT),
+                                &Count ))
+        {
+            return Status;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // if bytes read are not sizeof(OMF_DIR_ENT), return error
+        //
+
+        if ( Count != sizeof(OMF_DIR_ENT) )
+        {
+            return EBADF;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // convert OMF directory entry in ARC directory entry
+        //
+
+        ConvertOmfDirToArcDir( &OmfFileBuffer, DirEntry++ );
+        ++*CountDir;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // update file pointer and exit
+    //
+
+    BlFileTable[FileId].Position.LowPart += *CountDir * sizeof(OMF_DIR_ENT);
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   MaxOmfFatFiles:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine returns the most updated file name for the
+//              specified product Id.
+//              A FALSE is returned if the OMF FAT file name has not been
+//              modified.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   MasterName      name used as base
+//              CheckedName     name checked
+//
+// RETURN:      TRUE            is returned if the OMF FAT file name has been
+//                              modified.
+//              FALSE           is returned in all the other cases.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+MaxOmfFatFiles
+    (
+    IN OUT PCHAR MasterName,
+    IN PCHAR CheckedName
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // Define variables
+    //
+
+    CHAR MasterVersion, MasterRevision;         // master name
+    CHAR CheckedVersion, CheckedRevision;       // checked name
+    POMF_FAT_FILE_NAME PointerMaster;           // master name pointer
+    POMF_FAT_FILE_NAME PointerChecked;          // checked name pointer
+
+    PRINTDBG("MaxOmfFatFiles\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // save version and revision master values
+    //
+
+    PointerMaster   = (POMF_FAT_FILE_NAME)MasterName;
+    MasterVersion   = PointerMaster->Version;
+    MasterRevision  = PointerMaster->Revision;
+
+    //
+    // save version and revision checked values
+    //
+
+    PointerChecked  = (POMF_FAT_FILE_NAME)CheckedName;
+    CheckedVersion  = PointerChecked->Version;
+    CheckedRevision = PointerChecked->Revision;
+    PointerChecked->Version  = MasterVersion;
+    PointerChecked->Revision = MasterRevision;
+
+    //
+    // update name if new version for the same product Id
+    //
+
+    if  (strcmp(MasterName, CheckedName)
+         ||
+         CheckedVersion<MasterVersion
+         ||
+         (CheckedVersion == MasterVersion && CheckedRevision <= MasterRevision))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        PointerMaster->Version  = CheckedVersion;
+        PointerMaster->Revision = CheckedRevision;
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfFileNameValidate:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine validates the requested OMF file name.
+//              The name is decomposed in Folder Name and Folder Type.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   OpenPath        Supplies a pointer to a zero terminated OMF
+//                              file name.
+//              OmfFileName     Supplies a pointer to an array used to store
+//                              the Folder Name.
+//              OmfType         Supplies a pointer to an array used to store
+//                              the Folder Types.
+//
+// RETURN:      TRUE            is returned if the operation succeed.
+//              FALSE           is returned if the OpenPath is incorrect.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+OmfFileNameValidate
+    (
+    IN  PCHAR OpenPath,
+    OUT PCHAR OmfFileName,
+    OUT PCHAR OmfType
+    )
+
+{
+    //
+    // Define variables
+    //
+
+    ULONG NameIndex;                    // general index
+
+    PRINTDBG("OmfFileNameValidate\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // name validation
+    //
+
+    for ( NameIndex = 0;
+          NameIndex < OMF_FILE_NAME_LEN  &&  *OpenPath  &&  *OpenPath != '.';
+          NameIndex++ )
+    {
+        if  (
+            isupper( *OpenPath )                // upper case letter
+            ||
+            isdigit( *OpenPath )                // digit
+            ||
+            *OpenPath=='-'                      // '-' minus
+            ||
+            (*OpenPath=='$' && NameIndex==0)    // $ char in 1st position
+            )
+        {
+            *OmfFileName++=*OpenPath++;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // return error if name length > of OMF_FILE_NAME_LEN
+    //
+
+    if ( NameIndex == OMF_FILE_NAME_LEN  &&  *OpenPath  &&  *OpenPath != '.')
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // fill right with null chars ('\0') if Folder Name is less than 12 chars
+    //
+
+    while( NameIndex++ < OMF_FILE_NAME_LEN )
+    {
+        *OmfFileName++='\0';
+    }
+
+    //
+    // extension validation
+    //
+
+    if ( *OpenPath++ && *OpenPath )             // skip "null", ".null"
+    {
+        switch( *OpenPath )                     // check type field
+        {
+            case 'A':
+            case 'B':
+                *OmfType++ = *OpenPath++;
+                *OmfType   = '\0';              // means : end of types
+                break;
+            default:
+                return FALSE;
+        }
+        if( *OpenPath )                         // error if more chars
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // all done, return ok
+    //
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   CmpOmfFiles:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine checks if the selected directory entry has the
+//              requested OMF file name.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   OmfFileName     Requested OMF file name pointer.
+//              OmfType         Requested OMF file type pointer.
+//              POmfDirEnt      Directory entry to check.
+//
+// RETURN:      TRUE            is returned if the operation succeed.
+//              FALSE           is returned if the name or type doesn't match.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+CmpOmfFiles
+    (
+    IN PCHAR OmfFileName,
+    IN CHAR OmfType,
+    IN POMF_DIR_ENT POmfDirEnt
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // Define variables
+    //
+
+    ULONG NameIndex;                    // general index
+
+    PRINTDBG("CmpOmfFiles\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // check name
+    //
+
+    for ( NameIndex=0; NameIndex < OMF_FILE_NAME_LEN; NameIndex++ )
+    {
+        if ( OmfFileName[ NameIndex ] != POmfDirEnt->FolderName[ NameIndex ] )
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    //
+    // check extension
+    //
+
+    if ( OmfType != POmfDirEnt->FolderType )
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // all done, return ok
+    //
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfHeaderValidate:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine checks if the specified OMF header data is valid.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          file table entry index
+//
+// RETURN:      TRUE            is returned if file is ok.
+//              FALSE           is returned if file is not correct.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS: The header data has already been copied in the
+//              context data of the file table entry.
+//              The size of all the OMF structures is a multiple of a word.
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+OmfHeaderValidate
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // local variables
+    //
+
+    POMF_HDR POmfHeader;                // pointer to the header data
+    ULONG OmfDirLink;                   // directory link in words
+    ULONG OmfDirLength;                 // directory size in words
+    ULONG OmfSize;                      // OMF size in bytes
+    UCHAR Checksum=0;                   // used to compute the checksum
+
+    PRINTDBG("OmfHeaderValidate\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // initialize variables
+    //
+
+    POmfHeader   = &BlFileTable[FileId].u.OmfHeaderContext.OmfHeader;
+    OmfDirLink   = POmfHeader->FolderDirectoryLink;
+
+    OmfDirLength =(POmfHeader->FolderCount * sizeof(OMF_DIR_ENT))/(1<<WORD_2P2);
+    OmfSize      = (ULONG)POmfHeader->FwSize * OMF_BLOCK_SIZE;
+    if (!OmfSize)
+    {
+        OmfSize = OMF_MAX_SIZE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // check header values
+    //
+
+    if  ( POmfHeader->ID[0] != OMF_ID_1ST
+          ||
+          POmfHeader->ID[1] != OMF_ID_2ND
+          ||
+          POmfHeader->ID[2] != OMF_ID_3RD
+          ||
+          POmfHeader->ID[3] != OMF_ID_4TH
+          ||
+          !isalnum(POmfHeader->FwVersion)
+          ||
+          !isalnum(POmfHeader->FwRevision)
+          ||
+          sizeof(OMF_HDR) > OmfSize
+          ||
+          OmfDirLink + OmfDirLength > OmfSize/(1<<WORD_2P2)
+          ||
+          FwFileIdChecksum( FileId,
+                            RtlConvertUlongToLargeInteger(0l),
+                            (ULONG)(sizeof(OMF_HDR)),
+                            &Checksum )
+          ||
+          FwFileIdChecksum( FileId,
+                            RtlConvertUlongToLargeInteger(OmfDirLink<<WORD_2P2),
+                            OmfDirLength << WORD_2P2,
+                            &Checksum )
+// >>> FIXME <<<
+//        ||
+//        Checksum
+        )
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   OmfFileValidate:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine checks if the selected file is valid.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          file table entry index
+//
+// RETURN:      TRUE            is returned if file is ok.
+//              FALSE           is returned if file is not correct.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS: the folder name and its extension (type) have already
+//              been validated.
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+OmfFileValidate
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // local variables
+    //
+
+    POMF_DIR_ENT POmfDirEnt;            // OMF directory entry pointer
+    ULONG OmfFileLength;                // file length, word count
+    ULONG OmfFileLink;                  // file link, word count
+    ULONG DeviceId;                     // device id file table entry
+    ULONG OmfLength;                    // OMF rom length, word count
+    UCHAR Checksum=0;                   // used to compute the checksum
+
+    PRINTDBG("OmfFileValidate\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // initialize variables
+    //
+
+    POmfDirEnt    = &BlFileTable[FileId].u.OmfFileContext.OmfDirEnt;
+    OmfFileLink   = POmfDirEnt->FolderLink;
+    OmfFileLength = POmfDirEnt->FolderSize;
+    DeviceId      = BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceId;
+    OmfLength=(ULONG)BlFileTable[DeviceId].u.OmfHeaderContext.OmfHeader.FwSize *
+                 OMF_BLOCK_SIZE/(1<<WORD_2P2);
+    if (!OmfLength)
+    {
+        OmfLength = OMF_MAX_SIZE/(1<<WORD_2P2);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // validate file
+    //
+
+    if  ( OmfFileLink > OMF_MAX_FILE_LINK
+          ||
+          OmfFileLength > OMF_MAX_FILE_LEN
+          ||
+          OmfFileLink + OmfFileLength > OmfLength
+          ||
+          FwFileIdChecksum( DeviceId,
+                            RtlConvertUlongToLargeInteger(OmfFileLink<<WORD_2P2),
+                            OmfFileLength << WORD_2P2,
+                            &Checksum )
+// >>> FIXME <<<
+//        ||
+//        (Checksum += POmfDirEnt->FolderChecksumByte)
+        )
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   ConvertOmfDirToArcDir:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine converts the OMF directory entry in the ARC
+//              directory entry format.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   OmfFileBuffer   pointer to OMF directory entry
+//              DirEntry        pointer to ARC directory entry to be filled
+//
+// RETURN:      NONE
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS: FileNameLengthMax is at least 3 chars.
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+ConvertOmfDirToArcDir
+    (
+    IN  POMF_DIR_ENT    POmfDirEnt,
+    OUT DIRECTORY_ENTRY *PArcDirEnt
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // local variables
+    //
+
+    ULONG CharIndex;                            // name+extension length
+    ULONG MaxFileName;                          // max name length
+
+    PRINTDBG("ConvertOmfDirToArcDir\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // set attribute bit (read only file)
+    //
+
+    PArcDirEnt->FileAttribute = ArcReadOnlyFile;
+
+    //
+    // set file name (note that 3 means: '.' + extension + '\0' )
+    //
+
+    MaxFileName = MIN( 32 - 3, OMF_FILE_NAME_LEN );
+
+    for ( CharIndex = 0;
+          CharIndex < MaxFileName && POmfDirEnt->FolderName[ CharIndex ];
+          CharIndex++ )
+    {
+         PArcDirEnt->FileName[ CharIndex ] = POmfDirEnt->FolderName[ CharIndex];
+    }
+
+    //
+    // dot '.'
+    //
+
+    PArcDirEnt->FileName[ CharIndex++ ] = '.';
+
+    //
+    // extension
+    //
+
+    PArcDirEnt->FileName[ CharIndex++ ] = POmfDirEnt->FolderType;
+
+    //
+    // null char
+    //
+
+    PArcDirEnt->FileName[ CharIndex ]='\0';
+
+    //
+    // set length (note: CharIndex is 0-based)
+    //
+
+    PArcDirEnt->FileNameLength = CharIndex;
+
+    //
+    // all done, exit.
+    //
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   FwGetEisaId:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine returns the requested board and info id.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   PathName        Option board path name pointer
+//              EisaId          Pointer to 7 bytes space for the id
+//              IdInfo          Pointer to 1 byte space for the info id
+//
+// RETURN:      TRUE            all done.
+//              FALSE           for any error.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetEisaId
+    (
+    IN  PCHAR  PathName,
+    OUT PCHAR  EisaId,
+    OUT PUCHAR IdInfo
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT pComp;             // Pointer to a component struc
+    EISA_SLOT_INFO SlotInfo;                    // pointer to first eisa info
+    BOOLEAN GetIdStatus = FALSE;                // be pessimistic
+
+    PRINTDBG("FwGetEisaId\n\r");                // DEBUG SUPPORT
+
+    //
+    // Check to see if the motherboard component is being accessed.  Since
+    // Jensen doesn't have a motherboard id, substitute values.
+    //
+
+    if (strstr(PathName, "eisa(0)other(0)") != NULL) {
+        EisaId[0] = 'J';
+        EisaId[1] = 'e';
+        EisaId[2] = 'n';
+        EisaId[3] = 's';
+        EisaId[4] = 'e';
+        EisaId[5] = 'n';
+        EisaId[6] = '0';
+        *IdInfo = 0;
+        GetIdStatus = TRUE;
+
+    //
+    // get the requested component
+    //
+
+    } else if  ( (pComp = FwGetComponent(PathName)) == NULL );
+
+    //
+    // check the configuration data length
+    //
+
+    else if ( pComp->ConfigurationDataLength < EISA_SLOT_MIN_INFO );
+
+    //
+    // get the slot info
+    //
+
+    else if ( FwGetConfigurationDataIndex( (PVOID)&SlotInfo,
+                                           pComp,
+                                           CONFIGDATAHEADER_SIZE,
+                                           EISA_SLOT_INFO_SIZE ));
+
+    //
+    // get the requested info
+    //
+
+    else
+    {
+        FwUncompressEisaId( &SlotInfo.Id1stChar, EisaId );
+        *IdInfo = SlotInfo.IdInfo;
+        GetIdStatus = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // return status
+    //
+
+    return GetIdStatus;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   FwUncompressEisaId:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine converts the specified compressed ID in 7 ASCII
+//              chars.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   CompEisaId      Pointer to the compressed ID (4 bytes)
+//              UncompEisaId    Pointer to the uncompressed ID (7 bytes)
+//
+// RETURN:      none
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS: Compressed ID :  1st byte  bit  7   - Reserved
+//                                         bits 6-2 - 1st char name comp
+//                                         bits 1-0 - 2nd char name comp
+//                               2nd byte  bits 7-5 - 2nd char name
+//                                         bits 4-0 - 3rd char name comp
+//                               3rd byte  bits 7-4 - 1st decimal number comp
+//                                         bits 3-0 - 2nd decimal number comp
+//                               4th byte  bits 7-4 - 3rd decimal number comp
+//                                         bits 3-0 - 4th decimal number comp
+//
+//              Uncompressed ID: 1st byte  1st char name
+//                               2nd byte  2nd char name
+//                               3rd byte  3rd char name
+//                               4th byte  1st decimal number
+//                               5th byte  2nd decimal number
+//                               6th byte  3rd decimal number
+//                               7th byte  4th decimal number
+//
+//              Compressed -> Uncompressed :
+//
+//                              char comp + 'A' - 1 = char uncompressed
+//                              decimal comp + '0'  = decimal uncompressed
+//
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+VOID
+FwUncompressEisaId
+    (
+    IN PUCHAR CompEisaId,
+    OUT PUCHAR UncompEisaId
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // local variables
+    //
+
+    ULONG       Id;                             // used to hold the 4 bytes ID
+    SHORT       i;                              // general index
+    UCHAR       d;                              // hexadecimal digit
+
+    PRINTDBG("FwUncompressEisaId\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // transform the 4 chars ID in a ULONG
+    //
+
+    Id = Fw4UcharToUlongMSB( CompEisaId );
+
+    //
+    // uncompress 4 digits, starting from the last one
+    //
+
+    for (i=3; i>=0; i--)
+    {
+        d = Id & ID_DIGIT_MASK;
+        UncompEisaId[3+i] = (d <= 9) ? (d + '0') : (d - 0xA + 'A');
+        Id >>= ID_DIGIT_SIZE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // uncompress 3 chars
+    //
+
+    for (i=2; i>=0; i--)
+    {
+        UncompEisaId[i] = (Id & ID_CHAR_MASK) + 'A' - 1;
+        Id >>= ID_CHAR_SIZE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // exit
+    //
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   FwGetEisaBusIoCpuAddress:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine returns the virtual (CPU) address for the specified
+//              EISA bus.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   EisaPath        pointer to the path string
+//              IoBusAddress    pointer to a PVOID variable. It used to store
+//                              the computed address.
+//
+// RETURN:      TRUE            returned if all correct.
+//              FALSE           returned for any error.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetEisaBusIoCpuAddress
+    (
+    IN  PCHAR EisaPath,
+    OUT PVOID *IoBusAddress
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // define local variables
+    //
+
+    PCONFIGURATION_COMPONENT PComponent;
+    EISA_ADAPTER_DETAILS EisaInfo;
+
+    PRINTDBG("FwGetEisaBusIoCpuAddress\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // get the requested component and configuration data
+    //
+
+    if  ( (PComponent = FwGetComponent( EisaPath )) == NULL  ||
+          FwGetConfigurationData( (PVOID)&EisaInfo, PComponent ))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // Return the requested virtual (CPU) address
+    //
+
+    *IoBusAddress = EisaInfo.IoStart;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   FwFileChecksum:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine performs a byte checksum on the specified file.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   Path            File path
+//              Checksum        File checksum
+//
+// RETURN:      ESUCCESS        Operation completed successfully.
+//              ...other        Error code.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS: none
+//
+// CALLS:       FwFileIdChecksum
+//
+// GLOBALS:     none
+//
+// NOTES:       The file length must be contained in a ULONG (4G -1).
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwFileChecksum
+    (
+    IN  PCHAR  Path,
+    OUT PUCHAR Checksum
+    )
+{
+    ARC_STATUS  Status;
+    ULONG       FileId;
+    FILE_INFORMATION FileInfo;
+
+    //
+    // initialize checksum to zero
+    //
+
+    *Checksum = 0;
+
+    //
+    // open file
+    //
+
+    if (Status = FwOpen( Path, ArcOpenReadOnly, &FileId ))
+    {
+        return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // get file information
+    //
+
+    if (Status = FwGetFileInformation( FileId, &FileInfo ));
+
+    //
+    // return an error if file is greater than 4G - 1
+    //
+
+    else if (FileInfo.EndingAddress.HighPart != 0)
+    {
+        Status = EINVAL;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // perform the checksum and return the status
+    //
+
+    else
+    {
+        Status = FwFileIdChecksum( FileId,
+                                   FileInfo.StartingAddress,
+                                   FileInfo.EndingAddress.LowPart,
+                                   Checksum );
+    }
+
+    //
+    // clase file and return status
+    //
+
+    FwClose( FileId );
+    return Status;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   FwChecksumByte:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine performs a byte checksum on the specified buffer.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   Buffer          Pointer to area to checksum.
+//              Length          Length of area to checksum (bytes).
+//              ChecksumByte    The pointed byte is used in input as a
+//                              starting checksum value and in output as
+//                              the final checksum value.
+//
+// RETURN:      ESUCCESS        operation completed successfully
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS: none
+//
+// CALLS:       none
+//
+// GLOBALS:     none
+//
+// NOTES:       none
+//
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwChecksumByte (
+    IN PUCHAR Buffer,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    IN OUT PUCHAR ChecksumByte
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // checksum the buffer and exit
+    //
+
+    while (Length--)
+    {
+        *ChecksumByte += *Buffer++;
+    }
+
+    return ESUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   FwFileIdChecksum:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine performs a byte checksum within the spcified
+//              range of the FileId.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   FileId          File table entry index.
+//              StartingOffset  Beginning of checksum range (byte offset).
+//              Length          Number of bytes to checksum.
+//              Checksum        Input : start checksum value
+//                              Output: image checksum
+//
+// RETURN:      ESUCCESS        Operation completed successfully.
+//              ...other        Error code.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS: none
+//
+// CALLS:       FwChecksumByte
+//
+// GLOBALS:     none
+//
+// NOTES:       This routine can also be called during the "open" phase
+//              (the open bit is not set), because the read and seek functions
+//              are called directly using the table within the file id
+//              descriptor.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwFileIdChecksum
+    (
+    IN ULONG FileId,
+    IN LARGE_INTEGER StartingOffset,
+    IN ULONG Length,
+    IN OUT PUCHAR Checksum
+    )
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    ULONG  BytesToRead;
+    ULONG  Count;
+    UCHAR  TempBuffer[MAXIMUM_SECTOR_SIZE + MAX_DCACHE_LINE_SIZE];
+    PUCHAR TempPointer = ALIGN_BUFFER( TempBuffer );
+
+    //
+    // If buffer length is zero, return ESUCCESS
+    //
+
+    if (Length==0)
+    {
+        return ESUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // position the file pointer
+    //
+
+    if (Status = (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->Seek)
+                        (FileId, &StartingOffset, SeekAbsolute))
+    {
+        return Status;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // perform the checksum
+    //
+
+    do
+    {
+        BytesToRead = MIN( Length, MAXIMUM_SECTOR_SIZE );
+
+        //
+        // fill the buffer
+        //
+
+        if (Status = (BlFileTable[FileId].DeviceEntryTable->Read)
+                        (FileId, TempPointer, BytesToRead, &Count))
+        {
+            return Status;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // make sure that we got the requested number of bytes
+        //
+
+        if (Count != BytesToRead)
+        {
+            return EINVAL;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // checksum the area
+        //
+
+        FwChecksumByte( TempPointer, BytesToRead, Checksum);
+
+    } while ( Length -= BytesToRead );
+
+    //
+    // all done
+    //
+
+    return Status;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   FwGetMnemonicKey;
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine returns the specified key.  The specified key
+//              within the path string must be in digits, an error is returned
+//              otherwise.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   Path            pointer to the pathname string
+//              Mnemonic        mnemonic string
+//              Key             pointer to buffer used to hold the ouput
+//
+// RETURN:      TRUE            returned if all correct
+//              FALSE           returned invalid input parameter
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS:
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetMnemonicKey
+    (
+    IN PCHAR  Path,
+    IN PCHAR  Mnemonic,
+    IN PULONG Key
+    )
+{
+    PCHAR Tmp;
+    PCHAR Tmp2;
+    CHAR  Digits[ KEY_MAX_DIGITS + 1 ];
+    ULONG i;
+    CHAR  String[ MAX_MNEMONIC_LEN + 3 ];       // mnemonic + ')' + '(' + '\0'
+
+    PRINTDBG("FwGetMnemonicKey\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // Construct a string of the form ")mnemonic("
+    //
+
+    String[0]=')';
+    for(i=1; *Mnemonic; i++)
+    {
+        String[i] = * Mnemonic++;
+    }
+    String[i++]='(';
+    String[i]='\0';
+
+    //
+    // first look for the "mnemonic(" string.
+    //
+
+    if ( (Tmp = strstr( Path, &String[1] )) == NULL)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // if not the begin of the path name, look for the ")mnemonic(" string.
+    //
+
+    if (Tmp != Path)
+    {
+        if ( (Tmp = strstr( Path, String )) == NULL)
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        i--;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // skip the mnemonic
+    //
+
+    Tmp+=i;
+
+    //
+    // make sure that the number of digits is within the allowed range
+    //
+
+    if ((Tmp2 = strchr(Tmp, ')')) == NULL  ||  Tmp2 - Tmp > KEY_MAX_DIGITS )
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // convert the value in between parentesis to integer
+    //
+
+    for ( i=0;  *Tmp != ')';  i++ )
+    {
+        if ( !isdigit( Digits[i] = *Tmp++ ))
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+    Digits[i]='\0';
+
+    //
+    // return the converted number
+    //
+
+    *Key = i ? atoi(Digits) : 0;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   FwGetNextMnemonic:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine returns the next mnemonic in the list.
+//              If Mnemonic is a null string, the first mnemonic of the list
+//              is returned.  The FALSE value is returned if the specified
+//              mnemonic is not present or end of list.
+//
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   Path            pointer to the pathname string.
+//              Mnemonic        mnemonic string pointer
+//              NextMnemonic    next mnemonic string pointer
+//
+// RETURN:      TRUE            returned if all correct
+//              FALSE           returned if invalid input parameter or end of
+//                              list
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS: The path is composed by ARC mnemonic names as follows:
+//              adapter(.)..adapter(.)controller(.)peripheral(.)'\0'.
+//              The NextMnemonic string is big enough to hold the mnemonic
+//              name.
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetNextMnemonic
+    (
+    IN  PCHAR Path,
+    IN  PCHAR Mnemonic,
+    OUT PCHAR NextMnemonic
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // local variables
+    //
+
+    PCHAR Tmp = Path;
+    PCHAR Tmp2;
+    ULONG i;
+    CHAR  String[ MAX_MNEMONIC_LEN + 3 ];       // mnemonic + ')' + '(' + '\0'
+
+    PRINTDBG("FwGetNextMnemonic\n\r");
+
+    if ( *Mnemonic )
+    {
+        //
+        // Construct a string of the form ")mnemonic("
+        //
+
+        String[0]=')';
+        for(i=1; *Mnemonic; i++)
+        {
+            String[i] = *Mnemonic++;
+        }
+        String[i++]='(';
+        String[i]='\0';
+
+        //
+        // first look for the "mnemonic(" string.
+        //
+
+        if ( (Tmp = strstr( Path, &String[1] )) == NULL)
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // if not the begin of the path name, look for the ")mnemonic(" string.
+        //
+
+        if (Tmp != Path)
+        {
+            if ( (Tmp = strstr( Path, String )) == NULL)
+            {
+                return FALSE;
+            }
+            Tmp++;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // return an error if there is another mnemonic with same name
+        //
+
+        if (strstr( Tmp, String ) != NULL)
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        //
+        // find the start of the next mnemonic
+        //
+
+        if ( (Tmp = strchr(Tmp,')')) == NULL  )
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+        Tmp++;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // find the end of the next mnemonic and copy it.
+    //
+
+    if ( (Tmp2 = strchr(Tmp,'(')) == NULL  ||  Tmp2 == Tmp  ||
+          strchr( Tmp2, ')') == NULL )
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // copy the mnemonic
+    //
+
+    while( Tmp < Tmp2 )
+    {
+        *NextMnemonic++ = *Tmp++;
+    }
+    *NextMnemonic = '\0';
+
+    //
+    // return all done
+    //
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   FwGetMnemonicPath:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine returns a pointer to the mnemonic path.
+//              The routine uses the first mnemoic match to built
+//              the mnemonic path.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   Path            pointer to the path string.
+//              Mnemonic        pointer to the mnemomic.
+//              MnemonicPath    pointer to the mnemonic path string.
+//
+// RETURN:      TRUE            returned if all correct.
+//              FALSE           returned for any error.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS: the string pointed by MnemonicPath must be enough large to
+//              contain the mnemoinc path.
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+FwGetMnemonicPath
+    (
+    IN PCHAR  Path,
+    IN PCHAR  Mnemonic,
+    OUT PCHAR MnemonicPath
+    )
+{
+    //
+    // local variables
+    //
+
+    PCHAR Tmp;
+    ULONG i;
+    CHAR  String[ MAX_MNEMONIC_LEN + 3 ];       // mnemonic + ')' + '(' + '\0'
+
+    PRINTDBG("FwGetMnemonicPath\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // Construct a string of the form ")mnemonic("
+    //
+
+    String[0]=')';
+    for(i=1; *Mnemonic; i++)
+    {
+        String[i] = *Mnemonic++;
+    }
+    String[i++]='(';
+    String[i]='\0';
+
+    //
+    // first look for the "mnemonic(" string.
+    //
+
+    if ( (Tmp = strstr( Path, &String[1] )) == NULL)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // if not the begin of the path name, look for the ")mnemonic(" string.
+    //
+
+    if (Tmp != Path)
+    {
+        if ( (Tmp = strstr( Path, String )) == NULL)
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+        Tmp++;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // find the end of this mnemonic
+    //
+
+    if ( (Tmp = strchr(Tmp,')')) == NULL  )
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // copy the mnemonic path in the output string
+    //
+
+    strncpy( MnemonicPath, Path, Tmp-Path+1 );
+    MnemonicPath[ Tmp-Path+1 ] = '\0';
+
+    //
+    // all done, return
+    //
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PROCEDURE:   GetNextPath:
+//
+// DESCRIPTION: The routine isolates the first path string entry form the
+//              specified path string list.
+//
+// ARGUMENTS:   PathList        pointer to the path string list pointer.
+//                              it is updated upon return to point the
+//                              next path string entry.
+//              PathTarget      pointer to the isolated path string.
+//
+//
+// RETURN:      TRUE            returned if operation is successful.
+//              FALSE           returned if end of list has been reached.
+//
+// ASSUMPTIONS: The path string list is ended with a null char ('\0') and
+//              the path string entries are separated from each other with
+//              the ';' char.
+//              The target string has enough space to hold the isolated
+//              path string.
+//
+// CALLS:
+//
+// GLOBALS:
+//
+// NOTES:
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+
+BOOLEAN
+GetNextPath
+    (
+    IN OUT PCHAR *PPathList,
+    OUT PCHAR PathTarget
+    )
+{
+    PRINTDBG("GetNextPath\n\r");
+
+    //
+    // if end of list, retrun with error
+    //
+
+    if (!**PPathList)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //
+    // copy the path string and update the pointer
+    //
+
+    for (; *PathTarget=**PPathList; *PathTarget++, *(*PPathList)++)
+    {
+        if (**PPathList==';')
+        {
+            *PathTarget='\0';
+            (*PPathList)++;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/checked/a221064.pal b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/checked/a221064.pal
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d1fe76200
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/checked/a221064.pal
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/checked/a221066.pal b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/checked/a221066.pal
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5218fdf82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/checked/a221066.pal
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/checked/a221164.pal b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/checked/a221164.pal
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4cd25e971
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/checked/a221164.pal
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/checked/a321064.pal b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/checked/a321064.pal
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a1c618ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/checked/a321064.pal
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/free/a221064.pal b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/free/a221064.pal
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ae1f70f57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/free/a221064.pal
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/free/a221066.pal b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/free/a221066.pal
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d1578dc6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/free/a221066.pal
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/free/a221164.pal b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/free/a221164.pal
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..930f49395
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/free/a221164.pal
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/free/a321064.pal b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/free/a321064.pal
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d297c83fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/pal/free/a321064.pal
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/readme.txt b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c2cf20d06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This directory contains firmware source files common to all ALPHA platforms.
+
+Be sure to check this directory first before editing source files in any
+platform specific directory.  The build procedure copies files from here
+to the platform specific directory, so multiple copies may exist.  Files
+that are in this directory are the only maintained copies.  If a file exists
+both here and in a platform specific directory, edits must be done here.
+
+Builds for each machine are done in the appropriate subdirectory of fw\alpha.
+E.g.: Builds for Morgan are done in fw\alpha\morgan, and builds for Jensen
+are done in fw\alpha\jensen.  Each machine has its own firmware PALcode.
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/rom.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/rom.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ecd168ab3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/rom.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1079 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993 Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    rom.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module provides support for different kinds of ROMs/PROMs/Flash
+    ROMs in Alpha AXP machines.
+
+    Neither this file or rom.h makes an attempt at universal ROM support.
+
+    Current support set:
+
+              Intel:	28F008SA 1 megabyte Flash Memory
+
+	      AMD:	Am29F010 128KB Sector Erase Flash Memory
+
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		4-May-1993
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "rom.h"
+
+//
+// Function prototypes
+//
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwErase28F008SA(
+    IN PUCHAR EraseAddress
+    );
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwByteWrite28F008SA(
+    IN PUCHAR WriteAddress,
+    IN UCHAR  WriteData
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwEraseAM29F010 (
+    IN PUCHAR EraseAddress
+    );
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwByteWriteAM29F010 (
+    IN PUCHAR WriteAddress,
+    IN UCHAR  WriteData
+    );
+
+//
+// ROM identification and control values.
+//
+// These are based on:
+//
+//	Am29F010: AMD publication #16736, Rev. C, Amendment/0, September 1992.
+//	28F008SA:  Intel order number 290429-003, September 1992.
+//
+// Table notes:
+//
+// Addresses for the ID command and response sequences are absolute,
+// since this code assumes homogeneous ROM arrays.  The code will only
+// test the chip at the lowest Jensen ROM address.
+//
+// Offsets for the Reset and Set Read-mode commands are relative to the 
+// base address of the individual ROM chip.
+//
+// Addresses passed to the erase-block function are within the block
+// to be erased.
+//
+// Addresses passed to the write-byte function are the address of the byte
+// to be written.
+//
+// The chip block size must be less than or equal to 64KB.
+//
+// N.B. The function that determines the ROM type will test each entry
+// in RomValues, starting at the beginning.  This requires issuing write
+// commands to the ROM chip.  So care must be taken that the ID command
+// write sequence for ROM type "n" will not have a deliterious effect on
+// other ROM types which may be in the machine, but are not identified until
+// RomValues entry "n + x".
+//
+//
+
+ROM_VALUES RomValues[InvalidROM] = {
+
+    { 15,		        		// Standard stall amount
+      1,					// ID command length
+      2,					// ID response length
+      1,					// Reset command length
+      1,					// Read command length
+      I28F008SA,				// ROM being described
+      0x100000,					// 1MB per chip
+      0x10000,					// 64KB per block
+      { {(PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE, 0x90} },  	// ID command sequence
+      { {(PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE, 0x89},	// ID response sequence
+	{(PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE+1, 0xa2} },
+      { {0, 0x50} },    			// Reset command sequence
+      { {0, 0xff} },    			// Read command sequence
+      FwErase28F008SA,  			// Sector erase function
+      FwByteWrite28F008SA  			// Byte write function
+    },
+
+    { 15,			        	// Standard stall amount
+      3,					// ID command length
+      2,					// ID response length
+      3,					// Reset command length
+      3,					// Read command length
+      Am29F010,					// ROM being described
+      0x20000,					// 128KB per chip
+      0x4000,					// 16KB per block
+      { {(PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE+0x5555, 0xaa},
+        {(PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE+0x2aaa, 0x55},
+        {(PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE+0x5555, 0x90} },  // ID command sequence
+      { {(PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE, 1},		// ID response sequence
+	{(PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE+1, 0x20} },
+      { {0x5555, 0xaa},
+        {0x2aaa, 0x55},
+        {0x5555, 0xf0} },			// Reset command sequence
+      { {0x5555, 0xaa},
+        {0x2aaa, 0x55},
+        {0x5555, 0xf0} }, 			// Read command sequence
+      FwEraseAM29F010,  			// Sector erase function
+      FwByteWriteAM29F010  			// Byte write function
+    }
+};
+
+
+//
+// Miscellaneous notes.
+//
+// A call must first be made to FwROMDetermineMachineROMType.  If this
+// returns ESUCCESS, then it has loaded the ROM type into the global variable
+// MachineROMType.
+//
+// After MachineROMType has been loaded, these functions may be called
+// to manipulate the system ROM:
+//
+//	FwROMByteWrite
+//	FwROMErase64KB
+//	FwROMEraseBlock
+//	FwROMResetStatus
+//	FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode
+//	FwROMSetReadMode
+//
+// FwROMErase64KB and FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode work on a "virtual"
+// 64KB ROM block, for compatibility with the first version of Jensen
+// hardware.
+//
+
+//
+// The type of ROM in this machine.
+//
+
+ROM_TYPE MachineROMType;
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+Check28F008SAStatusAndClear (
+    IN ULONG WhichToCheck
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This checks the status of an Intel 28F008SA 1MB Flash ROM.  The
+    base address of the Jensen space, PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE, is used since
+    we know there is only one of these chips in the machine.
+
+    Hack: The hardwired values here should be changed to come out of
+    the RomValues array.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    WhichToCheck = 0 if a block-erase status check is desired.
+                 = 1 if a byte-write status check is desired.
+
+ROM state on exit:
+
+    The status register is cleared.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns ESUCCESS if the status is OK.
+    Otherwise, EIO is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    UCHAR FooBar;
+
+    //
+    // Check the full status when the PROM's write state machine is ready.
+    //
+
+    while (((FooBar = READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE)) &
+	    0x80) == 0 ) {
+        VenStallExecution(15);
+    }
+
+    VenStallExecution(15);
+    FwROMResetStatus((PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE);
+
+    switch (WhichToCheck) {
+
+      //
+      // block-erase status check
+      //
+
+      case 0:
+
+        if ( ((FooBar & 0x28) != 0) || ((FooBar & 0x30) == 0x30) ) {
+	    // Error in erase
+	    return EIO;
+	} else {
+	    // Erase was successful
+	    return ESUCCESS;
+	}
+
+      //
+      // byte-write status check
+      //
+
+      case 1:
+
+	if (FooBar & 0x18) {
+	    // Error in write
+	    return EIO;
+	} else {
+	    // Write was successful
+	    return ESUCCESS;
+	}
+
+
+      //
+      // We should never get here.
+      //
+
+      default: 
+	return EIO;
+    }
+}
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwErase28F008SA(
+    IN PUCHAR EraseAddress
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This erases a block in an Intel 28F008SA 1MB Flash ROM.  The
+    base address of the Jensen space, PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE, is used since
+    we know there is only one of these chips in the machine.
+
+    Hack: The hardwired values here should be changed to come out of
+    the RomValues array.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    EraseAddress - 	An address within the block to be erased.
+
+ROM state on exit:
+
+    The status register is left in a cleared (reset) state.
+    The ROM is left in read-array mode.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns ESUCCESS if the erase was successful.
+    Otherwise, EIO is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG FooBar;
+
+    for (FooBar = 0; FooBar <= 10; FooBar++) {
+
+	FwROMResetStatus((PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE);
+	
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (EraseAddress, 0x20);
+	AlphaInstMB();
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (EraseAddress, 0xd0);
+	AlphaInstMB();
+
+	// Stall 1 second
+	VenStallExecution(1 * 1000 * 1000);
+
+	if (Check28F008SAStatusAndClear(0) == ESUCCESS) {
+	    FwROMSetReadMode((PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE);
+	    return ESUCCESS;
+	}
+
+	// In case the device is busy, give it some time to settle.
+	VenStallExecution(3 * 1000 * 1000);
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // If we get here, we have tried unsuccessfully 10 times to erase
+    // this block.  Return an error.
+    //
+ 
+    FwROMSetReadMode((PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE);
+    return EIO;
+}
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwByteWrite28F008SA(
+    IN PUCHAR WriteAddress,
+    IN UCHAR  WriteData
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This writes a byte in the Alpha/Jensen 1MB PROM.  It retries up to
+    20 times if the write status register indicates failure, or a read
+    of the location indicates that the write was partially done
+    by the device.
+
+    Hack: The hardwired values here should be changed to come out of
+    the RomValues array.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    WriteAddress = meta-virtual address of the byte to be written.
+    WriteData = byte to be written.
+
+ROM state on exit:
+
+    The byte is written, and the WSM status register is modified.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS if the write was successful.
+    Otherwise, EIO.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Index;
+    UCHAR WSMStatus;
+
+    FwROMResetStatus((PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE);
+
+    for (Index = 0; Index < 20; Index++) {
+
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (WriteAddress, 0x40);
+	AlphaInstMB();
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (WriteAddress, WriteData);
+	AlphaInstMB();
+
+	//
+	// The device should need only 7 microseconds.
+	//
+
+	VenStallExecution(15);
+
+	if (Check28F008SAStatusAndClear(1) != ESUCCESS) {
+
+	    //
+	    // The write failed.  Ensure status is clear and see if we
+	    // can retry.
+	    //
+
+	    FwROMResetStatus((PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE);
+	    FwROMSetReadMode((PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE);
+	    VenPrint2("? Write failed to address %x.  Wrote %x, ",
+		      WriteAddress, WriteData);
+	    VenPrint1("verify returns %x.\r\n",
+		      READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)WriteAddress));
+
+	    if (READ_PORT_UCHAR(WriteAddress) != 0xff) {
+		VenPrint("RETRY ABORTED!\r\n");
+		return EIO;
+	    } else {
+		VenPrint("Retrying..\r\n");
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    //
+	    // The write succeeded.  
+	    //
+
+	    return ESUCCESS;
+	}
+
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // We failed to write the byte after 20 tries.
+    //
+
+    return EIO;
+
+}
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+CheckAM29F010Status (
+    IN BOOLEAN SectorErase,
+    IN PUCHAR Address,
+    IN UCHAR Data
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This checks the status of an AMD 29F010 128KB ROM chip after a
+    byte write or sector erase command has been issued.  Data Polling
+    is used.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    SectorErase -	TRUE if a sector erase is under way.
+                        FALSE if a byte write is under way.
+
+    Address	-	The address of the ROM byte that was just
+                        written, or an address within the chip that
+			was just given an erase command.
+
+    Data	-	If a byte write is under way, this is the byte
+                        that was written.
+
+			If a sector erase is under way, this must be
+		        a value in the range 0xf0 -- 0xff.
+
+ROM state on exit:
+
+    The ROM is left at the end of its sector erase or byte write algorithm.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns ESUCCESS if the status is OK.
+
+    Otherwise, EIO is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    UCHAR Character;
+    ULONG Retries;
+
+    //
+    // If we are doing an erase command, check whether the erase command
+    // was accepted.  This is supposed to happen within the first 100 usec.
+    //
+
+    if (SectorErase) {
+
+	Retries = 0;
+
+	while ((READ_PORT_UCHAR(Address) & 0x08) != 0x08) {
+	    Retries++;
+	    VenStallExecution(22);
+	    if (Retries == 10) {
+		return (EIO);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+	
+    //
+    // Do data polling until the device signals success or a timeout.
+    //
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+
+	Character = READ_PORT_UCHAR(Address);
+
+	//
+	// Has the device finished?
+	//
+
+	if (((Character ^ Data) & 0x80) == 0) {
+
+	    //
+	    // DQ7 says yes!
+	    //
+
+	    return (ESUCCESS);
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Check for time-out.  If a possible time-out condition, DQ7 is
+	// re-read and re-checked to account for the case of simultaneous
+	// updates to DQ5 and DQ7.
+	//
+	
+	if (Character & 0x20) {
+
+	    if (((READ_PORT_UCHAR(Address) ^ Data) & 0x80) == 0) {
+
+		// DQ7 says success!
+		return (ESUCCESS);
+
+	    } else {
+
+		// DQ5 and DQ7 say time-out.
+		return (EIO);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwEraseAM29F010 (
+    IN PUCHAR EraseAddress
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This erases a block in an AMD AM29F010 128KB Flash ROM.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    EraseAddress - 	An address within the block to be erased.
+
+ROM state on exit:
+
+    The status register is left in a cleared (reset) state.
+    The ROM is left in read-array mode.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns ESUCCESS if the erase was successful.
+    Otherwise, EIO is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG FooBar;
+    PUCHAR Address;
+
+    //
+    // Concoct the base address of this ROM chip.
+    //
+
+    Address = (PUCHAR)
+              ((ULONG)EraseAddress &
+	       ~(RomValues[MachineROMType].BytesPerChip - 1));
+
+    for (FooBar = 0; FooBar <= 10; FooBar++) {
+
+	FwROMResetStatus(EraseAddress);
+
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (Address+0x5555, 0xaa);
+	VenStallExecution(2);
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (Address+0x2aaa, 0x55);
+	VenStallExecution(2);
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (Address+0x5555, 0x80);
+	VenStallExecution(2);
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (Address+0x5555, 0xaa);
+	VenStallExecution(2);
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (Address+0x2aaa, 0x55);
+	VenStallExecution(2);
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (EraseAddress, 0x30);
+
+	if (CheckAM29F010Status(TRUE, EraseAddress, 0xff) == ESUCCESS) {
+	    FwROMSetReadMode(EraseAddress);
+	    return ESUCCESS;
+	}
+
+	//
+	// We have to retry the erase.  Give the device some time to settle.
+	//
+
+	VenStallExecution(1 * 1000 * 1000);
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // If we get here, we have tried unsuccessfully 10 times to erase
+    // this block.  Return an error.
+    //
+ 
+    FwROMSetReadMode(EraseAddress);
+
+    return EIO;
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwByteWriteAM29F010 (
+    IN PUCHAR WriteAddress,
+    IN UCHAR  WriteData
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This writes a byte in an AMD AM29F010 128KB Flash ROM.  It retries up to
+    20 times if the write status register indicates failure, or a read
+    of the location indicates that the write was partially done
+    by the device.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    WriteAddress = meta-virtual address of the byte to be written.
+    WriteData = byte to be written.
+
+ROM state on exit:
+
+    The byte is written, and the WSM status register is modified.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS if the write was successful.
+    Otherwise, EIO.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Index;
+    UCHAR WSMStatus;
+    PUCHAR Address;
+
+    //
+    // Concoct the base address of this ROM chip.
+    //
+
+    Address = (PUCHAR)
+              ((ULONG)WriteAddress &
+	       ~(RomValues[MachineROMType].BytesPerChip - 1));
+
+    FwROMResetStatus(WriteAddress);
+	
+    for (Index = 0; Index < 20; Index++) {
+
+	
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (Address+0x5555, 0xaa);
+	VenStallExecution(2);
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (Address+0x2aaa, 0x55);
+	VenStallExecution(2);
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (Address+0x5555, 0xa0);
+	VenStallExecution(2);
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (WriteAddress, WriteData);
+	VenStallExecution(2);
+
+	if (CheckAM29F010Status(FALSE, WriteAddress, WriteData) != ESUCCESS) {
+
+	    //
+	    // The write failed.  Ensure status is clear and see if we
+	    // can retry.
+	    //
+
+	    FwROMResetStatus(WriteAddress);
+	    FwROMSetReadMode(WriteAddress);
+	    VenPrint2("? Write failed to address %x.  Wrote %x, ",
+		      WriteAddress, WriteData);
+	    VenPrint1("verify returns %x.\r\n",
+		      READ_PORT_UCHAR((PUCHAR)WriteAddress));
+
+	    if (READ_PORT_UCHAR(WriteAddress) != 0xff) {
+		VenPrint("RETRY ABORTED!\r\n");
+		return EIO;
+	    } else {
+		VenPrint("Retrying..\r\n");
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    //
+	    // The write succeeded.  
+	    //
+
+	    return ESUCCESS;
+	}
+
+    }
+
+
+    //
+    // We failed to write the byte after 20 tries.
+    //
+
+    return EIO;
+}
+
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwROMDetermineMachineROMType (
+    VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This determines what kind of Flash ROM is in the machine.
+
+    The ROMs making up the Flash ROM space are assumed to be
+    homogeneous.  So, we only check one chip.
+
+    N.B. The RomValues array must be tested in ascending order,
+
+    N.B. This function must not call any of the FwROM... functions!
+
+Arguments:
+
+    ROMType -	A pointer to a variable that will receive the type
+                of ROM in the machine, if the return value is ESUCCESS.
+
+ROM state on exit:
+
+    Left in read-array mode.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    ESUCCESS if we could successfully identify the ROM.
+    Otherwise, and error condition.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    BOOLEAN Match;
+    ROM_TYPE Index;
+    ULONG IDIndex;
+    PUCHAR ChipAddress;
+
+    //
+    // Loop through each ROM type, trying the ID Command Sequence for
+    // each.
+    //
+
+    for (Index = 0; Index < InvalidROM; Index++) {
+
+	//
+	// Send the command.
+	//
+
+	for (IDIndex = 0;
+	     IDIndex < RomValues[Index].IdCommandLength;
+	     IDIndex++) {
+
+	    WRITE_PORT_UCHAR(RomValues[Index].IdCommand[IDIndex].Address,
+				 RomValues[Index].IdCommand[IDIndex].Value);
+
+	    VenStallExecution(15);
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Check the response.
+	//
+
+	Match = TRUE;
+
+	for (IDIndex = 0;
+	     IDIndex < RomValues[Index].IdResponseLength;
+	     IDIndex++) {
+
+	    if (RomValues[Index].IdResponse[IDIndex].Value !=
+		READ_PORT_UCHAR(RomValues[Index].IdResponse[IDIndex].Address)) {
+		//
+		// This portion of the Response sequence did not match.
+		//
+
+		Match = FALSE;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}	   
+
+	if (Match == FALSE) {
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	//
+	// We have found a match.  Set all the ROMs to read-array mode, and
+	// then return the current entry as the ROM type.  This should not
+	// be necessary on a cold-start, but may be necessary on a warm
+	// restart if the ROMs have been left in an inconsistent state by the
+	// HAL.
+	//
+
+	MachineROMType = RomValues[Index].ROMType;
+
+	ChipAddress = (PUCHAR)PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE;
+
+	for (IDIndex = 0;
+	     IDIndex < (ONE_MB / RomValues[MachineROMType].BytesPerChip);
+	     IDIndex++) {
+	    FwROMResetStatus(ChipAddress);
+	    FwROMSetReadMode(ChipAddress);
+	    ChipAddress += RomValues[MachineROMType].BytesPerChip;
+	}
+
+	return (ESUCCESS);
+    }
+
+    //
+    // We have not found a match.  Return an error.
+    //
+
+    return (EIO);
+}
+
+VOID
+FwROMResetStatus(
+    IN PUCHAR Address
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This clears the status register in a ROM chip.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Address     -	An address within the chip that is to be reset.
+
+ROM state on exit:
+
+    The status register is left in a cleared (reset) state.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Index;
+
+    //
+    // Concoct the base address of this ROM chip.
+    //
+    // Remember, C is call by value!
+    //
+
+    Address = (PUCHAR)
+              ((ULONG)Address & ~(RomValues[MachineROMType].BytesPerChip - 1));
+
+    for (Index = 0;
+	 Index < RomValues[MachineROMType].ResetCommandLength;
+	 Index++) {
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (Address +
+			  RomValues[MachineROMType].ResetCommand[Index].Offset,
+			  RomValues[MachineROMType].ResetCommand[Index].Value);
+	AlphaInstMB();
+	VenStallExecution(RomValues[MachineROMType].StallAmount);
+    }
+}
+
+VOID
+FwROMSetReadMode(
+    IN PUCHAR Address
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This returns a ROM chip to read-array mode.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Address     -	An address within the chip that is to be set to
+                        read-array mode.
+
+ROM state on exit:
+
+    The chip is left in read-array mode.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ULONG Index;
+
+    //
+    // Concoct the base address of this ROM chip.
+    //
+    // Remember, C is call by value!
+    //
+
+    Address = (PUCHAR)
+              ((ULONG)Address & ~(RomValues[MachineROMType].BytesPerChip - 1));
+
+    for (Index = 0;
+	 Index < RomValues[MachineROMType].ReadCommandLength;
+	 Index++) {
+	WRITE_PORT_UCHAR (Address +
+			  RomValues[MachineROMType].ReadCommand[Index].Offset,
+			  RomValues[MachineROMType].ReadCommand[Index].Value);
+	AlphaInstMB();
+	VenStallExecution(RomValues[MachineROMType].StallAmount);
+    }
+}
+
+VOID
+FwROMSetARCDataToReadMode (
+    VOID
+    )
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This routine sets the virtual 64KB ROM block that houses the 
+    CDS tree, environment variables, and EISA configuration data to
+    read-array mode.  For devices with a block size smaller than
+    64KB, we issues set read-mode commands to every block within this
+    virtual 64KB block.  This is overkill, but it is easy.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    None.
+
+ROM state on exit:
+
+    Set to read-array mode.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None
+
+--*/
+{
+    PUCHAR Address;
+    ULONG Index;
+
+    Address = (PUCHAR)NVRAM_CONFIGURATION;
+
+    //
+    // Hackhack: At some point change this to eliminate the division.
+    //
+
+    for (Index = 0;
+	 Index < (SIXTY_FOUR_KB / RomValues[MachineROMType].BytesPerBlock);
+	 Index++) {
+	FwROMSetReadMode(Address);
+	Address += RomValues[MachineROMType].BytesPerBlock;
+    }
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwROMByteWrite(
+    IN PUCHAR WriteAddress,
+    IN UCHAR  WriteData
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This writes a byte in the Alpha/Jensen ROM space.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    WriteAddress = meta-virtual address of the byte to be written.
+    WriteData    = byte to be written.
+
+ROM state on exit:
+
+    The byte is written, and the WSM status register is modified.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Whatever is returned from the ROM-specific write function.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return ((*RomValues[MachineROMType].ByteWrite)(WriteAddress, WriteData));
+}
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwROMEraseBlock(
+    IN PUCHAR EraseAddress
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This erases a single block in the Alpha/Jensen ROM space.  The number
+    of bytes erased is dependent on the underlying chip being manipulated.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    EraseAddress - 	An address within the block to be erased.
+
+ROM state on exit:
+
+    On a successful return, the status register is left in a reset state and
+    the ROM is in read-array mode.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Whatever is returned from the ROM-specific erase function.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return ((*RomValues[MachineROMType].SectorErase)(EraseAddress));
+}	
+
+ARC_STATUS
+FwROMErase64KB(
+    IN PUCHAR EraseAddress
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This erases a 64KB logical block in the Alpha/Jensen ROM space.
+
+    To minimize code changes with the previous version of the firmware,
+    the PROM space is treated as though it has a block size of 64KB, even
+    if the block size is must less than that.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    EraseAddress - 	An address within the block to be erased.
+
+ROM state on exit:
+
+    On a successful return, the status register is left in a reset state and
+    the ROM is in read-array mode.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns ESUCCESS if the erase was successful.
+    Otherwise, EIO is returned.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    ARC_STATUS Status;
+    ULONG Index;
+
+    //
+    // Create the base address of the 64KB block to be cleared.
+    //
+    // Remember, C is call by value!
+    //
+
+    EraseAddress = (PUCHAR)((ULONG)EraseAddress & ~(SIXTY_FOUR_KB - 1));
+
+    //
+    // Now erase as many blocks as is necessary to erase a 64KB virtual block.
+    //
+    // Hack: I should eliminate the integer division.
+    //
+
+    for (Index = 0;
+	 Index < (SIXTY_FOUR_KB / RomValues[MachineROMType].BytesPerBlock);
+	 Index++) {
+
+	if ((Status = (*RomValues[MachineROMType].SectorErase)(EraseAddress))
+	    != ESUCCESS) {
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	EraseAddress += RomValues[MachineROMType].BytesPerBlock;
+    }
+
+    return (Status);
+}	
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/rom.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/rom.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b79dea8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/rom.h
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993 Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    rom.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module defines structures and datatypes for use in reading
+    and writing ROMs/PROMs/Flash ROMs.
+
+    Neither this file or rom.c makes an attempt at universal ROM support.
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		4-May-1993
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+//
+// All ROM manipulations (reading, writing, etc.) are done through
+// an array.  The array contains one entry per ROM type, and the values
+// in each entry dictate how to talk to the ROM.
+//
+// Supported ROMs are assumed to have the following characteristics:
+//
+//	The ROM space in the machine is made up of all the same parts.
+//	I.e., the space is homogeneous.
+//
+//	Each chip has a byte path for data in and data out.
+//
+//	Each chip has a way to identify itself.
+//
+//	Each chip has a way to be reset.
+//
+//	Each chip has a finite erase, write, set read-mode, and identify
+//	sequence.
+//
+//	The chip block size is less than or equal to 64KB.
+//
+
+//
+// Define the maximum length of certain commands.
+//
+
+#define MAXIMUM_ROM_ID_COMMAND_LENGTH		3
+#define MAXIMUM_ROM_ID_RESPONSE_LENGTH		2
+#define MAXIMUM_ROM_READ_COMMAND_LENGTH		3
+#define MAXIMUM_ROM_RESET_COMMAND_LENGTH	3
+
+
+//
+// Define function time for erase and byte-write entries.
+//
+
+typedef ARC_STATUS (*PROMSECTORERASE) (IN PUCHAR EraseAddress);
+
+typedef ARC_STATUS (*PROMBYTEWRITE) (IN PUCHAR WriteAddress,
+				     IN UCHAR WriteData);
+
+//
+// Define structure to store ROM address and byte pairs.
+//
+
+typedef struct _ABSOLUTE_ROM_COMMAND {
+    PUCHAR Address;
+    UCHAR Value;
+} ABSOLUTE_ROM_COMMAND, *PABSOLUTE_ROM_COMMAND;
+
+typedef struct _OFFSET_ROM_COMMAND {
+    ULONG Offset;
+    UCHAR Value;
+} OFFSET_ROM_COMMAND, *POFFSET_ROM_COMMAND;
+
+//
+// Define the entries in the ROM values table.  These are organized for
+// memory efficiency.
+//
+
+typedef struct _ROM_VALUES {
+
+    //
+    // Microseconds to stall after most ROM commands.
+    //
+
+    UCHAR StallAmount;
+
+    //
+    // Length of the Identification command sequence.
+    //
+
+    UCHAR IdCommandLength;
+
+    //
+    // Length of the Identification response.
+    //
+
+    UCHAR IdResponseLength;
+
+    //
+    // Length of the Reset command.
+    //
+
+    UCHAR ResetCommandLength;
+
+    //
+    // Length of the Set read-mode command.
+    //
+
+    UCHAR ReadCommandLength;
+
+    //
+    // The ROM supported by this entry.
+    //
+
+    ROM_TYPE ROMType;
+
+    //
+    // Number of bytes per chip.
+    //
+
+    ULONG BytesPerChip;
+
+    //
+    // Number of bytes per block.
+    //
+
+    ULONG BytesPerBlock;
+
+    //
+    // Identification command sequence.
+    //
+    // Each step in the sequence is two bytes: address to be written,
+    // and data to be written.
+    //
+
+    ABSOLUTE_ROM_COMMAND IdCommand[MAXIMUM_ROM_ID_COMMAND_LENGTH];
+
+    //
+    // Identification response sequence.
+    //
+    // Each step in the seqeuence is two bytes: address to be read, and
+    // the byte that should be returned.
+    //
+
+    ABSOLUTE_ROM_COMMAND IdResponse[MAXIMUM_ROM_ID_RESPONSE_LENGTH];
+
+    //
+    // Reset command sequence.
+    //
+    // Each step in the sequence is two bytes: address to be written,
+    // and data to be written.
+    //
+
+    OFFSET_ROM_COMMAND ResetCommand[MAXIMUM_ROM_RESET_COMMAND_LENGTH];
+
+    //
+    // Set read-mode command sequence.
+    //
+    // Each step in the sequence is two bytes: address to be written,
+    // and data to be written.
+    //
+
+    OFFSET_ROM_COMMAND ReadCommand[MAXIMUM_ROM_READ_COMMAND_LENGTH];
+
+    //
+    // The function to be called to do a block erase.
+    //
+
+    PROMSECTORERASE SectorErase;
+
+    //
+    // The function to be called to do a byte write.
+    //
+
+    PROMBYTEWRITE ByteWrite;
+
+} ROM_VALUES, *PROM_VALUES;
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/selfmap.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/selfmap.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50e51ddc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/selfmap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1990  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    selfmap.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module defines various memory addresses for the ROM self-test.
+    For Alpha/Jensen, most of this module is unused.
+
+    
+Author:
+
+    Lluis Abello (lluis) 10-Jan-1991
+
+Revision History:
+
+    John DeRosa [DEC]	29-June-1992
+
+    Added Alpha/Jensen modifications.
+    
+--*/
+
+#ifndef _SELFMAP_
+#define _SELFMAP_
+
+
+//
+// All of the following is unused in Alpha PCs at the moment.
+//
+
+#ifndef ALPHA
+
+#define PROM256
+
+#ifdef PROM64
+#define ROM_SIZE 0x10000
+#endif
+#ifdef PROM128
+#define ROM_SIZE 0x20000
+#endif
+#ifdef PROM256
+#define ROM_SIZE 0x40000
+#endif
+
+//
+// TTable points to 2Mb
+//
+#define TT_BASE_ADDRESS     0x200000
+
+#define MEMTEST_SIZE                0x2000          // Size of memory tested first
+#define STACK_SIZE                  0xA000          // 40Kb of stack
+#define RAM_TEST_STACK_ADDRESS      0x8000BFF0      // Stack for code copied to memory
+
+#ifdef R3000
+#define INSTRUCTION_CACHE_SIZE	0x10000 	    // 64Kb of I Cache
+#define DATA_CACHE_SIZE		0x10000 	    // 64Kb of D Cache
+#define SIZE_OF_CACHES              0x10000             // 64Kb bigest cache.
+#define ROM_TLB_ENTRIES (ROM_SIZE >> 12)
+#define DEVICE_TLB_ENTRIES 16
+#define FIRST_UNUSED_TLB_ENTRY ROM_TLB_ENTRIES+DEVICE_TLB_ENTRIES
+#endif	// R3000
+
+//
+// Define firmware size.
+// Firmware size includes code and stack.
+//
+// FW_TOP_ADDRESS must be a 64K aligned address.
+// The upper 64Kb (0x40000 to 0x50000) are reserved for the video prom code.
+//
+//
+
+#define VIDEO_PROM_SIZE 0x10000
+
+#define FW_SIZE 	0x40000
+
+#define FW_TOP_ADDRESS	(FW_SIZE+VIDEO_PROM_SIZE)
+
+#define FW_PAGES    ((FW_TOP_ADDRESS) >> PAGE_SHIFT)
+
+#define VIDEO_PROM_CODE_VIRTUAL_BASE  0x10000000     // Link address of video prom code
+#define VIDEO_PROM_CODE_PHYSICAL_BASE FW_SIZE	     // phys address of video prom code
+#define VIDEO_PROM_CODE_UNCACHED_BASE KSEG1_BASE+FW_SIZE	// uncached address where video prom code is copied to
+
+
+
+
+//
+// Address definitions for the SelftTests written in C.
+// The code is copied to RAM_TEST_LINK_ADDRESS from RAM_TEST_ROM_ADDRESS
+// so that it runs at the address it was linked.
+//
+
+#define RAM_TEST_DESTINATION_ADDRESS 0xA000c000      // uncached link address
+#define RAM_TEST_LINK_ADDRESS        0x8000c000      // Link Address of code
+
+//
+//       FW_TOP_ADDRESS  ___________
+//                      | Video rom |
+//                      | code      |
+//                      |___________|
+//	 FW_SIZE     	|   Code    |
+//                      |     &     |
+//                      |   Data    |
+//                      |           |
+//                      |___________|
+//	         	| Stack ||  |
+//		        |_______\/__|
+//	 MEMTEST_SIZE	|PutLed     | Memory tested from ROM
+//                      |ZeroMem    |
+//                      |MemoryTest |
+//                   0  |___________|
+//
+
+#define LINK_ADDRESS 0xE1000000
+#define RESET_VECTOR 0xBFC00000
+
+//
+// Virtual - Physiscal base address pairs
+//
+#define TLB_TEST_PHYS 0x0	    // To test the tlb
+#define TLB_TEST_VIRT 0x20000000    //
+#define RESV_VIRT     0xE4000000
+
+//
+// Entry LO - HI pairs
+//
+#ifdef R4000
+#define PROM_HI ((PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE >> 13) << ENTRYHI_VPN2)
+#define PROM_LO0  ((PROM_PHYSICAL_BASE >> 12) << ENTRYLO_PFN) + (1 << ENTRYLO_G) + (1 << ENTRYLO_V) + (2 << ENTRYLO_C)
+#ifdef PROM256
+#define PROM_LO1  (1 << ENTRYLO_G)
+#define PROM_MASK (PAGEMASK_256KB << PAGEMASK_PAGEMASK)
+#endif
+#ifdef PROM128				    //
+#define PROM_LO1 (((PROM_PHYSICAL_BASE+0x10000) >> 12) << ENTRYLO_PFN) + (1 << ENTRYLO_G) + \
+		   (1 << ENTRYLO_V) + (2 << ENTRYLO_C)
+#define PROM_MASK (PAGEMASK_64KB << PAGEMASK_PAGEMASK)
+#endif
+#ifdef PROM64
+#define PROM_LO1 (1 << ENTRYLO_G)         // If odd page not used
+#define PROM_MASK (PAGEMASK_64KB << PAGEMASK_PAGEMASK)
+#endif
+#define TLB_TEST_LO ((1 << ENTRYLO_G) + (1 << ENTRYLO_V) + \
+		    (1 << ENTRYLO_D) + (2 << ENTRYLO_C) + TLB_TEST_PHYS)
+
+#define TLB_TEST_HI TLB_TEST_VIRT
+
+#define TLB_KSEG_PHYS	    0x0
+#define TLB_KSEG_LO ((1 << ENTRYLO_G) + (1 << ENTRYLO_V) + \
+	    (1 << ENTRYLO_D) + (3 << ENTRYLO_C) + TLB_KSEG_PHYS)
+#define TLB_KSEG_VIRT	    0x10000000
+#define TLB_KSEG_HI	    TLB_KSEG_VIRT
+#define TLB_KSEG_MASK	    (PAGEMASK_64KB << PAGEMASK_PAGEMASK)
+#endif // R4000
+
+#ifdef R3000
+//
+// Entry LO - HI pairs
+//
+#define DIAGNOSTIC_PHYSICAL_BASE 0x8000F000
+
+#define LED_LO ((1 << ENTRYLO_G) | (1 << ENTRYLO_V) | \
+		    (1 << ENTRYLO_N) | (1 << ENTRYLO_D) | \
+		    DIAGNOSTIC_PHYSICAL_BASE)
+#define LED_HI DIAGNOSTIC_VIRTUAL_BASE
+
+#define TLB_TEST_LO ((1 << ENTRYLO_G) | (1 << ENTRYLO_V) | \
+		    (1 << ENTRYLO_N) | (1 << ENTRYLO_D) | \
+		    TLB_TEST_PHYS)
+#define TLB_TEST_HI TLB_TEST_VIRT
+
+#define ROM_LO	  ((1 << ENTRYLO_G) | (1 << ENTRYLO_V) | \
+		    (1 << ENTRYLO_N) | \
+		    PROM_PHYSICAL_BASE)
+#define ROM_HI PROM_VIRTUAL_BASE
+
+#define DEVICE_LO ((1 << ENTRYLO_G) | (1 << ENTRYLO_V) | \
+		    (1 << ENTRYLO_N) | (1 << ENTRYLO_D) | \
+		    DEVICE_PHYSICAL_BASE)
+#define DEVICE_HI   DEVICE_VIRTUAL_BASE
+
+#define PROC_LO    ((1 << ENTRYLO_G) | (1 << ENTRYLO_V) | \
+		    (1 << ENTRYLO_N) | \
+		    INTERRUPT_PHYSICAL_BASE)
+#define PROC_HI     INTERRUPT_VIRTUAL_BASE
+
+#define VID_LO ((1 << ENTRYLO_G) | (1 << ENTRYLO_V) | \
+		    (1 << ENTRYLO_N) | (1 << ENTRYLO_D) | \
+		    VIDEO_CONTROL_PHYSICAL_BASE)
+#define VID_HI	 VIDEO_CONTROL_VIRTUAL_BASE
+
+#define VIDMEM_LO ((1 << ENTRYLO_G) | (1 << ENTRYLO_V) | \
+		    (1 << ENTRYLO_N) | (1 << ENTRYLO_D) | \
+		    VIDEO_MEMORY_PHYSICAL_BASE)
+#define VIDMEM_HI   VIDEO_MEMORY_PHYSICAL_BASE
+
+
+#define CURSOR_LO ((1 << ENTRYLO_G) | (1 << ENTRYLO_V) | \
+		    (1 << ENTRYLO_N) | (1 << ENTRYLO_D) | \
+		    VIDEO_CURSOR_PHYSICAL_BASE)
+#define CURSOR_HI   VIDEO_CURSOR_VIRTUAL_BASE
+
+#define RESV_LO ((1 << ENTRYLO_G) | (1 << ENTRYLO_N))
+#define RESV_HI   RESV_VIRT
+
+#endif	//R3000
+
+
+
+#endif // ALPHA
+
+#ifndef ALPHA
+
+//
+// Trap handling definitions.
+//
+#define COMMON_EXCEPTION    0
+#define NMI_EXCEPTION       1
+#define CACHE_EXCEPTION     2
+
+
+
+//
+//  Define offsets from Register Table.
+//  Must match the definiton in monitor.h
+//
+#define zeroRegTable        0x0
+#define atRegTable          0x4
+#define v0RegTable          0x8
+#define v1RegTable          0xC
+#define a0RegTable          0x10
+#define a1RegTable          0x14
+#define a2RegTable          0x18
+#define a3RegTable          0x1C
+#define t0RegTable          0x20
+#define t1RegTable          0x24
+#define t2RegTable          0x28
+#define t3RegTable          0x2C
+#define t4RegTable          0x30
+#define t5RegTable          0x34
+#define t6RegTable          0x38
+#define t7RegTable          0x3C
+#define s0RegTable          0x40
+#define s1RegTable          0x44
+#define s2RegTable          0x48
+#define s3RegTable          0x4C
+#define s4RegTable          0x50
+#define s5RegTable          0x54
+#define s6RegTable          0x58
+#define s7RegTable          0x5C
+#define t8RegTable          0x60
+#define t9RegTable          0x64
+#define k0RegTable          0x68
+#define k1RegTable          0x6C
+#define gpRegTable          0x70
+#define spRegTable          0x74
+#define s8RegTable          0x78
+#define raRegTable          0x7C
+#define f0RegTable          0x80
+#define f1RegTable          0x84
+#define f2RegTable          0x88
+#define f3RegTable          0x8C
+#define f4RegTable          0x90
+#define f5RegTable          0x94
+#define f6RegTable          0x98
+#define f7RegTable          0x9C
+#define f8RegTable          0xA0
+#define f9RegTable          0xA4
+#define f10RegTable         0xA8
+#define f11RegTable         0xAC
+#define f12RegTable         0xB0
+#define f13RegTable         0xB4
+#define f14RegTable         0xB8
+#define f15RegTable         0xBC
+#define f16RegTable         0xC0
+#define f17RegTable         0xC4
+#define f18RegTable         0xC8
+#define f19RegTable         0xCC
+#define f20RegTable         0xD0
+#define f21RegTable         0xD4
+#define f22RegTable         0xD8
+#define f23RegTable         0xDC
+#define f24RegTable         0xE0
+#define f25RegTable         0xE4
+#define f26RegTable         0xE8
+#define f27RegTable         0xEC
+#define f28RegTable         0xF0
+#define f29RegTable         0xF4
+#define f30RegTable         0xF8
+#define f31RegTable         0xFC
+#define fsrRegTable         0x100
+#define indexRegTable       0x104
+#define randomRegTable      0x108
+#define entrylo0RegTable    0x10C
+#define entrylo1RegTable    0x110
+#define contextRegTable     0x114
+#define pagemaskRegTable    0x118
+#define wiredRegTable       0x11C
+#define badvaddrRegTable    0x120
+#define countRegTable       0x124
+#define entryhiRegTable     0x128
+#define compareRegTable     0x12C
+#define psrRegTable         0x130
+#define causeRegTable       0x134
+#define epcRegTable         0x138
+#define pridRegTable        0x13C
+#define configRegTable      0x140
+#define lladdrRegTable      0x144
+#define watchloRegTable     0x148
+#define watchhiRegTable     0x14C
+#define eccRegTable         0x150
+#define cacheerrorRegTable  0x154
+#define tagloRegTable       0x158
+#define taghiRegTable       0x15C
+#define errorepcRegTable    0x160
+#define RegisterTableSize   0x164
+
+//
+//  Define Fw exception frame offsets.
+//
+
+#define FwFrameK1       0x4
+#define FwFrameRa       0x8
+#define FwFrameA0       0xC
+#define FwFrameA1       0x10
+#define FwFrameA2       0x14
+#define FwFrameA3       0x18
+#define FwFrameV0       0x1C
+#define FwFrameV1       0x20
+#define FwFrameT0       0x24
+#define FwFrameT1       0x28
+#define FwFrameT2       0x2C
+#define FwFrameT3       0x30
+#define FwFrameT4       0x34
+#define FwFrameT5       0x38
+#define FwFrameT6       0x3C
+#define FwFrameT7       0x40
+#define FwFrameT8       0x44
+#define FwFrameT9       0x48
+#define FwFrameAT       0x4C
+#define FwFrameSize     0x50
+
+
+
+#endif // ALPHA
+
+
+#ifdef ALPHA
+
+//
+//  Define offsets from Register Table.
+//  Must match the definiton in monitor.h
+//
+
+#define ResExceptTypeRegTable	0x0
+#define ep1RegTable     	0x8
+#define ep2RegTable     	0x10
+#define ep3RegTable          	0x18
+#define ep4RegTable          	0x20
+#define ep5RegTable          	0x28
+#define epsrRegTable         	0x30
+#define emmcsrRegTable       	0x38
+#define evaRegTable          	0x40
+#define epcRegTable          	0x48
+#define v0RegTable           	0x50
+#define t0RegTable           	0x58
+#define t1RegTable           	0x60
+#define t2RegTable           	0x68
+#define t3RegTable           	0x70
+#define t4RegTable           	0x78
+#define t5RegTable           	0x80
+#define t6RegTable           	0x88
+#define t7RegTable           	0x90
+#define s0RegTable           	0x98
+#define s1RegTable           	0xa0
+#define s2RegTable           	0xa8
+#define s3RegTable           	0xb0
+#define s4RegTable           	0xb8
+#define s5RegTable           	0xc0
+#define fpRegTable           	0xc8
+#define a0RegTable           	0xd0
+#define a1RegTable           	0xd8
+#define a2RegTable           	0xe0
+#define a3RegTable           	0xe8
+#define a4RegTable           	0xf0
+#define a5RegTable           	0xf8
+#define t8RegTable           	0x100
+#define t9RegTable           	0x108
+#define t10RegTable          	0x110
+#define t11RegTable          	0x118
+#define raRegTable           	0x120
+#define t12RegTable           	0x128
+#define atRegTable           	0x130
+#define gpRegTable           	0x138
+#define spRegTable           	0x140
+#define zeroRegTable         	0x148
+#define f0RegTable           	0x150
+#define f1RegTable           	0x158
+#define f2RegTable           	0x160
+#define f3RegTable           	0x168
+#define f4RegTable           	0x170
+#define f5RegTable           	0x178
+#define f6RegTable           	0x180
+#define f7RegTable           	0x188
+#define f8RegTable           	0x190
+#define f9RegTable           	0x198
+#define f10RegTable          	0x1a0
+#define f11RegTable          	0x1a8
+#define f12RegTable          	0x1b0
+#define f13RegTable          	0x1b8
+#define f14RegTable          	0x1c0
+#define f15RegTable          	0x1c8
+#define f16RegTable          	0x1d0
+#define f17RegTable          	0x1d8
+#define f18RegTable          	0x1e0
+#define f19RegTable          	0x1e8
+#define f20RegTable          	0x1f0
+#define f21RegTable          	0x1f8
+#define f22RegTable          	0x200
+#define f23RegTable          	0x208
+#define f24RegTable          	0x210
+#define f25RegTable          	0x218
+#define f26RegTable          	0x220
+#define f27RegTable          	0x228
+#define f28RegTable          	0x230
+#define f29RegTable          	0x238
+#define f30RegTable          	0x240
+#define f31RegTable          	0x248
+#define RegisterTableSize    	0x250
+
+
+#endif // ALPHA
+
+#endif  // _SELFMAP_
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/selftest.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/selftest.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c642fd2e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/selftest.h
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1990  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    selftest.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module contains definitions for selftest.c
+
+Author:
+
+    Lluis Abello (lluis) 03-Jan-1991
+
+Environment:
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+   21-May-1992	John DeRosa	[DEC]
+
+   Modified for the Alpha/Jensen machine.  Definitions not needed are
+   commented out.
+
+   31-March-1993  Bruce Butts	[DEC]
+
+   Modified for the Alpha/Morgan machine.  Definitions not needed are
+   commented out.
+
+--*/
+
+//
+// These were defined for the Jazz machine, and are unneeded for Alpha/Jensen.
+//
+
+#ifndef ALPHA // (JENSEN || MORGAN)
+//
+//  Video Memory Test
+//
+
+#define VIDEO_MEMORY_SIZE       0x200000       // 2 MB
+#define DISPLAY_MEMORY_SIZE     0x100000       // 1 MB
+
+//
+// Memory test stuff
+//
+
+#define TESTED_KB (FW_TOP_ADDRESS>>10)
+#define KB_OF_MEMORY    (MEMORY_SIZE>>10)   //
+#define KB_PER_TEST      0x400          // 1024K at a time
+#define NVRAM_TEST_END   0x800
+
+typedef ULONG (* TestRoutine)(VOID);
+typedef VOID (* LED_ROUTINE)(ULONG);
+
+#define PutLedDisplay ((LED_ROUTINE) PROM_ENTRY(14))
+
+#endif // ALPHA
+
+//
+// Declare static variables
+//
+
+#ifndef ALPHA // (JENSEN || MORGAN)
+
+extern BOOLEAN LanAddress;         // True if station address is OK False Otherwise
+extern BOOLEAN ConfigurationBit;   // read value from diagnostic register
+extern BOOLEAN LoopOnError;        // read value from diagnostic register
+extern BOOLEAN IgnoreErrors;       // read value from diagnostic register
+extern BOOLEAN VideoReady;         // True if display on video monitor
+
+#endif  // ALPHA
+
+extern volatile LONG TimerTicks;   // Counter for timeouts
+
+//
+// Routine declaration.
+//
+//BOOLEAN ExecuteTest(TestRoutine,ULONG);
+//ULONG RomVideoMemory();
+//ULONG RomReadMergeWrite();
+//ULONG RomIOCacheTest();
+//ULONG RomSonicResetTest();
+//ULONG RomSonicLoopBackTest();
+//ULONG RomFloppyResetTest();
+//ULONG RomScsiResetTest();
+//ULONG RomSerialResetTest();
+//ULONG RomSerial1RegistersTest();
+//ULONG RomSerial2RegistersTest();
+//ULONG RomSerial1LoopBackTest();
+//ULONG RomSerial2LoopBackTest();
+//ULONG RomParallelRegistersTest();
+//ULONG RomScsiRegistersTest();
+//ULONG InterruptControllerTest();
+ULONG ConnectInterrupts();
+ULONG DisableInterrupts();
+//ULONG RomRTCTest();
+ULONG InitMouse();
+BOOLEAN InitKeyboard();
+ULONG InitKeyboardController();
+//ULONG RomNvramTest();
+//VOID  RomBeep();
+ULONG RomInitISP (VOID);
+
+char * HANG_MSG = "\r\nSelf-test failed.";
+
+#define CHECK_ULONG(Address,Value)  if (READ_PORT_ULONG(Address) != Value) {\
+					Errors++;\
+				    }
+#define CHECK_USHORT(Address,Value) if (READ_PORT_USHORT(Address) != Value) { \
+					Errors++;\
+				    }
+#define CHECK_UCHAR(Address,Value)  if (READ_PORT_UCHAR(Address) != Value) { \
+					Errors++;\
+				    }
+
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/stubs.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/stubs.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c64c86266
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/stubs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1990  Microsoft Corporation
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    stubs.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module implements stub routines for the firmware, FailSafe
+    Booter, and the Alpha AXP/Jensen ROM update tool (JNUPDATE.EXE).
+
+Author:
+
+    Lluia Abello (lluis) 3-Oct-1991
+
+Environment:
+
+    Kernel mode only.
+
+Revision History:
+
+    John DeRosa [DEC]	11-May-1993
+
+        Made Alpha AXP modification.
+
+--*/
+
+#include "ntos.h"
+#include "fwp.h"
+#include "fwstring.h"
+
+LONG
+DebugPrint(
+    IN PSTRING Output
+    );
+
+
+#if defined(MORGAN)
+#include "ex.h"
+
+PVOID
+ExAllocatePool(
+    IN POOL_TYPE PoolType,
+    IN ULONG NumberOfBytes
+    )
+{
+    return((PVOID)NULL);
+}
+
+
+
+VOID
+KeRaiseIrql (
+   KIRQL NewIrql,
+   PKIRQL OldIrql
+   )
+{
+    return;
+}
+
+
+
+VOID
+KeLowerIrql (
+   KIRQL NewIrql
+   )
+{
+    return;
+}
+
+
+#endif           // MORGAN
+
+
+
+#ifndef JNUPDATE
+
+VOID
+FwpFreeStub(
+    IN PVOID Buffer
+    )
+{
+}
+
+VOID
+FwpReservedRoutine(
+    VOID
+    )
+{
+    FwPrint(ST_RESERVED_ROUTINE_MSG);
+    return;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+//
+// This is defined in ntos\rtl\imagedir.c.  This is linked in unnecessarily
+// on a normal build, and is needed on a kd build.  The problem is that the
+// rtl copy has an try/except block, which causes SEH code to be pulled into
+// the link, which we are not prepared for.  So, this copy is identical to
+// the rtl copy except it has no try/except form.
+//
+
+PIMAGE_NT_HEADERS
+RtlImageNtHeader (
+    IN PVOID Base
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function returns the address of the NT Header.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Base - Supplies the base of the image.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    Returns the address of the NT Header.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+
+    PIMAGE_NT_HEADERS NtHeaders;
+
+    if (Base != NULL &&
+        Base != (PVOID)-1
+       ) {
+//        try {
+            if (((PIMAGE_DOS_HEADER)Base)->e_magic == IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE) {
+                NtHeaders = (PIMAGE_NT_HEADERS)((PCHAR)Base + ((PIMAGE_DOS_HEADER)Base)->e_lfanew);
+                if (NtHeaders->Signature == IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE) {
+                    return NtHeaders;
+                }
+            }
+
+//        } except(EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
+//            return NULL;
+//        }
+
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+
+
+
+#ifndef JNUPDATE
+
+#ifndef ALPHA_FW_KDHOOKS
+
+//
+// This must not be defined for kd link.
+//
+
+LONG
+DebugPrint(
+    IN PSTRING Output
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function is defined in rtl\alpha\debugstb.s.  There, it calls
+    BREAK_DEBUG_PRINT, which is defined in public\sdk\inc\kxalpha.h to
+    do a call_pal callkd, which in the NT PALcode will invoke the
+    AlphaKd link.
+
+    The normal firmware PALcode has no AlphaKd support, so DebugPrint is
+    stubbed off here.  There are references to DebugPrint in the bldr
+    directory and some fw files.
+    
+Arguments:
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    return (0);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef JNUPDATE
+
+VOID
+RtlInitString(
+    OUT PSTRING DestinationString,
+    IN PCSZ SourceString OPTIONAL
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    The RtlInitString function initializes an NT counted string.
+    The DestinationString is initialized to point to the SourceString
+    and the Length and MaximumLength fields of DestinationString are
+    initialized to the length of the SourceString, which is zero if
+    SourceString is not specified.
+
+    This is a copy of the same function in \nt\private\ntos\rtl\string.c.
+    It is here to minimize what the linker drags into the image.
+    
+Arguments:
+
+    DestinationString - Pointer to the counted string to initialize
+
+    SourceString - Optional pointer to a null terminated string that
+        the counted string is to point to.
+
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    DestinationString->Length = 0;
+    DestinationString->Buffer = (PCHAR)SourceString;
+    if (ARGUMENT_PRESENT( SourceString )) {
+        while (*SourceString++) {
+            DestinationString->Length++;
+            }
+
+        DestinationString->MaximumLength = (SHORT)(DestinationString->Length+1);
+        }
+    else {
+        DestinationString->MaximumLength = 0;
+        }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if (!defined FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && (!defined JNUPDATE)
+
+
+//
+// This stub is needed by some function in the rtl library.
+//
+
+NTSTATUS
+ZwQuerySystemInformation (
+    IN SYSTEM_INFORMATION_CLASS SystemInformationClass,
+    OUT PVOID SystemInformation,
+    IN ULONG SystemInformationLength,
+    OUT PULONG ReturnLength OPTIONAL
+    )
+
+{
+    return;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+VOID
+FwErrorStackUnderflow (
+    IN ULONG Caller,
+    IN ULONG CallerOfTheCaller,
+    IN ULONG CallerRequestedStackArea
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    A function was called that requested a stack area too large for
+    the current Firmware stack.  The firmware _RtlCheckStack function
+    (see fwchkstk.s) calls this function to print out the fatal error
+    message.
+
+    The 64KB underneath the Firmware stack is used as a panic stack.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Caller			The address of the function that tried to
+                                allocate the stack space.
+
+    CallerOfTheCaller		The address of the function that called the
+                                function held in "Caller".
+
+    CallerRequestedStackArea	The amount of stack space requested by
+                                "Caller".
+
+Return Value:
+
+    This never returns.
+
+--*/
+
+{
+    VenSetScreenColor(ArcColorRed, ArcColorWhite);
+    VenPrint(ST_STACK_UNDERFLOW_1_MSG);
+    VenPrint2(ST_STACK_UNDERFLOW_2_MSG, Caller, CallerOfTheCaller);
+    VenPrint2(ST_STACK_UNDERFLOW_3_MSG,
+	      CallerRequestedStackArea,
+	      FW_STACK_LOWER_BOUND);
+
+#if (!defined FAILSAFE_BOOTER) && (!defined JNUPDATE)
+
+    VenPrint(ST_HIT_KEY_FOR_MONITOR_MSG);
+    VenSetScreenColor(ArcColorWhite, ArcColorBlue);
+
+    FwWaitForKeypress(TRUE);
+
+    FwMonitor(0);		// Should never return.
+
+#endif
+
+    while (TRUE) {
+    }
+}
+
+
+#ifndef JNUPDATE
+
+VOID
+KeFlushIoBuffers (
+    IN PMDL Mdl,
+    IN BOOLEAN ReadOperation,
+    IN BOOLEAN DmaOperation
+    )
+
+/*++
+
+Routine Description:
+
+    This function flushes the I/O buffer specified by the memory descriptor
+    list from the data cache on the current processor.
+
+Arguments:
+
+    Mdl - Supplies a pointer to a memory descriptor list that describes the
+        I/O buffer location.
+
+    ReadOperation - Supplies a boolean value that describes whether the I/O
+        operation is a read into memory.
+
+    DmaOperation - Supplies a boolean value that describes whether the I/O
+        operation is a DMA operation.
+
+Return Value:
+
+    None.
+
+--*/
+{
+
+    //
+    // temptemp
+    //
+    // This function must distribute the flush in an MP system.
+    //
+
+    HalFlushIoBuffers( Mdl, ReadOperation, DmaOperation );
+    return;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/tools/fwimagen/fwimagen.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/tools/fwimagen/fwimagen.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3d62d90dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/tools/fwimagen/fwimagen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ * fwimagen.c
+ *
+ *   program to build a netloadable firmware image
+ *
+ *
+ *   inputs:
+ *
+ *           pal - stripped object file for pal code
+ *           firmware - stripped image file for firmware
+ *           image - output file name
+ *
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ *  output format
+ *
+ *  0000 0000 - 0000 3fff   firmware pal code
+ *  0000 4000 - upwards     firmware code + data
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ *  must figure out where data segment sits, can we control it with
+ *  a loader switch?
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <io.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#define PAL_SIZ 0x4000
+
+
+//
+// format:  argv[0] palname firmware output
+//
+
+main( argc, argv )
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+{
+  FILE *fdpal, *fdfirm,  *fdimage;
+  int  inbytes=0, palbytes, ldrbytes, kernbytes, in, out;
+  unsigned char zero = 0;
+  unsigned char data;
+
+
+  if( argc != 4 ){
+    fprintf( stderr, "usage: %s pal firmware output\n", argv[0] );
+    exit(0);
+  }
+
+
+  if( (fdpal = fopen( argv[1], "rb" )) == NULL ){
+    fprintf( stderr, "error opening %s\n", argv[1] );
+    exit(0);
+  }
+
+  if( (fdfirm = fopen( argv[2], "rb" )) == NULL ){
+    fprintf( stderr, "error opening %s\n", argv[2] );
+    exit(0);
+  }
+
+  if( (fdimage = fopen( argv[3], "wb" )) == NULL ){
+    fprintf( stderr, "error opening %s for output\n", argv[3] );
+    exit(0);
+  }
+
+
+  /* write out the pal code */
+
+  inbytes = 0;
+  fprintf( stdout, "writing palcode ....\t" );
+  while( (in = fread( &data, sizeof(data), 1, fdpal) == sizeof(data) )){
+    inbytes += in;
+    if( (out = fwrite( &data, sizeof(data), 1, fdimage)) != sizeof(data) ){
+      fprintf( stderr, "error writing pal to %s: line %d\n", argv[3], __LINE__ );
+      exit(0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  inbytes += in;
+
+  if (in != 0) {
+      if( (out = fwrite( &data, in, 1, fdimage)) != in ){
+          fprintf( stderr, "error writing pal to %s: line %d\n", argv[3], __LINE__ );
+          fprintf( stderr, "write was %d, wrote %d\n", in, out);
+          exit(0);
+      }
+  }
+
+  if( inbytes > PAL_SIZ ){
+    fprintf( stderr, "pal exceeded %d bytes = %d, aborting...\n", 
+	    PAL_SIZ, inbytes );
+    exit(0);
+  }
+  fprintf( stdout, "%6x %d bytes\n", inbytes, inbytes );
+  palbytes = inbytes;
+
+  fprintf( stdout, "padding palcode ....\t" );
+  /* pad output to PAL_SIZ bytes */
+  while( inbytes++ < (PAL_SIZ) )
+    if( (out = fwrite( &zero, 1, 1, fdimage)) != 1 ){
+      fprintf( stderr, "error padding after pal to %s\n", argv[3] );
+      exit(0);
+    }
+  fprintf( stdout, "%6x %d bytes\n", inbytes - palbytes -1, inbytes - palbytes -1 );
+
+
+  /* write the firmware into the output file */
+  fprintf( stdout, "writing firmware ....\t" );
+  inbytes = 0;
+  while( (in = fread( &data, sizeof(data), 1, fdfirm) == sizeof(data) )){
+    inbytes += in;
+    if( (out = fwrite( &data, sizeof(data), 1, fdimage)) != sizeof(data) ){
+      fprintf( stderr, "error writing firmware to %s\n", argv[3] );
+      exit(0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  inbytes += in;
+
+  if ( in != 0 ) {
+      if( (out = fwrite( &data, in, 1, fdimage)) != in ){
+          fprintf( stderr, "error writing firmwaer to %s\n", argv[3] );
+          exit(0);
+      }
+  }
+
+  fprintf( stdout, "%6x %d bytes\n", inbytes, inbytes );
+
+}
+
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/tools/fwpack/fsbpack.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/tools/fwpack/fsbpack.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..647fb1610
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/tools/fwpack/fsbpack.c
@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1992, 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    fwpack.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module is the program that takes binary firmware image
+    (created by fwimagen.exe) and creates a packed firmware
+    update file for the JNUPDATE.EXE program.
+
+    The format of the update file is:
+    
+	+------------------------------------------------+
+	| A zero-terminated string that identifies this  |
+	| file.  Must be < = 400 characters in length    |
+        | and should print out in < = 10 screen rows.    |
+	| Jnupdate gives this string to a printf.	 |
+	+------------------------------------------------+
+	| A single byte indicating which block to start  |
+	| updating. (0 -- F)				 |
+	+------------------------------------------------+
+	| Binary data for the FlashFile ROM, starting    |
+        | at the starting block, padded with 0's to an   |
+	| even multiple of 64KB, with a production       |
+        | ROL-and-ADD checksum in the last byte.         |
+	| (The checksum will be ignored by a J0/AX02     |
+	| SROM.)                                         |
+	+------------------------------------------------+
+	| A longword additive-zero checksum		 |
+	+------------------------------------------------+
+
+Notes:
+
+1. The ASCIZ identifying string will be printed out on the users's
+screen to identify the update. It is given to a printf.  This should
+contain the name of the update, manufacturing date, copyright notice, etc.
+
+2. This program has the capability to package the binary data for the
+Carey McMaster J0/AX02 SROM, which requires a special header at the beginning
+of the firmware image.
+
+3. There are three checksums:
+   a) A rotate-and-add byte checksum is written out as the last byte in
+      the binary data section.  The Ayr SROM and POST requires this.
+   b) If we are making a J0/AX02 file, a checksum is included in the
+      firmware image header.
+   c) The entire file is covered by an additive-zero checksum.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    argv[1]		The ASCIZ identification string.
+
+    argv[2]             The starting block number, in the range 0 -- F.
+
+    argv[3]  		The filespec of the firmware binary image.  This
+                        is the output of the fwimagen.exe program.
+
+    argv[4]		The filespec of the output file.  Convention:
+
+                        jensfw.bin is a production update file.
+
+			jensfwj0.bin is a McMaster update file.
+
+    argv[5]		If present, we product a binary file that is
+                        compatible with the Carey McMaster J0 SROM.
+			(The value of this argument is not checked).
+			
+Outputs:
+
+   The output file receives the packed firmware upgrade data.
+
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		21-October-1992
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+
+// Typedefs, and define truth
+typedef unsigned char UCHAR;
+typedef char CHAR;
+typedef long LONG;
+typedef unsigned long ULONG;
+typedef int BOOLEAN;
+typedef void VOID;
+typedef int INT;
+typedef char* PCHAR;
+
+#define FALSE	0
+#define TRUE	1
+
+
+// This is more convenient as a static variable.
+FILE *FirmwareOutFile;
+
+UCHAR
+RotateLeft (
+    UCHAR Data
+    )
+/*++
+
+  This returns the Data parameter barrel rotated left by 1.
+
+--*/
+{
+    return (((Data & 0x7f) << 1) + ((Data & 0x80) >> 7));
+}
+
+VOID
+WriteAByte (
+    UCHAR OutData
+    )
+/*++
+
+  Writes a byte to the output file, and exits if error.
+
+--*/
+{
+    if (((fwrite(&OutData, 1, 1, FirmwareOutFile)) != 1) ||
+	ferror(FirmwareOutFile)) {
+	fprintf(stderr, "?ERROR on output file.\n");
+	exit(0);
+    }
+}
+
+INT
+main (
+    INT argc,
+    PCHAR argv[]
+    )
+{
+    FILE *FirmwareInFile;
+    PCHAR Terminator;
+    UCHAR InputData;
+    UCHAR TempChar;
+    ULONG TempULong;
+    UCHAR ROMChecksum;
+    ULONG Checksum = 0;
+    LONG  FileChecksum;
+    LONG Index;
+    BOOLEAN J0SROM = FALSE;
+
+
+    printf("fsb experimental pack v1.1x\n");
+
+    // Check for bad command line
+    if ((argc != 5) && (argc != 6)) {
+        printf("Usage: %s string decimal-starting-block infile outfile [J0SROM-flag]\n", argv[0] );
+	printf(" Use jensfw.bin for production output file.\n");
+	printf(" Use jensfwj0.bin for McMaster output file.\n");
+        exit(0);
+    }
+
+
+    // What kind of binary file are we to product?
+    if (argc == 6) {
+	J0SROM = TRUE;		// make a McM J0SROM file...
+    }
+
+
+    // Open the firmware input binary file
+    printf("Opening %s for reading.\n", argv[3]);
+    if ((FirmwareInFile = fopen(argv[3], "rb")) == NULL ) {
+	fprintf(stderr, "Error opening %s\n", argv[3]);
+	exit(0);
+    }
+
+
+    // Open the output file
+    printf("Opening %s for writing.\n", argv[4]);
+    if ((FirmwareOutFile = fopen(argv[4], "wb")) == NULL ) {
+	fprintf(stderr, "Error opening %s\n", argv[4]);
+	exit(0);
+    }
+
+
+    printf("Writing the identification string.\n");
+    Index = 0;
+    do {
+	TempChar = *(argv[1]+Index);
+	Checksum += TempChar;
+	WriteAByte(TempChar);
+	Index++;
+    } while(*(argv[1]+Index-1) != 0);  // Output string will be 0-terminated
+
+
+    printf("Writing the starting block number of %s.\n", argv[2]);
+    TempULong = strtoul(argv[2], &Terminator, 10);
+    TempChar = TempULong;
+    Checksum += TempChar;
+    WriteAByte(TempChar);
+
+    printf("Writing the firmware data...\n");
+
+    Index = 0;
+
+    //
+    // If this is a J0SROM -type file, we have to write the 16-byte header
+    // first.  As this contains a checksum, we will read the input file
+    // and then reset it back to the beginning.
+    //
+
+    if (J0SROM) {
+	UCHAR InputData;
+	ULONG J0Checksum = 0;
+	ULONG Length = 0;
+	ULONG TempX;
+	ULONG TempY;
+	UCHAR J0Signatures[8] = {0xc3, 0xc3, 0x5a, 0x5a,
+				 0x3c, 0x3c, 0xa5, 0xa5};
+
+	printf("Writing the J0SROM header...\n");
+
+	Index += 16;
+
+	do {
+	    fread(&InputData, 1, 1, FirmwareInFile);
+
+	    if (ferror(FirmwareInFile)) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "?ERROR on input file.\n");
+		exit(0);
+	    }
+
+	    if (feof(FirmwareInFile) == 0) {
+		J0Checksum += InputData;
+		Length++;
+	    }
+	} while(feof(FirmwareInFile) == 0);
+
+	//
+	// J0Checksum = the J0SROM-required checksum.
+	// Length = the number of bytes in the input file.  Although
+	//          we will pad the binary data in the output file to
+	//	    a multiple of 64KB, the padding is of course unused
+	//	    data, and so Length is what we will write to the
+	// 	    header.
+	//
+
+	// Reset the input file to the beginning
+	if (fseek(FirmwareInFile, 0, SEEK_SET)) {
+	    fprintf(stderr, "?ERROR resetting binary file to the beginning.\n");
+	    exit(0);
+	}
+
+
+	// Write the J0SROM Checksum.
+	for (TempX = 0; TempX < 4; TempX++) {
+	    InputData = J0Checksum & 0xff;
+	    WriteAByte(InputData);
+	    Checksum += InputData;
+	    J0Checksum = J0Checksum >> 8;
+	}
+
+
+	// Write the first and second signatures.
+	for (TempX = 0; TempX < 8; TempX++) {
+	    InputData = J0Signatures[TempX];
+	    WriteAByte(InputData);
+	    Checksum += InputData;
+	}
+
+
+	// Write the size of the firmware.
+	for (TempX = 0; TempX < 4; TempX++) {
+	    InputData = Length & 0xff;
+	    WriteAByte(InputData);
+	    Checksum += InputData;
+	    Length = Length >> 8;
+	}
+
+    } // if (J0SROM)
+
+
+    printf("Transferring input file to output file...\n");
+
+    ROMChecksum = 0;
+
+    do {
+	fread(&InputData, 1, 1, FirmwareInFile);
+
+	if (ferror(FirmwareInFile)) {
+	    printf("?ERROR on input file, %d. bytes written.\n", Index);
+	    exit(0);
+	}
+
+	if (feof(FirmwareInFile) == 0) {
+
+	    // For the additive-zero checksum covering this file.
+	    Checksum += InputData;
+
+	    // For a production checksum in the ROM.  Barrel-rotate and add.
+	    ROMChecksum = RotateLeft(ROMChecksum) + InputData;
+
+	    WriteAByte(InputData);
+	    Index++;
+	}
+
+    } while(feof(FirmwareInFile) == 0);
+
+    // Index now contains the number of firmware binary data bytes that were
+    // written to the output file.
+    printf ("%d. firmware bytes written.\n", Index);
+
+
+    printf("Padding the binary data to an even multiple of 5 * 64kb.\n");
+
+    // Bump Index to account for our having to write the production
+    // checksum.
+    Index++;
+
+    TempULong = 0;
+    while ((Index % 0x50000) != 0) {
+	// "Add zero" to the the ROL running checksum.
+	ROMChecksum = RotateLeft(ROMChecksum);
+	WriteAByte(TempULong);
+	Index++;
+    }
+
+    // Now write the production checksum.
+    Checksum += ROMChecksum;
+    WriteAByte(ROMChecksum);
+
+    FileChecksum = 0 - Checksum;
+    printf ("Writing the checksum.  Sum of all bytes = 0x%x, FileChecksum = 0x%x\n",
+	    Checksum, FileChecksum);
+    if ((fwrite(&FileChecksum, sizeof(FileChecksum), 1, FirmwareOutFile)) != 1) {
+	fprintf(stderr, "?ERROR writing to output file.\n");
+	exit(0);
+    }
+
+    if (fclose(FirmwareOutFile) == EOF) {
+	fprintf(stderr, "?ERROR closing output file.\n");
+	    exit(0);
+    }
+
+    fclose(FirmwareInFile);
+
+    exit(0);
+}
+
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/tools/fwpack/fwpack.c b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/tools/fwpack/fwpack.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d5b7ecca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/tools/fwpack/fwpack.c
@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1992, 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    fwpack.c
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This module is the program that takes binary firmware image
+    (created by fwimagen.exe) and creates a packed firmware
+    update file for the JNUPDATE.EXE program.
+
+    The format of the update file is:
+    
+	+------------------------------------------------+
+	| A zero-terminated string that identifies this  |
+	| file.  Must be < = 400 characters in length    |
+        | and should print out in < = 10 screen rows.    |
+	| Jnupdate gives this string to a printf.	 |
+	+------------------------------------------------+
+	| A single byte indicating which block to start  |
+	| updating. (0 -- F)				 |
+	+------------------------------------------------+
+	| Binary data for the FlashFile ROM, starting    |
+        | at the starting block, padded with 0's to an   |
+	| even multiple of 64KB, with a production       |
+        | ROL-and-ADD checksum in the last byte.         |
+	| (The checksum will be ignored by a J0/AX02     |
+	| SROM.)                                         |
+	+------------------------------------------------+
+	| A longword additive-zero checksum		 |
+	+------------------------------------------------+
+
+Notes:
+
+1. The ASCIZ identifying string will be printed out on the users's
+screen to identify the update. It is given to a printf.  This should
+contain the name of the update, manufacturing date, copyright notice, etc.
+
+2. This program has the capability to package the binary data for the
+Carey McMaster J0/AX02 SROM, which requires a special header at the beginning
+of the firmware image.
+
+3. There are three checksums:
+   a) A rotate-and-add byte checksum is written out as the last byte in
+      the binary data section.  The Ayr SROM and POST requires this.
+   b) If we are making a J0/AX02 file, a checksum is included in the
+      firmware image header.
+   c) The entire file is covered by an additive-zero checksum.
+
+
+Arguments:
+
+    argv[1]		The ASCIZ identification string.
+
+    argv[2]             The starting block number, in the range 0 -- F.
+
+    argv[3]  		The filespec of the firmware binary image.  This
+                        is the output of the fwimagen.exe program.
+
+    argv[4]		The filespec of the output file.  Convention:
+
+                        jensfw.bin is a production update file.
+
+			jensfwj0.bin is a McMaster update file.
+
+    argv[5]		If present, we product a binary file that is
+                        compatible with the Carey McMaster J0 SROM.
+			(The value of this argument is not checked).
+			
+Outputs:
+
+   The output file receives the packed firmware upgrade data.
+
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa		21-October-1992
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+--*/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+
+// Typedefs, and define truth
+typedef unsigned char UCHAR;
+typedef char CHAR;
+typedef long LONG;
+typedef unsigned long ULONG;
+typedef int BOOLEAN;
+typedef void VOID;
+typedef int INT;
+typedef char* PCHAR;
+
+#define FALSE	0
+#define TRUE	1
+
+
+// This is more convenient as a static variable.
+FILE *FirmwareOutFile;
+
+UCHAR
+RotateLeft (
+    UCHAR Data
+    )
+/*++
+
+  This returns the Data parameter barrel rotated left by 1.
+
+--*/
+{
+    return (((Data & 0x7f) << 1) + ((Data & 0x80) >> 7));
+}
+
+VOID
+WriteAByte (
+    UCHAR OutData
+    )
+/*++
+
+  Writes a byte to the output file, and exits if error.
+
+--*/
+{
+    if (((fwrite(&OutData, 1, 1, FirmwareOutFile)) != 1) ||
+	ferror(FirmwareOutFile)) {
+	fprintf(stderr, "?ERROR on output file.\n");
+	exit(0);
+    }
+}
+
+INT
+main (
+    INT argc,
+    PCHAR argv[]
+    )
+{
+    FILE *FirmwareInFile;
+    PCHAR Terminator;
+    UCHAR InputData;
+    UCHAR TempChar;
+    ULONG TempULong;
+    UCHAR ROMChecksum;
+    ULONG Checksum = 0;
+    LONG  FileChecksum;
+    LONG Index;
+    BOOLEAN J0SROM = FALSE;
+
+
+    printf("fwpack v1\n");
+
+    // Check for bad command line
+    if ((argc != 5) && (argc != 6)) {
+        printf("Usage: %s string decimal-starting-block infile outfile [J0SROM-flag]\n", argv[0] );
+	printf(" Use jensfw.bin for production output file.\n");
+	printf(" Use jensfwj0.bin for McMaster output file.\n");
+        exit(0);
+    }
+
+
+    // What kind of binary file are we to product?
+    if (argc == 6) {
+	J0SROM = TRUE;		// make a McM J0SROM file...
+    }
+
+
+    // Open the firmware input binary file
+    printf("Opening %s for reading.\n", argv[3]);
+    if ((FirmwareInFile = fopen(argv[3], "rb")) == NULL ) {
+	fprintf(stderr, "Error opening %s\n", argv[3]);
+	exit(0);
+    }
+
+
+    // Open the output file
+    printf("Opening %s for writing.\n", argv[4]);
+    if ((FirmwareOutFile = fopen(argv[4], "wb")) == NULL ) {
+	fprintf(stderr, "Error opening %s\n", argv[4]);
+	exit(0);
+    }
+
+
+    printf("Writing the identification string.\n");
+    Index = 0;
+    do {
+	TempChar = *(argv[1]+Index);
+	Checksum += TempChar;
+	WriteAByte(TempChar);
+	Index++;
+    } while(*(argv[1]+Index-1) != 0);  // Output string will be 0-terminated
+
+
+    printf("Writing the starting block number of %s.\n", argv[2]);
+    TempULong = strtoul(argv[2], &Terminator, 10);
+    TempChar = TempULong;
+    Checksum += TempChar;
+    WriteAByte(TempChar);
+
+    printf("Writing the firmware data...\n");
+
+    Index = 0;
+
+    //
+    // If this is a J0SROM -type file, we have to write the 16-byte header
+    // first.  As this contains a checksum, we will read the input file
+    // and then reset it back to the beginning.
+    //
+
+    if (J0SROM) {
+	UCHAR InputData;
+	ULONG J0Checksum = 0;
+	ULONG Length = 0;
+	ULONG TempX;
+	ULONG TempY;
+	UCHAR J0Signatures[8] = {0xc3, 0xc3, 0x5a, 0x5a,
+				 0x3c, 0x3c, 0xa5, 0xa5};
+
+	printf("Writing the J0SROM header...\n");
+
+	Index += 16;
+
+	do {
+	    fread(&InputData, 1, 1, FirmwareInFile);
+
+	    if (ferror(FirmwareInFile)) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "?ERROR on input file.\n");
+		exit(0);
+	    }
+
+	    if (feof(FirmwareInFile) == 0) {
+		J0Checksum += InputData;
+		Length++;
+	    }
+	} while(feof(FirmwareInFile) == 0);
+
+	//
+	// J0Checksum = the J0SROM-required checksum.
+	// Length = the number of bytes in the input file.  Although
+	//          we will pad the binary data in the output file to
+	//	    a multiple of 64KB, the padding is of course unused
+	//	    data, and so Length is what we will write to the
+	// 	    header.
+	//
+
+	// Reset the input file to the beginning
+	if (fseek(FirmwareInFile, 0, SEEK_SET)) {
+	    fprintf(stderr, "?ERROR resetting binary file to the beginning.\n");
+	    exit(0);
+	}
+
+
+	// Write the J0SROM Checksum.
+	for (TempX = 0; TempX < 4; TempX++) {
+	    InputData = J0Checksum & 0xff;
+	    WriteAByte(InputData);
+	    Checksum += InputData;
+	    J0Checksum = J0Checksum >> 8;
+	}
+
+
+	// Write the first and second signatures.
+	for (TempX = 0; TempX < 8; TempX++) {
+	    InputData = J0Signatures[TempX];
+	    WriteAByte(InputData);
+	    Checksum += InputData;
+	}
+
+
+	// Write the size of the firmware.
+	for (TempX = 0; TempX < 4; TempX++) {
+	    InputData = Length & 0xff;
+	    WriteAByte(InputData);
+	    Checksum += InputData;
+	    Length = Length >> 8;
+	}
+
+    } // if (J0SROM)
+
+
+    printf("Transferring input file to output file...\n");
+
+    ROMChecksum = 0;
+
+    do {
+	fread(&InputData, 1, 1, FirmwareInFile);
+
+	if (ferror(FirmwareInFile)) {
+	    printf("?ERROR on input file, %d. bytes written.\n", Index);
+	    exit(0);
+	}
+
+	if (feof(FirmwareInFile) == 0) {
+
+	    // For the additive-zero checksum covering this file.
+	    Checksum += InputData;
+
+	    // For a production checksum in the ROM.  Barrel-rotate and add.
+	    ROMChecksum = RotateLeft(ROMChecksum) + InputData;
+
+	    WriteAByte(InputData);
+	    Index++;
+	}
+
+    } while(feof(FirmwareInFile) == 0);
+
+    // Index now contains the number of firmware binary data bytes that were
+    // written to the output file.
+    printf ("%d. firmware bytes written.\n", Index);
+
+
+    printf("Padding the binary data to an even multiple of 64kb.\n");
+
+    // Bump Index to account for our having to write the production
+    // checksum.
+    Index++;
+
+    TempULong = 0;
+    while ((Index % 0x10000) != 0) {
+	// "Add zero" to the the ROL running checksum.
+	ROMChecksum = RotateLeft(ROMChecksum);
+	WriteAByte(TempULong);
+	Index++;
+    }
+
+    // Now write the production checksum.
+    Checksum += ROMChecksum;
+    WriteAByte(ROMChecksum);
+
+    FileChecksum = 0 - Checksum;
+    printf ("Writing the checksum.  Sum of all bytes = 0x%x, FileChecksum = 0x%x\n",
+	    Checksum, FileChecksum);
+    if ((fwrite(&FileChecksum, sizeof(FileChecksum), 1, FirmwareOutFile)) != 1) {
+	fprintf(stderr, "?ERROR writing to output file.\n");
+	exit(0);
+    }
+
+    if (fclose(FirmwareOutFile) == EOF) {
+	fprintf(stderr, "?ERROR closing output file.\n");
+	    exit(0);
+    }
+
+    fclose(FirmwareInFile);
+
+    exit(0);
+}
+
diff --git a/private/ntos/fw/alpha/xxstring.h b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/xxstring.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99cd2efa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/private/ntos/fw/alpha/xxstring.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*++
+
+Copyright (c) 1993  Digital Equipment Corporation
+
+Module Name:
+
+    xxstring.h
+
+Abstract:
+
+    This is the include file for language-independent, machine-specific
+    strings.  See <machine>\alpha\xxstring.c for the string definitions.
+
+    These are filespec and ARC pathname strings.  There is one of these
+    in each machine-specific subdirectory.
+
+Author:
+
+    John DeRosa and Ken Abramson	8-July-1993
+
+
+Revision History:
+
+
+--*/
+
+#include "ntos.h"
+
+extern PCHAR EISA_UNICODE_CONSOLE_OUT;
+extern PCHAR MULTI_UNICODE_CONSOLE_OUT;
+extern PCHAR EISA_NORMAL_CONSOLE_OUT;
+extern PCHAR MULTI_NORMAL_CONSOLE_OUT;
+extern PCHAR MULTI_UNICODE_KEYBOARD_IN;
+extern PCHAR MULTI_NORMAL_KEYBOARD_IN;
+
+extern PCHAR FW_KEYBOARD_IN_DEVICE;
+extern PCHAR FW_KEYBOARD_IN_DEVICE_PATH;
+extern PCHAR FW_CONSOLE_OUT_DEVICE;
+extern PCHAR FW_DISPLAY_DEVICE_PATH;
+extern PCHAR FW_FLOPPY_0_DEVICE;
+extern PCHAR FW_FLOPPY_0_FORMAT_DEVICE;
+extern PCHAR FW_FLOPPY_1_DEVICE;
+
+#ifdef EISA_PLATFORM
+extern PCHAR FW_ECU_LOCATION;
+#endif
+
+extern PCHAR FW_PRIMARY_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_TOOL;
+extern PCHAR FW_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_TOOL_NAME;
+extern PCHAR FW_FLOPPY_PARENT_NODE;
+extern PCHAR FW_FLOPPY_CDS_IDENTIFIER;
+extern PCHAR FW_SERIAL_0_DEVICE;
+extern PCHAR FW_SERIAL_1_DEVICE;